Preuzmi kao *

Transcription

Preuzmi kao *

ELEKTROTEHNIČKI FAKULTET
UNIVERZITETA U SARAJEVU
mr Ribić Samir, dipl.el. ing
PROJEKTOVANJE
SISTEMSKOG
SOFTVERA
(radna skripta)
(treće izdanje)
Sarajevo, 2005
2
3
1. VRSTE SISTEMSKOG SOFTVERA
Prije učenja razvoja sistemskog softvera potrebno je upoznati se sa osnovnim vrstama sistemskog softvera
1.1.
Sistemski softver
Sistemski softver je svaki softver namijenjen za izvršenje aplikativnih programa, ali koji nije specifičan ni za jednu posebnu
aplikaciju. Sistemski softver tipično uključuje operativne sisteme za kontrolu izvršenja programa, softver za korisničko
okruženje kao što su interpretatori komandne linije, prozorski sistemi i desktopi, razvojne alate kao što su asembleri,
kompajleri, linkeri biblioteke, interpreteri, generatori unakrsnih referenci, kontrolori verzija, make programi, debageri,
profajleri i softver za praćenje te pomoćne alatke za sortiranje, štampanje i editovanje i mnogi drugi softver.
1.2.
Sistemski softver za kontrolu izvršenja programa
- Operativni sistemi
Operativni sistem je softver koji kontroliše izvršenje računarskih programa i pruža pored toga različite servise.
- BIOSi i ROM monitori
Softver koji se obično nalazi u fiksnoj memoriji ROM i omogućuje minimalni rad računara zaključno sa učitavanjem
operativnog sistema dijeli se na BIOSe i monitore. BIOS obično sadrži samo pasivne rutine koje operativni sistemi koriste
i koje omogućuju rad sa osnovnim periferijskim uređajima, dok ROM monitori imaju i neke primitivne metode za
interakciju s korisnicima.
- Loaderi
Loader (punilac) smješta korisnički program smješten na periferijskom uređaju u fizičku memoriju obavljajući pri tome
relokaciju programa na odgovarajuće adrese i učitavanje dinamičkih biblioteka ako ih program koristi.
- Simulatori
Simulator je mašina ili program koji simulira željeno okruženje (može biti drugi računar, hemijski proces, sociološki
sistem ili bilo šta drugo) u svrhu učenja ili istraživanja.
- Emulatori
Specijalizovani simulator koji simulira drugu mašinu i arhitekturu u odnosu na onu na kojoj se izvršava omogućivši
upotrebu gotovo svog softvera namijenjenog za drugu mašinu naziva se emulator.
- Drajveri
Drajver je program koji određuje kako će kompjuter komunicirati sa periferijskim uređajem u svrhu standardiziranog rada
aplikativnih programa sa periferijskim uređajima.
- DBMS Serveri
Programi koji brinu o centralizovanom čuvanju podataka u cilju brzog dobivanja podataka nazivaju se serveri za
upravljanje bazom podataka (DataBase Management Server)
- Spuleri
Vrše raspoređivanje slanja podataka na printere kako bi se izbjeglo miješanje podataka na papiru
- Mrežni serveri
Programi koji omogućavaju pristup raznim vrstama informacija preko mreže
1.3.
Softver za korisničko okruženje
- Interpreteri komandne linije
Interpreter komandne linije je program koji čita tekstualne komande od strane korisnika ili iz datoteke i izvršava. Neke od
ovih komandi se izvršavaju unutar samog interpretera, dok druge izazivaju startovanje drugih datoteka.
- Grafički sistemi prozora
Grafički sistem prozora je softver koji omogućuje da se ekran radne stanice podijeli u pravougaona područja koja se
ponašaju kao odvojeni ulazno/izlazni uređaji pod kontrolom različitih aplikativnih programa, što daje korisniku mogućnost
da vidi izlaz iz različitih procesa istovremeno i odabere koji će primati ulaz, obično pokazavši na njega mišem.
1.4.
Razvojni alati
- Asembleri
Asembleri prevode program u asemblerskom jeziku u mašinski jezik.
- Kompajleri
Kompajler dekodira instrukcije napisane u jeziku višeg nivoa i proizvodi program u asemblerskom ili mašinskom jeziku.
- Linkeri
Linkeri kombinuju jednu ili više datoteka koje sadrže objektni kod iz separatno prevedenih modula u jedinstvenu datoteku
koja sadrži učitljiv ili izvršni kod. Ovaj proces zahtijeva razrješenje referenci među modulima i popravku informacija o
relokaciji koje koristi jezgro operativnog sistema prilikom učitavanja datoteke u memoriju radi izvršenja programa koji je
u njoj.
- Parseri
Parseri su programi koji dijele kod u funkcionalne komponente. Obično su sastavni dio kompajlera.
- Kompajler kompajleri
4
Kompajler kompajleri su alatke koje generišu izvorni kod parsera, interpretera ili kompajlera iz navedenog opisa jezika
(obično u BNF formi)
- Disasembleri
Disasembleri prevode program u mašinskom jeziku u program u asemblerskom jeziku.
- Dekompajleri
Dekompajleri prevode program u mašinskom jeziku ili pseudomašinskom kodu u jezik visokog nivoa.
- Kros asembleri
Krosasembleri su asembleri koji se izvršavaju na drugoj vrsti računarske arhitekture od one čiji se mašinski kod generiše.
- Kros kompajleri
Krosakompajleri su kompajleri koji se izvršavaju na drugoj vrsti računarske arhitekture od one čiji se mašinski kod
generiše.
- Interpreteri
Interpreteri su programi koji prevođenje izvornog jezika i izvršavanje prevedenog koda obavljaju u istom ciklusu obično
obrađujući po jednu liniju u vremenu.
- Pseudokompajleri
Pseudokompajleri su varijanta kompajlera koja ne generiše pravi mašinski kod, nego pseudomašinski kod koji je nižeg
nivoa od izvornog jezika, ali zahtijeva poseban interpreter za svoje izvršavanje.
- Pseudoasembleri
Pseudoasebmleri su varijanta asemblera koja ne generiše pravi mašinski kod, nego pseudomašinski kod koji je nižeg nivoa
od izvornog jezika, ali zahtijeva poseban interpreter za svoje izvršavanje.
- Profajleri i monitori performansi
Profajleri mjere vrijeme provedeno u pojedinačnim dijelovima korisničkog programa u svrhu poboljšanja brzine
aplikacije. Monitori performansi mjere zauzeće raznih vrsta resursa (procesora, memorije, diska, mreže...) u sistemu.
- Generatori unakrsnih referenci
Generatori unakrsnih referenci prikazuju odnose između različitih procedura u različitim modulima.
- Kontrolori verzija
Da bi se izbjegli konflikti između različitih programera koji rade nad istim datotekama izvornog koda, uvode se kontrolori
verzija koji čuvaju centralizovano sve datoteke iz navedenog projekta uključivo i njihove ranije verzije.
- Translatori izvornog koda
Translatori izvornog koda prevode program napisan u jednom programskom jeziku višeg nivoa u drugi programski jezik
višeg nivoa.
- Generatori izvornog koda i CASE alati
Generatori izvornog koda automatski generišu izvorni kod u višem programskom jeziku ili asemblerskom jeziku na bazi
navedenih parametara. Integrisani sa softverom za projektovanje čine CASE alate (Computer Aided Software
Engineering)
- make
Make je program koji određuje, zavisno od vremena zadnje izmjene datoteka, da li je potrebno pokretati asemblere,
kompajlere i linkere nad određenim datotekama.
- Debageri
Debageri su programi koji pomažu u lociranju i ispravci grešaka u programima. Mogu da prate programe na nivou
izvornog i izvršnog koda
- Biblioteke
Skup potprograma namijenjenih programerima koji obavljaju određene funkcije
1.5.
Pomoćne alatke
- Editori
Programi koji obavljaju funkcije uređivanja, modifikacije i brisanja podataka zovu se editori. Editori mogu biti
specijalizovani za tekstualne ili binarne podatke.
- Sortirači
Sortirači su programi za uređivanje podataka određenim redoslijedom
- Backup programi
Backup programi kopiraju podatke na pomoćni medij radi njihovog čuvanja u slučaju gubitka
- Kriptografski programi
Kriptografski programi šifriraju podatke u nečitljiv oblik radi sprečavanja neovlaštene analize
- Kompresioni programi
Kompresioni programi konvertuju podatke u formate koji zauzimaju manje memorijskih resursa
- Mrežni klijenti
Mrežni klijenti koriste usluge mrežnih servera u svrhu prijema i obrade podataka
1.6.
Rezime poglavlja
Navedeno je dosta definicija različitih vrsta sistemskog softvera koji obuhvata softver za kontrolu izvršenja programa,
korisničko okruženje, razvojne i pomoćne alatke.
5
2. PROCESOR I OPERATIVNI SISTEM ZA KOJE SE GENERIŠE KÔD
Intelov Pentium je danas apsolutno dominantan mikroprocesor, pa će se i u navedenim primjerima on koristiti u
razvoju kompajlera. Slijedi upoznavanje sa najvažnijim registrima i instrukcijama ovog procesora:
2.1.
Registri
Za aplikativne programe na mikroprocesorima 486 i Pentium bitni su sljedeći 32 bitni registri:
•
EAX, donjih 16 bita se zove AX, donjih 8 bita se zove AL
•
EBX, donjih 16 bita se zove BX, donjih 8 bita se zove BL
•
ECX, donjih 16 bita se zove CX, donjih 8 bita se zove CL
•
EDX, donjih 16 bita se zove DX, donjih 8 bita se zove DL
•
ESI, donjih 16 bita se zove SI
•
EDI, donjih 16 bita se zove DI
•
ESP, donjih 16 bita se zove SP
•
EBP, donjih 16 bita se zove BP
•
EFLAGS koji se sastoji od flegova (jednobitnih vrijednosti), od kojih su najvažniji:
CF – postavlja se na 1 ako se desio aritmetički prijenos,
ZF - postavlja se na 1 ako je rezultat operacije jednak 0,
DF – određuje da li će se registri SI i DI uvećavati ili umanjivati nakon svake instrukcije koje operišu sa memorijskim
blokovima (MOVS, SCAS itd),
OF – postavlja se na 1 ako je rezultat operacije između dva predznačena broja broj netačnog predznaka,
SF – postavlja se na 1 ako je rezultat operacije negativan broj
•
2.2.
FP koprocesor posjeduje osam 128 bitnih registara koji su organizovani u formi kružnog bafera i zovu se ST(0),
ST(1) , ST(2) , ST(3) , ST(4) , ST(5) , ST(6) , ST(7) .
Adresni režimi
•
Ako se u instrukciji navodi samo ime registra, tada se pristupa vrijednosti koju on sadrži, npr. INC EAX.
•
Navodi li se ime registra u uglastoj zagradi, uz eventualni pomak, npr.
MOV ESI,[EBP+12] , pristupa se vrijednosti koja se nalazi na adresi koju bi pokazivao navedeni registar kada bi
bio uvećan za navedeni pomak. Ako je pomak jednak 0, tada se on ne navodi, npr. ADD ECX,[EBX]
•
Umjesto apsolutnih adresa, mogu se u asemblerskom kodu navoditi labele, npr.
MOV GLOBALV[20],EAX
•
Za distinkciju veličine varijable navode se modifikatori BYTE PTR, WORD PTR , DWORD PTR i QWORD
PTR, koji predstavljaju 8, 16, 32 ili 64 bit.
•
Dekadne konstante se navode jednostavno, npr. MOV EDX,1221. Heksadekadne konstante imaju znak h
naveden iza konstante. Ako instrukcije imaju dva operanda, rezultantni je obično prvi navedeni operand i on ne
može biti konstanta. Nisu dopuštene ni instrukcije koje operišu između dvije memorijske lokacije. Moraju se u
tim slučajevima koristiti registri za međurezultate.
2.3.
Instrukcije
U tabeli na slici Sl. 2.3.1 dat je spisak korištenih instrukcija. Argumenti instrukcija su navedeni kao $C1 i $C2 i
umjesto njih se navode imena registara ili memorijske lokacije kao u podpoglavlju 2.2.
Opšti oblik
Opis
Primjer
ADD $C1,$C2
Sabira $C1 sa $C2 i rezultat smješta u $C1
ADD EAX,[ESI]
AND $C1,$C2
Logički konjuguje bit po bit $C1 sa $C2 i rezultat smješta u $C1
AND SI,3
CALL $C1
Poziva potprogram na navedenoj adresi
CALL PODPROGRAM
CDQ
Predznačno proširuje EAX u EDX. Najviši bit registra EAX se kopira u sve bite registra EDX.
CDQ
CLD
Briše directional flag, potrebno za instrukcije blokova
CLD
6
CMP $C1,$C2
Poredi $C1 sa $C2 i ažurira flegove
CMP EAX,PODATAK[8]
FADD
Sabira dva broja na vrhu FP steka i rezultat smješta na vrh FP steka umjesto njih
FADD
FCHS
Mijenja predznak broju na vrhu FP steka
FCHS
FCOMPP
Poredi dva broja na vrhu FP steka, briše ih, a postavlja flegove koprocesora
FCOMPP
FDIVR
Dijeli broj ispod vrha FP steka sa brojem na vrhu FP steka i rezultat stavlja umjesto njih
FDIVR
FILD $C1
Cjelobrojnu vrijednost sa memorijske lokacije stavlja na vrh FP steka
FILD DWORD PTR [EBX]
FINIT
Inicijalizira matematički koprocesor
FINIT
FISTP $C1
FISTP DWORD PTR [ESP]
FLD $C1
Vrijednost sa vrha FP steka konvertuje u cjelobrojnu i stavlja u navedenu memorijsku
lokaciju
FP vrijednost iz memorije stavlja na vrh steka
FMUL
Množi dva broja na vrhu steka i rezultat smješta na vrh steka umjesto njih.
FMUL
FSTP $C1
Vrijednost sa vrha FP steka stavlja u navedenu memorijsku lokaciju
FSTP REZULTAT
FSTSW AX
Flegove koprocesora prebacuje u AX registar
FSTSW AX
FSUBR
Od broja ispod vrha FP steka oduzme broj na vrhu FP steka i rezultat stavlja umjesto njih
FSUBR
IDIV $C1
Predznačno dijeli 64 bitni broj čija je viša riječ u EDX a niža u EAX sa navedenim 32 bitnim
registrom ili sadržajem memorijske lokacije, rezultat stavlja u EAX, ostatak u EDX
IDIV ECX
IMUL $C1
IMUL ECX
JMP $C1
Predznačno množi EAX sa navedenim registrom. Viša riječ 64-bitnog rezultata je u EDX a
niža u EAX
Program nastavlja izvršavanje od adrese navedene.
JNE $C1
Skače na navedenu adresu ako Zero flag nije jednak 1
JNE NETACNO
LEA $C1,$C2
U registar $C1 se smješta adresa operanda $C2
LEA EAX,[ESI+5]
MOV $C1,$C2
U registar $C1 se smješta vrijednost operanda $C2
MOV ECX,EDI
MUL $C1
MUL ESI
NEG $C1
Nepredznačno množi EAX sa navedenim registrom. Viša riječ 64-bitnog rezultata je u EDX a
niža u EAX
Mijenja predznak cijelog broja
NOT $C1
OR $C1,$C2
Logički invertuje sve bitove cijelog broja
Logička disjunkcija bit po bit $C1 sa $C2 i rezultat smješta u $C1
NOT DWORD PTR [EDI]
OR EAX,EDX
POP $C1
POP ESI
PUSH $C1
Sa adrese koju pokazuje ESP uzima vrijednost, smješta je u navedeni registar i uveća ESP
za 4
Umanji ESP za 4 i na adresu koju pokazuje ESP smješta navedenu vrijednost
REP MOVSB
Prebacuje blok velik ECX bajtova sa adrese navedene u ESI na adresu koju pokazuje EDI
REP MOVSB
RET $N1
RET 8
SAHF
Smjesti broj sa vrha steka u programski brojač, čime se vraća iz potprograma i uveća ESP
za navedenu vrijednost
Prebacuje bite iz AH u Flag registar
SAL EAX,$N1
Pomjera ulijevo EAX za navedeni broj bita
SAL EAX,4
SETA AL
Postavlja AL na 1 ako je CF =1, ZF=0 , inače AL postaje 0
SETA AL
SETB AL
SETB AL
SETE AL
Postavlja AL na 1 ako je ZF=1 , inače AL postaje 0
SETE AL
SETG AL
Postavlja AL na 1 ako je SF<>OF, ZF=0, inače AL postaje 0
SETG AL
SETL AL
Postavlja AL na 1 ako je SF =OF, ZF=0 , inače AL postaje 0
SETL AL
SETNE AL
SETNE AL
SUB $C1,$C2
Oduzima $C2 od $C1 i rezultat smješta u $C1
SUB ECX,2
XOR $C1,$C2
Logička ekskluzivna disjunkcija $C1 sa $C2 i rezultat smješta u $C1
XOR EAX,8
Sl. 2.3.1.
2.4.
FLD QWORD PTR [EBP+2]
JMP LABELA2
NEG EAX
PUSH EBP
SAHF
Instrukcije Intel Pentium korištene u generisanju koda
Operativni sistem
Operativni sistem za koji se generiše kôd u kompajleru koji slijedi je 32 bitni Windows. Generisani programi su
predviđeni da rade na njegovim verzijama počevši od Windows 3.1 sa Win32s, Windows 95, 98, ME, NT (sve verzije – 3.1,
3.5, 3.51 i 4.0),Windows 2000 i Windows XP.
Generisani kôd je za korisnički režim rada i omogućava pozive izuzetno velikog broja sistemskih funkcija. Na ovaj
način, jezik ima bogatu podršku u bibliotekama procedura. Sistemske funkcije se nalaze u dinamičkim DLL datotekama.
2.5.
Rezime poglavlja
Intelovi mikroprocesori 486 i Pentium imaju veliki broj instrukcija i umjeren broj registara. U ovom poglavlju su
navedene samo one instrukcije i adresni režimi koje su zaista korištene u generisanju asemblerskog koda. Generisani kôd je
predviđen za korisnički režim rada pod operativnim sistemom Windows-32.
7
3. UOBIČAJENI PRISTUPI U RAZVOJU KOMPAJLERA
Osoba zainteresovana za pisanje novog ili analizu postojećeg kompajlera, bilo opisanog u udžbenicima, bilo iz
izvornog kôda, uglavnom ima na raspolaganju četiri pristupa:
3.1.
•
Iterativni pristup
•
Primjena generatora koda
•
Analiza gotovog kompajlera
•
Crenshawova netehnička metoda
Iterativni pristup
Ovaj pristup je najčešće opisan u udžbenicima. Kompajler se dijeli na glavne cjeline: leksički analizator, sintaksni
analizator, semantički analizator, virtuelna mašina, generator koda, interpreter virtuelne mašine i optimizator koda. Cijeli
programski jezik i kompajler se prethodno projektuju, a zatim se razvijaju cjeline navedene gornjim redoslijedom, uz
objašnjenje teoretskih osnova parsiranja. Prednosti pristupa su
•
Ovaj pristup je vrlo sistematičan i uglavnom ne divergira od izvorne ideje kako bi konačna verzija jezika trebala da
izgleda. Konačna verzija je najčešće podskup nekog klasičnog programskog jezika.
•
Pristup je primjenjiv za širok dijapazon kompajlera za razne programske jezike, ali i razvoj drugih sistemskih
programa: interpretera, translatora, asemblera, uljepšivača izvornog koda, itd.
Mane pristupa su:
•
Nepogodan je za kratke kurseve. Ono čemu kompajler služi, generisanje koda, dolazi tek na kraju knjige ili kursa, pa
je potrebno preći oko 150-200 strana ili gotovo cijeli semestar da bi cijela tema imala smisla.
•
Već u startu se operiše sa velikim listinzima, jer je odmah zamišljeno praćenje sintakse cijelog jezika.
•
Obično se generiše kôd za virtuelnu, a ne realnu mašinu. Virtuelne mašine zahtijevaju poseban interpreter (uz to
nepreglednog) pseudo koda, što umanjuje kvalitet kompajlera (spor i odvojen od sistema prevedeni program). Te
mašine su obično stek orijentisane, za razliku od realnih mašina koje su registarski orijentisane.
•
Realizacija pojedinih jezičkih koncepata nije u skladu sa njihovim prioritetima. Koncept slogova je manje bitan od
koncepta cijelih brojeva, ali se ovim pristupom oba uče istovremeno.
3.2.
Primjena generatora koda
Vrlo su popularni programi koji se zovu kompajler-kompajleri. Ovi programi (LEX, YACC, Bison, COCO/R) iz
Bacus-Naurove forme generišu izvorni kôd leksičkog i sintaksnog analizatora koji se kasnije ručno proširuje. Prednosti ovog
pristupa su:
•
Skraćeno vrijeme razvoja, jer su dvije faze kompajliranja, leksička i semantička analiza, korektno već urađene.
•
Prednosti iterativnog pristupa su zadržane.
Mane pristupa su:
•
Automatski generisani kôd može biti prilično nepregledan, pa je potrebno vrijeme za njegovo shvaćanje.
•
Upotrebom ovih alata se ne nauči kako se piše kompajler, nego kako se koriste ti alati.
•
Prevelika je razlika između veličine kompaktne BNF forme i generisanog sintaksnog analizatora nastalog iz te BNF
forme.
•
Ostaje problem jezičkih koncepata različitog prioriteta.
3.3.
Analiza gotovog kompajlera
Mnogi kompajleri se mogu naći na Internetu sa kompletnim izvornim kodom, a često i propratnom knjigom koja
objašnjava rad kompajlera. Najpoznatiji takvi programi su GNU C i Small C. Izvorni kôd se može slobodno analizirati i
modifikovati, mada se iz njega obično ne smiju praviti komercijalni kompajleri. Prednosti pristupa su:
•
Mnogi besplatni kompajleri predstavljaju pune implementacije programskih jezika po ISO ili ANSI standardima.
•
8
Gotovi kompajleri su posebno upotrebljivi za brzi razvoj kros-kompajlera (koji generišu kôd za druge platforme) ili
popravak optimizatora koda.
Mane pristupa su:
•
Odštampani listinzi ovih kompajlera zauzimaju nekoliko stotina strana. Praćenje takvih listinga je izuzetno teško.
•
Veliki listing ne daje mnogo informacija o tome kojim putem je on nastao.
•
Ostaje problem jezičkih koncepata različitog prioriteta.
3.4.
Crenshaw-ova netehnička metoda
Ova metoda je predložena u seriji članaka na Internetu “Let’s build a compiler”, autora dr Jacka Crenshawa u periodu
1988-1993. Kreće se sa daleko manjim ambicijama, npr. varijable su jednoslovne i nema ključnih riječi, ali se odmah ide u
generisanje koda, dok se sam jezik postepeno razvija. Prednosti pristupa su:
•
Ako je vremenski faktor problem, čitalac može da odustane dosta rano, a da je ipak naučio suštinu procesa.
•
Jezički koncepti se uvode prema svom značaju.
•
Listinzi su u početku vrlo mali i jezgroviti (100-200 linija) a rastu dosta linearno.
•
Odmah se razvija kôd za realnu mašinu i to generisanjem preglednog asemblerskog koda umjesto nepreglednog
mašinskog koda ili pseudokoda.
Mane pristupa su
•
Može doći do divergencije u razvoju. U originalnoj seriji članaka se to i dogodilo zbog zauzetosti autora i velikog
vremenskog trajanja serije članaka, tako da serija nije dovedena do kraja, a tri puta se počinjalo iz početka.
•
Ponekad prelazak u narednu fazu implementacije nije moguć zbog koncepata koje je nametnula prethodna faza. Na
primjer, ako je prethodna faza jezika definisala da se varijable deklarišu na određeni način, koji nije kompatibilan s
tipom podataka planiranom za uvođenje u narednoj fazi, tada treba ili odustati od tog tipa ili nanovo napisati dio koda
koji implementira deklaraciju varijabli.
•
Originalna metoda, ne podržava neke bitne elemente savremenih programskih jezika, kao što su slogovi, nizovi,
višedimenzionalni nizovi i veze s operativnim sistemom.
•
Metoda ne podržava optimizaciju koda i oporavak od grešaka.
Pristup objašnjen u ovom radu je, u osnovi, Crenshaw-ov pristup, ali doveden do kraja, bez divergiranja, sa logičnim
koracima iz faze u fazu, te sa originalnim programskim jezikom koji se razvija u fazama. Sam kompajler je pisan bez
korištenja Crenshawov-og izvornog koda i pruža znatno veće mogućnosti.
3.5.
Waterfall i spiralni pristup razvoju informacionih sistema
Klasične“waterfall” metodologije razvoja zasnivaju se na lancu: Analiza, Dizajn, Programiranje, Testiranje,
Održavanje, Napuštanje( Sl. 3.5.1),
Analiz
a
Dizajn
D
Sl. 3.5.1.
Progra
m
Test
T
Održa
va
Napušt
a
Klasični “Waterfall” pristup razvoju softvera
Spiralni pristupi (Sl. 3.5.2) podrazumijevaju da se ove faze obavljaju svaki put kada se razvija nova verzija programa,
proizišla iz stare. Tako se razvija sve moćniji i moćniji softver. Geometrijska forma spirale vjerno predstavlja ovo širenje
softvera.
9
A
O
T
D
O
P
A
T
D
P
A
P
Sl. 3.5.2.
3.6.
D
O
T
Spiralni pristup u razvoju softvera
Programski jezik u kome se razvija kompajler
Pošto je svrha razvoja kompajlera za FILDZAN-32 njegova primjena u nastavi, odlučeno je da se sam kompajler piše
u programskom jeziku Pascal. Ta odluka danas zvuči neobično, jer se sistemski softver obično piše u jezicima C ili C++, ali
bitna prednost Pascala je u njegovoj preglednosti, što je od velike važnosti za nastavu. Treba reći da za Pascal već postoji
mnogo dobrih komercijalnih i besplatnih kompajlera kao što su Delphi, Kylix, FreePascal, TurboPascal, Virtual Pascal 2 i
P2C. Kompajler za FILDZAN-32 je napisan tako da se lako prevodi bilo kojim od navedenih Pascal-skih kompajlera.
3.7.
Hardversko i softversko okruženje za koje se razvija kompajler
Jedan od glavnih ciljeva ove metode je razvoj kompajlera koji generiše kôd za konkretno, a ne virtuelno okruženje. S
obzirom da na našem i svjetskom tržištu prevladavaju PC računari sa Intel 486 i Intel Pentium procesorima, izbor ovih
mikroprocesora za generisanje koda je sasvim logičan. Ovi procesori uključuju i instrukcije za rad sa realnim brojevima.
Između dva vodeća operativna sistema za ove procesore, Windows i Linux, izabran je Windows kao, u ovom
trenutku, popularniji. Potrebne modifikacije kompajlera da generiše kôd za Linux su male.
Očekuje se da će operativni sistemi bazirani na kompatibilnosti s Microsoft Windows platformama i Intelovim
mikroprocesora biti aktuelni bar do 2010 godine.
3.8.
Rezime poglavlja
Uobičajeni pristupi, koji se mogu naći u literaturi, za učenje razvoja kompajlera su iterativni pristup, analiza gotovih
kompajlera, primjena generatora koda i Crenshaw-ov netehnički pristup. Svi pristupi imaju svojih prednosti i nedostataka. Za
kratke kurseve, koji trebaju da brzo daju konkretne rezultate najpogodniji je Crenshaw-ov pristup, ali je on često nepotpun. U
ovom prikazu razvoja kompajlera je korištena unapređena Crenshawova metoda.
10
4. PROSTI ARITMETIČKI IZRAZI
Svaki programer koji je imao iskustva u radu s asemblerskim i višim programskim jezicima prvo uočava drastičnu
razliku u pristupu računanju aritmetičkih izraza. U višim programskim jezicima se oponaša klasična forma matematičkih
izraza, kakva je u upotrebi još od 18. vijeka. Ova forma je, doduše, prilagođena računarskim tastaturama (kosa crta
umjesto razlomačke i zvjezdica umjesto podrazumijevanog množenja), ali su prioriteti računanja sačuvani. Unutar jednog
izraza množenje ima prioritet nad sabiranjem, a zagrade nad ostalim operacijama.
4.1.
Struktura tipičnih aritmetičkih izraza
Asemblerski jezici (ali i neki viši programski jezici kao što su FORTH, Lisp, Befunge i rane verzije COBOL-a), s
druge strane, imaju instrukcije za istovremeno obavljanje samo jedne aritmetičke operacije nad dva argumenta. Programer
mora sam da odredi redoslijed izvršavanja ovakvih instrukcija da bi se dobio tačan rezultat izraza. Međurezultati se moraju
čuvati u registrima, memorijskim lokacijama ili na steku. Koliko ovo može biti komplikovano, svjedoči činjenica da je
značenje imena prvog višeg programskog jezika FORTRAN zapravo skraćenica od “prevodilac formula”.
Stoga se i u ovom pristupu razvoju kompajlera kreće od prevođenja aritmetičkog izraza sa prioritetima u
asemblerski program.
Dva su uobičajena načina rješavanja ovog problema, nerekurzivni i rekurzivni. Nerekurzivni način podrazumijeva
prevođenje iz aritmetičke (infiksne) u obrnutu poljsku notaciju (postfiksnu). U ovom radu je primijenjen rekurzivni način, jer
on dovodi do kraćih listinga programa i konzistentniji je sa opisom sintakse jezika u proširenoj BNF formi ili sintaksnim
dijagramima.
Nakon gledanja jednog tipičnog aritmetičkog izraza 2+3*4-8+(7-6*2) sa jednocifrenim brojevima, ali sa prioritetima i
zagradama, uočavaju se cjeline prikazane na slici Sl. 4.1.1.
C1=2
C5=8
C2=3
C6=7
C3=4
C7=6
C8=2 C9=C7*C8
C11=(C10-C9)
C4=C2*C3
C10=7
C12=C1+C4-C5+C11
Sl. 4.1.1.
Cjeline u aritmetičkom izrazu 2+3*4-8+(7-6*2)
Pogledavši cjelinu C12 (cijeli izraz) uočava se da se izraz sastoji od jednog ili više članova razdvojenih
znakovima plus ili minus. Primjećuje se da i izraz C11 unutar zagrada ima istu strukturu.
Uočena struktura aritmetičkog izraza se predstavlja sintaksnim dijagramom na slici Sl. 4.1.2. Okruglim ili ovalnim
znakovima predstavljaju se simboli koji se dalje ne razrađuju (terminalni) a četvrtastim oni simboli koji se razrađuju
(neterminalni).
Izraz
Član
Član
+
Sl. 4.1.2.
Izraz
Gledajući cjeline C1, C4, C5, i C11, te C10 i C9, uočava se da se član izraza sastoji od jednog ili više faktora,
razdvojenih zvjezdicom ili kosom crtom. Sam faktor je cifra ili, kao u cjelini C11, kompletan aritmetički izraz koji počinje
otvorenom zagradom. Na slikama Sl. 4.1.3 i Sl. 4.1.4 prikazani su sintaksni dijagrami pojmova Član i Faktor.
Član
*
Faktor
Faktor
/
Sl. 4.1.3.
Član
11
Faktor
0
1
9
(
Izraz
)
Sl. 4.1.4.
4.2.
Faktor
Sintaksna analiza aritmetičkih izraza
Prateći sintaksne dijagrame, lako je sintaksno analizirati izraze. Svaki od dijagrama može se izdvojiti u posebnu
Pascal-sku proceduru, ili predstaviti odgovarajućim pseudokodom. Čvorišta u sintaksnim dijagramima gdje se pojam razdvaja
u više podslučaja se mapiraju u uslovna grananja u pseudokodu, a vraćanja na već pročitani simbol u dijagramu se mapiraju u
petlje u pseudokodu. Stoga procedure Izraz , Faktor i Član izgledaju u pseudokodu kao na slici Sl. 4.2.1.
Izraz:
Pozovi Član
Sve dok je naredni simbol “+“ ili “- “ ,pozovi Član
Član:
Pozovi Faktor
Sve dok je naredni simbol “*” ili “/“ , pozovi Faktor
Faktor:
Ako je naredni simbol cifra, faktor je u redu,
Ako je naredni simbol “(“pozovi Izraz, zatim očekuj simbol “)”
4.2.1.
U ostalim slučajevima,Sl.
prijavi
grešku. Pseudokod: Izraz, Član, Faktor
4.3.
Generisanje koda za računanje aritmetičke izraze
Intelovi 32 bitni procesori imaju umjeren broj procesorskih registara. Stoga, nije moguće cijeli aritmetički izraz
držati u registrima, ali ga nema smisla ni u potpunosti držati na steku ili memorijskim lokacijama. Pošto je prethodnim
operacijama izraz razložen na njegove sastavne komponente, uglavnom se operiše sa glavnim registrom, EAX i pomoćnim
registrom EBX. Trenutni međurezultat se uvijek čuva u registru EAX, u kome je i jedan od operanada. Drugi operand je u
registru EBX.
Lako je prevesti faktor koji se sastoji od jedne konstante. Dovoljno je izvršiti odgovarajuću komandu
MOV EAX,NN da se konstanta smjesti u registar EAX. Npr. konstanta 3 se prevodi u MOV EAX,3
Kada su u pitanju prevođenja izraza ili članova, na primjer, čuvanje u registrima postaje nedovoljno. Stoga se pri
uočavanju sabiranja, oduzimanja, množenja ili dijeljenja, registar EAX mora sačuvati na steku, jer će poziv procedure za
račun drugog operanda promijeniti sadržaj ovog registra. Po okončanju ove procedure, vrijednost sa steka se stavlja u EBX
registar za komutativne operacije. Za nekomutativne operacije registar EAX se prebaci u EBX, a zatim vrijednost sa steka
stavlja u EAX registar. Preostaje još da se obavi odgovarajuća ADD, SUB, IMUL ili IDIV instrukcija, čime registar EAX
ponovo sadrži međurezultat.
Tako se sabiranje prevodi u
Pozovi Član
Sve dok slijedi znak sabiranja, generiši naredne instrukcije
PUSH EAX
Pozovi Član
POP EBX
ADD EAX,EBX
12
Pozivom procedure Član uvijek se dobija međurezultat u EAX. Instrukcijom POP EBX se u EBX registar smješta
vrijednost sa vrha steka. Ako se sa stekom pažljivo postupa, što će se raditi u cijelom procesu razvoja, na vrhu steka se
nalazi sadržaj EAX registra nakon računanja prvog sabirka. Stoga će registar EBX imati vrijednost prvog sabirka, a registar
EAX vrijednost drugog sabirka. Posljednjom instrukcijom dobija se zbir u registru EAX.
Kako je i množenje komutativno generisani kôd za množenje je sličan. IMUL instrukcija će uzgred pokvariti sadržaj
EDX registra, ali se bitan dio međurezultata čuva u EAX registru.
Pozovi Faktor
Sve dok slijedi znak množenja, generiši naredne instrukcije
PUSH EAX
Pozovi Faktor
POP EBX
IMUL EBX
Oduzimanje nije komutativno, pa se mora prvi operand smjestiti u EAX, a drugi u EBX. Stoga generisani kôd može
izgledati ovako:
Pozovi Član
Sve dok slijedi znak oduzimanja, generiši naredne instrukcije
PUSH EAX
Pozovi Član
MOV EBX,EAX
POP EAX
SUB EAX,EBX
Dakle, instrukcijom MOV EBX,EAX u registar EBX smiješta se drugi operand, dok će instrukcija POP EAX
pokupiti prvi operand sa steka.
Dijeljenje, pored toga što nije komutativno, zahtijeva da se u EDX nalazi predznačno proširen EAX registar, što se
radi instrukcijom CDQ. Predznačno proširenje predstavlja kopiranje najvišeg bita EAX registra u sve bite EDX registra.
Pozovi Faktor
Sve dok slijedi znak dijeljenja, generiši naredne instrukcije
PUSH EAX
Pozovi Faktor
MOV EBX,EAX
POP EAX
CDQ
IDIV EBX
Nakon cijele rutine, registar EAX će sadržati količnik, a EDX ostatak pri dijeljenju.
4.4.
Prva verzija kompajlera
Nakon analize strukture aritmetičkog izraza i pseudokoda za sintaksnu analizu dijelova izraza te generisanja
mašinskog koda, može se pristupiti pisanju prve verzije kompajlera u Pascalu. Na slici Sl. 4.4.1 data je prva verzija
kompajlera, koji je prosti prevodilac prostog aritmetičkog izraza koji se unosi sa tastature i prikazuje na ekranu.
13
Sl. 4.4.1.
Prevodilac
izraza
program Kompajler;
var
pozicija: integer;
znak: char;
linija: string;
procedure Emit(st: string);
begin
WriteLn(st);
end;
procedure Novi;
begin
pozicija := pozicija + 1;
if pozicija <= Length(linija) then
znak := linija[pozicija]
else
Halt;
end;
function UzmiKonstantu: integer;
var
rezultat: integer;
begin
rezultat := ord(znak) - ord('0');
Novi;
UzmiKonstantu := rezultat;
end;
procedure Izraz; forward;
procedure Faktor;
var
rezultat: integer;
st: string;
begin
case znak of
'0'..'9': begin
rezultat := UzmiKonstantu;
Str(rezultat, st);
Emit(' MOV EAX,' + st);
end;
'(': begin
Novi;
Izraz;
Novi;
end
else
WriteLn('Greska');
end;
end;
procedure Clan;
var
z: char;
begin
Faktor;
while (znak in ['*', '/', '%']) do
begin
z := znak;
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
Novi;
Faktor;
case z of
'*': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
Emit(' IMUL EBX');
end;
'/': begin
Emit(' MOV EBX,EAX');
Emit(' POP EAX');
Emit(' CDQ');
Emit(' IDIV EBX');
end;
end;
end;
end;
procedure Izraz;
var
z: char;
begin
Clan;
while (znak in ['+', '-']) do begin
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
z := znak;
Novi;
Clan;
case z of
'+': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
Emit(' ADD EAX,EBX');
end;
'-': begin
Emit(' POP EAX');
Emit(' SUB EAX,EBX');
end;
end;
end;
end;
begin
pozicija := 0;
ReadLn(linija);
Novi;
Izraz;
end.
Iz listinga se uočava da pored procedura pored procedura Izraz, Clan i Faktor, koje su prikazane u pseudokodu
postoje i procedure Emit, Novi i UzmiKonstantu. Procedura Emit je prosti ispis stringa na ekranu. Procedura Novi je
najznačajnija procedura. Ona varijablu pozicija uvećava za 1 i zatim dohvati odgovarajući znak iz unesene linije u
varijablu znak. Ta varijabla sadrži sljedeći simbol. Procedura UzmiKonstantu dohvata jednocifreni broj i koristeći funkciju
ord dolazi do njegove numeričke vrijednosti.
4.5.
Testni primjer
Sa tastature se unosi sljedeći izraz:
2+3*4-8+(7-6*2);
Kada ovaj primjer prođe kroz kompajler, dobije se asemblerski listing na slici Sl. 4.5.1. (Zadnji simbol u primjeru može biti
tačka-zarez, ali i bilo koji drugi jer se ignoriše). Uz asemblerski listing dat je komentar sadržaja registara i steka nakon
izvršenja svake od instrukcija
MOV EAX,2
PUSH EAX
MOV EAX,3
PUSH EAX
MOV EAX,4
POP EBX
IMUL EBX
POP EBX
ADD EAX,EBX
PUSH EAX
MOV EAX,8
MOV EBX,EAX
POP EAX
SUB EAX,EBX
EAX=2, EBX=?,
EAX=2, EBX=?,
EAX=3, EBX=?,
EAX=3, EBX=?,
EAX=4, EBX=?,
EAX=4, EBX=3,
EAX=12, EBX=3,
EAX=12, EBX=2,
EAX=14, EBX=2,
EAX=14, EBX=2,
EAX=8, EBX=2,
EAX=8, EBX=8,
EAX=14, EBX=8,
EAX=6, EBX=8,
Sl. 4.5.1.
stek =()
stek =(2)
stek =(2)
stek =(3,2)
stek =(3,2)
stek =(2)
stek =(2)
stek =()
stek =()
stek =(14)
stek =(14)
stek =(14)
stek =()
stek =()
PUSH EAX
MOV EAX,7
PUSH EAX
MOV EAX,6
PUSH EAX
MOV EAX,2
POP EBX
IMUL EBX
MOV EBX,EAX
POP EAX
SUB EAX,EBX
POP EBX
ADD EAX,EBX
EAX=6, EBX=8, stek =(6)
EAX=7, EBX=8, stek =(7,6)
EAX=6, EBX=8, stek =(6,7,6)
EAX=2, EBX=8, stek =(6,7,6)
EAX=12, EBX=6, stek =(7,6)
EAX=12, EBX=12, stek =(7,6)
EAX=-5, EBX=12, stek =(6)
EAX=-5, EBX=6, stek =()
EAX=1, EBX=6, stek =()
Asemblerski listing prevedenog koda sa tokom izvršavanja
Dakle, kao rezultat izvršenja programa sa slike Sl. 4.5.1 dobiva se 1, što se slaže sa vrijednošću aritmetičkog izraza.
Naravno da bi ručno pisani asemblerski program bio daleko kraći. No, računar gleda ulaz sekvencijalno i ne može odmah
pojednostaviti program, jer ne vidi unaprijed da li je uopšte potrebno npr. sačuvati EAX registar. U ovom trenutku
optimizacija koda ima niži prioritet jer se može i bez nje. Daleko je bitniji problem što su izrazi samo sa jednocifrenim
brojevima, nema varijabli i kontrolnih struktura, niti unarnih operatora. No, najveći nedostatak sadašnje verzije kompajlera
14
je što ona prevodi samo jednu jedinu liniju sa tastature na ekran. Prevedeni kôd se još uvijek ne može asemblirati, i njegovo
izvršavanje se simulira na papiru.
4.6.
Rezime poglavlja
Razvoj kompajlera kreće od prevodioca prostog aritmetičkog izraza. U strukturi jednog tipičnog aritmetičkog izraza
sa zagradama i prioritetima uočavaju se određene cjeline, Izraz, Član i Faktor koje se definišu sintaksnim dijagramima i
realizuju odgovarajućim procedurama. U realizacija četiri osnovne aritmetičke operacije se koriste odgovarajuće instrukcije
mikroprocesora, a međurezultati se uvijek čuvaju u EAX. Prva verzija kompajlera prevodi samo uneseni aritmetički izraz, s
jednocifrenim brojevima sa tastature. Testni primjer za prvu verziju kompajlera je uspješan, no programski jezik u ovom
trenutku nema nikakvih kontrolnih struktura, niti mogućnost prevođenja iz datoteka.
15
5. PREVOĐENJE IZ DATOTEKA, BLOKOVI, VIŠECIFRENI BROJEVI
Prva verzija kompajlera prevodi samo jedan jedini aritmetički izraz u asemblerski jezik. Aritmetički izraz se ne može
sačuvati na disku nego se svaki put mora ponovo unositi. Izlazne asemblerske naredbe se takođe ne mogu direktno proslijediti
asembleru u cilju generisanja izvršnog koda.
5.1.
Format instrukcija
Da bi se ovaj prevodilac mogao zvati kompajlerom višeg programskog jezika a ne prevodiocem jednog izraza,
neophodno je omogućiti da se izvorni kod iz jedne datoteke prevodi u asemblerski ili mašinski kod u drugoj datoteci. Iako
postoje kompajleri koji sve rade u memoriji, ipak su oni koji prevode iz datoteke u datoteku neuporedivo upotrebljiviji. Pored
ovoga, ulazni program treba da se sastoji od više naredbi ili aritmetičkih izraza, da bi se uopšte moglo govoriti o programu.
U ovom trenutku donosi se jedna ključna odluka u izboru koncepcije programskog jezika vezano za format pisanja
njegovih naredbi. U praksi postoje tri takva formata. Bajtovski format (mašinski jezik, Befunge, Forth) definiše da jedna
naredba zauzima jedan bajt ili svega nekoliko njih. Linijski format (asemblerski jezik, Fortran, BASIC, XBASE) određuje da
se jedna naredba (ponekad i više od jedne) sadrži u jednoj liniji izvornog koda. Slobodni format (Pascal, Lisp, C, Java) dopušta
da se naredbe pišu u više redova. Kako je slobodni format ujedno i najpraktičniji, bit će primijenjen i u programskom jeziku
koji se sada razvija.
Odluka o izboru slobodnog formata povlači sljedeću odluku: Da li za oznake početka i kraja grupe naredbi koristiti
ključne riječi (kao u Pascalu) ili simbole (kao u C-u). Prepoznavanje simbola je jednostavnije od prepoznavanja ključnih riječi,
pa će ovaj jezik više podsjećati na C nego na Pascal, iako će kasnije imati elemenata i jednog i drugog jezika. Osim toga,
ključne riječi će biti uvedene znatno kasnije.
5.2.
Blokovi
Skup naredbi se zove blok i uokviren je vitičastim zagradama. Ipak, iz praktičnih razloga prepoznavanja simbola, prva
vitičasta zagrada je sastavni dio drugih struktura. Iza svake naredbe unutar bloka se nalazi simbol tačka-zarez (;). Program se
sastoji od vitičaste zagrade i jednog bloka. To se može predstaviti sintaksnim dijagramima na slikama Sl. 5.2.1 i Sl. 5.2.2.
Program:
Blok
{
Sl. 5.2.1.
Program
Blok
Izraz
;
}
Sl. 5.2.2.
Blok
Pseudokod za realizaciju bloka izgleda kao na slici Sl. 5.2.3
Sve dok ne slijedi “}” izvrši Izraz i pokupi simbol “;”
Pokupi simbol “}”
Sl. 5.2.3.
5.3.
Pseudokod, relizacija blokova
Modifikacije procedura kompajlera zbog prevođenja iz datoteke
Procedura Novi treba da sada čita znakove iz ulazne datoteke, ignorišući blankove kao i neprintabilne znakove
(ASCII <32) i nove redove. Stoga je ona sada složenija. U pseudokodu procedura Novi izgleda ovako:
Početak sekvence
Uvećaj pokazivač unutar linije za 1
Ako je pokazivač prešao kraj linije Uvećaj brojač linija za 1, učitaj novu liniju s
diska i pokazivač postavi na 1
Varijabli znak dodijeli slovo linije na poziciji pokazivača. Ako je linija prazna,
dodijeli varijabli znak blanko
Ponavljaj sve dok je znak blanko ili neprintabilan, a nije kraj ulazne datoteke
Sl. 5.3.1.
Pseudokod, procedura Novi
16
Procedura IdiDo ima kao argument karakter. Ona treba da prijavi grešku ukoliko znak koji slijedi iz ulazne datoteke
nije onaj koji je naveden kao argument ove procedure.
Procedura Greska čiji je argument string, prikazuje tekst greške na ekranu, zatvara datoteke i prekida izvršenje
kompajlera. Ovo može zvučati prilično nepraktično, jer ovako dizajnirani kompajler prevodi samo do prve greške. Sa
današnjim računarima i interaktivnim radom to ne mora biti problem, što dokazuje uspjeh Turbo Pascala koji je sve do svoje
desete verzije (Delphi 2) potpuno zanemarivao oporavak od grešaka. Oporavak od grešaka zahtijeva dosta dodatnog koda što
smanjuje razumljivost rada kompajlera.
Procedura Emit se nije mnogo izmijenila. Umjesto na ekran, izlaz se šalje u izlaznu datoteku.
5.4.
Modifikacije kompajlera zbog generisanja datoteka sa asemblerskim kodom
Nije dovoljno samo prevedene aritmetičke izraze usmjeriti u datoteku. Dobijeni asemblerski program treba prevesti
nekim 32-bitnim asemblerom, kakvi su MASM, TASM ili NASM. Osim toga, mora postojati i određeni kôd da se program
uspješno završi i vrati kontrolu operativnom sistemu. U programerskom žargonu taj dio koda se zove entry stub ili ulazni kôd
i on izgleda kao na slici Sl. 5.4.1 . U suštini je ovim rečeno asembleru da generiše 32 bitni mašinski program, prilagođen
Windows operativnom sistemu. Nakon generisanog programa se nalazi poziv rutine za završetak procesa i rezervisano mjesto
za 26 varijabli.
.386
.MODEL FLAT,STDCALL
OPTION CASEMAP:NONE
EXTRN ExitProcess@4:NEAR
.CODE
ULAZ:
JMP GLAVNI
GLAVNI:
.....
generisani program
.....
PUSH 0
CALL ExitProcess@4
.DATA
GLOBALV DD 26 DUP(0)
END ULAZ
Sl. 5.4.1.
Entry stub – standardni asemblerski ulazni kôd
Procedura Prevedi emituje ovaj ulazni kôd i poziva proceduru Blok. Procedura Prevedi se poziva iz procedure
Glavni, koja otvara ulaznu i izlaznu datoteku. Imena ovih datoteka se navode kao argumenti komandne linije prilikom poziva
kompajlera koristeći, npr.:
KOMP32V2 PRIMJER.JEZ PRIMJER.ASM
Iako većina današnjih programa koristi menije umjesto komandne linije, zbog kratkoće programa i koncentracije na
proces kompajliranja a ne na korisnički interfejs, ovaj kompajler je realizovan u formi komande iz komandne linije.
5.5.
Proširenja aritmetičkih izraza
Napravljene su određene izmjene i u samim aritmetičkim izrazima. Najvažnije je što numeričke
konstante nisu više jednocifrene. Dohvatanje konstante se može izvesti algoritmom sa slike Sl. 5.5.1
Uzmi konstantu
Rezultat postavi na 0
Sve dok je znak koji slijedi između 0 i 9 rezultat postavi na
10 * rezultat + vrijednost cifre znaka, pa uzmi novi znak
Ako je znak blanko dohvati novi
Sl. 5.5.1.
Promijenjeni algoritam za dohvatanje konstante
Lako je dodati operaciju ostatka pri dijeljenju koja se, u skladu sa konvencijom iz C-a, označava znakom %.
Dovoljno je obaviti operaciju dijeljenja i nakon nje izvršiti jedno
MOV AX,DX
17
U skladu sa uvođenjem operacije ostatka pri dijeljenju mijenja se sintaksa jezičkog pojma član i ona sada izgleda kao na slici
Sl. 5.5.2. Nema potrebe pisati pseudokod, jer je modifikacija odgovarajuće procedure član trivijalna.
Član
%
Faktor
Faktor
*
/
Sl. 5.5.2.
Član
Jezički pojam Faktor (čija je nova verzija prikazana na slici Sl. 5.5.3) i odgovarajuća procedura proširuju se unarnim
minusom. Implementacija unarnog minusa rekurzivno poziva Faktor, a nakon tog pozva dodaje se naredba NEG EAX .
Faktor:
Faktor
-
Numerička konstanta
(
Izraz
)
Sl. 5.5.3.
Faktor
U prilogu 2 na kraju rada dat je listing druge verzije kompajlera. Tamnijom bojom slova su označene izmjene u odnosu na
prvu verziju.
5.6.
Testni primjer
Na slici Sl. 5.6.1 primjer malog programa. Treba kreirati datoteku ulaz2.jez sa sljedećim sadržajem:
{
2+3*8;
6*8*(4-2);
}
Sl. 5.6.1.
Primjer za testiranje prve verzije kompajlera
Iza zadnje vitičaste zagrade potrebno je preći u novi red. Nakon kompajliranja ovog primjera sa
KOMP32V2 ULAZ2.JEZ ULAZ2.ASM
dobije se asemblerski listing prikazan na slici Sl. 5.6.2:
.386
.MODEL FLAT,STDCALL
OPTION CASEMAP:NONE
.CODE
ULAZ:
JMP GLAVNI
;{
;
2+3*8;
GLAVNI:
MOV EAX,2
PUSH EAX
MOV EAX,3
PUSH EAX
MOV EAX,8
POP EBX
IMUL EBX
POP EBX
ADD EAX,EBX
;
6*8*(4-2);
MOV EAX,6
PUSH EAX
MOV EAX,8
POP EBX
IMUL EBX
PUSH EAX
MOV EAX,4
PUSH EAX
MOV EAX,2
MOV EBX,EAX
POP EAX
SUB EAX,EBX
POP EBX
IMUL EBX
;}
;}
PUSH 0
CALL ExitProcess@4
.DATA
END ULAZ
Sl. 5.6.2.
Asemblerski listing dobijen kompajlerom
Prilikom generisanja listinga dodano je da se linija izvornog koda šalje u asemblerski program kao komentar. Iza te
linije obično slijede asemblerske linije koje implementiraju navedenu liniju koda u višem programskom jeziku. Asemblerski
listing još uvijek nije pravi mašinski program. Da bi se on preveo u mašinski program, treba pokrenuti asembler, na primjer
Microsoftov MASM 6.14 komandom
ml /c /coff /Fl ulaz2.asm
18
što znači da se prevodi bez linkovanja u Common object file format (coff) uz generisanje listinga. Kao rezultat ovog
asembliranja dobijaju se datoteke ulaz2.obj i ulaz2.lst. Datoteku u OBJ formatu sada treba povezati sa drugim takvim
datotekama ili bibliotekama rutina koje se nalaze u LIB datotekama. To se radi programom koji se zove linker. Kao primjer
uzima se Microsoftov LINK 5.12 i pokreće sa
link /defaultlib:kernel32.lib /subsystem:console ulaz2.obj
Ovo znači da se ulaz2.obj povezuje sa bibliotekom funkcija kernel32.lib praveći ulaz2.exe Program ULAZ2.EXE
može se pokrenuti, neće pasti, nego se samo uspješno završava ne prikazujući ništa na ekranu. To je i za očekivati, pošto se
rezultati izraza samo smještaju u AX po njihovom izvršenju. Program bi se eventualno mogao pratiti korak po korak koristeći
debager.
Na slici Sl. 5.6.3 dati su izgled LST datoteke koja daje heksadekadni prikaz generisanog mašinskog koda uz
odgovarajući asemblerski kôd, izgled objektne (OBJ) te izvršne (EXE) datoteke. Mnogi kompajleri direktno prevode u
objektnu ili izvršnu datoteku. Formati OBJ i EXE datoteka su, međutim, dosta složeni, nepregledni i glomazni i njihov opis je
izvan opsega ovog rada. No, poredeći prevedeni kôd u LST datoteci i posebno označene bajtove u OBJ i EXE datotekama na
slici Sl. 5.6.3 prepoznaje se da je program korektno preveden u mašinski jezik. Ostatak datoteke OBJ sadrži tabele za
relociranje u slučaju spajanja različitih modula. EXE datoteka, pored mašinskog koda testnog programa, sadrži i dio koda koji
sprječava izvršavanje programa pod 16-bitnim MS DOS-om, spisak dinamičkih biblioteka i rutina iz njih koje se uvezuju sa
korisničkim programom te relokacione tabele
.
Turbo Dump
000000:
000010:
000020:
000030:
000040:
000050:
000060:
000070:
000080:
000090:
0000A0:
0000B0:
0000C0:
0000D0:
0000E0:
0000F0:
000100:
000110:
000120:
000130:
000140:
000150:
000160:
000170:
000180:
000190:
0001A0:
0001B0:
0001C0:
0001D0:
0001E0:
0001F0:
000200:
000210:
000220:
4C
00
00
00
61
D8
40
00
00
00
F7
5B
D8
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
2D
65
61
40
03
00
00
00
00
00
5A
72
0C
00
73
Version 5.0.16.4 Copyright (c) 1988, 1998 Borland International
Display of File ULAZ2.OBJ
01
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
EB
F7
58
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
65
00
7A
63
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
65
00
00
73
03
00
00
00
00
00
30
00
00
00
5B
EB
2B
07
00
00
00
00
00
00
6E
00
32
6F
2E
03
00
02
00
00
00
63
00
13
40
00
00
00
00
00
00
C0
00
00
50
03
50
C3
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
74
00
2E
6D
74
01
00
00
00
00
00
74
00
00
34
36
2E
42
01
42
00
2E
0C
00
B8
C3
B8
5B
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
72
00
61
70
65
42
00
00
00
00
00
76
00
00
00
5F
74
00
00
00
00
64
00
00
03
B8
04
F7
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
79
00
73
2E
78
00
00
00
00
00
00
65
00
00
00
84
65
00
00
00
00
72
00
00
00
06
00
EB
14
00
00
00
00
00
00
3A
00
6D
69
74
00
2E
03
00
00
00
00
00
5F
00
3D
78
00
00
00
00
65
00
00
00
00
00
6A
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
55
00
00
64
00
00
64
01
00
00
00
00
00
45
00
4C
74
8C
20
00
00
63
40
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
4C
FE
00
FC
00
01
61
68
00
20
01
00
00
78
00
01
00
00
00
00
00
74
01
0A
50
00
50
E8
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
41
FF
00
20
00
00
74
00
00
00
00
00
00
69
00
00
00
00
30
00
00
76
00
00
B8
50
B8
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
5A
00
00
12
00
00
61
00
00
02
20
03
00
74
00
00
00
00
60
00
00
65
00
00
08
B8
02
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
20
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
50
00
0B
00
CE
2E
68
00
AA
00
EB
00
08
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
2E
67
00
FF
00
00
00
00
00
5F
02
00
00
72
00
00
00
00
64
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
66
01
00
FF
00
00
00
00
00
55
00
00
00
6F
00
00
00
00
61
00
00
00
00
B8
00
00
00
3E
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
69
75
00
00
01
00
00
00
04
4C
2E
03
00
63
00
00
00
00
74
00
00
00
00
02
5B
00
8B
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
6C
6C
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
41
64
01
00
65
00
L...6_.=L.......
.....text.......
....B...........
........ .0`.dat
a...B.......h...
................
@.0..drectve....
........@.......
................
...P.....P.....[
..[.......P.....
[..P.....P......
.X+.[..j......>.
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
-entry:ULAZ .fil
e...........g.ul
az2.asm.........
@comp.id. ......
...text.........
....B...........
.......data.....
........h.......
................
........ ..._ULA
Z......... ....d
rectve..........
................
......_ExitProce
ss@4............
Microsoft (R) Macro Assembler Version 6.14.8444
09/15/02 12:21:42
ulaz2.asm
Page 1 - 1
.386
.MODEL FLAT,STDCALL
OPTION CASEMAP:NONE
EXTRN
ExitProcess@4:NEAR
00000000
00000000
00000000 EB 00
.CODE
ULAZ:
JMP GLAVNI
;{
;
00000002
00000002
00000007
00000008
0000000D
0000000E
00000013
00000014
00000016
00000017
B8
50
B8
50
B8
5B
F7
5B
03
00000002
GLAVNI:
MOV EAX,2
00000003
MOV EAX,3
00000008
MOV EAX,8
EB
IMUL EBX
C3
ADD EAX,EBX
PUSH EAX
PUSH EAX
POP EBX
POP EBX
;
00000019
0000001E
0000001F
00000024
00000025
00000027
00000028
0000002D
0000002E
00000033
00000035
00000036
00000038
00000039
B8
50
B8
5B
F7
50
B8
50
B8
8B
58
2B
5B
F7
2+3*8;
00000006
6*8*(4-2);
MOV EAX,6
PUSH EAX
00000008
MOV EAX,8
EB
IMUL EBX
00000004
MOV EAX,4
00000002
D8
MOV EAX,2
MOV EBX,EAX
C3
SUB EAX,EBX
EB
IMUL EBX
POP EBX
PUSH EAX
PUSH EAX
POP EAX
POP EBX
;}
;}
0000003B
0000003D
00000000
00000000
6A 00
E8 00000000 E
0000001A [
00000000
]
PUSH 0
CALL ExitProcess@4
.DATA
Turbo Dump Version 5.0.16.4 Copyright (c) 1988, 1998 Borland
International
Display of File ULAZ2.EXE
000000: 4D 5A 90 00 03 00 00 00 04 00 00 00 FF FF 00 00
000010: B8 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 40 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000020: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000030: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 B0 00 00 00
000040: 0E 1F BA 0E 00 B4 09 CD 21 B8 01 4C CD 21 54 68
000050: 69 73 20 70 72 6F 67 72 61 6D 20 63 61 6E 6E 6F
000060: 74 20 62 65 20 72 75 6E 20 69 6E 20 44 4F 53 20
000070: 6D 6F 64 65 2E 0D 0D 0A 24 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000080: 5D 17 1D DB 19 76 73 88 19 76 73 88 19 76 73 88
000090: 19 76 73 88 1D 76 73 88 E5 56 61 88 18 76 73 88
0000A0: 52 69 63 68 19 76 73 88 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0000B0: 50 45 00 00 4C 01 03 00 38 5F 84 3D 00 00 00 00
0000C0: 00 00 00 00 E0 00 0F 01 0B 01 05 0C 00 02 00 00
0000D0: 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 00 00 00 10 00 00
0000E0: 00 20 00 00 00 00 40 00 00 10 00 00 00 02 00 00
0000F0: 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000100: 00 40 00 00 00 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 00 00 00
000110: 00 00 10 00 00 10 00 00 00 00 10 00 00 10 00 00
000120: 00 00 00 00 10 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000130: 08 20 00 00 28 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000140: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000150: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000160: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000170: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000180: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 20 00 00 08 00 00 00
000190: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0001A0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2E 74 65 78 74 00 00 00
0001B0: 48 00 00 00 00 10 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 04 00 00
0001C0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 20 00 00 60
0001D0: 2E 72 64 61 74 61 00 00 54 00 00 00 00 20 00 00
0001E0: 00 02 00 00 00 06 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0001F0: 00 00 00 00 40 00 00 40 2E 64 61 74 61 00 00 00
000200: 68 00 00 00 00 30 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 08 00 00
000210: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 40 00 00 C0
000220: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000240: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000250: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000260: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000270: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000280: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000290: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0002A0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0002B0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0002C0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0002D0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0002E0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0002F0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000300: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000310: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000320: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000330: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000340: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000350: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000360: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000370: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000380: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000390: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0003A0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0003B0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0003C0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0003d0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0003E0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0003F0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000400: EB 00 B8 02 00 00 00 50 B8 03 00 00 00 50 B8 08
000410: 00 00 00 5B F7 EB 5B 03 C3 B8 06 00 00 00 50 B8
000420: 08 00 00 00 5B F7 EB 50 B8 04 00 00 00 50 B8 02
000430: 00 00 00 8B D8 58 2B C3 5B F7 EB 6A 00 E8 00 00
000440: 00 00 FF 25 00 20 40 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000450: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000460: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000470: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
........................................................
0005D0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0005E0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0005F0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000600: 38 20 00 00 00 00 00 00 30 20 00 00 00 00 00 00
000610: 00 00 00 00 46 20 00 00 00 20 00 00 00 00 00 00
000620: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000630: 38 20 00 00 00 00 00 00 75 00 45 78 69 74 50 72
000640: 6F 63 65 73 73 00 4B 45 52 4E 45 4C 33 32 2E 64
000650: 6C 6C 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000660: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000670: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
000680: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
.......................................................
0009D0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0009E0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0009F0: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
END ULAZ
Sl. 5.6.3.
Izgled OBJ, LST i EXE datoteka
MZ..............
........@.......
................
................
........!..L.!Th
is program canno
t be run in DOS
mode....$.......
]....vs..vs..vs.
.vs..vs..Va..vs.
Rich.vs.........
PE..L...8_.=....
................
................
. ....@.........
................
.@..............
................
................
. ..(...........
................
................
................
................
......... ......
................
.........text...
H...............
............ ..`
.rdata..T.... ..
................
....@[email protected]...
h....0..........
............@...
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
.......P.....P..
...[..[.......P.
....[..P.....P..
.....X+.[..j....
...%. @.........
................
................
................
................
................
................
8 ......0 ......
....F ... ......
................
8 ......u.ExitPr
ocess.KERNEL32.d
ll..............
................
................
................
................
................
................
19
5.7.
Rezime poglavlja
Format pisanja instrukcija u jeziku koji se razvija u ovom radu je slobodni, a od ove verzije kompajlera moguće je
prevoditi iz datoteke u datoteku. Program se više ne sastoji od jednog aritmetičkog izraza, već od bloka naredbi. Novi način
prevođenja zahtijeva modifikaciju procedura Novi i Emit, a uvode se procedure IdiDo i Greska. Asemblerski programi
zahtijevaju određeni kôd koji se zove Entry stub, pa kompajler generiše i njega. Da bi aritmetički izrazi radili sa višecifrenim
brojevima modifikovano je dohvatanje konstante. Dodavanje unarnog minusa i ostatka pri dijeljenju zahtijeva promjenu
procedura Faktor i Clan. Iz testnog primjera uspješno se generiše asemblerski listing, a iz asemblerskog listinga se dobijaju
objektni i izvršni kôd.
Prilog 2: Verzija izvornog koda kompajlera br. 2
program Kompajler;
const
OCEKIVANO = 'Ocekivano ';
GRIZRAZ = 'Izraz';
var
ulaz, izlaz: text;
pozicija, brojaclinija: integer;
znak: char;
linija: string;
procedure Greska(poruka: string);
begin
WriteLn(poruka);
WriteLn(brojaclinija, ':', linija);
Close(ulaz);
Close(izlaz);
Halt;
end;
begin
WriteLn(izlaz, st);
end;
procedure Novi;
begin
repeat
if pozicija > Length(linija) then
begin
brojaclinija := brojaclinija + 1;
if not (Eof(ulaz)) then
ReadLn(ulaz, linija);
Emit(';' + linija);
pozicija := 1;
end;
if Length(linija) > 0 then
else
znak := ' ';
until (znak > ' ') or Eof(ulaz)
end;
procedure IdiDo(z: char);
begin
if (znak <> z) then
Greska(OCEKIVANO + z);
Novi;
end;
var
rezultat: integer;
begin
rezultat := 0;
while (znak >= '0') and (znak <= '9')
do begin
rezultat := 10 * rezultat +
ord(znak) - ord('0');
Novi;
end;
if (znak = ' ') or (znak = '`') then
Novi;
end;
procedure Izraz; forward;
procedure Faktor;
var
rezultat: integer;
st: string;
begin
case znak of
'-': begin
Novi;
Faktor;
Emit(' NEG EAX');
end;
'0'..'9': begin
Str(rezultat, st);
end;
'(': begin
Novi;
Izraz;
IdiDo(')');
end;
else
Greska(GRIZRAZ);
end;
end;
procedure Clan;
var
z: char;
begin
Faktor;
while (znak in ['*', '/', '%']) do
begin
z := znak;
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
Novi;
Faktor;
case z of
'*': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
Emit(' IMUL EBX');
end;
'/', '%': begin
Emit(' POP EAX');
Emit(' CDQ');
Emit(' IDIV EBX');
if z = '%' then
Emit(' MOV EAX,EDX');
end;
end;
end;
end;
procedure Izraz;
var
z: char;
begin
Clan;
while (znak in ['+', '-']) do begin
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
z := znak;
Novi;
Clan;
case z of
'+': begin
Emit('
Emit('
end;
'-': begin
Emit('
Emit('
Emit('
end;
end;
end;
end;
POP EBX');
ADD EAX,EBX');
MOV EBX,EAX');
POP EAX');
SUB EAX,EBX');
procedure Blok;
begin
while znak <> '}' do begin
Izraz;
IdiDo(';');
end;
IdiDo('}');
end;
procedure Prevedi;
begin
Emit('.386');
Emit('.MODEL FLAT,STDCALL');
Emit('OPTION CASEMAP:NONE');
Emit('EXTRN ExitProcess@4:NEAR');
Emit('.CODE');
Emit('ULAZ:');
Emit(' JMP GLAVNI');
pozicija := 0;
Novi;
IdiDo('{');
Emit('GLAVNI:');
Blok;
Emit(' PUSH 0');
Emit(' CALL ExitProcess@4');
Emit('.DATA');
Emit('GLOBALV DD 26 DUP(0)');
Emit('END ULAZ')
end;
procedure Glavni;
var
linija: string;
begin
Assign(ulaz, paramstr(1));
Assign(izlaz, paramstr(2));
brojaclinija := 0;
linija := '';
Reset(ulaz);
Rewrite(izlaz);
Prevedi;
Close(ulaz);
Close(izlaz);
WriteLn('Prevedeno bez greske');
end;
begin
Glavni
end.
20
6. VARIJABLE, RELACIONI OPERATORI, USLOVI, PETLJE
Iako sposobna da generiše asemblerski kod, prethodna verzija kompajlera još uvijek ne liči na prevodilac pravog
programskog jezika jer nedostaju dvije izuzetno bitne stvari, mogućnost smještanja međurezultata u varijable i mogućnost
grananja programa. Stoga je potrebno uvesti elementarne kontrolne strukture, varijable i proširiti aritmetičke izraze.
6.1.
Proširenje aritmetičkih izraza
Aritmetički izraz se proširuje relacionim operatorima, operatorom dodjeljivanja, te unarnim operatorima. Za razliku
od Pascala, na primjer, dodjeljivanje nije poseban iskaz, nego sastavni dio aritmetičkog izraza (kao u C-u), te je pogodnije za
ovu koncepciju razvoja programskog jezika, koja kreće od koncepta izraza.
Operator dodjeljivanja će, privremeno, biti dvotačka “:”. Primjer
a:b:c:2;
dodjeljuje varijabli c vrijednost 2, zatim se varijabla c dodjeli varijabli b, pa varijabla b varijabli a.
Ovaj primjer dovodi do pojma lijeve i desne asocijativnosti operatora. Taj pojam odgovara na pitanje koji operandi se
prvi računaju kada je prioritet više upotrijebljenih operatora jednak. Za sabiranje, oduzimanje, množenje i dijeljenje korištena
je lijeva asocijativnost. Npr. 3+2-4 će prvo izračunati 3, njemu dodati 2 a zatim od toga oduzeti 4.
Dodjeljivanje je desno asocijativno, što se vidi iz gore navedenog primjera. Već je u prvoj fazi pokazano da se
ponavljanje lijevo asocijativnih operatora realizuju while petljom. Suprotno tome, ponavljanje desno asocijativnih operatora
realizuje se rekurzijom unutar obrade desnog operanda.
Relacioni operatori su =,>,< i # (različito). Rezultat poređenja dva izraza može biti 0 ako je relacija netačna ili 1 ako
je tačna. Ovi operatori nisu asocijativni, jer bi to dovelo do zbunjujućih situacija. Npr. izraz 3>2>1 u matematici je tačan i
predstavlja činjenicu da je broj 2 veći od 1 a manji od 3, ali u kontekstu izraza u računaru ima sasvim drugu semantiku. Izraz
3>2 daje vrijednost 1, a zatim se ta vrijednost 1 poredi da li je veća od 1, što nije tačno, pa cijeli izraz vraća vrijednost 0. Pošto
takva semantika nije mnogo korisna, neće biti realizovana.
Operatori dodjeljivanja i relacioni operatori trebaju da imaju najniži prioritet. To znači da se mora definisati novi
jezički pojam Izraz dodjeljivanja.
Izraz dodjeljivanja
=
>
<
Izraz
Izraz
#
Izraz
dodjeljivanja
Sl. 6.1.1.
Izraz dodjeljivanja
Na dijagramu sa slike Sl. 6.1.1 se vidi da neasocijativni operatori (relacioni) sa desne strane imaju pojam Izraz dok se
za desno asocijativni operator dodjeljivanja sa desne strane nalazi pojam Izraz dodjeljivanja.
:
Za realizaciju poređenja pomaže instrukcija SETcc AL, gdje cc predstavlja uslov koji predstavlja testiranje flegova,
obično vezano za rezultat prethodne instrukcije. Ova instrukcija postavlja AL na 1 ako je uslov ispunjen odnosno na 0 ako nije,
upravo ono što treba, bez korištenja uslovnih skokova. Generisani kôd za relacione operatore izgleda kao na slici Sl. 6.1.2
Pozovi Izraz
PUSH EAX
Pozovi Izraz
POP EBX
CMP EBX,EAX
SETE AL ili SETG AL ili SETL AL ili SETNE AL (respektivno na =,>,<,#)
AND EAX,0FFh
Sl. 6.1.2.
Generisani kôd za relacione operatore
21
Dakle, analogno operaciji sabiranja, prvi operand se dobija u EBX, a drugi u EAX registru, a poređenje se vrši
CMP EBX,EAX instrukcijom. Rezultat poređenja se dobije u fleg registru, a zatim se odgovarajućom SETE, SETG, SETL ili
SETNE instrukcijom postavlja AL registar na željenu vrijednost. Pošto preostala tri bajta registra EAX mogu imati slučajnu
vrijednost, posljednjom AND EAX,0FFh se oni postavljaju na nule.
Kod dodjeljivanja, međutim, nije potrebna vrijednost prvog operanda, nego njegova adresa. Uzima se da se ova
adresa nalazi u EBX registru. To je dovoljno generalno rješenje, jer se vrijednost ne dodjeljuje samo varijablama, nego i nekim
izrazima (npr. onim koji su rezultati pointerskih operacija). Vrijednost drugog operanda se nalazi u EAX registru. Stoga je
generisani kôd za ovu operaciju oblika prikazanog na slici Sl. 6.1.3.
Izvrši Izraz
PUSH EBX
Izvrši Izraz dodjeljivanja
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],EAX
Sl. 6.1.3.
Generisani kôd za operator dodjeljivanja
U ovoj fazi se još uvijek jednostavnost kompajlera drži u prvom planu. Stoga, imena varijabli, koje se upravo uvode,
su jednoslovna i to predstavljena malim slovima. To, u ovom trenutku, ukida potrebu za tabelom imena varijabli i
pretraživanjem iste. Umjesto toga, svih 26 varijabli se može držati u statički alociranom prostoru.
Statički alociran prostor je deklarisan kao GLOBALV DD 26 DUP(0). Ovo znači da će svaka varijabla zauzimati po 4
bajta.
GLOBALV[0]- GLOBALV[3]
Varijabla a
Sl. 6.1.4.
GLOBALV[4]-GLOBALV[7]
Varijabla b
GLOBALV[8]...
Varijabla c
Organizacija prostora za globalne varijable
Pogledom na sliku Sl. 6.1.4, uočava se da ako se od ASCII koda imena varijable oduzme ASCII kôd slova 'a' i rezultat
pomnoži sa 4, dobije se relativni pomak u odnosu na labelu GLOBALV a time i adresa tražene varijable.
Nad varijablom se mogu obavljati dvije funkcije. Ona se može čitati, ali joj se može i dodijeliti vrijednost. Stoga je
potrebno da nakon pristupa varijabli registar EBX ima njenu adresu, a registar EAX njenu vrijednost. Dosljedno dosadašnjem
radu, vrijednost varijable c se može dobiti koristeći
LEA EBX,GLOBALV[8]
MOV EAX,[EBX]
Da bi se uvele varijable potrebna je izmjena jezičkog pojma Faktor. Pored varijabli, u ovoj verziji kompajlera uvode
se i novi unarni operatori. Svi oni se realizuju na isti način kao unarni minus uveden u prethodnoj verziji kompajlera, dakle
rekurzivnim pozivom procedure Faktor, a zatim generisanjem koda koji modifikuje registar EAX. Unarni operatori su
navedeni u tabeli na slici Sl. 6.1.5:
Oznaka operatora
Značenje operatora
Instrukcije koje se generišu nakon
poziva procedure Faktor
-
Aritmetički unarni minus. Promjena predznaka registra EAX
NEG EAX
~
Binarna negacija. Pretvaranje svih nula u jedinice a svih jedinica u nule
unutar binarnog zapisa registra EAX
NOT EAX
&
Adresa operanda. Vraća adresu izraza koji slijedi (tipično varijabla)
MOV EAX,EBX
*
Pointer/pokazivač. Vraća cijeli broj koji se nalazi na adresi koja se dobije
računom izraza
MOV EBX,EAX
Logička negacija. Ako je EAX jednak 0 on dobija vrijednost 1, inače
dobija vrijednost 0
CMP EAX,0
!
MOV EAX,[EBX]
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
Sl. 6.1.5.
Unarni operatori
22
Uvođenje unarnih operatora zahtijeva da se promijene sintaksni dijagram za jezički pojam Faktor i odgovarajuća
procedura za implementaciju tog jezičkog pojma. Realizacija te procedure data je u okviru listinga u prilozima.
Faktor:
~
Faktor
&
*
!
Numerička
konstanta
(
Izraz
dodjeljivanja
)
Varijabla
Sl. 6.1.6.
Faktor
Uz dodatak relacionim operatorima, zgodno je uključiti i operatore konjunkcije, disjunkcije i ekskluzivne disjunkcije.
Iz C-a se preuzimaju operatori &,| i ^ koji vrše operacije bit po bit, pa su oni upotrebljivi i za maskiranja bitova. Kako su sve
tri operacije komutativne, realizacija je analogna sabiranju, sa kojim se dijeli i prioritet operacije. U tu svrhu se jezički pojam
Izraz modifikuje da izgleda kao na slici Sl. 6.1.7.
-
Član
+
&
Član
|
^
Sl. 6.1.7.
Logičke operacije se prevode u kôd sa slike Sl. 6.1.8:
Izraz
Pozovi Član
PUSH EAX
Pozovi Član
POP EBX
AND EAX,EBX ili OR EAX,EBX ili XOR EAX,EBX
Sl. 6.1.8.
Generisani kôd za logičke operacije
Pošto se ne dodaje novi operator prioriteta množenja i dijeljenja, procedura Clan se ne mijenja.
6.2.
Uslovi
Za realizovanje programskih struktura uslova i petlje, potrebno je koristiti skokove u asemblerskom jeziku. U ovoj
oblasti je generisanje asemblerskog programa jednostavnije od generisanja mašinskog programa, pogotovo kada su u pitanju
skokovi unaprijed. To omogućavaju labele. Labele u generisanom listingu imaju oblik L1, L2, L3..., pri čemu je broj iza slova
23
L smješten u cjelobrojnu globalnu varijablu TrenLabela. Procedurom NovaLabela se taj broj uveća za 1 i zatim vrati u formi
stringa.
Uslov se može predstaviti sintaksnim dijagramom sa slike Sl. 6.2.1
Uslov:
?
Izraz
dodjeljivan
ja
Blok
{
Sl. 6.2.1.
{
Blok
Uslov
Jezik još nema ključnih riječi, pa se uslov označava znakom ?, zatim slijedi izraz koji treba da vrati vrijednost 0 ili 1,
pa otvorena vitičasta zagrada i blok koji označavaju sekciju koja se izvršava ako je uslov ispunjen. Prethodni znak “?” je
prikazan isprekidanim linijama u sintaksnom dijagramu jer se ne prepoznaje u proceduri Uslov koja implementira uslove nego
u proceduri Blok. Na kraju jezičkog pojma Uslov nalazi se druga otvorena vitičasta zagrada i sekcija koja se izvršava ako
uslov nije ispunjen.
? (a=3 & n>8)
{
b:8;
c:2;
}
{
b:12;
}
Sl. 6.2.2.
Primjer uslova, treća verzija kompajlera
Na slici Sl. 6.2.2 dat je primjer uslova koji radi sljedeće: Ako je varijabla a jednaka 3 i varijabla n veća od 8, varijabli
b se dodjeljuje vrijednost 8, a varijabli c vrijednost 2. Ako bar jedan od gornjih uslova nije ispunjen, varijabla b dobija
vrijednost 12.
Uslov se smatra ispunjenim ako je rezultat izraza koji se ispituje različit od nule. Izraz ima rezultat u EAX registru.
Stoga se uslov može realizovati kodom sa slike Sl. 6.2.3. Na slici se vidi da je potrebno generisati tri nove labele. Ovdje su one
označene sa Londa, Linace i Lkrajuslova, a u praksi mogu biti, na primjer, L11, L12 i L13.
Instrukcija CMP EAX,0 postavlja Z fleg na 1 ako je u EAX registru nula, a u protivnom Z fleg se postavi na 0. Stoga
instrukcija JNE Londa izaziva skok na labelu Londa ako je EAX=0, a u protivnom se izvrši sljedeća instrukcija koja je
bezuslovni skok na labelu Linace. Na kraju bloka koji se izvršava kada je uslov ispunjen, nalazi se skok na labelu Lkrajuslova
da bi se preskočila sekcija koja se ne izvršava.
Pozovi Izraz dodjeljivanja
CMP EAX,0
JNE Londa
JMP Linace
Londa: Pozovi Blok
JMP Lkrajuslova
Linace: Pozovi Blok
Lkrajuslova: ....
Sl. 6.2.3.
6.3.
Generisani kôd za realizaciju uslova
Petlje
Iako konceptualno složenije od uslova petlje su za realizaciju još jednostavnije. Kao sintaksni simbol petlje uzima se
znak &, čije druge dvije upotrebe za adresu varijable i binarnu konjunkciju neće praviti konfuziju jer nema smisla da se u tom
kontekstu nalaze na početku naredbe. Petlja se predstavlja sintaksnim dijagramom sa slike Sl. 6.3.1.
24
Petlja:
&
Izraz
dodjeljivanja
Blok
{
Sl. 6.3.1.
Petlja
Primjer
& a<0 { a:a+1}
sve dok je a manje od nula, uvećavaj varijablu a za 1.
Petlja se može realizovati generisanim kodom kao na slici Sl. 6.3.2.
Luslov:
Pozovi Izraz dodjeljivanja
CMP EAX,0
JNE Ldok
JMP Lkrajpetlje
Ldok:
Pozovi Blok
JMP Luslov
Lkrajpetlje: ....
Sl. 6.3.2.
Generisanje koda za petlje
Sa ovim tipom petlje (odgovara while petlji) mogu se realizovati i programi koji zahtijevaju ostala dva popularna tipa
petlji (for i do/repeat).
Programskom jeziku potrebno je sada dodati ulaz/izlaz. To je već stvar ovisna od operativnog sistema i ne može se
realizovati bez asemblerskih potprograma ili poziva sistemskih procedura. Stoga se uvodi specijalni simbol \ , koji predstavlja
da od sljedeće linije slijedi asemblerski kôd Nakon ovoga, kompajler jednostavno prepisuje naredne linije u generisani
asemblerski kôd, sve dok se ne dođe do linije koja počinje znakom \.
Sintaksni dijagram za asemblersku sekvencu se neće navoditi, jer je asemblerski jezik linijski orijentisan.
6.4.
Generalizovani jezički pojam blok
Jezički pojam Blok, i s njim vezana odgovarajuća procedura se sada mora redizajnirati da uključi uslove, petlje,
asembler i izraz dodjeljivanja, kao na slici Sl. 6.4.1
Blok:
&
?
Petlja
Uslov
Izraz dodjeljivanja
\
}
;
Asembler
Sl. 6.4.1.
Jezički pojam blok
To u realizaciji znači da procedura Blok treba da prepozna odgovarajući simbol i ovisno o njemu pozove
odgovarajuću proceduru.
Sada se može realizovati listing treće verzije kompajlera, pod imenom komp32v3, koji je naveden u prilogu 3.
Izmjene u odnosu na drugu verziju prikazane su tamnijim slovima.
25
6.5.
Testni primjer
Kao primjer programa u ovoj verziji jezika uzeće se traženje kvadratnog korijena cijelog broja Heronovim algoritmom.
Koristeći Heronov algoritam, program će naći cijeli dio korijena broja iz varijable n, pazeći da ne dođe do dijeljenja s nulom ili
vađenja korijena negativnog broja, a zatim emitovati zvučni signal onoliko puta koliki je rezultat. Zvučni signal se generiše
asemblerskim pozivom sistemske funkcije MessageBeep@4, koja se nalazi u biblioteci USER32.DLL, pri čemu se prije poziva
mora na stek staviti broj -1.
Treba unijeti sljedeći kôd sa slike Sl. 6.5.1 i snimiti ga pod imenom heron.jez
{
}
n:200;
}
a:n;
q:a;
b:1;
& q>0
& (b<10)
{
{
\
? (a>0)
extrn MessageBeep@4:near
{
PUSH -1
a:(a+n/a)/2;
CALL MessageBeep@4
b:b+1;
\
}
q:q-1;
{
}
a:0;
}
Sl. 6.5.1.
Traženje kvadratnog korijena Heronovim algoritmom
Nakon naredbi
komp32v3 heron.jez heron.asm
ml /c /coff /Fl heron.asm | more
link /defaultlib:user32.lib kernel32.lib /subsystem:console heron.obj
i startanja prevedenog programa, zvučni signal se čuje 14 puta što je približno korijen iz 200.
6.6.
Rezime poglavlja
U trećoj verziji jezika aritmetički izrazi su prošireni relacionim i unarnim operatorima. Varijable su statički alocirane
relativno od labele GLOBALV i njihova adresa se izračunava iz ASCII koda jednoslovnog imena varijable. Uslovi i petlje se
označavaju simbolima ? i &. Moguće je uključivati asemblerske instrukcije. U ovoj verziji jezika moguće je pisati primjere iz
oblasti cjelobrojne numeričke analize.
program Kompajler;
const
GRIZRAZ = 'Izraz';
var
ulaz, izlaz: text;
pozicija, trenlabela, brojaclinija:
integer;
znak: char;
linija: string;
procedure NovaLabela(var ImeLabele:
string);
begin
trenlabela := trenlabela + 1;
Str(trenlabela, ImeLabele);
end;
begin
WriteLn(poruka);
Close(ulaz);
Close(izlaz);
Halt;
end;
begin
WriteLn(izlaz, st);
end;
procedure Novi;
begin
repeat
if pozicija >
Length(linija) then begin
brojaclinija :=
brojaclinija + 1;
Emit(';' + linija);
pozicija := 1;
end;
else
znak := ' ';
until (znak > ' ') or Eof(ulaz)
end;
begin
if (znak <> z) then
Novi;
end;
var
rezultat: integer;
begin
rezultat := 0;
do begin
Novi;
end;
Novi;
end;
procedure IzrazDodjeljivanja; forward;
procedure Blok; forward;
procedure Varijabla;
var
rezultat: integer;
st: string;
begin
rezultat := (ord(znak) ord('a')) * 4;
Str(rezultat, st);
Emit(
' LEA EBX,GLOBALV[' + st + ']');
Emit(' MOV EAX,[EBX]');
26
Novi;
end;
procedure Faktor;
var
rezultat: integer;
st: string;
begin
case znak of
'-': begin
Novi;
Faktor;
Emit(' NEG EAX');
end;
'~': begin
Novi;
Faktor;
Emit(' NOT EAX');
end;
'&': begin
Novi;
Faktor;
Emit(' MOV EAX,EBX');
end;
'*': begin
Novi;
Faktor;
end;
'!': begin
Novi;
Faktor;
Emit(' CMP EAX,0');
Emit(' SETE AL');
Emit(' AND EAX,0FFh');
end;
'0'..'9': begin
Str(rezultat, st);
end;
'(': begin
Novi;
IzrazDodjeljivanja;
IdiDo(')');
end;
'a'..'z':
Varijabla
else
Greska(GRIZRAZ);
end;
end;
procedure Clan;
var
z: char;
begin
Faktor;
while (znak in ['*', '/', '%']) do
begin
z := znak;
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
Novi;
Faktor;
case z of
'*': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
Emit(' IMUL EBX');
end;
'/', '%': begin
Emit(' POP EAX');
Emit(' CDQ');
Emit(' IDIV EBX');
if z = '%' then
end;
end;
end;
end;
procedure Izraz;
var
z: char;
begin
Clan;
while (znak in
['+', '-', '&', '|', '^']) do begin
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
z := znak;
Novi;
Clan;
case z of
'+': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
end;
'-': begin
Emit(' POP EAX');
end;
'&': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
Emit(' AND EAX,EBX');
end;
'|': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
Emit(' OR EAX,EBX');
end;
'^': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
Emit(' XOR EAX,EBX');
end;
end;
end;
end;
procedure IzrazDodjeljivanja;
var
z: char;
begin
Izraz;
case znak of
':': begin
Emit(' PUSH EBX');
Novi;
IzrazDodjeljivanja;
Emit(' POP EBX');
Emit(' MOV [EBX],EAX');
end; {:}
'=', '>', '<', '#': begin
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
z := znak;
Novi;
Izraz;
Emit(' POP EBX');
Emit(' CMP EBX,EAX');
case z of
'=': Emit(' SETE AL');
'>': Emit(' SETG AL');
'<': Emit(' SETL AL');
'#': Emit(' SETNE AL');
end;
end;
end;
end;
procedure Uslov;
var
sonda, sinace, skrajuslova: string;
begin
Novi;
IzrazDodjeljivanja;
Emit(' CMP EAX,0');
NovaLabela(sonda);
NovaLabela(sinace);
NovaLabela(skrajuslova);
Emit(' JNE L' + sonda);
Emit(' JMP L' + sinace);
IdiDo('{');
Emit('L' + sonda + ':');
Blok;
Emit(' JMP L' + skrajuslova);
Emit('L' + sinace + ':');
IdiDo('{');
Blok;
Emit('L' + skrajuslova + ':');
end;
procedure Asembler;
begin
repeat
if linija <> '\' then
Emit(linija);
if eof(ulaz) then
linija := '\';
until linija[1] = '\';
pozicija := 1;
znak := linija[pozicija];
IdiDo('\');
end;
procedure Petlja;
var
sdok, skrajpetlje, suslov: string;
begin
Novi;
NovaLabela(suslov);
Emit('L' + suslov + ':');
IzrazDodjeljivanja;
Emit(' CMP EAX,0');
NovaLabela(sdok);
NovaLabela(skrajpetlje);
Emit(' JNE L' + sdok);
Emit(' JMP L' + skrajpetlje);
IdiDo('{');
Emit('L' + sdok + ':');
Blok;
Emit(' JMP L' + suslov);
Emit('L' + skrajpetlje + ':');
end;
procedure Blok;
begin
while znak <> '}' do
case znak of
'&': Petlja;
'?': Uslov;
'\': Asembler;
else begin
IzrazDodjeljivanja;
IdiDo(';');
end;
end;
IdiDo('}');
end;
procedure Prevedi;
begin
Emit('.386');
Emit('.CODE');
Emit('ULAZ:');
pozicija := 0;
Novi;
IdiDo('{');
Emit('GLAVNI:');
Blok;
Emit(' PUSH 0');
Emit('.DATA');
Emit('END ULAZ')
end;
procedure Glavni;
var
linija: string;
begin
trenlabela := 0;
brojaclinija := 0;
linija := '';
Reset(ulaz);
Rewrite(izlaz);
Prevedi;
Close(ulaz);
Close(izlaz);
end;
begin
Glavni
end.
27
7. KLJUČNE RIJEČI, STRINGOVI, DINAMIČKI NIZOVI I FUNKCIJE
Prethodna verzija kompajlera omogućava, u kombinaciji s asemblerskim umetnutim kodom, realizaciju raznih
programa i za neke čitaoce je dovoljna, ali i dalje ima mnogo slabih tačaka. Tu je prije svega evidentan nedostatak
potprograma, jednodimenzionalnih nizova i stringova. Osim toga, jezik je veoma kriptičan i potrebno mu je dodati ključne
riječi, kako bi bio razumljiviji.
7.1.
Ključne riječi
Neka se dodaju prvo ključne riječi. Jezički pojam Blok sada može izgledati kao na slici Sl. 7.1.1.
Blok:
dok
Petlja
ako
Uslov
Izraz dodjeljivanja
asembler
;
}
Asembler
r
Sl. 7.1.1.
Blok
Za prepoznavanje ključnih riječi postoje dva pristupa. Jedan je izrada konačnog automata koji se zove skaner ili
leksički analizator. On se zasniva na dodjeli specijalnih simbola ključnim riječima. U primjeru sa slike Sl. 7.1.1 bi trebalo
modifikovati proceduru Novi da ako prepozna slovo a da provjeri da li iza njega slijedi slovo k ili s pa ako slijedi k, provjeriti
da li slijedi slovo o i ako su sva tri uslova ispunjena tada se vraća simbol za ako, u protivnom se vraća identifikator a, ak, ili
čak neki duži identifikator (akcenat, akt itd.). U slučaju da je iza slova a slijedilo slovo s analogno se provjerava da li je riječ o
ključnoj riječi asembler ili možda varijabli astronaut. Skanerski pristup je brži, i omogućava odvajanje prepoznavanja
ključnih riječi (leksička analiza) od ostatka procesa prevođenja, te samim tim fleksibilniji kompajler. Pristup je konzistentan jer
se jednom procedurom dohvataju i jednoslovni i višeslovni jezički simboli. Mana skanerskog pristupa je u relativno dugačkom
kodu za ostvarenje jednostavnog zadatka, kao i činjenici da se prosti karakter tip koji prikazuje simbol koji slijedi mora
zamijeniti cjelobrojnim ili specijalizovanim, jer 256 znakova nije dovoljno.
Drugi pristup je pristup očekivanih uzoraka (matching) . Ovaj pristup primijenjen je u kompajleru za programski jezik
Small C. U ulaznoj liniji se provjerava da li na trenutnom mjestu u ulaznoj slijedi željeni string u cjelini. To znači da će se
provjera vršiti više puta, bila ona potrebna ili ne. Osim toga, provjera se mora realizovati posebnom procedurom umjesto
prostog poređenja sa narednim simbolom, pa se malo gubi na konzistentnosti. Ali, pristup je dovoljno jednostavan da je
izabran za programski jezik razvijan u ovom radu Kako taj jezik ima vrlo malo ključnih riječi, gubitak performansi je
neznatan.
Za prepoznavanje uzorka uvodi se funkcija Slijedi. Ova funkcija ima string argument, koji predstavlja očekivanu
ključnu riječ, a vraća Boolean, tako da se može pozivati sa
if Slijedi('ako') then ...
Algoritam koji realizuje funkciju Slijedi se radi na sljedeći način:
Ako je niz znakova na trenutnoj ulaznoj poziciji jednak stringu navedenom kao parametar, onda se
vraća vrijednost tačno i postavi pokazivač pozicije iza tog niza. U protivnom se vrati vrijednost netačno.
Koristeći ovu funkciju slijedi, lako je napisati novu verziju procedure blok i na taj način uvesti ključne riječi.
7.2.
Komentari i neignorisanje simbola
Strukturirani programski jezik je nezamisliv bez komentara. Programski jezici obično definišu komentare kao dio
koda koji se ignoriše, pri čemu se komentar smatra dijelom koda između dva specijalna niza simbola ili od jednog simbola do
kraja linije.
U ovom jeziku, komentar je predstavljen apostrofom okrenutim na desnu stranu ` . Od tog znaka, do kraja linije tekst
se ignoriše. Proceduru Novi je potrebno malo modifikovati da bi dio koda između ovog simbola i kraja linije bio ignorisan.
Ponekad je potrebno dohvatiti i analizirati simbol čak i kada je on blanko, naopaki apostrof ili novi red. Naime, u
prethodnoj verziji kompajlera bilo je sasvim normalno napisati
28
a:1343223;
kao i
a:134 3
22
3;
što je vrlo neuobičajeno, a kada se budu uvele stringovne konstante i neprihvatljivo. Stoga se pored funkcije novi
uvodi funkcija NoviSvaki koja radi slično kao Novi, ali ne provjerava da li je riječ o blanku ili komentaru. Ova funkcija ima
parametar koji govori da li će se prijavljivati greška ukoliko se, dohvaćajući simbole, došlo do kraja reda ili ne (u tom slučaju
kao kraj reda vraća blanko). Procedura UzmiKonstantu se sada modifikuje tako da novu cifru uzima ovom procedurom
umjesto procedure Novi.
7.3.
Modifikacija uslova i petlji
Pošto je nepraktično pisati uslove tako da se uvijek navodi i sekcija koja se izvrši kad je uslov ispunjen i ona kad
uslov nije ispunjen, uvodi se ključna riječ inace i jezički pojam Uslov redizajnira kao na slici Sl. 7.3.1 i skladno tome se
mijenja odgovarajuća procedura Uslov. Time dio koda koji se izvršava kada uslov nije ispunjen postaje opcionalan.
Uslov:
ako
Izraz
dodjeljivan
ja
Blok
{
inace
{
Blok
Sl. 7.3.1.
Uslov
Sintaksa petlji se ne mijenja, iako je simbol & zamijenjen ključnom riječju dok. Prepoznavanje ključne riječi dok se
obavlja unutar procedure Blok.
7.4.
Modifikacije aritmetičkih izraza i uvođenje stringova
Dodjeljivanje simbolom : je takođe zbunjujuće, pa se Izraz dodjeljivanja mijenja da se umjesto znaka : ,
dodjeljivanje vrši koristeći operator := . Taj se operator može, nakon što je prepoznata dvotačka, provjeravati funkcijom
slijedi(':='). Izraz dodjeljivanja je prikazan na slici Sl. 7.4.1
=
>
<
Izraz
Izraz
#
:=
Sl. 7.4.1.
Izraz
dodjeljivanja
Izraz dodjeljivanja
Stringovne konstante nije teško dodati, ukoliko se preuzme koncepcija stringova iz C-a. U C-u se stringovi prenose u
potprograme i dodjeljuju odgovarajućim varijablama tako što se prenosi adresa početka stringovne konstante. Da bi se znalo
gdje je kraj stringovne konstante, na kraju stringa se nalazi bajt sa vrijednošću 0. Stringovne konstante uokvirene su
dvostrukim navodnicima.
String konstanta:
"
karakter
Sl. 7.4.2.
"
String konstanta
29
Procedura koja prevodi stringovnu konstantu koristi proceduru NoviSvaki uz zabranu prelaska u naredni red. Ona
mora generisati kôd sa slike Sl. 7.4.3
.DATA
Lnn db "String koji je koristen",0
.CODE
MOV EAX,OFFSET Lnn
Sl. 7.4.3.
Generisani kôd za stringovne konstante
Iz ovoga se vidi da se mora prvo prekinuti kodni segment i reći asembleru da se ova konstanta smjesti u segment sa
podacima, kako bi se izbjeglo izvršavanje besmislenih instrukcija koje slučajno imaju isti operacioni kôd kao bajtovi
predstavljeni ASCII kodovima. Nakon ovoga ponovo se navodi kodni segment i instrukcija kojom se u EAX registar donosi
adresa toga stringa. Ova adresa će se kasnije moći prosljeđivati Windows API funkcijama kao argument. U specijalnom
slučaju, prazan string se prevodi u Lnn DB 0.
Ideja iz jezika C o pristupu nizovima cijelih brojeva koristeći pokazivačke varijable, omogućava vrlo jednostavno
dodavanje jednodimenzionalnih nizova. Uz pretpostavku da varijabla sadrži adresu nekog prostora u memoriji (koji se može u
ovom trenutku dobiti dodjeljivanjem stringovne konstante varijabli ili pozivom Windows API funkcije GlobalAlloc u
asemblerskom modulu) i ako se taj prostor iskoristi za smještanje elemenata niza, tada je dovoljno u sintaksi varijable dodati
opcionalni indeks unutar uglastih zagrada, kao što se vidi na sintaksnom dijagramu sa slike Sl. 7.4.4:
Varijabla:
Slovo
[
Sl. 7.4.4.
Izraz
dodjeljivanja
]
Varijabla
Adresa elementa niza tada se može dobiti po formuli
Adresa=vrijednost varijable predstavljene slovom + 4 * vrijednost izraza dodjeljivanja
Stoga se element niza dobija koristeći kôd sa slike Sl. 7.4.5.
PUSH EAX
Pozovi IzrazDodjeljivanja;
POP EBX
SAL EAX,2
ADD EBX,EAX
MOV EAX,[EBX]
Sl. 7.4.5.
Generisani kôd za dobijanje elementa niza
Instrukcija SAL pomjera registar EAX za dva bita ulijevo, što efektivno predstavlja množenje sa 4. U skladu sa
dosadašnjim standardom, adresa elementa niza se dobija u registru EBX, a njegova vrijednost u registru EAX.
7.5.
Funkcije i procedure
Pošto je jezik koji se razvija sličan C-u, gdje se kreće od izraza, a ne iskaza, dodavanje funkcija automatski rješava i
problem dodavanja procedura ili običnih potprograma. Procedure su prosto funkcije čija se vrijednost zanemaruje, a obični
potprogrami pored toga nemaju argumenata.
Poziv funkcije se vrši unutar izraza i sintaksno je prikazan na slici Sl. 7.5.1:
Veliko
slovo
malo
slovo
(
Izraz
dodjeljivanja
,
)
Sl. 7.5.1.
Poziv funkcije
Kao u implementaciji većine modernih programskih jezika, parametri se prije poziva funkcije smještaju na stek.
30
U definiciji funkcije se za sada ne navode parametri, iako se oni mogu navesti pri pozivu. Stoga, ova verzija
kompajlera nema provjeru broja i tipa parametara funkcija i smatraće se da sve funkcije imaju po 26 parametara.
Imajući ovo u vidu, generisani kôd za poziv funkcije izgleda kao na slici Sl. 7.5.2 :
Za svaki parametar:
Pozovi Izrazdodjeljivanja
PUSH EAX
MOV ECX,ukupna veličina svih parametara
CALL P_funkcija
Sl. 7.5.2.
Poziv funkcije, generisani kôd
Podatak o tome koliko su memorije na steku zauzeli parametri, a koji se smješta u ECX, koristiće se u samoj funkciji.
Definicija funkcije data je na sintaksnom dijagramu na slici Sl. 7.5.3.
Funkcija:
funkcija
Veliko
slovo
malo
slovo
;
{
Blok
Sl. 7.5.3.
Funkcija
Ime funkcije obavezno počinje velikim slovom iza koga slijedi više malih slova. Ovo je učinjeno da bi se razlikovale
funkcije po imenu od varijabli, koje su predstavljene malim slovima.
Ako iza imena funkcije slijedi znak { , tada slijedi tijelo funkcije. Ukoliko iza imena funkcije slijedi znak ; tada je
samo u pitanju deklarisanje funkcije, čije se tijelo nalazi u drugom modulu (drugoj .JEZ ili .OBJ datoteci).
Definisanje funkcije koja je implementirana u drugom modulu se realizuje prostom upotrebom pseudoinstrukcije
EXTRN:
EXTRN P_imefunkcije:NEAR
Funkcije koje imaju tijelo se prevode znatno složenije. Na steku se rezerviše prostor za svih 26 parametara, koji iznosi
104 bajta (26*4). Parametri se označavaju sa @a, @b, ... , @z, pri čemu @a predstavlja prvi parametar naveden u pozivu, a
@z predstavlja 26-ti parametar. Naravno, većina parametara neće biti iskorištena , pa se neiskorišteni parametri mogu
upotrijebiti kao lokalne varijable. Registar ECX, kako je već rečeno, sadrži veličinu dijela steka potrošenog za parametre, a za
lokalne varijable ostaje 104-ECX bajtova. Lokalnim varijablama i parametrima se pristupa relativno u odnosu na EBP registar,
pa EBP registar treba pokazivati na vrh steka u trenutku poziva. Sam stek pointer se mora umanjiti kako bi se iz funkcija
pozivale druge funkcije, a zatim na stek stavila povratna adresa. Sve navedeno se postiže kodom slike Sl. 7.5.4.
Primjećuje se da nema posebnog koda za vraćanje vrijednosti funkcije. Ona se jednostavno već nalazi u EAX registru
kao rezultat posljednjeg aritmetičkog izraza unutar bloka. Instrukcija RET 104 pored povratka iz potprograma ujedno i vrati
poziciju stek pointera na vrijednost prije stavljanja prvog argumenta. Ovaj kôd će se pojednostaviti nakon uvođenja provjera
argumenata, u narednom poglavlju.
P_ImeFunkcije:
POP EDX
ADD ESP,ECX
SUB ESP,104
PUSH EDX
PUSH EBP
MOV EBP,ESP
Pozovi Blok
POP EBP
RET 104
Sl. 7.5.4.
Generisani kôd za tijelo funkcije
Realizacija funkcija, dinamičkih nizova i stringova dovodi do nove sintaksne definicije pojma faktor i skladno s tim
odgovarajuće procedure:
31
Faktor:
~
&
Faktor
*
!
(
Izraz dodjeljivanja
)
@
Varijabla
"
String konstanta
Poziv funkcije
Sl. 7.5.5.
Faktor
Numeričku konstantu, varijablu ili poziv funkcije moguće je razlikovati po tome da li počinju cifrom, malim ili
velikim slovom.
Lokalne varijable se implementiraju sljedećim kodom
LEA EBX,[EBP+n]
MOV EAX,[EBX]
gdje se n računa izrazom n=108-(ord(znak)- ord('a'))*4 .
U ovom izrazu, znak predstavlja ime varijable bez simbola @.
7.6.
Testni primjer
Na slici Sl. 7.6.1 dat je program u četvrtoj verziji jezika koji prikazuje na ekranu za brojeve od 1 do 10: broj, ime
broja, kvadrat, kub, faktorijel (rekurzivno) te proste faktore tog broja. Program se zove tabbroj.jez i kompajlira koristeći
komp32v4 tabbroj.jez tabbroj.asm
ml /c /coff /Fl tabbroj.asm | more
link /defaultlib:user32.lib kernel32.lib /subsystem:console tabbroj.obj
32
funkcija Prikazistring {
asembler
extrn GetStdHandle@4:near
extrn WriteConsoleA@20:near
MOV EAX,-11 ; -11 je parametar za STDOUT
PUSH EAX
CALL GetStdHandle@4 ; Uzmi hendl za STDOUT
MOV ECX,0 ; Petlja koja racuna duzinu stringa
MOV EBX,[EBP+108]
DUZ: CMP BYTE PTR [EBX],0
JE IZR
INC ECX
INC EBX
JMP DUZ
IZR:
PUSH DWORD PTR 0 ; Rezervisano
LEA EBX,[EBP+104]
PUSH EBX ; Pointer na broj karaktera koji su prikazani
PUSH ECX ; Broj karaktera koji se pisu
MOV EBX,[EBP+108]
PUSH EBX ; Pointer na string
PUSH EAX ; Handle
CALL WriteConsoleA@20 ; Ispisi string
\
}
funkcija Zamijeniznak {
asembler
MOV EBX,[EBP+108] ; Adresa stringa
ADD EBX,[EBP+104] ; Redni broj karaktera
MOV EAX,[EBP+100] ; ASCII kod karaktera koji mijenjamo
MOV [EBX],AL ; Upisuje karakter
\
}
funkcija Novired {
@a:=" ";
Zamijeniznak(@a,0,13);
Zamijeniznak(@a,1,10);
Prikazistring(@a);
}
funkcija Prikazibroj {
@q:="
"; ` Alociramo bafer
@c:=@a;
` Negativne brojeve oznaci indikatorom
ako (@c<0) { @i:=1; @c:=-@c; }
inace { @i:=0; }
`maksimalno 9 cifara
@p:=9;
ako (@c=0) { Zamijeniznak(@q,@p,48);@p:=@p-1;}
dok (@c>0)
{
@o:=(@c % 10); òstatke dijeljenja u bafer
Zamijeniznak(@q,@p,@o+48);
@c:=@c/10; ` stalno dijeli s 10
@p:=@p-1;
}
ako (@i=1)
{
Zamijeniznak(@q,@p,45);
@p:=@p-1;
}
@q:=@q+@p+1; ` Pomjeri pokazivac pocetka stringa
Prikazistring(@q);
Sl. 7.6.1.
}
funkcija Fact
{
ako (@a=0)
{
1;
}
inace
{
@a*Fact(@a-1);
}
}
funkcija Tabela
{
Prikazistring("Tabela");
Novired();
n:=1;
dok (n<11) {
Prikazibroj (n);
Prikazistring(" ");
Prikazistring(a[n]);
Prikazistring(" ");
Prikazibroj (n*n);
Prikazistring(" ");
Prikazibroj (n*n*n);
Prikazistring(" ");
Prikazibroj (Fact(n));
Prikazistring(" Djeljiv sa ");
m:=1;
dok !(m>n) {
ako (n%m=0) {
Prikazibroj(m);
Prikazistring(" ");
}
m:=m+1;
}
n:=n+1;
Novired();
}
}
funkcija Postavinazive
{
a:="
` Prostor za niz
a[1]:="Jedan";
a[2]:="Dva";
a[3]:="Tri";
a[4]:="Cetiri";
a[5]:="Pet";
a[6]:="Sest";
a[7]:="Sedam";
a[8]:="Osam";
a[9]:="Devet";
a[10]:="Deset";
}
";
{
Postavinazive();
Tabela();
}
Tablica brojeva, četvrta verzija kompajlera
Funkcija Prikazistring realizovana je u asembleru, jer poziva Windows API funkcije GetStdHandle i
WriteConsole. Ove funkcije predstavljaju način ispisa stringa na ekranu koristeći Windowsove sistemske funkcije za rad s
konzolnim aplikacijama.
Funkcija GetStdHandle je sistemska funkcija koja vraća broj pridružen ulaznom uređaju, izlaznom uređaju ili uređaju
greške. U Windows API funkcijama definisana je ovako
HANDLE GetStdHandle(
DWORD nStdHandle
// input, output, or error device
);
pa je potrebno na stek prije njenog poziva staviti konstantu -11, koja predstavlja STDOUT.
Funkcija WriteConsole je definisana ovako
33
BOOL WriteConsole(
HANDLE hConsoleOutput,
// handle to a console screen buffer
CONST VOID *lpBuffer, // pointer to buffer to write from
DWORD nNumberOfCharsToWrite,
// number of characters to write
LPDWORD lpNumberOfCharsWritten,//pointer to number of chars written
LPVOID lpReserved
// reserved
);
Windows-ova konvencija je da se parametri za API funkcije smještaju na stek obrnutim redom u odnosu na onaj koji
je definisan u zaglavlju funkcije. Asemblerski potprogram priprema sve parametre i smješta ih potrebnim redoslijedom.
Pošto još nema naredbi za pristup pojedinačnim karakterima, u asembleru je napisana i funkcija Zamijeniznak, koja
se poziva sa tri parametra, prvi je adresa stringa, drugi redni broj karaktera koji mijenjamo i treći ASCII kôd koji upisujemo.
Ostale funkcije su pisane bez pomoći asemblera. Funkcija Novired ispisuje string koji sadrži kodove CR i LF, čime
se prelazi u novi red. Funkcija Prikazibroj pretvara cijeli broj u njegovu ASCII reprezentaciju, koristeći uzastopno dijeljenje
sa 10 uz prikazivanje ostataka, a zatim se ta ASCII reprezentacija prikazuje na ekranu, koristeći funkciju PrikaziString.
Posebno je interesantna funkcija Fact koja rekurzivno računa faktorijel, koristeći definiciju faktorijela. Dakle, jezik već u ovoj
fazi podržava i tako složene stvari kao što je rekurzija. Glavna funkcija Tabela je dobro strukturirana i shvatljiva svakome ko
poznaje bar jedan viši programski jezik. Jedino treba reći da se u unutrašnjoj petlji (sa m kao brojačem) vrši poređenje ostatka
(pri dijeljenju n sa m ) sa brojem 0 i ako je ostatak jednak 0, tada se prikazuje broj kao djelilac. U funkciji Postavinazive se
globalnoj varijabli a pridruži adresa stringa koji ima dosta blankova. Ovaj string služi samo kao rezervisani prostor za 10
pokazivača na nove stringove koji sadrže imena brojeva.
Izvršenje programa Tabbroj daje kao rezultat
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Jedan 1 1 1 Djeljiv sa 1
Dva 4 8 2 Djeljiv sa 1 2
Tri 9 27 6 Djeljiv sa 1 3
Cetiri 16 64 24 Djeljiv sa 1 2 4
Pet 25 125 120 Djeljiv sa 1 5
Sest 36 216 720 Djeljiv sa 1 2 3 6
Sedam 49 343 5040 Djeljiv sa 1 7
Osam 64 512 40320 Djeljiv sa 1 2 4 8
Devet 81 729 362880 Djeljiv sa 1 3 9
Deset 100 1000 3628800 Djeljiv sa 1 2
5
10
što je i trebalo dobiti. EXE verzija programa je velika svega 4 kilobajta, jer nema opterećujuće biblioteke, kao u svim drugim
kompajlerima. Ova verzija jezika je sasvim upotrebljiva za mnoge primjene iako programi pisani u njoj zahtijevaju dosta
hakerskih trikova. Tu se prije svega misli na povremenu upotrebu asemblerskog koda. Ipak, asemblerske i druge funkcije se
već u ovoj verziji kompajlera mogu izdvojiti i posebno kompajlirati i linkovati, te na taj način formirati jezgro programske
biblioteke, što u mnogome olakšava programiranje.
7.7.
Rezime poglavlja
Četvrta verzija kompajlera uvodi ključne riječi. Ključne riječi se mogu prepoznavati skanerom, koji provjerava slovo
po slovo kao konačni automat ili očekivanim uzorkom, poređenjem sa cijelim očekivanim stringom. Odabran je princip
očekivanih uzoraka, i uzorci se provjeravaju procedurom Slijedi. Dodane su ključne riječi ako, dok, inace, funkcija i
asembler. Dodjeljivanje vrijednosti varijabli se vrši simbolom :=. Stringovne konstante se prevode u instrukciju koja registru
EAX dodjeljuje adresu stringa. Uvedeni su jednodimenzionalni nizovi, vezani uz pojam pointera. Moguće je pozivati funkcije
sa varijabilnim brojem parametara. Parametri se mogu koristiti kao lokalne varijable. Funkcije mogu biti i u eksternim
modulima. Testni primjer uključuje cjelobrojnu aritmetiku i ispis na ekran.
Ovo je najznačajnija verzija kompajlera. Dovoljno je kratka da se može prikazati za jedan nastavni blok-čas, ali opet
dovoljno velika da uključuje većinu koncepata iterativnih programskih jezika.
34
program Kompajler;
const
GRIZRAZ = 'Izraz';
DUGAKONST =
'Konstanta prevazilazi liniju';
IMEFUN = 'Ocekivano ime funkcije';
DEFFUN = 'Definicija funkcije';
OCEKDOD = 'Ocekivano dodjeljivanje';
var
ulaz, izlaz: text;
pozicija, trenlabela, brojaclinija:
integer;
znak: char;
linija: string;
string);
begin
end;
begin
WriteLn(poruka);
Close(ulaz);
Close(izlaz);
Halt;
end;
begin
WriteLn(izlaz, st);
end;
procedure Novi;
begin
repeat
begin
Emit(';' + linija);
pozicija := 1;
end;
else
znak := ' ';
if (znak = '`') then
pozicija := Length(linija);
until ((znak > ' ') and (znak <>
'`')) or Eof(ulaz)
end;
procedure NoviSvaki(greskakrln:
Boolean);
begin
begin
if greskakrln then
Greska(DUGAKONST)
else
znak := ' ';
end
else
end;
begin
if (znak <> z) then
Novi;
end;
var
rezultat: integer;
begin
rezultat := 0;
do begin
NoviSvaki(false);
end;
Novi;
end;
function Slijedi(ocekivano: string):
Boolean;
begin
if copy(linija, pozicija,
Length(ocekivano)) = ocekivano then
begin
Slijedi := true;
pozicija := pozicija +
Length(ocekivano) - 1;
end
else
Slijedi := false;
end;
procedure IzrazDodjeljivanja; forward;
* 4;
Str(rezultat, st);
Emit(' LEA EBX,GLOBALV[' + st +']');
end
else begin
Novi;
if (znak < 'a') or (znak > 'z')
then
Greska('Lokalna');
rezultat := 108 - (ord(znak) ord('a')) * 4;
Str(rezultat, st);
Emit(' LEA EBX,[EBP+' + st + ']');
end;
Novi;
if znak = '[' then
PokazivacINiz;
end;
procedure Faktor;
var
procedure PokazivacINiz;
rezultat: integer;
begin
st: string;
Novi;
begin
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
case znak of
IzrazDodjeljivanja;
'-': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
Novi;
Emit(' SAL EAX,2');
Faktor;
Emit(' ADD EBX,EAX');
Emit(' NEG EAX');
end;
IdiDo(']');
'~': begin
end;
Novi;
Faktor;
procedure StringKonstanta;
Emit(' NOT EAX');
var
end;
st, strtekst: string;
'&': begin
begin
Novi;
NovaLabela(strtekst);
Faktor;
Emit('.DATA');
st := 'L' + strtekst + ' DB ''';
end;
repeat
'*': begin
NoviSvaki(true);
Novi;
if znak <> '"' then
Faktor;
st := st + znak;
until znak = '"';
IdiDo('"');
end;
st := st + ''',0';
'!': begin
if copy(st, length(st) - 3, 2) =
Novi;
'''''' then
Faktor;
st := 'L' + strtekst + ' DB 0';
Emit(' CMP EAX,0');
Emit(st);
Emit(' SETE AL');
Emit('.CODE');
Emit(' MOV EAX,OFFSET L' + strtekst);
end;
'"':
end;
StringKonstanta;
procedure PozivFunkcije;
'0'..'9': begin
var
lokalnih: integer;
Str(rezultat, st);
ImeFunkcije, st: string;
begin
end;
ImeFunkcije := '';
'(': begin
while ((znak >= 'a') and (znak <=
Novi;
'z')) or
IzrazDodjeljivanja;
((znak >= 'A') and (znak <= 'Z')) do
IdiDo(')');
begin
end;
'@':
ImeFunkcije := ImeFunkcije + znak;
Varijabla(false);
NoviSvaki(false);
'A'..'Z':
end;
PozivFunkcije;
'a'..'z':
Novi;
Varijabla(true)
lokalnih := 0;
IdiDo('(');
else
while (znak <> ')') do begin
Greska(GRIZRAZ);
IzrazDodjeljivanja;
end;
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
end;
lokalnih := lokalnih + 4;
if znak <> ')' then
procedure Clan;
IdiDo(',');
var
end;
z: char;
IdiDo(')');
begin
Str(lokalnih, st);
Faktor;
Emit(' MOV ECX,' + st);
while (znak in ['*', '/', '%']) do
Emit(' CALL P_' + ImeFunkcije);
begin
end;
z := znak;
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
procedure Varijabla(glob: Boolean);
Novi;
Faktor;
var
case z of
rezultat: integer;
'*': begin
st: string;
begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
if glob then begin
Emit(' IMUL EBX');
end;
rezultat := (ord(znak) - ord('a'))
35
'/', '%': begin
Emit(' POP EAX');
Emit(' CDQ');
Emit(' IDIV EBX');
if z = '%' then
end;
end;
end;
end;
procedure Izraz;
var
z: char;
begin
Clan;
while (znak in ['+', '-', '&', '|',
'^']) do begin
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
z := znak;
Novi;
Clan;
case z of
'+': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
end;
'-': begin
Emit(' POP EAX');
end;
'&': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
end;
'|': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
Emit(' OR EAX,EBX');
end;
'^': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
end;
end;
end;
end;
procedure IzrazDodjeljivanja;
var
z: char;
begin
Izraz;
case znak of
':': begin
if not (Slijedi(':=')) then
Greska(OCEKDOD);
Emit(' PUSH EBX');
Novi;
IzrazDodjeljivanja;
Emit(' POP EBX');
end; {:}
'=', '>', '<', '#': begin
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
z := znak;
Novi;
Izraz;
Emit(' POP EBX');
case z of
end;
end;
end;
end;
procedure Uslov;
var
begin
Novi;
IzrazDodjeljivanja;
Emit(' CMP EAX,0');
NovaLabela(sonda);
NovaLabela(sinace);
IdiDo('{');
Blok;
if Slijedi('inace') then begin
Novi;
IdiDo('{');
Blok;
end;
end;
procedure Asembler;
begin
repeat
Emit(linija);
if eof(ulaz) then
linija := '\';
pozicija := 1;
IdiDo('\');
end;
procedure Petlja;
var
begin
Novi;
NovaLabela(suslov);
IzrazDodjeljivanja;
Emit(' CMP EAX,0');
NovaLabela(sdok);
IdiDo('{');
Emit('L' + sdok + ':');
Blok;
end;
procedure Blok;
begin
if Slijedi('dok') then
Petlja
else if Slijedi('ako') then
Uslov
else if Slijedi('asembler') then
Asembler
else begin
IzrazDodjeljivanja;
IdiDo(';');
end;
end;
IdiDo('}');
end;
procedure DefFunkcija;
var
ImeFunkcije: string;
begin
if (znak < 'A') or (znak > 'Z') then
Greska(IMEFUN);
ImeFunkcije := znak;
Novi;
while (znak >= 'a') and (znak <= 'z')
do begin
ImeFunkcije := ImeFunkcije + znak;
Novi;
end;
case znak of
'{': begin
Emit('P_' + ImeFunkcije + ':');
Emit(' POP EDX');
Emit(' ADD ESP,ECX');
Emit(' SUB ESP,104');
Emit(' PUSH EDX');
Emit(' PUSH EBP');
Emit(' MOV EBP,ESP');
IdiDo('{');
Blok;
Emit(' POP EBP');
Emit(' RET 104');
Emit('PUBLIC P_' +
ImeFunkcije);
end;
';': begin
Emit('extrn P_' + ImeFunkcije +
':near');
IdiDo(';');
end
else
Greska(DEFFUN);
end;
end;
procedure Prevedi;
begin
Emit('.386');
Emit('.CODE');
Emit('ULAZ:');
pozicija := 0;
Novi;
while (Slijedi('funkcija')) do begin
Novi;
DefFunkcija;
end;
IdiDo('{');
if znak <> '}' then begin
Emit('GLAVNI:');
Blok;
Emit(' PUSH 0');
Emit('.DATA');
Emit('END ULAZ')
end
else begin
Emit('GLAVNI:');
Emit('END');
end;
end;
procedure Glavni;
var
linija: string;
begin
trenlabela := 0;
brojaclinija := 0;
linija := '';
Reset(ulaz);
Rewrite(izlaz);
Prevedi;
Close(ulaz);
Close(izlaz);
end;
begin
Glavni
end.
36
8. DEKLARACIJE VARIJABLI, STANDARDNE FUNKCIJE
Iako već prihvatljiva da u nekim kraćim kursevima kompajlera bude i finalna, prethodna verzija kompajlera ima četiri
ozbiljna nedostatka:
•
Jednoslovna imena varijabli ograničavaju jezik na 26 lokalnih/parametarskih i toliko globalnih varijabli. Iako je to često
dovoljno, postoje situacije kada nije. Sem toga, ova imena nisu dovoljno deskriptivna.
•
Jedini tip je 32 bitni cijeli broj koji se slučajno poklapa sa pointerom.
•
Programski jezik nema nikakve semantičke analize. Sasvim je legalno napisati izraz tipa 5:=2+a; što će upisati vrijednost
zbira konstante 2 i varijable a, na neku slučajnu lokaciju gdje je u tom trenutku pokazivao EBX registar. Funkcija može
biti deklarisana više puta, a grešku će primijetiti tek asembler.
•
Poziv potprograma nije standardan, pa se sistemske funkcije moraju pozivati iz asemblerskog modula.
8.1.
Tabela identifikatora
Uvođenje višeslovnih imena varijabli zahtijeva napuštanje statičkog načina alokacije varijabli i pravljenje tabele
identifikatora. Tabela identifikatora TabIdent je niz slogova
TIdent=record
ime:string[20];
duzina:integer;
adresa:integer;
nivo:integer;
vrsta:Tvrsta;
tip:Ttip;
pod1:integer;
pod2:integer;
pod3:integer;
end;
koji čuvaju ime identifikatora, dužinu, relativnu adresu identifikatora u skupu svih varijabli unutar funkcije ili globalnih
varijabli, nivo koji predstavlja identifikator funkcije kojoj varijabla pripada (ili 0 za globalne), vrstu identifikatora (funkcija,
lokalna varijabla, globalna varijabla, parametar), tip identifikatora (karakter, cijeli broj, pointer na karakter, pointer na cijeli
broj), kao i tri dodatna podatka za šire objašnjenje identifikatora.
Ova promjena u koncepciji zahtijeva dodavanje novih procedura, kao i da neke procedure u kompajleru budu
proširene, a neke čak i nanovo napisane, čime kompajler postaje gotovo duplo duži u odnosu na prethodnu verziju.
Procedura NoviIdent dodaje identifikator u tabelu identifikatora. Dodavanje se vrši trivijalno, uvećanjem brojača
identifikatora ukupnoident za 1, a zatim upisom svih devet parametara ove procedure u odgovarajuća polja konkretnog sloga
tabele identifikatora.
U svrhu traženja željenog identifikatora u ovoj tabeli uvodi se funkcija NadjiIdent koja ima za parametre ime
identifikatora, nivo koji predstavlja identifikator funkcije kojoj varijabla pripada (ili 0 za globalne), vrstu uslova i dodatni
podatak. Ova funkcija treba da vrati poziciju navedenog identifikatora u tabeli identifikatora, ili vrijednost 0 ako identifikator
nije nađen. Pretraživanje se vrši sekvencijalno jer identifikatori nisu sortirani. No, ono se vrši s kraja prema početku, kako bi
lokalne varijable bile nađene prije istoimenih globalnih. Značenje parametra “vrsta uslova” dato je u tabeli na slici Sl. 8.1.1.
Broj
Značenje
1
Traži lokalnu varijablu, globalnu varijablu, parametar funkcije ili funkciju koja ima ime kao
navedena a nalazi se u funkciji koja se trenutno prevodi ili glavnom programu
2
Traži lokalnu varijablu, globalnu varijablu, parametar funkcije ili funkciju koja ima kao
navedena a nalazi se u ili funkciji koja se trenutno prevodi ili u glavnom programu ako se on u
tom trenu prevodi
3
Rezervisano
4
Traži parametar funkcije koja se prevodi u ovom trenutku po njegovom rednom broju
Sl. 8.1.1.
Parametar Vrsta uslova
Procedura UzmiIdent vraća string vrijednost koja predstavlja niz slova. Algoritam koji implementira tu proceduru
izgleda ovako:
37
Postavi rezultantni string na prazan string
Sve dok slijedi slovo dodaj ga na rezultantni string, i uzmi sljedeći znak
Ako je sljedeći znak blanko ili komentar dohvati ga kako bi ga rutine ignorisale
Procedura DeklIdent objedinjuje UzmiIdent i NadjiIdent, tj. dohvata identifikator i traži da li on već postoji u tabeli,
te ako postoji prijavljuje grešku.
Sada je potrebno proširiti sintaksu jezika. Prvo treba definisati pojam identifikatora, koji je prikazan na slici Sl. 8.1.2.
Identifikator:
Cifra
_
Slovo
(veliko ili malo)
Slovo
(veliko ili malo)
Sl. 8.1.2.
Identifikator
Realizacija jezičkog pojma Identifikator urađena je u proceduri UzmiIdent.
8.2.
Tipovi
Postoje četiri tipa varijabli, cijeli, karakter, te pointeri na njih. Oni se zajedno definišu u pojmu ImeTipa, (Sl. 8.2.1)
koji je implementiran u funkcijama SlijediDekTipa i TipDek. Funkcija
function TipDek(imetipa: string; var tip: TTip; stip, ptip: TTip): Boolean;
provjerava da li slijedi navedeno ime tipa ili pointer na njega. Ako ne slijedi ni jedno ni drugo, funkcija vraća false. Ime tipa se
navodi kao niz karaktera, a u varijablu tip funkcija vraća oznaku tipa ili pointera na njega. Ove oznake se navode kao
parametri stip i ptip i mogu biti karakter, cijeli, pkarakter i pcijeli. Rogobatna sintaksa funkcije TipDek se prevazilazi
funkcijom
function SlijediDekTipa(var tip: TTip):Boolean
koja vraća true ako slijedi ime bilo kojeg tipa, a kao bočni efekt u varijabli tip se dobije oznaka tog tipa.
ImeTipa
cijeli
*
karakter
*
Sl. 8.2.1.
Ime tipa
Veličina prostora koji zauzima pojedinačna varijabla nekog tipa dobija se funkcijom DuzinaTipa. Za tip karakter,
ta vrijednost iznosi 1 bajt, dok za tipove cijeli, pkarakter i pcijeli veličina prostora je 4 bajta.
8.3.
Deklarisanje varijabli i nova struktura programa
Nakon uvođenja identifikatora i imena tipa, može se pristupiti deklarisanju varijabli. Deklaracija varijabli izgleda kao
na slici Sl. 8.3.1.
Deklaracija varijabli:
Identifikator
ImeTipa
,
Sl. 8.3.1.
Deklaracija varijabli
;
38
Na primjer:
cijeli Duzina, Sirina;
karakter * ime;
U suštini, deklaracija svake nove varijable jednostavno povećava ukupnu veličinu prostora za same varijable, bilo u
prostoru za globalne varijable, bilo na steku za lokalne varijable. Tada se u slogu koji predstavlja dati identifikator upiše
relativna adresa gdje se nalazi varijabla kojoj se pristupa. Dakle, u generisanom asemblerskom kodu se ne čuva ime varijable.
Pojam programa sada uključuje deklaraciju varijabli, definiciju funkcija i glavni blok. Varijable i funkcije se mogu u
programu neograničeno puta ponavljati. Ako se u glavnom bloku nalazi samo zatvorena zagrada, tada je riječ o biblioteci
funkcija. Nova definicija pojma Program nalazi se na slici Sl. 8.3.2.
Program:
Deklaracija
funkcije
}
{
Blok
Deklaracija
varijabli
Sl. 8.3.2.
Deklaracija funkcije će biti prikazana kasnije.
8.4.
Program
Izrazi i semantika
Uvođenje jedinstvenog sistema identifikatora zahtijeva izmjenu jezičkog pojma Faktor u kome se zbog toga ukida
sintaksa lokalnih varijabli sa znakom @, te prepoznavanje funkcije tako što joj ime počinje velikim slovom. Sada je pogodan
trenutak i za uvođenje znakovne konstante koja se, kao u C-u, navodi između jednostrukih navodnika. Jezički pojam Faktor
sada izgleda kao na slici Sl. 8.4.1
Faktor:
~
&
Faktor
*
!
(
Izraz dodjeljivanja
)
Varijabla
String
"
Poziv funkcije
‘
‘
Slovo
Sl. 8.4.1.
Faktor
39
Realizacija slovne konstante je trivijalna i svodi se na prostu MOV AL,konstanta instrukciju. No, iako se sintaksno ne
mijenjaju ostali jezički pojmovi koji sačinjavaju izraz, procedure koje ga realizuju potrebno je radikalno promijeniti. Razlog
tome je uvođenje semantike i različitih tipova.
Ozbiljan semantički problem da je u prethodnim verzijama kompajlera moguće napisati 5+3:=a-8; rješava se
uvođenjem varijabilnog parametra dod u sve procedure koje realizuju aritmetičke izraze. Prilikom obrade dijela izraza, ovom
parametru daje se vrijednost true, ako se tom dijelu izraza može dodijeliti vrijednost. Tipično, to su varijable, elementi nizova i
lokacije na koje pokazuju pointeri. Ovaj parametar će se provjeravati u proceduri IzrazDodjeljivanja nakon prvog poziva
procedure Izraz i prijaviti greška ukoliko on nema tačnu vrijednost.
Procedurama koje predstavljaju dijelove aritmetičkih izraza dodaje se još jedan varijabilni parametar. Preko tog
parametra se vraća tip dijela aritmetičkog izraza, tj. da li je karakter, cijeli broj, pointer itd.
Jezik koji se ovdje razvija spada u jezike slabe tipiziranosti i omogućava automatske konverzije između podataka
različitih tipova prilikom dodjeljivanja. To znači da je legalno napisati
a:=’#’+1;
gdje je a cjelobrojna varijabla. Iako su sabirci u gornjem zbiru različitog tipa (karakter i cijeli broj), ipak rezultat
predstavlja cijeli broj 36, jer je ASCII kôd znaka # jednak 35.
Cijeli brojevi i pointeri zahtijevaju četiri bajta za njihovo predstavljanje, dok se karakteri mogu smjestiti u jedan bajt.
Baš kao što se za smještanje cijelih brojeva u toku izraza koriste registri EAX, EBX i stek, za karaktere se koriste AL, BL i
stek, pri čemu se zbog karakteristika steka na stek smještaju čitavi EAX/EBX registri.
U primjeru “a:=’#’+1” kompajler generiše kôd za smještanje konstante 35 u registar AL, ali nakon toga nalazi
cjelobrojnu konstantu 1, zaključuje da je ipak riječ o izrazu sa 32 bitnim rezultatom pa registar AL konvertuje u EAX i
nastavlja da generiše kôd kao da je riječ o sabiranju dva 32 bitna broja. Konverzija registra AL u EAX se vrši postavljanjem
viših 24 bita na nula instrukcijom AND.
Većina udžbenika o kompajlerima izbjegava miješanje različitih tipova podataka unutar jednog aritmetičkog izraza.
Razlog je u tome što je broj potrebnih konverzija jednak kvadratu broja tipova koji se u tom izrazu mogu pojaviti. Razrješenju
tog problema pomažu tablice, navedene u sljedećoj tački.
8.5.
Tablice generisanog koda za različite operande
Pošto ima dosta kombinacija lijevog i desnog operanda, za sve binarne i unarne operatore potrebno je napraviti
odgovarajuće tablice koje određuju kakav će se kôd generisati zavisno od operatora i tipa operanada. Pri prikazu generisanog
koda, dio koji se jednom ili više puta ponavlja (ukoliko se dati operator uzastopno ponavlja više puta) stavljen je u vitičaste
zagrade.
Operacija
Desni
Karakter
cijeli
karakter *
cijeli *
karakter
Clan
{
PUSH EAX
Clan
POP EBX
ADD AL,BL
}
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
cijeli
Clan
{
PUSH EAX
Clan
POP EBX
AND EAX,0FFh
ADD EAX,EBX
}
Nije dopušteno
Clan
{
PUSH EAX
Clan
POP EBX
AND EBX,0FFh
ADD EAX,EBX
}
Clan
{
PUSH EAX
Clan
POP EBX
ADD EAX,EBX
}
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Lijevi
+
Samo za slučaj
sabiranja dva
karaktera
rezultat je tipa
karakter, u
svim ostalim
slučajevima
rezultat je
cijeli broj
karakter *
cijeli *
Sl. 8.5.1.
Generisani kôd za sabiranje zavisno od tipova argumenata
40
Operacija
Desni
Karakter
cijeli
karakter *
cijeli *
karakter
Clan
{
PUSH EAX
Clan
MOV EBX,EAX
POP EAX
SUB AL,BL
}
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
cijeli
Clan
{
PUSH EAX
Clan
MOV EBX,EAX
POP EAX
AND EBX,0FFh
SUB EAX,EBX
}
Nije dopušteno
Clan
{
PUSH EAX
Clan
MOV EBX,EAX
POP EAX
AND EAX,0FFh
SUB EAX,EBX
}
Clan
{
PUSH EAX
Clan
MOV EBX,EAX
POP EAX
SUB EAX,EBX
}
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Lijevi
Samo za slučaj
oduzimanja
dva karaktera
rezultat je tipa
karakter, u
svim ostalim
slučajevima
rezultat je
cijeli broj
karakter *
cijeli *
Sl. 8.5.2.
Generisani kôd za oduzimanje zavisno od tipova argumenata
Iz tabela sa sabiranje i oduzimanje (Sl. 8.5.1 i Sl. 8.5.2) vidi se da pointerski tipovi ne mogu učestvovati u
operacijama sabiranja i oduzimanja. Samo ako su oba operanda karakteri koriste se instrukcije ADD AL,BL ili SUB AL,BL.
Ako je jedan operand karakter ubacuje se AND EAX,0FFh ili AND EBX,0FFh. Na ovaj način se tri viša bajta EAX ili EBX
registra postavljaju na nule, bez izmjena registara AL odnosno BL. To predstavlja efikasnu konverziju između karaktera i
cijelih brojeva. Ako su oba operanda cijeli brojevi, nema dodatnih instrukcija.
Operacija
Desni
Karakter
cijeli
karakter *
cijeli *
Cijeli ili
karakter
Clan
{
PUSH EAX
Clan
POP EBX
AND EAX,EBX
}
Clan
{
PUSH EAX
Clan
POP EBX
AND EAX,EBX
}
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Cijeli ili
karakter
Clan
{
PUSH EAX
Clan
POP EBX
OR EAX,EBX
}
Clan
{
PUSH EAX
Clan
POP EBX
XOR EAX,EBX
}
Clan
{
PUSH EAX
Clan
POP EBX
OR EAX,EBX
}
Clan
{
PUSH EAX
Clan
POP EBX
XOR EAX,EBX
}
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Lijevi
&
rezultat je
karakter ako su
oba argumenta
tog tipa, inače
cijeli
|
tip kao kod &
^
tip kao kod &
Cijeli ili
karakter
Sl. 8.5.3.
Generisani kôd za logičke operacije zavisno od tipova argumenata
Logičke operacije (Sl. 8.5.3) nemaju prijenosa, jer se obavljaju bit po bit. Kod ovih instrukcija nema potrebe za
specijalnim slučajevima u kodu.
41
Operacija
Desni
Karakter
cijeli
karakter *
cijeli *
Faktor
{
PUSH EAX
Faktor
POP EBX
AND EAX,0FFh
AND EBX,0FFh
IMUL EBX
}
Faktor
{
PUSH EAX
Faktor
POP EBX
AND EAX,0FFh
IMUL EBX
}
Nije dopušteno
Faktor
{
PUSH EAX
Faktor
POP EBX
AND EBX,0FFh
IMUL EBX
}
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Faktor
{
PUSH EAX
Faktor
POP EBX
IMUL EBX
}
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Lijevi
karakter
*
Tip rezultata je
uvijek cijeli
broj
cijeli
karakter *
cijeli *
Sl. 8.5.4.
Generisani kôd za množenje zavisno od tipova argumenata
Na slici Sl. 8.5.4 se vidi da pri množenju nisu dopušteni pointeri kao faktori, a da se faktori koji su tipa karakter
trebaju prije množenja konvertovati u cijeli broj instrukcijama AND EAX,0ffh ili AND EBX,0ffh.
Operacija
Desni
Karakter
Cijeli
karakter *
cijeli *
Faktor
{
PUSH EAX
Faktor
MOV EBX,EAX
POP EAX
AND EAX,0FFh
AND EBX,0FFh
CDQ
IDIV EBX
}
Faktor
{
PUSH EAX
Faktor
MOV EBX,EAX
POP EAX
AND EBX,0FFh
CDQ
IDIV EBX
}
Nije dopušteno
Faktor
{
PUSH EAX
Faktor
MOV EBX,EAX
POP EAX
AND EAX,0FFh
CDQ
IDIV EBX
}
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Faktor
{
PUSH EAX
Faktor
MOV EBX,EAX
POP EAX
CDQ
IDIV EBX
}
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Lijevi
karakter
/
Tip rezultata je
uvijek cijeli
broj
cijeli
karakter *
cijeli *
Sl. 8.5.5.
Generisani kôd za dijeljenje zavisno od tipova argumenata
42
Operacija
Desni
Karakter
Cijeli
karakter *
cijeli *
Faktor
{
PUSH EAX
Faktor
MOV EBX,EAX
POP EAX
AND EAX,0FFh
AND EBX,0FFh
CDQ
IDIV EBX
MOV EAX,EDX
}
Faktor
{
PUSH EAX
Faktor
MOV EBX,EAX
POP EAX
AND EBX,0FFh
CDQ
IDIV EBX
MOV EAX,EDX
}
Nije dopušteno
Faktor
{
PUSH EAX
Faktor
MOV EBX,EAX
POP EAX
AND EAX,0FFh
CDQ
IDIV EBX
MOV EAX,EDX
}
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Faktor
{
PUSH EAX
Faktor
MOV EBX,EAX
POP EAX
CDQ
IDIV EBX
MOV EAX,EDX
}
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije
dopušteno
Lijevi
karakter
%
Tip rezultata je
uvijek cijeli
broj
cijeli
karakter *
cijeli *
Sl. 8.5.6.
Generisani kôd za ostatak pri dijeljenju zavisno od tipova argumenata
Na slikama Sl. 8.5.5 i Sl. 8.5.6 se vidi da pri dijeljenju i ostatku pri dijeljenju nisu dopušteni pointeri kao operandi, a
da se operandi koji su tipa karakter trebaju prije dijeljenja konvertovati u cijeli broj instrukcijama AND EAX,0ffh ili AND
EBX,0ffh.
Operacija
Desni
Karakter
cijeli
karakter *
cijeli *
Izraz
PUSH EBX
Izrazdodjelj
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],AL
Izraz
PUSH EBX
Izrazdodjelj
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],EAX
Nije dopušteno
Izraz
PUSH EBX
Izrazdodjelj
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],AL
Izraz
PUSH EBX
Izrazdodjelj
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],EAX
Izraz
PUSH EBX
Izrazdodjelj
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],EAX
Izraz
PUSH EBX
Izrazdodjelj
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],EAX
Izraz
PUSH EBX
Izrazdodjelj
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],AL
Izraz
PUSH EBX
Izrazdodjelj
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],EAX
Izraz
PUSH EBX
Izrazdodjelj
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],EAX
Izraz
PUSH EBX
Izrazdodjelj
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],EAX
Izraz
PUSH EBX
Izrazdodjelj
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],AL
Izraz
PUSH EBX
Izrazdodjelj
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],EAX
Izraz
PUSH EBX
Izrazdodjelj
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],EAX
Izraz
PUSH EBX
Izrazdodjelj
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],EAX
Lijevi
karakter
cijeli
:=
Tip rezultata je
tip koji ima
operand sa
lijeve strane
operatora
karakter *
cijeli *
Sl. 8.5.7.
Nije dopušteno
Generisani kôd za dodjeljivanje zavisno od tipova argumenata
Iz tabele Sl. 8.5.7 vidi se da se karakter ne smije dodijeliti pointeru, a da je međusobna razlika svih ostalih
kombinacija tipova operanada u tome što ako se s lijeve strane izraza dodjeljivanja nalazi varijabla karakterskog tipa, da se na
navedenu adresu na koji pokazuje registar EBX upisuje sadržaj registra AL. Pointerske varijable se mogu dodjeljivati
cjelobrojnim i obrnuto, bez eksplicitnog navođenja imena tipa (type casting).
43
Operacija
Desni
Karakter
cijeli
karakter *
cijeli *
karakter
Izraz
PUSH EAX
Izraz
POP EBX
CMP BL,AL
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
cijeli
Izraz
PUSH EAX
Izraz
POP EBX
AND EBX,0FFh
CMP EBX,EAX
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
Izraz
PUSH EAX
Izraz
POP EBX
AND EBX,0FFh
CMP EBX,EAX
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
Izraz
PUSH EAX
Izraz
POP EBX
AND EBX,0FFh
CMP EBX,EAX
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
Izraz
PUSH EAX
Izraz
POP EBX
AND EAX,0FFh
CMP EBX,EAX
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
Izraz
PUSH EAX
Izraz
POP EBX
CMP EBX,EAX
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
Izraz
PUSH EAX
Izraz
POP EBX
AND EAX,0FFh
CMP EBX,EAX
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
Izraz
PUSH EAX
Izraz
POP EBX
CMP EBX,EAX
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
Izraz
PUSH EAX
Izraz
POP EBX
AND EAX,0FFh
CMP EBX,EAX
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
Izraz
PUSH EAX
Izraz
POP EBX
CMP EBX,EAX
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
Izraz
PUSH EAX
Izraz
POP EBX
CMP EBX,EAX
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
Izraz
PUSH EAX
Izraz
POP EBX
CMP EBX,EAX
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
Izraz
PUSH EAX
Izraz
POP EBX
CMP EBX,EAX
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
Izraz
PUSH EAX
Izraz
POP EBX
CMP EBX,EAX
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
Izraz
PUSH EAX
Izraz
POP EBX
CMP EBX,EAX
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
Izraz
PUSH EAX
Izraz
POP EBX
CMP EBX,EAX
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
Lijevi
=#<>
Tip rezultata je
uvijek cijeli
broj.
Promijeniti
instrukciju
SETE u
karakter *
Za = SETE
cijeli *
Za < SETL
Za > SETG
Za # SETNE
Sl. 8.5.8.
Generisani kôd za poređenje zavisno od tipova argumenata
Tabela na slici Sl. 8.5.8 obuhvata sva četiri relaciona operatora, pri čemu je za svaki navedeni operator potrebno
upisati odgovarajuću SETxx instrukciju.
Unarni operatori i generisani kôd za njih su navedeni na slici Sl. 8.5.9.
Operacija
Karakter
cijeli
karakter *
cijeli *
Unarni -
Nije dopušteno
Faktor
NEG EAX
(rez. tip je cijeli )
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Unarni *
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Faktor
MOV EBX,EAX
MOV EAX,[EBX]
(rez. tip je
cijeli)
Unarni &
Faktor
MOV EAX,EBX
(rez. tip je karakter *)
Faktor
MOV EAX,EBX
(rez. tip je cijeli *)
Unarni !
CMP EAX,0
SETE AL
AND EAX,0FFh
(rez. tip je karakter )
Faktor
NOT AL
(rez. tip je karakter )
CMP EAX,0
SETE AL
Faktor
MOV EBX,EAX
MOV EAX,[EBX]
AND EAX,0FFh
(rez. tip je
karakter )
Faktor
MOV EAX,EBX
(rez. tip je
cijeli *)
Nije dopušteno
Faktor
MOV EAX,EBX
(rez. tip je
cijeli *)
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Nije dopušteno
Unarni ~
Sl. 8.5.9.
Faktor
NOT EAX
Generisani kôd za unarne operatore zavisno od tipova argumenata
Na bazi gornjih tabela se mijenjaju funkcije Clan, Faktor, Izraz i IzrazDodjeljivanja. Iskorištavaju se uočene
pravilnosti u generisanom kodu, jer nema potrebe mnogo puta ponavljati isti skup naredbi.
8.6.
Funkcije i provjera parametara
Deklaracija funkcije se u ovoj verziji kompajlera proširuje definisanjem svih parametara i lokalnih varijabli koje
funkcija može imati, kao na slici Sl. 8.6.1.
44
ImeTipa
funkcija
Identifikator
(
Ime
Tipa
Identifikator
)
{
Deklaracia
varijabli
Blok
,
;
Sl. 8.6.1.
Deklaracija funkcije
Deklarisanje parametara i lokalnih varijabli se realizuje tako da se za svaki prepoznati identifikator dodaju podaci o
njemu u tabelu identifikatora, pri čemu se za nivo uzima pozicija identifikatora funkcije u tabeli svih identifikatora.
Po Windowsovom standardu svi parametri, bez obzira na veličinu, moraju biti poravnati na adrese djeljive sa 4. Pod
poravnanjem se podrazumijeva smještanje svih podataka tako da počinju od adrese djeljive s nekim paranim brojem. Lokalne
varijable moraju biti poravnate na adrese djeljive sa 4 ako je njihova dužina djeljiva sa 4. Prema redoslijedu smještanja
parametara na stek razlikuju se konvencije:
a)
C call, parametri se smještaju na stek PUSH instrukcijama u obrnutom redoslijedu u odnosu na navedeni u pozivu
funkcije, a poziciju stek pointera vraća u prvobitno stanje glavni program. Ovaj način poziva se koristi u
Windows API funkciji wvsprintf i svim funkcijama biblioteke MSVCRT.DLL (biblioteka Microsoft C
kompajlera)
b) Pascal call, parametri se smještaju na stek PUSH instrukcijama u istom redoslijedu u odnosu na navedeni, a
poziciju stek pointera vraća u prvobitno stanje potprogram. Koristi se u svim sistemskim pozivima za Windows
3.1 aplikacije
c)
StdCall, parametri se smještaju na stek PUSH instrukcijama u obrnutom redoslijedu u odnosu na navedeni, a
poziciju stek pointera vraća u prvobitno stanje potprogram. Koristi se u većini Win32 API funkcija.
d) Fast Call, parametri su u registrima, koristi se pri pozivu DOS interapta
e)
Inline Call, parametri se navode u memorijskom bloku, (na fiksnoj lokaciji ili neposredno iza CALL instrukcije=
obično se interno koristi u asemblerskim programima.
Najlakše je prilagoditi postojeći kompajler da generiše pozive po Pascal Call standardu, pa će ovaj način poziva biti i
implementiran. Pri tome će se ime potprograma generisati od imena funkcije iza kojeg slijedi znak @ i ukupan broj bajtova
koliko zauzimaju parametri. Tako na primjer funkcija čije je ime Racunaj i koja ima tri parametra će u generisanom kodu
imati ime Racunaj@12. Ovo je učinjeno da bi se postigla izvjesna kompatibilnost sa Win32 API funkcijama koje imaju
interno iste ovakve nazive, a kojih postoji preko 9000.
Windows API funkcije, međutim, koriste standard StdCall, koje zahtijeva suprotan redoslijed postavljanja parametara
na stek od standarda Pascal Call. Ovaj problem je rješiv tako što se pri pozivu ovih funkcija navode parametri obrnutim
redoslijedom u odnosu na onaj kojim se parametri navode u jeziku C i kako su definisan u standardnoj dokumentaciji za
Windows API.
Generisani kôd za definiciju funkcije izgleda kao na slici Sl. 8.6.2.
PUSH EBP
Racunaj@12: (zavisno od imena i prostora za parametre)
MOV EBP,ESP
SUB ESP,velicina prostora za lokalne varijable
Pozovi Blok;
MOV ESP,EBP
POP EBP
RET velicina prostora za parametre
PUBLIC Racunaj@12
Sl. 8.6.2.
Definicija funkcije, generisani kôd
Postavljanje EBP registra na mjesto gdje se ESP nalazio prije alokacije prostora za lokalne varijable, omogućava da
se lokalnim varijablama pristupa sa MOV EAX,[EBP-nn] a parametrima sa MOV EAX,[EBP+nn]. Odgovarajuće konstante nn
se računaju prilikom deklaracija lokalnih varijabli i parametara i nalaze se u polju adresa tabele identifikatora. Za parametre,
prije dohvatanja prvog parametra ovo polje ima vrijednost 0, a zatim se uvećava za ((duzinavarijable-1) div 4 + 1)*4 nakon
45
svakog deklarisanog parametra. Za lokalne varijable, prije dohvatanja prve lokalne varijable, ovo polje ima vrijednost 0, a
zatim se, kako se redom dohvataju varijable, po apsolutnoj vrijednosti uvećava za duzinavarijable, a upisuje se negativna
vrijednost.
Generisani kôd za poziv funkcije, prikazan na slici Sl. 8.6.3 se vrlo malo promijenio od prethodne verzije kompajlera
Za svaki parametar (osim ako se karakter prosljeđuje pointeru što je greška):
Pozovi Izrazdodjeljivanja
Ako se karakter prosljeđuje cijelim brojevima generiši AND EAX,0FFh
PUSH EAX
MOV ECX,ukupna veličina svih parametara
CALL funkcija@duzinaparametara
Ako funkcija vraća karakter generiši AND EAX,0FFh
Sl. 8.6.3.
Generisani kôd za poziv funkcije
Globalnim varijablama se i sada pristupa sa MOV EAX,GLOBALV[nn] pri čemu se nn nalazi u polju adresa tabele
identifikatora. Ako je varijabla tipa karakter registar EAX treba zamijeniti registrom AL. Prilikom deklaracije globalnih
varijabli prije dohvatanja prve globalne varijable ovo polje ima vrijednost 0, a zatim se kako se redom dohvataju varijable po
apsolutnoj vrijednosti uvećava za duzinavarijable.
Koristeći sve ove informacije, može se napisati nova verzija kompajlera. Navedena je u prilogu broj 5.
8.7.
Testni primjer
Primjer programa u petoj verziji jezika može biti identičan prethodnom primjeru, uz izbacivanje potrebe da se dijelovi
pišu u asembleru. Ipak, pošto dosadašnji primjeri nisu imali ulaz, dodano je da se unese ime korisnika na početku, a zatim ono
i prikaže na ekranu. Za čitanje se koristi API funkcija ReadConsoleA, koja ima iste parametre kao i WriteConsoleA, samo što
zahtijeva standardni hendl –10, umjesto –11.
Primjer se prevodi koristeći
komp32v5 tabbroj2.jez tabbro2j.asm
ml /c /coff /Fl tabbroj2.asm | more
link /defaultlib:user32.lib kernel32.lib /subsystem:console tabbroj2.obj
Izvorni kôd primjera naveden je na slici Sl. 8.7.1
46
cijeli funkcija GetStdHandle(cijeli brhan);
cijeli funkcija WriteConsoleA(cijeli rez,cijeli * upisano,
cijeli upisati,karakter * bafer,cijeli han);
cijeli funkcija ReadConsoleA(cijeli rez,cijeli * upisano,
cijeli * a; ` Ovo je zapravo niz pointera na stringove
cijeli * ime;
cijeli funkcija Prikazistring (karakter * poruka){
cijeli handle,priv,duz;
handle:=GetStdHandle(-11);
duz:=0;
dok (poruka[duz]#0) { duz:=duz+1;}
WriteConsoleA(0,&priv,duz,poruka,handle);
}
cijeli funkcija Unesistring (karakter * poruka){
duz:=30;
ReadConsoleA(0,&priv,duz,poruka,handle);
}
cijeli funkcija Novired () {
karakter * dvoznak;
dvoznak:=" ";
dvoznak[0]:=13;
dvoznak[1]:=10;
Prikazistring(dvoznak);
}
cijeli funkcija Predstavljanje ()
{
ime:="
";
Unesistring(ime);
Prikazistring("Tabelu generisao ");
Prikazistring(ime);
Novired();
}
cijeli funkcija Prikazibroj (cijeli broj){
cijeli cifra,negativan,pokazivac,ostatak;
karakter * bafer;
bafer:="
cifra:=broj;
ako (cifra<0)
{
negativan:=1;
cifra:=-cifra;
}
inace
{
negativan:=0;
}
pokazivac:=9;
ako (cifra=0) {
bafer[pokazivac]:='0';
pokazivac:=pokazivac-1;
}
dok (cifra>0)
{
ostatak:=(cifra % 10);
òstatke dijeljenja u bafer
bafer[pokazivac]:=ostatak+'0';
cifra:=cifra/10; ` stalno dijeli s 10
}
ako (negativan=1)
{
Sl. 8.7.1.
8.8.
bafer[pokazivac]:='-';
}
bafer:=&(bafer[pokazivac+1]);
` Pomjeri pokazivac pocetka stringa
Prikazistring(bafer);
}
cijeli funkcija Fact(cijeli a)
{
ako (a=0)
{
1;
}
inace
{
a*Fact(a-1);
}
}
cijeli funkcija Tabela()
{
cijeli m,n;
Prikazistring("Tabela");
Novired();
n:=1;
dok (n<11) {
Prikazibroj (n);
Prikazistring(" ");
Prikazistring(a[n]);
Prikazistring(" ");
Prikazibroj (n*n);
Prikazistring(" ");
Prikazibroj (n*n*n);
Prikazistring(" ");
Prikazibroj (Fact(n));
Prikazistring(" Djeljiv sa ");
m:=1;
dok !(m>n) {
ako (n%m=0) {
Prikazibroj(m);
Prikazistring(" ");
}
m:=m+1;
}
n:=n+1;
Novired();
}
}
cijeli funkcija Postavinazive()
{
a:="
` Prostor za niz
a[1]:="Jedan";
a[2]:="Dva";
a[3]:="Tri";
a[4]:="Cetiri";
a[5]:="Pet";
a[6]:="Sest";
a[7]:="Sedam";
a[8]:="Osam";
a[9]:="Devet";
a[10]:="Deset";
}
{ Predstavljanje();
Postavinazive();
Tabela();
}
";
Primjer: Tablica brojeva bez asemblerskih modula
Rezime poglavlja
Ova verzija kompajlera predstavlja veliki skok naprijed i omogućava realizaciju većine aplikacija koje koriste cijele brojeve i
stringove. Uvedeni su tipovi cijeli, cijeli *, realni i realni *. Program se sada sastoji iz deklaracija varijabli, deklaracija
funkcija i tijela programa Imena varijabli se sastoje iz više slova, pa je potrebna tablica identifikatora. Pri pozivu funkcija
provjerava se broj i tipovi argumenata. Uvođenje tipova usložnjava aritmetičke izraze i zahtijeva pažljivo praćenje generisanog
koda za svaku kombinaciju operanada različitog tipa. U testnim primjerima opada potreba za asemblerom.
47
program Kompajler;
const
MAXIDENT = 1024;
DUGAKONST =
REDEKLAR =
'Redeklarisan identifikator';
PROSTNIZ =
'Prosti tip ne moze biti niz';
NEKORARG =
'Nekorektan broj argumenata';
NEKDODJP = 'Losa dodjela pointeru';
NEDEKL = 'Nedeklarisano ';
GRIZRAZ = 'Izraz';
POGRMNOZ =
'Pogresan tip u ' +
'mnozenju ili dijeljenju';
NEDOPFP =
' Nedopustena FP operacija';
NEDOPARIT =
'Nedopusteni tip u aritmetici';
NEDODJ =
'Izraz se ne moze dodijeliti';
DODJPOINT = 'Losa dodjela pointeru';
TIPUSL = 'Neodgovarajuci tip uslova';
TUSLPET =
'Neodgovarajuci uslov u petlji';
ARGNEKOM =
'Argument nekompatibilan' +
' s operatorom';
OCIDENT =
'Ocekivan Identifikator';
type
TVrsta = (funkcija, lokalna,
globalna, parametar);
TTip = (karakter, cijeli, pkarakter,
pcijeli);
TIdent = record
ime: string[20];
duzina: integer;
adresa: integer;
nivo: integer;
vrsta: TVrsta;
tip: TTip;
pod1: integer;
pod2: integer;
pod3: integer;
end;
var
ulaz, izlaz: text;
pozicija, trenlabela, brojaclinija,
aktnivo: integer;
znak: char;
linija: string;
TabIdent: array[0..MAXIDENT] of
TIdent;
ukupnoident: integer;
t: TTip;
dod: Boolean;
procedure NoviIdent(pime: string;
pduzina: integer;
padresa: integer; pnivo: integer;
pvrsta: TVrsta;
ptip: TTip; ppod1: integer; ppod2:
integer; ppod3: integer);
begin
ukupnoident := ukupnoident + 1;
with TabIdent[ukupnoident] do begin
ime := pime;
duzina := pduzina;
adresa := padresa;
nivo := pnivo;
vrsta := pvrsta;
tip := ptip;
pod1 := ppod1;
pod2 := ppod2;
pod3 := ppod3;
end;
end;
string);
begin
end;
begin
WriteLn(poruka);
Close(ulaz);
Close(izlaz);
Halt;
end;
begin
WriteLn(izlaz, st);
end;
procedure Novi;
begin
repeat
begin
Emit(';' + linija);
pozicija := 1;
end;
else
znak := ' ';
'`')) or Eof(ulaz)
end;
if Length(linija) >= n then begin
znak := linija[n];
if ((znak >= 'a') and (znak <=
'z')) or
((znak >= 'A') and (znak <=
'Z')) then
ureduiza := false
end
end;
if ureduiza and (copy(linija,
pozicija,
Length(ocekivano)) = ocekivano) then
begin
Slijedi := true;
end
else
Slijedi := false;
end;
function TipDek(imetipa: string; var
tip: TTip;
stip, ptip: TTip): Boolean;
begin
TipDek := false;
if Slijedi(imetipa, false) then begin
TipDek := true;
Novi;
if znak = '*' then begin
tip := ptip;
Novi
end
else
tip := stip;
end
end;
Boolean);
begin
begin
if greskakrln then
Greska(DUGAKONST)
else
znak := ' ';
end
else
end;
function SlijediDekTipa(var tip: TTip):
Boolean;
var
a: Boolean;
begin
a := false;
if not (a) then
a := TipDek('cijeli', tip, cijeli,
pcijeli);
if not (a) then
a := TipDek('karakter', tip,
karakter, pkarakter);
SlijediDekTipa := a;
end;
begin
if (znak <> z) then
Novi;
end;
function DuzinaTipa(tip: TTip):
Integer;
begin
case tip of
cijeli, pcijeli, pkarakter:
DuzinaTipa := 4;
karakter: DuzinaTipa := 1;
else
DuzinaTipa := 4;
end;
end;
function UzmiKonstantu
(var t: TTip; var dod: Boolean):
integer;
var
rezultat: integer;
begin
rezultat := 0;
do begin
NoviSvaki(false);
end;
Novi;
t := cijeli;
dod := false;
end;
function Slijedi(ocekivano: string;
dslovoiza: Boolean): Boolean;
var
ureduiza: Boolean;
n: integer;
znak: char;
begin
if dslovoiza then
ureduiza := true
else begin
n := pozicija + Length(ocekivano);
ureduiza := true;
function NadjiIdent(ident: string;
nivo, tuslova, p1: integer): integer;
var
n, poz: integer;
nadjen, Uslov: Boolean;
begin
n := ukupnoident;
nadjen := false;
poz := 0;
while (n > 0) and (not (nadjen)) do
begin
case tuslova of
1: Uslov := (TabIdent[n].ime =
ident) and
(TabIdent[n].vrsta in
[lokalna, globalna,
parametar, funkcija]) and
((TabIdent[n].nivo = nivo) or
(TabIdent[n].nivo = 0));
ident) and
[lokalna, globalna,
((TabIdent[n].nivo = nivo));
4: Uslov := (TabIdent[n].nivo =
nivo) and
48
(TabIdent[n].pod2 = p1) and
(TabIdent[n].vrsta =
parametar)
else
Uslov := false;
end;
if Uslov then begin
nadjen := true;
poz := n;
end;
n := n - 1;
end;
NadjiIdent := poz;
end;
'''''' then
Emit(st);
Emit('.CODE');
t := pkarakter;
dod := false;
end;
procedure PozivFunkcije
(idpoz: integer; var t: TTip; var
dod: Boolean);
var
parametara, N, velsteka: integer;
t1, t2: TTip;
procedure UzmiIdent(var ident: string);
begin
begin
ImeFunkcije := TabIdent[idpoz].ime;
if znak in ['a'..'z', 'A'..'Z'] then
parametara := 0;
begin
velsteka := 0;
ident := znak;
NoviSvaki(false);
IdiDo('(');
end
IzrazDodjeljivanja(t1, dod);
else
parametara := parametara + 1;
Greska(OCIDENT);
n := NadjiIdent('', idpoz, 4,
while (znak in ['a'..'z', 'A'..'Z',
parametara);
'0'..'9', '_']) do begin
if n = 0 then
ident := ident + znak;
Greska(NEKORARG);
NoviSvaki(false);
t2 := TabIdent[n].tip;
end;
if (t1 = karakter) and
(t2 in [pkarakter, pcijeli]) then
Novi;
Greska(NEKDODJP);
end;
if (t1 = karakter) and (t2 = cijeli)
then
procedure DeklIdent(var ident: string;
nivo: integer);
velsteka := velsteka + 4;
begin
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
UzmiIdent(ident);
if znak <> ')' then
if NadjiIdent(ident, nivo, 2, 0) <> 0
then
IdiDo(',');
Greska(REDEKLAR);
end;
end;
IdiDo(')');
if TabIdent[idpoz].pod1 <> parametara
then
procedure IzrazDodjeljivanja
Greska(NEKORARG);
(var t: TTip; var dod: Boolean);
Str(velsteka, st);
forward;
Emit(' CALL ' + ImeFunkcije + '@' +
st);
procedure PokazivacINiz(var t: TTip; var
dod := false;
dod: Boolean);
t := TabIdent[idpoz].tip;
var
if t = karakter then
t1: TTip;
Emit(' AND EAX,0FFh0');
begin
end;
Novi;
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
procedure Varijabla
Emit(' POP EBX');
dod: Boolean; glob: Boolean);
case t of
pkarakter: begin
var
t := karakter;
rezultat: integer;
end;
st: string;
begin
pcijeli: begin
rezultat := TabIdent[idpoz].adresa;
Emit(' SAL EAX,2');
t := cijeli;
Str(rezultat, st);
end;
else
if glob then
Emit(' LEA EBX,GLOBALV[' + st + ']')
Greska(PROSTNIZ)
else begin
end;
if rezultat >= 0 then
Emit(' LEA EBX,[EBP+' + st + ']')
case t of
else
karakter:
Emit(' LEA EBX,[EBP' + st + ']');
Emit(' MOV AL,[EBX]');
else
end;
case t of
karakter: Emit(' MOV AL,[EBX]');
end;
else
IdiDo(']');
dod := true;
end;
end;
dod := true;
if znak = '[' then
procedure StringKonstanta(var t: TTip;
PokazivacINiz(t, dod);
var dod: Boolean);
end;
var
procedure Faktor(var t: TTip; var dod:
begin
Boolean);
var
Emit('.DATA');
rezultat, poz: integer;
st, ime, err: string;
repeat
begin
NoviSvaki(true);
err := ARGNEKOM;
if znak <> '"' then
st := st + znak;
case znak of
until znak = '"';
'-': begin
IdiDo('"');
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
st := st + ''',0';
case t of
cijeli: Emit(' NEG EAX');
else
Greska(err);
end;
dod := false;
end;
'~': begin
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
case t of
cijeli: Emit(' NOT EAX');
karakter: Emit(' NOT AL');
else
Greska(err);
end;
dod := false;
end;
'&': begin
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
case t of
cijeli: t := pcijeli;
karakter: t := pkarakter;
else
t := pcijeli;
end;
dod := false;
end;
'*': begin
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
case t of
pcijeli: t := cijeli;
pkarakter: begin
t := karakter;
end;
else
Greska(err);
end;
dod := true;
end;
'!': begin
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
case t of
cijeli: Emit(' CMP EAX,0');
karakter: Emit(' CMP AL,0');
else
Greska(err);
end;
Emit(' SETE AL');
dod := false;
t := cijeli;
end;
'"': begin
StringKonstanta(t, dod);
end;
'''': begin
NoviSvaki(true);
Emit(' MOV AL,''' + znak +
'''');
Novi;
IdiDo('''');
t := karakter;
end;
'0'..'9': begin
rezultat := UzmiKonstantu(t,
dod);
Str(rezultat, st);
end;
'(': begin
Novi;
IzrazDodjeljivanja(t, dod);
IdiDo(')');
end;
'A'..'Z', 'a'..'z': begin
UzmiIdent(ime);
poz := NadjiIdent(ime, aktnivo,
1, 0);
if poz = 0 then
Greska(NEDEKL + ime);
case TabIdent[poz].vrsta of
funkcija:
PozivFunkcije(poz, t, dod);
lokalna, parametar:
Varijabla(poz, t, dod,
false);
globalna:
49
Varijabla(poz, t, dod, true)
end
end;
else
Greska(GRIZRAZ);
end;
end;
procedure Clan(var t: TTip; var dod:
Boolean);
var
z: char;
t1, t2: TTip;
begin
Faktor(t1, dod);
t := t1;
while (znak in ['*', '/', '%']) do
begin
z := znak;
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
Novi;
Faktor(t2, dod);
dod := false;
if ((t1 <> cijeli) and (t1 <>
karakter)) or
((t2 <> cijeli) and (t2 <>
karakter)) then
Greska(POGRMNOZ);
t := cijeli;
case z of
'*': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
if t1 = karakter then
Emit(' AND EBX,0FFh');
Emit(' IMUL EBX');
end;
'/', '%': begin
Emit(' POP EAX');
Emit(' CDQ');
Emit(' IDIV EBX');
if z = '%' then
end;
end;
t1 := t;
end;
end;
procedure Izraz(var t: TTip; var dod:
Boolean);
var
z: char;
t1, t2: TTip;
begin
Clan(t1, dod);
t := t1;
while (znak in ['+', '-', '&', '|',
'^']) do begin
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
z := znak;
Novi;
Clan(t2, dod);
dod := false;
if ((t1 <> cijeli) and (t1 <>
karakter)) or
((t2 <> cijeli) and (t2 <>
karakter)) then
Greska(NEDOPARIT);
case z of
'+': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
if (t1 = karakter) and (t2 =
karakter) then begin
t := karakter;
Emit(' ADD AL,BL');
end
else begin
t := cijeli;
end;
end;
'-': begin
Emit(' POP EAX');
karakter) then begin
t := karakter;
Emit(' SUB AL,BL');
end
else begin
t := cijeli;
end;
end;
'&', '|', '^': begin
karakter) then
t := karakter
else
t := cijeli;
Emit(' POP EBX');
case z of
'&': Emit(' AND EAX,EBX');
'|': Emit(' OR EAX,EBX');
'^': Emit(' XOR EAX,EBX');
end;
end;
end;
t1 := t;
end;
end;
var
z: char;
t1, t2: TTip;
dod1: Boolean;
begin
Izraz(t1, dod1);
t := t1;
dod := dod1;
case znak of
':': begin
if not (Slijedi(':=', true))
then
Greska(OCEKDOD);
if not (dod1) then
Greska(NEDODJ);
Emit(' PUSH EBX');
Novi;
Emit(' POP EBX');
if (t2 = karakter) and (t1 <>
karakter) and
(t1 <> cijeli) then
Greska(DODJPOINT);
Emit(' MOV [EBX],AL')
else
t := t1;
end; {:}
'=', '>', '<', '#': begin
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
z := znak;
Novi;
Izraz(t2, dod);
Emit(' POP EBX');
karakter) then
Emit(' CMP BL,AL')
else begin
end;
case z of
end;
t := cijeli;
end;
end;
end;
procedure Uslov;
var
begin
Novi;
if t <> cijeli then
Greska(TIPUSL);
Emit(' CMP EAX,0');
NovaLabela(sonda);
NovaLabela(sinace);
IdiDo('{');
Blok;
if Slijedi('inace', false) then begin
Novi;
IdiDo('{');
Blok;
end;
end;
procedure Asembler;
begin
repeat
Emit(linija);
if eof(ulaz) then
linija := '\';
pozicija := 1;
IdiDo('\');
end;
procedure Petlja;
var
begin
Novi;
NovaLabela(suslov);
if t <> cijeli then
Greska(TUSLPET);
Emit(' CMP EAX,0');
NovaLabela(sdok);
IdiDo('{');
Emit('L' + sdok + ':');
Blok;
end;
procedure Blok;
begin
if Slijedi('dok', false) then
Petlja
else if Slijedi('ako', false) then
Uslov
else if Slijedi('asembler', false)
then
Asembler
else begin
IdiDo(';');
end;
end;
IdiDo('}');
end;
procedure DefFunkcija(ftip: TTip);
var
parametara, paradresa, lokadresa,
pfunkc, i: integer;
ImeFunkcije, imeparametra,
imevarijable, st: string;
tip: TTip;
imaistogtipa: Boolean;
begin
if not (((znak >= 'a') and (znak <=
'z')) or
((znak >= 'A') and (znak <= 'Z')))
then
Greska(IMEFUN);
DeklIdent(ImeFunkcije, 0);
50
NoviIdent(ImeFunkcije, 4, 0, 0,
funkcija, ftip, 0, 0, 0);
pfunkc := ukupnoident;
aktnivo := pfunkc;
IdiDo('(');
parametara := 0;
lokadresa := 0;
paradresa := 0;
while znak <> ')' do begin
if SlijediDekTipa(tip) then begin
DeklIdent(ImeParametra, pfunkc);
paradresa := paradresa +
((DuzinaTipa(tip) - 1) div 4 +
1) * 4;
NoviIdent(ImeParametra,
DuzinaTipa(tip),
paradresa, pfunkc, parametar,
tip,
pfunkc, parametara, 0);
end;
if znak <> ')' then
IdiDo(',');
end;
IdiDo(')');
for i := ukupnoident downto 0 do
if (TabIdent[i].nivo = pfunkc) and
(TabIdent[i].vrsta = parametar)
then
TabIdent[i].adresa := paradresa +
8 - TabIdent[i].adresa;
TabIdent[pfunkc].pod1 := parametara;
case znak of
'{': begin
IdiDo('{');
while SlijediDekTipa(tip) do
begin
repeat
DeklIdent(ImeVarijable,
pfunkc);
lokadresa := lokadresa +
DuzinaTipa(tip);
NoviIdent(ImeVarijable,
DuzinaTipa(tip),
-lokadresa, pfunkc,
lokalna, tip,
imaistogtipa := true;
if znak = ',' then begin
Novi;
imaistogtipa := false;
end;
until imaistogtipa;
while (lokadresa mod 4) <> 0
do
lokadresa := lokadresa + 1;
IdiDo(';');
end;
Str(paradresa, st);
Emit(ImeFunkcije + '@' + st +
':');
Emit(' PUSH EBP');
Str(lokadresa, st);
Emit(' SUB ESP,' + st);
Blok;
Emit(' MOV ESP,EBP');
Emit(' POP EBP');
Str(paradresa, st);
Emit(' RET ' + st);
Emit('PUBLIC ' + ImeFunkcije +
'@' + st);
end;
';': begin
Str(paradresa, st);
Emit('extrn ' + ImeFunkcije +
'@' + st + ':near');
IdiDo(';');
end
else
Greska(DEFFUN);
end;
aktnivo := 0;
end;
procedure Prevedi;
var
globadresa: Integer;
ImeVarijable, st: string;
tip: TTip;
begin
Emit('.386');
Emit('.CODE');
Emit('ULAZ:');
pozicija := 0;
globadresa := 0;
Novi;
while SlijediDekTipa(tip) do begin
if Slijedi('funkcija', false) then
begin
Novi;
DefFunkcija(tip);
end
else begin
repeat
DeklIdent(ImeVarijable, 0);
DuzinaTipa(tip),
globadresa, 0, globalna, tip,
0, 0, 0);
globadresa := globadresa +
DuzinaTipa(tip);
Novi;
end;
until imaistogtipa;
while (globadresa mod 4) <> 0 do
globadresa := globadresa + 1;
IdiDo(';');
end
end;
IdiDo('{');
Emit('GLAVNI:');
Blok;
Emit(' PUSH 0');
Emit('.DATA');
Str(globadresa, st);
Emit('GLOBALV DB ' + st +
' DUP(0)');
Emit('END ULAZ')
end
else begin
Emit('GLAVNI:');
Emit('END');
end;
end;
procedure Glavni;
var
linija: string;
begin
trenlabela := 0;
ukupnoident := 0;
aktnivo := 0;
brojaclinija := 0;
linija := '';
Reset(ulaz);
Rewrite(izlaz);
Prevedi;
Close(ulaz);
Close(izlaz);
end;
begin
Glavni
end.
51
9. REALNI BROJEVI
Na listi prioriteta koje treba implementirati slijede realni (floating point) brojevi. Iako se mnogi problemi koji
zahtijevaju upotrebu ovih brojeva mogu riješiti i cjelobrojnom aritmetikom uz potrebno skaliranje (fixed point), preostaju
problemi kod kojih je aritmetika u pokretnom zarezu nezamjenjiva.
9.1.
Koprocesor
Izbor procesora 486 i Pentium za ciljnu arhitekturu navodi da se aritmetika u pokretnom zarezu realizuje koristeći
instrukcije koprocesora koji je u njih ugrađen, umjesto pisanja posebnih potprograma. Čak i za procesore 386 i 486SX (kojima
koprocesor nedostaje), Windows 95 obezbjeđuje softverske emulatore koprocesora.
Instrukcije za rad u pokretnom zarezu su drugačije koncipirane od instrukcija za cjelobrojnu aritmetiku. One ne
operišu sa uobičajenim registrima, nego imaju interni stek na koji može da stane osam konstanti, velikih 32, 64 ili 80 bita.
Kao optimalna veličina FP brojeva uzeće se 64 bita, tj. dvostruka preciznost. Brojevi u memoriji su predstavljeni po
IEEE-754 standardu. Po ovom standardu, bitovi 0-51 predstavljaju mantisu, bitovi 52-62 predstavljaju eksponent, a bit 63
predznak broja.
9.2.
Realne konstante
Prije svega je potrebno proširiti sintaksu numeričke konstante. Gotovo svi programski jezici poznaju realne brojeve u
formi “2.4E-8” , što predstavlja 2,4·108 u klasičnom obliku. Pri tome se mogu izostaviti predznak eksponenta, čitav
eksponentski dio ili necijeli dio frakcije. Stoga nova sintaksa za numeričke konstante izgleda kao na slici Sl. 9.2.1
+
Cifra
.
Cifra
Cifra
E
-
Sl. 9.2.1.
Konvertovanje brojeva iz uobičajenog dekadnog formata tipa “2.4E-8” u format “binarna mantisa i eksponent” je
složen, neportabilan, posao koji je podložan numeričkim greškama. Na sreću, većina 32-bitnih asemblera već poznaje ovaj
format konstanti, pa je dovoljno proslijediti izvorno napisan broj asembleru, koji će pravilno upisati u memoriju konstante
oblika
KONST DQ 2.4E-8
Stoga je nova verzija procedure UzmiKonstantu razmjerno jednostavna. Ova procedura pored računa cjelobrojne
konstante, sve njene znakove pridodaje na jedan string, koji je u globalnoj varijabli realnakonstanta. Ako se pri dohvaćanju
znakova naiđe na znak ‘.’ ili ‘E’, prestaje se s računom cjelobrojne konstante, ali se nastavlja pridodavanje znakova na
spomenutu globalnu string varijablu, uz stalnu provjeru sintakse.
U okviru procedure Faktor, prilikom obrade numeričkih konstanti se provjeri da li je procedura UzmiKonstantu
vratila cjelobrojnu ili realnu vrijednost. U slučaju cjelobrojne vrijednosti generiše se uobičajena MOV EAX,nn instrukcija.
Ako je u pitanju realna konstanta, tada se vrijednost te konstante ne treba staviti u EAX registar nego na vrh FP steka. Da bi se
to postiglo treba generisati sljedeći kôd
.DATA
L12 DQ 2.4E-8
.CODE
FLD L12
pri čemu su oznaka labele i konstanta dati radi ilustracije.
9.3.
Komunikacija između FP steka i memorije
FP stek je ograničen na svega osam konstanti, za razliku od steka adresiranog ESP registrom za koji je operativni
sistem rezervisao nekoliko desetina kilobajta. To onemogućava rekurzivno računanje nekih funkcija, pa je potrebno omogućiti
52
privremeno čuvanje međurezultata FP operacija i na steku adresiranom ESP registrom. U tu svrhu, kao i radi konverzije
između formata, se uvode sljedeće procedure:
CijeliNaFPStek (sadržaj cjelobrojnog registra se prebacuje na vrh FP steka) generiše sljedeći kôd
Ako se posmatra samo nižih osam bita cijelog broja
generiši AND registar,0FFh
MOV INTTOFP,registar
FILD DWORD PTR INTTOFP
FPStekUCijeli (broj s vrha FP steka se prebacuje u cjelobrojni registar. Kao privremena lokacija u memoriji koristi
se vrh ESP adresiranog steka) generiše sljedeći kôd
ADD ESP,-4
FISTP DWORD PTR [ESP]
POP registar
CPUStekCijeliNaFPStek (cijeli broj sa vrha ESP adresiranog steka prebacuje se na vrh FP steka) generiše sljedeći
kôd
Ako se posmatra samo nižih osam bita cijelog broja
generiši AND DWORD PTR [ESP],0FFh
FILD DWORD PTR [ESP]
ADD ESP,4
FPUStekNaStek (broj u pokretnom zarezu se prebacuje sa vrha FP steka na vrh ESP adresiranog steka) generiše
sljedeći kôd
ADD ESP,-8
FSTP QWORD PTR [ESP]
StekNaFPUStek (broj u pokretnom zarezu se prebacuje sa vrha ESP adresiranog steka na vrh FP steka) generiše
sljedeći kôd
FLD QWORD PTR [ESP]
ADD ESP,8
Gore navedene funkcije potrebne su i zato što ne postoje instrukcije za direktno prebacivanje podataka iz FP internog
steka u cjelobrojne registre.
9.4.
Aritmetičke operacije
Aritmetičke operacije nad realnim brojevima za slučaj sabiranja, oduzimanja, množenja i dijeljenja uvijek kao rezultat
imaju realan broj, bez obzira da li je drugi argument ovih operacija cijeli broj, realni broj ili karakter.
Sabiranje u kome je bar jedan sabirak FP broj se može realizovati kodom sa slike Sl. 9.4.1.
Pozovi Član
Ako je prvi član cijeli broj ili karakter generiši PUSH EAX inače pozovi FPUStekNaStek
Pozovi Član
Ako nijedan član nije realan broj, generiši kôd kao i ranije, prema tablicama iz
prethodnog poglavlja
Ako je drugi član cijeli broj ili karakter a prvi član je bio realni broj pozovi
CijeliNaFPStek za registar EAX
Ako je prvi član cijeli broj ili karakter pozovi CPUStekCijeliNaFP, a ako je realni pozovi
StekNaFPUStek
Generiši FADD
Sl. 9.4.1.
Generisanje koda za sabiranje u pokretnom zarezu
53
Potreba za privremenim čuvanjem podataka na procesorskom steku, radi omogućivanja rekurzije, dovodi do
redundantnog koda u još izraženijem obliku nego kod cjelobrojne aritmetike. Za sada se zanemaruje taj problem, jer je u ovom
trenutku tačnost i jednostavnost kompajlera u prvom planu.
Realizacija oduzimanja, množenja i dijeljenja se ne razlikuje mnogo od realizacije sabiranja. Kod ove tri operacije je
potrebno umjesto FADD respektivno generisati instrukcije FSUBR, FMUL i FDIVR, koje kao i FADD obavljaju operaciju nad
dva broja na vrhu FP steka, uklone ih sa FP steka i rezultat opet ostavljaju na vrh FP steka. Za množenje i dijeljenje poziv
funkcije Član se zamjenjuje pozivom funkcije Faktor.
U slučaju poređenja koristi se instrukcija FCOMPP, kao na slici Sl. 9.4.2. Instrukcija FCOMPP poredi brojeve na
vrhu steka, ali rezultat smješta u koprocesorske flegove. Da bi se ovi flegovi mogli testirati, instrukcijom FSTFW AX se oni
smještaju u AX registar, a zatim instrukcijom SAHF prebacuju u F registar.
Instrukcija SETE se mijenja zavisno od relacijskog operatora u
'=': SETE AL
'>': SETA AL
'<': SETB AL
'#': SETNE AL
Zanimljivo je da instrukcija FSTFW AX pakuje flegove
nepredznačeno, iako je u pitanju predznačeno poređenje.
tako da izgleda kao da se FP operacije porede
Pozovi Izraz
Ako je prvi član cijeli broj ili karakter generiši PUSH EAX inače pozovi FPUStekNaStek
Pozovi Izraz
Ako je prvi član cijeli broj ili karakter generiši POP EBX
Ako nijedan član nije realan broj, generiši kod kao i ranije, prema tablicama iz
prethodnog poglavlja
Ako je drugi član cijeli broj ili karakter a prvi član je bio realni broj pozovi
Ako je prvi član cijeli broj ili karakter a drugi član je bio realni broj pozovi
CijeliNaFPStek za registar EBX
Ako je prvi član realni pozovi StekNaFPUStek
Generiši FCOMPP
Generiši FSTSW AX
Generiši SAHF
Generiši SETE AL
Generiši AND EAX,0FFh
Sl. 9.4.2.
9.5.
Generisanje koda za poređenje dva realna broja
Realne varijable
Uvođenje dva nova tipa, realni i realni * , zahtijeva redefiniciju pojma ImeTipa :
Ime tipa:
cijeli
realni
karakter
*
*
*
Sl. 9.5.1.
Ime tipa
Čitanje sadržaja realne varijable se obavlja koristeći sljedeće dvije instrukcije, od kojih je jedna već poznata
LEA EBX,adresa
FLD QWORD PTR [EBX]
54
Međutim, kada je riječ o dodjeli vrijednosti varijabli instrukcija FLD sa lijeve strane operatora dodjeljivanja je ne
samo nepotrebna, nego i štetna jer ostavlja na FP steku konstantu i tako ga prepunjava. Pošto se unaprijed ne zna da li slijedi
znak dodjeljivanja, ovo se mora neutralisati instrukcijom FSTP ST(0). Stoga se dodjela vrijednosti, kada figurišu i realne
varijable, obavlja kodom sa slike Sl. 9.5.2:
Pozovi Izraz
Prijavi grešku ako izraz nije dodjeljiv
Generiši PUSH EBX
Ako je prvi izraz realni broj generiši FSTP ST(0)
Pozovi IzrazDodjeljivanja
Generiši POP EBX
Ako je drugi izraz cijeli broj ili karakter a prvi član je bio realni broj pozovi
Ako je prvi izraz cijeli broj ili karakter a drugi član je bio realni broj pozovi FPStekUCijeli
za registar EAX
Ako je prvi izraz karakter generiši MOV [EBX],AL
Sl. 9.5.2.
Ako je prvi izraz realni broj generiši FSTP QWORD PTR [EBX]
Sl. 9.5.3.
Ako je prvi izraz cijeli broj generiši MOV
[EBX],EAX
Sl. 9.5.4.
Sl. 9.5.5.
9.6.
Generisanje koda za dodjeljivanje vrijednosti realnim promjenjivim
Funkcije realnog argumenta i unarni operatori
Analognim pravilima konverzije tipova se proširuje i poziv funkcije. Svaki realni parametar na steku zauzima po 8
bajtova i umjesto prostog generisanja PUSH EAX instrukcije (slučaj ostalih tipova), ovdje se poziva procedura
FPUStekNaStek. Ako je na mjestu realnog parametra u pozivu proslijeđena cjelobrojna ili karakter varijabla, prije poziva
procedure FPUStekNaStek treba pozvati CijeliNaFPStek sa parametrom EAX, što će konvertovati cijeli broj u realni.
Ukoliko se realna vrijednost prosljeđuje cjelobrojnom parametru, treba pozvati FPStekUCijeli prije generisanja instrukcija
PUSH EAX.
Samo tri unarna operatora operatora imaju smisla u radu s realnim brojevima. To su -, & i *. Unarni minus treba da
generiše instrukciju FCHS koja mijenja predznak broja na vrhu FP steka. Operator adrese pored promjene tipa, pored
uobičajene MOV EAX,EBX instrukcije treba da uništi broj na vrhu FP steka koristeći FSTP ST(0) instrukciju. Operator
vrijednosti na koju pointer pokazuje za tip realni * ,umjesto instrukcije MOV EAX,[EBX] , treba generisati instrukcije FSTP
ST(0) i FLD QWORD PTR [EBX].
Za razliku od Fortran-a, Pascal-a i BASIC-a, transcendentne funkcije nisu sastavni dio ovog jezika. One se mogu
prosto dodati u naknadno napisanim bibliotekama.
Minorna izmjena je potrebna u Entry stub dijelu generisanog koda. Mašina koja se podrazumijeva je 486, umjesto
386, te je potrebno inicijalizirati koprocesor instrukcijom FINIT, i dodati pomoćnu lokaciju INTTOFP DD 0.
Sada je moguće napisati šestu verziju kompajlera, koja je data u prilogu 6.
9.7.
Testni primjer
Primjer programa u šestoj verziji jezika je jedna od numeričkih metoda. Metodom
ekstrapolacionom i interpolacionom režimu rada) se rješava jednačina
sekante (koja radi u
x − 2 = 0 . Kod ove metode naredna tačka se dobija formulom
x k +1 = x k − f ( x k )
x k − x k −1
f ( x k ) − f ( x k −1 )
Funkcija čija se nula traži navodi se unutar tijela funkcije f. Treba primijetiti da je funkcija sqrt napisana kao
asemblerski potprogram, jer je to sa ovim procesorom jednostavnije i brže od vlastite implementacije Heronovog algoritma.
Funkcija Prikazidecimalnibroj prikazuje broj na 5 decimala, tako što već poznatom funkcijom Prikazibroj ispiše cijeli, a
zatim razlomljeni dio izraza. Kompajliranje ovog primjera se vrši na uobičajeni način, s tim što mu je ime sekanta.jez.
55
cijeli funkcija GetStdHandle(cijeli brhan);
cijeli funkcija WriteConsoleA(cijeli rez,cijeli * upisano,
cijeli funkcija ReadConsoleA(cijeli rez,cijeli * upisano,
cijeli * ime;
cijeli funkcija Prikazistring (karakter * poruka){
duz:=0;
dok (poruka[duz]#0) { duz:=duz+1;}
WriteConsoleA(0,&priv,duz,poruka,handle);
}
cijeli funkcija Novired () {
karakter * dvoznak;
dvoznak:=" ";
dvoznak[0]:=13;
dvoznak[1]:=10;
Prikazistring(dvoznak);
}
cijeli funkcija Prikazibroj (cijeli broj){
cijeli cifra,negativan,pokazivac,ostatak;
karakter * bafer;
bafer:="
cifra:=broj;
ako (cifra<0)
{
negativan:=1;
cifra:=-cifra;
}
inace
{
negativan:=0;
}
pokazivac:=9;
ako (cifra=0) {
bafer[pokazivac]:='0';
}
dok (cifra>0)
{
ostatak:=(cifra % 10); òstatke dijeljenja u bafer
bafer[pokazivac]:=ostatak+'0';
cifra:=cifra/10; ` stalno dijeli s 10
}
ako (negativan=1)
{
bafer[pokazivac]:='-';
}
bafer:=&(bafer[pokazivac+1]);
` Pomjeri pokazivac pocetka stringa
Prikazistring(bafer);
}
realni funkcija abs(realni x)
{
ako (x>0) { x;} inace {-x;}
}
Sl. 9.7.1.
9.8.
realni funkcija sqrt(realni x)
{
asembler
FLD QWORD PTR [EBP+8]
FSQRT
\
}
cijeli funkcija Prikazidecimalnibroj(realni x)
{
cijeli c,nn,q;
realni o;
c:=x;
o:=abs(x-c);
Prikazibroj(c);
Prikazistring(".");
nn:=100000*o;
q:=10;
dok q<100000 {
ako (nn<q) {Prikazistring("0");}
q:=q*10;
}
Prikazibroj(nn);
Novired();
}
realni funkcija f(realni x)
{
sqrt(x)-2;
}
cijeli funkcija Racun()
{
realni x,predx,novix;
cijeli i,q;
i:=0;
predx:=0;
x:=1;
dok ( (i<2000) & (abs(x-predx) >0.000001) )
{
novix:=x-(f(x)*(x-predx))/(f(x)-f(predx));
predx:=x;
x:=novix;
Prikazidecimalnibroj(x);
i:=i+1;
}
}
{
Racun();
}
----------------------------
Rezultat
2.00000
3.41421
4.08918
4.00341
4.00002
4.00000
4.00000
Primjer Metoda sekante
Rezime poglavlja
Zahvaljujući ugrađenom matematičkom koprocesoru dodavanje realne aritmetike je razmjerno jednostavno. Realne
konstante se prosto prosljeđuju asembleru jer svi moderni asembleri poznaju eksponencijalnu sintaksu. Koprocesor radi na
principu steka i potrebne su konverzione procedure između koprocesorskog steka i cjelobrojnih registara.
56
program Kompajler;
const
MAXIDENT = 1024;
MAXDIM = 10;
DUGAKONST =
REALKONST = 'Realna konstanta';
REDEKLAR =
PROSTNIZ =
NEKORARG =
GRIZRAZ = 'Izraz';
POGRMNOZ =
'Pogresan tip u ' +
NEDOPFP =
NEDOPARIT =
NEDODJ =
TUSLPET =
ARGNEKOM =
' s operatorom';
OCIDENT =
type
globalna, parametar);
TTip = (karakter, cijeli, realni,
pkarakter, pcijeli, prealni);
TIdent = record
ime: string[20];
duzina: integer;
adresa: integer;
nivo: integer;
vrsta: TVrsta;
tip: TTip;
pod1: integer;
pod2: integer;
pod3: integer;
end;
var
ulaz, izlaz: text;
aktnivo: integer;
znak: char;
linija, realnakonstanta: string;
TIdent;
ukupnoident: integer;
t: TTip;
dod: Boolean;
pduzina: integer;
pvrsta: TVrsta;
begin
ime := pime;
duzina := pduzina;
adresa := padresa;
nivo := pnivo;
vrsta := pvrsta;
tip := ptip;
pod1 := ppod1;
pod2 := ppod2;
pod3 := ppod3;
end;
end;
string);
begin
end;
begin
WriteLn(poruka);
Close(ulaz);
Close(izlaz);
Halt;
end;
begin
WriteLn(izlaz, st);
end;
procedure Novi;
begin
repeat
begin
Emit(';' + linija);
pozicija := 1;
end;
else
znak := ' ';
'`')) or Eof(ulaz)
end;
Boolean);
begin
begin
if greskakrln then
Greska(DUGAKONST)
else
znak := ' ';
end
else
end;
begin
if (znak <> z) then
Novi;
end;
integer;
var
rezultat: integer;
begin
rezultat := 0;
realnakonstanta := '';
do begin
realnakonstanta := realnakonstanta
+ znak;
NoviSvaki(false);
end;
if (znak = '.') or (znak = 'e') or
(znak = 'E') then begin
if znak = '.' then begin
+ znak;
NoviSvaki(false);
while (znak >= '0') and (znak <=
'9') do begin
realnakonstanta :=
realnakonstanta
+ znak;
NoviSvaki(false);
end;
end;
if (znak = 'e') or (znak = 'E') then
begin
+ znak;
NoviSvaki(false);
if (znak = '+') or (znak = '-')
then begin
realnakonstanta :=
realnakonstanta
+ znak;
NoviSvaki(false);
end;
if (znak < '0') or (znak > '9')
then
Greska(REALKONST);
'9') do begin
realnakonstanta :=
realnakonstanta
+ znak;
NoviSvaki(false);
end;
end;
UzmiKonstantu := 0;
t := realni;
end
else begin
t := cijeli;
end;
Novi;
dod := false;
end;
var
ureduiza: Boolean;
n: integer;
znak: char;
begin
if dslovoiza then
ureduiza := true
else begin
ureduiza := true;
znak := linija[n];
'z')) or
'Z')) then
ureduiza := false
end
end;
pozicija,
begin
Slijedi := true;
end
else
Slijedi := false;
end;
tip: TTip;
begin
TipDek := false;
TipDek := true;
Novi;
tip := ptip;
Novi
end
else
tip := stip;
end
end;
Boolean;
var
a: Boolean;
begin
a := false;
if not (a) then
57
pcijeli);
if not (a) then
if not (a) then
a := TipDek('realni', tip, realni,
prealni);
end;
Integer;
begin
case tip of
cijeli, pcijeli, pkarakter,
prealni: DuzinaTipa := 4;
realni: DuzinaTipa := 8;
else
DuzinaTipa := 4;
end;
end;
var
n, poz: integer;
begin
n := ukupnoident;
nadjen := false;
poz := 0;
begin
case tuslova of
ident) and
[lokalna, globalna,
ident) and
[lokalna, globalna,
nivo) and
parametar)
else
Uslov := false;
end;
if Uslov then begin
nadjen := true;
poz := n;
end;
n := n - 1;
end;
NadjiIdent := poz;
end;
begin
begin
ident := znak;
NoviSvaki(false);
end
else
Greska(OCIDENT);
'0'..'9', '_']) do begin
NoviSvaki(false);
end;
Novi;
end;
forward;
begin
Emit(' ADD ESP,-8');
Emit(' FSTP QWORD PTR [ESP]');
end;
procedure PokazivacINiz(var t: TTip; var
procedure StekNaFPUStek;
dod: Boolean);
begin
var
Emit(' FLD QWORD PTR [ESP]');
t1: TTip;
Emit(' ADD ESP,8');
begin
end;
Novi;
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
Emit(' POP EBX');
dod: Boolean);
case t of
var
pkarakter: begin
parametara, N, velsteka: integer;
t := karakter;
t1, t2: TTip;
end;
pcijeli: begin
begin
Emit(' SAL EAX,2');
t := cijeli;
parametara := 0;
end;
prealni: begin
velsteka := 0;
Emit(' FSTP ST(0)');
IdiDo('(');
Emit(' SAL EAX,3');
t := realni;
end;
else
parametara);
Greska(PROSTNIZ)
if n = 0 then
end;
Greska(NEKORARG);
case t of
if (t1 in [karakter, realni]) and
karakter:
(t2 in [pkarakter, pcijeli,
prealni]) then
realni:
Greska(NEKDODJP);
Emit(' FLD QWORD PTR [EBX]')
if (t1 = karakter) and (t2 = cijeli)
else
then
end;
case t2 of
IdiDo(']');
realni: begin
dod := true;
end;
case t1 of
realni: ;
karakter:
var dod: Boolean);
CijeliNaFPStek('EAX',
var
true);
else
begin
false);
Emit('.DATA');
end;
FPUStekNaStek;
repeat
end
NoviSvaki(true);
else begin
if znak <> '"' then
st := st + znak;
if t1 = realni then
until znak = '"';
FPStekUCijeli('EAX');
IdiDo('"');
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
st := st + ''',0';
end;
end;
'''''' then
if znak <> ')' then
IdiDo(',');
Emit(st);
end;
Emit('.CODE');
IdiDo(')');
if TabIdent[idpoz].pod1 <> parametara
t := pkarakter;
then
dod := false;
Greska(NEKORARG);
end;
Str(velsteka, st);
procedure CijeliNaFPStek(reg: string;
osmobitni: Boolean);
begin
st);
if osmobitni then
dod := false;
Emit(' AND ' + reg + ',0FFh');
Emit(' MOV INTTOFP,' + reg);
Emit(' AND EAX,0FFh0');
Emit(' FILD DWORD PTR INTTOFP');
end;
end;
procedure FPStekUCijeli(reg: string);
begin
Emit(' FISTP DWORD PTR [ESP]');
Emit(' POP ' + reg);
end;
nivo: integer);
begin
UzmiIdent(ident);
then
Greska(REDEKLAR);
end;
procedure
CPUStekCijeliNaFPStek(osmobitni:
Boolean);
begin
if osmobitni then
Emit(' AND DWORD PTR [ESP],0FFh');
Emit(' FILD DWORD PTR [ESP]');
Emit(' ADD ESP,4');
end;
procedure FPUStekNaStek;
procedure Varijabla
var
rezultat: integer;
st: string;
begin
Str(rezultat, st);
if glob then
else begin
else
end;
58
case t of
realni:
Emit(' FLD QWORD PTR [EBX]');
cijeli: Emit(' MOV EAX,[EBX]');
else
end;
dod := true;
if znak = '[' then
PokazivacINiz(t, dod);
end;
Boolean);
var
st, fpkonst, ime, err: string;
begin
err := ARGNEKOM;
case znak of
'-': begin
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
case t of
realni: Emit(' FCHS');
else
Greska(err);
end;
dod := false;
end;
'~': begin
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
case t of
else
Greska(err);
end;
dod := false;
end;
'&': begin
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
case t of
realni: begin
t := prealni;
end;
else
t := pcijeli;
end;
dod := false;
end;
'*': begin
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
if t = prealni then begin
end
else
case t of
pkarakter: begin
t := karakter;
end;
prealni: t := realni;
else
Greska(err);
end;
dod := true;
end;
'!': begin
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
case t of
else
Greska(err);
end;
Emit(' SETE AL');
dod := false;
t := cijeli;
end;
'"': begin
end;
'''': begin
NoviSvaki(true);
'''');
Novi;
IdiDo('''');
t := karakter;
end;
'0'..'9': begin
dod);
case t of
cijeli: begin
Str(rezultat, st);
end;
realni: begin
NovaLabela(fpkonst);
Emit('.DATA');
st := 'L' + fpkonst +
' DQ '+ realnakonstanta;
Emit(st);
Emit('.CODE');
Emit(' FLD L' + fpkonst);
end;
end;
end;
'(': begin
Novi;
IdiDo(')');
end;
'A'..'Z', 'a'..'z': begin
UzmiIdent(ime);
1, 0);
if poz = 0 then
funkcija:
lokalna, parametar:
false);
globalna:
end
end;
else
Greska(GRIZRAZ);
end;
end;
Boolean);
var
z: char;
t1, t2: TTip;
begin
Faktor(t1, dod);
t := t1;
while (znak in ['*', '/', '%']) do
begin
z := znak;
if t1 <> realni then
Emit(' PUSH EAX')
else
FPUStekNaStek;
Novi;
Faktor(t2, dod);
dod := false;
if (not (t1 in [cijeli, karakter,
realni])) or
(not (t2 in [cijeli, karakter,
realni])) then
Greska(POGRMNOZ);
if (t1 = realni) or (t2 = realni)
then begin
t := realni;
CijeliNaFPStek('EAX', t2 =
karakter);
CPUStekCijeliNaFPStek(t1 =
karakter)
else
StekNaFPUStek;
case z of
'*': Emit(' FMUL ');
'/': Emit(' FDIVR ');
else
Greska(NEDOPFP);
end
end
else begin
t := cijeli;
case z of
'*': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
Emit(' IMUL EBX');
end;
'/', '%': begin
Emit(' POP EAX');
Emit(' CDQ');
Emit(' IDIV EBX');
if z = '%' then
end;
end;
end;
t1 := t;
end;
end;
Boolean);
var
z: char;
t1, t2: TTip;
begin
Clan(t1, dod);
t := t1;
while (znak in ['+', '-', '&', '|',
'^']) do begin
Emit(' PUSH EAX')
else
FPUStekNaStek;
z := znak;
Novi;
Clan(t2, dod);
dod := false;
realni])) or
realni])) then
Greska(NEDOPARIT);
then begin
t := realni;
karakter);
karakter)
else
StekNaFPUStek;
case z of
'+': Emit(' FADD ');
'-': Emit(' FSUBR ');
else
Greska(NEDOPFP);
end
end
else begin
case z of
'+': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
if (t1 = karakter) and (t2
= karakter) then begin
t := karakter;
Emit(' ADD AL,BL');
end
else begin
t := cijeli;
end;
end;
'-': begin
59
Emit(' POP EAX');
t := karakter;
Emit(' SUB AL,BL');
end
else begin
t := cijeli;
end;
end;
'&', '|', '^': begin
= karakter) then
t := karakter
else
t := cijeli;
Emit(' POP EBX');
case z of
'&':
'^':
end;
end;
end;
end;
t1 := t;
end;
end;
var
z: char;
t1, t2: TTip;
dod1: Boolean;
begin
Izraz(t1, dod1);
t := t1;
dod := dod1;
case znak of
':': begin
then
Greska(OCEKDOD);
if not (dod1) then
Greska(NEDODJ);
Emit(' PUSH EBX');
if (t1 = realni) then
Novi;
Emit(' POP EBX');
if (t2 in [karakter, realni])
and
prealni]) then
Greska(NEKDODJP);
if (t1 = realni) and (t2 <>
realni) then
karakter);
if (t1 <> realni) and (t2 =
realni) then
case t1 of
karakter:
Emit(' MOV [EBX],AL');
realni:
Emit(' FSTP QWORD PTR [EBX]');
else
end;
t := t1;
end; {:}
'=', '>', '<', '#': begin
Emit(' PUSH EAX')
else
FPUStekNaStek;
z := znak;
Novi;
Izraz(t2, dod);
Emit(' POP EBX');
if (t1 = realni) or (t2 =
realni) then begin
karakter);
CijeliNaFPStek('EBX', t1 =
karakter)
else
StekNaFPUStek;
Emit(' FCOMPP ');
Emit(' FSTSW AX');
Emit(' SAHF');
case z of
'>': Emit(' SETA AL');
'<': Emit(' SETB AL');
end;
t := cijeli;
end
else begin
karakter) then
Emit(' CMP BL,AL')
else begin
end;
case z of
end;
t := cijeli;
end;
end
end;
end;
procedure Uslov;
var
begin
Novi;
if t <> cijeli then
Greska(TIPUSL);
Emit(' CMP EAX,0');
NovaLabela(sonda);
NovaLabela(sinace);
IdiDo('{');
Blok;
Novi;
IdiDo('{');
Blok;
end;
end;
procedure Asembler;
begin
repeat
Emit(linija);
if eof(ulaz) then
linija := '\';
pozicija := 1;
IdiDo('\');
end;
procedure Petlja;
var
begin
Novi;
NovaLabela(suslov);
if t <> cijeli then
Greska(TUSLPET);
Emit(' CMP EAX,0');
NovaLabela(sdok);
IdiDo('{');
Emit('L' + sdok + ':');
Blok;
end;
procedure Blok;
begin
Petlja
Uslov
then
Asembler
else begin
IdiDo(';');
end;
end;
IdiDo('}');
end;
var
pfunkc, i: integer;
tip: TTip;
begin
'z')) or
((znak >= 'A') and (znak <= 'Z')))
then
Greska(IMEFUN);
aktnivo := pfunkc;
IdiDo('(');
parametara := 0;
lokadresa := 0;
paradresa := 0;
1) * 4;
DuzinaTipa(tip),
tip,
end;
if znak <> ')' then
IdiDo(',');
end;
IdiDo(')');
then
case znak of
'{': begin
IdiDo('{');
begin
repeat
pfunkc);
DuzinaTipa(tip);
DuzinaTipa(tip),
-lokadresa, pfunkc,
lokalna, tip,
60
Novi;
end;
until imaistogtipa;
do
IdiDo(';');
end;
Str(paradresa, st);
':');
Emit(' PUSH EBP');
Str(lokadresa, st);
Blok;
Emit(' POP EBP');
Str(paradresa, st);
Emit(' RET ' + st);
'@' + st);
end;
';': begin
Str(paradresa, st);
'@' + st + ':near');
IdiDo(';');
end
else
Greska(DEFFUN);
end;
aktnivo := 0;
end;
procedure Prevedi;
var
globadresa: Integer;
tip: TTip;
begin
Emit('.486');
Emit('.CODE');
Emit('ULAZ:');
Emit(' FINIT');
pozicija := 0;
globadresa := 0;
Novi;
begin
Novi;
DefFunkcija(tip);
end
else begin
repeat
DuzinaTipa(tip),
0, 0, 0);
DuzinaTipa(tip);
Novi;
end;
until imaistogtipa;
IdiDo(';');
end
end;
IdiDo('{');
Emit('GLAVNI:');
Blok;
Emit(' PUSH 0');
Emit('.DATA');
Emit('GLOBALV DB ' + st +
' DUP(0)');
Emit('INTTOFP DD 0');
Emit('END ULAZ')
end
else begin
Emit('GLAVNI:');
Emit('END');
end;
end;
procedure Glavni;
var
linija: string;
begin
trenlabela := 0;
ukupnoident := 0;
aktnivo := 0;
brojaclinija := 0;
linija := '';
Reset(ulaz);
Rewrite(izlaz);
Prevedi;
Close(ulaz);
Close(izlaz);
end;
begin
Glavni
end.
61
10. SLOŽENI TIPOVI PODATAKA
Dosadašnje smještanje nizova, definisanih preko pointera, u statički navedene stringove prilično ograničava veličinu
koju niz može da ima. Iako se taj problem može prevazići primjenom API funkcije GlobalAlloc, i dalje se osjeća nedostatak
definisanih nizova određene veličine u samom programskom jeziku. Pored ovoga, treba uvesti i višedimenzionalne nizove.
Drugi složeni tip koji treba uvesti su slogovi (strukture u C-u), tj. skup podataka različitog tipa pod istim imenom. Konačno, da
bi bilo moguće praviti Windows aplikacije koje rade u grafičkom okruženju, neophodno je i uvesti pointere na funkcije ili neki
drugi način da se funkcija može pozvati, iako se u trenutku kompajliranja ne zna o kojoj je funkciji riječ. Kombinovano sa
slogovima, to je i korak ka jeziku koji omogućava objektno orijentisano programiranje.
10.1.
Višedimenzionalni nizovi
Deklarisanje višedimenzionalnih nizova se vrši navođenjem broja elemenata svake dimenzije iza oznake tipa, pri
čemu je donji indeks nizova uvijek 0. Npr.,
cijeli [2,3] a;
će rezervisati prostor za cijele brojeve a[0,0] a[0,1] a[0,2] a[1,0] a[1,1] i a[1,2] .
Jedan ili više pozitivnih cijelih brojeva razdvojenih zarezima unutar uglastih zagrada naziva se deklaracioni
dimenzijski modifikator. Jedan ili više numeričkih izraza razdvojenih zarezima unutar uglastih zagrada naziva se lista indeksa.
Sintaksno se mogu predstaviti kao na slici Sl. 10.1.1
Deklaracioni dimenzijski modifikator
[
Lista indeksa
[
Konstanta
]
Izraz
dodjeljivan
ja
]
,
,
Sl. 10.1.1.
Deklaracioni dimenzijski modifikator i lista indeksa
Adresa početka elementa jednodimenzionalnog niza se dobija formulom
AdresaElementa=AdresaPočetkaNiza+Index*VeličinaElementaNiza
Za dvodimenzionalne nizove ova formula iznosi
AdresaElementa=AdresaPočetkaNiza+(BrojElemenataDrugeDimenzije*IndexPrveDimenzije+IndexDrugeDimenzije)
*VeličinaElementaNiza
Za trodimenzionalne nizove ova formula iznosi
AdresaElementa=AdresaPočetkaNiza+(BrojElemenataDrugeDimenzije*BrojElemenataTrećeDimenzije*IndexPrveDi
menzije+ BrojElemenataTrećeDimenzije*IndexDrugeDimenzije+IndexTrećeDimenzije)*VeličinaElementaNiza
Formula se može generalizovati
AdresaElementa=AdresaPočetkaNiza+(Indexn+∑((i=1,n-1,Indexi)*∏(j=i+1,n,BrojElemenataj)))VeličinaElementa
ili generisati kodom sa slike Sl. 10.1.2, (koji će svoje mjesto naći u proceduri PokazivacINiz ) uz pretpostavku da
registar EBX sadrži adresu početka niza
Generiši MOV EAX,0
Povećaj brojač dimenzija
Generisi PUSH EAX
Pozovi IzrazDodjeljivanja
Generisi POP EBX
Ako nije zadnji indeks generiši MOV DX,ProizvodBrojElemenataNarednihDimenzija i
generiši MUL EDX
Generiši ADD EBX,EAX
Generiši MOV EAX,EBX
Generiši množenje EAX sa veličinom elementa
Sl. 10.1.2.
Pseudokod i generisanje mašinskog koda za račun elementa
višedimenzionalnog niza
62
Preuzima se koncept iz C-a da su nizovi i pointeri kompatibilni kada se prenose kao parametri, pri čemu se nizu ne
može dodijeliti vrijednost, iako je sintaksa višedimenzionalnih nizova drugačija. Za niz se alocira onoliko bajtova koliki je
proizvod svih dimenzija pomnožen sa veličinom pojedinačnog argumenta, a za pointer četiri bajta. Da bi se znalo koliko
prostora treba alocirati, u slog tabele TabIdent dodaje se broj dimenzija niza i broj elemenata u svakoj dimenziji. Ovaj sadržaj
se kopira u globalni niz dimenzije i varijablu ukdim po potrebi. Shodno ovom proširuje se procedura DuzinaTipa.
U dosadašnjim verzijama kompajlera iza imena varijable mogao je biti opcionalni indeks niza. Sada, kada se dodaju
višedimenzionalni nizovi, slogovi i indirektni pozivi funkcija, jezički pojam varijabla izgleda kao na slici Sl. 10.1.3.
Varijabla:
(
Izraz
dodjeljivanja
)
,
Identifikator
[
Lista indeksa
Sl. 10.1.3.
Varijabla
Male zagrade iza imena varijable omogućavaju indirektni poziv funkcije.
10.2.
Indirektni poziv funkcije
Pointerskoj varijabli moguće je dodijeliti ime funkcije, čime ona pokazuje na potprogram. Kada se iza pointerske
varijable stave zagrade, tada će se generisati poziv potprograma takav da adresa na koju se skače nije konstantna, nego se čita s
druge adrese. Kôd koji se generiše koristeći novu proceduru IndirektniPoziv izgleda kao na slici Sl. 10.2.1.
Generiši labelu i lokaciju na kojoj se smješta duga riječ, npr L15 DD (?)
Generiši MOV L15,EAX
Za svaki izraz do zatvorene zagrade pozovi IzrazDodjeljivanja i odgovarajuće smještanje podataka
na stek
Generiši MOV ECX,velicinasteka
Generiši indirektni poziv CALL L15
Sl. 10.2.1.
Generisanje koda za indirektni poziv funkcije
Procedura IndirektniPoziv je jako slična proceduri PozivFunkcije, osim što ne provjerava tip i broj argumenata
prilikom generisanja poziva funkcije. Dosadašnja funkcija PozivFunkcije uključuje i varijantu kada iza imena funkcije ne
slijede zagrade. Tada se u EAX registru vraća adresa početka funkcije.
Tip rezultata koji vraćaju indirektno pozvane funkcije je dereferencirani tip varijable u kojoj se nalazi adresa funkcije.
Na primjer, ako je varijabli koja je pokazivač na realni broj dodijeljena adresa funkcije, ova funkcija će vratiti realni broj.
Indirektni pozivi funkcija su moćan mehanizam koji treba koristiti sa velikim oprezom pošto mala greška može lako
da dovede do kraha programa. Iako se argumenti ne provjeravaju prilikom indirektnog poziva, funkcije normalno prihvaćaju
samo onaj broj i tip argumenata koliko ih ima u deklaraciji. Ukoliko je funkcija pozvana sa drugačijim brojem argumenata od
očekivanog, stek pointer neće biti u ispravnom položaju i to će izazvati krah. S druge strane, kako ECX registar u trenutku
poziva funkcije sadrži veličinu memorije koju su zauzeli argumenti, uz pomoć asemblerskih modula moguće je praviti
funkcije sa promjenjivim brojem argumenata.
Indirektni tip poziva omogućava uzajamnu rekurziju, tj. da funkcija P poziva funkciju Q, a funkcija Q da poziva
funkciju P. To se postiže tako da se prije definicije funkcija definišu dvije pointerske varijable, unutar samih funkcija poziv
63
uzajamno rekurzivnih vrši koristeći indirektni poziv, a dodjela adresa funkcija pointerskim varijablama obavi na početku
glavnog programa.
10.3.
Slogovi
Slogovi se definišu rekurzivno, jer član sloga može biti novi slog, kao i niz, odnosno matrica, a također su mogući
nizovi slogova. U mnogim programskim jezicima svaka slogovska struktura predstavlja poseban tip. Kako jezik FILDZAN-32
nema korisničkih tipova, sve varijable koje predstavljaju slogove su tipa slog, a kao numerička oznaka pojedine slogovske
strukture koristi se polje pod3 u tabeli identifikatora.
Dodavanje tipa slog zahtijeva izmjenu jezičkog pojma ImeTipa, što je prikazano na slici uz odgovarajuće promjene
funkcija TipDek i SlijediDekTipa. Dio koda iz procedure Varijabla , koji generiše kôd za čitanje sadržaja pointerskih
varijabli prebačen je u proceduru PEmit da se izbjegne njegovo dupliranje nakon uvođenja pointera na slogove.
ImeTipa:
slog
cijeli
*
Deklaracioni
dimenzijski
modifikator
realni
*
Deklaracioni
dimenzijski
modifikator
karakter
*
Deklaracioni
dimenzijski
modifikator
Deklaracioni
dimenzijski
modifikator
*
Sl. 10.3.1.
Deklaracija
sloga
Jezički pojam ImeTipa
Jezički pojam Deklaracija sloga, implementiran u proceduri DeklaracijaSloga izgleda kao na slici Sl. 10.3.2.
{
Identifikator
imena polja
ImeTipa
}
,
;
Sl. 10.3.2.
Deklaracija sloga
Primjer:
slog
{ cijeli x1,y1;
cijeli x2,y2;
karakter[80] poruka;
} texbox;
Implementacija deklaracije sloga, prikazana na slici Sl. 10.3.3 u osnovi dodaje u tabelu identifikatora za svako polje u
slogu novi identifikator pri čemu se za vrstu identifikatora navodi polje. Dodatni podaci koji se navode u tabeli slogova su
oznaka sloga, oznaka podsloga i relativna pozicija polja u bajtima od početka sloga.
64
Povećaj ukupni broj slogova za jedan i postavi dužinu sloga na nulu.
Za svaki tip koji se pojavljuje u deklaraciji sloga
(*) Ako je tip slog ili pointer na slog, podslog se dobija rekurzivnim pozivom
deklaracije sloga, a za proste tipove podslog je sam slog.
Preuzmi ime identifikatora polja.
Potraži da li već postoji takav identifikator u tablici identifikatora za taj nivo i tu
oznaku sloga i ako ima prijavi grešku.
Upiši ime polja u tablicu identifikatora zajedno sa oznakom podsloga i samog
sloga, te trenutnom duzinom sloga.
Uvećaj dužinu sloga za dužinu tipa
Sve dok slijedi znak ‘,’ vrati se na tačku (*)
Dužinu sloga poravnaj na vrijednost djeljivu sa 4.
Očekuj simbol ‘;’
Ako nema više tipova, očekuj simbol ‘}’.
Sl. 10.3.3.
Aktivnosti pri deklarisanju sloga, pseudokod
Cijeli slog (tj. varijabla slogovnog tipa) ima svoju poziciju u tabeli identifikatora, u koju se upisuje prilikom
deklaracije varijable ili parametara funkcije. OznakaSloga nije ta pozicija, nego redni broj deklarisanog sloga koji se svaki put
kada započne deklarisanje novog sloga ili podsloga, uvećava za jedan.
Varijabla zadnji čuva podatke o zadnjem definisanom ili upotrijebljenom slogu. Ti podaci su njegova dužina, redni
broj sloga po redoslijedu deklarisanja i pozicija u tabeli identifikatora gdje se nalazi njegovo ime. Pomoću varijable zadnji
prevaziđen je problem različite strukture različitih slogova. Procedura DuzinaTipa će za slogove vratiti dužinu zadnjeg
definisanog ili upotrijebljenog sloga. U proceduri varijabla se provjeri da li je u pitanju niz/matrica slogova. Ako jeste, dužina
tipa se dijeli sa ukupnim brojem elemenata.
Pretraživač identifikatora NadjiIdent treba da traži poziciju polja u tabeli identifikatora. Do sada rezervisani, tip
pretraživanja 3 će obaviti ovaj zadatak.
Nad slogovima je dopušteno od operacija samo dodjeljivanje čitavog sloga drugom slogu. Kako konkretna slogovna
struktura nema imena uzeta je konvencija da se slog može dodijeliti drugom slogu samo ako su jednake dužine. Dodjela sloga
slogu ili stavljanje sloga na stek se vrši naredbom REP MOVSB. Prije ove naredbe, ESI treba da pokazuje na izvorni slog, EDI
na odredišni ili mjesto na vrhu steka, ECX na dužinu sloga, a direction flag treba biti jednak 0.
Na slici Sl. 10.3.4 dat je generisani kôd za smještanje sloga na stek i dodjeljivanje jedne slogovne varijable drugoj.
MOV
SUB
MOV
MOV
CLD
REP
ECX,duzinasloga
ESP,duzinasloga
ESI,EBX
EDI,ESP
PUSH EBX
Izraz dodjeljivanja
POP EDI
MOV ESI,EBX
CLD
MOV ECX,duzina sloga
REP MOVSB
MOVSB
Smještanje sloga na stek
Sl. 10.3.4.
Dodjeljivanje slogovnih varijabli
Generisanje koda za operacije sa kompletnim slogovima
Implementacija elementa sloga, tj. adrese i vrijednosti polja, navedena u proceduri ElementSloga je slična
implementaciji varijabli, osim što se nakon dobijanja adrese varijable (cijelog sloga) u EBX registru, generiše instrukcija ADD
EBX,pozicijapolja, kako bi registar EBX pokazivao na početak samog polja.
Realizacija elementa sloga zahtijeva izmjenu jezičkog pojma Faktor Sl. 10.3.5. Na kraj ovog jezičkog pojma se
dodaje pojam ElementSloga ukoliko se na kraju pojma Faktor nalazi simbol “.”. Napomena: Ovo je izmijenjeno u odnosu na
prethodno izdanje skripte (gdje je element sloga bio iza varijable) kako bi se moglo pristupiti elementu sloga na koji pokazuje
pointer.
65
~
&
Faktor
*
!
.
(
Izraz dodjeljivanja
Element
sloga
)
Varijabla
String
"
Poziv funkcije
‘
Slovo
Sl. 10.3.5.
‘
Jezički pojam Faktor
Kako element sloga može takođe biti slog, jezički pojam ElementSloga treba da ponavlja
generisanje adresa za pristup podpoljima i njegova struktura izgleda kao na slici Sl. 10.3.6
Identifikator
imena polja
.
Sl. 10.3.6.
Jezički pojam ElementSloga
66
10.4.
Testni primjer
Primjer programa u ovoj verziji jezika je jedna jednostavna Windows GUI aplikacija. Program generiše osnovni
prozor na kome se nalaze tri dugmeta, od kojih pritisak na jedno aktivira poruku na ekranu, drugo pokreće aplikaciju Solitaire,
a treće crta jedan krug na ekranu.
Počevši od treće verzije jezika svi dosadašnji primjeri su bile Windows konzolne aplikacije, tj. aplikacije koje koriste
tekstualni korisnički interfejs i nemaju reakcija na asinhrone događaje kao što je pritisak na miša ili preklapanje između
prozora/procesa.
Windows GUI aplikacije, s druge strane, primaju poruke u red čekanja i odgovaraju na njih. To se obično vrši
primjenom GetMessage i DispatchMessage API funkcija koje čitaju poruku i pozivaju odgovarajući potprogram da se poruka
obradi.
Potprogram za obradu poruke (koja je zapravo jedan slog), je definisan u opisu tzv. klase prozora, u njenom polju
lpfnWndProc. Klasa prozora predstavlja slog koji se ili popunjava pri startu programa ili uzima već gotov (kao što je
“BUTTON”). Tu klasu navodimo prilikom kreiranja prozora, kao jedan od parametara funkcije CreateWindow.
Glavni prozor odgovara na tri vrste poruka, otvaranje programa (kada kreira podprozore koji su zapravo dugmad),
zatvaranje prozora (kada šalje poruku koja završava GetMessage/DispatchMessage petlju) i komandu (kada zavisno od
podprozora koji ju je poslao poziva funkciju MessageBox za ispis poruke, WinExec za start programa ili Ellipse za prikaz
elipse čiji je specijalni slučaj krug).
Prozori se međusobno identifikuju konstantom koja se zove rukovatelj prozora (handle). Pored toga, prikaz elipse
zahtijeva konstantu device context kao jedan od parametara, koji se uzima funkcijom GetDC.
Detaljniji opis ovoga primjera oduzeo bi dosta prostora. O načinu programiranja za Windows pogledati u referenci
[PETZOLD-01].
Program se prevodi sa:
komp32v7 wincircle.jez wincircle.asm
ml /c /coff /Fl wincircle.asm | more
link /defaultlib: user32.lib kernel32.lib gdi32.lib /subsystem:windows wincircle.obj
Činjenica da ovaj primjer radi, pokazuje da je jezik već dovoljno moćan da se u njemu, uz dosta truda, realizuje bilo
koja aplikacija koja koristi standardni Windows API . Interesantno je da je prevedeni EXE kôd dosta kratak, svega 4608
bajtova, iako još nije implementirana optimizacija koda. U većini drugih programskih jezika, sem asemblera, ovaj primjer bi
imao veći prevedeni kôd: od 12 kilobajta (Delphi u Object Pascal režimu) do nekoliko megabajta (neki vizuelni alati koji
zahtijevaju veliki runtime, npr. Oracle Forms)
67
cijeli funkcija RegisterClassExA(cijeli * wndclass);
cijeli funkcija ShowWindow ( cijeli a,cijeli b) ;
cijeli funkcija UpdateWindow(cijeli hWnd) ;
cijeli funkcija GetMessageA (cijeli a, cijeli b, cijeli
c,cijeli * d);
cijeli funkcija TranslateMessage (cijeli * d) ;
cijeli funkcija DispatchMessageA (cijeli * d) ;
cijeli funkcija CreateWindowExA(cijeli a,cijeli b,cijeli c,
cijeli d,cijeli e,cijeli f,
cijeli g,cijeli h,cijeli i,
karakter * j,karakter * k,cijeli l);
cijeli funkcija LoadCursorA ( cijeli a,cijeli b) ;
cijeli funkcija GetStockObject ( cijeli a) ;
cijeli funkcija PostQuitMessage ( cijeli a) ;
cijeli funkcija DefWindowProcA (cijeli a, cijeli b, cijeli
c,cijeli d);
cijeli funkcija MessageBoxA (cijeli a, karakter * b,
karakter * c,cijeli d);
cijeli funkcija WinExec (karakter * b, karakter * c);
cijeli funkcija GetModuleHandleA ( cijeli a) ;
cijeli funkcija GetDC ( cijeli a) ;
cijeli funkcija Ellipse (cijeli a, cijeli b, cijeli c,cijeli
d,cijeli e);
cijeli funkcija ReleaseDC (cijeli a, cijeli b);
cijeli hWnd ;
cijeli ka,kb,kc;
slog
{
cijeli hwnd;
cijeli message;
cijeli wParam;
cijeli lParam;
cijeli time;
slog
{
cijeli x;
cijeli y;
} pt;
} msg ;
` a message structure
40,120,60,140,
WSCHILD | WSVISIBLE,"Soliter","BUTTON",0);
kc:=CreateWindowExA (0,hInstance,0,hWnd,
40,120,100,140,
WSCHILD | WSVISIBLE,"Krug","BUTTON",0);
obradjena:=1;
}
ako (wMessage=2) `WM_DESTROY
{
PostQuitMessage (0) ;
obradjena:=1;
}
ako (wMessage=273) `WM_COMMAND
{
ako (lParam=ka) {
MessageBoxA (0,"Poruka","Pritisnut taster",0);
}
ako (lParam=kb) {
WinExec (" ","c:\windows\sol.exe");
}
ako (lParam=kc) {
hDC:=GetDC (hWnd);
Ellipse(200,200,0,0,hDC);
ReleaseDC(hDC,hWnd);
}
obradjena:=1;
}
ako (obradjena=0)
{
DefWindowProcA (lParam,wParam,wMessage,hWnd) ;
}
}
{
slog
{
cijeli cbsize;
cijeli
style;
cijeli * lpfnWndProc;
cijeli
cbClsExtra;
cijeli
cbWndExtra;
cijeli
hInstance;
cijeli
hIcon;
cijeli
hCursor;
cijeli
hbrBackground;
karakter * lpszMenuName;
karakter * lpszClassName;
cijeli hIconSm;
} wndclass ; ` window class structure
cijeli nCmdShow;
karakter * lpszCmdLine;
cijeli hPrevInstance;
cijeli hInstance;
karakter[30] pstr;
cijeli funkcija WndProc(cijeli lParam,cijeli wParam,cijeli
wMessage,cijeli hWnd)
{ cijeli obradjena,WSCHILD,WSVISIBLE,hDC;
obradjena:=0;
ako (wMessage=1) `WM_CREATE
{
WSCHILD := 1073741824; `$40000000;
WSVISIBLE := 268435456; `$10000000;
ka:=CreateWindowExA (0,hInstance,0,hWnd,
40,120,20,140,
WSCHILD | WSVISIBLE,"Poruka","BUTTON",0);
kb:=CreateWindowExA (0,hInstance,0,hWnd,
Sl. 10.4.1.
10.5.
nCmdShow:=10;
hInstance:=GetModuleHandleA (0);
wndclass.cbsize:=48;
wndclass.style := 0 ;
wndclass.lpfnWndProc := WndProc ;
wndclass.cbClsExtra := 0 ;
wndclass.cbWndExtra := 0 ;
wndclass.hInstance := hInstance ;
wndclass.hIcon := 0 ;
wndclass.hCursor
:= LoadCursorA (32512,0) ;
ÌDC_ARROW
wndclass.hbrBackground := GetStockObject(2);
wndclass.lpszMenuName
:= 0;
wndclass.lpszClassName := "PROBNA" ;
wndclass.hIconSm:=0;
ako (!(RegisterClassExA (&wndclass)))
{
0 ;
}
inace
{
hWnd := CreateWindowExA ( 0,hInstance,0,0,
400,400,4,4,13565952, `WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW
"Prim","PROBNA",512);
ShowWindow ( nCmdShow,hWnd) ;
UpdateWindow(hWnd) ;
dok (GetMessageA (0, 0, 0,&msg))
{
TranslateMessage (&msg) ;
DispatchMessageA (&msg) ;
}
msg.wParam ;
}
}
Windows grafička aplikacija
Rezime poglavlja
Višedimenzionalni nizovi zahtijevaju nešto složeniji algoritam pristupa odgovarajućem elementu niza od
jednodimenzionalnih. Pojam varijable je proširen tako da može da predstavlja i element višedimenzionalnog niza, polje sloga
ili da predstavlja adresu funkcije koja se može indirektno pozvati navođenjem argumenata u zagradi iza imena varijable.
Indirektni poziv predstavlja CALL instrukciju na adresu koja je navedena u pointerskoj varijabli. Slogovi se sastoje od polja
koja se upisuju u tabelu identifikatora, ali i svaki definisani slog ima svoju oznaku. Uvijek se pamti koji je zadnji definisani ili
korišteni slog. U sadašnjoj verziji jezika moguće je pisati i grafičke aplikacije.
68
program Kompajler;
const
MAXIDENT = 1024;
MAXDIM = 10;
DUGAKONST =
REDEKLAR='Redeklarisan identifikator';
PROSTNIZ =
NEKORARG='Nekorektan broj argumenata';
GRIZRAZ = 'Izraz';
POGRMNOZ =
'Pogresan tip u ' +
NEDOPFP =
NEDOPARIT =
NEDODJ ='Izraz se ne moze dodijeliti';
TUSLPET =
ARGNEKOM =
' s operatorom';
OCIDENT = 'Ocekivan Identifikator';
MAXDIMOV ='Maksimalan broj dimenzija';
INDSTATC =
'Indeks statickog niza nije cijeli';
PREVDIM =
'Prevazidjen broj dimenzija';
NESLDIM =
'Ne slaze se broj dimenzija';
POLJEPOS = 'Polje vec postoji';
SLOGPOLJE =
'Samo slogovi mogu imati polja';
NEDEKPOLJE = 'Nedeklarisano polje';
SLOGSLOGU =
'Slog se moze dodijeliti samoslogu';
SLOGRAZDUZ =
'Slogovi razlicite duzine';
INDNOPOINT =
'Indirektna funkcija bez pointera';
SLOGNEPOR =
'Slogovi se ne mogu porediti';
type
globalna, parametar, polje);
slog, pkarakter,
pcijeli, prealni, pslog);
TIdent = record
ime: string[20];
duzina: integer;
adresa: integer;
nivo: integer;
vrsta: TVrsta;
tip: TTip;
pod1: integer;
pod2: integer;
pod3: integer;
ukupdim: integer;
dim: array[0..MAXDIM] of integer;
end;
TZadnjiSlog = record
duzina: integer;
pozimena: integer;
idopisasloga: integer
end;
var
ulaz, izlaz: text;
aktnivo: integer;
znak: char;
linija, realnakonstanta: string;
TIdent;
ukupnoident, ukupnoslogova, ukdim:
integer;
t: TTip;
dod: Boolean;
zadnji: TZadnjiSlog;
end;
dimenzije: array[0..MAXDIM]of integer;
integer;
pduzina: integer;
var
rezultat: integer;
pvrsta: TVrsta;
begin
rezultat := 0;
var
i: integer;
do begin
begin
ime := pime;
+ znak;
duzina := pduzina;
NoviSvaki(false);
adresa := padresa;
end;
nivo := pnivo;
vrsta := pvrsta;
tip := ptip;
pod1 := ppod1;
pod2 := ppod2;
+ znak;
pod3 := ppod3;
ukupdim := ukdim;
NoviSvaki(false);
for i := 0 to MAXDIM do
dim[i] := dimenzije[i];
'9') do begin
realnakonstanta:=realnakonstanta
end;
+ znak;
end;
NoviSvaki(false);
end;
end;
string);
begin
begin
+ znak;
end;
NoviSvaki(false);
if (znak = '+') or (znak = '-')
then begin
begin
realnakonstanta:=realnakonstanta
WriteLn(poruka);
+ znak;
NoviSvaki(false);
Close(ulaz);
end;
Close(izlaz);
if (znak<'0')or(znak>'9') then
Halt;
Greska(REALKONST);
end;
'9') do begin
realnakonstanta :=
begin
realnakonstanta+ znak;
WriteLn(izlaz, st);
NoviSvaki(false);
end;
end;
end;
procedure Novi;
UzmiKonstantu := 0;
begin
t := realni;
repeat
end
else begin
begin
t := cijeli;
end;
Novi;
Emit(';' + linija);
dod := false;
pozicija := 1;
end;
end;
else
var
znak := ' ';
ureduiza: Boolean;
n: integer;
znak: char;
begin
'`')) or Eof(ulaz)
if dslovoiza then
end;
ureduiza := true
else begin
Boolean);
ureduiza := true;
begin
znak := linija[n];
begin
'z')) or
if greskakrln then
Greska(DUGAKONST)
'Z')) then
else
ureduiza := false
znak := ' ';
end
end
end;
else
pozicija,
end;
begin
Slijedi := true;
begin
if (znak <> z) then
end
Novi;
69
else
Slijedi := false;
end;
tip: TTip;
var
tipind: TTip;
kraj, x, poi: Boolean;
begin
TipDek := false;
poi := false;
TipDek := true;
Novi;
tip := ptip;
poi := true;
Novi
end
else
tip := stip;
ukdim := 0;
if znak = '[' then begin
if poi then
tip := pcijeli
else
tip := ptip;
IdiDo('[');
repeat
ukdim := ukdim + 1;
if ukdim > MAXDIM then
Greska(MAXDIMOV);
dimenzije[ukdim] :=
UzmiKonstantu(tipind, x);
if tipind <> cijeli then
Greska(INDSTATC);
kraj := true;
Novi;
kraj := false;
end;
until kraj;
IdiDo(']');
end;
end
end;
Boolean;
var
a: Boolean;
begin
a := false;
if not (a) then
pcijeli);
if not (a) then
if not (a) then
prealni);
if not (a) then
a := TipDek('slog', tip, slog,
pslog);
end;
slog: DuzinaTipa := zadnji.duzina;
else
DuzinaTipa := 4;
end;
end;
var
n, poz: integer;
begin
n := ukupnoident;
nadjen := false;
poz := 0;
begin
case tuslova of
ident) and
[lokalna, globalna,
ident) and
[lokalna, globalna,
ident) and
(TabIdent[n].vrsta = polje) and
(TabIdent[n].nivo = nivo) and
(TabIdent[n].pod3 = p1);
nivo) and
parametar)
else
Uslov := false;
end;
if Uslov then begin
nadjen := true;
poz := n;
end;
n := n - 1;
end;
NadjiIdent := poz;
end;
begin
begin
ident := znak;
NoviSvaki(false);
end
else
Greska(OCIDENT);
'0'..'9', '_']) do begin
NoviSvaki(false);
end;
Novi;
end;
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
Emit(' MOV EAX,0');
repeat
Novi;
navdim := navdim + 1;
if navdim > MAXDIM then
Greska(PREVDIM);
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
Emit(' POP EBX');
dsvedim:=1;
for i:=navdim+1 to
TabIdent[idpoz].ukupdim do
dsvedim:=dsvedim*
TabIdent[idpoz].dim[i];
Str(dsvedim, st);
Emit(' MOV EDX,' + st);
Emit(' MUL EDX');
end;
until znak <> ',';
Emit(' POP EBX');
if (navdim <> TabIdent[idpoz].ukupdim)
and (not ((navdim = 1) and
(TabIdent[idpoz].ukupdim = 0))) then
Greska(NESLDIM);
IdiDo(']');
case t of
pkarakter: begin
t := karakter;
end;
pcijeli: begin
Emit(' SAL EAX,2');
t := cijeli;
end;
prealni: begin
Emit(' SAL EAX,3');
t := realni;
end;
pslog: begin
t := slog;
Str(DuzinaTipa(t), st);
Emit(' MUL EDX');
end;
else
Greska(PROSTNIZ)
end;
case t of
karakter:
realni:
else
end;
dod := true;
end;
var dod: Boolean);
var
begin
Emit('.DATA');
repeat
Integer;
var
NoviSvaki(true);
elem, i: integer;
if znak <> '"' then
nivo: integer);
st := st + znak;
begin
begin
until znak = '"';
UzmiIdent(ident);
case tip of
cijeli: DuzinaTipa := 4;
IdiDo('"');
pcijeli, pkarakter, prealni, pslog:
st := st + ''',0';
then
begin
Greska(REDEKLAR);
if ukdim = 0 then
'''''' then
end;
DuzinaTipa := 4
else begin
Emit(st);
elem := 4 * ord(tip = pcijeli)
Emit('.CODE');
+ 1 * ord(tip = pkarakter) +
forward;
8 * ord(tip = prealni) +
t := pkarakter;
zadnji.duzina * ord(tip =
dod := false;
pslog);
procedure PokazivacINiz(var t: TTip; var end;
dod: Boolean; idpoz: Integer);
for i := 1 to ukdim do
procedure PEmit(idpoz: Integer);
elem := elem *
var
var
dimenzije[i];
t1: TTip;
i: integer;
navdim,dsvedim,i: Integer;
DuzinaTipa := elem;
begin
st: string;
end
if TabIdent[idpoz].ukupdim = 0 then
end;
begin
Emit(' MOV EAX,[EBX]')
navdim := 0;
70
else
ukdim := TabIdent[idpoz].ukupdim;
dimenzije[i] :=
end;
function DeklaracijaSloga(nivo:
integer): integer;
var
ImePolja: string;
oznakasloga, podslog, duzinasloga,
zapukdim, i, poz: integer;
tip: TTip;
zdimenzije: array[0..MAXDIM] of
integer;
begin
zapukdim := ukdim;
zdimenzije[i] := dimenzije[i];
IdiDo('{');
ukupnoslogova := ukupnoslogova + 1;
oznakasloga := ukupnoslogova;
duzinasloga := 0;
poz := 0;
if (tip = slog) or (tip = pslog)
then
podslog := DeklaracijaSloga(nivo)
else
podslog := oznakasloga;
repeat
UzmiIdent(ImePolja);
poz := NadjiIdent(ImePolja, nivo,
3, podslog);
if poz <> 0 then
Greska(POLJEPOS);
NoviIdent(ImePolja,
DuzinaTipa(tip),
0, nivo, polje, tip, podslog,
duzinasloga, oznakasloga);
duzinasloga := duzinasloga +
DuzinaTipa(tip);
Novi;
end;
until imaistogtipa;
while (duzinasloga mod 4) <> 0 do
duzinasloga := duzinasloga + 1;
IdiDo(';');
end;
IdiDo('}');
zadnji.duzina := duzinasloga;
zadnji.pozimena := poz;
zadnji.idopisasloga := OznakaSloga;
DeklaracijaSloga := OznakaSloga;
ukdim := zapukdim;
dimenzije[i] := zdimenzije[i];
end;
procedure ElementSloga
dod: Boolean);
var
poz, nivo, idsloga: integer;
Imepolja, st: string;
begin
if t <> slog then
Greska(SLOGPOLJE);
nivo := TabIdent[idpoz].nivo;
idsloga := TabIdent[idpoz].pod3;
while znak = '.' do begin
Novi;
3, idsloga);
if poz = 0 then
Greska(NEDEKPOLJE);
Str(TabIdent[poz].pod2, st);
Emit(' ADD EBX,' + st);
t := TabIdent[poz].tip;
case t of
realni:
slog: begin
idsloga :=
TabIdent[poz].pod1;
zadnji.duzina :=
TabIdent[poz].duzina;
zadnji.idopisasloga :=
TabIdent[poz].pod3;
end;
else
PEmit(poz);
end;
end;
end;
begin
if osmobitni then
end;
begin
end;
procedure
Boolean);
begin
if osmobitni then
Emit(' ADD ESP,4');
end;
begin
end;
begin
Emit(' ADD ESP,8');
end;
dod: Boolean);
var
parametara, N, velsteka,
duzprvogsloga,
duzdrugogsloga, m1: integer;
t1, t2: TTip;
begin
parametara := 0;
velsteka := 0;
duzprvogsloga := 0;
duzdrugogsloga := 0;
if znak <> '(' then begin
velsteka := 0;
for parametara := 1 to
TabIdent[idpoz].pod1 do begin
parametara);
velsteka := velsteka + (
(TabIdent[n].duzina - 1) div 4
+ 1) * 4;
end;
Str(velsteka, st);
Emit(' MOV EAX,OFFSET ' +
imefunkcije + '@' + st);
t := pcijeli;
dod := false;
end
else begin
IdiDo('(');
if t1 = slog then
duzprvogsloga :=
DuzinaTipa(t1);
parametara);
if n = 0 then
Greska(NEKORARG);
if t2 = slog then
duzdrugogsloga :=
TabIdent[n].duzina;
prealni]) then
Greska(NEKDODJP);
cijeli) then
if ((t1 = slog) and (t2 <> slog))
or
((t1 <> slog) and (t2 = slog))
then
Greska(SLOGSLOGU);
case t2 of
slog: begin
if duzprvogsloga <>
duzdrugogsloga then
Greska(SLOGRAZDUZ);
m1 := ((duzprvogsloga - 1)
div 4 + 1) * 4;
velsteka := velsteka + m1;
Str(duzprvogsloga, st);
Str(m1, st);
Emit(' MOV ESI,EBX');
Emit(' MOV EDI,ESP');
Emit(' CLD');
Emit(' REP MOVSB');
end;
realni: begin
case t1 of
realni: ;
karakter:
true);
else
false);
end;
FPUStekNaStek;
end
else begin
if t1 = realni then
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
end;
end;
if znak <> ')' then
IdiDo(',');
end;
IdiDo(')');
if TabIdent[idpoz].pod1 <>
parametara then
Greska(NEKORARG);
Str(velsteka, st);
st);
dod := false;
end;
end;
procedure IndirektniPoziv(var t: TTip);
var
m1, velsteka, duzsloga: Integer;
straddr, st: string;
t1: TTip;
begin
velsteka := 0;
NovaLabela(straddr);
Emit('.DATA');
st := 'L' + straddr + ' DD ?';
Emit(st);
Emit('.CODE');
Emit(' MOV L' + straddr + ',EAX');
IdiDo('(');
case t1 of
slog: begin
duzsloga := DuzinaTipa(t1);
m1 := ((duzsloga - 1) div 4 +
1) * 4;
Str(duzsloga, st);
Str(m1, st);
71
Emit(' CLD');
Emit(' REP MOVSB');
end;
realni: begin
FPUStekNaStek;
end
else begin
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
end;
end;
if znak <> ')' then
IdiDo(',');
end;
IdiDo(')');
Str(velsteka, st);
Emit(' CALL L' + straddr);
case t of
pkarakter: t := karakter;
pslog: t := slog;
else
Greska(INDNOPOINT)
end;
end;
Boolean);
var
begin
err := ARGNEKOM;
case znak of
'-': begin
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
case t of
else
Greska(err);
end;
dod := false;
end;
'~': begin
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
case t of
else
Greska(err);
end;
dod := false;
end;
'&': begin
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
procedure Varijabla
case t of
var
slog: t := pslog;
rezultat: integer;
realni: begin
st: string;
t := prealni;
begin
end;
else
Str(rezultat, st);
t := pcijeli;
if glob then
end;
dod := false;
else begin
end;
'*': begin
Novi;
else
Faktor(t, dod);
end;
case t of
realni:
end
slog: begin
else
zadnji.duzina :=
TabIdent[idpoz].duzina;
case t of
zadnji.pozimena := idpoz;
pkarakter: begin
TabIdent[idpoz].pod3;
t := karakter;
end;
pslog: begin
end;
rezultat:=1;
pslog: begin
for i:=1 to TabIdent[idpoz].
t := slog;
ukupdim do
end;
rezultat:=rezultat*
else
if rezultat<>0 then
Greska(err);
zadnji.duzina :=
end;
TabIdent[idpoz].duzina
dod := true;
div rezultat
end;
else
'!': begin
zadnji.duzina:=4;
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
case t of
PEmit(idpoz);
end;
else
Greska(err);
end;
else
PEmit(idpoz);
Emit(' SETE AL');
end;
dod := false;
dod := true
t := cijeli;
else
end;
dod := false;
'"': begin
while znak ='[' do begin
PokazivacINiz(t, dod, idpoz);
end;
end;
'''': begin
if znak = '(' then
NoviSvaki(true);
IndirektniPoziv(t);
end;
'''');
Novi;
IdiDo('''');
t := karakter;
end;
'0'..'9': begin
dod);
case t of
cijeli: begin
Str(rezultat, st);
end;
realni: begin
Emit('.DATA');
' DQ '+ realnakonstanta;
Emit(st);
Emit('.CODE');
end;
end;
end;
'(': begin
Novi;
IdiDo(')');
end;
'A'..'Z', 'a'..'z': begin
UzmiIdent(ime);
1, 0);
if poz = 0 then
funkcija:
lokalna, parametar:
false);
globalna:
end
end;
else
Greska(GRIZRAZ);
end;
if znak = '.' then
ElementSloga(zadnji.pozimena,t,dod);
end;
Boolean);
var
z: char;
t1, t2: TTip;
begin
Faktor(t1, dod);
t := t1;
while (znak in ['*', '/', '%']) do
begin
z := znak;
Emit(' PUSH EAX')
else
FPUStekNaStek;
Novi;
Faktor(t2, dod);
dod := false;
realni])) or
realni])) then
Greska(POGRMNOZ);
then begin
t := realni;
karakter);
karakter)
else
StekNaFPUStek;
case z of
else
Greska(NEDOPFP);
end
end
else begin
t := cijeli;
case z of
'*': begin
72
Emit(' POP EBX');
Emit(' IMUL EBX');
end;
'/', '%': begin
Emit(' POP EAX');
Emit(' CDQ');
Emit(' IDIV EBX');
if z = '%' then
end;
end;
end;
t1 := t;
end;
end;
Boolean);
var
z: char;
t1, t2: TTip;
begin
Clan(t1, dod);
t := t1;
while (znak in ['+', '-', '&', '|',
'^']) do begin
Emit(' PUSH EAX')
else
FPUStekNaStek;
z := znak;
Novi;
Clan(t2, dod);
dod := false;
realni])) or
realni])) then
Greska(NEDOPARIT);
then begin
t := realni;
karakter);
karakter)
else
StekNaFPUStek;
case z of
else
Greska(NEDOPFP);
end
end
else begin
case z of
'+': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
t := karakter;
Emit(' ADD AL,BL');
end
else begin
t := cijeli;
end;
end;
'-': begin
Emit(' POP EAX');
t := karakter;
Emit(' SUB AL,BL');
end
else begin
t := cijeli;
end;
end;
'&', '|', '^': begin
= karakter) then
t := karakter
else
t := cijeli;
Emit(' POP EBX');
case z of
'&':
'^':
end;
end;
end;
end;
t1 := t;
end;
end;
var
z: char;
t1, t2: TTip;
dod1: Boolean;
duzprvogsloga, duzdrugogsloga:
Integer;
st: string;
begin
duzprvogsloga := 0;
Izraz(t1, dod1);
if t1 = slog then
duzprvogsloga := DuzinaTipa(t1);
t := t1;
dod := dod1;
case znak of
':': begin
then
Greska(OCEKDOD);
if not (dod1) then
Greska(NEDODJ);
Emit(' PUSH EBX');
Novi;
if t2 = slog then
duzdrugogsloga :=
DuzinaTipa(t2);
if ((t1 = slog) and (t2 <>
slog)) or
then
Greska(SLOGSLOGU);
if t1 = slog then begin
if duzprvogsloga <>
duzdrugogsloga then
Greska(SLOGRAZDUZ);
Emit(' POP EDI');
Emit(' CLD');
end
else
Emit(' POP EBX');
and
prealni]) then
Greska(DODJPOINT);
realni) then
karakter);
realni) then
case t1 of
karakter:
realni:
Emit(' FSTP QWORD PTR [EBX]');
slog: Emit(' REP MOVSB');
else
end;
t := t1;
end; {:}
'=', '>', '<', '#': begin
Emit(' PUSH EAX')
else
FPUStekNaStek;
z := znak;
Novi;
Izraz(t2, dod);
if (t1 = slog) or (t2 = slog)
then
Greska(SLOGNEPOR);
Emit(' POP EBX');
realni) then begin
karakter);
karakter)
else
StekNaFPUStek;
Emit(' FCOMPP ');
Emit(' FSTSW AX');
Emit(' SAHF');
case z of
end;
t := cijeli;
end
else begin
karakter) then
Emit(' CMP BL,AL')
else begin
end;
case z of
end;
t := cijeli;
end;
end
end;
end;
procedure Uslov;
var
begin
Novi;
if t <> cijeli then
Greska(TIPUSL);
Emit(' CMP EAX,0');
NovaLabela(sonda);
NovaLabela(sinace);
IdiDo('{');
Blok;
Novi;
IdiDo('{');
Blok;
end;
end;
procedure Asembler;
begin
repeat
73
Emit(linija);
if eof(ulaz) then
linija := '\';
pozicija := 1;
IdiDo('\');
end;
procedure Petlja;
var
begin
Novi;
NovaLabela(suslov);
if t <> cijeli then
Greska(TUSLPET);
Emit(' CMP EAX,0');
NovaLabela(sdok);
IdiDo('{');
Emit('L' + sdok + ':');
Blok;
end;
procedure Blok;
begin
Petlja
Uslov
then
Asembler
else begin
IdiDo(';');
end;
end;
IdiDo('}');
end;
var
pfunkc, i, p3: integer;
tip: TTip;
begin
'z')) or
((znak >= 'A') and (znak <= 'Z')))
then
Greska(IMEFUN);
aktnivo := pfunkc;
IdiDo('(');
parametara := 0;
lokadresa := 0;
paradresa := 0;
then
p3 := DeklaracijaSloga(pfunkc)
else
p3 := 0;
((DuzinaTipa(tip)-1)div 4+1)*4;
DuzinaTipa(tip),
tip,
pfunkc, parametara, p3);
end;
if znak <> ')' then
IdiDo(',');
end;
IdiDo(')');
(TabIdent[i].vrsta=parametar)then
case znak of
'{': begin
IdiDo('{');
begin
if (tip = slog) or (tip =
pslog) then
p3 :=
DeklaracijaSloga(pfunkc)
else
p3 := 0;
repeat
pfunkc);
DuzinaTipa(tip);
DuzinaTipa(tip),
-lokadresa, pfunkc,
lokalna, tip,
Novi;
end;
until imaistogtipa;
while (lokadresa mod 4)<>0do
IdiDo(';');
end;
Str(paradresa, st);
Emit(ImeFunkcije+'@'+st+':');
Emit(' PUSH EBP');
Str(lokadresa, st);
Blok;
Emit(' POP EBP');
Str(paradresa, st);
Emit(' RET ' + st);
Emit('PUBLIC '+ImeFunkcije+
'@' + st);
end;
';': begin
Str(paradresa, st);
'@' + st + ':near');
IdiDo(';');
end
else
Greska(DEFFUN);
end;
aktnivo := 0;
end;
procedure Prevedi;
var
globadresa, p3: Integer;
tip: TTip;
begin
Emit('.486');
Emit('.CODE');
Emit('ULAZ:');
Emit(' FINIT');
pozicija := 0;
globadresa := 0;
Novi;
begin
Novi;
DefFunkcija(tip);
end
else begin
then
p3 := DeklaracijaSloga(0)
else
p3 := 0;
repeat
DuzinaTipa(tip),
0, 0, p3);
DuzinaTipa(tip);
Novi;
end;
until imaistogtipa;
IdiDo(';');
end
end;
IdiDo('{');
Emit('GLAVNI:');
Blok;
Emit(' PUSH 0');
Emit('.DATA');
Emit('GLOBALV DB '+st+' DUP(0)');
Emit('END ULAZ')
end
else begin
Emit('GLAVNI:');
Emit('END');
end;
end;
procedure Glavni;
var
linija: string;
begin
trenlabela := 0;
ukupnoident := 0;
aktnivo := 0;
ukupnoslogova := 0;
brojaclinija := 0;
linija := '';
Reset(ulaz);
Rewrite(izlaz);
Prevedi;
Close(ulaz);
Close(izlaz);
end;
begin
Glavni
end.
74
11. PREDPROCESIRANJE I OPTIMIZACIJA KODA
Došlo se do faze u kojoj se sam kompajler više neće mijenjati. Uočljivo je, međutim, da jeziku nedostaju predefinisani
tipovi, konstante te makronaredbe, odnosno uključivanje kompletnih datoteka izvornog koda, kako se iste sekvence koda ne bi
morale više puta kucati. Svi ovi problemi se mogu riješiti predprocesorom. Osim toga, već u prvoj verziji kompajlera je uočeno
da je generisani kôd prevelik, pa je potrebno pristupiti optimizaciji generisanog koda.
11.1.
Struktura kompajlera
Predprocesor i postprocesor se nalaze u posebnim modulima (unit) i u suštini predstavljaju velika proširenja
dosadašnjih procedura Novi i Emit. Ove procedure su premještene iz glavnog modula u module predpr8.pas i postpr8.pas.
Posljednja verzija kompajlera nema oznaka izmjena u odnosu na prethodnu verziju
11.2.
Predprocesorska direktiva #definiraj
Predprocesor je sličan predprocesoru iz jezika C. Ako se na početku linije
predprocesorsku direktivu. Tipična sintaksa direktive #definiraj izgleda ovako:
nalazi znak #, to predstavlja
#definiraj SIMBOL TekstSimbola
U daljnjem radu prilikom obrade linije sve pojave navedenog simbola zamjenjuju se tekstom. Ako je tekst simbola
duži od jedne linije, na njenom kraju se stavlja znak \.
Primjer:
#definiraj PI 3.14159265
#definiraj PETLJA dok(i<2)\
{ i:=i+1;}
U ovom primjeru je definisana konstanta PI i sada je u korisničkom programu moguće pisati a:=PI/2. Pored ovoga
navođenjem simbola PETLJA, zamjenjuje se cijela petlja navedena u njegovom tijelu.
Definisanje konstanti predprocesorom rješava pitanje imena tipova. Tako se može navesti:
#definiraj KOMPLEKSNI slog {realni x;realni i;}
i dalje pisati
KOMPLEKSNI a,b,c,d;
Uz pomoć predprocesora, čak je moguće uvesti objekte sa jednim nivoom nasljeđivanja. Na slici Sl. 11.2.1 se vidi
kako se uz pomoć predprocesora može, uz dosta discipline pri pisanju, postići sintaksa slična sintaksi u objektno orijentisanim
jezicima, tj. “metode” (u suštini pointeri na funkcije) , “klase” (zapravo slogovi) i “nasljeđivanje” (ponavljanje istih polja uz
pomoć predprocesora).
#definiraj METODA cijeli *
#definiraj OTAC cijeli p1,p2; METODA a;
#definiraj SIN OTAC cijeli p3;
#definiraj OBJEKT slog {
#definiraj INSTANCE }
#definiraj INIT .a:=x;
cijeli funkcija x (cijeli a)
{ 1;
` tijelo metode
}
Sl. 11.2.1.
11.3.
OBJEKT OTAC INSTANCE xxx;
OBJEKT SIN INSTANCE yyy;
{
xxx INIT
yyy INIT
xxx.p1:=2;
yyy.p1:=3;
yyy.p3:=3;
xxx.a(50);
}
Rudimentarno OOP uz pomoć predprocesora
Direktive uslovnog kompajliranja
U jeziku FILDZAN-32 omogućeno je da se određeni dijelovi koda kompajliraju ako je neki simbol definisan (ili
nedefiniran) koristeći direktivu #definiraj. U protivnom, linije izvornog koda se ignorišu kao da su komentari. Direktive
uslovnog kompajliranja su #postoji, #nepostoji i #dalje.
•
#postoji SIMBOL
Ako je navedeni simbol ranije definisan, naredni dio programa će se prevoditi, a ako ne ignorisat će se. Ovo
ignorisanje će ići sve do direktive #dalje
•
#nepostoji SIMBOL
Ako navedeni simbol nije ranije definisan, naredni dio programa će se prevoditi, a ako je definisan ignorisat će se.
Ovo ignorisanje će ići sve do direktive #dalje
•
#dalje
Završava blok započet naredbama #postoji ili #nepostoji.
75
#definiraj WINDOWS 1
#postoji WINDOWS
MessageBox(0,”Poruka”,”Na ekranu”,0);
#dalje
#nepostoji WINDOWS
UpisiUDatoteku(”Poruka”);
#dalje
Sl. 11.3.1.
Upotreba direktiva #postoji i #nepostoji
U primjeru sa slike Sl. 11.3.1 se, ako je definisan simbol WINDOWS, prikazuje poruka koristeći funkciju
MessageBox, a ako ne, poruka se upisuje u datoteku.
11.4.
Direktiva #dodaj za uključivanje datoteke
Sintaksa naredbe za uključivanje kompletne datoteke sa izvornim kodom glasi:
#dodaj ImeDatoteke
Od mjesta u izvornom kodu programa neposredno iza direktive #dodaj se uključuje kompletna datoteka i sada se
generiše asemblerski kôd iz te datoteke, sve dok se ona ne iscrpi. Nakon toga se nastavlja kompajliranje glavne datoteke. Nije
dopušteno gniježđenje datoteka
Primjer:
#dodaj osnovniprozor.h
11.5.
Realizacija predprocesora
Realizacija predprocesora nije pretjerano složena. Treba definisati bafer od (npr.) 200 K u kome će stojati stringovi
koji predstavljaju vrijednost koja se stavlja i niz definicija koje sadrže imena simbola te poziciju u ovom baferu gdje se nalazi
dati string.
Procedura Novi sada izgleda nešto drugačije nego u sedmoj verziji kompajlera. Kako se direktivom #dodaj može
preusmjeriti na drugu ulaznu datoteku, provjerava se koja je ulazna datoteka u pitanju i ReadLn obavlja iz nje. Nakon
instrukcije ReadLn se poziva rutina Predprocesiraj. U okviru ove rutine se provjerava da li linija počinje predprocesorskom
direktivom.
Najviše posla ima ako se prepozna direktiva #definiraj. Ona je implementirana u proceduri PpDefin i najprije rastavi
ime simbola od njegove vrijednosti. Definisanje simbola se vrši njegovim dodavanjem u tabelu simbola, a njegova definicija se
dodaje u bafer opisa simbola simbola.
Direktive #postoji i #nepostoji (implementirane u procedurama PpPostoji i PpNePostoji) provjeravaju prisustvo
navedenog simbola u tabeli i tako postave varijablu ObradaLinije na true ili false. U rutini Predprocesiraj se ova varijabla
provjeri i ako je jednaka false, linija teksta se proglašava praznom. Direktiva #dalje (implementirana u Predprocesiraj)
postavlja tu varijablu na true. Direktiva #dodaj (implementirana u Predprocesiraj) otvara pomoćnu datoteku i preusmjerava
čitanje na nju.
U drugom dijelu rutine Predprocesiraj se prođe kroz cijelu tabelu predprocesorskih simbola i koristeći paskalsku
funkciju Pos pretražuje pojava danih simbola u ulaznoj liniji. Ako ih ima, simbol na tom mjesto u izvornom kodu se
zamjenjuje kompletnim stringom koji se nalazi u definiciji. Ako definicija simbola sadrži drugi simbol, ova će petlja
ekspandovati i njega.
Rutina se zasniva na činjenici da stringovi u 32-bitnim implementacijama Pascala mogu biti veoma dugački.
Eventualno portiranje kompajlera u drugi programski jezik treba imati tu činjenicu u vidu.
Jezik FILDZAN-32 je završen, uključujući i predprocesor. U prilogu 9 dat je izvorni kôd predprocesora .
11.6.
Optimizacija koda
Gledano makroskopski, ovaj kompajler generiše veoma kratak kôd. U usporedbi sa bilo kojim kompajlerom viših
programskih jezika za Windows, koji u izvršni kôd uključuju velike biblioteke, manje od 3 Kb za prazan program izgleda
skoro kao rekord. Razlog ovome je što FILDZAN-32 generiše vrlo mali startni kôd.
Ali, posmatrajući pojedinačne naredbe, kako su prevedene, uviđa se da ima jako mnogo nepotrebnih asemblerskih
instrukcija. Razlog ovome je što kompajler kada prevodi aritmetičke izraze prilikom nailaska na operator ne zna unaprijed da li
76
će slijediti konstanta, varijabla ili kompletan izraz, pa se priprema za najgori slučaj. To rezultuje vrlo čestim stavljanjem
podataka na stek, ili pomoćne registre. Za primjer se može uzeti prevođenje proste instrukcije n:=n+1; Ona se prevodi u
;
n:=n+1;
LEA EBX,GLOBALV[400]
MOV EAX,[EBX]
PUSH EBX
LEA EBX,GLOBALV[400]
MOV EAX,[EBX]
PUSH EAX
MOV EAX,1
POP EBX
ADD EAX,EBX
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],EAX
dok je najkraći mogući kôd
;
n:=n+1;
INC GLOBALV[400]
Uklanjanje nepotrebnih instrukcija se može izvesti modifikacijom procedure Emit. Umjesto da se generisana
asemblerska naredba odmah šalje u izlaznu datoteku, ona se najprije stavlja u bafer od 15 instrukcija. Kada se ovaj bafer
popuni, prvo se traži nekoliko karakterističnih uzoraka sekvenci asemblerskih naredbi i one se pokušavaju zamijeniti kraćim
sekvencama. Ako to ne uspije, naredba koja je najranije ušla u bafer se šalje u izlaznu datoteku i stvara se mjesto za novu
naredbu u baferu. Ovo se zove peephole optimizacija. Prepozna li se pseudo instrukcija .END, optimizacija se izvede još
jednom i pošalju se u datoteku sve instrukcije iz bafera.
Prepoznavanje uzoraka je složen problem i zavisan od konkretnog procesora. Sekvenca koja je na procesoru 386 brža,
može biti sporija na procesoru Pentium IV od neke druge sekvence. Ovaj zadatak prilično usporava kompajler, pa će se
realizovati optimizovanje samo nekoliko najčešćih uzoraka.
Uzorci se sastoje od više instrukcija, a one mogu da sadrže parametre. Parametri se označavaju sa $C1, $C2 za
proizvoljne literale, ili sa $N1, $N2 za brojeve. Stoga se se uzorci ne mogu prepoznavati prostim poređenjem, nego je potrebna
odgovarajuća funkcija. Ta funkcija se zove Uzorak i ima četiri string parametra: string koji se traži, stvarna vrijednost,
varijable u koje vraćamo vrijednosti prvog i drugog $ parametra u uzorku. Primjer
uzorak(‘ MOV EAX,$C1’,’ MOV EAX,ECX’,v1,v2) će vratiti true, jer su uzorci slični, u varijabli v1 se dobija string
‘ECX’ dok v2 dobija prazan string.
Funkcija uzorak poredi uzorke algoritmom sa slike Sl. 11.6.1.
Ako su traženi i stvarni string jednaki, odmah se vrati s tačnom vrijednošću
Postavi pokazivače na početak traženog i stvarnog stringa
Izvršavaj petlju do kraja traženog stringa
Ako se u traženom stringu na datom mjestu nalazi simbol $, uvećaj pokazivač u
traženom stringu za 1, provjeri da li slijede simboli C ili N, a iza njih simboli 1 ili 2, oba puta
uvećavajući pokazivač u traženom stringu. Ukoliko se prepoznaju sekvence $C1, $C2, $N1 ili $N2
treba ih specijalno obraditi. Specijalna obrada nadovezuje redom znakove stvarnog stringa, stalno
uvećavajući njegov pokazivač, na prvu ili drugu izlaznu varijablu sve dok se ne dođe do kraja
stvarnog stringa, znaka zarez, a za numeričke konstante i prvog nenumeričkog znaka.
Ako su znakovi na trenutnoj poziciji u traženom i stvarnom stringu različiti, izađi iz
funkcije s netačnim rezultatom.
Uvećaj za jedan pokazivače traženog i stvarnog stringa.
Na kraju petlje izađi iz funkcije sa tačnim rezultatom
Sl. 11.6.1.
Algoritam pretraživanja uzorka
Obrada slučajeva za $C i $N sekvence realizovana je u procedurama KarakterSl i BrojSl.
77
ADD $C1,$C2
Ako bilo koji od $C1 ili $C2 sadrži EAX ili EBX, koristi ih.
Ako je $C1 jednak ESP relativna promjena ESP je $C2
AND $C1,$C2
CALL $C1
Pretpostavlja se da briše EAX, EBX i koristi FPU
CDQ
Koristi EAX
CLD
Irelevantna
CMP $C1,$C2
FADD
Koristi FPU
FCHS
Koristi FPU
FCOMPP
Koristi FPU
FDIVR
Koristi FPU
FILD $C1
Koristi FPU
FINIT
Koristi FPU
FISTP $C1
Koristi FPU
FLD $C1
Koristi FPU
FMUL
Koristi FPU
FSTP $C1
Koristi FPU
FSTSW AX
Koristi FPU, briše EAX
FSUBR
Koristi FPU
IDIV $C1
Koristi EAX, ako je $C1 jednak EBX, koristi i EBX
IMUL $C1
JMP $C1
JNE $C1
LEA $C1,$C2
Ako je $C1 jednak EAX (AL) ili EBX (BL), briše ih. Ako $C2 sadrži EAX ili EBX, koristi ih.
MOV $C1,$C2
Ako je $C1 jednak EAX (AL) ili EBX (BL), briše ih. Ako $C2 sadrži EAX ili EBX, koristi ih. Ako $C1 sadrži EAX ili EBX, a nije
jednak njima koristi ih.
MUL $C1
NEG $C1
Ako $C1 sadrži EAX ili EBX, koristi ih.
NOT $C1
Ako $C1 sadrži EAX ili EBX, koristi ih.
OR $C1,$C2
POP $C1
Ako je $C1 jednak EAX ili EBX, briše ih. Relativna promjena ESP je -4
PUSH $C1
Ako $C1 sadrži EAX ili EBX, koristi ih. Relativna promjena ESP je –4
REP MOVSB
Irelevantna
RET $N1
Relativna promjena ESP je $N1+4
SAHF
Koristi EAX
SAL EAX,$N1
Koristi EAX
SETA AL
Briše EAX
SETB AL
Briše EAX
SETE AL
Briše EAX
SETG AL
Briše EAX
SETL AL
Briše EAX
SETNE AL
Briše EAX
SUB $C1,$C2
XOR $C1,$C2
Sl. 11.6.2.
Efekti pojedinih instrukcija relevantni za optimizaciju
78
Da bi se znalo koje instrukcije iz peephole bafera je moguće izbaciti treba ažurirati sljedeće indikatore:
-
Da li grupa instrukcija mijenja EAX prije nego ga čita
-
Da li grupa instrukcija uopšte čita EAX
-
Da li grupa instrukcija mijenja EBX prije nego ga čita
-
Da li grupa instrukcija uopšte čita EBX
-
Da li grupa instrukcija koristi floating point instrukcije
-
Na kojoj se poziciji nalazi ESP registar u odnosu na početak grupe instrukcija
Procedura obradistanje za svaku od instrukcija koja joj se proslijedi ažurira navedenih šest indikatora.
Instrukcije koje su korištene za generisanje koda se mogu smjestiti u tabelu na slici Sl. 11.6.2 po njihovom ponašanju:
Optimizacijska pravila implementirana u osmoj verziji kompajlera su:
1) Sekvenca PUSH EAX / instrukcije koje ne mijenjaju EAX / POP EAX povlači izbacivanje PUSH EAX i
POP EAX instrukcija. Unutar ove sekvence ESP mora biti na istom nivou, dakle sekvenca mora imati jednak
broj PUSH i POP instrukcija. Dualno pravilo se primjenjuje ako se zamijene EAX i EBX.
2) Sekvenca PUSH EAX / instrukcije koje ne mijenjaju EBX / POP EBX povlači izbacivanje POP EBX i
zamjenu PUSH EAX instrukcije instrukcijom MOV EBX,EAX. Unutar ove sekvence ESP mora biti na istom
nivou, dakle sekvenca mora imati jednak broj PUSH i POP instrukcija. Dualno pravilo se primjenjuje ako se
zamijene EAX i EBX.
3) Sekvenca LEA EBX,adresa / PUSH EBX / instrukcije koje ne mijenjaju EBX / POP EBX povlači
izbacivanje LEA EBX,adresa i PUSH EBX te zamjenu POP EBX instrukcije instrukcijom LEA EBX,adresa.
Unutar ove sekvence ESP mora biti na istom nivou, dakle sekvenca mora imati jednak broj PUSH i POP
instrukcija
4) Ako nakon instrukcije LEA EBX,adresa slijedi instrukcija koja briše EBX prije instrukcije koja ga koristi,
instrukcija LEA EBX, adresa se može obrisati.
5) Ako nakon instrukcije MOV EAX,adresa slijedi instrukcija koja briše EAX prije instrukcije koja ga koristi,
instrukcija MOV EAX, adresa se može obrisati. Dualno pravilo se primjenjuje ako se zamijene EAX i EBX.
6) Ako iza instrukcije FLD slijedi sekvenca instrukcija koje ne koriste FPU a nakon njih instrukcija FSTP ST(0)
(odbacivanje podatka) instrukcije FLD i FSTP ST(0) se mogu obrisati.
7) U sekvenci ADD ESP,-8 / FSTP QWORD PTR [ESP] / Instrukcije koje ne koriste FPU/ FLD QWORD
PTR [ESP] / ADD ESP,8 sve četiri instrukcije koje uokviruju ostale instrukcije se mogu brisati.
8) Instrukcije koje nemaju efekta kao što su MOV EAX,EAX ; MOV EBX,EBX ;ADD EAX,0 ili ADD EBX,0 se
mogu brisati
9) Ako su dvije uzastopne iste MOV instrukcije , jedna se može brisati
10) Ako iza MOV registar,konst slijedi ADD registar,konst ovo se može svesti na jednu MOV instrukciju koja
dodjeljuje implicitni zbir
11) Ako iza instrukcije MOV registar,konst slijedi NEG registar, to se može zamijeniti sa MOV registar,-konst.
Ovim je riješen problem unarnog minusa koji je u nekim jezicima sastavni dio konstante.
12) Ako su dvije uzastopne iste ADD instrukcije , mogu se svesti na jednu sa implicitnim zbirom
13) Sekvence tipa MOV reg1,reg2 / ADD reg3,reg1 / MOV reg1,reg3 se mijenjaju sekvencama ADD reg3,reg2 /
MOV reg1,reg3. Umjesto registara ovdje se mogu javljati i memorijske lokacije, a pored ADD instrukcije ista
sekvenca je moguća i sa instrukcijama AND, SUB, MOV, OR, XOR.
14) Sekvence tipa PUSH reg1 / MOV reg2,reg3 / MOV reg1,reg4 / POP reg4 znače da se reg1 i reg4 mogu
obrisati. Ova sekvenca se javlja kao rezultat drugih optimizacija.
Procedura Optimizuj, koja se poziva iz procedure Emit provjerava sve ove slučajeve i izbacuje odnosno zamjenjuje
nepotrebne instrukcije.
Ovih 14 jednostavnih pravila skraćuju asemblerski generisani program za oko 30 %. Realizacija samog optimizatora
je nešto usložnjena kako bi pretraživanje išlo brže. Uvođenje optimizacije usporava proces kompajliranja. Sedma verzija
kompajlera je prevodila prethodni primjer na Pentium-u 100 za 0,2 s, dok osmoj verziji za isti zadatak treba oko 2,5 s.
79
11.7.
Testni primjer optimizacije
Kao testni primjer uzet je program predstavljen u prvoj koloni slike Sl. 11.7.1 :
cijeli a;
{
a:=2;
a:=a+a+1;
}
Izvorni
kôd
Neoptimizirani kôd
iz 7. Verzije
kompajlera
Uočene redundante
sekvence
Optimizovani kôd iz 8. verzije
cijeli a;
{
a:=2;
a:=a+a+1;
}
.486
.MODEL FLAT,STDCALL
OPTION CASEMAP:NONE
.CODE
ULAZ:
FINIT
JMP GLAVNI
;cijeli a;
;{
;
a:=2;
GLAVNI:
LEA EBX,GLOBALV[0]
MOV EAX,[EBX]
PUSH EBX
MOV EAX,2
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],EAX
;
a:=a+a+1;
LEA EBX,GLOBALV[0]
MOV EAX,[EBX]
PUSH EBX
LEA EBX,GLOBALV[0]
MOV EAX,[EBX]
PUSH EAX
LEA EBX,GLOBALV[0]
MOV EAX,[EBX]
POP EBX
ADD EAX,EBX
PUSH EAX
MOV EAX,1
POP EBX
ADD EAX,EBX
POP EBX
MOV [EBX],EAX
;}
;}
PUSH 0
CALL ExitProcess@4
.DATA
GLOBALV DB 4 DUP(0)
INTTOFP DD 0
END ULAZ
Nepotrebno MOV EAX
13 MOV EAX,[EBX]
14 PUSH EBX
15 MOV EAX,2
Nepotrebno LEA/PUSH/POP
12 LEA EBX,GLOBALV[0]
13 PUSH EBX
14 MOV EAX,2
15 POP EBX
Nasao nepotrebno LEA
13 MOV [EBX],EAX
14;
a:=a+a+1;
Nepotrebno MOV EAX
12 MOV EAX,[EBX]
13 PUSH EBX
15 MOV EAX,[EBX]
13 MOV EAX,[EBX]
14 PUSH EAX
14 MOV EAX,[EBX]
15 POP EBX
Nepotrebno PUSH /POP EBX
12 PUSH EAX
13 MOV EAX,DWORD PTR
GLOBALV[0]
14 POP EBX
Nepotrebna trojka
GLOBALV[0]
12 MOV EBX,EAX
GLOBALV[0]
Nepotrebno PUSH /POP EBX
13 PUSH EAX
14 MOV EAX,1
15 POP EBX
Nepotrebno LEA/PUSH/POP
8 PUSH EBX
9 MOV EBX,DWORD PTR
GLOBALV[0]
GLOBALV[0]
11 ADD EAX,EBX
12 MOV EBX,EAX
13 MOV EAX,1
14 ADD EAX,EBX
15 POP EBX
11 MOV [EBX],EAX
12;}
13;}
14 PUSH 0
15 CALL ExitProcess@4
Prevedeno bez greske
.486
.MODEL FLAT,STDCALL
OPTION CASEMAP:NONE
.CODE
ULAZ:
FINIT
JMP GLAVNI
;
;cijeli a;
;{
;
a:=2;
GLAVNI:
MOV EAX,2
MOV DWORD PTR GLOBALV[0],EAX
;
a:=a+a+1;
MOV EBX,DWORD PTR GLOBALV[0]
MOV EAX,DWORD PTR GLOBALV[0]
ADD EAX,EBX
MOV EBX,EAX
MOV EAX,1
ADD EAX,EBX
;}
;}
PUSH 0
CALL ExitProcess@4
.DATA
GLOBALV DB 4 DUP(0)
INTTOFP DD 0
END ULAZ
Optimalni kôd
.486
.MODEL FLAT,STDCALL
OPTION CASEMAP:NONE
.CODE
ULAZ:
JMP GLAVNI
;
;cijeli a;
;{
;
a:=2;
GLAVNI:
MOV DWORD PTR GLOBALV[0],2
;
a:=a+a+1;
MOV EAX,DWORD PTR GLOBALV[0]
ADD EAX,DWORD PTR GLOBALV[0]
INC EAX
;}
;}
PUSH 0
CALL ExitProcess@4
.DATA
GLOBALV DB 4 DUP(0)
INTTOFP DD 0
END ULAZ
Sl. 11.7.1.
Primjer rada optimizatora
Kada ne bi bilo optimizacije, (kao u verziji 7 kompajlera) prevedeni kôd bi izgledao kao u drugoj koloni. U
kompajleru je uključeno da prikazuje sekvence koje pronalazi optimizator nakon zaključka da se one mogu zamijeniti kraćim
sekvencama. U trećoj koloni se vidi da je optimizator djelovao ukupno 11 puta u ovako malom programu.
80
Rezultat optimizacije je dat u gornjem dijelu četvrte kolone na slici Sl. 11.7.1. Ovo još nije najbolji kôd koji se može
generisati. Uz povećanje broja pravila (što u ovom radu nije učinjeno) može se približiti optimalnom kodu iz donjeg dijela
četvrte kolone.
I na većim programima uočavaju se uštede od oko 30%-40%, iako je implementirano prilično malo optimizacijskih
pravila.
11.8.
Rezime poglavlja
Predprocesor omogućava zamjenu dijelova koda konstantama, uključivanje čitavih listinga izvornog koda, te uslovno
kompajliranje. Predprocesor je baziran na baferu u kome se čuvaju definicije zamjenskih simbola. Promijenjene su procedure
Novi i Emit i projekt organizovan u tri modula. Optimizator radi na principu zadrške nekoliko instrukcija i traženja
karakterističnih sekvenci koje se zamjenjuju kraćim sekvencama. Pri izboru sekvenci prati se upotreba registara EAX, EBX,
ESP i FP steka.
Ovim je razvoj jezika, na nivou ovog rada, završen. Sada treba isprobati nekoliko primjera iz realnog svijeta.
81
12. TESTNI PRIMJERI
Nakon realizacije posljednje verzije kompajlera slijedi njegovo testiranje. Kompajler je isproban na aplikacijama iz
realnog svijeta, iz raznih oblasti primjene.
12.1.
Primjer: Baze podataka i korisnički interfejs
Pošto su baze podataka uz igre, obradu teksta i sistemski softver najpopularnija kategorija softvera, završni primjer
programa u jeziku FILDZAN-32 je mala baza podataka u Accessovom MDB formatu kojoj se pristupa koristeći SQL i ODBC.
Ne bi bilo bitne razlike ni da je u pitanju MS SQL Server ili Oracle RDBMS. Sastoji se od jedne tabele koja predstavlja
telefonski imenik. Imenik se može pretraživati, a u njega se mogu unositi podaci. Polja u tabeli IMENIK su
IME CHAR(20), PREZIME CHAR(20), ADRESA CHAR(20), TELEFON CHAR(20)
Ovaj database primjer koristi, pored Windows API funkcija navedenih u prethodnom poglavlju i mnoge API funkcije
iz oblasti ODBC-a. Konekcija sa ODBC sistemom se uspostavlja koristeći SQLAllocEnv, za pripremu okruženja,
SQLAllocConnect za rezervisanje prostora u memoriji za konekciju, SQLDriverConnect koji zaista vrši konekciju sa datim
sistemom za upravljanje bazom podataka. Prostor u memoriji za naredbu se rezerviše koristeći SQLAllocStmt, a oslobađa
koristeći SQLFreeStmt.
SQL Naredba se izvršava peko funkcije SQLExecDirect.
Ako ona vraća podatke, slog se preuzima koristeći SQLFetch, a
odgovarajuće polje se dobije funkcijom SQLGetData. Konekcija se
prekida
sa
SQLDisconnect
a
memorija
oslobađa
sa
SQLFreeConnect.
Na slici se vidi prozor sa formularom za pretraživanje i unošenje
navedene baze podataka. Na njemu se nalaze četiri labele, četiri editna
polja i tri tastera.
Obrada poruka koje generišu ovi tasteri se vrši na standardan način,
kao u primjeru iz prethodnog poglavlja
Sl. 12.1.1.
Izgled ekrana demonstracione ODBC aplikacije
Kompajliranje i linkovanje ovog primjera zahtijeva još jednu dodatnu biblioteku prilikom linkovanja.
komp32v7 odbc.jez odbc.asm
ml /c /coff /Fl odbc.asm
link /defaultlib: user32.lib kernel32.lib gdi32.lib odbc.lib /subsystem:windows odbc.obj
Datoteke odbc.jez i odbc.h sa finalnim primjerima date su na slikama Sl. 12.1.2 i Sl. 12.1.3.
82
SetWindowTextA(prazna,ka);
SetWindowTextA(prazna,kb);
SetWindowTextA(prazna,kc);
SetWindowTextA(prazna,kd);
#dodaj odbc.h
cijeli funkcija Konekcija()
{
cijeli velicina,rez;
karakter [2000] punistring;
rez:=SQLAllocEnv(&ehan);
}
rez:=SQLAllocConnect(&chan,ehan);
rez:=SQLDriverConnect(0,&velicina, 1900, punistring,
70,"DRIVER={Microsoft Access Driver
(*.mdb)};DBQ=test.mdb",hWnd,chan);
rez:=SQLAllocStmt(&shan,chan);
}
cijeli funkcija Diskonekcija()
{ cijeli rez;
rez:=SQLFreeStmt(0,shan);
rez:=SQLDisconnect(chan);
rez:=SQLFreeConnect(chan);
}
cijeli funkcija Insert()
{ karakter [500] komanda;
karakter * kk;
karakter [30] polje;
karakter [2] navodnik;
cijeli rez;
navodnik [0]:=39;navodnik[1]:=0;
komanda[0]:=0;
lstrcat(
"INSERT INTO IMENIK(IME,PREZIME,ADRESA,TELEFON) VALUES("
,komanda);
GetWindowTextA(30,polje,ka);
NAV;POLJE;NAV;ZAREZ;
GetWindowTextA(30,polje,kb);
GetWindowTextA(30,polje,kc);
GetWindowTextA(30,polje,kd);
NAV;POLJE;NAV;
lstrcat(")",komanda);
ako (lstrlenA(polje)>4)
{
Konekcija();
rez:=SQLExecDirect(lstrlenA(komanda),komanda,shan);
Diskonekcija();
}
inace { MessageBoxA(0,"Greska","Kratak broj",0);}
}
cijeli funkcija Select()
{ karakter[500] komanda;
karakter [2] navodnik;
karakter [30] polje;
cijeli rez,indikator;
navodnik [0]:=39;navodnik[1]:=0;
komanda[0]:=0;
lstrcat(
"SELECT IME,PREZIME,ADRESA,TELEFON FROM IMENIK WHERE 1=1 "
,komanda);
GetWindowTextA(30,polje,ka);
ako (lstrlenA(polje))>1 { lstrcat(
" AND IME=",komanda);NAV;POLJE;NAV; }
GetWindowTextA(30,polje,kb);
" AND PREZIME=",komanda);NAV;POLJE;NAV; }
GetWindowTextA(30,polje,kc);
" AND ADRESA=",komanda);NAV;POLJE;NAV; }
GetWindowTextA(30,polje,kd);
" AND TELEFON=",komanda);NAV;POLJE;NAV; }
Konekcija();
rez:=SQLExecDirect(lstrlenA(komanda),komanda,shan);
rez:=SQLFetch(shan);
rez:=SQLGetData(&indikator,30,polje,SQLCHAR,1,shan);
SetWindowTextA(polje,ka);
SetWindowTextA(polje,kb);
SetWindowTextA(polje,kc);
SetWindowTextA(polje,kd);
Diskonekcija();
}
cijeli funkcija PraznaForma()
{ karakter [1] prazna;
prazna[0]:=0;
Sl. 12.1.2.
cijeli funkcija WndProc(cijeli lParam,cijeli wParam,cijeli
wMessage,cijeli hWnd)
{ cijeli obradjena;
obradjena:=0;
ako (wMessage=1) `WM_CREATE
{
ka:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hWnd,20,120,20,140,
UOKVIRENO,0,"EDIT",0);
kb:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hWnd,20,120,60,140,
kc:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hWnd,20,120,100,140,
kd:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hWnd,20,120,140,140,
ke:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hWnd,20,120,180,140,
UOKVIRENO,"Nadji","BUTTON",0);
kf:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hWnd,20,120,220,140,
UOKVIRENO,"Unesi","BUTTON",0);
kk:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hWnd,20,120,260,140,
UOKVIRENO,"Prazna forma","BUTTON",0);
kg:=CreateWindowExA (0,hInstance,0,hWnd,20,120,20,10,
UOKVIRENO,"Ime ","STATIC",0);
kh:=CreateWindowExA (0,hInstance,0,hWnd,20,120,60,10,
UOKVIRENO,"Prezime ","STATIC",0);
ki:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hWnd,20,120,100,10,
UOKVIRENO,"Adresa ","STATIC",0);
kj:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hWnd,20,120,140,10,
UOKVIRENO,"Telefon ","STATIC",0);
obradjena:=1;
}
ako (wMessage=2) `WM_QUIT
{PostQuitMessage (0) ; obradjena:=1; }
ako (wMessage=273) `WM_COMMAND
{
ako (lParam=ke)
{ Select(); }
ako (lParam=kf)
{ Insert(); }
ako (lParam=kk)
{ PraznaForma(); }
obradjena:=1;
}
ako (obradjena=0)
{ DefWindowProcA lParam,wParam,wMessage,hWnd); }
}
{
nCmdShow:=10;
hInstance:=GetModuleHandleA (0);
wndclass.cbsize:=48;
wndclass.style := 0 ;
wndclass.lpfnWndProc := WndProc ;
wndclass.cbClsExtra := 0 ;
wndclass.cbWndExtra := 0 ;
wndclass.hInstance := hInstance ;
wndclass.hIcon := 0 ;
wndclass.hCursor
:= LoadCursorA (32512,0) ;
wndclass.hbrBackground := GetStockObject(3);
wndclass.lpszMenuName
:= 0;
wndclass.lpszClassName := "PROBNA" ;
wndclass.hIconSm:=0;
ako (!(RegisterClassExA (&wndclass)))
{ 0 ; }
inace
{
hWnd := CreateWindowExA ( 0,hInstance,0,0,
400,400,4,4,13565952,
"ODBC Database Demo","PROBNA",512);
ShowWindow ( nCmdShow,hWnd) ;
UpdateWindow(hWnd) ;
dok (GetMessageA (0, 0, 0,&msg))
{
TranslateMessage (&msg) ;
DispatchMessageA (&msg) ;
}
msg.wParam ;
}
}
Datoteka ODBC.JEZ
83
c,cijeli * d);
cijeli d,cijeli e,cijeli f,cijeli g,cijeli h,cijeli i,
cijeli funkcija GetStockObject ( cijeli a) ;
c,cijeli d);
cijeli funkcija lstrcat ( karakter * a,karakter * b) ;
cijeli funkcija GetWindowTextA (cijeli a, karakter *
b,cijeli c);
cijeli funkcija SetWindowTextA (karakter * b,cijeli c);
cijeli * TargetValue,cijeli TargetType,cijeli
ColumnNumber,
cijeli StatementHandle);
cijeli hWnd ;
slog
{
cijeli hwnd;
cijeli message;
cijeli wParam;
cijeli lParam;
cijeli time;
slog
{
cijeli x;
cijeli y;
} pt;
} msg ;
` a message structure
slog
{
cijeli cbsize;
cijeli
style;
cijeli funkcija SQLAllocEnv(cijeli * EnvironHandle);
cijeli
cbClsExtra;
cijeli funkcija SQLAllocConnect(cijeli *
cijeli
cbWndExtra;
ConnectionHandle,cijeli EnvironHandle);
cijeli
hInstance;
cijeli funkcija SQLDriverConnect(cijeli
cijeli
hIcon;
DriverCompletion,cijeli * StringLengthDPtr,
cijeli
hCursor;
cijeli BufferLength, cijeli * OutConnectionString,
cijeli
hbrBackground;
cijeli StringLengthJ,cijeli * InConnectionString,cijeli
WindowHandle,
cijeli ConnectionHandle);
cijeli hIconSm;
` DRIVER={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};DBQ=
} wndclass ; ` window class structure
cijeli funkcija
SQLAllocStmt(cijeli *
StatementHandle,cijeli ConnectionHandle);
cijeli nCmdShow;
cijeli funkcija
SQLExecDirect(cijeli TextLen,cijeli *
karakter * lpszCmdLine;
StatementText,cijeli StatementHandle);
cijeli hPrevInstance;
cijeli funkcija
SQLDisconnect(cijeli ConnectionHandle);
cijeli hInstance;
cijeli funkcija
SQLFreeConnect(cijeli ConnectionHandle);
cijeli ka,kb,kc,kd,ke,kf,kg,kh,ki,kj,kk;
cijeli funkcija lstrlenA (karakter * a);
cijeli ehan,chan,shan;
cijeli funkcija wvsprintfA(realni * broj,karakter * format,
karakter * bafer );
#definiraj UOKVIRENO 1350631424
cijeli funkcija SQLFreeStmt(cijeli fOption,cijeli hstmt);
#definiraj NAV lstrcat(navodnik,komanda)
cijeli funkcija SQLFetch(cijeli StatementHandle);
#definiraj POLJE lstrcat(polje,komanda)
cijeli funkcija SQLGetData(cijeli * StrLenOrInd,cijeli
#definiraj ZAREZ lstrcat(",",komanda)
BufferLength,
#definiraj SQLDRIVERPROMPT 2
#definiraj SQLCHAR 1
Sl. 12.1.3.
12.2.
Datoteka ODBC.H
Primjer: Multimedija
Na slici Sl. 12.2.1 je dat prosti program koji šalje na zvučnik sadržaj WAV datoteke, koristeći funkciju PlaySound.
Ovaj primjer ujedno ilustruje učitavanje dinamičkih biblioteka. Funkcija LoadLibraryA učitava cijelu dinamičku biblioteku,
dok funkcija GetProcAddress vraća adresu pojedine procedure u njoj.
cijeli * PlaySound;
cijeli funkcija LoadLibraryA(karakter * ime);
cijeli funkcija GetProcAddress(karakter * ime,cijeli hl);
cijeli hl;
{
hl:=LoadLibraryA("WINMM.DLL");
PlaySound:=GetProcAddress("PlaySound",hl);
PlaySound(131072,0,"c:\PJESMA.WAV");
}
Sl. 12.2.1.
12.3.
Datoteka sound.jez
Primjer: Web Server
U jeziku FILDZAN-32 napisan je mali Web server, sposoban da prikazuje statičke web stranice sa hiperlinkovima, na
mašini, lokalnoj mreži ili Internetu. Web server koristi Winsock biblioteku, odnosno funkcije WSAStartup (inicijalizacija
okruženja), WSACleanup (uklanjanje okruženja), accept (prihvatanje konekcije i njeno povezivanje s soketom), closesocket
(uklanjanje soketa iz tabele), send (slanje podataka prijemnom soketu) , recv (prijem podatka od drugog soketa), socket
(kreiranje krajnje tačke za komunikaciju i vraćanje soketa), listen (slušanje da li u konekciji nailazi neki soket i bind (dodjela
lokalnog imena neimenovanom soketu).
Listing programa dat je na slici Sl. 12.3.1. Princip Web servera je u suštini jednostavan. Nakon što je povezan soket
da osluškuje port 80 (HTTP) očekuje se zahtjev od strane klijenta. U okviru ovog zahtjeva obično dolazi komanda GET
praćena imenom datoteke i verzijom protokola. Nakon parsiranja imena, otvara se datoteka sa tim imenom i njen sadržaj se
pošalje klijentskom soketu koristeći funkciju send.
84
#definiraj HTTPPORT 80
#definiraj CETRSTOCETIRI "HTTP/1.1\ 404
Content-Type: text/html \ <h1>Nema
stranice</h1><hr><i>Ibrik\ Web Server,
v1.0-(c) 2002-2003 by \ Kenan Kalajdzic"
#definiraj CETRSTO "HTTP/1.1 400 \
Content-Type: text/html <h1>Bad \
Request</h1><hr><i>Ibrik Web \ Server,
v1.0 - (c) 2002-2003 by \ Kenan
Kalajdzic"
#definiraj INDEXPAGE "/index.htm"
#definiraj WEBDIR "D:/thp/%s"
#definiraj METODLEN 16
#definiraj PAGELEN 256
#definiraj SOCKADDRIN slog { \
karakter fam1,fam2,port1,port2; \
cijeli inaddr; karakter [8] \
sinzero; }
#definiraj BUFSIZE 1024
#definiraj SOCKET cijeli
#definiraj SOCKSTREAM 1
#definiraj SOCKETERROR (-1)
#definiraj INVALIDSOCKET (~0)
#definiraj INADDRANY 0
#definiraj PFINET 2
#definiraj STRADDRINLEN 16
#definiraj FILEATTRIBUTENORMAL 128
#definiraj OPENEXISTING 3
#definiraj GENERICREAD 2147483648
#definiraj INVALIDHANDLEVALUE (-1)
#definiraj WSADATA slog { cijeli \
wVersion;\
cijeli wHighVersion;\
karakter [257] szDescription;\
karakter [129] szSystemStatus;\
cijeli iMaxSocketsiMaxUdpDg;\
karakter * lpVendorInfo;}
SOCKET sd, newsd;
cijeli f,imebr;
cijeli wsVersion;
cijeli bytes, pos;
karakter [BUFSIZE] buf;
karakter * ptr, ptr2 ;
SOCKADDRIN sin, rhost; cijeli rlen;
cijeli dalje,petlja;
WSADATA wsaData;
cijeli funkcija WSAStartup (cijeli *
adr,cijeli ver);
cijeli funkcija WSACleanup ();
cijeli funkcija GetVersion ();
cijeli funkcija accept(cijeli * a,cijeli
* b,cijeli c);
cijeli funkcija closesocket(cijeli
socket);
cijeli funkcija send(cijeli a, cijeli b,
cijeli funkcija socket(cijeli a,cijeli
b,cijeli c);
cijeli funkcija listen(cijeli a,cijeli
b);
cijeli funkcija bind(cijeli a,cijeli *
sockp,cijeli sock);
cijeli funkcija wvsprintfA(cijeli *
kom,karakter * fmt,karakter * dest);
cijeli funkcija CreateFileA(cijeli
hTemplateFile, cijeli
dwFlagsAndAttributes,cijeli
dwCreationDisposition,
karakter * lpSecurityAttributes,
cijeli dwShareMode,cijeli
dwDesiredAccess,karakter * lpFileName,
);
cijeli funkcija ReadFile( cijeli
lpOverlapped, cijeli *
lpNumberOfBytesRead,
cijeli nNumberOfBytesToRead, cijeli *
lpBuffer, cijeli hFile);
cijeli funkcija CloseHandle(cijeli
hobject);
cijeli funkcija MessageBoxA(cijeli
opcije,karakter * poruka, karakter *
naslov,cijeli handle);cijeli funkcija
ExitProcess(cijeli kod);
petlja :=1;
bytes := 1;
dok (bytes # 0 ) & petlja {
dalje:=1;
bytes := recv(0,BUFSIZE-pos,
&buf[pos], newsd);
ako (bytes = SOCKETERROR) {
ako (closesocket(newsd) =
SOCKETERROR) {
errexit("closesocket");
}
dalje :=0;
}
ako(hasnewline(buf)&dalje) {
dalje := 0;
petlja := 0;
}
ako dalje {
pos := pos+bytes;
}
}
getstr( req.page,
getstr(req.method, buf,
METODLEN),PAGELEN);
dalje :=1;
ako (lstrcmp("GET",
req.method)){
dalje :=1;
send(0,100,CETRSTO,newsd);
SOCKETERROR) {
}
dalje := 0;
}
ako(!lstrcmp("/",req.page)&
dalje) {
lstrcpy(INDEXPAGE,req.page);
}
ako dalje {
imebr:=req.page;
imebr:=imebr+1;
wvsprintfA(&imebr,WEBDIR,buf);
f := CreateFileA(0,
FILEATTRIBUTENORMAL,
OPENEXISTING,0,0,
GENERICREAD,buf);
ako f = INVALIDHANDLEVALUE {
send(0,80,
CETRSTOCETIRI,newsd);
ako (closesocket(newsd)<0){
}
dalje:=0;
}
inace {
petlja:=1;
dok (petlja ) {
ako (!ReadFile(0,&bytes,
BUFSIZE,buf,f)) {
petlja:=0;
}
ako (bytes = 0) {
petlja:=0;
}
ako petlja {
ako send(0,bytes,buf,
newsd) =SOCKETERROR) {
petlja:=0;
}
}
}
ako (!CloseHandle(f)) {
errexit("CloseHandle");
}
}
SOCKETERROR) {
}
}
}
cijeli funkcija recv(cijeli a,cijeli
b,cijeli * c,cijeli sock);
cijeli funkcija lstrcmp(karakter *
a,karakter * b);
cijeli funkcija lstrcpy(karakter *
a,karakter * b);
slog {
karakter [METODLEN] method;
karakter [PAGELEN] page;
} req;
cijeli funkcija hasnewline(karakter *
ptr)
{ cijeli ima,n;
ima:=0;
dok (* ptr # 0) & (ima =0) {
ako (* ptr = 13) {
* ptr := 0;
ima:=1;
}
ptr:=&(ptr[1]);
}
n:=ima;
}
karakter * funkcija getstr(karakter *
dest, karakter * src, cijeli max)
{ karakter * rez;
karakter m;
max := max-1;
dok ( src[0] # ' ') & (max >0) {
dest[0] := src[0];
src := &(src[1]);
dest := &(dest[1]);
max := max-1;
}
* dest := 0;
rez := &(src[1]);
}
cijeli funkcija errexit(karakter *
title)
{
MessageBoxA(0,"Upozorenje", title,0);
WSACleanup();
ExitProcess(-1);
}
{
ako (GetVersion() < 2147483648) {
wsVersion := 2;
` Win NT
}
inace {
wsVersion := 257;
` Win 9x
}
ako (WSAStartup
(&wsaData,wsVersion )){
errexit("WSAStartup");
}
sd:= socket(0,SOCKSTREAM,PFINET);
ako (sd=INVALIDSOCKET) {
errexit("socket");
}
sin.fam1 := PFINET;
sin.fam2 := 0;
sin.port1 := 0;
sin.port2 := HTTPPORT;
sin.inaddr := INADDRANY;
ako (bind(STRADDRINLEN,&sin,sd)=
SOCKETERROR){
errexit("bind");
}
ako (listen(1,sd)=SOCKETERROR) {
errexit("listen");
}
dok (1 ) {
rlen := STRADDRINLEN;
newsd:=accept(&rlen,&rhost,sd);
ako (newsd= INVALIDSOCKET) {
errexit("accept");
}
pos := 0;
bytes :=0;
dok (bytes < BUFSIZE) {
buf[bytes]:=0;
bytes := bytes+1;
}
Sl. 12.3.1.
Web server
}
85
12.4.
Primjer: Numerička analiza
Pogledati primjer “Metoda sekante” na slici Sl. 9.7.1 s obzirom da se očuvala kompatibilnost sa tom verzijom
kompajlera.
12.5.
Rezime poglavlja
Završni primjeri pokazuju zrelost koju je jezik dostigao. Unatoč jednostavnom optimizatoru i kompajleru, izvršne
verzije svih testnih programa su dužine ispod 10 kilobajta. Raznovrsnost oblasti a već odlično demonstrira da se ovim
kompajlerom mogu praviti gotovo sve klasične aplikacije. Testni primjeri su poslužili za otkrivanje grešaka u kompajleru, ali i
pokazali da je sa ovom verzijom jezika moguće praviti aplikacije iz oblasti korisničkog interfejsa, baza podataka, multimedije,
dvodimenzionalne i trodimenzionalne grafike, lokalnih i globalnih mreža, numeričke analize i gotovo svih drugih oblasti
softvera. FILDZAN-32 definitivno nije najjednostavniji programski jezik za realizaciju ovih aplikacija, ali je jedan od rijetkih
koji pruža uvid u internu implementaciju softvera.
86
Prilog 8: Verzija izvornog koda kompajlera br. 8, glavni program
program Kompajler;
uses predpr8, postpr8;
const
MAXIDENT = 1024;
MAXDIM = 10;
DUGAKONST =
REDEKLAR =
PROSTNIZ =
NEKORARG =
GRIZRAZ = 'Izraz';
POGRMNOZ =
'Pogresan tip u ' +
NEDOPFP =
NEDOPARIT =
NEDODJ =
TUSLPET =
ARGNEKOM =
' s operatorom';
OCIDENT =
MAXDIMOV =
'Maksimalan broj dimenzija';
INDSTATC =
'Indeks statickog niza nije cijeli';
PREVDIM =
'Prevazidjen broj dimenzija';
NESLDIM =
'Ne slaze se broj dimenzija';
POLJEPOS = 'Polje vec postoji';
SLOGPOLJE =
'Samo slogovi mogu imati polja';
NEDEKPOLJE = 'Nedeklarisano polje';
SLOGSLOGU =
'Slog se moze dodijeliti samo
slogu';
SLOGRAZDUZ =
'Slogovi razlicite duzine';
INDNOPOINT =
'Indirektna funkcija bez pointera';
SLOGNEPOR =
'Slogovi se ne mogu porediti';
type
globalna, parametar, polje);
slog, pkarakter,
pcijeli, prealni, pslog);
TIdent = record
ime: string[20];
duzina: integer;
adresa: integer;
nivo: integer;
vrsta: TVrsta;
tip: TTip;
pod1: integer;
pod2: integer;
pod3: integer;
ukupdim: integer;
dim: array[0..MAXDIM] of integer;
end;
TZadnjiSlog = record
duzina: integer;
pozimena: integer;
idopisasloga: integer
end;
var
trenlabela, aktnivo: integer;
realnakonstanta: string;
TIdent;
ukupnoident, ukupnoslogova, ukdim:
integer;
t: TTip;
dod: Boolean;
zadnji: TZadnjiSlog;
dimenzije: array[0..MAXDIM] of
integer;
pduzina: integer;
pvrsta: TVrsta;
var
i: integer;
begin
ime := pime;
duzina := pduzina;
adresa := padresa;
nivo := pnivo;
vrsta := pvrsta;
tip := ptip;
pod1 := ppod1;
pod2 := ppod2;
pod3 := ppod3;
ukupdim := ukdim;
dim[i] := dimenzije[i];
end;
end;
string);
begin
end;
begin
WriteLn(poruka);
Close(ulaz);
Close(izlaz);
Halt;
end;
Boolean);
begin
begin
if greskakrln then
Greska(DUGAKONST)
else
znak := ' ';
end
else
end;
begin
if (znak <> z) then
Novi;
end;
+ znak;
NoviSvaki(false);
'9') do begin
realnakonstanta :=
realnakonstanta
+ znak;
NoviSvaki(false);
end;
end;
begin
+ znak;
NoviSvaki(false);
if (znak = '+') or (znak = '-')
then begin
realnakonstanta :=
realnakonstanta + znak;
NoviSvaki(false);
end;
if (znak < '0') or (znak > '9')
then
Greska(REALKONST);
'9') do begin
realnakonstanta :=
realnakonstanta + znak;
NoviSvaki(false);
end;
end;
UzmiKonstantu := 0;
t := realni;
end
else begin
t := cijeli;
end;
Novi;
dod := false;
end;
var
ureduiza: Boolean;
n: integer;
znak: char;
begin
if dslovoiza then
ureduiza := true
else begin
ureduiza := true;
znak := linija[n];
'z')) or
'Z')) then
ureduiza := false
end
end;
pozicija,
begin
Slijedi := true;
end
else
Slijedi := false;
end;
integer;
var
rezultat: integer;
tip: TTip;
begin
rezultat := 0;
var
tipind: TTip;
kraj, x, poi: Boolean;
do begin
begin
TipDek := false;
poi := false;
+ znak;
TipDek := true;
NoviSvaki(false);
Novi;
end;
tip := ptip;
poi := true;
Novi
87
end
else
tip := stip;
ukdim := 0;
if znak = '[' then begin
if poi then
tip := pcijeli
else
tip := ptip;
IdiDo('[');
repeat
ukdim := ukdim + 1;
if ukdim > MAXDIM then
Greska(MAXDIMOV);
dimenzije[ukdim] :=
UzmiKonstantu(tipind, x);
if tipind <> cijeli then
Greska(INDSTATC);
kraj := true;
Novi;
kraj := false;
end;
until kraj;
IdiDo(']');
end;
end
end;
Boolean;
var
a: Boolean;
begin
a := false;
if not (a) then
pcijeli);
if not (a) then
if not (a) then
prealni);
if not (a) then
a := TipDek('slog', tip, slog,
pslog);
end;
[lokalna, globalna,
ident) and
[lokalna, globalna,
ident) and
(TabIdent[n].vrsta = polje) and
(TabIdent[n].nivo = nivo) and
(TabIdent[n].pod3 = p1);
nivo) and
parametar)
else
Uslov := false;
end;
if Uslov then begin
nadjen := true;
poz := n;
end;
n := n - 1;
end;
NadjiIdent := poz;
end;
begin
begin
ident := znak;
NoviSvaki(false);
end
else
Greska(OCIDENT);
'0'..'9', '_']) do begin
NoviSvaki(false);
end;
Novi;
end;
until znak <> ',';
Emit(' POP EBX');
if (navdim <> TabIdent[idpoz].ukupdim)
and (not ((navdim = 1) and
(TabIdent[idpoz].ukupdim = 0))) then
Greska(NESLDIM);
IdiDo(']');
case t of
pkarakter: begin
t := karakter;
end;
pcijeli: begin
Emit(' SAL EAX,2');
t := cijeli;
end;
prealni: begin
Emit(' SAL EAX,3');
t := realni;
end;
pslog: begin
t := slog;
Str(DuzinaTipa(t), st);
Emit(' MUL EDX');
end;
else
Greska(PROSTNIZ)
end;
case t of
karakter:
realni:
else
end;
dod := true;
end;
var dod: Boolean);
var
begin
Emit('.DATA');
repeat
NoviSvaki(true);
Integer;
if znak <> '"' then
nivo: integer);
var
st := st + znak;
begin
elem, i: integer;
until znak = '"';
UzmiIdent(ident);
begin
IdiDo('"');
case tip of
st := st + ''',0';
then
cijeli: DuzinaTipa := 4;
Greska(REDEKLAR);
pcijeli, pkarakter, prealni, pslog:
'''''' then
end;
begin
if ukdim = 0 then
Emit(st);
DuzinaTipa := 4
Emit('.CODE');
else begin
forward;
elem := 4*ord(tip = pcijeli)+
t := pkarakter;
1 * ord(tip = pkarakter) +
dod := false;
8 * ord(tip = prealni) +
procedure PokazivacINiz(var t: TTip; var end;
zadnji.duzina * ord(tip =
dod: Boolean; idpoz: Integer);
pslog);
var
for i := 1 to ukdim do
procedure PEmit(idpoz: Integer);
t1: TTip;
elem := elem * dimenzije[i];
var
navdim,dsvedim,i: Integer;
DuzinaTipa := elem;
i: integer;
st: string;
end
begin
begin
end;
navdim := 0;
Emit(' MOV EAX,[EBX]')
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
else
Emit(' MOV EAX,0');
slog: DuzinaTipa := zadnji.duzina;
repeat
else
ukdim := TabIdent[idpoz].ukupdim;
Novi;
DuzinaTipa := 4;
navdim := navdim + 1;
end;
dimenzije[i] :=
if navdim > MAXDIM then
end;
Greska(PREVDIM);
end;
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
function DeklaracijaSloga(nivo:
Emit(' POP EBX');
var
integer): integer;
n, poz: integer;
var
dsvedim:=1;
ImePolja: string;
for i:=navdim+1 to
begin
oznakasloga, podslog, duzinasloga,
TabIdent[idpoz].ukupdim do
n := ukupnoident;
zapukdim, i, poz: integer;
dsvedim:=dsvedim*
nadjen := false;
tip: TTip;
poz := 0;
Str(dsvedim, st);
zdimenzije: array[0..MAXDIM] of
begin
integer;
Emit(' MUL EDX');
case tuslova of
begin
end;
zapukdim := ukdim;
ident) and
88
zdimenzije[i] := dimenzije[i];
IdiDo('{');
ukupnoslogova := ukupnoslogova + 1;
oznakasloga := ukupnoslogova;
duzinasloga := 0;
poz := 0;
then
podslog := DeklaracijaSloga(nivo)
else
podslog := oznakasloga;
repeat
3, podslog);
if poz <> 0 then
Greska(POLJEPOS);
NoviIdent(ImePolja,
DuzinaTipa(tip),
0, nivo, polje, tip, podslog,
duzinasloga, oznakasloga);
duzinasloga := duzinasloga +
DuzinaTipa(tip);
Novi;
end;
until imaistogtipa;
while (duzinasloga mod 4) <> 0 do
duzinasloga := duzinasloga + 1;
IdiDo(';');
end;
IdiDo('}');
zadnji.duzina := duzinasloga;
zadnji.idopisasloga := OznakaSloga;
DeklaracijaSloga := OznakaSloga;
ukdim := zapukdim;
dimenzije[i] := zdimenzije[i];
end;
procedure ElementSloga
dod: Boolean);
var
poz, nivo, idsloga: integer;
Imepolja, st: string;
begin
if t <> slog then
Greska(SLOGPOLJE);
nivo := TabIdent[idpoz].nivo;
idsloga := TabIdent[idpoz].pod3;
while znak = '.' do begin
Novi;
3, idsloga);
if poz = 0 then
Greska(NEDEKPOLJE);
Str(TabIdent[poz].pod2, st);
Emit(' ADD EBX,' + st);
t := TabIdent[poz].tip;
case t of
realni:
slog: begin
idsloga :=
TabIdent[poz].pod1;
zadnji.duzina :=
TabIdent[poz].duzina;
TabIdent[poz].pod3;
end;
else
PEmit(poz);
end;
end;
end;
begin
if osmobitni then
end;
begin
end;
procedure
Boolean);
begin
if osmobitni then
Emit(' ADD ESP,4');
end;
begin
end;
begin
Emit(' ADD ESP,8');
end;
dod: Boolean);
var
parametara, N, velsteka,
duzprvogsloga,
duzdrugogsloga, m1: integer;
t1, t2: TTip;
begin
parametara := 0;
velsteka := 0;
duzprvogsloga := 0;
if znak <> '(' then begin
velsteka := 0;
for parametara := 1 to
TabIdent[idpoz].pod1 do begin
parametara);
velsteka := velsteka + (
(TabIdent[n].duzina - 1) div 4
+ 1) * 4;
end;
Str(velsteka, st);
Emit(' MOV EAX,OFFSET ' +
imefunkcije + '@' + st);
t := pcijeli;
dod := false;
end
else begin
IdiDo('(');
if t1 = slog then
duzprvogsloga :=
DuzinaTipa(t1);
parametara);
if n = 0 then
Greska(NEKORARG);
if t2 = slog then
duzdrugogsloga :=
TabIdent[n].duzina;
prealni]) then
Greska(NEKDODJP);
cijeli) then
if ((t1 = slog) and (t2 <> slog))
or
then
Greska(SLOGSLOGU);
case t2 of
slog: begin
if duzprvogsloga <>
duzdrugogsloga then
Greska(SLOGRAZDUZ);
m1 := ((duzprvogsloga - 1)
div 4 + 1) * 4;
Str(m1, st);
Emit(' CLD');
Emit(' REP MOVSB');
end;
realni: begin
case t1 of
realni: ;
karakter:
true);
else
false);
end;
FPUStekNaStek;
end
else begin
if t1 = realni then
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
end;
end;
if znak <> ')' then
IdiDo(',');
end;
IdiDo(')');
if TabIdent[idpoz].pod1 <>
parametara then
Greska(NEKORARG);
Str(velsteka, st);
st);
dod := false;
end;
end;
procedure IndirektniPoziv(var t: TTip);
var
m1, velsteka, duzsloga: Integer;
straddr, st: string;
t1: TTip;
begin
velsteka := 0;
NovaLabela(straddr);
Emit('.DATA');
st := 'L' + straddr + ' DD ?';
Emit(st);
Emit('.CODE');
Emit(' MOV L' + straddr + ',EAX');
IdiDo('(');
case t1 of
slog: begin
duzsloga := DuzinaTipa(t1);
m1 := ((duzsloga - 1) div 4 +
1) * 4;
Str(duzsloga, st);
Str(m1, st);
Emit(' CLD');
Emit(' REP MOVSB');
end;
realni: begin
FPUStekNaStek;
end
else begin
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
end;
end;
if znak <> ')' then
IdiDo(',');
end;
IdiDo(')');
89
Str(velsteka, st);
Emit(' CALL L' + straddr);
case t of
pkarakter: t := karakter;
pslog: t := slog;
else
Greska(INDNOPOINT)
end;
end;
procedure Varijabla
var
rezultat: integer;
st: string;
begin
Str(rezultat, st);
if glob then
else begin
else
end;
case t of
realni:
slog: begin
zadnji.duzina :=
TabIdent[idpoz].duzina;
end;
pslog: begin
rezultat:=1;
for i:=1 to TabIdent[idpoz].
ukupdim do
rezultat:=rezultat*
if rezultat<>0 then
zadnji.duzina :=
TabIdent[idpoz].
duzina div rezultat
else
zadnji.duzina:=4;
PEmit(idpoz);
end;
else
PEmit(idpoz);
end;
dod := true
else
dod := false;
while znak ='[' do begin
PokazivacINiz(t, dod, idpoz);
end;
if znak = '(' then
IndirektniPoziv(t);
end;
Boolean);
var
begin
err := ARGNEKOM;
case znak of
'-': begin
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
case t of
else
Greska(err);
end;
dod := false;
end;
'~': begin
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
case t of
else
Greska(err);
end;
dod := false;
end;
'&': begin
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
case t of
slog: t := pslog;
realni: begin
t := prealni;
end;
else
t := pcijeli;
end;
dod := false;
end;
'*': begin
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
end
else
case t of
pkarakter: begin
t := karakter;
end;
pslog: begin
t := slog;
end;
else
Greska(err);
end;
dod := true;
end;
'!': begin
Novi;
Faktor(t, dod);
case t of
else
Greska(err);
end;
Emit(' SETE AL');
dod := false;
t := cijeli;
end;
'"': begin
end;
'''': begin
NoviSvaki(true);
'''');
Novi;
IdiDo('''');
t := karakter;
end;
'0'..'9': begin
dod);
case t of
cijeli: begin
Str(rezultat, st);
end;
realni: begin
Emit('.DATA');
' DQ '+realnakonstanta;
Emit(st);
Emit('.CODE');
end;
end;
end;
'(': begin
Novi;
IdiDo(')');
end;
'A'..'Z', 'a'..'z': begin
UzmiIdent(ime);
1, 0);
if poz = 0 then
funkcija:
lokalna, parametar:
false);
globalna:
end
end;
else
Greska(GRIZRAZ);
end;
if znak = '.' then
ElementSloga(zadnji.pozimena,t,pod);
end;
Boolean);
var
z: char;
t1, t2: TTip;
begin
Faktor(t1, dod);
t := t1;
while (znak in ['*', '/', '%']) do
begin
z := znak;
Emit(' PUSH EAX')
else
FPUStekNaStek;
Novi;
Faktor(t2, dod);
dod := false;
realni])) or
realni])) then
Greska(POGRMNOZ);
then begin
t := realni;
karakter);
karakter)
else
StekNaFPUStek;
case z of
else
Greska(NEDOPFP);
end
end
else begin
t := cijeli;
case z of
'*': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
Emit(' IMUL EBX');
end;
'/', '%': begin
Emit(' POP EAX');
Emit(' CDQ');
Emit(' IDIV EBX');
if z = '%' then
end;
90
karakter);
karakter)
else
StekNaFPUStek;
Boolean);
Emit(' FCOMPP ');
var
Emit(' FSTSW AX');
var
z: char;
Emit(' SAHF');
z: char;
t1, t2: TTip;
case z of
t1, t2: TTip;
begin
dod1: Boolean;
Clan(t1, dod);
duzprvogsloga, duzdrugogsloga:
t := t1;
Integer;
while (znak in ['+', '-', '&', '|',
st: string;
'^']) do begin
end;
begin
duzprvogsloga := 0;
Emit(' PUSH EAX')
t := cijeli;
else
end
Izraz(t1, dod1);
FPUStekNaStek;
else begin
if t1 = slog then
z := znak;
duzprvogsloga := DuzinaTipa(t1);
Novi;
karakter) then
t := t1;
Clan(t2, dod);
Emit(' CMP BL,AL')
dod := dod1;
dod := false;
else begin
case znak of
':': begin
realni])) or
then
realni])) then
Greska(OCEKDOD);
Greska(NEDOPARIT);
if not (dod1) then
end;
Greska(NEDODJ);
then begin
case z of
Emit(' PUSH EBX');
t := realni;
Novi;
karakter);
end;
if t2 = slog then
duzdrugogsloga :=
karakter)
t := cijeli;
DuzinaTipa(t2);
else
end;
if ((t1 = slog) and (t2 <>
StekNaFPUStek;
end
slog)) or
case z of
end;
end;
then
Greska(SLOGSLOGU);
else
procedure Uslov;
if t1 = slog then begin
Greska(NEDOPFP);
var
if duzprvogsloga <>
end
duzdrugogsloga then
end
begin
Greska(SLOGRAZDUZ);
else begin
Novi;
Emit(' POP EDI');
case z of
'+': begin
if t <> cijeli then
Emit(' CLD');
Emit(' POP EBX');
Greska(TIPUSL);
Emit(' CMP EAX,0');
NovaLabela(sonda);
end
t := karakter;
NovaLabela(sinace);
else
Emit(' ADD AL,BL');
Emit(' POP EBX');
end
else begin
and
t := cijeli;
IdiDo('{');
prealni]) then
Blok;
Greska(DODJPOINT);
realni) then
end;
Novi;
karakter);
end;
IdiDo('{');
'-': begin
Blok;
realni) then
end;
Emit(' POP EAX');
case t1 of
end;
karakter:
t := karakter;
procedure Asembler;
realni:
Emit(' SUB AL,BL');
Emit(' FSTP QWORD PTR[EBX]'); begin
end
repeat
slog: Emit(' REP MOVSB');
else begin
else
t := cijeli;
Emit(linija);
end;
if eof(ulaz) then
t := t1;
linija := '\';
end; {:}
'=', '>', '<', '#': begin
pozicija := 1;
end;
Emit(' PUSH EAX')
end;
IdiDo('\');
else
'&', '|', '^': begin
end;
FPUStekNaStek;
z := znak;
= karakter) then
procedure Petlja;
Novi;
t := karakter
var
Izraz(t2, dod);
else
if (t1 = slog) or (t2 = slog)
t := cijeli;
begin
then
Emit(' POP EBX');
Novi;
Greska(SLOGNEPOR);
case z of
NovaLabela(suslov);
'&': Emit(' AND EAX,EBX');
Emit(' POP EBX');
'^': Emit(' XOR EAX,EBX');
if t <> cijeli then
realni) then begin
end;
end;
end;
t1 := t;
end;
end;
end;
end;
end;
t1 := t;
end;
end;
91
Greska(TUSLPET);
Emit(' CMP EAX,0');
NovaLabela(sdok);
IdiDo('{');
Emit('L' + sdok + ':');
Blok;
end;
procedure Blok;
begin
Petlja
Uslov
then
Asembler
else begin
IdiDo(';');
end;
end;
IdiDo('}');
end;
var
pfunkc, i, p3: integer;
tip: TTip;
begin
'z')) or
((znak >= 'A') and (znak <= 'Z')))
then
Greska(IMEFUN);
aktnivo := pfunkc;
IdiDo('(');
parametara := 0;
lokadresa := 0;
paradresa := 0;
then
p3 := DeklaracijaSloga(pfunkc)
else
p3 := 0;
1) * 4;
DuzinaTipa(tip),
tip, pfunkc, parametara, p3);
end;
if znak <> ')' then
IdiDo(',');
end;
IdiDo(')');
then
case znak of
'{': begin
IdiDo('{');
begin
if (tip = slog) or (tip =
pslog) then
p3 :=
DeklaracijaSloga(pfunkc)
else
p3 := 0;
repeat
pfunkc);
DuzinaTipa(tip);
DuzinaTipa(tip),
-lokadresa, pfunkc,
lokalna, tip,
Novi;
end;
until imaistogtipa;
do
IdiDo(';');
end;
Str(paradresa, st);
':');
Emit(' PUSH EBP');
Str(lokadresa, st);
Blok;
Emit(' POP EBP');
Str(paradresa, st);
Emit(' RET ' + st);
'@' + st);
end;
';': begin
Str(paradresa, st);
'@' + st + ':near');
IdiDo(';');
end
else
Greska(DEFFUN);
end;
aktnivo := 0;
end;
procedure Prevedi;
var
globadresa, p3: Integer;
tip: TTip;
begin
Emit('.486');
Emit('.CODE');
Emit('ULAZ:');
Emit(' FINIT');
pozicija := 0;
globadresa := 0;
Novi;
begin
Novi;
DefFunkcija(tip);
end
else begin
if (tip=slog) or (tip=pslog) then
p3 := DeklaracijaSloga(0)
else
p3 := 0;
repeat
DuzinaTipa(tip), globadresa,
0, globalna, tip, 0, 0, p3);
DuzinaTipa(tip);
Novi;
end;
until imaistogtipa;
IdiDo(';');
end
end;
IdiDo('{');
Emit('GLAVNI:');
Blok;
Emit(' PUSH 0');
Emit('.DATA');
Emit('GLOBALV DB '+st+' DUP(0)');
Emit('END ULAZ')
end
else begin
Emit('GLAVNI:');
Emit('END');
end;
end;
procedure Glavni;
var
linija: string;
begin
initpp;
trenlabela := 0;
ukupnoident := 0;
aktnivo := 0;
ukupnoslogova := 0;
brojaclinija := 0;
linija := '';
Reset(ulaz);
Rewrite(izlaz);
Prevedi;
Close(ulaz);
Close(izlaz);
end;
begin
Glavni
end.
92
Prilog 9: Verzija izvornog koda kompajlera br. 8, predprocesor
unit predpr8;
interface
procedure Novi;
procedure InitPp;
var
ulaz, privulaz: text;
pozicija, brojaclinija: integer;
znak: char;
linija: string;
implementation
uses postpr8;
const
MAXCHAR = 200000;
MAXDEFINICIJE = 50;
type
Tdefinicije = record
ime: string[20];
pocetak: integer;
kraj: integer;
end;
var
bafer: array[1..MAXCHAR] of char;
definicije: array[1..MAXDEFINICIJE] of
TDefinicije;
bafertop: integer;
deftop: integer;
glavnadat: Boolean;
ObradaLinije: Boolean;
procedure InitPp;
begin
bafertop := 0;
deftop := 0;
glavnadat := true;
ObradaLinije := true;
end;
procedure PpDefin;
var
duz, i, n: integer;
radi: Boolean;
imes: string;
if glavnadat then
ReadLn(ulaz, linija)
else
ReadLn(privulaz, linija);
end;
end;
definicije[deftop].kraj :=
bafertop;
end;
linija := '';
end;
procedure PpPostoji;
var
imes: string;
postoji: Boolean;
i: integer;
begin
imes := copy(linija, 10,
Length(linija) - 9);
postoji := false;
for i := 1 to deftop do
if definicije[i].ime = imes then
postoji := true;
if not (postoji) then
Obradalinije := false
else
linija := '';
end;
procedure PpNePostoji;
var
imes: string;
postoji: Boolean;
i: integer;
begin
postoji := false;
if definicije[i].ime = imes then
postoji := true;
if postoji then
Obradalinije := false
else
linija := '';
end;
begin
duz := Length(linija);
if deftop < MAXDEFINICIJE then
deftop := deftop + 1;
n := 12;
imes := '';
radi := true;
procedure Predprocesiraj;
while (n <= duz) and radi do begin
if linija[n] in ['a'..'z', 'A'..'Z'] var
i, n, j, duz: integer;
then
imes, glava, rep: string;
imes := imes + linija[n]
mijenjano: Boolean;
else
begin
radi := false;
if linija = '#dalje' then begin
n := n + 1;
obradalinije := true;
end;
linija := '';
if imes <> '' then begin
end;
definicije[deftop].ime := imes;
if not (obradalinije) then
definicije[deftop].pocetak :=
linija := '';
bafertop;
duz := Length(linija);
radi := true;
if duz > 11 then
while radi do begin
if copy(linija, 1, 11) =
radi := false;
'#definiraj ' then
PpDefin;
if linija[Length(linija)] = '\'
if duz > 9 then
then begin
if copy(linija, 1, 9) = '#postoji '
radi := true;
then
linija := copy(linija, 1,
PpPostoji;
if duz > 11 then
end;
if copy(linija, 1, 11) =
for i := n to Length(linija) do
'#nepostoji ' then
begin
PpNePostoji;
if bafertop < MAXCHAR then
bafertop := bafertop + 1;
if duz > 7 then
bafer[bafertop] := linija[i];
if (copy(linija, 1, 7) = '#dodaj ')
n := 1;
and glavnadat then begin
end;
if radi then begin
Assign(privulaz, imes);
Reset(privulaz);
glavnadat := false;
linija := '';
end;
repeat
mijenjano:=false;
repeat
n := Pos(definicije[i].ime,
linija);
if (n +
Length(definicije[i].ime))
<= Length(linija) then
if linija[n +Length(
definicije[i].ime)] in
['a'..'z', 'A'..'Z'] then
n := 0;
if n > 1 then
if linija[n - 1] in
['a'..'z', 'A'..'Z'] then
n := 0;
if n > 0 then begin
glava := copy(linija,1,n-1);
rep := copy(linija, n +
Length(definicije[i].ime),
Length(linija));
linija := glava;
for j := definicije[i].pocetak
+ 1 to
definicije[i].kraj do
linija := linija + bafer[j];
linija := linija + rep;
mijenjano:=true;
end;
until n <= 0;
until not(mijenjano)
end;
procedure Novi;
begin
repeat
begin
if glavnadat and not (Eof(ulaz))
then begin
Predprocesiraj;
end
else begin
if not (glavnadat) and not
(Eof(privulaz)) then begin
ReadLn(privulaz, linija);
Predprocesiraj;
end
else begin
if not (glavnadat) then begin
glavnadat := true;
Close(privulaz);
end;
end;
end;
Emit(';' + copy(linija, 1, 250));
pozicija := 1;
end;
else
znak := ' ';
'`')) or Eof(ulaz);
end;
end.
93
Prilog 10: Verzija izvornog koda kompajlera br. 8, postprocesor-optimizator
unit postpr8;
interface
var
izlaz: text;
implementation
const
dubina = 15;
da = true;
ne = false;
var
bafer: array[1..dubina] of string;
vrhbafera: integer;
briseeax, koristieax, briseebx,
koristiebx, koristifpu: Boolean;
dubinasteka: integer;
function StrToInt(st: string): integer;
var
i, s, rez: integer;
begin
rez := 0;
if st[1] = '-' then
s := 2
else
s := 1;
for i := s to Length(st) do
rez := 10 * rez + (ord(st[i]) ord('0'));
if st[1] = '-' then
rez := -rez;
StrToInt := rez;
end;
procedure KarakterSl(var char1: string;
var radi: Boolean; tekst: string; var
pt: integer);
var
radi2: Boolean;
begin
char1 := '';
radi2 := true;
if pt > Length(tekst) then
radi := false
else
while radi2 do begin
char1 := char1 + tekst[pt];
pt := pt + 1;
radi2 := false
else begin
if tekst[pt] = ',' then
radi2 := false
end;
end;
end;
radi: Boolean;
begin
pt := 1;
pu := 1;
char1 := '';
char2 := '';
radi := true;
if Length(tekst) = 0 then
radi := false;
if uporedba = tekst then
Uzorak := true
else begin
while (pu <= Length(uporedba)) and
radi do begin
if uporedba[pu] = '$' then begin
pu := pu + 1;
case uporedba[pu] of
'C': begin
pu := pu + 1;
'1': begin
KarakterSl(char1,
radi, tekst, pt);
end;
'2': begin
KarakterSl(char2,
radi, tekst, pt);
end;
end;
end;
'N': begin
pu := pu + 1;
'1': begin
BrojSl(char1, radi,
tekst, pt);
end;
'2': begin
BrojSl(char2, radi,
tekst, pt);
end;
end;
end;
end
end
else begin
if uporedba[pu] <> tekst[pt]
then
radi := false;
pt := pt + 1;
end;
pu := pu + 1;
end;
Uzorak := radi;
end;
end;
procedure Status(breax, koreax, brebx,
korebx: Boolean;
dubst: integer; korfpu: Boolean);
begin
briseeax := breax;
koristieax := koreax;
briseebx := brebx;
koristiebx := korebx;
koristifpu := korfpu;
dubinasteka := dubinasteka + dubst;
end;
procedure BrojSl(var char1: string;
var radi: Boolean; tekst: string; var
pt: Integer);
var
radi2: Boolean;
begin
char1 := '';
radi2 := true;
radi := false
procedure LeaMovSt(var c1, c2: string;
else begin
var koreax, korebx, breax, brebx:
if (tekst[pt] < '0') or (tekst[pt] >
Boolean);
'9') then
begin
radi := false;
if (c1 = 'EAX') or (c1 = 'AL') then
while radi2 do begin
breax := true;
char1 := char1 + tekst[pt];
if (c1 = 'EBX') or (c1 = 'BL') then
pt := pt + 1;
brebx := true;
if ((Pos('EAX', c1) > 0) and (c1 <>
radi2 := false
'EAX'))
else begin
or (Pos('EAX', c2) > 0)
if (tekst[pt] < '0') or
or (c2 = 'AL') then
(tekst[pt] > '9') then
koreax := true;
radi2 := false
if ((Pos('EBX', c1) > 0) and (c1 <>
end;
'EBX'))
end;
or (Pos('EBX', c2) > 0) or
end
(Pos('BL', c2) > 0) then
end;
korebx := true;
end;
function Uzorak(uporedba, tekst:
string;
procedure PopSt(var c1, c2: string; var
var char1, char2: string): Boolean;
incsp: integer; var breax, brebx:
var
Boolean);
pu, pt: integer;
begin
if (c1 = 'EAX') then
breax := true;
if (c1 = 'EBX') then
brebx := true;
incsp := 4;
end;
procedure PushSt(var c1, c2: string; var
incsp: integer; var koreax, korebx:
Boolean);
begin
if Pos('EAX', c1) > 0 then
koreax := true;
if Pos('EBX', c1) > 0 then
korebx := true;
incsp := -4;
end;
procedure AddSubst(var c1, c2: string;
var incsp: integer; var koreax,
korebx:
Boolean; sub: Boolean);
begin
if c1 = 'ESP' then
incsp := StrToInt(c2);
if sub then
incsp := -incsp;
if (Pos('EAX', c1) > 0) or
(Pos('EAX', c2) > 0)
or (c1 = 'AL') or (c2 = 'AL') then
koreax := true;
if (Pos('EBX', c1) > 0) or
(Pos('EBX', c2) > 0)
or (c1 = 'BL') or (c2 = 'BL') then
korebx := true;
end;
procedure LogicalSt(var c1, c2: string;
var koreax, korebx: Boolean);
begin
if (Pos('EAX', c1) > 0) or
(Pos('EAX', c2) > 0)
or (c1 = 'AL') or (c2 = 'AL') then
koreax := true;
if (Pos('EBX', c1) > 0) or
(Pos('EBX', c2) > 0) or
(c1 = 'BL') or (c2 = 'BL')
then
korebx := true;
end;
procedure SkokSt(var breax, brebx,
korfp: Boolean);
begin
breax := true;
brebx := true;
korfp := true;
end;
procedure DivMulSt(var koreax, korebx:
Boolean; var c1: string);
begin
koreax := true;
if (Pos('EBX', c1) > 0) then
korebx := true;
end;
procedure ObradiStanje(tr: string);
var
c1, c2: string;
breax, koreax, brebx, korebx, korfp:
Boolean;
incsp: integer;
prvoslovo, drugoslovo: char;
begin
breax := false;
koreax := false;
brebx := false;
korebx := false;
incsp := 0;
korfp := true;
if Length(tr) > 3 then begin
prvoslovo := tr[2];
drugoslovo := tr[3];
end
else begin
prvoslovo := ' ';
drugoslovo := ' ';
end;
if prvoslovo < 'K' then
94
case prvoslovo of
'A': begin
if Uzorak(' ADD $C1,$C2', tr,
c1, c2) then
AddSubst(c1, c2, incsp,
koreax, korebx, false)
else if
Uzorak(' AND $C1,$C2', tr,
c1, c2) then
LogicalSt(c1, c2, koreax,
korebx)
end;
'C': begin
if Uzorak(' CALL $C1', tr,
c1, c2) then
SkokSt(breax, brebx, korfp)
else if Uzorak(' CDQ', tr,
c1, c2) then
koreax := true
else if Uzorak(' CLD', tr,
c1, c2) then
c1 := c1
else if
Uzorak(' CMP $C1,$C2', tr,
c1, c2) then
korebx)
end;
'F': begin
case drugoslovo of
'A': begin
if Uzorak(' FADD ', tr,
c1, c2) then
korfp := true
end;
'C': begin
if Uzorak(' FCHS', tr,
c1, c2) then
korfp := true
else if
Uzorak(' FCOMPP ', tr,
c1, c2) then
korfp := true
end;
'D': begin
if Uzorak(' FDIVR ',
tr, c1, c2) then
korfp := true
end;
'I': begin
if Uzorak(' FILD $C1',
tr, c1, c2) then
korfp := true
else if
Uzorak(' FINIT', tr,
c1, c2) then
korfp := true
else if
Uzorak(' FISTP $C1',
tr, c1, c2) then
korfp := true
end;
'L': begin
if Uzorak(' FLD $C1',
tr, c1, c2) then
korfp := true
end;
'M': begin
if Uzorak(' FMUL ', tr,
c1, c2) then
korfp := true
end;
'S': begin
if Uzorak(' FSTP $C1',
tr, c1, c2) then
korfp := true
else if
Uzorak(' FSTSW AX',
tr,
c1, c2) then
korfp := true
else if
Uzorak(' FSUBR ', tr,
c1, c2) then
korfp := true
end
end
end;
'I': begin
if Uzorak(' IDIV $C1', tr,
c1, c2) then
DivMulSt(koreax, korebx, c1)
else if Uzorak(' IMUL $C1',
tr, c1, c2) then
end;
'J': begin
if Uzorak(' JMP $C1', tr, c1,
c2) then
else if Uzorak(' JNE $C1',
tr, c1, c2) then
end;
end;
if prvoslovo >= 'K' then
case prvoslovo of
'L': begin
if Uzorak(' LEA $C1,$C2', tr,
c1, c2) then
LeaMovSt(c1, c2, koreax,
korebx, breax, brebx)
end;
'M': begin
if Uzorak(' MOV $C1,$C2', tr,
c1, c2) then
LeaMovSt(c1, c2, koreax,
korebx, breax, brebx)
else if Uzorak(' MUL $C1',
tr, c1, c2) then
end;
'N': begin
if Uzorak(' NEG $C1', tr, c1,
c2) then
korebx)
else if Uzorak(' NOT $C1',
tr, c1, c2) then
korebx)
end;
'O': begin
if Uzorak(' OR $C1,$C2', tr,
c1, c2) then
korebx)
end;
'P': begin
if Uzorak(' POP $C1', tr, c1,
c2) then
PopSt(c1, c2, incsp, breax,
brebx)
else if Uzorak(' PUSH $C1',
tr, c1, c2) then
PushSt(c1, c2, incsp,
koreax, korebx)
end;
'R': begin
if Uzorak(' REP MOVSB', tr,
c1, c2) then
c1 := c1
else if Uzorak(' RET $N1',
tr, c1, c2) then
incsp := StrToInt(c1) + 4
end;
'S': begin
case drugoslovo of
'A': begin
if Uzorak(' SAHF', tr,
c1, c2) then
koreax := true
else if
Uzorak(' SAL EAX,$N1',
tr, c1, c2) then
koreax := true
end;
'E': begin
if Uzorak(' SETA AL',
tr, c1, c2) then
breax := true
else if
Uzorak(' SETB AL', tr,
c1, c2) then
breax := true
else if
Uzorak(' SETE AL', tr,
c1, c2) then
breax := true
else if
Uzorak(' SETG AL', tr,
c1, c2) then
breax := true
else if
Uzorak(' SETL AL', tr,
c1, c2) then
breax := true
else if
Uzorak(' SETNE AL',tr,
c1, c2) then
breax := true
end;
'U': begin
if
Uzorak(' SUB $C1,$C2',
tr, c1, c2) then
AddSubst(c1, c2,
incsp, koreax,
korebx, true)
end
end
end;
'X': begin
if Uzorak(' XOR $C1,$C2', tr,
c1, c2) then
korebx)
end;
end;
Status(breax, koreax, brebx, korebx,
incsp, korfp);
end;
procedure Dump(what: string; j, i:
integer);
var
k: integer;
begin
WriteLn(what);
for k := j to i do
WriteLn(k, bafer[k]);
ReadLn;
end;
procedure Obrisi(n: integer);
var
i: integer;
begin
for i := n + 1 to dubina do
bafer[i - 1] := bafer[i];
vrhbafera := vrhbafera - 1;
end;
procedure PushEaxOptim(pusheax:
Boolean; var j: integer);
var
i: integer;
izlaz, mebx, meax: Boolean;
begin
dubinasteka := 0;
Status(ne, ne, ne, ne, 0, ne);
izlaz := false;
meax := false;
mebx := false;
i := j;
repeat
i := i + 1;
if i >= vrhbafera then
izlaz := true;
if (dubinasteka = 0) and not (izlaz)
then begin
if (bafer[i] = ' POP EAX') and
not (meax) then begin
//dump('Nepotrebno PUSH/POP EAX',j,i);
Obrisi(i);
if pusheax then
Obrisi(j)
else
bafer[j] := ' MOV EAX,EBX';
izlaz := true;
end;
if (bafer[i] = ' POP EBX') and
not (mebx) then begin
//dump('Nepotrebno PUSH /POP EBX',j,i);
Obrisi(i);
if pusheax then
bafer[j] := ' MOV EBX,EAX'
else
Obrisi(j);
izlaz := true;
end;
end;
if not (izlaz) then
ObradiStanje(bafer[i]);
if briseeax and not (meax) then
meax := true;
if briseebx and not (mebx) then
mebx := true;
until izlaz;
end;
95
procedure LeaEbxOptim(var j: integer;
adresa: string);
var
i, k, n: integer;
c1, c2, p: string;
izlaz: Boolean;
zaebx := true
else
izlaz := true;
i := j;
repeat
i := i + 1;
izlaz := true;
begin
if not (izlaz) then begin
dubinasteka := 0;
if zaeax then begin
izlaz := false;
if koristieax then
i := j;
izlaz := true;
if i + 1 < vrhbafera then
if briseeax then begin
if Uzorak(' PUSH EBX', bafer[i +
//dump(' Nepotrebno MOV EAX ',j,i);
1], c1, c2) then begin
Obrisi(j);
ObradiStanje(bafer[i + 1]);
izlaz := true;
i := i + 2;
end;
repeat
end;
if zaebx then begin
izlaz := true;
if koristiebx then
if not (izlaz) then
izlaz := true;
if briseebx then begin
if (dubinasteka = 0) and not
//dump(' Nepotrebno MOV EBX ',j,i);
(izlaz) then
Obrisi(j);
if Uzorak(' POP EBX',
izlaz := true;
bafer[i], c1, c2) then begin
end;
//dump('Nepotrebno LEA/PUSH/POP',j,i);
end;
bafer[i] := ' LEA EBX,' +
adresa;
end
Obrisi(j + 1);
until izlaz;
Obrisi(j);
end;
izlaz := true;
end;
procedure FldOptim(var j: integer);
i := i + 1;
var
until izlaz;
i: integer;
end
izlaz: Boolean;
else begin
begin
i := i + 1;
repeat
izlaz := false;
i := j;
izlaz := true;
repeat
if not (izlaz) then
i := i + 1;
if (koristiebx) and not (izlaz)
izlaz := true;
then begin
if not (izlaz) then begin
if Pos('[EBX]', bafer[i]) < 1
then
if koristifpu then
izlaz := true;
izlaz := true;
end;
if bafer[i] = ' FSTP ST(0)' then
if (briseebx) and not (izlaz)
begin
then begin
//dump(' Nepotrebno FLD/FSTP ',j,i);
// dump('Nasao nepotrebno LEA',j,i);
Obrisi(i);
for k := j + 1 to i - 1 do
Obrisi(j);
begin
izlaz := true;
n := Pos('[EBX]',
end;
bafer[k]);
if (i < vrhbafera - 1) and not
if n >= 1 then begin
(izlaz) then
if Pos('EAX', bafer[k]) >
if (bafer[i] = ' ADD ESP,-8')
0 then
and
p := 'DWORD PTR '
(bafer[i + 1] =
else
' FSTP QWORD PTR [ESP]')
p := '';
then
bafer[k] :=
begin
copy(bafer[k], 1, n - 1)
i := i + 2;
+ p + adresa +
dubinasteka := 0;
copy(bafer[k], n + 5,
while (i < vrhbafera - 1) and
Length(bafer[k]) - n not (izlaz) do begin
4);
end;
if (bafer[i] =
end;
' FLD QWORD PTR [ESP]')
Obrisi(j);
and (bafer[i + 1] =
izlaz := true;
' ADD ESP,8') and
end;
(dubinasteka = 0) then
i := i + 1;
begin
until izlaz;
// dump('Nepotr. FP na ESP stek',j,i+1);
end;
bafer[i + 1] := bafer[j];
Obrisi(i);
end;
Obrisi(j + 2);
Obrisi(j + 1);
procedure MovViskaOptim(var j: integer;
Obrisi(j);
c1: string);
izlaz := true;
var
end;
i: integer;
i := i + 1;
izlaz, zaeax, zaebx: Boolean;
end;
begin
end;
end
izlaz := false;
until izlaz;
zaeax := false;
end;
zaebx := false;
if (c1 = 'EAX') or (c1 = 'AL') then
procedure Jednostruke(var j: integer);
zaeax := true
begin
else if c1 = 'EBX' then
if (bafer[j] = ' MOV EAX,EAX') or
(bafer[j] = ' MOV EBX,EBX') or
(bafer[j] = ' ADD EAX,0') or
(bafer[j] = ' ADD EBX,0') then begin
// dump('Nepotrebna instrukcija',j,j);
Obrisi(j);
end
end;
procedure Parovi(var j: integer);
var
c1, c2, c3, c4, nep, st: string;
begin
nep := 'Nepotreban par';
if bafer[j][1] = 'M' then begin
if Uzorak(' MOV $C1,$C2', bafer[j],
c1, c2)
and Uzorak(' MOV $C1,$C2', bafer[j
+ 1], c3, c4) then begin
if ((c1 = c4) and (c2 = c3)) or
((c1 = c3) and (c2 = c4)) then
begin
// dump(nep,j,j+1);
Obrisi(j + 1);
end;
end
else if Uzorak(' MOV $C1,$N2',
bafer[j], c1, c2)
and Uzorak(' ADD $C1,$N2', bafer[j
if c1 = c3 then begin
// dump(nep,j,j+1);
Str(StrToInt(c2) +
StrToInt(c4), st);
bafer[j] := ' MOV ' + c1 + ','
+ st;
Obrisi(j + 1);
end;
end
else if Uzorak(' MOV $C1,$N2',
bafer[j], c1, c2) and
(bafer[j + 1] = ' NEG AX') then
begin
// dump(nep,j,j+1);
bafer[j] := ' MOV ' + c1 + '-' +
c2;
Obrisi(j + 1);
end;
end
else if Uzorak(' ADD $C1,$N2',
bafer[j], c1, c2)
and Uzorak(' ADD $C1,$N2', bafer[j
if c1 = c3 then begin
// dump(nep,j,j+1);
Str(StrToInt(c2) + StrToInt(c4),
st);
bafer[j] := ' ADD ' + c1 + ',' +
st;
Obrisi(j + 1);
end;
end;
end;
procedure Trojke(var j: integer);
var
c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, nep: string;
begin
nep := 'Nepotrebna trojka';
if Uzorak(' MOV $C1,$C2', bafer[j],
c1, c2)
+ 2], c5, c6)
// Izvrnuto zbog brzine
and (
(Uzorak(' ADD $C1,$C2', bafer[j +
1], c3, c4)) or
(Uzorak(' AND $C1,$C2', bafer[j +
1], c3, c4)) or
(Uzorak(' SUB $C1,$C2', bafer[j +
1], c3, c4)) or
(Uzorak(' XOR $C1,$C2', bafer[j +
1], c3, c4)) or
(Uzorak(' MOV $C1,$C2', bafer[j +
1], c3, c4)) or
(Uzorak(' OR $C1,$C2', bafer[j +
1], c3, c4))) then begin
if (c1 = c4) and (c1 = c5) then
begin
// dump(nep,j,j+2);
if copy(bafer[j + 1], 2, 2) <>
'OR' then
bafer[j + 1] := copy(bafer[j +
96
1], 1, 5) + c3 + ',' + c2
else
bafer[j + 1] := copy(bafer[j +
1], 1, 4) + c3 + ',' + c2;
Obrisi(j);
end;
end;
end;
end;
bafer[vrhbafera] := st;
if Length(st) >= 3 then
if copy(st, 1, 3) = 'END' then begin
Optimizuj;
for i := 1 to vrhbafera do
WriteLn(izlaz, bafer[i]);
end
end;
procedure Cetvorke(var j: integer);
var
end.
c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7, c8, nep:
string;
begin
nep := 'Nepotrebna cetvorka';
if Uzorak(' PUSH $C1', bafer[j], c1,
c2)
and Uzorak(' POP $C1', bafer[j +
3], c7, c8) // Izvrnuto zbog
brzine
and Uzorak(' MOV $C1,$C2', bafer[j +
1], c3, c4)
+ 2], c5, c6)
and (c1 = c5) and (c3 = c6) and (c6
= c7) then begin
// dump(nep,j,j+4);
if (Pos('DWORD', c4) < 1) and (c4 <>
'EAX') and
(c4 <> 'EBX') and (c4 <> 'ECX')
then
c4 := 'DWORD PTR ' + c4;
bafer[j] := ' MOV ' + c3 + ',' +
c1;
bafer[j + 1] := ' MOV ' + c1 + ','
+ c4;
Obrisi(j + 3);
Obrisi(j + 2);
end;
end;
procedure Optimizuj;
var
c1, c2: string;
j: integer;
begin
j := 1;
while j <= vrhbafera - 1 do begin
if (Length(bafer[j]) > 3) and
(bafer[j][1] = ' ') then begin
if Uzorak(' PUSH EAX', bafer[j],
c1, c2) then
PushEaxOptim(true, j);
if Uzorak(' PUSH EBX', bafer[j],
c1, c2) then
PushEaxOptim(false, j);
if Uzorak(' MOV $C1,$C2',
bafer[j], c1, c2) then
MovViskaOptim(j, c1);
if Uzorak(' LEA EBX,$C1',
bafer[j], c1, c2) then
LeaEbxOptim(j, c1);
if Uzorak(' FLD $C1', bafer[j],
c1, c2) then
FldOptim(j);
if j < vrhbafera - 3 then
Cetvorke(j);
Trojke(j);
Parovi(j);
Jednostruke(j);
end;
j := j + 1;
end;
end;
var
i: integer;
begin
if st = '.486' then begin
vrhbafera := 0;
dubinasteka := 0;
end;
vrhbafera := vrhbafera + 1;
if vrhbafera >= dubina then
Optimizuj;
if vrhbafera > dubina then begin
WriteLn(izlaz, bafer[1]);
Obrisi(1);
vrhbafera := dubina;
97
Prilog 11: Prikaz finalne verzije jezika FILDZAN-32 u EBNF
Program = { (DeklaracijaVarijabli | DeklaracijaFunkcije) }
"{" ( {DeklaracijaVarijabli} Blok | "}" ) .
DeklaracijaVarijabli = ImeTipa Identifikator { "," Identifikator } ";"
{ ImeTipa Identifikator { "," Identifikator } ";"} .
ImeTipa = ( "cijeli" ["*"] [DeklaracioniDimenzijskiModifikator] |
"realni" ["*"] [DeklaracioniDimenzijskiModifikator] |
"karakter" ["*"] [DeklaracioniDimenzijskiModifikator] |
"slog" ["*"] DeklaracijaSloga [DeklaracioniDimenzijskiModifikator] ) .
DeklaracijaFunkcije = ImeTipa "funkcija" Identifikator
"(" [ ImeTipa Identifikator { "," ImeTipa Identifikator } ] ")"
( ";" | "{" [DeklaracijaVarijabli] Blok ) .
DeklaracioniDimenzijskiModifikator = "[" NumerickaKonstanta
{ "," NumerickaKonstanta } "]" .
DeklaracijaSloga = "{" ImeTipa Identifikator { "," Identifikator } ";"
{ ImeTipa Identifikator { "," Identifikator } ";" } "}" .
Blok = { ( "dok" Petlja |
"ako" Uslov |
IzrazDodjeljivanja ";" |
"asembler" AsemblerskiModul) } "}" .
Uslov = IzrazDodjeljivanja "{" Blok [ "inace" "{" Blok ] .
Petlja = IzrazDodjeljivanja "{" Blok .
AsemblerskiModul = {BiloKojiZnak} "\" .
IzrazDodjeljivanja = Izraz [ ( ("="| "#" | ">" | "<" ) Izraz |
":=" IzrazDodjeljivanja ) ] .
Izraz = Clan { ("-" | "+" | "&" | "|" | "^") Clan } .
Clan = Faktor { ("*" | "/" | "%") Faktor } .
Faktor = ( ("-" | "~" | "&" | "*" | "!") Faktor | NumerickaKonstanta |
"(" IzrazDodjeljivanja ")" |
Varijabla | '"' StringKonstanta |
PozivFunkcije | "'" BiloKojiZnakOsimNavodnika "'" )
[( "." Identifikator | ListaIndeksa ) { ( "." Identifikator | ListaIndeksa ) } ) ].
Varijabla = Identifikator
[ ( "(" [ IzrazDodjeljivanja { "," IzrazDodjeljivanja } ] ")" .
StringKonstanta = { BiloKojiZnakOsimNavodnika } '"' .
ListaIndeksa = "[" IzrazDodjeljivanja { "," IzrazDodjeljivanja } "]" .
PozivFunkcije = Identifikator "(" [ IzrazDodjeljivanja { "," IzrazDodjeljivanja } ]
")" .
NumerickaKonstanta = Cifra { Cifra } [ "." Cifra { Cifra } ]
[ "E" [ ( "+" | "-" )] Cifra { Cifra } ] .
Identifikator = Slovo { Slovo | Cifra | "_" } .
Slovo = ("A" | "B" | "C" | "D" | "E" | "F" | "G" | "H" | "I" | "J" | "K" |
"L" | "M" | "N" | "O" | "P" | "Q" | "R" | "S" | "T" | "U" | "V" | "W" |
"X" | "Y" | "Z" | "a" | "b" | "c" | "d" | "e" | "f" | "g" | "h" | "i" |
"j" | "k" | "l" | "m" | "n" | "o" | "p" | "q" | "r" | "s" | "t" | "u" |
"v" | "w" | "x" | "y" | "z" ) .
Cifra = ("0" | "1" | "2" | "3" | "4" | "5" | "6" | "7" | "8" | "9" ) .
BiloKojiZnakOsimNavodnika = (Slovo | Cifra | "~" | "!" | "@" | "#" | "$" |
"%" | "^" | "&" | "*" | "(" | ")" | "-" | "_" | "=" | "+" | "[" | "{" |
"]" | "}" | "|" | "\" | ":" | ";" | "<" | "," | "." | ">" | "/" | "?" |
"`" | ")" ) .
BiloKojiZnak = (BiloKojiZnakOsimNavodnika | '"' | "'" ) .
98
13. TEORIJA JEZIKA I PARSIRANJA
Kompajler razvijen u prethodnim poglavljima razvijen je spiralnom metodom, pri čemu je veća pažnja posvećivana
generisanju koda nego sintaksnoj i semantičkoj analizi. U složenijim kompajlerima sintaksna analiza može biti veoma
zahtjevna, i ova slika o razvoju kompajlera neće biti kompletna bez uvoda u teoriju formalnih gramatika i parsiranja.
13.1.
Formalne gramatike
Formalna gramatika je način opisa formalnog jezika, tj. skupa nizova simbola sastavljenih iz određenog konačnog
alfabeta. Ime je dobila formalna gramatika zbog analogije sa konceptom gramatike u ljudskim jezicima.
Osnovna ideja iza ovih gramatika je da se generišu nizovi znakova koji počinju specijalnim startnim simbolom i
primjene pravila koja određuju kako se određena kombinacija simbola može zamijeniti drugom kombinacijom simbola. Na
primjer, ako se alfabet sastoji od znakova 'a' i 'b', a startni simbol je 'S', uz sljedeća pravila:
1. S -> aSb
2. S -> ba
tada se može napisati "S" kao "aSb" zamjenom simbola 'S' sa "aSb" (pravilo 1), a zatim prepisati "aSb" kao "aaSbb"
primjenom istog pravila. To se ponavlja sve dok rezultat ne sadrži samo simbole iz alfabeta. U našem primjeru može se dalje
prepisati S kao što slijedi: S -> aSb -> aaSbb -> aababb. Jezik ove gramatike se onda sastoji od svih stringova koji se mogu
generisati na ovaj način: ba, abab, aababb, aaababbb, itd.
13.2.
Kontekstno osjetljiva gramatika
Kontekstno osjetljiva gramatika je formalna gramatika G = (N, T, P, S) čija su sva pravila P oblika
αAβ -> αγβ
gdje A neterminalni simbol, α i β su nizovi neterminalnih i terminalnih simbola, a γ neprazan niz neterminalnih i
terminalnih simbola , uz dodatno pravilo koje je dopušteno ako se S ne nalazi sa desne strane nijednog pravila:
S -> ε
Gdje je ε prazan niz
Pojam “Kontekstno osjetljiva” potiče od činjenice da α i β definišu kontekst u kome se A može transformisati sa γ ili
ne. To je različito od kontekstno slobodnih gramatika gdje se kontekst neterminalnih simbola ne uzima u razmatranje.
Formalni jezik opisan kontekstno osjetljivom gramatikom se naziva kontekstno osjetljiv jezik.
U prirodnim jezicima je čest slučaj da riječ nije odgovarajuća na određenom mjestu u datom kontekstu.
13.3.
Nesažimajuća gramatika
Druga definicija kontekstno osjetljive gramatike definiše je kao formalnu gramatiku koja ima ograničenje na pravila
α -> β u skupu P tako da je | α | ? | β | gdje je | α | dužina simbola α. Takva gramatika se zove nesažimajuća gramatika jer
nijedno od pravila ne smanjuje veličinu niza simbola koji se razvija.
Iako različite, kontekstno osjetljiva i nesažimajuća gramatika su ekvivalentne jer definišu istu klasu jezika osim što
nesažimajuća gramatika ne može generisati jezik koji sadrži simbol praznog prostora. Ali, ako se jezik L može opisati
kontekstno osjetljivom gramatikom, on se (izuzev praznog simbola) može predstaviti i nesažimajućom gramatikom.
13.4.
Kontekstno slobodna gramatika
Kontekstno slobodna gramatika je formalna gramatika čija su sva pravila oblika:
V -> w
Gdje je V neterminalni simbol, a w niz koji se sastoji od terminalnih i/ili neterminalnih. Pojam kontekstno slobodna
znači da se varijabla V uvijek može zamijeniti sa w, bez obzira u kojem je kontekstu. Formalni jezik je kontekstno slobodan
ako postoji kontekstno slobodna gramatika koja ga generiše.
Kontekstno slobodnom gramatikom se definišu gotovo svi programski jezici i na bazi nje se prave parseri/sintaksni
analizatori.
13.5.
Regularna gramatika
Regularna gramatika je formalna gramatika u kojoj sva pravila imaju jedan od sljedećih oblika:
A -> a gdje je A neterminalni simbol dok je a terminalni simbol
99
A -> aB gdje su A i B neterminalni simbol dok je a terminalni simbol
A -> ε gdje je A neterminalni simbol
Alternativno, drugo pravilo se može pisati kao A -> Ba.
Primjer: Gramatika G sa N = {S, A}, Σ = {a, b, c}, P pravila su
S -> aS
S -> bA
A -> ε
A -> cA
i S kao startni simbol. Ova gramatika opisuje isti jezik kao regularni izraz a*bc*.
Regularna gramatika opisuje konačne automate i regularne jezike. Koristi se u leksičkoj analizi.
13.6.
Parsiranje
Prevođenje iz jednog jezika u drugi zahtjeva parsiranje. Parsiranje je proces identifikacije strukture podataka. Ono
određuje da li ulazni podaci imaju određenu strukturu. Da bi se obavilo parsiranje potrebna je gramatika, koja će definisati
skup pravila. Pravila su određeni uzorci podataka koja dalje mogu da imaju reference na druga pravila. Zavisno od skupa
pravila mogu se definisati parseri odozgo prema dolje ili odozdo prema gore.
13.7.
LL Parsiranje
Prevodilac ne generiše rečenice u izvornom jeziku, nego ih prepoznaje. To znači da koraci koji vode do konstrukcije
rečenice moraju biti izvedeni iz gotove rečenice. Dok je za jezike kao što je Pascal taj zadatak relativno jednostavan, dosta je
složen za jezike poput Fortrana ili C++a.
Razvijajući programski jezik FILDZAN32 bez posebnog navođenja korišten je način parsiranja odozgo nadolje,
takozvani rekurzivni silazak. Gramatike jezika Pascal i Modula 2 se definišu tako da se može primijeniti ovaj način parsiranja.
Suština metoda je da se kreće od startnog simbola (npr. “program”) i pokušava dobiti rečenica primjenom sekvence
pravila. To se čini gledajući sljedeći terminalni simbol na ulazu.
Kao ilustracija ove metode neka posluži sljedeća jednostavna gramatika:
G
N
T
S
P
=
=
=
=
=
{ N , T , S , P }
{ A , B }
{ x , y , z }
A
A :
B :
B :
xB
z
yB
(1)
(2)
(3)
Ako treba parsirati rečenicu xyyz, koja je sastavljena od terminalnih simbola ove gramatike, kreće se od ciljnog simbola i
ulaznog niza
Rečenička forma S = A
Ulazni niz
xyyz
Nad rečeničkom formom 1 se primjeni jedino moguće pravilo (1) da se dobije
Rečenička forma xB
Ulazni niz xyyz
Za sada je u redu, jer se slažu početni simboli rečeničke forme i ulaznog niza. Stoga treba iz neterminalnog simbola B izvesti
yyz.
Rečenička forma B
Ulazni niz yyz
Može se odabrati bilo pravilo (2) ili (3) u obradi neterminalnog simbola B, ali se iz ulaznog stringa vidi da je (3) pravi izbor.
Primjenom tog pravila dobija se:
Rečenička forma yB
Ulazni niz yyz
Što znači da se iz neterminalnog simbola B mora izvesti yz.
Rečenička forma B
Ulazni niz yz
To nas ponovo vodi do pravila (3) i dobijamo
100
Rečenička forma
yB
Ulazni niz yz
što povlači da se iz neterminalnog simbola B mora izvesti terminalni simbol z direktno, što se postiže pravilom (2).
Primjer rečenica koje se ne mogu prepoznati ovom gramatikom su xxxx ili xyyyy.
Ova metoda se zove LL(k) parsiranje. Naziv potiče od toga što se ulazni string skenira s lijeva na desno (prvo L)
primjenjujući pravila na prvi lijevi neterminalni simbol (drugo L) gledajući maksimalno k terminalnih simbola da se odredi
koje pravilo primijeniti u datom stanju. U našem primjeru, k=1, te LL(1) je najčešći slučaj LL(k) parsiranja.
Lako je napisati LL(1) parser, ali pisanje gramatike u takvom obliku zna biti složen posao, pogotovo što se ne može
svaka gramatika transformisati u ovaj oblik. Evo primjera kako se mogu vršiti potrebne transformacije da bi se dobila LL(1)
kompatibilna gramatika:
Neka je u nekoj gramatici REPEAT petlja predstavljena u obliku:
RepeatStatement
=
|
"REPEAT" StatementSequence "UNTIL" Condition
"REPEAT" StatementSequence "FOREVER" .
Oba oblika počinju rezervisanom riječju REPEAT, što zbunjuje parser. Ali, ako se definiše:
RepeatStatement
TailRepeatStatement
=
=
"REPEAT" StatementSequence TailRepeatStatement .
"UNTIL" Condition | "FOREVER" .
nema problema s parsiranjem. No, u sljedećem slučaju
Statement
IfStatement
=
=
IfStatement | OtherStatement .
"IF" Condition "THEN" Statement
| "IF" Condition "THEN" Statement
"ELSE"
Statement .
čak nakon rastavljanja pravila i dalje postoji neodređenost.
Statement
IfStatement
IfTail
=
=
=
IfStatement | OtherStatement .
"IF" Condition "THEN" Statement
"ELSE" Statement | e .
IfTail .
(1, 2)
(3)
(4, 5)
Ova neodređenost se obično rješava pravilom da ELSE se odnosi na zadnji THEN. U FILDZAN-32, ovaj problem je izbjegnut,
uvođenjem obaveznih vitičastih zagrada u naredbi ako.
13.8.
LR Parsiranje
Drugi popularni način parsiranja je LR(k) parsiranje. Ove oznake predstavljaju da se u ovoj metodi ulazni podaci
čitaju sa Lijeva na desno, razvijajući stalno krajnji desni (Right) simbol, gledajući unaprijed najviše k simbola. U praksi je k
najčešće 1 ili 0.
Tehnika je bazirana na principu odozdo nagore. Kreće se od ulazne sekvence i praveći redukcije, teži se da se dođe do
ciljnog simbola. Redukcija rečenice se ne postiže zamjenom desne strane pravila čija lijeva strana sadrži odgovarajući
neterminalni simbol, nego zamjenom lijeve strane pravila koje se slaže sa desnom stranom.
Parsiranje odozdo nagore može koristiti stek za parsiranje koji sadrži dio mogućih rečeničnih formi terminalnih i
neterminalnih simbola. Svaki put kada se čita terminalni simbol iz ulaznog stringa, on se smješta na stek za parsiranje, zatim se
ispituju elementi na vrhu steka da se vidi da li se može obaviti redukcija. Neki terminalni simboli mogu dugo stojati na steku
sve dok se ne oslobode. To je različito od parsera sa rekurzivnim spuštanjem koji oslobađa terminalne simbole čim ih je
pročitao i koji smješta neterminalne komponente parcijalne rečenične forme samo implicitno kao niz nedovršenih poziva
potprograma za obradu neterminalnih simbola.
Evo primjera za gramatiku koja nije LL(1) tipa definisanu kao
Goal
Expression
Term
=
=
=
Expression "." .
Expression "-" Term
"a"
|
Term .
I treba parsirati ulazni niz "a - a - a ." .
Ovo su akcije koje će se obaviti
Step
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Action
read
reduce
reduce
read
read
reduce
reduce
read
read
reduce
reduce
read
reduce
Using production
a
4
3
a
4
2
a
4
2
.
1
Stack
a
Term
Expression
Expression
Expression
Expression
Expression
Expression
Expression
Expression
Expression
Expression
Goal
- a
- Term
- a
- Term
.
(1)
(2, 3)
(4)
101
Cilj je dostignut i rečenica je ispravna
Ipak, postavlja se pitanje u ovom primjeru zašto nije korišteno pravilo Goal=Expression kada je reduciran string "a" u
Expression nakon koraka 3? Da bi se primijenila redukcija, naravno da je potrebno da lijeva strana pravila bude na steku za
parsiranje, ali je samo po sebi nedovoljno. Kada postoji više mogućih desnih strana koje se slažu sa elementima na vrhu steka
za parsiranje, pravi parser treba da primjeni odgovarajuću strategiju, gledajući unaprijed ulazni string da odluči koje će pravilo
primijeniti.
Ovakvi parseri se upravljaju tablicama, gdje odgovarajuća strategija u odgovarajućem trenutku biva određena
gledanjem u pravougaonu matricu, čija jedna dimenzija predstavlja stanje parsiranja (tj. poziciju koju je parser dosegao unutar
gramatičkih pravila) , a druga predstavlja trenutni simbol (tj. terminalni ili neterminalni simbol gramatike). Elementi tabele
prihvataju ulazni string kao korektan, odbacuju kao nekorektan, prelaze u druga stanja ili vrše redukciju primjenom
odgovarajućeg pravila. Umjesto smještanja na stek samih simbola kako je bilo navedeno u prethodnom primjeru, algoritam za
parsiranje smješta ili skida elemente koji predstavljaju stanje parsiranja - shift operacije koje smještaju novodosegnuto stanje
na stek i reduce operacije koje skidaju onoliko elemenata sa steka koliko je simbola na desnoj strani pravila koje se
primjenjuje. Algoritam se može opisati kao:
BEGIN
GetSYM(InputSymbol); (* first Sym in sentence *)
State := 1; Push(State); Parsing := TRUE;
REPEAT
Entry := Table[State, InputSymbol];
CASE Entry.Action OF
shift:
State := Entry.NextState; Push(State);
IF IsTerminal(InputSymbol) THEN
GetSYM(InputSymbol) (* accept *)
END
reduce:
FOR I := 1 TO Length(Rule[Entry].RightSide) DO Pop END;
State := Top(Stack);
InputSymbol := Rule[Entry].LeftSide;
reject:
Report(Failure); Parsing := FALSE
accept:
Report(Success); Parsing := FALSE
END
UNTIL NOT Parsing
END
Algoritam je jednostavan, ali je pravljenje tabele za parsiranje dosta teško. Ovdje neće biti navedeno kako se to radi,
ali za gornji primjer tabela za parsiranje može izgledati ovako (bez elemenata za odbacivanje)
Symbol
Goal
Expression
Term
Accept
Shift 2
Shift 3
"a"
"-"
"."
State
1
2
3
4
5
6
Shift 6
Shift 4
Shift 5
Reduce 3
Reduce 4
Reduce 1
Reduce 3
Reduce 4
Reduce 2
Reduce 2
Shift 4
Parsiranje stringa "a - a - a ." će teći na sljedeći način:.
State
1
4
1
3
1
2
5
4
5
6
1
2
5
4
5
6
1
2
1
Symbol
a
Term
Expression
a
Term
Expression
a
.
Term
.
Expression
.
Goal
Stack
Action
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Shift to state 4, accept a
Reduce by (4) Term = a
Shift to state 3
Reduce by (3) Expression = Term
Shift to state 2
Shift to state 5, accept Shift to state 4, accept a
Shift to state 6
Reduce by (2) Expression = Expression - Term
Shift to state 2
Shift to state 5, accept Shift to state 4, accept a
Shift to state 6
Reduce by (2) Expression = Expression - Term
Shift to state 2
Reduce by (1) Goal = Expression
Accept as completed
4
3
2
2
2
2
2
5
5 4
5
5 6
2
2
2
2
2
5
5 4
5
5 6
2
102
Tablice mogu biti dosta velike pa se u memoriji često smještaju pomoću metoda za rijetke matrice. Kao u slučaju
LL(1) parsera potrebno je osigurati da se izbjegnu neodređenosti između pravila koje se nazivaju "Shift/reduce" konflikti.
Pravljenje tablica i provjera konflikta se ostavlja generatorima parsera.
LR(k) parsiranje je mnogo moćnije od LL(k) parsiranja, i intuitivno konstruisane gramatike zahtijevaju daleko manje
transformacija da se napravi gramatika iz koje se može generisati LR(k) parser. Na primjer, LR(k) parsiranje podržava lijevu
rekurziju, dok LL(k) ne podržava. Također, tablice predstavljaju brži način parsiranja od velikog broja uslova. LR parseri
imaju prednost u lakšem dodavanju oporavka od grešaka. Nedostaci LR parsera u odnosu na LL parsere su u veličini tablica
koje LR parseri oni moraju imati, težem dodavanju semantike i generisanog koda i često čudnim porukama o greškama.
13.9.
Generatori parsera
Pravljenje parsera je toliko standardiziran posao da postoje i programi koji ih generišu iz opisa gramatike jezika.
Mogu se podijeliti na generatore leksičkih analizatora, generatore LR parsera i generatore LL parsera.
Najpoznatiji generator leksičkih analizatora je LEX, i njegova besplatna varijanta FLEX. Leksički analizator
generisan ovakvim programom je, na primjer, sposoban da ključnu riječ BEGIN prizna kao jedan simbol, dok riječ BEGI
predstavlja četiri simbola. Slijedi dio ulazne datoteke koja se koristi za generisanje leksičkog analizatora (skanera) koji
prepoznaje programski jezik Pascal, a koju prihvata YACC.
[a-zA-Z]([a-zA-Z0-9])*
if (is_keyword(yytext, kw)) {return(kw);}
else {return(IDENTIFIER);}
":="
return(ASSIGNMENT);
'({NQUOTE}|'')+' return(CHARACTER_STRING);
":"
return(COLON);
","
return(COMMA);
[0-9]+
return(DIGSEQ);
"."
return(DOT);
".."
return(DOTDOT);
"="
return(EQUAL);
">="
return(GE);
">"
return(GT);
"["
return(LBRAC);
"<="
return(LE);
LEX sarađuje sa generatorom LR parsera YACC (Yet Another Compiler Compiler) čija se besplatna varijanta zove
Bison. Iz definicije gramatike kakva je data na kraju klasične knjige Kernighan-Ritchie, "Programski jezik C" može se
generisati parser, obično napisan u jeziku C, zajedno sa tabelama. Na slici je dat dio ulazne datoteke koja se koristi za
generisanje parsera koji prepoznaje programski jezik Pascal, a koju prihvata YACC.
program : program_heading semicolon block DOT
;
program_heading : _PROGRAM identifier
| _PROGRAM identifier LPAREN identifier_list RPAREN
;
identifier_list : identifier_list comma identifier
| identifier
;
block : label_declaration_part
constant_definition_part
type_definition_part
variable_declaration_part
procedure_and_function_declaration_part
statement_part
;
module : constant_definition_part
type_definition_part
variable_declaration_part
procedure_and_function_declaration_part
;
Parseri LEX i YACC su izrađeni i u verzijama koje generišu izvorni kod parsera u drugim programskim jezicima
pored jezika C. Tako na primjer program TPLY - TP Lex and Yacc generiše izvorni kod za Turbo Pascal.
Eikhound je generator generalizovanih LR parsera koji može prevesti svaku kontekstno slobodnu gramatiku,
uključujući i one koje generišu shift/reduce konflikte.
Jedan od generatora LL(1) parsera zove se COCO/R i napravljen je u različitim verzijama za razne jezike izvornog
koda koji se generiše. Prednost ovog generatora je u vrlo preglednom ulaznom formatu (standardni BNF) i čitljivom izlaznom
kodu. Ovaj generator iz iste ulazne datoteke pravi i leksičke analizatore. . Na slici je dat dio ulazne datoteke koja se koristi za
generisanje leksičkog analizatora (skanera) koji prepoznaje programski jezik Pascal, a koju prihvata COCO/R.
103
TOKENS
identifier
integer
real
string
=
=
=
letter { letter | digit } .
digit { digit } | digit { digit } CONTEXT ("..") .
digit { digit } "." digit { digit }
[ "E" ["+" | "-"] digit { digit } ]
| digit { digit } "E" ["+" | "-"] digit { digit } .
= "'" { noQuote1 | "''" } "'" .
PRODUCTIONS
Pascal
ExternalFiles
Block
DeclarationPart
= "program" NewIdent [ ExternalFiles ] ";"
Block "." .
= "(" NewIdentList ")" .
= DeclarationPart StatementPart .
= LabelDeclarations ConstDefinitions
TypeDefinitions VarDeclarations
{ ProcDeclarations } .
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------- */
LabelDeclarations = [ "label" Labels ";" ] .
Labels
= Label { "," Label } .
Label
= UnsignedInt .
/* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
ConstDefinitions
= [ "const" ConstDef { ConstDef } ] .
ConstDef
= NewIdent "=" Constant ";" .
O načinu pripreme ulaznih datoteka za spomente generatore parsera potrebno je pročitati njihovu dokumentaciju.
Generatori parsera se inače zovu i kompajler-kompajleri.
13.10. Rezime poglavlja
Detaljnije znanje o pravljenju kompajlera može se steći upoznavanjem teorije formalne lingvistike i parsiranja.
Gramatika programskog jezika je definisana skupom neterminalnih simbola, skupom terminalnih simbola, jezičkim pravilima i
početnim ili ciljnim simbolom. Gramatike se dijele na formalne, kontekstno neovisne, kontekstno osjetljive i regularne. Za
kontekstno neovisne gramatike se prave parseri koji obavljaju sintaksnu analizu. LL parsiranje je metoda koja radi od vrha ka
dnu razvijajući stalno ulazni string i zavisno od sljedećeg terminalnog simbola poziva odgovarajući potprogram. LR parsiranje
koristi stek i tablice kako bi se prepoznao odgovarajući jezički pojam i ova metoda ide odozdo nagore. LR parseri pokrivaju
širu klasu gramatika od LL parsera. Parseri se mogu praviti generatorima parsera kakvi su Yacc i COCO/R.
104
14. OSNOVNI WIN32 API PROGRAM
Nakon što je napisan kompajler, slijedi pisanje sistemskih funkcija. Sretna je okolnost što operativni sistem Windows
već ima ogroman broj sistemskih funkcija tako da je samo potrebno pozivati ih. Radi razumijevanja rada testnih aplikacija, kao
i razumijevanja koncepta sistemskih poziva pod operativnim sistemom Windows, slijedi nekoliko lekcija koje govore o načinu
korištenja Windows sistemskih funkcija.
14.1.
Hello World
Najprimitivniji FILDZAN32 Windows program izgleda kao na slici Sl. 14.1.1.
Cijeli funkcija MessageBoxA(cijeli a,karakter * b, karakter * c, cijeli d);
{
MessageBoxA(0,"Zdravo", "Fildzanski pozdrav", 0);
0;
}
Sl. 14.1.1.
14.2.
Primitivni Win32 program
Prosti Prozor
Programi koji prikazuju prozor na ekranu imaju standardizovani izgled kao na slici Sl. 14.2.1:
c,cijeli * d);
cijeli funkcija LoadIconA ( cijeli a,cijeli b) ;
cijeli funkcija DestroyWindow ( cijeli a) ;
c,cijeli d);
cijeli hInstance;
karakter * klasa;
slog {
cijeli cbSize;
cijeli
style;
cijeli
cbClsExtra;
cijeli
cbWndExtra;
cijeli
hInstance;
cijeli
hIcon;
cijeli
hCursor;
cijeli
hbrBackground;
cijeli hIconSm;
} wc; ` Klasa prozora
cijeli hwnd;
slog
{
cijeli hwnd;
cijeli message;
cijeli wParam;
cijeli lParam;
cijeli time;
slog
{
cijeli x;
cijeli y;
} pt;
} Msg; ` Poruka
ako (msg=16){ DestroyWindow(hwnd); obrada:=1;}` WM_CLOSE
ako (msg=2) {PostQuitMessage(0); obrada:=1;} `WM_DESTROY
ako (obrada#1) {
DefWindowProcA(lParam,wParam,msg,hwnd); }
inace {0;}
}
` Glavni program
{
` Korak 1: Registracija prozorske klase
hInstance:=GetModuleHandleA(0);
wc.cbSize
:= 48;
wc.style
:= 0;
wc.lpfnWndProc
:= WndProc;
wc.cbClsExtra
:= 0;
wc.cbWndExtra
:= 0;
wc.hInstance
:= hInstance;
wc.hIcon
:= LoadIconA(32512,0); ÌDI_APPLICATION
wc.hCursor
:= LoadCursorA(32512,0); ` IDC_ARROW
wc.hbrBackground := 6; `COLOR_WINDOW_FRAME
wc.lpszMenuName := 0;
wc.lpszClassName := "FILDZANKLASA";
wc.hIconSm
`
` Korak 4: Prozorska procedura
cijeli funkcija WndProc(cijeli lParam, cijeli wParam, cijeli
}
msg, cijeli hwnd)
{
cijeli obrada;
obrada:=0;
ako (!RegisterClassExA(&wc))
{
MessageBoxA(0, "Greska","Neuspjela registracija!",0);
}
inace
{
Korak 2: Kreiranje prozora
hwnd:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,0,120,140,
100,200, 13565952, ` ,WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW
"Windows aplikacija","FILDZANKLASA",512);
ako (hwnd = 0)
{
MessageBoxA(0, "Greska","Neuspjelo kreiranje!",0);
}
inace
{
ShowWindow(10,hwnd); `SW_SHOW
UpdateWindow(hwnd);
` Korak 3: Petlja poruka
dok (GetMessageA(0,0,0,&Msg) > 0)
{
TranslateMessage(&Msg);
DispatchMessageA(&Msg);
}
Msg.wParam;
}
}
Sl. 14.2.1.
Osnovni prozor
Ovo je jedan od najkraćih primjera koji generiše osnovni prozor pod Windowsom. Slijedi objašnjenje rada u četiri
koraka.
105
14.3.
Korak 1: Registracija prozorske klase
Prozorska klasa čuva informacije o tipu prozora uključujući njegovu prozorsku proceduru koja ga kontroliše, male i
velike ikone prozora i pozadinske boje, Na ovaj način moguće je registrovati klasu jednom i kreirati prozora koliko se želi bez
specificiranja svih tih atributa svaki put, mada se oni mogu po želji mijenjati za pojedinačne prozore. Prozorske klase nemaju
veze sa C++ klasama.
wc.cbSize
:= 48;
wc.style
:= 0;
wc.lpfnWndProc
:= WndProc;
wc.cbClsExtra
:= 0;
wc.cbWndExtra
:= 0;
wc.hInstance
:= hInstance;
wc.hIcon
wc.hCursor
wc.hIconSm
{
}
inace
{
Ovaj se kod koristi u glavnom programu za registraciju prozorske klase. Sada će se popuniti struktura
WNDCLASSEX i poziva funkcija RegisterClassEx()
Članovi strukture utiču na klasu prozora kako slijedi:
cbSize : Veličina strukture.
style : Stil klase, CS_xxxxx, on se obično postavlja na 0..
lpfnWndProc :Pokazivač na proceduru koja obraðuje poruke za ovu klasu prozora.
cbClsExtra : Količina dodatnih podataka alociranih za ovu klasu u memoriji. Obično 0.
cbWndExtra: Količina dodatnih podataka u memoriji alociranih po prozoru. Obično 0...
hInstance : Handle koji pokazuje na instancu aplikacije (dobiven funkcijom GetModuleHandle)
hIcon : Velika (32x32) ikona koja se prikazuje prilikom AltTab.
hCursor : Kurzor koji se prikazuje preko prozora ove klase.
hbrBackground: Oznaka četke za pozadinu za postavljanje boje ovog prozora
lpszMenuName: Ime menija u resursnom dijelu datoteke za prozore ove klase
lpszClassName: Ime kojim se klasa identificira
hIconSm : Mala (16x16) ikona koja se pojavljuje u taskbaru i u gornjem lijevom uglu prozora.
U praksi se ova struktura ne pamti, nego se najčešæe kopira, niti ima potrebe pamtiti je. Neophodno je imati help
datoteke kada se želi modifikovati neki od parametara..
Nakon što je ova struktura popunjena, poziva se RegisterClassEx i provjeravaju greške. U slučaju greške prikaže se
poruka i prekida program izlaskom iz glavnog programa.
14.4.
Nakon što je klasa registrovana, slijedi kreiranje prozora pomoću nje. To se radi pomoću funkcije CreateWindowEx,
čiji će parametri sada biti objašnjeni..
`
ako (hwnd = 0)
{
}
inace
{
Zadnji parametar, 512 je prošireni windows stil koji daje drugačiji izgled ivice. Može se eksperimentirati i sa drugim
vrijednostima..
106
Ime klase "FILDZANKLASA" kaže sistemu kakvu vrstu prozora da kreira. U datom primjeru, treba kreirati prozor od
klase koja je upravo registrovana, pa će se njeno ime i koristiti. Nakon toga se navodi ime prozora ili naslov koji se prikazuje u
naslovnom dijelu prozora..
Parametar koji u datom primjeru ima vrijednost 13565952 (WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW) je parametar stila
prozora. Ima više različitih stilova i korisno je eksperimentisati sa njima da se vidi šta koji radi..
Sljedeća četiri parametra (120,140,100,200) su visina prozora, širina prozora, y koordinata i x koordinata x i y
koordinate gornjeg lijevog ugla i širina i visina prozora. Jedinice su u pikselima, ishodište koordinatnog sistema je gornji lijevi
ugao, tako da y osa raste prema dolje, a x osa prema desno.
Sljedeća četiri parametra (0,hinstance,0,0) su pokazivač na dodatne podatke o kreiranju prozora, te hendlovi na
instancu aplikacije, meni i roditeljski prozor. Ekranska unosna polja ili dugmad predstavljaju podprozore i za njih je potrebno
postaviti vrijednost Parent. U ovom primjeru, ovo je glavni prozor i on nema roditeljskog prozora..
Čest uzrok grešaka u programima je što se ne provjerava rezultat funkcija. CreateWindow() često pada i kod iskusnih
programera, stoga je potrebno uvijek provjeravati njen rezultat!
ako (hwnd = 0)
{
}
Nakon što je prozor kreiran i provjerena ispravnost njegovog hendla, sada je potrebno prikazati i ažurirati prozor.
Konstanta 10 (SW_SHOW) znači da se prozor treba prikazati.
UpdateWindow(hwnd);
14.5.
Korak 3: Petlja poruka
Ovo je srce cijelog programa, praktično sve što program radio prolazi kroz ovu tačku.
{
}
Msg.wParam;
}
GetMessage() preuzima poruku iz reda čekanja korisničke aplikacije. Svaki put kada korisnik pomjeri miša, otkuca
nešto na tastaturi, klikne na meni prozora ili uradi mnogo drugih stvari, poruke se generišu od strane sistema i smjeste u red
čekanja korisničkog programa. Pozivom GetMessage() zahtijeva se da se sljedeća poruka izbaci iz reda čekanja i preda
programu za procesiranje. Ako nema poruke GetMessage prelazi u čekanje do nailaska nove. Ukoliko to predstavlja problem,
neki programi koriste poruku PeekMessage() koja radi isto kao GetMessage, samo što nastavlja rad ako u redu čekanja nema
novih poruka..
TranslateMessage() dodatno procesira poruke tastature kao što je generisanje poruka WM_CHAR da se šalju zajedno
sa WM_KEYDOWN porukom. Poruka DispatchMessage šalje poruku prozoru kome je poruka namijenjena. To može biti
glavni prozor aplikacije, ali i bilo koji drugi prozor, korisnička kontrola ili neki prozor kreiran od strane sistema ili druge
aplikacije. O tome ne treba brinuti jer se je jedini zadatak programa da preuzme i pošalje poruku, a sistem rješava kako će opna
doći do odgovarajućeg prozora..
14.6.
Korak 4: Prozorska procedura
Ako je petlja poruka srce programa, prozorska procedura je njegov mozak. Na ovom mjestu se obraðuju sve poruke
poslane prozoru..
cijeli funkcija WndProc(cijeli lParam, cijeli wParam, cijeli msg, cijeli hwnd)
{
cijeli obrada;
obrada:=0;
ako (msg=16){ DestroyWindow(hwnd); obrada:=1;} ` Poruka WM_CLOSE
ako (msg=2) {PostQuitMessage(0); obrada:=1;} ` Poruka WM_DESTROY
ako (obrada#1) { DefWindowProcA(lParam,wParam,msg,hwnd); }
inace {0;}
}
Prozorska procedura se poziva za svaku poruku. HWND parametar je hendl prozora, tj. onaj na koga se poruka
odnosi. To je bitan podatak jer svi prozori iste klase dijele istu prozorsku proceduru, pa se oni meðusobno razlikuju po HWND
parametru.
107
WM_CLOSE se šalje kada korisnik pritisne taster Close ili Alt+F4. To će izazvati uništavanje prozora i inače, ali je
ovdje obrada izdvojena kako bi se mogao dodati eventualni kod koji posprema ostale podatke prije uništenja prozora, kao što
je upit korisnika za snimanje datoteka..
Poziv funkcije DestroyWindow() šalje poruku WM_DESTROY prozoru koji treba biti uništen, uništavajući potom
sve njegove podprozore. Na prijem ove poruke poziva se funkcija PostQuitMessage. Ova funkcija šalje WM_QUIT petlji za
prozore. Ova se poruka nikada ne dobija, jer ona izaziva da GetMessage() vrati netačnu vrijednost čime se prekida obrada
poruka.
14.7.
Obrada poruka
Sada prozor postoji mada može da radi jedino
ono
što
mu
omogućava
DefWindowProc(),
proširivanja, maksimiziranja, ali nikakav drugi kod.
Dodatne funkcionalnosti se mogu dodavati obradom
pojedinačnih poruka. Obrada poruke predstavlja širenje
prozorske procedure dodavanjem aktivnosti u slučaju
prijema poruke.
U proceduru WndProc() dodaće se kod koji
prikazuje ime programa kada se klikne mišem unutar
prozora. Trenutno u WndProc postoji sljedeće:
{
cijeli obrada;
obrada:=0;
inace {0;}
}
Da se obradi klik na lijevi taster miša, dodaje se obrada poruke WM_LBUTTONDOWN. Obrada poruke znači njeno
dodavanje u WndProc kao na sljedećoj slici:
{
cijeli obrada;
obrada:=0;
ako (msg=513) {
` DODANO
obrada:=1;} ` Poruka WM_LBUTTONDOWN
` DODANO
inace {0;}
}
Sada treba napisati šta će se dogoditi kada se uđe u taj dio programa. Kod koji se želi dodati je prikaz imena datoteke
korisničkog programima. U kasnijim primjerima će se samo prikazivati kod koji se želi integrisati u program, u cilju smanjenja
kucanja..
GetModuleFileNameA (MAXPATH, szFileName, hInstance);
MessageBoxA(0, "This program is:",szFileName, hwnd);
Gore prikazani kod će se izvršiti kada se klikne mišem na formu programa i dodaje se u osnovnu Windows aplikaciju:
{
cijeli obrada;
obrada:=0;
ako (msg=513) {
`
`
inace {0;}
}
Nakon modifikacije ovog koda treba ga kompajlirati. Klik na prozor izaziva poruku sa imenom EXE programa.
Dodane su varijable hInstance i szFileName. Prvi parametar funkcije GetModuleFIleName je HINSTANCE koji se odnosi na
izvršni program (dakle EXE datoteka). Ta se vrijednost dobija funkcijom GetModuleHandle, koja za parametar NULL vraća
oznaku datoteke u kojoj se nalazi proces koji ju je pozvao. Drugi parametar funkcije je pokazivač na mjesto gdje će se primiti
ime datoteke i staza do navedenog modula i taj parametar je tima LPTSTR, odnosno pokazivač niz karaktera.:
108
#definiraj MAXPATH 260
cijeli funkcija GetModuleFileNameA (cijeli a,karakter * b,cijeli c);
karakter [MAXPATH] szFileName;
MAX_PATH definiše maksimalnu veličinu imena datoteke.
Nakon poziva GetModuleFileName, bafer szFileName će se napuniti stringom koji sadrži ime naše EXE datoteke. Taj
parametar se prosljeðuje funkciji MessageBox, čime se prikaže na ekranu..
Ukoliko dodavanje koda nije rezultovalo ispravnim kompajliranjem, slijedi kompletan kod.
c,cijeli * d);
c,cijeli d);
#definiraj MAXPATH 260
cijeli funkcija GetModuleFileNameA (cijeli a,karakter *
b,cijeli c);
karakter [MAXPATH] szFileName;
cijeli hInstance;
karakter * klasa;
slog {
cijeli cbSize;
cijeli
style;
cijeli
cbClsExtra;
cijeli
cbWndExtra;
cijeli
hInstance;
cijeli
hIcon;
cijeli
hCursor;
cijeli
hbrBackground;
cijeli hIconSm;
cijeli hwnd;
slog
{
cijeli hwnd;
cijeli message;
cijeli wParam;
cijeli lParam;
cijeli time;
slog
{
cijeli x;
cijeli y;
} pt;
} Msg; ` Poruka
ako (msg=16){ DestroyWindow(hwnd); obrada:=1;} `WM_CLOSE
ako (msg=2) {PostQuitMessage(0); obrada:=1;} `WM_DESTROY
ako (msg=513) {
`
`
ako (obrada#1) { DefWindowProcA(lParam,wParam,msg,hwnd);
}
inace
}
` Glavni program
{
wc.cbSize
:= 48;
wc.style
:= 0;
wc.lpfnWndProc
:= WndProc;
wc.cbClsExtra
:= 0;
wc.cbWndExtra
:= 0;
wc.hInstance
:= hInstance;
wc.hIcon
wc.hCursor
wc.hIconSm
`
msg, cijeli hwnd)
{
cijeli obrada;
}
obrada:=0;
14.8.
{0;}
{
}
inace
{
ako (hwnd = 0)
{
}
inace
{
UpdateWindow(hwnd);
{
}
Msg.wParam;
}
}
Šta je to poruka?
Razumijevanje petlje poruka i cijele strukture u kojoj se šalju poruke windows programa je od suštinskog značaja za
pisanje svega osim najtrivijalnijih poruka. Sada će se malo više pažnje posvetiti cijelom procesu radi izbjegavanja kasnijih
konfuzija. Pogled na datoteke zaglavlja u kompajlerima za C pokazuje sljedeće definicije:
#define WM_INITDIALOG
#define WM_COMMAND
0x0110
0x0111
#define WM_LBUTTONDOWN
0x0201
Poruke se koriste za komunikaciju između mnogih podsistema. Ukoliko se želi da neki prozor ili kontrola (koja je
samo specijalizovani prozor) obavi neku akciju, šalje joj se poruka. Drugi prozor može takođe da zahtjeve za aktivnosti našeg
109
prozora pozove porukom. Ako se dogodi kucanje na tastaturi ili pomicanje miša sistem šalje poruku prozoru na koji poruka
utiče. Zadatak prozorske procedure je da odgovori na navedene poruke.
Svaka poruka Windowsa može da ima do dva parametra, wParam i lParam. Unatoč imenu, pod Win32 oba parametra
su 32 bitna. Ove parametre ne koristi svaka poruka, a i one koje ih koriste mogu ih interpretirati na različite načine. Tako na
primjer, poruka WM_CLOSE ne koristi ni jedan parametar, a poruka WM_COMMAND koristi oba. U Parametru wParam
kod poruke WM_COMMAND se u višoj riječi nalaz notifikacijska poruka, a u nižoj identifikator kontrole koja je poslala
poruku. U parametru lParam se nalazi handle prozora ili kontrole koji je poslao poruku.
Slanje poruke se vrši funkcijama PostMessage() ili SendMessage(). PostMessage() samo smjesti poruku u red čekanja
i odmah se vrati, tako da poruka može ali i ne mora biti obrađena. SendMessage() šalje poruku direktno prozoru i ne vraća se
dok prozor ne završi procesiranje poruke. Na ovaj način moguće je, na primjer, zatvoriti prozor slanjem poruke WM_CLOSE
tom prozoru koristeći funkciju PostMessage(0,0,WM_CLOSE,hwnd);
14.9.
Komunikacija sa dijaloškim prozorima
Dijaloškim prozorima se šalju poruke u svrhu komunikacije sa njim Poruka pojedinoj kontroli na dijalogu se može
poslati korištenjem funkcije GetDlgItem() koja na bazi identifikatora vraća hendl kontrole i zatim upotrebom funkcije
SendMessage () ili upotrebom SendDlgItemMessage() koja kombinuje oba koraka.
14.10. Šta je red čekanja poruka?
Ukoliko u trenutku obrade poruke WM_PAINT korisnik otkuca nešto na tastaturi, šta se treba dogoditi? Prekinuti
iscrtavanje da bi se obradili tasteri ili ih ignorisati. Nijedno rješenje nije dobro, nego postoji red čekanja u koji se smještaju
poruke kada se pošalju i nakon obrade ovih poruka one se uklanjaju. To omogućuje da se poruke ne gube dok se obrađuju
druge poruke.
14.11. Šta je petlja poruka
{
}
Petlja poruka poziva GetMessage() koja pregleda red čekanja. Ako je red čekanja prazan, program se zaustavlja i čeka
da se poruka pojavi.
Kada se desi događaj koji ubacuje poruku u red čekanja (npr. pritisak na taster miša), GetMessage() vraća pozitivnu
vrijednost indicirajući da postoji poruka koja se treba obraditi i da je ona napunjena članovima MSG strukture koja joj je
dodijeljena. Ova funkcija vraća vrijednost 0 ako primi poruku WM_QUIT i negativnu vrijednost ako se dogodila greška.
Preuzimanje poruke u Msg varijablu i njeno prosljeđivanje funkciji TranslateMessage() je opcionalni korak koji
prevodi virtualni taster u karakterske poruke. Nakon što je to urađeno, poruka se prosljeđuje funkciji DispatchMessage(). Ova
funkcija provjeri kojem je prozoru namijenjena i traži prozorsku proceduru koja obrađuje taj prozor. Nakon toga poziva tu
proceduru šaljući kao parametar hendl prozora, poruku, wParam i lParam.
U prozorskoj proceduri se provjeri poruka i njeni parametri i obrađuje po želji. Ukoliko se poruka posebno ne
obrađuje, poziva se DefWindowProc() koja obavlja podrazumijevane akcije, što često znači da se ništa ne radi.
Po završetku prozorske procedure, DispatchMessage() se vrati i petlja se ponovo izvršava. Prozorska procedura se ne
poziva magično iz sistema, nju zapravo poziva korisnički program funkcijom DispatchMessage. Ukoliko se to želi, isti efekat
se može postići korištenjem GetWindowLong() funkcije koja za navedeni hendl nalazi prozorsku proceduru i direktno je zvati
indirektnim pozivom funkcije. Ipak to neće raditi u složenijim aplikacijama, pošto su neki efekti koje implicitno radi
DispatchMessage zanemareni.
Aplikacija provodi većinu vremena u petlji za poruke. Kada se želi izaći iz te petlje, GetMessage() treba da vrati
vrijednost 0 da se dođe do kraja WinMain funkcije. To obavlja PostQuitMessage(). Ona u red čekanja dodaje poruku
WM_QUIT i umjesto vraćanja pozitivne vrijednosti GetMessage() puni Msg strukturu i vraća vrijednost 0. Polje wParam
strukture Msg sadrži vrijednost koja je proslijeđena funkciji PostQuitMessage i ona se može ili ignorisati ili iskoristiti kao
izlazni kod pri završetku procesa.
Aplikacije koje nemaju prozore se mogu pisati na klasični način. Windows aplikacije sa prozorima su bazirane na
petljama i porukama. Svaka windows aplikacija, koja treba da prikaže standardni prozor ima četiri faze: pripremu i registraciju
prozorske klase, kreiranje prozora, petlju poruka i obradu poruka u prozorskoj proceduri. Slanje poruke u glavnoj petlji
automatski pokreće proceduru za obradu prozora, a ova procedura je definisana u prozorskoj klasi.
110
15. KORISNIČKI INTERFEJS I GRAFIČKE PRIMITIVE
Jedan od najvažnijih zadataka aplikacija napisanih u bilo kom programskom jeziku je komunikacija sa korisnikom. U
ovom poglavlju će biti riječi o tome kako se mogu primati ulazni podaci od korisnika pod operativnim sistemom Windows,
prilagođeno za FILDZAN-32.Prema načinu interakcije sa korisnikom, postoje tri vrste aplikacija, servisi koji nemaju nikakvu
interakciju osim kroz konfiguracione datoteke ili Registry, konzolne aplikacije, koje komuniciraju preko tastature i tekstualnog
izlaza i GUI aplikacije, koje imaju kompletan skup korisničkih kontrola.
15.1.
Servisne aplikacije
Ovo su obično sistemski procesi koji se startaju automatski po startu operativnog sistema. Ove aplikacije direktno ne
komuniciraju sa korisnikom, nego primaju poruke od sistema. Tako na primjer, aplikacije koje predstavljaju Web server ne
prikazuju ništa na ekranu, niti očitavaju išta sa tastature, nego obavljaju prijemom i slanjem podataka kroz socket funkcije.
Servisne aplikacije u užem smislu se mogu startati i kada korisnik nije uopšte prijavljen na računar.
15.2.
Konzolne aplikacije
Već su prvi primjeri u FILDZAN-32 koji su se uspjeli kompajlirati predstavljali ovakve aplikacije. Konzola je
interfejs koji omogućava ulaz/izlaz aplikacijama koje rade u znakovnom režimu. Konzola se sastoji od ulaznog bafera i jednog
ili više ekranskih bafera. Ulazni bafer sadrži red ulaznih slogova od kojih svaki uključuje informacije u ulaznom događaju.
Ekranski bafer je dvodimenzionalni niz znakova i informacija o boji za izlaz na prozoru konzole.
Win32 dopušta funkcije visokog i niskog nivoa za pristup konzoli. Funkcije visokog nivoa su orijentisane prema
znakovima i omogućavaju redirekciju podataka. Funkcije niskog nivoa prate ulaze sa tastature kao što su pojedinačni tasteri,
događaje miša i omogućuju bolju kontrolu izlaza na ekran.
Konzolne aplikacije se ne pišu ni na kakav poseban način. Treba jedino znati da jezik FILDZAN32 koji se razvija
sam po sebi nema naredbe kao što su writeln ili scanf, pa treba napisati program koristeći Win32 API.
Najvažnije funkcije visokog nivoa su GetStdHandle , ReadConsoleA i WriteConsoleA, koje su objašnjene u testnim
primjerima šestog i sedmog poglavlja.
Od funkcija niskog nivoa treba spomenuti funkciju PeekConsoleInput kojom se mogu očitavati tasteri bez čekanja.
15.3.
Grafičke kontrole
Grafičke aplikacije imaju drugačiji pristup ulaznim podacima od tekstualnih. Na ekranu se nalaze različite kontrole
(dugmad, editna polja, kombinovane liste i slično)
Sve Windows kontrole su zapravo prozori. To je bitno za znati, jer se tako mnoge funkcije namijenjene prozorima
mogu koristiti i za kontrole. Tako na primjer, postavljanje naslova prozora ili upis podrazumijevane vrijednosti u editno polje
obavljaju iste funkcije.
Dva su pristupa pravljenju Windows kontrola. Jedan je preko resursnih dijaloga i zahtijeva upotrebu resursnog editora
ili jezika za resursne skripte. Resursi se odvojeno kompajliraju i povezuju sa glavnim programom. To su binarni podaci koji
opisuju izgled kontrola. Prednost pristupa je u mogućnosti ekstrakcije ekranskih formi iz izvršnog programa u cilju njihove
popravke ili prevođenja na druge jezike. Druga prednost je što je osnovni program kraći. Treća prednost je što resursni editori
mogu biti grafičke, vizuelne aplikacije, pa je njihova priprema razmjerno jednostavna. Nedostaci pristupa su potreba za
posebnim kompajlerom resursa i veća rasparčanost koda jer se on nalazi i u datoteci sa programom i u datoteci sa resursom.
Windows kontrole se mogu dobiti i direktnim pozivom CreateWindowExA funkcije za svaku kontrolu. Kako resursni
kompajler za FILDZAN32 još nije napisan, koristiće se drugi metod.
Dio parametara iz CreateWindowExA koji su korišteni za kreiranje osnovne Windows aplikacije se mogu primijeniti i
ovdje, dok se drugi dio mijenja. Tako na primjer, za Windows kontrole nema potrebe registrovati klasu prozora, jer već postoji
nekoliko standardnih:
BUTTON - dugmad, checkbox-ovi i radio tasteri
LISTBOX – liste podataka
COMBOBOX - kombinovane liste podataka
EDIT - unosna polja
SCROLLBAR - klizna traka
111
STATIC - statični tekst
SysAnimate32- kontrola koja prikazuje AVI datoteku
msctls_hotkey32- kontrola koja predefiniše taster za brži pristup nekoj opciji
msctls_progress32- mjerač realizacije nekog posla
msctls_statusbar32 - statusna traka
ToolbarWindow32 - alatna traka
tooltips_class32 - informacioni prozorčić
msctls_trackbar32 - potenciometarska kontrola
msctls_updown32 - kontrola za unos podatka uz mogućnost uvećanja i umanjenja njegove vrijednosti tasterima
SysHeader32 - zaglavlje pogleda na podatke u formi liste
SysListView32 - Pogled na podatke u formi liste, koji omogućuje i pojedine ikone
SysTabControl32 - Tab kontrola, omogućuje prikaz podataka u formi odvojenih kartica
SysTreeView32 - Pogled stabla, hijerarhijski prikaz podataka
RichEdit - Omogućuje unos tekstova koji mogu biti u boji i sadržati dodatne podatke
Sa kontrolama se komunicira slanjem poruka kontroli funkcijom SendMessage ili odgovarajućim funkcijama za
obradu prozora.
Kontrole vraćaju prozoru poruku WM_COMMAND, WM_NOTIFY, WM_HSCROLL ili WM_VSCROLL, zavisno
od same kontrole. U okviru wParam i lParam parametara nalaze se dodatne informacije koje govore o poruci.
15.4.
Funkcije grafičkih kontrola kroz primjer
Na slici Sl. 15.4.1 data je ekranska forma aplikacije za unos podataka o zainteresovanim licima za uvođenje
kablovske televizije. Na ovoj formi se nalaze sve standardne Windows kontrole, koje se nalaze u USER32.DLL biblioteci.
Sl. 15.4.1.
Forma aplikacije
Na ovoj formi se uočava da postoje kontrole tipa edit polja, listbox, combobox, checkbox, memo polja, menu,
dugmad, scroll bar, statički tekst, iscrtani logo firme, ispisani tekst i menu. Sada će se pogledati cijeli listing programa, a zatim
vidjeti kako se definiše pojedina vrsta kontrola i
kako se očitavaju podaci koje ona šalje.
112
c,cijeli * d);
c,cijeli d);
cijeli funkcija SendMessageA (karakter * a,cijeli b, cijeli
c, cijeli d);
cijeli funkcija GetWindowTextA (cijeli a,karakter * b,
cijeli c);
cijeli funkcija IsDlgButtonChecked(cijeli a, cijeli b);
cijeli funkcija SetScrollRange(cijeli a,cijeli b, cijeli c,
cijeli d, cijeli e);
cijeli funkcija SetScrollPos(cijeli a,cijeli b, cijeli c,
cijeli d);
cijeli funkcija GetScrollPos(cijeli a,cijeli b);
cijeli funkcija BeginPaint(cijeli * a,cijeli b);
cijeli funkcija EndPaint(cijeli * a,cijeli b);
cijeli funkcija Ellipse(cijeli a, cijeli b, cijeli c,cijeli
d, cijeli e);
cijeli funkcija MoveToEx(cijeli * a, cijeli b, cijeli
c,cijeli d);
cijeli funkcija LineTo(cijeli a, cijeli b, cijeli c);
cijeli funkcija TextOutA(cijeli a,cijeli * b,cijeli c,cijeli
d,cijeli e);
cijeli funkcija CreateMenu();
cijeli funkcija CreatePopupMenu();
cijeli funkcija AppendMenuA(karakter * a,cijeli b, cijeli c,
cijeli d);
cijeli funkcija SetMenu(cijeli a,cijeli b);
cijeli hInstance;
karakter * klasa;
slog {
cijeli cbSize;
cijeli
style;
cijeli
cbClsExtra;
cijeli
cbWndExtra;
cijeli
hInstance;
cijeli
hIcon;
cijeli
hCursor;
cijeli
hbrBackground;
cijeli hIconSm;
cijeli hwnd;
slog
{
cijeli hwnd;
cijeli message;
cijeli wParam;
cijeli lParam;
cijeli time;
slog
{
cijeli x;
cijeli y;
} pt;
} Msg; ` Poruka
slog
{
cijeli hdc;
cijeli fErase;
slog
{ cijeli left,top,right,bottom; } rcPaint;
cijeli fRestore;
cijeli fIncUpdate;
cijeli [32] rgbReserved;
} pstruct;
cijeli hEdit1,hEdit2,hGroup1,hRadio1,hRadio2,hCheck1,
hMemo1,hListBox1,hCombo1,hScroll1,hButton1,hStatic1,
hStatic2,hStatic3,hStatic4,hStatic5,hStatic6,hdc,hMenu,
hSubMenu;
cijeli funkcija KreirajKontrole()
{
hEdit1:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hwnd,21,161,16,64,
1350565888, ` ws_child or ws_visible or ws_border
"","EDIT",512);
"","EDIT",512);
hGroup1:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hwnd,57,217,80,16,
1342177287, ` ws_child or ws_visible or bs_groupbox
"Spol","BUTTON",0);
hRadio1:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,105,hGroup1,17,113,16,2
4,
1342177289, ` ws_child or ws_visible or
bs_autoradiobutton
"Muški","BUTTON",0);
hRadio2:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,106,hGroup1,17,113,32,2
4,
1342177289, ` ws_child or ws_visible or
bs_autoradiobutton
"Ženski","BUTTON",0);
hCheck1:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,107,hwnd,17,209,152,16,
1342177283, ` ws_child or ws_visible or bs_autocheckbox
"Uplatio uvođenje","BUTTON",512);
hMemo1:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hwnd,89,185,216,16,
1350565892, ` ws_child or ws_visible or ws_border or
es_multiline
"Memo","EDIT",512);
hListBox1:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hwnd,97,200,24,272,
lbs_standard
"List1","LISTBOX",512);
SendMessageA("1.Samo
` 384 LB_ADDSTRING
SendMessageA("2.TV i
` 384 LB_ADDSTRING
` 384 LB_ADDSTRING
SendMessageA("4.TV s
` 384 LB_ADDSTRING
SendMessageA("5.Puni
` 384 LB_ADDSTRING
TV program",0,384,hListBox1);
Internet",0,384,hListBox1);
Internet",0,384,hListBox1);
kodiranimkanalima",0,384,hListBox1);
paket",0,384,hListBox1);
hCombo1:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hwnd,100,145,144,272,
cbs_dropdown or cbs_hasstrings
"COmbobox1","COMBOBOX",0);
SendMessageA("Maršala Tita",0,323,hCombo1);
` 323 CB_ADDSTRING
SendMessageA("Alipašina",0,323,hCombo1);
` 323 CB_ADDSTRING
hScroll1:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hwnd,21,185,192,272,
1342177280, ` ws_child or ws_visible or sbs_horz
"","SCROLLBAR",0);
SetScrollRange(1,100,1,2,hScroll1);
hButton1:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hwnd,25,75,256,288,
1342177280, ` ws_child or ws_visible or bs_pushbutton
"Unesi","BUTTON",0);
hStatic1:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hwnd,14,57,16,8,
1342177291, `ws_child or ws_visible
or ss_simple
"Prezime","STATIC",0);
or ss_simple
"Ime","STATIC",0);
or ss_simple
"Napomena","STATIC",0);
113
"Vrsta usluge","STATIC",0);
or ss_simple
msg, cijeli hwnd)
{
cijeli obrada;
obrada:=0;
ako (msg=15){ OnWMPaint(hwnd); obrada:=1;}` WM_PAINT
ako (msg=2) {PostQuitMessage(0); obrada:=1;}` WM_DESTROY
ako (msg=273) {OnWMCommand(wParam,lParam); obrada:=1;}
or ss_simple
` Poruka WM_COMMAND
"Stepen realizacije","STATIC",0);
ako (msg=276) {OnWMHScroll(wParam,lParam); obrada:=1;}
` Poruka WM_HSCROLL
hMenu:=CreateMenu();
hSubMenu := CreatePopupMenu();
ako (obrada#1) { DefWindowProcA(lParam,wParam,msg,hwnd);
AppendMenuA( "O& programu",200,0,hSubMenu);
}
AppendMenuA( "I&zlaz",201,0,hSubMenu);
inace {0;}
AppendMenuA("&Meni",hSubMenu,16,hMenu);
SetMenu(hMenu,hwnd);
}
}
or ss_simple
"Adresa","STATIC",0);
cijeli funkcija OnWMHScroll(cijeli wParam,cijeli lParam)
{ cijeli nPos;
ako (lParam=hScroll1)& (wParam & 65535 =5) `SB_THUMBTRACK
{
nPos:=wParam / 65536;
SetScrollPos(1,nPos,2,hScroll1);
}
}
cijeli funkcija OnWMCommand(cijeli wParam,cijeli lParam)
{ karakter [200] rezultat;
cijeli nItem;
ako (lParam=0)
{
ako (wParam & 65535 = 201) {
PostQuitMessage(0);
}
ako (wParam & 65535 = 200) {
MessageBoxA(0,"O programu",
"Ovo je aplikacija koja demonstrira kontrole i GDI",0);
}
` Glavni program
{
wc.cbSize
:= 48;
wc.style
:= 0;
wc.lpfnWndProc
:= WndProc;
wc.cbClsExtra
:= 0;
wc.cbWndExtra
:= 0;
wc.hInstance
:= hInstance;
wc.hIcon
wc.hCursor
wc.hbrBackground := 5; `SIVA
wc.hIconSm
`
}
ako (lParam=hButton1)
{
GetWindowTextA(200,rezultat,hEdit1);
MessageBoxA(0,"Prezime",rezultat,hwnd);
MessageBoxA(0,"Ime",rezultat,hwnd);
GetWindowTextA(200,rezultat,hCombo1);
MessageBoxA(0,"Adresa",rezultat,hwnd);
GetWindowTextA(200,rezultat,hMemo1);
MessageBoxA(0,"Napomena",rezultat,hwnd);
ako IsDlgButtonChecked(105,hGroup1)=1 {
MessageBoxA(0,"Spol","Muski",hwnd);
}
MessageBoxA(0,"Spol","Zenski",hwnd);
}
ako IsDlgButtonChecked(107,hwnd)=1 {
MessageBoxA(0,"Status","Platio",hwnd);
}
nItem := SendMessageA(0,0,392,hListBox1);
` LB_GETCURSEL
ako nItem=2
{
MessageBoxA(0,"TV","Ne koristi TV",hwnd);
}
ako (GetScrollPos(2,hScroll1)>50) {
MessageBoxA(0,"Realizovanost","Preko 50",0);
}
}
}
cijeli funkcija OnWMPaint(cijeli hwnd)
{
hdc:=BeginPaint(&pstruct,hwnd);
MoveToEx(0,250,400,hdc);
LineTo(250,480,hdc);
TextOutA(5,"CBLTV",253,403,hdc);
Ellipse(294,470,264,410, hdc);
EndPaint(&pstruct,hwnd);
}
{
}
inace
{
177,108, 13565952, ` WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW
"Forma za unos","FILDZANKLASA",512);
ako (hwnd = 0)
{
}
inace
{
KreirajKontrole();
UpdateWindow(hwnd);
{
}
Msg.wParam;
}
}
}
Sl. 15.4.2.
Aplikacija sa podprozorima kontrolama
114
Na listingu Sl. 15.4.2 se vidi da se registracija prozorske klase uopšte nije promijenila, izuzev boje pozadine. Dijelu
koda za kreiranje prozora je dodan poziv funkcije KreirajKontrole nakon što je kreiran glavni program, dok je glavna petlja
poruka identična osnovnoj verziji. Prozorska procedura obrađuje pet poruka.
{
cijeli obrada;
obrada:=0;
ako (msg=15){ OnWMPaint(hwnd); obrada:=1;}` WM_PAINT
ako (msg=2) {PostQuitMessage(0); obrada:=1;}` WM_DESTROY
ako (msg=273) {OnWMCommand(wParam,lParam); obrada:=1;} ` Poruka WM_COMMAND
ako (msg=276) {OnWMHScroll(wParam,lParam); obrada:=1;}` Poruka WM_HSCROLL
inace {0;}
}
Poruka WM_COMMAND (broj 273) se šalje glavnom prozoru svaki put kada se izabere neka opcija na meniju ili
pritisne neki ekranski taster, radio taster ili checkbox. Ova poruka uz parametre wparam i lparam šalje dodatne vrijednosti koji
određuju kontrolu.
Poruka WM_PAINT (broj 15) se šalje glavnom prozoru svaki put kada se treba iscrtati dio prozora.
Horizontalne klizne trake (scrollbar) šalju poruke WM_HSCROLL (broj 276).
15.5.
Meniji
Kreiranje menija se vrši funkcijom CreateMenu(), a podmenija funkcijom CreatePopupMenu(). Ove funkcije interno
kreiraju menije, i dodijele mu identifikator, handle. To se vidi na dijelu koda koji se nalazi na kraju funkcije KreirajKontrole()
hMenu:=CreateMenu();
hSubMenu := CreatePopupMenu();
AppendMenuA( "O& programu",200,0,hSubMenu);
AppendMenuA( "I&zlaz",201,0,hSubMenu);
AppendMenuA("&Meni",hSubMenu,16,hMenu);
SetMenu(hMenu,hwnd);
Za dodavanje opcija menija koristi se funkcija AppendMenuA, čiji prvi parametar predstavlja tekst opcije, drugi
parametar predstavlja broj koji će meni proslijediti uz poruku WM_COMMAND ili handle podmenija. Treći parametar
predstavlja status menija i ima vrijednost 0 ako je riječ o opciji, a 16 ako je riječ o podmeniju. Moguće je još mnogo različitih
statusa. Posljednji parametar predstavlja handle menija ili podmenija kome se pridružuje ova opcija.
Meni se dodjeljuje prozoru primjenom opcije SetMenu, čiji je prvi parametar handle menija, a drugi je handle
prozora.
Izbor opcije u meniju šalje glavnom prozoru poruku WM_COMMAND. Odgovor na opcije se vidi u sljedećem dijelu
koda unutar funkcije OnWMCommand
ako (lParam=0)
{
ako (wParam & 65535 = 201) {
PostQuitMessage(0);
}
ako (wParam & 65535 = 200) {
MessageBoxA(0,"O programu",
"Ovo je aplikacija koja demonstrira kontrole i GDI",0);
}
}
Poruka WM_COMMAND koja je stigla od menija u parametru lParam ima vrijednost 0, a nižih 16 bita parametra
wParam predstavlja konstantu koja je data uz drugi parametar funkcije AppendMenuA.
15.6.
Dugme - Button
Kontrola oblika dugmeta se kreira kao i svaki prozor, CreateWindowExA funkcijom. U našem primjeru, to je naredba
hButton1:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hwnd,25,75,256,288,
1342177280, ` ws_child or ws_visible or bs_pushbutton
"Unesi","BUTTON",0);
Kao što se vidi, klasa prozora je BUTTON, a stil je kombinacija ws_child , ws_visible i bs_pushbutton. Treći
parametar je hwnd, što znači da je riječ o kontroli koja ima roditelja, tj. prozor kome će se slati poruke. Posljednji parametar je
0 što znači da nema specijalnog okvira.
Prepoznavanje da je taster pritisnut može se vršiti u obradi poruke WM_COMMAND, što se vidi iz sljedećeg dijela
koda unutar funkcije OnWMCommand:
115
ako (lParam=hButton1)
{
...
}
Parametar lParam poruke WM_COMMAND sadrži handle tastera koji je pritisnut, hButton1. U okviru obrade ovog
tastera se nalazi kod koji očitava vrijednosti svih kontrola i prikazuje ih na ekranu koristeći MessageBoxA.
15.7.
Editna i memo polja
Najvažnija kontrola za unos podataka su polja za unos teksta ili editna polja. Ove kontrole imaju klasu EDIT kao u
sljedećem dijelu koda
"","EDIT",512);
"","EDIT",512);
Memo polja se razlikuju od običnih editnih polja po tome što imaju dodatni stil es_multiline
hMemo1:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hwnd,89,185,216,16,
1350565892, ` ws_child or ws_visible or ws_border or es_multiline
"Memo","EDIT",512);
Očitavanje vrijednosti kontrole se svodi na čitanje naslova prozora funkcijom GetWindowTextA unutar obrade
pritiska na dugme. Prvi argument ove funkcije je broj bajtova koliki tekst treba da bude, drugi je adresa na koju se tekst
smješta a treći je hendl kontrole. U sljedećem dijelu koda se primljeni podaci prikazuju u poruci (prava aplikacija bi ih upisala
u bazu podataka)
MessageBoxA(0,"Prezime",rezultat,hwnd);
MessageBoxA(0,"Ime",rezultat,hwnd);
GetWindowTextA(200,rezultat,hCombo1);
MessageBoxA(0,"Napomena",rezultat,hwnd);
U složenijim slučajevima editno polje treba dodatno kontrolisati, recimo zabranjujući da se nenumeričke vrijednosti
uopšte mogu otkucati. To se radi obradom poruka koje editno polje direktno šalje glavnom prozoru.
15.8.
Grupe kontrola i radio tasteri
Radio tasteri su okruglog oblika i omogućavaju izbor jedne od više opcija. Svaki radio taster predstavlja poseban
prozor klase BUTTON. Da bi se znalo između kojih radio tastera se odabira opcija, formira se grupa tastera (group box) koja je
takođe prozor klase BUTTON, ali sa kombinacijom stilova ws_child, ws_visible i bs_groupbox, kao što se vidi iz dijela koda:
hGroup1:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hwnd,57,217,80,16,
1342177287, ` ws_child or ws_visible or bs_groupbox
"Spol","BUTTON",0);
Radio tasteri imaju kombinaciju stilova ws_child, ws_visible i bs_autoradiobutton. Ono što je bitno primijetiti da se
za roditeljski prozor ne navodi handle od glavnog prozora, nego od grupe tastera hGroup1, te da su koordinate relativne u
odnosu grupu kontrola. Pored toga, svaki radio taster treba da ima svoju specijalnu numeričku oznaku koja je treći parametar i
koja u narednim linijama ima vrijednosti 105, odnosno 106.
hRadio1:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,105,hGroup1,17,113,16,24,
1342177289, ` ws_child or ws_visible or bs_autoradiobutton
"Muški","BUTTON",0);
hRadio2:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,106,hGroup1,17,113,32,24,
1342177289, ` ws_child or ws_visible or bs_autoradiobutton
"Ženski","BUTTON",0);
Očitavanje vrijednosti radio tastera se vrši funkcijom IsDlgButtonChecked, čiji prvi argument ima vrijednost ranije
navedene numeričke oznake, a drugi je handle na grupu tastera. Ako je taster izabran, ova će funkcija vratiti tačnu vrijednost,
što se vidi na sljedećem dijelu koda.
ako
IsDlgButtonChecked(105,hGroup1)=1 {
MessageBoxA(0,"Spol","Muski",hwnd);
}
MessageBoxA(0,"Spol","Zenski",hwnd);
}
116
15.9.
Kontrolne kućice (checkbox)
Kontrolnom kućicom (checkbox) se omogućuje unos podataka koji imaju vrijednosti tipa tačno/netačno. Ova
komponenta se kreira kao i obični tasteri (prozor klase BUTTON) uz stil koji je kombinacija stilova ws_child, ws_visible i
bs_autocheckbox. I kod ove komponente je potrebno navesti internu oznaku (koja u sljedećem dijelu koda ima vrijednost 107)
hCheck1:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,107,hwnd,17,209,152,16,
1342177283, ` ws_child or ws_visible or bs_autocheckbox
"Uplatio uvođenje","BUTTON",512);
Očitavanje vrijednosti ove komponente se takođe vrši funkcijom IsDlgButtonChecked, kao u sljedećem dijelu koda:
ako IsDlgButtonChecked(107,hwnd)=1 {
MessageBoxA(0,"Status","Platio",hwnd);
}
15.10. Liste podataka (listbox)
Liste podataka (listbox) služe za izbor podataka poredanih jedan iznad drugog. I ova kontrola se kreira kao prozor, ali
koji je klase LISTBOX. Stil je kombinacija ws_child , ws_visible , ws_border i lbs_standard. Kreiranom listboxu, treba poslati
vrijednosti koristeći funkciju SendMessageA. Prvi argument ove funkcije (lParam) je pointer na niz karaktera koji se dodaje u
listbox, drugi je 0 (wParam), treći je 384 ( poruka LB_ADDSTRING) a četvrti je handle na listbox.
hListBox1:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hwnd,97,200,24,272,
1352663043, ` ws_child or ws_visible or ws_border or lbs_standard
"List1","LISTBOX",512);
SendMessageA("2.TV i
SendMessageA("4.TV s
SendMessageA("5.Puni
TV program",0,384,hListBox1); ` 384 LB_ADDSTRING
Internet",0,384,hListBox1); ` 384 LB_ADDSTRING
Internet",0,384,hListBox1); ` 384 LB_ADDSTRING
kodiranimkanalima",0,384,hListBox1); ` 384 LB_ADDSTRING
paket",0,384,hListBox1); ` 384 LB_ADDSTRING
Da bi se saznalo koja je opcija listbox-a odabrana, pošalje se poruka LB_GETCURSEL (392) listboxu uz lparam i
wparam parametre jednake 0.
nItem := SendMessageA(0,0,392,hListBox1); ` LB_GETCURSEL
ako nItem=2
{
MessageBoxA(0,"TV","Ne koristi TV",hwnd);
}
15.11. Kombinovane liste (combo box)
Kombinovanjem listboxa i editnog polja dobija se combo box. On je prozor klase COMBOBOX, i kreira se i puni
slično LISTBOXu, s tim što je stil prozora kombinacija ws_child, ws_visible, ws_border, cbs_dropdown i cbs_hasstrings a
kod poruke za punjenje 323 (cb_addstring). Nazivi ulica su stavljeni u combobox koji je tipa dropdown, što znači da je moguće
dokucavati uneseni tekst. Druga dva tipa su simple koji je fiksnog izgleda i dropdownlist koji je promjenjive veličine, ali je
tekst moguće samo izabrati, ne i dokucavati.
hCombo1:=CreateWindowExA(0,hInstance,0,hwnd,100,145,144,272,
1350566402, ` ws_child or ws_visible or ws_border or cbs_dropdown or cbs_hasstrings
"COmbobox1","COMBOBOX",0);
SendMessageA("Maršala Tita",0,323,hCombo1); ` 323 CB_ADDSTRING
SendMessageA("Alipašina",0,323,hCombo1); ` 323 CB_ADDSTRING
Očitavanje stringa koji je izabran u ComboBoxu se može obaviti očitavanjem naslova prozora.
15.12. Statički tekst
Pored odgovora na WM_PAINT poruku, statički tekst se takođe može realizovati u formi podprozora klase static. O
iscrtavanju ovakvih tekstova na formama brine kasnije sam Windows.
or ss_simple
"Prezime","STATIC",0);
or ss_simple
"Ime","STATIC",0);
or ss_simple
"Napomena","STATIC",0);
or ss_simple
117
"Vrsta usluge","STATIC",0);
or ss_simple
"Adresa","STATIC",0);
or ss_simple
"Stepen realizacije","STATIC",0);
15.13. Klizna traka (scrollbar)
Iako se daleko češće koristi za pregled velikih slika ili skupova korisničkih kontrola koje ne mogu stati na ekran,
horizontalna klizna traka se može koristiti i za unos podataka čija vrijednost nije egzaktna nego približna. Pomicanje klizne
trake izaziva poruku WM_HSCROLL (broj 276). U programu je ova poruka obrađena u funkciji OnWMHScroll
cijeli funkcija OnWMHScroll(cijeli wParam,cijeli lParam)
{ cijeli nPos;
ako (lParam=hScroll1)& (wParam & 65535 =5) `SB_THUMBTRACK
{
nPos:=wParam / 65536;
SetScrollPos(1,nPos,2,hScroll1);
}
}
Postoji više načina pomicanja klizne trake, povlačenjem kvadratića na njoj, klikom na strelice ili klikom u prazna
polja. Ovdje je obrađeno samo povlačenje kvadratića (u nižoj riječi wParama vrijednost 5, poruka SB_THUMBTRACK).
Prilikom povlačenja kvadratića na kliznoj traci(ali samo u tom slučaju), viša riječ parametra wparam će sadržati novu poziciju.
Ta pozicija neće biti zadržana ako se ne pozove funkcija SetScrollPos, čiji prvi parametar znači da li će se klizna traka ponovo
iscrtati, drugi parametar definiše njenu novu poziciju. Treći parametar govori da li je riječ o horizontalnoj kliznoj traci,
vertikalnoj kliznoj traci samog prozora ili odvojenoj kontroli (vrijednost 2). Četvrti parametar je handle na kliznu traku.
Trenutna pozicija klizne trake se dobija funkcijom GetScrollPos, čiji prvi parametar predstavlja vrstu klizne trake (u
našem slučaju 2, odvojena kontrola), a drugi je hendl na kliznu traku. U ovom dijelu koda se provjerava da li klizna traka ima
vrijednost preko 50.
ako (GetScrollPos(2,hScroll1)>50) {
MessageBoxA(0,"Realizovanost","Preko 50",0);
}
15.14. Iscrtane slike i WM_PAINT poruka
Za iscrtavanje grafike postoji jedan poseban podsistem koji se zove GDI, graphic device interface. On omogućava
širok izbor grafičkih elemenata kao što su linije, krugovi, elipse, ispunjeni likovi, bitmape, tekstualne poruke, i slično
Većina ovih funkcija koristi jedan specijalni identifikator dijela prozora po kome se crta, koji se zove hdc (handle to
device context - kontekst uređaja). On se dobija pozivom odgovarajućih funkcija iz hendla na prozor, hwnd. Razlog zbog čega
API funkcije za crtanje razdvajaju prozor od njegovog konteksta uređaja je u činjenici da prozor ima okvir i korisnu površinu i
da crtanje po korisnoj površini ne mijenja sadržaj okvira i obrnuto.
Nije, međutim dobro iscrtavati sliku bilo kada. Iscrtavanje drugih prozora u sistemu lako prekriva iscrtanu sliku, pa se
ono što je iscrtano izgubi. Stoga je iscrtavanje potrebno obaviti svaki put kada je primljena poruka WM_PAINT (poruka broj
15). Ovu poruku šalje sistem kada je prozor doživio takvu promjenu da ga je potrebno ponovo crtati (recimo, otkriven nakon
što je bio prekriven ili su mu promijenjene dimenzije.
Unutar funkcije OnWMPaint iscrtava se predviđeni lik. Funkcijom BeginPaint, koja ima dva parametra: struktura za
crtanje i handle na prozor, daje se informacija Windowsu da se počinje sa iscrtavanjem. Struktura za crtanje je slog koji sadrži
informacije o pravougaoniku koji se iscrtava. Rezultat funkcije BeginPaint je handle na kontekst uređaja (device context).
Crtanje se završava funkcijom EndPaint koja ima iste argumente.
cijeli funkcija OnWMPaint(cijeli hwnd)
{
hdc:=BeginPaint(&pstruct,hwnd);
MoveToEx(0,250,400,hdc);
TextOutA(5,"CBLTV",253,403,hdc);
Ellipse(294,470,264,410, hdc);
EndPaint(&pstruct,hwnd);
}
Između funkcija BeginPaint i EndPaint mogu se vidjeti funkcije za crtanje. Prvi parametar funkcije MoveToEx, koja
služi za postavljanje početne tačke je pointer na slog koji bi vratio prethodne koordinate ili vrijednost 0 ukoliko prethodne
koordinate nije potrebno očitavati. Drugi parametar predstavlja y koordinatu tačke, treći parametar predstavlja x koordinatu, a
118
četvrti hendl na kontekst uređaja. Tačka postavljena funkcijom MoveToEx je početna tačka za iscrtavanje linija. Linije se dalje
iscrtava do tačke čije su y i x koordinate navedene kao prvi i drugi parametar funkcije LineTo. Krajnja tačka tako iscrtane
linije postaje početna tačka za novu liniju.
Ispis teksta se obavlja funkcijom TextOutA. Prvi argument ove funkcije je broj bajtova koliko je velik string koji se
ispisuje, drugi je sam string, treći i četvrti su same koordinate stringa a posljednji je handle na kontekst uređaja.
Moguće je iscrtavati i elipse. Funkcija Ellipse za argumente ima redom: y koordinatu donjeg desnog ugla kvadrata
koji je opisuje, x koordinatu donjeg desnog ugla kvadrata koji je opisuje, y koordinatu gornjeg lijevog ugla kvadrata koji je
opisuje, x koordinatu donjeg lijevog ugla kvadrata koji je opisuje i handle na kontekst uređaja.
Pod windowsom kontrole su takođe prozori. Svaka kontrola se kreira funkcijom CreateWindowExA i ima nekoliko
predefinisanih klasa. Sve kontrole osim radio tastera trebaju da za roditelja imaju glavni prozor. Radio tasteri se smještaju u
grupe. Podaci koje kontrole šalju se očitavaju na različite načine. Dodatno iscrtani grafički elementi se trebaju crtati kao
odgovor na poruku WM_PAINT. Sve funkcije za crtanje dio su podsistema koji se zove GDI i kao argument imaju handle na
kontekst uređaja koji se prosljeđuje kao zadnji argument funkcija za crtanje.
-.
119
16. SPISAK WIN32API FUNKCIJA
U prethodnim poglavljima upoznato je sa osnovama Windows API-ja. Sada slijedi spisak svih API funkcija koje
savremene verzije Windowsa pružaju.
16.1.
Najvažniji podsistemi Windows API-ja
Windows API je kompilacija različitih skupova funkcija namijenjenih programerima. Najvažniji njegovi dijelovi su:
- Windows Kernel
- Korisnički interfejs
- Grafički podsistem GDI
- Funkcije za slanje poruka MAPI
- Funkcije za rad sa interfejsom za telefon TAPI
- COM, objektni model za kooperaciju odvojenih aplikacija
- OLE/Active X, nadgradnja COMa za pravljenje aplikacija čije su komponente druge aplikacije
- ODBC, funkcije za pristup bazama podataka
- Kontrole unaprijeđenog korisničkog interfejsa
- DirectX, nadgradnja COMa za direktni pristup grafičkom hardveru i zvuku
- RASAPI za pristup preko modema
- Winsock za pravljenje Internet aplikacija
-MCI, za pristup multimedijalnim uređajima.
-OPENGL za trodimenzionalnu grafiku
- Standardni dijalozi
Api funkcija ima mnogo i jedini način da se one nauče je analizom gotovih programa. Stoga većina Windows API
aplikacija ima standardan izgled. Tako na primjer, ODBC aplikacije izgledaju kao na slici Sl. 16.1.1:
Sl. 16.1.1.
Osnovna ODBC aplikacija
120
16.2.
DLL datoteke u kojima se nalaze funkcije
Standardnim API funkcijama windowsa smatraju se one koje se nalaze u sljedećim DLL datotekama:
ACLUI.DLL
Korisnički interfejs za kontrolu prava
pristupaACTIVEDS.DLL Active Directory Services
ADVAPI32.DLL Razni sistemski pozivi uključujući
sigurnost i registry
bdnapi.DLL
Web TV biblioteka
bignums.dll
Račun sa velikim brojevima
CAP.DLL
Dijagnostika
COMCTL32.DLL Savremene kontrole korisničkog interfejsa
COMDLG32.DLL Standardni dijalozi
CRTDLL.DLL Standardna C biblioteka, printf, sin itd
CRYPT32.DLL Kriptografske funkcije
ctl3d32.dll Trodimenzionalni izgled kontrola
d3dim.DLL
Proširenje arhitekture Direct3D
D3DRM.DLL
Direct3D vektorske funkcije
d3dxof.DLL
Direct3D aplikacijska biblioteka
dapi.DLL
Za pristup direktoriju MS Exchangea
ddraw.dll
Direct Draw, glavna datoteka
dflayout.dll Definisanje rasporeda podataka u složeniim
dokumentima
DINPUT.DLL
DirectInput (za DirectX pristup joysticku,
tastaturi, mišu)
dlcapi.dll Pristupanje DLC protokolu za HP mrežne
štampače
DPLAY.DLL
DirectPlay, za igranje preko mreže
DPLAYX.DLL
DirectPlay, proširenje
DSETUP.DLL
Za instalaciju DirectX
DSOUND.DLL
DirectSound, zvuk u DirectX
dynloader.dll Analiza OBJ datoteka
edbbcli.DLL Alatke za MS Exchange server
gc.dll Garbage collector
GDI32.DLL
Grafičke biblioteke za prikaz linija i
bitmapa
glide2x.dll 3D biblioteka za 3DFX 3D grafičke
akceleratore
glu32.dll Pomoćne funkcije koje OpenGL aplikacije
koriste za prikaz 3D grafike
GLUT32.DLL Varijanta OpenGL sa izmjenjenim imenima
funkcija
HLINK.DLL Rad sa hiperlinkovima
ICMP.DLL
Za komandu PING
ICMUI.DLL Korisnički interfejs za Microsoft Color
Matching System
imagehlp.dll Za analiziranje EXE datoteka
IMM32.DLL Unošenje azijskih UNICODE znakova
iphlpapi.DLL Informacije o mrežnoj konfiguraciji i
statistici
IPROP.DLL Implementacija OlePropertySet
KERNEL32.DLL Upravljanje memorijom i I/O operacijama
loadperf.dll Upravljanje perfomance monitorom
LSAPI32.DLL Informacije o licenciranju
lz32.dll Kompresija podataka
mapi32.dll Slanje i obrada EMAIL poruka
mgmtapi.DLL Biblioteka za upravljanje resursima preko
SNMP
MPR.DLL
Punjenje Network Neighboorhooda spiskom
mašina
MPRAPI.DLL Pristup funkcijama za rutiranje
MSACM32.DLL Upravljanje audio kompresijom
mscms.DLL
Color Matching biblioteka (prilikom štampe)
MSI.DLL
Windows Installer
MSLSP32.DLL Informacije o licenciranju
MSVCRT.DLL Microsoft C runtime biblioteka
MSVCRTD.DLL Microsoft C runtime biblioteka, debug
verzija
16.3.
MSVFW32.DLL Video for Windows
MSWSOCK.DLL Microsoftove nestandardne Winsock funkcije
NAL.DLL
Sloj abstrakcije mreže
netapi32.dll Za pristup Microsoftovim mrežama
NTDLL.DLL Za pristup internim funkcijama Windowsa NT
NTMSAPI.DLL Removable Storage API (proširenje diskova
trakama)
ODBC32.DLL Pristup bazama podataka
ODBCCP32.dll Podešavanje ODBC
ole32.dll Osnovne OLE funkcije
OLEAUT32.DLL Ole automatizacija
oledlg.DLL OLE dijalozi (Insert Object)
OLEPRO32.DLL Microsoftove vlastite OLE funkcije
opengl.dll Silicon Graphics OpenGL biblioteka
opengl32.dll Microsoft OpenGL Biblioteka
pdh.dll Performance Data Helper
penwin32.dll Za Windows koji se upravlja olovkom
pkdp32.dll Za Windows koji se upravlja olovkom
PSAPI.DLL Spisak procesa koji se izvršavaju
RASAPI32.DLL RAS Pristup sistemu preko modema
rasdlg.dll Dijalozi koji se koriste u RAS
rassapi.dll RAS administracijske funkcije
RESUTILS.DLL Pristup Windows resursima
RICHED20.DLL RichEdit kontrola
rpcns4.dll Name Service u pozivu udaljene procedure
(RPC)
RPCRT4.DLL API za poziv udaljene procedure
RTM.DLL Upravljač tabelom rutiranja
Secur32.DLL Windows sigurnosne funkcije
SETUPAPI.DLL Instalacija Windowsa
SHELL32.DLL Veza između aplikacije i FileManagera,
Explorera
SHFOLDER.DLL Pristup specijalnim folderima (My
Documents)
SHLWAPI.DLL Pomoćne funkcije za pristup stazama,
urlovima, registriju i bojama
snmpapi.dll Pristup SNMP funkcijama za praćenje mreže i
servera
svrapi.dll
Kontrola dijeljenih (share) resursa na
Microsoft mreži
tapi32.dll
Telefonski API
TOOLHELP.DLL Funkcije za debagiranje i praćenje sistema
URL.DLL
Pokretanje Web browsera preko URL adrese
URLMON.DLL
Proširenje OLE32
USER32.DLL
Najbitnije funkcije za rad sa prozorima i
kontrolama
USERENV.DLL Pristup korisničkim profajlovima
version.dll Informacije o broju verzije izvršnog
programa
webpost.dll Slanje Web stranica na internet
win32spl.dll Pristup printer spooleru
WINFAX.DLL
Rad sa telefaxom
WININET.DLL Microsoft Internet funkcije
winmm.dll
Windows multimedia API
wintrust.dll Autentifikacija tajnim i javnim ključem
WOW32.dll
Podrška 16 bitnim aplikacijama
WS2_32.DLL
Winsock 2.0
wsock32.dll Winsock API
wst.dll
Working Set Tuner (optimalan broj stranica
u RAMu)
Spisak API funkcija
Sada su navedene sve dokumentovane funkcije koje se nalaze u pojedinim bibliotekama, a koje je moguće pozvati iz
FILDZAN-32 ili drugih programskih jezika. Puna sintaksa svake od njih, namjena i način korištenja mogu se naći na Internetu
ili na CD-ovima Microsoft Developers Network. Ovdje su navedeni ime funkcije, biblioteka, oznaka NM/AW, broj parametara
i kratki opis funkcije. Ako je navedena oznaka AW, tada se pri deklaraciji i pozivu funkcije njenom imenu dodaje slovo A za
Ascii stringove ili W za Unicode stringove (npr CreateWindowEx se u Fildzan32 piše CreateWindowExA). Pri oznaci NM
ovog sufiksa nema.
121
AbortDoc,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, stops the current print job and erases everything drawn since the AddPrintProcessor,WINMM.DLL,AW,5 installs a print processor on thespecified server and
adds the print-processor name to an internallist of supported print processors.
last call to the StartDoc function.
AddPrintProvidor,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, installs a local printer provider and links the configuration,
AbortPath,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, closes and discards any paths in the specified device context.
data, and provider files.
AbortPrinter,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, deletes a printer?s spool file if the printer is configured for
AdjustTokenGroups,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,6, adjusts groups in the specified access token.
spooling.
AdjustTokenPrivileges,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,6 enables or disables privileges in the specified
AbortSystemShutdown,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,1, stops a system shutdown started by using the
access token.
InitiateSystemShutdown function.
accept,WS2_32.DLL,NM,3, extracts the first connection on the queue of pending connections AdjustWindowRect,USER32.DLL,NM,3 calculates the required size of the window rectangle,
based on the desired client-rectangle size.
on socket s.
accept,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,3, extracts the first connection on the queue of pending connections AdjustWindowRectEx,USER32.DLL,NM,4 calculates the required size of thewindow rectangle,
based on the desired size of the clientrectangle.
on socket s.
ADsBuildEnumerator,ACTIVEDS.DLL,NM,2 Builds an enumerator object for the specified
AcceptEx,MSWSOCK.DLL,NM,8, combines several socket functions into a single API/kernel
Active Directory container object.
transition.
ADsBuildVarArrayInt,ACTIVEDS.DLL,NM,3 Builds a VARIANT array from an array of
AcceptEx,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,8, combines several socket functions into a single API/kernel
DWORDS.
transition.
ADsBuildVarArrayStr,ACTIVEDS.DLL,NM,3 Builds a VARIANT array from an array of Unicode
AcceptSecurityContext,SECUR32.DLL,NM,9,This function enables the server part of a
strings.
transport application to establish a security context between the server and a remote client.
AccessCheck,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,8 is used by a server application to check aclient?s access to ADsEnumerateNext,ACTIVEDS.DLL,NM,4 Populates a VARIANT arrray with elements fetched
from the indicated enumerator object.
an object against the access control associatedwith the object.
ADsFreeEnumerator,ACTIVEDS.DLL,NM,1 Frees an enumerator object previously created
AccessCheckAndAuditAlarm,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,11, performs an access validation and
through ADsBuildEnumerator
generates corresponding audit messages.
ADsGetLastError,ACTIVEDS.DLL,NM,5 Retrieves the calling thread?s last-error code value.
AccessNtmsLibraryDoor,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,3, unlocks the door of the specified library. If the
ADsGetObject,ACTIVEDS.DLL,NM,3 In Active Directory, bind to an object given its path and
library is busy, RSM queues the request and returns successfully.
primaryinterface identifier (IID).
acmDriverAdd,MSACM32.DLL,AW,5, adds a driver to the list of available ACM drivers.
ADsOpenObject,ACTIVEDS.DLL,NM,6 In Active Directory, bind to an object using username
acmDriverClose,MSACM32.DLL,NM,2, closes a previously opened ACM driver instance.
and passwordcredentials.
acmDriverDetails,MSACM32.DLL,AW,3, queries a specified ACM driver to determine its
ADsSetLastError,ACTIVEDS.DLL,NM,3 Sets the calling thread?s last-error code value.
capabilities.
acmDriverEnum,MSACM32.DLL,NM,3 enumerates the available ACM drivers,continuing until AdvancedDocumentProperties,WINMM.DLL,AW,5 displays a printerconfiguration dialog box for
the specified printer, allowing theuser to configure that printer.
there are no more drivers or the callback functionreturns FALSE.
AllocateAndInitializeSid,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,11, allocates and initializes a security identifier
acmDriverID,MSACM32.DLL,NM,3 returns the handle of an ACM driveridentifier associated
(SID) with up to eight subauthorities.
with an open ACM driver instance or streamhandle.
acmDriverMessage,MSACM32.DLL,NM,4 sends a user-defined message to a given ACM driver AllocateLocallyUniqueId,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1, allocates a locally unique identifier (LUID).
AllocateNtmsMedia,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,6, allocates a piece of available media.
instance.
AllocConsole,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, allocates a new console for the calling process.
acmDriverOpen,MSACM32.DLL,NM,3 opens the specified ACM driver andreturns a driver
AngleArc,GDI32.DLL,NM,6, moves the current position to the ending point of the arc.
instance handle that can be used to communicatewith the driver.
AnimatePalette,GDI32.DLL,NM,4 replaces entries in the specified logical palette.
acmDriverPriority,MSACM32.DLL,NM,3, modifies the priority and state of an ACM driver.
AnimateWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,3, enables you to produce special effects when showing or
acmDriverRemove,MSACM32.DLL,NM,2, removes an ACM driver from the list of available
hiding windows.
ACM drivers.
AnyPopup,USER32.DLL,NM,0, indicates whether an owned, visible, top- level pop-up, or
acmFilterChoose,MSACM32.DLL,AW,1, creates an ACM-defined dialog box that enables the
overlapped window exists on the screen.
user to select a waveform-audio filter.
acmFilterDetails,MSACM32.DLL,AW,3 queries the ACM for details about a filter with a specific AppendMenu,USER32.DLL,AW,4, appends a new item to the end of the specified menu bar,
drop-down menu, submenu, or shortcut menu.
waveform-audio filter tag.
acmFilterEnum,MSACM32.DLL,AW,5, enumerates waveform-audio filters available for a given ApplyControlToken,SECUR32.DLL,NM,2,Provides a way to apply a control token to a security
context.
filter tag from an ACM driver.
Arc,GDI32.DLL,NM,9, draws an elliptical arc.
acmFilterTagDetails,MSACM32.DLL,AW,3, queries the ACM for details about a specific
ArcTo,GDI32.DLL,NM,9, draws an elliptical arc.
waveform-audio filter tag.
acmFilterTagEnum,MSACM32.DLL,AW,5, will return MMSYSERR_NOERROR (zero) if no filter AreAllAccessesGranted,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,2, checks whether a set of requested access rights
has been granted.
tags are to be enumerated.
AreAnyAccessesGranted,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,2, tests whether any of a set of requested access
acmFormatChoose,MSACM32.DLL,AW,1 function creates an ACM-defined dialog box that
rights has been granted.
enables the user to select a waveform-audio format.
AreFileApisANSI,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, determines whether a set of Win32 file functions is
acmFormatDetails,MSACM32.DLL,AW,3, queries the ACM for format details for a specific
using the ANSI or OEM character set code page.
waveform-audio format tag.
ArrangeIconicWindows,USER32.DLL,NM,1, arranges all the minimized (iconic) child windows
acmFormatEnum,MSACM32.DLL,AW,5, enumerates waveform-audio formats available for a
of the specified parent window.
given format tag from an ACM driver.
AssociateColorProfileWithDevice,MSCMS.DLL,AW,3, associates a specified color profile with a
acmFormatSuggest,MSACM32.DLL,NM,5 queries the ACM or a specified ACMdriver to
specified device.
suggest a destination format for the supplied sourceformat.
AttachThreadInput,USER32.DLL,NM,3, fails if either of the specified threads does not have a
acmFormatTagDetails,MSACM32.DLL,AW,3, queries the ACM for details on a specific
message queue.
waveform-audio format tag.
acmFormatTagEnum,MSACM32.DLL,AW,5, enumerates waveform-audio format tags available auxGetDevCaps,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the capabilities of a given auxiliary output
device.
from an ACM driver.
auxGetNumDevs,WINMM.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the number of auxiliary output devices present
acmGetVersion,MSACM32.DLL,NM,0, returns the version number of the ACM.
acmMetrics,MSACM32.DLL,NM,3, returns various metrics for the ACM or related ACM objects. in the system.
auxGetVolume,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the current volume setting of the specified
acmStreamClose,MSACM32.DLL,NM,2 closes an ACM conversion stream. If the function is
auxiliary output device.
successful, the handle is invalidated.
auxOutMessage,WINMM.DLL,NM,4, sends a message to the given auxiliary output device.
acmStreamConvert,MSACM32.DLL,NM,3, requests the ACM to perform a conversion on the
auxSetVolume,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, sets the volume of the specified auxiliary output device.
specified conversion stream.
acmStreamMessage,MSACM32.DLL,NM,4, sends a driver-specific message to an ACM driver. BackupEventLog,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,2, saves the specified event log to a backup file.
BackupFree,EDBBCLI.DLL,NM,1, frees a backup memory buffer.
acmStreamOpen,MSACM32.DLL,NM,8, opens an ACM conversion stream.
BackupRead,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,7, reads data associated with a specified file or directory into
acmStreamPrepareHeader,MSACM32.DLL,NM,3, prepares an ACMSTREAMHEADER
a buffer.
structure for an ACM stream conversion.
acmStreamReset,MSACM32.DLL,NM,2 stops conversions for a given ACM stream. All pending BackupSeek,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,6, seeks forward in a data stream initially accessed by using
the BackupRead or BackupWrite function.
buffers are marked as done and returned to the application.
acmStreamSize,MSACM32.DLL,NM,4, returns a recommended size for a source or destination BackupWrite,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,7, writes a stream of data from a buffer to a specified file or
directory.
buffer on an ACM stream.
BatchExport,DAPI.DLL,AW,1, exports objects from the Microsoft Exchange Server directory.
acmStreamUnprepareHeader,MSACM32.DLL,NM,3 cleans up the preparation performed by
the acmStreamPrepareHeader </native/sdk/win32/vfw/src/mmfu5dwy.htm> function for an ACM BatchImport,DAPI.DLL,AW,1, imports directory service objects from a text file in a single
function call.
stream.
AcquireCredentialsHandle,SECUR32.DLL,AW,9,Acquires a handle to preexisting credentials of Beep,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, generates simple tones on the speaker.
BeginDeferWindowPos,USER32.DLL,NM,1 allocates memory for a multiple-window - position
a security principal.
AcsLan,DLCAPI.DLL,NM,2 communicates with IBM mainframes or networkperipheral devices, structure and returns the handle to thestructure.
such as printers connected directly to thenetwork, by using the data link control (DLC) protocol. BeginPaint,USER32.DLL,NM,2 prepares the specified window for paintingand fills a
ActivateKeyboardLayout,USER32.DLL,NM,2 The ActivateKeyboardLayout function activates a PAINTSTRUCT structure with information about thepainting.
different keyboard layout and sets the active keyboard layout for the entire system rather than BeginPath,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, opens a path bracket in the specified device context.
BeginUpdateResource,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2 returns a handle that can be usedby the
the calling thread.
UpdateResource function to add, delete, or replace resourcesin an executable file.
AddAccessAllowedAce,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,4, adds an access-allowed ACE to an ACL.
bind,WS2_32.DLL,NM,3, is used on an unconnected socket before subsequent calls to the
AddAccessDeniedAce,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,4, adds an access-denied ACE to an ACL.
connect or listen functions.
AddAce,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,5, adds one or more ACEs to a specified ACL.
AddAtom,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,1, adds a character string to the local atom table and returns a bind,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,3, is used on an unconnected socket before subsequent calls to the
connect or listen functions.
unique value (an atom) identifying the string.
BindImage,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,3, computes the virtual address of each imported function.
AddAuditAccessAce,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,6, adds a system-audit ACE to a system ACL.
BindImageEx,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,5, computes the virtual address of each function that is
AddFontResource,GDI32.DLL,AW,1, adds the font resource from the specified file to the
imported.
Windows font table.
AddForm,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, adds a form to the list of available forms that can be selected for BindMoniker,OLE32.DLL,NM,4,This function locates an object by means of its moniker,
activates the object if it is inactive, and retrieves a pointer to the specified interface on that
the specified printer.
AddJob,WINMM.DLL,AW,5 obtains a path string that specifies a file that you can use to store a object.
BitBlt,GDI32.DLL,NM,9 performs a bit-block transfer of the color datacorresponding to a
spooled print job.
AddMonitor,WINMM.DLL,AW,3 installs a local printer monitor and links the configuration, data, rectangle of pixels from the specified sourcedevice context into a destination device context.
BringWindowToTop,USER32.DLL,NM,1, brings the specified window to the top of the Z order.
and monitor files.
AddNtmsMediaType,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,3, adds the specified media type to the specified library BroadcastSystemMessage,USER32.DLL,AW,5, sends a message to the specified recipients.
BstrFromVector,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Returns a BSTR, assigning each element of the vector
if there is not currently a relation in the library object. The function then creates the system
to a character in the BSTR.
media pools if they do not exist.
BuildCommDCB,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, fills a specified DCB structure with values specified in
AddPort,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, adds the name of a port to the list of supported ports.
a device-control string.
AddPrinter,WINMM.DLL,AW,3 adds a printer to the list of supported printers for a specified
BuildCommDCBAndTimeouts,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3 translates a device-definitionstring into
server.
appropriate device-control block codes and then placesthese codes into a device control block.
AddPrinterConnection,WINMM.DLL,AW,1, adds a connection to the specified printer for the
BuildDisplayTable,MAPI32.DLL,NM,10, creates a display table from the property page data
current user.
contained in one or more DTPAGE structures.
AddPrinterDriver,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, installs a local or remote printer driver and links the
configuration, data, and driver files.
122
BuildExplicitAccessWithName,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,5, initializes an EXPLICIT_ACCESS
structure with data specified by the caller.
BuildImpersonateExplicitAccessWithName,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,6, is provided for future use.
BuildImpersonateTrustee,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,2, is provided for future use.
BuildSecurityDescriptor,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,9, allocates and initializes a new security
descriptor.
BuildTrusteeWithName,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,2, initializes a TRUSTEE structure.
BuildTrusteeWithSid,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,2, initializes a TRUSTEE structure.
CallMsgFilter,USER32.DLL,AW,2 passes the specified message and hookcode to the hook
procedures associated with the WH_SYSMSGFILTER andWH_MSGFILTER hooks.
CallNamedPipe,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,7 connects to a message-type pipe (and waits if an
instance of the pipe is not available), writes to and reads from the pipe, and then closes the
pipe.
CallNextHookEx,USER32.DLL,NM,4, passes the hook information to the next hook procedure
in the current hook chain.
CallWindowProc,USER32.DLL,AW,5, passes message information to the specified window
procedure.
CancelDC,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, cancels any pending operation on the specified device context
(DC).
CancelIo,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 cancels all pending input and output (I/O)operations that were
issued by the calling thread for the specifiedfile handle.
CancelNtmsLibraryRequest,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,2, cancels outstanding RSM requests, such as
calls to the CleanNtmsDrive function. If the library is busy, RSM queues the cancellation and
returns success.
CancelNtmsOperatorRequest,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,2, cancels the specified RSM operator
request.
CancelWaitableTimer,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, sets the specified ?waitable? timer to the inactive
state.
CascadeWindows,USER32.DLL,NM,5, cascades the specified windows or the child windows of
the specified parent window.
CertAddCertificateContextToStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, adds a certificate context to the
certificate store.
CertAddCRLContextToStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, adds a certificate revocation list (CRL)
context to the certificate store.
CertAddCTLContextToStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, adds a certificate trust list (CTL) context to a
certificate store.
CertAddEncodedCertificateToStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,6, creates a certificate context from an
encoded certificate and adds it to the certificate store.
CertAddEncodedCRLToStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,6, creates a certificate revocation list (CRL)
context from an encoded CRL and adds it to the certificate store. The function makes a copy of
the CRL context before adding it to the store.
CertAddEncodedCTLToStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,6, creates a certificate trust list (CTL) context
from an encoded CTL and adds it to the certificate store. The function makes a copy of the CTL
context before adding it to the store.
CertAddEnhancedKeyUsageIdentifier,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,2, adds a usage identifier object
identifier (OID) to the enhanced key usage (EKU) extended property of the certificate.
CertAddSerializedElementToStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,8,Adds a serialized certificate, certificate
revocation list (CRL), or certificate trust list (CTL) element to the store.
CertAlgIdToOID,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,1,Converts a CryptoAPI algorithm identifier (ALG_ID) to an
Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) object identifier (OID) string.
CertCloseStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,2, closes a certificate store handle and reduces the
reference count on the store. There needs to be a corresponding call to CertCloseStore for
each successful call to the CertOpenStore or CertDuplicateStore functions.
CertCompareCertificate,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,3, compares two certificates to determine whether
they are identical.
CertCompareCertificateName,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,3, compares two certificate
CERT_NAME_BLOB structures to determine whether they are identical. The
CERT_NAME_BLOB structures are used for the subject and the issuer of certificates.
CertCompareIntegerBlob,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,2, compares two integer BLOBs to determine
whether they represent equal numeric values.
CertComparePublicKeyInfo,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,3, compares two encoded public keys to
determine whether they are identical.
CertCreateCertificateContext,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,3, creates a certificate context from an
encoded certificate. The created context is not persisted to a certificate store. The function
makes a copy of the encoded certificate within the created context.
CertCreateCRLContext,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,3, creates a certificate revocation list (CRL) context
from an encoded CRL. The created context is not persisted to a certificate store. It makes a
copy of the encoded CRL within the created context.
CertCreateCTLContext,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,3, creates a certificate trust list (CTL) context from
an encoded CTL. The created context is not persisted to a certificate store. The function makes
a copy of the encoded CTL within the created context.
CertDeleteCertificateFromStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,1, deletes the specified certificate context
from the certificate store.
CertDeleteCRLFromStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,1, deletes the specified certificate revocation list
(CRL) context from the certificate store.
CertDeleteCTLFromStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,1, deletes the specified certificate trust list (CTL)
context from a certificate store.
CertDuplicateCertificateContext,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,1,Duplicates a certificate context by
incrementing its reference count.
CertDuplicateCRLContext,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,1, duplicates a certificate revocation list (CRL)
context by incrementing its reference count.
CertDuplicateCTLContext,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,1, duplicates a certificate trust list (CTL) context
by incrementing its reference count.
CertDuplicateStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,1,Duplicates a store handle by incrementing the store's
reference count.
CertEnumCertificateContextProperties,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the first or next extended
property associated with a certificate context.
CertEnumCertificatesInStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,2,Retrieves the first or next certificate in a
certificate store. Used in a loop, this function can retrieve in sequence all certificates in a
certificate store.
CertEnumCRLContextProperties,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the first or next extended
property associated with a certificate revocation list (CRL) context.
CertEnumCTLContextProperties,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the first or next extended
property associated with a certificate trust list (CTL) context. Used in a loop, this function can
retrieve in sequence all extended properties associated with a CTL context.
CertEnumCTLsInStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the first or next certificate trust list (CTL)
context in a certificate store. Used in a loop, this function can retrieve in sequence all CTL
contexts in a certificate store.
CertFindAttribute,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,3, finds the first attribute in the CRYPT_ATTRIBUTE
array, as identified by its object identifier (OID).
CertFindCertificateInStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,6,Finds the first or next certificate context in a
certificate store that matches a search criteria established by the dwFindType and its
associated pvFindPara.
CertFindCTLInStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,6, finds the first or next certificate trust list (CTL)
context that matches search criteria established by the dwFindType and its associated
pvFindPara.
CertFindExtension,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,3, finds the first extension in the CERT_EXTENSION
array, as identified by its object identifier (OID).
CertFindRDNAttr,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,2, finds the first RDN attribute identified by its object
identifier (OID) in a list of the Relative Distinguished Names (RDN).
CertFindSubjectInCTL,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,5, attempts to find the specified subject in a
certificate trust list (CTL).
CertFreeCertificateContext,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,1,Frees a certificate context by decrementing its
reference count. When the reference count goes to zero, CertFreeCertificateContext frees the
memory occupied by a certificate context.
CertFreeCRLContext,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,1, frees a certificate revocation list (CRL) context by
decrementing its reference count. When the reference count goes to zero, CertFreeCRLContext
frees the memory occupied by a CRL context.
CertFreeCTLContext,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,1, frees a certificate trust list (CTL) context by
decrementing its reference count. When the reference count goes to zero, CertFreeCTLContext
frees the memory occupied by a CTL context.
CertGetCertificateContextProperty,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves the information contained in
an extended property of a certificate context.
CertGetCRLContextProperty,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, gets an extended property for the specified
certificate revocation list (CRL) context.
CertGetCRLFromStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4,Gets the first or next certificate revocation list
(CRL) context from the certificate store for the specified issuer.
CertGetCTLContextProperty,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves an extended property of a
certificate trust list (CTL) context.
CertGetEnhancedKeyUsage,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, returns information from the enhanced key
usage (EKU) extension or the EKU extended property of a certificate. EKUs indicate valid uses
of the certificate.
CertGetIntendedKeyUsage,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, acquires the intended key usage bytes from a
certificate. The intended key usage can be in either the szOID_KEY_USAGE (
CertGetIssuerCertificateFromStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4,Retrieves the certificate context from
the certificate store for the first or next issuer of the specified subject certificate. The new
Certificate Chain Verification Functions are recommended instead of the use of this function.
CertGetSubjectCertificateFromStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,3,Returns from a certificate store a
subject certificate context uniquely identified by its issuer and serial number.
CertIsRDNAttrsInCertificateName,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, compares the attributes in the
certificate name with the specified CERT_RDN to determine whether all attributes are included
there.
CertNameToStr,CRYPT32.DLL,AW,5,Converts an encoded name in a CERT_NAME_BLOB
structure to a null-terminated character string.
CertOIDToAlgId,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,1, converts the Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1)
object identifier (OID) string to the CryptoAPI algorithm identifier (ALG_ID).
CertOpenStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,5,Opens a certificate store using a specified store provider
type.
CertOpenSystemStore,CRYPT32.DLL,AW,2, is a simplified function used to open the most
common system certificate store. To open certificate stores with more complex requirements,
such as file-based or memory-based stores, use CertOpenStore.
CertRDNValueToStr,CRYPT32.DLL,AW,4, converts a name in a CERT_RDN_VALUE_BLOB
to a null-terminated character string.
CertRemoveEnhancedKeyUsageIdentifier,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,2, removes a usage identifier
object identifier (OID) from the enhanced key usage (EKU) extended property of the certificate.
CertSaveStore,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,6,Saves the certificate store to a file or to a memory BLOB.
CertSerializeCertificateStoreElement,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, serializes a certificate context's
encoded certificate and its encoded properties. The result can be persisted to storage so that
the certificate and properties can be retrieved at a later time.
CertSerializeCRLStoreElement,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, serializes an encoded certificate
revocation list (CRL) context and the encoded representation of its properties.
CertSerializeCTLStoreElement,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, serializes an encoded certificate trust list
(CTL) context and the encoded representation of its properties. The result can be persisted to
storage so that the CTL and properties can be retrieved later.
CertSetCertificateContextProperty,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, sets an extended property for a
specified certificate context.
CertSetCRLContextProperty,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, sets an extended property for the specified
certificate revocation list (CRL) context.
CertSetCTLContextProperty,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, sets an extended property for the specified
certificate trust list (CTL) context.
CertSetEnhancedKeyUsage,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,2, sets the enhanced key usage (EKU)
property for the certificate.
CertStrToName,CRYPT32.DLL,AW,7,Converts a null-terminated X.500 string to an encoded
certificate name.
CertVerifyCRLRevocation,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, check a CRL to determine whether a subject's
certificate has or has not been revoked. The new Certificate Chain Verification Functions are
recommended instead of the use of this function.
CertVerifyCRLTimeValidity,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,2, verifies the time validity of a CRL.
CertVerifyCTLUsage,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,7, verifies that a subject is trusted for a specified
usage by finding a signed and time-valid CTL with the usage identifiers that contain the subject.
CertVerifyRevocation,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,7,Checks the revocation status of the certificates
contained in the rgpvContext array. If a certificate in the list is found to be revoked, no further
checking is done.
CertVerifySubjectCertificateContext,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,3, performs the enabled verification
checks on a certificate by checking the validity of the certificate's issuer. The new Certificate
Chain Verification Functions are recommended instead this function.
CertVerifyTimeValidity,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,2, verifies the time validity of a certificate.
CertVerifyValidityNesting,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,2, verifies that a subject certificate's time validity
nests correctly within its issuer's time validity.
ChangeClipboardChain,USER32.DLL,NM,2, removes a specified window from the chain of
clipboard viewers.
ChangeDisplaySettings,USER32.DLL,AW,2, changes the display settings to the specified
graphics mode.
ChangeIdleRoutine,MAPI32.DLL,NM,7, changes some or all of the characteristics of a FNIDLE
- based idle routine.
ChangeNtmsMediaType,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,3, moves the specified PMID to the specified target
media pool and sets the PMID's media type identifier to the media type of the target media pool.
ChangeServiceConfig,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,11, changes the configuration parameters of a
service.
CharLower,USER32.DLL,AW,1, converts a character string or a single character to lowercase.
CharLowerBuff,USER32.DLL,AW,2, converts uppercase characters in a buffer to lowercase
characters.
CharNext,USER32.DLL,AW,1 returns a pointer to the next character in a string.
CharNextEx,USER32.DLL,AW,3 The CharNextExA function retrieves the pointer to the next
character in a string.
CharPrev,USER32.DLL,AW,2, returns a pointer to the preceding character in a string.
CharPrevEx,USER32.DLL,AW,4 retrieves the pointer to the preceding character in a string.
CharToOem,USER32.DLL,AW,2, translates a string into the OEM-defined character set.
CharToOemBuff,USER32.DLL,AW,3, translates a specified number of characters in a string
into the OEM-defined character set.
CharUpper,USER32.DLL,AW,1, converts a character string or a single character to uppercase.
CharUpperBuff,USER32.DLL,AW,2, converts lowercase characters in a buffer to uppercase
characters.
CheckBitmapBits,MSCMS.DLL,NM,9, checks whether the pixels in a specified bitmap lie within
the output gamut of a specified transform.
CheckColors,MSCMS.DLL,NM,5, determines whether the colors in an array lie within the output
gamut of a specified transform.
123
CoGetMarshalSizeMax,OLE32.DLL,NM,6,4.2 CoGetMarshalSizeMax This function returns
CheckDlgButton,USER32.DLL,NM,3, changes the check state of a button control.
an upper bound on the number of bytes needed to marshal the specified interface pointer to the
CheckMenuItem,USER32.DLL,NM,3, sets the state of the specified menu item's check mark
CoGetObject,OLE32.DLL,NM,4, Converts a display name into a moniker that identifies the
attribute to either checked or unchecked.
CheckMenuRadioItem,USER32.DLL,NM,5, checks a specified menu item and makes it a radio object named, and then binds to the object identified by the moniker.
CoGetPSClsid,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,This function returns the CLSID of the DLL that implements
item.
CheckRadioButton,USER32.DLL,NM,4 adds a check mark to (checks) aspecified radio button the proxy and stub for the specified interface.
CoGetStandardMarshal,OLE32.DLL,NM,6,4.2 CoGetStandardMarshal This function creates
in a group and removes a check mark from(clears) all other radio buttons in the group.
CheckSumMappedFile,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,5, computes the checksum of the specified image a default, or standard, marshaling object in either the client process or the server process,
CoGetState,OLE32.DLL,NM,1, This function is not yet supported.
file.
CoGetTIDFromIPID,OLE32.DLL,NM,1, This function is not yet supported.
ChildWindowFromPoint,USER32.DLL,NM,3, determines which, if any, of the child windows
CoGetTreatAsClass,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,4.2 CoGetTreatAsClass This function returns the
belonging to a parent window contains the specified point.
CLSID of an object that can emulate the specified object. HRESULT CoGetTreatAsClass(
ChildWindowFromPointEx,USER32.DLL,NM,4 determines which, if any, of the child windows
REFCLSID
belonging to the specified parent window contains the specified point.
ChooseColor,COMDLG32.DLL,AW,1, creates a Color common dialog box that enables the user CoImpersonateClient,OLE32.DLL,NM,0,Allows the server to impersonate the client of the
current call for the duration of the call.
to select a color.
ChooseFont,COMDLG32.DLL,AW,1, creates a Font common dialog box that enables the user CoInitialize,OLE32.DLL,NM,1 Initializes the COM library on the current thread and identifies the
concurrency model as single-thread apartment
to choose attributes for a logical font.
CoInitializeEx,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Initializes the COM library for use by the calling thread, sets
ChoosePixelFormat,GDI32.DLL,NM,2 compares the generic pixel formats supported by
Windows NT and any device pixel formats supported by special hardware accelerators with the the thread's concurrency model, and creates a new apartment for the thread if one is required.
CoInitializeSecurity,OLE32.DLL,NM,9,Registers security and sets the default security values for
pixel format you described, and returns the best match.
Chord,GDI32.DLL,NM,9, draws a chord (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and the process. This function is called exactly once per process, either explicitly or implicitly. It can
be called by the client, server, or both.
a line segment, called a ?secant?).
CoIsHandlerConnected,OLE32.DLL,NM,1, This function determines whether a remote object is
CleanNtmsDrive,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,2, queues a cleaning request for the specified drive for
connected to the corresponding in-process object.
cleaning.
CoIsOle1Class,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,This function determines if a given CLSID represents an OLE
ClearCommBreak,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 restores character transmission for aspecified
1 object.
communications device and places the transmission line ina nonbreak state.
ClearCommError,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3 retrieves information about acommunications error and CoLoadLibrary,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Loads a specific DLL into the caller's process. CoLoadLibrary
is equivalent to LoadLibraryEx. CoLoadLibrary does not do anything about the lifetime of the
reports the current status of acommunications device.
ClearEventLog,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,2, clears the specified event log, and optionally saves the library.
CoLockObjectExternal,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,4.2 CoLockObjectExternal This function is called
current copy of the logfile to a backup file.
ClientToScreen,USER32.DLL,NM,2, replaces the client coordinates in the POINT structure with either to lock an object to ensure that it stays in memory, or to release such a lock. Call
CoMarshalHresult,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,This function marshals an HRESULT to the specified
the screen coordinates.
stream, from which it can be unmarshaled using the CoUnmarshalHresult function.
ClipCursor,USER32.DLL,NM,1, confines the cursor to a rectangular area on the screen.
CoMarshalInterface,OLE32.DLL,NM,6, This function writes into a stream the data required to
CloseClipboard,USER32.DLL,NM,0, closes the clipboard.
initialize a proxy object in some client process. The COM library in the client process calls the
CloseColorProfile,MSCMS.DLL,NM,1,This CloseColorProfile closes an open profile handle.
CoUnmarshalInterface function to extract the data and initialize the proxy.
CloseDesktop,USER32.DLL,NM,1, closes an open handle to a desktop object.
CloseEnhMetaFile,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 closes an enhanced-metafile devicecontext and returns a CoMarshalInterThreadInterfaceInStream,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,Marshals an interface pointer from
one thread to another thread in the same process.
handle that identifies an enhanced-formatmetafile.
CombineRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,4 combines two regions and stores the result in a third region.
CloseEventLog,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1, closes the specified event log.
CombineTransform,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, concatenates two world-space to page- space
CloseFigure,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, closes an open figure in a path.
transformations.
CloseHandle,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, closes an open object handle.
CommConfigDialog,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, displays a driver-supplied configuration dialog box.
CloseIMsgSession,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, closes a message session and all the messages
CommDlgExtendedError,COMDLG32.DLL,NM,0, can return general error codes for any of the
created within that session.
common dialog box functions.
CloseMetaFile,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, closes a metafile device context and returns a handle that
CommitUrlCacheEntry,WININET.DLL,AW,11,Stores data in the specified file in the Internet
identifies a Windows-format metafile.
cache and associates it with the specified URL.
CloseNtmsNotification,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,1, closes the specified open notification channel.
CompareFileTime,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, compares two 64-bit file times.
CloseNtmsSession,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,1, closes the specified RSM session.
CompareString,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,6 compares two character strings, usingthe locale
ClosePrinter,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, closes the specified printer object.
CloseServiceHandle,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1 closes the handles created with OpenSCManager, specified by the given identifier as the basis for thecomparison.
CompleteAuthToken,SECUR32.DLL,NM,2, completes an authentication token.
OpenService or CreateService
ConfigurePort,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, displays the port-configuration dialog box for a port on the
closesocket,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1, closes a socket.
specified server.
closesocket,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,1, closes a socket.
connect,WS2_32.DLL,NM,3, establishes a connection to a specifed socket.
CloseWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,1, minimizes (but does not destroy) the specified window.
connect,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,3, is used to create a connection to the to the specified
CloseWindowStation,USER32.DLL,NM,1, closes an open window station handle.
destination.
CLSIDFromProgID,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Looks up a CLSID in the registry, given a ProgID.
ConnectNamedPipe,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 enables a named pipe server process to wait for a
CLSIDFromString,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a string generated by the StringFromCLSID
client process to connect to an instance of a named pipe.
function back into the original CLSID.
ConnectToPrinterDlg,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, displays a dialog box that lets users browse and
ClusWorkerCheckTerminate,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,1,The ClusWorkerCheckTerminate utility
connect to printers on a network.
function determines whether a worker thread should exit as soon as possible.
ContinueDebugEvent,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3 enables a debugger to continue a thread that
ClusWorkerCreate,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,3,The ClusWorkerCreate utility function creates a
previously reported a debugging event.
worker thread.
ControlService,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3, sends a control code to a Win32-based service.
ClusWorkerTerminate,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,1,The ClusWorkerTerminate utility function
ConvertDefaultLocale,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, converts a special default locale value to an
terminates a worker thread.
CoAddRefServerProcess,OLE32.DLL,NM,0,Increments a global per-process reference count. actual locale identifier.
ConvertThreadToFiber,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 converts the current thread into a fiber.
CoBuildVersion,OLE32.DLL,NM,0,4.2 CoBuildVersion This function is obsolete.
Requirements OS Versions: Windows CE 3.0 and later. Header: Objbase.h. Link Library: CopyAcceleratorTable,USER32.DLL,AW,3, copies the specified accelerator table.
CopyEnhMetaFile,GDI32.DLL,AW,2, copies the contents of an enhanced- format metafile to a
Ole32.lib.
specified file.
CoCopyProxy,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,This function makes a private copy of the specified proxy.
CoCreateFreeThreadedMarshaler,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Creates an aggregatable object capable of CopyFile,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3 copies an existing file to a new file.
CopyFileEx,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,6, copies an existing file to a new file.
context-dependent marshaling.
CopyIcon,USER32.DLL,NM,1, copies the specified icon from another module to the current
CoCreateGuid,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,Creates a GUID, a unique 128-bit integer used for CLSIDs
module.
and interface identifiers.
CopyImage,USER32.DLL,NM,5 creates a new image (icon, cursor, orbitmap) and copies the
CoCreateInstance,OLE32.DLL,NM,5,ExCreates an instance of a specific class on a specific
attributes of the specified image to the newone.
machine.
CopyLZFile,LZ32.DLL,NM,2, is obsolete.
CoCreateInstanceEx,OLE32.DLL,NM,6,Creates an instance of a specific class on a specific
CopyMetaFile,GDI32.DLL,AW,2, copies the content of a Windows-format metafile to the
machine.
specified file.
CoDisconnectObject,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,This function disconnects all remote process
CopyRect,USER32.DLL,NM,2, copies the coordinates of one rectangle to another.
connections being maintained on behalf of all the interface pointers that point to a specified
CopySid,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3, copies a security identifier (SID) to a buffer.
object. Only the process that actually manages the object should call CoDisconnectObject.
CoQueryAuthenticationServices,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,4.2 CoQueryAuthenticationServices This
CoDosDateTimeToFileTime,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,Converts the MS-DOS representation of the
function retrieves a list of the authentication services registered when the process called .
time and date to a FILETIME structure, which Win32 uses to determine the date and time.
HRESULT
CoFileTimeNow,OLE32.DLL,NM,1, Pointer to return the FILETIME structure.
CoQueryClientBlanket,OLE32.DLL,NM,7, This function is called by the server to find out about
CoFileTimeToDosDateTime,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a FILETIME into MS-DOS date and
the client that invoked the method executing on the current thread.
time values.
CoQueryProxyBlanket,OLE32.DLL,NM,8,4.2 CoQueryProxyBlanket This function retrieves
CoFreeAllLibraries,OLE32.DLL,NM,0, This function frees all the DLLs that have been loaded
with the CoLoadLibrary function (called internally by CoGetClassObject), regardless of whether the authentication information the client uses to make calls on the specified proxy. HRESULT
CoQueryReleaseObject,OLE32.DLL,NM,1, This function is not yet supported.
they are currently in use.
CoFreeLibrary,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,This function frees a library that, when loaded, was specified CoRegisterChannelHook,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, This function is not yet supported.
CoRegisterClassObject,OLE32.DLL,NM,5,Registers an EXE class object with OLE so other
to be freed explicitly.
applications can connect to it. EXE object applications should call CoRegisterClassObject on
CoFreeUnusedLibraries,OLE32.DLL,NM,0,Unloads any DLLs that are no longer in use and
startup.
that, when loaded, were specified to be freed automatically.
CoRegisterMallocSpy,OLE32.DLL,NM,1, This function registers an implementation of the
CoGetCallContext,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, Interface identifier (IID) of the call context that is being
IMallocSpy interface in OLE, thereafter requiring OLE to call its wrapper methods around every
requested.
call to the corresponding IMalloc method.
CoGetCallerTID,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,Returns a GUID identifying the callers thread.
CoRegisterMessageFilter,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Registers with OLE the instance of an
CoGetClassObject,OLE32.DLL,NM,5,FromURL Returns a factory object for a given CLSID.
CoGetClassObjectFromURL,URLMON.DLL,NM,10, Returns a factory object for a given CLSID. IMessageFilter interface, which is to be used for handling concurrency issues on the current
thread. Only one message filter can be registered for each thread.
CoGetCurrentLogicalThreadId,OLE32.DLL,NM,1, This function is not yet supported.
CoRegisterPSClsid,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,This function enables a downloaded DLL to register its
CoGetCurrentProcess,OLE32.DLL,NM,0, This function returns a value that is unique to the
custom interfaces within its running process so that the marshaling code will be able to marshal
current thread. CoGetCurrentProcess can be used to avoid thread ID reuse problems.
DWORD CoGetCurrentProcess(void); Return Value Unique DWORD value identifying the those interfaces.
CoReleaseMarshalData,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,This function destroys a previously marshaled data
current thread.
CoGetInstanceFromFile,OLE32.DLL,NM,8,This function creates a new object and initializes it packet.
CoReleaseServerProcess,OLE32.DLL,NM,0,Decrements the global per-process reference
from a file using IPersistFile::Load.
count.
CoGetInterfaceAndReleaseStream,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,This function unmarshals a buffer
CoResumeClassObjects,OLE32.DLL,NM,0,4.2 CoResumeClassObjects This function is
containing an interface pointer and releases the stream when an interface pointer has been
called by a server that can register multiple class objects to inform the OLE SCM about all
marshaled from another thread to the calling thread.
registered
CoGetMalloc,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,4.2 CoGetMalloc This function retrieves a pointer to the
CoRevertToSelf,OLE32.DLL,NM,0,This function restores the authentication information on a
default OLE task memory allocator (which supports the system implementation of the IMalloc
thread of execution.
124
CreateHatchBrush,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, creates a logical brush that has the specified hatch
CoRevokeClassObject,OLE32.DLL,NM,1, This function informs OLE that a class object,
pattern and color.
previously registered with the CoRegisterClassObject function, is no longer available for use.
CreateIC,GDI32.DLL,AW,4 creates an information context for the specified device.
CoRevokeMallocSpy,OLE32.DLL,NM,0,This function revokes a registered IMallocSpy object.
CreateIcon,USER32.DLL,NM,7, creates an icon that has the specified size, colors, and bit
CoSetProxyBlanket,OLE32.DLL,NM,8,Sets the authentication information that will be used to
patterns.
make calls on the specified proxy. This is a helper function for IClientSecurity::SetBlanket.
CreateIconFromResource,USER32.DLL,NM,4, creates an icon or cursor from resource bits
CoSetState,OLE32.DLL,NM,1, This function is not yet supported.
describing the icon.
CoSuspendClassObjects,OLE32.DLL,NM,0,4.2 CoSuspendClassObjects This function
CreateIconFromResourceEx,USER32.DLL,NM,7, creates an icon or cursor from resource bits
prevents any new activation requests from the SCM on all class objects registered within the
describing the icon.
process.
CoSwitchCallContext,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, This function switches the call context object used by CreateIconIndirect,USER32.DLL,NM,1, creates an icon or cursor from an ICONINFO structure.
CreateILockBytesOnHGlobal,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,Creates a byte array object, using global
CoGetCallContext.
memory as the physical device, which is intended to be the compound file foundation.
CoTaskMemAlloc,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,Allocates a block of task memory in the same way that
CreateIoCompletionPort,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4 can associate an instance of an opened file
IMalloc::Alloc does.
CoTaskMemFree,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,Frees a block of task memory previously allocated through with a newly created or an existing input/output completion port; or it can create an input/output
completion port without associating it with a file.
a call to the CoTaskMemAlloc or CoTaskMemRealloc function.
CoTaskMemRealloc,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Changes the size of a previously allocated block of task CreateIProp,MAPI32.DLL,NM,6, creates a property data object, that is, an IPropData object.
CreateItemMoniker,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,This function creates an item moniker that identifies an
memory.
object within a containing object (typically a compound document).
CoTreatAsClass,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, This function establishes or removes an emulation, in
CreateMailslot,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,4 creates a mailslot with the specifiedname and returns a
which objects of one class are treated as objects of a different class.
handle that a mailslot server can use to performoperations on the mailslot.
CoUninitialize,OLE32.DLL,NM,0,Closes the COM library on the current thread, unloads all
DLLs loaded by the thread, frees any other resources that the thread maintains, and forces all CreateMappedBitmap,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,5, creates a bitmap for use in a toolbar.
CreateMDIWindow,USER32.DLL,AW,10, creates a multiple document interface (MDI) child
RPC connections on the thread to close.
window.
CoUnmarshalHresult,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, Pointer to the stream from which the HRESULT is to
CreateMenu,USER32.DLL,NM,0, creates a menu.
be unmarshaled.
CoUnmarshalInterface,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,4.2 CoUnmarshalInterface This function initializes a CreateMetaFile,GDI32.DLL,AW,1, creates a device context for a Windows-meta file.
CreateMultiProfileTransform,MSCMS.DLL,NM,6, accepts an array of profiles or a single device
newly created proxy using data written into the stream by a previous call to the function, and
link profile and creates a color transform that
CountClipboardFormats,USER32.DLL,NM,0 retrieves the number of different data formats
CreateMutex,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, creates a named or unnamed mutex object.
currently on the clipboard.
CPlApplet,ODBCCP32.DLL,NM,4, is a library-defined callback function that serves as the entry CreateNamedPipe,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,8 creates an instance of a named pipe and returns a
handle for subsequent pipe operations.
point for a Control Panel application.
CreateNtmsMedia,NTMSAPI.DLL,AW,4,The CreateNtmsMediaPool function creates a new
CreateAcceleratorTable,USER32.DLL,AW,2, creates an accelerator table.
application media pool.
CreateAntiMoniker,OLE32.DLL,NM,1, Address of IMoniker* pointer variable that receives the
CreateNtmsMediaPool,NTMSAPI.DLL,AW,6, creates a new application media pool.
interface pointer to the new anti-moniker.
CreateAsyncBindCtx,URLMON.DLL,NM,4, Creates an asynchronous bind context for use with CreateOleAdviseHolder,OLE32.DLL,NM,1, instantiates an advise holder object for managing
compound document notifications. It passes out a pointer to
asynchronous monikers.
CreatePalette,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, creates a logical color palette.
CreateBindCtx,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,This function supplies a pointer to an implementation of
CreatePatternBrush,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, creates a logical brush with the specified bitmap pattern.
IBindCtx, an object that stores information about a particular moniker-binding operation.
CreatePen,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, creates a logical pen that has the specified style, width, and color.
CreateBitmap,GDI32.DLL,NM,5, creates a bitmap with the specified width, height, and color
CreatePenIndirect,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, creates a logical cosmetic pen that has the style, width,
format (color planes and bits per pixel).
and color specified in a structure.
CreateBitmapIndirect,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 creates a bitmap with thespecified width, height, and
CreatePipe,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4, creates an anonymous pipe, and returns handles to the
color format (color planes and bitsper pixel).
read and write ends of the pipe.
CreateBrushIndirect,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, creates a logical brush that has the specified style,
CreatePointerMoniker,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, This function creates a pointer moniker based on a
color, and pattern.
pointer to an object.
CreateCaret,USER32.DLL,NM,4, creates a new shape for the system caret and assigns
CreatePolygonRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, creates a polygonal region.
ownership of the caret to the specified window.
CreateClassMoniker,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Creates a class moniker that refers to the given class. CreatePolyPolygonRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,4, creates a region consisting of a series of polygons.
CreateColorTransform,MSCMS.DLL,AW,4, creates a color transform that applications can use CreatePopupMenu,USER32.DLL,NM,0, creates a drop-down menu, submenu, or shortcut
menu.
to perform color management.
CreateCompatibleBitmap,GDI32.DLL,NM,3 creates a bitmap compatiblewith the device that is CreatePrivateObjectSecurity,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,6 allocates and initializesa self-relative
security descriptor for a new protected server?sis being created.
associated with the specified devicecontext.
CreateProcess,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,10, creates a new process and its primary thread.
CreateCompatibleDC,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, can only be used with devices that support raster
CreateProcessAsUser,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,11, creates a new process and its primary thread.
operations.
CreateProfileFromLogColorSpace,MSCMS.DLL,AW,2, converts a logical color space to a
CreateConsoleScreenBuffer,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5, creates a console screen buffer and
CreatePropertySheetPage,COMCTL32.DLL,AW,1, creates a new page for a property sheet.
returns a handle of it.
CreateCursor,USER32.DLL,NM,7 creates a cursor having the specified size, bit patterns, and CreateRectRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,4 creates a rectangular region.
CreateRectRgnIndirect,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, creates a rectangular region.
hot spot.
CreateRemoteThread,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,7, creates a thread that runs in the address space
CreateDataAdviseHolder,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,Supplies a pointer to the OLE implementation of
of another process.
IDataAdviseHolder on the data advise holder object.
CreateDataCache,OLE32.DLL,NM,4,Supplies a pointer to a new instance of an OLE-provided CreateRoundRectRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,6, creates a rectangular region with rounded corners.
CreateScalableFontResource,GDI32.DLL,AW,4, creates a font resource file for a scalable font.
implementation of a data cache.
CreateDC,GDI32.DLL,AW,4, creates a device context (DC) for a device by using the specified CreateSemaphore,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,4, creates a named or unnamed semaphore object.
CreateService,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,13, creates a service object and adds it to the specified
name.
CreateDesktop,USER32.DLL,AW,6, returns a handle that can be used to access the desktop. service control manager database.
CreateSolidBrush,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, creates a logical brush that has the specified solid color.
CreateDeviceLinkProfile,MSCMS.DLL,NM,4, creates a device link profile from a set of color
CreateStatusWindow,COMCTL32.DLL,AW,4, creates a status window, which is typically used
profiles, using the specified intents.
CreateDialogIndirectParam,USER32.DLL,AW,5, creates a modeless dialog box from a dialog to display the status of an application.
CreateStdDispatch,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Creates a standard implementation of the IDispatch
box template in memory.
interface through a single function call. This simplifies exposing objects through Automation.
CreateDialogParam,USER32.DLL,AW,5, creates a modeless dialog box from a dialog box
CreateStreamOnHGlobal,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,Creates a stream object stored in global memory.
template resource.
CreateTable,MAPI32.DLL,NM,9 creates structures and an object handle for a table data object
CreateDIBitmap,GDI32.DLL,NM,6 creates a device-dependent bitmap (DDB)from a devicean ITableData object which can be used to create table contents.
independent bitmap (DIB) and, optionally, sets thebitmap bits.
CreateDIBPatternBrush,GDI32.DLL,NM,2 creates a logical brush that has the pattern specified CreateTapePartition,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4 reformats a tape.
CreateTextServices,RICHED20.DLL,NM,3,creates an instance of a text services object.
by the specified device-independent bitmap (DIB).
CreateThread,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,6, creates a thread to execute within the address space of
CreateDIBPatternBrushPt,GDI32.DLL,NM,2 creates a logical brush that has the pattern
the calling process.
specified by the device-independent bitmap (DIB).
CreateToolbarEx,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,13, creates a toolbar window and adds the specified
CreateDIBSection,GDI32.DLL,NM,6, creates a device-independent bitmap (DIB) that
buttons to the toolbar.
applications can write to directly.
CreateToolhelp32Snapshot,TOOLHELP.DLL,NM,2, takes a snapshot of the specified
CreateDirectory,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, creates a new directory.
processes in the system, as well as the heaps, modules, and threads used by these processes.
CreateDirectoryEx,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3 creates a new directory with a specified path that
CreateTypeLib,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3, creates a type library in the current file format.
retains the attributes of a specified template directory.
CreateTypeLib2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3, creates a type library in the current file format.
CreateDiscardableBitmap,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, creates a discardable bitmap that is compatible
CreateUpDownControl,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,12, creates an up-down control.
with the specified device.
CreateUrlCacheEntry,WININET.DLL,AW,5,Creates a local file name for saving the cache entry
CreateDispTypeInfo,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Creates simplified type information for use in an
based on the specified URL and the file extension.
implementation of IDispatch.
CreateUrlCacheGroup,WININET.DLL,NM,2,Generates cache group identifications.
CreateEllipticRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,4, creates an elliptical region.
CreateURLMoniker,URLMON.DLL,NM,3, Creates a URL moniker from either a full URL string
CreateEllipticRgnIndirect,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, creates an elliptical region.
or from a base context URL moniker and a partial URL string.
CreateEnhMetaFile,GDI32.DLL,AW,4, creates a device context for an enhanced-format
CreateUserProfile,USERENV.DLL,AW,5 creates a user profile with the specified account name
metafile.
and preferred name.
CreateEnvironmentBlock,USERENV.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the environment variables for the
CreateWaitableTimer,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, creates a ?waitable? timer object.
specified user. This block can then be passed to the CreateProcessAsUser function.
CreateWindow,USER32.DLL,AW,1 creates an overlapped, pop-up, or childwindow
CreateErrorInfo,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,1, This function creates an instance of a generic error
CreateWindowEx,USER32.DLL,AW,12 creates an overlapped, pop-up, or childwindow with an
object.
extended style; otherwise, this function isidentical to the CreateWindow function.
CreateEvent,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,4, creates a named or unnamed event object.
CreateWindowStation,USER32.DLL,AW,4, creates a window station object.
CreateFiber,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3 allocates a fiber object, assigns it astack, and sets up
CryptAcquireContext,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,5,used to acquire a handle to a particular key
execution to begin at the specified startaddress, typically the fiber function.
container within a particular CSP.
CreateFile,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,7, creates or opens file
CreateFileMapping,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,6, creates a named or unnamed file- mapping object CryptCreateHash,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,5,used to initiate the hashing of a stream of data. It
returns to the caller a handle to a CSP hash object.
for the specified file.
CryptDecodeMessage,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,13,Decodes, decrypts, and verifies a cryptographic
CreateFileMoniker,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,creates a file moniker based on the specified path.
message.
CreateFont,GDI32.DLL,AW,14, creates a logical font that has specific characteristics.
CryptDecodeObject,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,7, decodes a structure of the type indicated by the
CreateFontIndirect,GDI32.DLL,AW,1, creates a logical font that has the characteristics
lpszStructType parameter. The use of CryptDecodeObjectEx is recommended as an API that
specified in the specified structure.
performs the same function with significant performance improvements.
CreateFormatEnumerator,URLMON.DLL,NM,3, Creates an object that implements
CryptDecrypt,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,6,The CryptDecryptAndVerifyMessageSignature function
IEnumFORMATETC over a static array of FORMATETC structures.
decrypts a message and verifies its signature.
CreateGenericComposite,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,4.2 CreateGenericComposite This function
CryptDecryptAndVerifyMessageSignature,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,9, decrypts a message and
performs a generic composition of two monikers and supplies a pointer to the resulting
verifies its signature.
composite moniker.
CryptDecryptMessage,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,6, decodes and decrypts a message.
CreateHalftonePalette,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 creates a halftone palette for the specified device
CryptDeriveKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,5,generates cryptographic keys derived from base data.
context.
125
CryptSetOIDFunctionValue,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,7, sets a value for the specified encoding type,
CryptDestroyHash,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1,destroys the hash object referenced by the hHash
function name, OID, and value name.
parameter.
CryptDestroyKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1,releases the handle referenced by the hKey parameter. CryptSetProvider,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,2,is used to specify the current user default CSP.
CryptSetProvParam,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,4,customizes the operations of a CSP.
CryptEncodeObject,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,5, encodes a structure of the type indicated by the
value of the lpszStructType parameter. The use of CryptEncodeObjectEx is recommended as CryptSignAndEncodeCertificate,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,9,Security SDK content provides details
about using authentication, authorization, cryptography, and related technologies in the
an API that performs the same function with significant performance improvements.
Microsoft Windows Server, Windows, and Windows NT platforms.
CryptEncrypt,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,7,is used to encrypt data.
CryptSignAndEncryptMessage,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,8, creates a hash of the specified content,
CryptEncryptMessage,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,7, encrypts and encodes a message.
CryptEnumOIDFunction,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,6, enumerates the registered object identifier (OID) signs the hash, encrypts the content, hashes the encrypted contents and the signed hash, and
then encodes both the encrypted content and the signed hash.
functions.
CryptExportKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,6,used to export cryptographic keys out of a cryptographic CryptSignCertificate,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,9, signs the
CryptSignHash,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,6,is used to sign a piece of data.
service provider in a secure manner.
CryptExportPublicKeyInfo,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,5, exports the public key information associated CryptSignMessage,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,7, creates a hash of the specified content, signs the
with the corresponding private key of the provider. For an updated version of this function, see hash, and then encodes both the original message content and the signed hash.
CryptUnregisterDefaultOIDFunction,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,3, removes the registration of a DLL
CryptExportPublicKeyInfoEx.
containing the default function to be called for the specified encoding type and function name.
CryptExportPublicKeyInfoEx,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,8, exports the public key information
CryptUnregisterOIDFunction,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,3, removes the registration of a DLL containing
associated with the provider's corresponding private key.
the function to be called for the specified encoding type, function name, and OID.
CryptFormatObject,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,9, formats the encoded data and returns a Unicode
CryptVerifyCertificateSignature,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,5,Verifies the signature of a certificate,
string in the allocated buffer according to the certificate encoding type.
certificate revocation list (CRL), or certificate request by using the public key in a
CryptFreeOIDFunctionAddress,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,2, releases a handle returned by
CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO structure.
CryptGetOIDFunctionAddress or CryptGetDefaultOIDFunctionAddress by decrementing the
CryptVerifyDetachedMessageHash,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,8, verifies a detached hash.
reference count on the function handle.
CryptGenKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,4,generates random cryptographic keys for use with the CSP CryptVerifyDetachedMessageSignature,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,8, verifies a signed message
containing a detached signature or signatures.
module.
CryptVerifyMessageHash,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,7, verifies the hash of specified content.
CryptGenRandom,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3,fills a buffer with random bytes.
CryptGetDefaultOIDDllList,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, acquires the list of the names of DLL files that CryptVerifyMessageSignature,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,7,Verifies a signed message's signature.
CryptVerifySignature,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,6,is used to verify a signature against a hash object.
contain registered default object identifier (OID) functions for a specified function set and
DAPIAllocBuffer,DAPI.DLL,NM,2, allocates or reallocates a block of memory.
encoding type.
DAPIEnd,DAPI.DLL,NM,1, closes a directory operation session.
CryptGetDefaultOIDFunctionAddress,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,6, loads the DLL that contains a
DAPIFreeMemory,DAPI.DLL,NM,1, releases or frees a block of memory.
default function address.
CryptGetHashParam,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,5,retrieves data that governs the operations of a hash DAPIGetSiteInfo,DAPI.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the site information for a directory service agent.
DAPIRead,DAPI.DLL,AW,6, reads (exports) attributes from a directory object.
object.
DAPIStart,DAPI.DLL,AW,2, initializes a directory operation session.
CryptGetKeyParam,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,5,retrieves data that govern the operations of a key.
DAPIUninitialize,DAPI.DLL,NM,1, terminates background processes.
CryptGetMessageCertificates,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,5, returns the handle of an open certificate
store containing the message's certificates and CRLs. This function calls CertOpenStore using DAPIWrite,DAPI.DLL,AW,7, writes (imports) information to a directory object.
DceErrorInqText,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,2, returns the message text for a status code.
provider type CERT_STORE_PROV_PKCS7 as its lpszStoreProvider parameter.
CryptGetMessageSignerCount,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,3, returns the number of signers of a signed DdeAbandonTransaction,USER32.DLL,NM,3 abandons the specifiedasynchronous transaction
and releases all resources associated withthe transaction.
message.
CryptGetOIDFunctionAddress,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,6, searches the list of registered and installed DdeAccessData,USER32.DLL,NM,2, provides access to the data in the specified dynamic data
exchange (DDE) object.
functions for an encoding type and object identifier (OID) match.
DdeAddData,USER32.DLL,NM,4, adds data to the specified dynamic data exchange (DDE)
CryptGetOIDFunctionValue,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,7, queries a value associated with an OID.
CryptGetProvParam,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,5,retrieves parameters that govern the operations of a object.
DdeClientTransaction,USER32.DLL,NM,8, begins a data transaction between a client and a
CSP.
CryptGetUserKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3,retrieves a handle to a permanent user key pair, such server.
DdeCmpStringHandles,USER32.DLL,NM,2, compares the values of two string handles.
as the user?s signature key pair.
CryptHashCertificate,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,7, hashes the entire encoded content of a certificate DdeConnect,USER32.DLL,NM,4 establishes a conversation with a server application that
supports the specified service name and topic name pair.
including its signature.
CryptHashData,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,4,used to compute the cryptographic hash on a stream of DdeCreateStringHandle,USER32.DLL,AW,3 creates a handle that identifies the string pointed
to by the psz parameter.
data.
DdeConnectList,USER32.DLL,NM,5 establishes a conversation with allserver applications that
CryptHashMessage,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,9, creates a hash of the message.
support the specified service name andtopic name pair.
CryptHashPublicKeyInfo,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,7, encodes the public key information in a
CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO structure and computes the hash of the encoded bytes. The hash DdeCreateDataHandle,USER32.DLL,NM,7 creates a dynamic data exchange(DDE) object and
fills the object with data from the specifiedbuffer.
created is used with key identifier functions.
CryptHashSessionKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3,used to compute the cryptographic hash on a key DdeDisconnect,USER32.DLL,NM,1 terminates a conversation started byeither the DdeConnect
or DdeConnectList function and invalidatesthe specified conversation handle.
object.
CryptHashToBeSigned,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,6, computes the hash of the encoded content from a DdeDisconnectList,USER32.DLL,NM,1, destroys the specified conversation list and terminates
all conversations associated with the list.
signed and encoded certificate. The hash is performed on only the
CryptImportKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,6,is used to transfer a cryptographic key from a key blob to DdeEnableCallback,USER32.DLL,NM,3 enables or disables transactions fora specific
conversation or for all conversations currentlyestablished by the calling application.
the CSP.
CryptImportPublicKeyInfo,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, converts and imports the public key information DdeFreeDataHandle,USER32.DLL,NM,1, frees a dynamic data exchange (DDE) object and
into the provider and returns a handle of the public key. CryptImportPublicKeyInfoEx provides a deletes the data handle associated with the object.
DdeFreeStringHandle,USER32.DLL,NM,2, frees a string handle in the calling application.
revised version of this function.
DdeGetData,USER32.DLL,NM,4, copies data from the specified dynamic data exchange (DDE)
CryptImportPublicKeyInfoEx,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,7, imports public key information into the
object to the specified local buffer.
cryptographic service provider (CSP) and returns a handle of the public key.
DdeGetLastError,USER32.DLL,NM,1 returns the most recent error code set by the failure of a
CryptInitOIDFunctionSet,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,2,The CryptInitOIDFunctionSet initializes and
Dynamic Data Exchange Management Library (DDEML) function and resets the error code to
returns the handle of the OID function set identified by a supplied function set name.
CryptInstallOIDFunctionAddress,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,6, installs a set of callable object identifier DMLERR_NO_ERROR.
DdeImpersonateClient,USER32.DLL,NM,1, impersonates a dynamic data exchange (DDE)
(OID) function addresses.
client application in a DDE client conversation.
CryptMsgCalculateEncodedLength,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,6, calculates the maximum number of
DdeInitialize,USER32.DLL,AW,4, registers an application with the Dynamic Data Exchange
bytes need for an encoded cryptographic message given the message type, encoding
Management Library (DDEML).
parameters, and total length of the data to be encoded.
CryptMsgClose,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,1, closes a cryptographic message handle. At each call to DdeKeepStringHandle,USER32.DLL,NM,2, increments the usage count associated with the
this function, the reference count on the message is reduced by one. When the reference count specified handle.
DdeNameService,USER32.DLL,NM,4 registers or unregisters the service names a dynamic
reaches zero, the message is fully released.
CryptMsgControl,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, performs a control operation after a message has been data exchange (DDE) server supports.
DdePostAdvise,USER32.DLL,NM,3 causes the system to send an XTYP_ADVREQ transaction
decoded by a final call to the CryptMsgUpdate function.
CryptMsgCountersign,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, countersigns an existing signature in a message. to the calling (server) application?s dynamic data exchange (DDE) callback function for each
client with an active advise loop on the specified topic and item.
CryptMsgCountersignEncoded,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,7, countersigns an existing PKCS #7
DdeQueryConvInfo,USER32.DLL,NM,3 obtains information about a dynamic data exchange
message signature.
(DDE) transaction and about the conversation in which the transaction takes place.
CryptMsgEncodeAndSignCTL,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,6, encodes a CTL and creates a signed
message containing the encoded CTL.This function first encodes the CTL pointed to by pCtlInfo DdeQueryNextServer,USER32.DLL,NM,2 obtains the next conversation handle in the specified
conversation list.
and then calls CryptMsgSignCTL to sign the encoded message.
DdeQueryString,USER32.DLL,AW,5 copies text associated with a string handle into a buffer. +
CryptMsgGetAndVerifySigner,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,6, verifies a cryptographic message's
DdeReconnect,USER32.DLL,NM,1 allows a client Dynamic Data Exchange Management
signature.
CryptMsgGetParam,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,5, acquires a message parameter after a cryptographic Library (DDEML) application to attempt to reestablish a conversation with a service that has
message has been encoded or decoded. This function is called after the final CryptMsgUpdate terminated a conversation with the client.
DdeSetQualityOfService,USER32.DLL,NM,3 specifies the quality of service a raw DDE
call.
CryptMsgOpenToDecode,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,6,Opens a cryptographic message for decoding application desires for future DDE conversations it initiates.
DdeSetUserHandle,USER32.DLL,NM,3, associates an application-defined 32- bit value with a
and returns a handle of the opened message.
CryptMsgOpenToEncode,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,6, opens a cryptographic message for encoding conversation handle or a transaction identifier.
and returns a handle of the opened message. The message remains open until CryptMsgClose DdeUnaccessData,USER32.DLL,NM,1, unaccesses a dynamic data exchange (DDE) object.
DdeUninitialize,USER32.DLL,NM,1 frees all Dynamic Data ExchangeManagement Library
is called.
(DDEML) resources associated with the callingapplication.
CryptMsgSignCTL,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,7, creates a signed message containing an encoded
DeallocateNtmsMedia,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,3, deallocates the side associated with the specified
CTL.
logical media.
CryptMsgUpdate,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4, adds contents to a cryptographic message.
CryptMsgVerifyCountersignatureEncoded,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,7, verifies the countersignature of DebugActiveProcess,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, allows a debugger to attach to an active process
and then debug it.
a message.
CryptRegisterDefaultOIDFunction,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,4,The CryptRegisterDefaultOIDFunction DebugBreak,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0 causes a breakpoint exception to occur inthe current
registers a DLL containing the default function to be called for the specified encoding type and process so that the calling thread can signal thedebugger and force it to take some action.
function name. Unlike CryptRegisterOIDFunction, the function name to be exported by the DLL DecommissionNtmsMedia,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,2, moves a side from the Available state to the
Decommissioned state.
cannot be overridden.
CryptRegisterOIDFunction,CRYPT32.DLL,NM,5,Registers a DLL that contains the function to DecryptMessage,SECUR32.DLL,NM,4,Decrypts a message by using Negotiate.
DefDlgProc,USER32.DLL,AW,4 carries out default message processing fora window procedure
be called for the specified encoding type, function name, and object identifier (OID).
belonging to an application-defined dialog boxclass.
CryptReleaseContext,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,2,is used to release a handle to a CSP and a key
DefFrameProc,USER32.DLL,AW,5 provides default processing for anywindow messages that
container.
the window procedure of a multiple documentinterface (MDI) frame window does not process.
CryptSetHashParam,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,4,in theory, customizes the operations of a hash
DefineDosDevice,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3 lets an application define, redefine, or delete MS-DOS
object.
device names.
CryptSetKeyParam,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,4,customizes various aspects of a key?s operations.
126
DefMDIChildProc,USER32.DLL,AW,4 provides default processing for anywindow message that DispatchMessage,USER32.DLL,AW,1, dispatches a message to a window procedure.
DispGetIDsOfNames,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Uses type information to convert a set of names to
the window procedure of a multiple documentinterface (MDI) child window does not process.
DISPIDs. This is the recommended implementation of IDispatch::GetIDsOfNames.
DefWindowProc,USER32.DLL,AW,4 calls the default window procedure toprovide default
DispGetParam,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,5, This function retrieves a parameter from the
processing for any window messages that anapplication does not process.
DeinitMapiUtil,MAPI32.DLL,NM,0 releases utility functions calledexplicitly by the ScInitMapiUtil DISPPARAMS structure, checks both named parameters and positional parameters, and
coerces the parameter to the specified type.
function or implicitly by theMAPIInitialize function.
DispInvoke,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,8,Automatically calls member functions on an interface, given
DeleteAce,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,2, deletes an ACE from an ACL.
the type information for the interface. You can describe an interface with type information and
DeleteColorTransform,MSCMS.DLL,NM,1, deletes a given color transform.
DeleteCriticalSection,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, releases all resources used by an unowned critical implement IDispatch::Invoke for the interface using this single call.
DlgDirList,USER32.DLL,AW,5, fills the specified list box with the names of all files matching the
section object.
specified path or filename.
DeleteDC,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, deletes the specified device context (DC).
DlgDirListComboBox,USER32.DLL,AW,5, fills the specified combo box with a directory listing.
DeleteEnhMetaFile,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, deletes an enhanced-format metafile or an enhancedDlgDirSelectComboBoxEx,USER32.DLL,AW,4, retrieves the current selection from a combo
format metafile handle.
box filled by using the DlgDirListComboBox function.
DeleteFiber,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, deletes an existing fiber.
DlgDirSelectEx,USER32.DLL,AW,4, retrieves the current selection from a single-selection list
DeleteFile,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,1, deletes an existing file.
box.
DeleteForm,WINMM.DLL,AW,2, removes a form name from the list of supported forms.
DllDebugObjectRPCHook,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, This function is not yet supported.
DeleteMenu,USER32.DLL,NM,3, deletes an item from the specified menu.
DllEntryPoint,EDBBCLI.DLL,NM,3, is an optional method of entry into a dynamic-link library
DeleteMetaFile,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, deletes a Windows-format metafile or Windows-format
(DLL).
metafile handle.
DllEntryPoint,MSCMS.DLL,NM,3, is an optional method of entry into a dynamic-link library
DeleteMonitor,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, removes a printer monitor added by the AddMonitor
(DLL).
function.
DeleteNtmsDrive,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,2, deletes a drive from the RSM database. The drive must DocumentProperties,WINMM.DLL,AW,6 retrieves or modifies printerinitialization information or
displays a printer-configurationdialog box for the specified printer.
have a dwOperationalState of NTMS_NOT_PRESENT.
DeleteNtmsLibrary,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,2, deletes a library, and all the devices contained in the DoDragDrop,OLE32.DLL,NM,4,Carries out an OLE drag and drop operation.
DosDateTimeToFileTime,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, converts MS-DOS date and time values to a
library, from the RSM database. All media in the library is moved to the offline library.
DeleteNtmsMedia,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,2, deletes a physical piece of offline media from RSM by 64-bit file time.
DosDateTimeToVariantTime,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts the MS-DOS representation of
removing all references to the specified media from the database.
time to the date and time representation stored in a variant.
DeleteNtmsMediaPool,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,2, deletes the specified application media pool.
DeleteNtmsMediaType,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,3, deletes the specified media type relation from the DPtoLP,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, converts device coordinates into logical coordinates.
DragAcceptFiles,SHELL32.DLL,NM,2, registers whether a window accepts dropped files.
specified library, provided that the library does not contain any physical media objects of the
DragDetect,USER32.DLL,NM,3 captures the mouse and tracks its movement until the user
specified media type.
releases the left button, presses the ESC key, or moves the mouse outside the ?drag
DeleteObject,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 deletes a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette,
rectangle? around the specified point.
freeing all system resources associated with the object.
DeletePort,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, displays a dialog box that allows the user to delete a port name. DragFinish,SHELL32.DLL,NM,1, releases memory that Windows allocated for use in
transferring filenames to the application.
DeletePrinter,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, deletes the specified printer object.
DragQueryFile,SHELL32.DLL,AW,4, retrieves the filenames of dropped files.
DeletePrinterConnection,WINMM.DLL,AW,1 deletes a connection to aprinter that was
DragQueryPoint,SHELL32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the position of the mouse pointer at the time a
established by a call to AddPrinterConnection orConnectToPrinterDlg.
DeletePrinterDriver,WINMM.DLL,AW,3 removes the specified printer-driver name from the list file was dropped.
DrawAnimatedRects,USER32.DLL,NM,4 draws a wire-frame rectangle andanimates it to
of names of supported drivers for aserver.
indicate the opening of an icon or the minimizing ormaximizing of a window.
DeletePrintProcessor,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, removes a printer processor added by the
DrawCaption,USER32.DLL,NM,4, draws a window caption.
AddPrintProcessor function.
DrawDibBegin,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,8 changes parameters of a DrawDib DC or initializes a new
DeletePrintProvidor,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, removes a printer provider added by the
DrawDib DC.
AddPrintProvidor function.
DeleteSecurityContext,SECUR32.DLL,NM,1, deletes the local data structures associated with DrawDibChangePalette,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,4, sets the palette entries used for drawing DIBs.
DrawDibClose,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,1, closes a DrawDib DC and frees the resources DrawDib
the specified security context.
allocated for it.
DeleteService,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1 marks the specified service for deletion from the service
DrawDibDraw,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,13, draws a DIB to the screen.
control manager database.
DeleteUrlCacheEntry,WININET.DLL,AW,1,Removes the file associated with the source name DrawDibEnd,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,1 clears the flags and other settings of aDrawDib DC that are
set by the DrawDibBegin or DrawDibDrawfunctions.
from the cache, if the file exists.
DrawDibGetBuffer,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves the location of the buffer used by DrawDib
DeleteUrlCacheGroup,WININET.DLL,NM,4,Releases the specified GROUPID and any
for decompression.
associated state in the cache index file.
DrawDibGetPalette,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the palette used by a DrawDib DC.
DeregisterEventSource,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1, closes a handle to the specified event log.
DrawDibOpen,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,0, opens the DrawDib library for use and creates a DrawDib
DeregisterIdleRoutine,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, removes a FNIDLE - based idle routine from the
DC for drawing.
MAPI system.
DescribePixelFormat,GDI32.DLL,NM,4 obtains information about thepixel format identified by DrawDibProfileDisplay,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,1, determines settings for the display system when
using DrawDib functions.
iPixelFormat of the device associatedwith hdc.
DrawDibRealize,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,3, realizes the palette of the DrawDib DC for use with the
DestroyAcceleratorTable,USER32.DLL,NM,1, destroys an accelerator table.
DestroyCaret,USER32.DLL,NM,0, destroys the caret?s current shape, frees the caret from the specified DC.
DrawDibSetPalette,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,2 sets the palette used for drawing DIBs.
window, and removes the caret from the screen.
DrawDibStart,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,2, prepares a DrawDib DC for streaming playback.
DestroyCursor,USER32.DLL,NM,1, destroys a cursor and frees any memory the cursor
DrawDibStop,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,1, frees the resources used by a DrawDib DC for streaming
occupied.
playback.
DestroyEnvironmentBlock,USERENV.DLL,NM,1, frees environment variables created by the
DrawDibTime,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves timing information about the drawing operation
CreateEnvironmentBlock function.
and is used during debug operations.
DestroyIcon,USER32.DLL,NM,1, destroys an icon and frees any memory the icon occupied.
DestroyMenu,USER32.DLL,NM,1 destroys the specified menu and frees any memory that the DrawEdge,USER32.DLL,NM,4, draws one or more edges of rectangle.
DrawEscape,GDI32.DLL,NM,4 accesses drawing capabilities of a video display that are not
menu occupies.
directly available through the graphics device interface (GDI).
DestroyPrivateObjectSecurity,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1 deletes a protected server object?s
DrawFocusRect,USER32.DLL,NM,2, draws a rectangle in the style used to indicate that the
security descriptor.
DestroyPropertySheetPage,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,1, destroys a property sheet not been passed rectangle has the focus.
DrawFrameControl,USER32.DLL,NM,4, draws a frame control of the specified type and style.
to the PropertySheet function.
DrawIcon,USER32.DLL,NM,4, draws an icon in the client area of the window of the specified
DestroyWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,1, destroys the specified window.
device context.
DeviceCapabilities,WINMM.DLL,AW,5, retrieves the capabilities of a printer device driver.
DrawIconEx,USER32.DLL,NM,9 draws an icon or cursor in the client area of the window of the
DeviceIoControl,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,8 sends a control code directly to a specified device
specified device context, performing the specified raster operations, and stretching or
driver, causing the corresponding device to perform the specified operation.
compressing the icon or cursor as specified.
DialogBoxIndirectParam,USER32.DLL,AW,5, creates a modal dialog box from a dialog box
DrawInsert,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,3, draws the insert icon in the parent window of the specified
template in memory.
drag list box.
DialogBoxParam,USER32.DLL,AW,5, creates a modal dialog box from a dialog box template
DrawMenuBar,USER32.DLL,NM,1, redraws the menu bar of the specified window.
resource.
DrawState,USER32.DLL,AW,10, displays an image and applies a visual effect to indicate a
DirectDrawCreate,DDRAW.DLL,NM,3,creates an instance of a DirectDraw object.
DirectDrawCreateClipper,DDRAW.DLL,NM,3,creates an instance of a DirectDrawClipper object state, such as a disabled or default state.
DrawStatusText,COMCTL32.DLL,AW,4, draws the specified text in the style of a status window
not associated with a DirectDraw object.
DirectDrawEnumerate,DDRAW.DLL,AW,2,enumerates the primary DirectDraw display device with borders.
DrawText,USER32.DLL,AW,5, draws formatted text in the specified rectangle.
and a nondisplay device (such as a 3-D accelerator that has no 2-D capabilities), if one is
DrawTextEx,USER32.DLL,AW,6 draws formatted text in the specified rectangle.
installed.
DirectInputCreate,DINPUT.DLL,AW,4,This function creates a DirectInput object that supports DriveType,SHELL32.DLL,NM,1 Determines the drive type based on the drive number.
DumpCAP,CAP.DLL,NM,0,Write data for the current instance of CAP.DLL. The name of the
the IDirectInput COM interface.
text file is APPNAME.CAP.
DirectPlayCreate,DPLAY.DLL,NM,3,Creates an instance of a DirectPlay object.
DuplicateHandle,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,7, duplicates an object handle.
DirectPlayCreate,DPLAYX.DLL,NM,3,Creates an instance of a DirectPlay object.
DirectPlayEnumerate,DPLAY.DLL,NM,2,Enumerates the DirectPlay service providers installed DuplicateToken,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3, creates a new access token that duplicates one already
in existence.
on the system.
DuplicateTokenEx,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,6, creates a new access token that duplicates an
DirectPlayEnumerate,DPLAYX.DLL,AW,2,Enumerates the DirectPlay service providers
existing token.
installed on the system.
DirectPlayLobbyCreate,DPLAYX.DLL,AW,5,Creates an instance of a DirectPlayLobby object. EjectNtmsCleaner,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,4, ejects the cleaning cartridge from the currently
reserved cleaner slot.
DirectXFileCreate,D3DXOF.DLL,NM,1,Creates an instance of a DirectXFile object.
EjectNtmsMedia,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,4, ejects the specified medium from the port of the current
DirectXRegisterApplication,DSETUP.DLL,AW,2,Registers an ISV's game as an application
library. If the library is busy, RSM queues EjectNtmsMedia and returns success.
designed to work with DirectPlayLobby.
Ellipse,GDI32.DLL,NM,5 draws an ellipse. The center of the ellipse is the center of the specified
DirectXSetup,DSETUP.DLL,AW,3,Installs one or more DirectX components.
bounding rectangle.
DisableNtmsObject,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,3, disables the specified RSM object.
EmptyClipboard,USER32.DLL,NM,0, empties the clipboard and frees handles to data in the
DisableThreadLibraryCalls,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, lets a DLL disable the
clipboard.
DLL_THREAD_ATTACH and DLL_THREAD_DETACH notification calls.
DisassociateColorProfileFromDevice,MSCMS.DLL,AW,3, disassociates a specified color profile EmptyWorkingSet,PSAPI.DLL,NM,1, removes as many pages as possible from the working set
of the specified process.
with a specified device on a specified computer.
EnableIdleRoutine,MAPI32.DLL,NM,2 enables or disables a FNIDLE based idle routine.
DisconnectNamedPipe,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, disconnects the server end of a named pipe
EnableMenuItem,USER32.DLL,NM,3, enables, disables, or grays the specified menu item.
instance from a client process.
EnableNtmsObject,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,3, enables the specified object.
DismountNtmsDrive,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,2, queues a command to move the media in the
EnableScrollBar,USER32.DLL,NM,3, enables or disables one or both scroll bar arrows.
specified drive to its storage slot. This function should be paired with the MountNtmsMedia
EnableWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,2, enables or disables mouse and keyboard input to the
function.
DismountNtmsMedia,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,4, queues a command to move the specified media in specified window or control.
a drive to its storage. This function should be paired with the MountNtmsMedia function.
127
EqualRect,USER32.DLL,NM,2 determines whether the two specifiedrectangles are equal by
EncryptMessage,SECUR32.DLL,NM,4,Encrypts a message to provide privacy by using
comparing the coordinates of their upper-left and lower-right corners.
Negotiate.
EqualRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, checks the two specified regions to determine whether they are
EndDialog,USER32.DLL,NM,2, destroys a modal dialog box, causing the system to end any
identical.
processing for the dialog box.
EndDoc,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 ends a print job. This function replaces the ENDDOC printer escape. EqualSid,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,2, tests two security identifier (SID) values.
EndDocPrinter,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, returns an error if the print job was not started by calling the EraseTape,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3 erases all or part of a tape.
Escape,GDI32.DLL,NM,5, allows applications to access capabilities of a particular device not
StartDocPrinter function.
directly available through GDI.
EndPage,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 informs the device that the application has finished writing to a
EscapeCommFunction,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, directs a specified communications device to
page.
perform an extended function.
EndPagePrinter,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, indicates the end of one page and the beginning of the
ExcludeClipRect,GDI32.DLL,NM,5 creates a new clipping region thatconsists of the existing
next page for the specified printer.
clipping region minus the specifiedrectangle.
EndPaint,USER32.DLL,NM,2, marks the end of painting in the specified window.
EndPath,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, closes a path bracket and selects the path defined by the bracket ExcludeUpdateRgn,USER32.DLL,NM,2 prevents drawing within invalid areasof a window by
excluding an updated region in the window from aclipping region.
into the specified device context.
ExitProcess,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1,l does not return until no threads are in their DLL
EndUpdateResource,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, ends a resource update in an executable file.
initialization or detach routines.
EnterCriticalPolicySection,USERENV.DLL,NM,1, pauses the application of policy to allow
ExitThread,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, ends a thread.
applications to safely read policy settings.
EnterCriticalSection,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, waits for ownership of the specified critical section ExitWindowsEx,USER32.DLL,NM,2, returns as soon as it has initiated the shutdown.
ExpandEnvironmentStrings,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, expands environment-variable strings and
object.
replaces them with their defined values.
EnumCalendarInfo,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,4, enumerates calendar information for a specified
ExpandEnvironmentStringsForUser,USERENV.DLL,AW,4, expands the source string by using
locale.
the environment block established for the specified user.
EnumChildWindows,USER32.DLL,NM,3, enumerates the child windows that belong to the
specified parent window by passing the handle of each child window, in turn, to an application- ExportNtmsDatabase,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,1, creates a consistent set of database files in the
RSM database directory.
defined callback function.
ExportSecurityContext,SECUR32.DLL,NM,4, creates a serialized representation of a security
EnumClipboardFormats,USER32.DLL,NM,1, lets you enumerate the data formats that are
context that can later be imported into a different process by calling ImportSecurityContext.
currently available on the clipboard.
ExtCreatePen,GDI32.DLL,NM,5, creates a logical cosmetic or geometric pen that has the
EnumColorProfiles,MSCMS.DLL,AW,5, enumerates all the profiles satisfying the given
specified style, width, and brush attributes.
enumeration criteria.
ExtCreateRegion,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, creates a region from the specified region and
EnumDateFormats,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3 enumerates the long or short dateformats that are
transformation data.
available for a specified locale, including dateformats for any alternate calendars.
EnumDependentServices,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,6 provides the name and status of each service ExtensionPropSheetPageProc,SETUPAPI.DLL,NM,3 specifies an application-defined callback
that depends on the specified service; that is, the specified service must be running before the function that receives the address of the AddPropSheetPageProc function, which resides in the
module that creates a property sheet.
dependent services can run.
EnumDesktopWindows,USER32.DLL,NM,3 enumerates all windows in a desktopby passing the ExtEscape,GDI32.DLL,NM,6, allows applications to access capabilities of a particular device
that are not available through GDI.
handle of each window, in turn, to an application-defined callback function.
EnumDeviceDrivers,PSAPI.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the load address for each device driver in the ExtFloodFill,GDI32.DLL,NM,5, fills an area of the display surface with the current brush.
ExtractAssociatedIcon,SHELL32.DLL,AW,3 returns the handle of an indexedicon found in a file
system.
or an icon found in an associated executablefile.
EnumDisplayMonitors,USER32.DLL,NM,4 enumerates display monitors (including invisible
ExtractIcon,SHELL32.DLL,AW,3 retrieves the handle of an icon from thespecified executable
pseudo-monitors associated with the mirroring drivers) that intersect a region formed by the
file, dynamic-link library (DLL), or iconfile.
intersection of a specified clipping rectangle and the visible region of a device context.
EnumDisplaySettings,USER32.DLL,AW,3 obtains information about one of a display device?s ExtractIconEx,SHELL32.DLL,AW,5 retrieves the handle of an icon from thespecified executable
file, dynamic-link library (DLL), or iconfile.
graphics modes.
ExtSelectClipRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,3 combines the specified region with the current clipping
EnumEnhMetaFile,GDI32.DLL,NM,5 enumerates the records within anenhanced-format
region by using the specified mode.
metafile by retrieving each record and passing itto the specified callback function.
ExtTextOut,GDI32.DLL,AW,8, draws a character string by using the currently selected font.
EnumerateNtmsObject,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,6, enumerates the RSM objects contained in the
FatalAppExit,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2 displays a message box and terminates the application
lpContainerId parameter.
EnumerateSecurityPackages,SECUR32.DLL,AW,2,Returns an array of SecPkgInfo structures when the message box is closed.
FatalExit,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, transfers execution control to the debugger.
that describe the security packages available to the client.
FaxAbort,WINFAX.DLL,NM,2, A fax client application calls the FaxAbort function to terminate a
EnumFontFamilies,GDI32.DLL,AW,4, enumerates the fonts in a specified font family that are
fax job.
available on a specified device.
EnumFontFamiliesEx,GDI32.DLL,AW,5 enumerates all fonts in the systemthat match the font FaxAccessCheck,WINFAX.DLL,NM,2, A fax client application calls the FaxAccessCheck
function to query the fax access privileges of a user.
characteristics specified by the LOGFONTstructure.
FaxClose,WINFAX.DLL,NM,1, closes the following types of fax handles: A fax server handle
EnumFonts,GDI32.DLL,AW,4, enumerates the fonts available on a specified device.
returned by a call the FaxConnectFaxServer function A fax port handle returned by a call
EnumForms,WINMM.DLL,AW,6 enumerates the forms supported by the specified printer.
FaxCompleteJobParams,WINFAX.DLL,AW,2, creates both a FAX_COVERPAGE_INFO
EnumJobs,WINMM.DLL,AW,8 initializes an array of either JOB_INFO_1 orJOB_INFO_2
structure and a FAX_JOB_PARAM structure for a fax client application.
structures with data describing the specified print jobsfor the specified printer.
EnumMetaFile,GDI32.DLL,NM,4 enumerates the records within a Windows-format metafile by FaxConnectFaxServer,WINFAX.DLL,AW,2, connects a fax client application to the local fax
server.
retrieving each record and passing it to the specified callback function.
FaxEnableRoutingMethod,WINFAX.DLL,AW,3, enables or disables a fax routing method for a
EnumMonitors,WINMM.DLL,AW,6 initializes an array of structures with data describing the
specific fax device. A fax administration application typically calls this function for device
monitors for the specified server.
management.
EnumObjects,GDI32.DLL,NM,4, enumerates the pens or brushes available for the specified
FaxEnumGlobalRoutingInfo,WINFAX.DLL,AW,3, enumerates all fax routing methods
device context.
associated with a specific fax server.
EnumPorts,WINMM.DLL,AW,5, can succeed even if the server specified by pName does not
FaxEnumJobs,WINFAX.DLL,AW,3, enumerates all queued and active fax jobs on the fax
have a printer defined.
server to which the client has connected. The function returns detailed information for each fax
EnumPrinterDrivers,WINMM.DLL,AW,7, enumerates all of the printer drivers installed on the
job to the fax client application.
specified printer server.
FaxEnumPorts,WINFAX.DLL,AW,3, enumerates all fax devices currently attached to the fax
EnumPrinters,WINMM.DLL,AW,7, enumerates available printers, print servers, domains, or
server to which the client has connected. The function returns detailed information for each fax
print providers.
EnumPrintProcessorDatatypes,WINMM.DLL,AW,7, enumerates the data types that a specifed port to the fax client application.
FaxEnumRoutingMethods,WINFAX.DLL,AW,3, enumerates all fax routing methods for a
print processor supports.
specific fax device. The function returns information about each routing method to a fax client
EnumPrintProcessors,WINMM.DLL,AW,7, enumerates the print processors installed on the
application.
specified server.
FaxFreeBuffer,WINFAX.DLL,NM,1, releases resources associated with a buffer allocated
EnumProcesses,PSAPI.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the process identifier for each process object in
previously as the result of a function call by a fax client application.
the system.
FaxGetConfiguration,WINFAX.DLL,AW,2, returns to a fax client application the global
EnumProcessModules,PSAPI.DLL,NM,4, retrieves a handle for each module in the specified
configuration settings for the fax server to which the client has connected.
process.
FaxGetDeviceStatus,WINFAX.DLL,AW,2, returns to a fax client application current status
EnumProps,USER32.DLL,AW,2 enumerates all entries in the property listof a window by
information for the fax device of interest.
passing them, one by one, to the specified callbackfunction.
FaxGetJob,WINFAX.DLL,AW,3, A fax client application calls the FaxGetJob function to retrieve
EnumPropsEx,USER32.DLL,AW,3 enumerates all entries in the propertylist of a window by
detailed information for the specified queued or active fax job. The function returns the
passing them, one by one, to the specifiedcallback function.
information in a FAX_JOB_ENTRY structure.
EnumProtocols,MSWSOCK.DLL,AW,3,Important is a Microsoft-specific extension to the
FaxGetLoggingCategories,WINFAX.DLL,AW,3, returns to a fax client application the current
Windows Sockets 1.
logging categories for the fax server to which the client has connected.
EnumProtocols,WSOCK32.DLL,AW,3,Important is a Microsoft-specific extension to the
FaxGetPageData,WINFAX.DLL,NM,6, returns to a fax client application the first page of data
Windows Sockets 1.
EnumResourceLanguages,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,5 searches a module for eachresource of the for a fax job. The fax job must be an outbound job, but it can be queued or active.
FaxGetPort,WINFAX.DLL,AW,2, returns information for a specified fax port to a fax client
specified type and name and passes the language ofeach resource it locates to a defined
application.
callback function.
FaxGetRoutingInfo,WINFAX.DLL,AW,4, returns to a fax client application routing information for
EnumResourceNames,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,4 searches a module for each resourceof the
a fax routing method that is associated with a specific fax device.
specified type and passes the name of each resource itlocates to an application-defined
FaxInitializeEventQueue,WINFAX.DLL,NM,5, creates a fax event queue for the calling fax client
callback function.
EnumResourceTypes,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3 searches a module for resources andpasses each application. The queue enables the application to receive notifications of asynchronous events
from the fax server.
resource type it finds to an application-definedcallback function.
EnumServicesStatus,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,8 enumerates services in the specified service control FaxOpenPort,WINFAX.DLL,NM,4, returns a fax port handle to a fax client application. The port
handle is required when the application calls other fax client functions that facilitate device
manager database.
management and fax document routing.
EnumSystemCodePages,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2 enumerates the code pages that are either
FaxPrintCoverPage,WINFAX.DLL,AW,2, prints a fax transmission cover page to the specified
installed on or supported by a system.
EnumSystemLocales,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, enumerates the locales that are either installed on device context for a fax client application. A device context handle is obtained by using the
FaxStartPrintJob function.
or supported by a system.
EnumThreadWindows,USER32.DLL,NM,3 enumerates all nonchild windows associated with a FaxSendDocument,WINFAX.DLL,AW,5,ForBroadcast A fax client application calls the
FaxSendDocumentForBroadcast function to queue several fax jobs that will transmit the same
thread by passing the handle of each window, in turn, to an application-defined callback
outgoing fax transmission to several recipients.
function.
EnumTimeFormats,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, enumerates the time formats that are available for a FaxSendDocumentForBroadcast,WINFAX.DLL,AW,5, A fax client application calls the
FaxSendDocumentForBroadcast function to queue several fax jobs that will transmit the same
specified locale.
EnumWindows,USER32.DLL,NM,2 enumerates all top-level windows on thescreen by passing outgoing fax transmission to several recipients.
FaxSetConfiguration,WINFAX.DLL,AW,2, A fax client application calls the FaxSetConfiguration
the handle of each window, in turn, to anapplication-defined callback function.
function to change the global configuration settings for the fax server to which the client has
EnumWindowStations,USER32.DLL,AW,2, enumerates only those window stations for which
connected.
the calling process has WINSTA_ENUMERATE access.
EqualPrefixSid,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,2, tests two security-identifier (SID) prefix values for
equality.
128
FaxSetGlobalRoutingInfo,WINFAX.DLL,AW,2, A fax management application calls the
FaxSetGlobalRoutingInfo function to modify fax routing method data, such as routing priority,
that applies globally to the fax server.
FaxSetJob,WINFAX.DLL,AW,4, A fax client application calls the FaxSetJob function to pause,
resume, cancel, or restart a specified fax job.
FaxSetLoggingCategories,WINFAX.DLL,AW,3, A fax client application calls the
FaxSetLoggingCategories function to modify the current logging categories for the fax server to
which the client has connected.
FaxSetPort,WINFAX.DLL,AW,2, A fax client application calls the FaxSetPort function to change
the configuration of the fax port of interest.
FaxSetRoutingInfo,WINFAX.DLL,AW,4, A fax management application calls the
FaxSetRoutingInfo function to modify the routing information for a fax routing method that is
associated with a specific fax device.
FaxStartPrintJob,WINFAX.DLL,AW,4, A fax client application calls the FaxStartPrintJob
function to start printing an outbound fax transmission on the specified fax printer. The function
returns a handle to a device context.
FBadColumnSet,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1 tests the validity of a table column setfor use by a service
provider in a subsequent call to theIMAPITable::SetColumns method.
FBadEntryList,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, validates a list of MAPI entry identifiers.
FBadProp,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, validates a specified property.
FBadPropTag,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, validates a specified property tag.
FBadRestriction,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, validates a restriction used to limit a table view.
FBadRglpNameID,MAPI32.DLL,NM,2, validates an array of structures that describe named
properties and verifies their allocation.
FBadRglpsz,MAPI32.DLL,AW,2 validates all strings in an array of Unicode strings.
FBadRow,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, validates a row in a table.
FBadRowSet,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, validates all table rows included in a set of table rows.
FBadSortOrderSet,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, validates a sort order set by verifying its memory
allocation.
FBinFromHex,MAPI32.DLL,NM,2 converts a string representation of a hexadecimal number to
binary data.
FEqualNames,MAPI32.DLL,NM,2, determines whether two MAPI named properties are the
same.
FileTimeToDosDateTime,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, converts a 64-bit file time to MS-DOS date
and time values.
FileTimeToLocalFileTime,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, converts a file time based on the Coordinated
Universal Time (UTC) to a local file time.
FileTimeToSystemTime,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, converts a 64-bit file time to system time
format.
FillConsoleOutputAttribute,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5 sets the text and background color attributes
for a specified number of charactercells, beginning at the specified coordinates in a screen
buffer.
FillConsoleOutputCharacter,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,5 writes a character to the screen buffer a
specified number of times, beginning at the specified coordinates.
FillPath,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 closes any open figures in the current pathand fills the path?s interior
by using the current brush andpolygon-filling mode.
FillRect,USER32.DLL,NM,3, fills a rectangle by using the specified brush.
FillRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, fills a region by using the specified brush.
FindAtom,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,1 searches the local atom table for thespecified character string
and retrieves the atom associated withthat string.
FindClose,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, closes the specified search handle.
FindCloseChangeNotification,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, stops change notification handle
monitoring.
FindClosePrinterChangeNotification,WINMM.DLL,NM,1 closes a change notification object
created by calling the FindFirstPrinterChangeNotification function.
FindCloseUrlCache,WININET.DLL,NM,1,Closes the specified cache enumeration handle.
FindDebugInfoFile,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,3, locates a debug (.dbg) file.
FindExecutable,SHELL32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the name and handle to the executable (.
FindExecutableImage,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,3, locates an executable file.
FindFirstChangeNotification,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3 creates a change notification handle and
sets up initial change notification filter conditions.
FindFirstFile,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, searches a directory for a file whose name matches the
specified filename.
FindFirstFileEx,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,6, searches a directory for a file whose name and
attributes match those specified in the function call.
FindFirstFreeAce,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves a pointer to the first free byte in an accesscontrol list (ACL).
FindFirstPrinterChangeNotification,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, creates a change notification object and
returns a handle to the object.
FindFirstUrlCacheEntry,WININET.DLL,AW,3,Begins the enumeration of the Internet cache.
FindFirstUrlCacheEntryEx,WININET.DLL,AW,10,Starts a filtered enumeration of the Internet
cache.
FindFirstUrlCacheGroup,WININET.DLL,NM,6,Initiates the enumeration of the cache groups in
the Internet cache.
FindMediaType,URLMON.DLL,NM,2,Class Retrieves the CLSID for the specified media type.
FindMediaTypeClass,URLMON.DLL,NM,4, Retrieves the CLSID for the specified media type.
FindNextChangeNotification,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 requests that the operating system signal a
change notification handle the next time it detects an appropriate change.
FindNextFile,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, continues a file search from a previous call to the
FindFirstFile function.
FindNextPrinterChangeNotification,WINMM.DLL,NM,3 retrieves information about the most
recent change notification for a change notification object associated with a printer or print
server.
FindNextUrlCacheEntry,WININET.DLL,AW,3,Retrieves the next entry in the Internet cache.
FindNextUrlCacheEntryEx,WININET.DLL,AW,6,Finds the next cache entry in a cache
enumeration started by the FindFirstUrlCacheEntryEx function.
FindNextUrlCacheGroup,WININET.DLL,NM,3,Retrieves the next cache group in a cache group
enumeration started by FindFirstUrlCacheGroup.
FindResource,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3 determines the location of a resource with the specified
type and name in the specified module.
FindResourceEx,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,4 determines the location of the resourcewith the
specified type, name, and language in the specifiedmodule.
FindText,COMDLG32.DLL,AW,1 creates a system-defined modeless dialog boxthat lets the
user specify a string to search for and options touse when searching for text in a document.
FindWindow,USER32.DLL,AW,2 retrieves the handle to the top-levelwindow whose class name
and window name match the specifiedstrings.
FindWindowEx,USER32.DLL,AW,4 retrieves the handle to a window whose class name and
window name match the specified strings.
FixBrushOrgEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,4, is not implemented in the Win32 API.
FlashWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,2, flashes the window only once; for repeated flashing, the
application should create a system timer.
FlatSB_EnableScrollBar,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,3,Enables or disables one or both flat scroll bar
direction buttons.
FlatSB_GetScrollInfo,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,3,Retrieves the information for a flat scroll bar.
FlatSB_GetScrollPos,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,2,Retrieves the thumb position in a flat scroll bar.
FlatSB_GetScrollProp,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,3,Retrieves the properties for a flat scroll bar.
FlatSB_GetScrollRange,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,4,Retrieves the scroll range for a flat scroll bar.
FlatSB_SetScrollInfo,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,4,Sets the information for a flat scroll bar.
FlatSB_SetScrollPos,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,4,Sets the current position of the thumb in a flat
scroll bar.
FlatSB_SetScrollProp,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,4,Sets the properties for a flat scroll bar.
FlatSB_SetScrollRange,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,5,Sets the scroll range of a flat scroll bar.
FlatSB_ShowScrollBar,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,3,Shows or hides a flat scroll bar.
FlattenPath,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 transforms any curves in the path that isselected into the current
device context (DC), turning each curveinto a sequence of lines.
FloodFill,GDI32.DLL,NM,4, fills an area of the display surface with the current brush.
FlushConsoleInputBuffer,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 flushes the console input buffer. All input
records currently in the input buffer are discarded.
FlushFileBuffers,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, clears the buffers for the specified file and causes all
buffered data to be written to the file.
FlushInstructionCache,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, flushes the instruction cache for the specified
process.
FlushViewOfFile,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, writes to the disk a byte range within a mapped view of
a file.
FmtIdToPropStgName,IPROP.DLL,NM,2,Converts a property set format identifier (FMTID) to
its storage or stream name.
FoldString,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,5, maps one string to another, performing a specified
transformation option.
FormatMessage,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,7, formats a message string.
FPropCompareProp,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3, compares two property values using a binary relational
operator.
FPropContainsProp,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3 compares two property values,generally strings or
binary arrays, to see if one contains theother.
FPropExists,MAPI32.DLL,NM,2 searches for a given property tag in anIMAPIProp interface or
an interface derived from IMAPIProp, such asIMessage or IMAPIFolder.
FrameRect,USER32.DLL,NM,3, draws a border around the specified rectangle by using the
specified brush.
FrameRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,5, draws a border around the specified region by using the specified
brush.
FreeConsole,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, detaches the calling process from its console.
FreeContextBuffer,SECUR32.DLL,NM,1,Enables callers of security package functions to free a
memory buffer that was allocated by the security package as a result of calls to
InitializeSecurityContext (General) and AcceptSecurityContext (General).
FreeCredentialsHandle,SECUR32.DLL,NM,1,Notifies the security system that the credentials
are no longer needed. An application calls this function to free the credential handle acquired in
the call to the AcquireCredentialsHandle (General) function.
FreeDDElParam,USER32.DLL,NM,2, frees the memory specified by the lParam parameter of a
posted DDE message.
FreeEnvironmentStrings,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,1 frees a block of environment strings.
FreeGPOList,USERENV.DLL,AW,1, frees the specified linked list of GPOs.
FreeLibrary,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, decrements the reference count of the loaded dynamic-link
library (DLL) module.
FreeLibraryAndExitThread,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 decrements the reference count of a loaded
dynamic-link library (DLL) by one, and then calls ExitThread to terminate the calling thread.
FreePadrlist,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1 destroys an ADRLIST structure and freesassociated memory,
including memory allocated for all member arraysand structures.
FreePrinterNotifyInfo,WINMM.DLL,NM,1 frees a system-allocated bufferthat was returned by
the FindNextPrinterChangeNotificationfunction.
FreePropVariantArray,IPROP.DLL,NM,2, calls PropVariantClear on each of the
PROPVARIANT structures in the rgvars array to make the value zero for each of the members
of the array.
FreePropVariantArray,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, calls PropVariantClear on each of the
PROPVARIANT structures in the rgvars array to make the value zero for each of the members
of the array.
FreeProws,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1 destroys an SRowSet structure and freesassociated memory,
including memory allocated for all member arraysand structures.
FreeResource,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, is obsolete.
FreeSid,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1, frees a security identifier (SID) previously allocated by using the
AllocateAndInitializeSid function.
FtAddFt,MAPI32.DLL,NM,4, adds one unsigned 64-bit integer to another.
FtgRegisterIdleRoutine,MAPI32.DLL,NM,5, adds a FNIDLE - based idle routine to the MAPI
system.
FtMulDw,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3, multiplies an unsigned 64-bit integer by an unsigned 32-bit
integer.
FtMulDwDw,MAPI32.DLL,NM,2, multiplies one unsigned 32-bit integer by another.
FtNegFt,MAPI32.DLL,NM,2, computes the two?s complement of an unsigned 64-bit integer.
FtpCommand,WININET.DLL,AW,6,Sends commands directly to an FTP server.
FtpCreateDirectory,WININET.DLL,AW,2,Creates a new directory on the FTP server.
FtpDeleteFile,WININET.DLL,AW,2,Deletes a file stored on the FTP server.
FtpFindFirstFile,WININET.DLL,AW,5,Searches the specified directory of the given FTP session.
File and directory entries are returned to the application in the WIN32_FIND_DATA structure.
FtpGetCurrentDirectory,WININET.DLL,AW,3,Retrieves the current directory for the specified
FTP session.
FtpGetFile,WININET.DLL,AW,7,Retrieves a file from the FTP server and stores it under the
specified file name, creating a new local file in the process.
FtpGetFileEx,WININET.DLL,NM,7,retrieves a file from the FTP server and stores it under the
specified file name, creating a new local file in the process.
FtpGetFileSize,WININET.DLL,NM,2,Retrieves the file size of the requested FTP resource.
FtpOpenFile,WININET.DLL,AW,5,Initiates access to a remote file on an FTP server for reading
or writing.
FtpPutFile,WININET.DLL,AW,5,Stores a file on the FTP server.
FtpPutFileEx,WININET.DLL,NM,5,This function stores a file on the FTP server.
FtpRemoveDirectory,WININET.DLL,AW,2,Removes the specified directory on the FTP server.
FtpRenameFile,WININET.DLL,AW,3,Renames a file stored on the FTP server.
FtpSetCurrentDirectory,WININET.DLL,AW,2,Changes to a different working directory on the
FTP server.
FtSubFt,MAPI32.DLL,NM,4, subtracts one unsigned 64-bit integer from another.
GdiComment,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, copies a comment from a buffer into a specified enhanced
format metafile.
GdiFlush,GDI32.DLL,NM,0, flushes the calling thread?s current batch.
GdiGetBatchLimit,GDI32.DLL,NM,0, returns the batch limit.
GdiSetBatchLimit,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, sets the maximum number of functions that can be
accumulated in the calling thread?s current batch.
GenerateConsoleCtrlEvent,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 sends a specified signal to aconsole process
group that shares the console associated with thecalling process.
GenerateCopyFilePaths,MSCMS.DLL,NM,9,graphics, GraphicsDrivers, Reference,
GenerateCopyFilePaths
GetAcceptExSockaddrs,MSWSOCK.DLL,NM,8, parses the data obtained from a call to the
AcceptEx function and passes the local and remote addresses to a SOCKADDR structure.
GetAcceptExSockaddrs,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,8, parses the data obtained from a call to the
AcceptEx function and passes the local and remote addresses to a SOCKADDR structure.
GetAclInformation,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves information about an access-control list
(ACL).
GetACP,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the current ANSI code-page identifier for the system.
GetActiveObject,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Retrieves a pointer to a running object that has been
registered with OLE.
129
GetActiveWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the window handle to the active window
associated with the thread that calls the function.
GetAddressByName,MSWSOCK.DLL,AW,10,Important is a Microsoft-specific extension to the
Windows Sockets 1.
GetAddressByName,WSOCK32.DLL,AW,10,Important is a Microsoft-specific extension to the
Windows Sockets 1.
GetAllUsersProfileDirectory,USERENV.DLL,AW,2, retrieves the path to the root of the All Users
profile.
GetAltMonthNames,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Retrieves the secondary (altername) month names.
GetAppliedGPOList,USERENV.DLL,AW,5, retrieves the list of GPOs applied for the specified
user or computer and the specified extension.
GetArcDirection,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, returns the current arc direction for the specified device
context..
GetAspectRatioFilterEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the setting for the current aspect-ratio filter.
GetAsyncKeyState,USER32.DLL,NM,1 determines whether a key is up ordown at the time the
function is called, and whether the key waspressed after a previous call to GetAsyncKeyState.
GetAtomName,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves a copy of the character string associated with
the specified local atom.
GetAttribIMsgOnIStg,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves attributes of properties on an IMessage
object supplied by the OpenIMsgOnIStg function.
GetAuditedPermissionsFromAcl,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,4, returns the audited access rights for a
specified trustee.
GetBinaryType,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, determines whether a file is executable, and if so, what
type of executable file it is.
GetBitmapBits,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, is obsolete.
GetBitmapDimensionEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the dimensions of a
SetBitmapDimensionEx function.
GetBkColor,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, returns the current background color for the specified device
context.
GetBkMode,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, returns the current background mix mode for a specified device
context.
GetBoundsRect,GDI32.DLL,NM,3 obtains the current accumulated bounding rectangle for a
specified device context.
GetBrushOrgEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the current brush origin for the specified device
context.
GetCapture,USER32.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the handle of the window (if any) that has captured
the mouse.
GetCaretBlinkTime,USER32.DLL,NM,0, returns the elapsed time, in milliseconds, required to
invert the caret?s pixels.
GetCaretPos,USER32.DLL,NM,1, copies the caret?s position, in client coordinates, to the
specified POINT structure.
GetCharABCWidths,GDI32.DLL,AW,4 retrieves the widths, in logicalunits, of consecutive
characters in a given range from the currentTrueType font.
GetCharABCWidthsFloat,GDI32.DLL,AW,4 retrieves the widths, in logicalunits, of consecutive
characters in a specified range from thecurrent font.
GetCharacterPlacement,GDI32.DLL,AW,6 retrieves information about a character string, such
as character widths, caret positioning, ordering within the string, and glyph rendering.
GetCharWidth,GDI32.DLL,AW,4 retrieves the widths, in logicalcoordinates, of consecutive
characters in a specified range fromthe current font.
GetCharWidth32,GDI32.DLL,AW,4 retrieves the widths, in logicalcoordinates, of consecutive
characters in a specified range fromthe current font.
GetCharWidthFloat,GDI32.DLL,AW,4, retrieves the fractional widths of consecutive characters
in a specified range from the current font.
GetClassFile,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,OrMime Retrieves the CLSID of the object to instantiate for the
specified file.
GetClassFileOrMime,URLMON.DLL,NM,7, Retrieves the CLSID of the object to instantiate for
the specified file.
GetClassInfo,USER32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves information about a window class.
GetClassInfoEx,USER32.DLL,AW,3 retrieves information about a windowclass, including the
handle of the small icon associated with thewindow class.
GetClassLong,USER32.DLL,AW,2 retrieves the specified 32-bit (long)value from the
WNDCLASSEX structure associated with the specifiedwindow.
GetClassName,USER32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the name of the class to which the specified
window belongs.
GetClassURL,URLMON.DLL,NM,2, GetClassURL Function Not currently implemented.
GetClassWord,USER32.DLL,NM,2 retrieves the 16-bit (word) value at thespecified offset into
the extra class memory for the window classto which the specified window belongs.
GetClientRect,USER32.DLL,NM,2 retrieves the coordinates of a window?s client area.
GetClipboardData,USER32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves data from the clipboard in a specified format.
GetClipboardFormatName,USER32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves from the clipboard the name of the
specified registered format.
GetClipboardOwner,USER32.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the window handle of the current owner of
the clipboard.
GetClipboardSequenceNumber,USER32.DLL,NM,0, returns the clipboard sequence number for
the current window station.
GetClipboardViewer,USER32.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the handle of the first window in the
clipboard viewer chain.
GetClipBox,GDI32.DLL,NM,2 retrieves the dimensions of the tightestbounding rectangle that
can be drawn around the current visiblearea on the device.
GetClipCursor,USER32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the screen coordinates of the rectangular area to
which the cursor is confined.
GetClipRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,2 retrieves a handle identifying the currentapplication-defined
clipping region for the specified devicecontext.
GetCMMInfo,MSCMS.DLL,NM,2, retrieves various information about the color management
module (CMM) that created the specified color transform.
GetColorAdjustment,GDI32.DLL,NM,2 retrieves the color adjustmentvalues for the specified
device context.
GetColorDirectory,MSCMS.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the path of the Windows COLOR directory on
a specified machine.
GetColorProfileElement,MSCMS.DLL,NM,6, copies data from a specified tagged profile
element of a specified color profile into a buffer.
GetColorProfileElementTag,MSCMS.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the tag name specified by dwIndex in
the tag table of a given color profile, where dwIndex is a one-based index into that table.
GetColorProfileFromHandle,MSCMS.DLL,NM,3,Given a handle to an open color profile, the
GetColorProfileFromHandle function will copy the contents of the profile into a buffer supplied
by the application.
GetColorProfileHeader,MSCMS.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the header of a color profile.
GetCommandLine,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,0 returns a pointer to the command-line string for the
current process.
GetCommConfig,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3 gets the current configuration of a communications
device.
GetCommMask,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the value of the event mask for a specified
communications device.
GetCommModemStatus,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves modem control-register values.
GetCommProperties,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 fills a buffer with informationabout the
communications properties for a specified communicationsdevice.
GetCommState,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 fills in a device-control block (a DCBstructure) with the
current control settings for a specifiedcommunications device.
GetCommTimeouts,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the time-out parameters for all read and
write operations on a specified communications device.
GetCompressedFileSize,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, obtains the compressed size of a file.
GetComputerName,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, retrieves the computer name of the current system.
GetComputerObjectName,SECUR32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the local computer's name in a
specified format.
GetConsoleCP,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0 Windows NT: returns the identity of theinput code page
used by the console associated with the callingprocess.
GetConsoleCursorInfo,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 retrieves information about thesize and visibility
of the cursor for the specified console screenbuffer.
GetConsoleMode,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 reports the current input mode of aconsole?s input
buffer or the current output mode of a consolescreen buffer.
GetConsoleOutputCP,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0 Windows NT: returns the identity ofthe output
code page used by the console associated with thecalling process.
GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves information about the specified
console screen buffer.
GetConsoleTitle,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, retrieves the title bar string for the current console
window.
GetConvertStg,OLE32.DLL,NM,1, returns the current value of the convert bit for the specified
storage object.
GetCountColorProfileElements,MSCMS.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the number of tagged elements in
a given color profile.
GetCPInfo,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves information about any valid installed or available
code page.
GetCurrencyFormat,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,6, formats a number string as a currency string for a
specified locale.
GetCurrentDirectory,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2 retrieves the current directory for the current
process.
GetCurrentHwProfile,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,1, retrieves the display name and globally unique
identifier (GUID) string for the hardware profile.
GetCurrentObject,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, obtains a handle to a device context? s currently selected
object of a specified type.
GetCurrentPositionEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the current position in logical coordinates.
GetCurrentProcess,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, returns a pseudohandle for the current process.
GetCurrentProcessId,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, returns the process identifier of the calling
process.
GetCurrentThread,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, returns a pseudohandle for the current thread.
GetCurrentThreadId,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, returns the thread identifier of the calling thread.
GetCursor,USER32.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the handle of the current cursor.
GetCursorPos,USER32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the cursor?s position, in screen coordinates.
GetDateFormat,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,6 formats a date as a date string for a specified locale.
GetDC,USER32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves a handle of a display device context (DC) for the client
area of the specified window.
GetDCEx,USER32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the handle of a display device (DC) context for the
specified window.
GetDCOrgEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, obtains the final translation origin for a specified device context
(DC).
GetDefaultCommConfig,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, gets the default configuration for a
GetDefaultUserProfileDirectory,USERENV.DLL,AW,2, retrieves the path to the root of the
Default User profile.
GetDesktopWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,0, returns the handle of the Windows desktop window.
GetDeviceCaps,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves device-specific information about a specified
device.
GetDeviceDriverBaseName,PSAPI.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the base name of the specified device
driver.
GetDeviceDriverFileName,PSAPI.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the fully qualified path for the specified
device driver.
GetDialogBaseUnits,USER32.DLL,NM,0 returns the system's dialog baseunits, which are the
average width and height of characters in thesystem font.
GetDIBColorTable,GDI32.DLL,NM,4 retrieves RGB (red, green, blue) color values from a range
of entries in the color table of the DIB section bitmap that is currently selected into a specified
device context.
GetDIBits,GDI32.DLL,NM,7, retrieves the bits of the specified bitmap and copies them into a
buffer using the specified format.
GetDiskFreeSpace,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,5, retrieves information about the specified disk,
including the amount of free space on the disk.
GetDiskFreeSpaceEx,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,4, lets you avoid the arithmetic required by the
GetDiskFreeSpace function.
GetDlgCtrlID,USER32.DLL,NM,1, returns the identifier of the specified control.
GetDlgItem,USER32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the handle of a control in the specified dialog box.
GetDlgItemInt,USER32.DLL,NM,4, translates the text of a specified control in a dialog box into
an integer value.
GetDlgItemText,USER32.DLL,AW,4, retrieves the title or text associated with a control in a
dialog box.
GetDoubleClickTime,USER32.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the current double-click time for the mouse.
GetDriveType,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,1, determines whether a disk drive is a removable, fixed,
CD-ROM, RAM disk, or network drive.
GetEffectiveClientRect,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,3, calculates the dimensions of a rectangle in the
client area.
GetEffectiveRightsFromAcl,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the effective access rights that an
ACL allows for a specified trustee.
GetEnhMetaFile,GDI32.DLL,AW,1, creates a handle that identifies the enhanced-format
metafile stored in the specified file.
GetEnhMetaFileBits,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the contents of the specified enhanced-format
metafile and copies them into a buffer.
GetEnhMetaFileDescription,GDI32.DLL,AW,3 retrieves an optional textdescription from an
enhanced-format metafile and copies the stringto the specified buffer.
GetEnhMetaFileHeader,GDI32.DLL,NM,3 retrieves the record containing the header for the
specified enhanced-format metafile.
GetEnhMetaFilePaletteEntries,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves optional palette entries from the
specified enhanced metafile.
GetEnvironmentStrings,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,0, returns the address of the environment block for
the current process.
GetEnvironmentVariable,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3 retrieves the value of thespecified variable from
the environment block of the callingprocess.
GetErrorInfo,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Obtains the error information pointer set by the previous
call to SetErrorInfo in the current logical thread.
GetExitCodeProcess,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 retrieves the termination status ofthe specified
process.
GetExitCodeThread,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the termination status of the specified
thread.
GetExpandedName,LZ32.DLL,AW,2 retrieves the original name of acompressed file, if the file
was compressed by using the MicrosoftFile Compression Utility (COMPRESS.
GetExplicitEntriesFromAcl,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,3 retrieves an array ofEXPLICIT_ACCESS
structures that describe the access-control entries(ACEs) in an access-control list (ACL).
GetFileAttributes,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,1, returns attributes for a specified file or directory.
GetFileAttributesEx,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, obtains attribute information about a specified file or
directory.
130
GetFileInformationByHandle,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves information about a specified file.
GetFileSecurity,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,5, obtains specified information about the security of a file
or directory.
GetFileSize,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the size, in bytes, of the specified file.
GetFileTime,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves the date and time that a file was created, last
accessed, and last modified.
GetFileTitle,COMDLG32.DLL,AW,3, returns the name of the file identified by the lpszFile
parameter.
GetFileType,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 returns the type of the specified file.
GetFileVersionInfo,VERSION.DLL,AW,4, returns version information about a specified file.
GetFileVersionInfoSize,VERSION.DLL,AW,2 determines whether operating system can obtain
version information about a specifiedfile.
GetFocus,USER32.DLL,NM,0 retrieves the handle of the window that hasthe keyboard focus, if
the window is associated with the callingthread?s message queue.
GetFontData,GDI32.DLL,NM,5, retrieves font metric data for a TrueType font.
GetFontLanguageInfo,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, returns information about the currently selected font
for the specified display context.
GetForegroundWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,0 returns the handle of theforeground window (the
window with which the user is currentlyworking).
GetForm,WINMM.DLL,AW,6, initializes a FORM_INFO_1 structure with data describing the
specified form for a printer.
GetFullPathName,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,4, retrieves the full path and filename of a specified file.
GetGlyphOutline,GDI32.DLL,AW,7 retrieves the outline or bitmap for acharacter in the
TrueType font that is selected into the specifieddevice context.
GetGPOList,USERENV.DLL,AW,6, retrieves the list of GPOs for the specified user or
computer.
GetGraphicsMode,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the current graphics mode for the specified
device context.
GetGuiResources,USER32.DLL,NM,2 returns the count of handles to graphical user interface
(GUI) objects in use by the specified process.
GetHandleInformation,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, obtains information about certain properties of an
object handle.
GetHGlobalFromILockBytes,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves a global memory handle to a byte
array object created using the CreateILockBytesOnHGlobal function.
GetHGlobalFromStream,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, This function retrieves the global memory handle to
a stream that was created through a call to the CreateStreamOnHGlobal function.
gethostbyaddr,WS2_32.DLL,NM,3 retrieves the host information corresponding to a network
address.
gethostbyaddr,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,3 retrieves the hostinformation corresponding to a network
address.
gethostbyname,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves host information corresponding to a host name
from a host database.Note The gethostbyname function has been deprecated by the
introduction of the getaddrinfo function.
gethostbyname,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves host information corresponding to a host name
from a host database.Note The gethostbyname function has been deprecated by the
introduction of the getaddrinfo function.
gethostname,WS2_32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the standard host name for the local computer.
gethostname,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the standard host name for the local computer.
GetIconInfo,USER32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves information about the specified icon or cursor.
GetImageConfigInformation,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,2, locates and returns the load configuration
data of an image.
GetImageUnusedHeaderBytes,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,2, returns the offset and size of the part of
the PE header that is currently unused.
GetInputState,USER32.DLL,NM,0, determines whether there are mouse- button or keyboard
messages in the calling thread?s message queue.
GetJob,WINMM.DLL,AW,6, retrieves print-job data for the specified printer.
GetKBCodePage,USER32.DLL,NM,0 returns the current Windows code page.
GetKernelObjectSecurity,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,5, retrieves a copy of the security descriptor
protecting a kernel object.
GetKerningPairs,GDI32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the character-kerning pairs for the currently
selected font for the specified device context.
GetKeyboardLayout,USER32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the active keyboard layout for a specified
thread.
GetKeyboardLayoutList,USER32.DLL,NM,2 retrieves the keyboard layouthandles
corresponding to the current set of input locales in thesystem.
GetKeyboardLayoutName,USER32.DLL,AW,1, retrieves the name of the active keyboard
layout.
GetKeyboardState,USER32.DLL,NM,1 copies the status of the 256 virtual keys to the specified
buffer.
GetKeyboardType,USER32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves information about the current keyboard.
GetKeyNameText,USER32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves a string that represents the name of a key.
GetKeyState,USER32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the status of the specified virtual key.
GetLargestConsoleWindowSize,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 returns the size of thelargest possible
console window, based on the current font and thesize of the display.
GetLastActivePopup,USER32.DLL,NM,1, determines which pop-up window owned by the
specified window was most recently active.
GetLastError,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, returns the calling thread?s last-error code value.
GetLengthSid,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1, returns the length, in bytes, of a valid SID structure.
GetLocaleInfo,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,4, always retrieves information in text format.
GetLocalTime,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 retrieves the current local date and time.
GetLogicalDrives,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, returns a bitmask representing the currently available
disk drives.
GetLogicalDriveStrings,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, fills a buffer with strings that specify valid drives
in the system.
GetMailslotInfo,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5, retrieves information about the specified mailslot.
GetMapMode,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 retrieves the current mapping mode.
GetMappedFileName,PSAPI.DLL,AW,4, checks if the specified address is within a memorymapped file in the address space of the specified process. If so, the function returns the name
of the memory-mapped file.
GetMenu,USER32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the handle of the menu assigned to the given window.
GetMenuCheckMarkDimensions,USER32.DLL,NM,0, returns the dimensions of the default
check mark bitmap.
GetMenuContextHelpId,USER32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the help context identifier associated with
the specified menu.
GetMenuDefaultItem,USER32.DLL,NM,3 determines the default menu item on the specified
menu.
GetMenuItemCount,USER32.DLL,NM,1, determines the number of items in the specified menu.
GetMenuItemID,USER32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the menu item identifier of a menu item located
at the specified position in a menu.
GetMenuItemInfo,USER32.DLL,AW,4, retrieves information about a menu item.
GetMenuItemRect,USER32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves the bounding rectangle for the specified menu
item.
GetMenuState,USER32.DLL,NM,3 retrieves the menu flags associated with the specified menu
item.
GetMenuString,USER32.DLL,AW,5, copies the text string of the specified menu item into the
specified buffer.
GetMessage,USER32.DLL,AW,4, retrieves a message from the calling thread?s message
queue and places it in the specified structure.
GetMessageExtraInfo,USER32.DLL,NM,0, gets the extra message information for the current
thread.
GetMessagePos,USER32.DLL,NM,0, returns a long value that gives the cursor position in
screen coordinates.
GetMessageTime,USER32.DLL,NM,0 returns the message time for the lastmessage retrieved
by the GetMessage function from the currentthread?s message queue.
GetMetaFile,GDI32.DLL,AW,1, creates a handle that identifies the given Windows-format
metafile.
GetMetaFileBitsEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the contents of a Windows- format metafile and
copies them into the specified buffer.
GetMetaRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the current metaregion for the specified device
context.
GetMiterLimit,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, returns the miter limit for the specified device context.
GetModuleBaseName,PSAPI.DLL,AW,4, retrieves the base name of the specified module.
GetModuleFileName,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the full path and filename for the
executable file containing the specified module.
GetModuleFileNameEx,PSAPI.DLL,AW,4, retrieves the fully-qualified path for the file containing
the specified module.
GetModuleHandle,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,1 returns a module handle for thespecified module if
the file has been mapped into the address spaceof the calling process.
GetModuleInformation,PSAPI.DLL,NM,4, retrieves information about the specified module in
the MODULEINFO structure.
GetMonitorInfo,USER32.DLL,AW,2, lets you obtain information about a display monitor.
GetMultipleTrustee,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,1, is provided for future use.
GetMultipleTrusteeOperation,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,1, is provided for future use.
GetNameByType,MSWSOCK.DLL,AW,3, obtains the name of a network service.
GetNameByType,WSOCK32.DLL,AW,3, obtains the name of a network service.
GetNamedPipeHandleState,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,7 GetNamedPipeHandleStatespecified
named pipe.
GetNamedPipeInfo,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5, retrieves information about the specified named
pipe.
GetNamedSecurityInfo,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,8, retrieves a copy of the security descriptor for an
object specified by name.
GetNearestColor,GDI32.DLL,NM,2 returns a color value identifying acolor from the system
palette that will be displayed when thespecified color value is used.
GetNearestPaletteIndex,GDI32.DLL,NM,2 retrieves the index for theentry in the specified
logical palette most closely matching aspecified color value.
GetNextDlgGroupItem,USER32.DLL,NM,3 retrieves the handle of the firstcontrol in a group of
controls that precedes (or follows) thespecified control in a dialog box.
GetNextDlgTabItem,USER32.DLL,NM,3 retrieves the handle of the firstcontrol that has the
WS_TABSTOP style that precedes (or follows)the specified control.
GetNtmsMediaPoolName,NTMSAPI.DLL,AW,4, retrieves the specified media pool's full name
hierarchy.
GetNtmsObjectAttribute,NTMSAPI.DLL,AW,6, retrieves the extended attribute (named private
data) from the specified RSM object.
GetNtmsObjectInformation,NTMSAPI.DLL,AW,3, returns an object's information structure for
the specified object.
GetNtmsObjectSecurity,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,7, reads the security descriptor for the specified
RSM object.
GetNtmsRequestOrder,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,3, gets the order that the specified request will be
processed in the library queue.
GetNumberFormat,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,6, formats a number string as a number string
customized for a specified locale.
GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the number of unread input
records in the console?s input buffer.
GetNumberOfConsoleMouseButtons,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the number of buttons on
the mouse used by the current console.
GetNumberOfEventLogRecords,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,2 retrieves the number of records in the
specified event log.
GetObject,GDI32.DLL,AW,3 obtains information about a specified graphics object.
GetObjectType,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 identifies the type of the specified object.
GetOEMCP,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the current OEM code-page identifier for the
system.
GetOldestEventLogRecord,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the absolute record number of the
oldest record in the specified event log.
GetOpenClipboardWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the handle of the window that
currently has the clipboard open.
GetOpenFileName,COMDLG32.DLL,AW,1 creates an Open common dialog box thatlets the
user specify the drive, directory, and the name of a fileor set of files to open.
GetOpenFileNamePreview,MSVFW32.DLL,AW,1, selects a file by using the Open dialog box.
GetOutlineTextMetrics,GDI32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves text metrics for TrueType fonts.
GetOverlappedResult,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4 returns the results of anoverlapped operation on
the specified file, named pipe, orcommunications device.
GetPaletteEntries,GDI32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves a specified range of palette entries from the given
logical palette.
GetParent,USER32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the handle of the specified child window?s parent
window.
GetPath,GDI32.DLL,NM,4 retrieves the coordinates defining theendpoints of lines and the
control points of curves found in thepath that is selected into the specified device context.
getpeername,WS2_32.DLL,NM,3 retrieves the name of thepeer to which a socket is connected.
getpeername,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,3 retrieves the name of thepeer to which a socket is
connected.
GetPixel,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the red, green, blue (RGB) color value of the pixel at the
specified coordinates.
GetPixelFormat,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, obtains the index of the currently selected pixel format of the
GetPolyFillMode,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the current polygon fill mode.
GetPrinter,WINMM.DLL,AW,5, retrieves information about a specified printer.
GetPrinterData,WINMM.DLL,AW,6, retrieves printer-configuration data for the specified printer.
GetPrinterDriver,WINMM.DLL,AW,6, retrieves driver data for the specified printer.
GetPrinterDriverDirectory,WINMM.DLL,AW,6, retrieves the path of the printer-driver directory.
GetPrintProcessorDirectory,WINMM.DLL,AW,6, retrieves the path for the print processor on the
specified server.
GetPriorityClass,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, returns the priority class for the specified process.
GetPriorityClipboardFormat,USER32.DLL,NM,2, returns the first available clipboard format in
the specified list.
GetPrivateObjectSecurity,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,5 retrieves information from a protectedserver
object?s security descriptor.
GetPrivateProfileInt,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,4 retrieves an integer associatedwith a key in the
specified section of the given initializationfile.
GetPrivateProfileSection,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,4, retrieves all of the keys and values for the
specified section from an initialization file.
GetPrivateProfileSectionNames,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the names of all sections in
an initialization file.
GetPrivateProfileString,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,6, retrieves a string from the specified section in
an initialization file.
GetPrivateProfileStruct,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,5 retrieves the data associated with the specified
key in the given section of an initialization file.
131
GetProcAddress,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, returns the address of the specified exported dynamic- GetStdHandle,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, returns a handle for the standard input, standard output,
or standard error device.
link library (DLL) function.
GetProcessAffinityMask,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3 obtains a process affinity mask for the specified GetStockObject,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves a handle to one of the predefined stock pens,
brushes, fonts, or palettes.
process and the system affinity mask for the system.
GetStretchBltMode,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the current stretching mode.
GetProcessHeap,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, obtains a handle to the heap of the calling process.
GetProcessMemoryInfo,PSAPI.DLL,NM,3, retrieves information about the memory usage of the GetStringType,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,5 returns character-type information for the characters in
the specified source string.
specified process in the PROCESS_MEMORY_COUNTERS structure.
GetStringTypeEx,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,5, returns character-type information for the characters
GetProcessPriorityBoost,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, returns the priority boost control state of the
in the specified source string.
specified process.
GetSubMenu,USER32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the handle of the drop-down menu or submenu
GetProcessShutdownParameters,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves shutdown parameters for
activated by the specified menu item.
the currently calling process.
GetProcessTimes,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5, obtains timing information about a specified process. GetSysColor,USER32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the current color of the specified display element.
GetProcessVersion,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 obtains the major and minor versionnumbers of the GetSysColorBrush,USER32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves a handle identifying a logical brush that
corresponds to the specified color index.
Windows version on which a specified process expectsto run.
GetSystemDefaultLangID,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the system default language
GetProcessWindowStation,USER32.DLL,NM,0, returns a handle of the window station
identifier.
associated with the calling process.
GetSystemDefaultLCID,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the system default locale identifier.
GetProcessWorkingSetSize,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, obtains the minimum and maximum
GetSystemDirectory,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, retrieves the path of the Windows system
working set sizes of a specified process.
directory.
GetProfileInt,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves an integer from the specified key name in the
GetSystemInfo,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, returns information about the current system.
given section of the WIN.
GetSystemMenu,USER32.DLL,NM,2 allows the application to access thewindow menu (also
GetProfilesDirectory,USERENV.DLL,AW,2, retrieves the path to the root directory where all
known as the System menu or the Control menu) forcopying and modifying.
user profiles are stored.
GetProfileSection,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves all of the keys and values for the specified GetSystemMetrics,USER32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves various system metrics and system
configuration settings.
section of the WIN.
GetProfileString,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,5, retrieves the string associated with the specified key in GetSystemPaletteEntries,GDI32.DLL,NM,4 retrieves a range of palette entries from the system
palette that is associated with the specified device context.
the given section of the WIN.
GetProfileType,USERENV.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the type of profile loaded for the current user. GetSystemPaletteUse,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the current state of the system (physical)
GetProp,USER32.DLL,AW,2, retrieves a data handle from the property list of the given window. palette for the specified device context.
GetSystemPowerStatus,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 retrieves the power status of the system.
getprotobyname,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1 information corresponding to a protocol name.
GetSystemTime,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the current system date and time.
getprotobyname,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,1 information corresponding to a protocol name.
GetSystemTimeAdjustment,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3 determines whether the system is applying
getprotobynumber,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1 getprotobynumberretrieves protocolinformation
periodic time adjustments to its time-of-day clock at each clock interrupt, along with the value
corresponding to a protocol number.
and period of any such adjustments.
getprotobynumber,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,1 retrieves protocolinformation corresponding to a
GetSystemTimeAsFileTime,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, obtains the current system date and time.
protocol number.
GetTapeParameters,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves information that describes the tape or the
GetPS2ColorRenderingDictionary,MSCMS.DLL,NM,5, retrieves the PostScript Level 2 color
tape drive.
rendering dictionary from the specified profile.
GetTapePosition,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5, retrieves the current address of the tape, in logical or
GetPS2ColorRenderingIntent,MSCMS.DLL,NM,4, retrieves the PostScript Level 2 color
absolute blocks.
rendering intent from a profile.
GetPS2ColorSpaceArray,MSCMS.DLL,NM,6, retrieves the PostScript Level 2 color space array GetTapeStatus,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, indicates whether the tape device is ready to process
tape commands.
from a profile.
GetTempFileName,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,4, creates a name for a temporary file.
GetQueuedCompletionStatus,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5, attempts to dequeue an I/O completion
GetTempPath,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, retrieves the path of the directory designated for
packet from a specified input/output completion port.
GetQueueStatus,USER32.DLL,NM,1, returns flags that indicate the type of messages found in temporary files.
GetTextAlign,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the text the specified device context.
the calling thread?s message queue.
GetTextCharacterExtra,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the current intercharacter spacing for the
GetRasterizerCaps,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, returns flags indicating whether TrueType fonts are
installed in the system.
GetTextCharset,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 obtains a character-set identifier forthe font that is currently
GetRegionData,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, fills the specified buffer with data describing a region.
selected into a specified devicecontext.
GetRgnBox,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the bounding rectangle of the specified region.
GetROP2,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the foreground mix mode of the specified device context. GetTextColor,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the current text color for the specified device context.
GetSaveFileName,COMDLG32.DLL,AW,1 creates a Save common dialog box that lets the user GetTextExtentExPoint,GDI32.DLL,AW,7 retrieves the number of characters in a specified string
that will fit within a specified space and fills an array with the text extent for each of those
specify the drive, directory, and name of a file to save.
GetSaveFileNamePreview,MSVFW32.DLL,AW,1 selects a file by using the SaveAs dialog box. characters.
GetScrollInfo,USER32.DLL,NM,3 retrieves the parameters of a scrollbar, including the minimum GetTextExtentPoint,GDI32.DLL,AW,4, computes the width and height of the specified string of
text.
and maximum scrolling positions, thepage size, and the position of the scroll box (thumb).
GetScrollPos,USER32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the current position of the scroll box (thumb) in the GetTextExtentPoint32,GDI32.DLL,AW,4, computes the width and height of the specified string
of text.
specified scroll bar.
GetTextFace,GDI32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the typeface name of the font that is selected into the
GetScrollRange,USER32.DLL,NM,4 retrieves the current minimum and maximum scroll box
(thumb) positions for the specified scroll bar
GetTextMetrics,GDI32.DLL,AW,2 fills the specified buffer with the,metrics for the currently
GetSecurityDescriptorControl,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3 retrieves a securitydescriptor?s control
selected font.
and revision information.
GetSecurityDescriptorDacl,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,4 retrieves a pointer to thediscretionary access- GetThreadContext,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the context of the specified thread.
GetThreadDesktop,USER32.DLL,NM,1, returns a handle to the desktop associated with a
control list (ACL) in a specified securitydescriptor.
specified thread.
GetSecurityDescriptorGroup,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the primary group information
GetThreadLocale,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, returns the calling thread?s current locale.
from a security descriptor.
GetSecurityDescriptorLength,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1, returns the length, in bytes, of a structurally GetThreadPriority,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, returns the priority value for the specified thread.
GetThreadPriorityBoost,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, returns the priority boost control state of the
valid SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR structure.
specified thread.
GetSecurityDescriptorOwner,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the owner information from a
GetThreadSelectorEntry,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves a descriptor table entry for the
security descriptor.
specified selector and thread.
GetSecurityDescriptorSacl,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,4 retrieves a pointer to thesystem accessGetThreadTimes,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5, obtains timing information about a specified thread.
control list (ACL) in a specified securitydescriptor.
GetTickCount,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0 retrieves the number of milliseconds that have elapsed
GetSecurityInfo,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,8 retrieves a copy of the security descriptor for an object
since Windows was started.
specified by a handle.
GetTimeFormat,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,6, formats a time as a time string for a specified locale.
getservbyname,WS2_32.DLL,NM,2 getservbynameinformation corresponding to a service
GetTimestampForLoadedLibrary,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,1, returns the timestamp of a loaded
name and protocol.
image.
getservbyname,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,2 information corresponding to a service name and
GetTimeZoneInformation,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the current time-zone parameters.
protocol.
GetTokenInformation,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,5, retrieves a specified type of information about an
getservbyport,WS2_32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves service information corresponding to a port and
access token.
protocol.
getservbyport,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves service information corresponding to a port and GetTopWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,1 examines the Z order of the child windows associated with
the specified parent window and retrieves the handle of the child window at the top of the Z
protocol.
GetService,MSWSOCK.DLL,AW,7,Important is a Microsoft-specific extension to the Windows order.
GetTrusteeName,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,1, retrieves the trustee name from a TRUSTEE structure.
Sockets 1.
GetService,WSOCK32.DLL,AW,7,Important is a Microsoft-specific extension to the Windows GetTrusteeType,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,1, retrieves the value assigned to the TrusteeType
member of a specified TRUSTEE structure.
Sockets 1.
GetServiceDisplayName,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,4 obtains the display name that is associated with GetTypeByName,MSWSOCK.DLL,AW,2,Important is a Microsoft-specific extension to the
Windows Sockets 1.
a particular service. .
GetServiceKeyName,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,4, obtains the service name that is associated with a GetTypeByName,WSOCK32.DLL,AW,2,Important is a Microsoft-specific extension to the
Windows Sockets 1.
particular service?s display name.
GetUpdateRect,USER32.DLL,NM,3 retrieves the coordinates of thesmallest rectangle that
GetShortPathName,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, obtains the short path form of a specified input
completely encloses the update region ofthe specified window.
path.
GetUpdateRgn,USER32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the update region of a window by copying it into
GetSidIdentifierAuthority,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1 returns the address of
the specified region.
theSID_IDENTIFIER_AUTHORITY structure in a specified securityidentifier (SID).
GetSidLengthRequired,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1 returns the length, in bytes, ofthe buffer required GetUrlCacheEntryInfo,WININET.DLL,AW,3,Retrieves information about a cache entry.
GetUrlCacheEntryInfoEx,WININET.DLL,AW,7,Retrieves information on the cache entry
to store a SID structure with a specifiednumber of subauthorities.
GetSidSubAuthority,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,2, returns the address of a specified subauthority in a associated with the specified URL, taking into account any redirections that are applied in
offline mode by the HttpSendRequest function.
SID structure.
GetUrlCacheGroupAttribute,WININET.DLL,AW,7,Retrieves the attribute information of the
GetSidSubAuthorityCount,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1, returns the address of the field in a SID
specified cache group.
structure containing the subauthority count.
getsockname,WS2_32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the current name for the specified socket descriptor GetUserDefaultLangID,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0 retrieves the user-default language identifier.
GetUserDefaultLCID,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the user-default locale identifier.
in name.
GetUserName,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,2, retrieves the user name of the current thread.
getsockname,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the current name for the specified socket
GetUserNameEx,SECUR32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the name of the user or other security
descriptor in name.
principal associated with the calling thread. You can specify the format of the returned name.
getsockopt,WS2_32.DLL,NM,5 retrieves a socket option.
GetUserObjectInformation,USER32.DLL,AW,5 returns information about awindow station or
getsockopt,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,5 retrieves a socket option.
GetStandardColorSpaceProfile,MSCMS.DLL,AW,4, retrieves the color profile registered for the desktop object.
GetUserObjectSecurity,USER32.DLL,NM,5 retrieves security information for the specified user
specified standard color space.
object.
GetStartupInfo,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,1 retrieves the contents of the STARTUPINFO structure
GetUserProfileDirectory,USERENV.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the path to the root directory of the
that was specified when the calling process was created.
specified user's profile.
132
GetVersion,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0 returns the current version number of Windows and
information about the operating system platform.
GetViewportExtEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the x-extents and y-extents of the current
viewport for the specified device context.
GetViewportOrgEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,2 retrieves the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the
viewport origin for the specified devicecontext.
GetVolumeInformation,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,8, returns information about a file system and
volume whose root directory is specified.
GetWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the handle of a window that has the specified
relationship (Z order or owner) to the specified window.
GetWindowContextHelpId,USER32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the help context identifier, if any,
associated with the specified window.
GetWindowDC,USER32.DLL,NM,1 retrieves the handle of a display device (DC)context for the
specified window.
GetWindowExtEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,2 retrieves the x-extents and y-extents of the windowfor the
GetWindowLong,USER32.DLL,AW,2, retrieves information about the specified window.
GetWindowOrgEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the x-coordinates and y- coordinates of the
window origin for the specified device context.
GetWindowPlacement,USER32.DLL,NM,2 retrieves the show state and therestored, minimized,
and maximized positions of the specifiedwindow.
GetWindowRect,USER32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the dimensions of the bounding rectangle of the
specified window.
GetWindowRgn,USER32.DLL,NM,2, obtains a copy of the window region of a window.
GetWindowsDirectory,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, retrieves the path of the Windows directory.
GetWindowText,USER32.DLL,AW,3, copies the text of the specified window? s title bar (if it
has one) into a buffer.
GetWindowTextLength,USER32.DLL,AW,1 retrieves the length, incharacters, of the specified
window?s title bar text (if the windowhas a title bar).
GetWindowThreadProcessId,USER32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the identifier of the thread that
created the specified window and, optionally, the identifier of the process that created the
window.
GetWindowWord,USER32.DLL,NM,2, is obsolete.
GetWinMetaFileBits,GDI32.DLL,NM,5 converts the enhanced-formatrecords from a metafile
into Windows-format records and stores theconverted records in the specified buffer.
GetWorldTransform,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the current world-space to page-space
transformation.
GetWsChanges,PSAPI.DLL,NM,3, retrieves information about the pages that have been added
to the working set of the specified process since the InitializeProcessForWsWatch function
initiated monitoring.
glAccum,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, operates on the accumulation buffer.
glAccum,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, operates on the accumulation buffer.
glAlphaFunc,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, specifies the alpha test function.
glAlphaFunc,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, specifies the alpha test function.
glAreTexturesResident,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3, determines whether specified texture objects are
resident.
glAreTexturesResident,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3, determines whether specified texture objects
are resident.
glArrayElement,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, specifies the array elements used to render a vertex.
glArrayElement,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, specifies the array elements used to render a vertex.
glBindTexture,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, enables the creation of a named texture that is bound to a
texture target.
glBindTexture,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, enables the creation of a named texture that is bound to
a texture target.
glBitmap,OPENGL.DLL,NM,7, draws a bitmap.
glBitmap,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,7, draws a bitmap.
glBlendFunc,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, specifies pixel arithmetic.
glBlendFunc,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, specifies pixel arithmetic.
glCallList,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, executes a display list.
glCallList,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, executes a display list.
glCallLists,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3, executes a list of display lists.
glCallLists,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3, executes a list of display lists.
glClear,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, clears buffers to preset values.
glClear,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, clears buffers to preset values.
glClearAccum,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4, clears values for the accumulation buffer.
glClearAccum,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4, clears values for the accumulation buffer.
glClearColor,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4, specifies clear values for the color buffers.
glClearColor,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4, specifies clear values for the color buffers.
glClearDepth,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, specifies the clear value for the depth buffer.
glClearDepth,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, specifies the clear value for the depth buffer.
glClearIndex,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, specifies the clear value for the color- index buffers.
glClearIndex,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, specifies the clear value for the color- index buffers.
glClearStencil,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, specifies the clear value for the stencil buffer.
glClearStencil,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, specifies the clear value for the stencil buffer.
glColor3b,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set the current color
glColor3b,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set the current color
glColor3bv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor3bv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor3d,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set the current color
glColor3d,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set the current color
glColor3dv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor3dv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor3f,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set the current color
glColor3f,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set the current color
glColor3fv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor3fv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor3i,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set the current color
glColor3i,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set the current color
glColor3iv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor3iv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor3s,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set the current color
glColor3s,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set the current color
glColor3sv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor3sv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor3ub,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set the current color
glColor3ub,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set the current color
glColor3ubv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor3ubv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor3ui,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set the current color
glColor3ui,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set the current color
glColor3uiv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor3uiv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor3us,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set the current color
glColor3us,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set the current color
glColor3usv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor3usv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor4b,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 set the current color
glColor4b,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 set the current color
glColor4bv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor4bv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor4d,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 set the current color
glColor4d,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 set the current color
glColor4dv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor4dv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor4f,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 set the current color
glColor4f,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 set the current color
glColor4fv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor4fv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor4i,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 set the current color
glColor4i,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 set the current color
glColor4iv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor4iv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor4s,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 set the current color
glColor4s,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 set the current color
glColor4sv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor4sv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor4ub,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 set the current color
glColor4ub,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 set the current color
glColor4ubv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor4ubv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor4ui,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 set the current color
glColor4ui,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 set the current color
glColor4uiv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor4uiv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor4us,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 set the current color
glColor4us,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 set the current color
glColor4usv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColor4usv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color
glColorMask,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4, specifies whether the individual color components in the
frame buffer can or cannot be written.
glColorMask,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4, specifies whether the individual color components in the
frame buffer can or cannot be written.
glColorMaterial,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, causes a material color to track the current color.
glColorMaterial,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, causes a material color to track the current color.
glColorPointer,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4, defines an array of colors.
glColorPointer,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4, defines an array of colors.
glCopyPixels,OPENGL.DLL,NM,5, copies pixels in the frame buffer.
glCopyPixels,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,5, copies pixels in the frame buffer.
glCopyTexImage1D,OPENGL.DLL,NM,7, copies pixels from the frame buffer into a onedimensional texture image.
glCopyTexImage1D,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,7, copies pixels from the frame buffer into a onedimensional texture image.
glCopyTexImage2D,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4, copies pixels from the frame buffer into a twodimensional texture image.
glCopyTexImage2D,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4, copies pixels from the frame buffer into a twodimensional texture image.
glCopyTexSubImage1D,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3, copies a sub-image of a one- dimensional texture
image from the frame buffer.
glCopyTexSubImage1D,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3, copies a sub-image of a one- dimensional
texture image from the frame buffer.
glCopyTexSubImage2D,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4, copies a sub-image of a two- dimensional texture
image from the frame buffer.
glCopyTexSubImage2D,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4, copies a sub-image of a two- dimensional
texture image from the frame buffer.
glCullFace,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, specifies whether front- or back-facing facets can be culled.
glCullFace,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, specifies whether front- or back-facing facets can be culled.
glDeleteLists,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, deletes a contiguous group of display lists.
glDeleteLists,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, deletes a contiguous group of display lists.
glDeleteTextures,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, deletes named textures.
glDeleteTextures,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, deletes named textures.
glDepthFunc,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, specifies the value used for depth-buffer comparisons.
glDepthFunc,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, specifies the value used for depth-buffer comparisons.
glDepthMask,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, enables or disables writing into the depth buffer.
glDepthMask,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, enables or disables writing into the depth buffer.
glDepthRange,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4, specifies the mapping of z values from normalized device
coordinates to window coordinates.
glDepthRange,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4, specifies the mapping of z values from normalized
device coordinates to window coordinates.
glDisable,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 disable OpenGL capabilities.
glDisable,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 disable OpenGL capabilities.
glDisableClientState,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 disable array.
glDisableClientState,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 disable array.
glDrawArrays,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3, specifies multiple primitives to render.
glDrawArrays,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3, specifies multiple primitives to render.
glDrawBuffer,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, specifies which color buffers are to be drawn into.
glDrawBuffer,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, specifies which color buffers are to be drawn into.
glDrawElements,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4, renders primitives from array data.
glDrawElements,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4, renders primitives from array data.
glDrawPixels,OPENGL.DLL,NM,5, writes a block of pixels to the frame buffer.
glDrawPixels,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,5, writes a block of pixels to the frame buffer.
glEdgeFlag,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 flag edges as either boundary or nonboundary
glEdgeFlag,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 flag edges as either boundary or nonboundary
glEdgeFlagPointer,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, defines an array of edge flags.
glEdgeFlagPointer,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, defines an array of edge flags.
glEdgeFlagv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 flag edges as either boundary or nonboundary
glEdgeFlagv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 flag edges as either boundary or nonboundary
glEnable,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 enable OpenGL capabilities.
glEnable,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 enable OpenGL capabilities.
glEnableClientState,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 enable array.
glEnableClientState,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 enable array.
glEnd,OPENGL.DLL,NM,0 delimit the vertices of a primitive or a group of like primitives.
glEnd,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,0 delimit the vertices of a primitive or a group of like primitives.
glEndList,OPENGL.DLL,NM,0 create or replace a display list.
glEndList,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,0 create or replace a display list.
glEvalCoord1d,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps.
glEvalCoord1d,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps.
glEvalCoord1dv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps.
glEvalCoord1dv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps.
glEvalCoord1f,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps.
glEvalCoord1f,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps.
glEvalCoord1fv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps.
glEvalCoord1fv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps.
glEvalCoord2d,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps.
glEvalCoord2d,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps.
glEvalCoord2dv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps.
glEvalCoord2dv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps.
glEvalCoord2f,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps.
glEvalCoord2f,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps.
133
glIndexi,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color index.
glEvalCoord2fv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps.
glIndexiv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color index.
glEvalCoord2fv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps.
glIndexiv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color index.
glEvalMesh1,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 compute a one- or two-dimensional grid of points or lines.
glEvalMesh1,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 compute a one- or two-dimensional grid of points or lines. glIndexMask,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, controls the writing of individual bits in the color-index
buffers.
glEvalMesh2,OPENGL.DLL,NM,5 compute a one- or two-dimensional grid of points or lines.
glEvalMesh2,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,5 compute a one- or two-dimensional grid of points or lines. glIndexMask,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, controls the writing of individual bits in the color-index
buffers.
glEvalPoint1,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 generate and evaluate a single point in a mesh.
glIndexPointer,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3, defines an array of color indexes.
glEvalPoint1,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 generate and evaluate a single point in a mesh.
glIndexPointer,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3, defines an array of color indexes.
glEvalPoint2,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 generate and evaluate a single point in a mesh.
glIndexs,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color index.
glEvalPoint2,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 generate and evaluate a single point in a mesh.
glIndexs,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color index.
glFeedbackBuffer,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3, controls feedback mode.
glIndexsv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color index.
glFeedbackBuffer,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3, controls feedback mode.
glIndexsv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color index.
glFinish,OPENGL.DLL,NM,0, blocks until all OpenGL execution is complete.
glInitNames,OPENGL.DLL,NM,0, initializes the name stack.
glFinish,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,0, blocks until all OpenGL execution is complete.
glInitNames,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,0, initializes the name stack.
glFlush,OPENGL.DLL,NM,0, forces execution of OpenGL functions in finite time.
glInterleavedArrays,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3, simultaneously specifies and enables several
glFlush,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,0, forces execution of OpenGL functions in finite time.
interleaved arrays in a larger aggregate array.
glFogf,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 specify fog parameters.
glInterleavedArrays,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3, simultaneously specifies and enables several
glFogf,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 specify fog parameters.
interleaved arrays in a larger aggregate array.
glFogfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 specify fog parameters.
glIsEnabled,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 tests whether a capability is enabled.
glFogfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 specify fog parameters.
glIsEnabled,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 tests whether a capability is enabled.
glFogi,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 specify fog parameters.
glIsList,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 tests for display list existence.
glFogi,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 specify fog parameters.
glIsList,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 tests for display list existence.
glFogiv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 specify fog parameters.
glIsTexture,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, determines if a name corresponds to a texture.
glFogiv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 specify fog parameters.
glFrontFace,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, specifies which of the clockwise and counterclockwise facets glIsTexture,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, determines if a name corresponds to a texture.
glLightf,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set light source parameters.
are front-facing and back-facing.
glLightf,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set light source parameters.
glFrontFace,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, specifies which of the clockwise and counterclockwise
glLightfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set light source parameters.
facets are front-facing and back-facing.
glLightfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set light source parameters.
glFrustum,OPENGL.DLL,NM,12, multiplies the current matrix by a perspective matrix.
glLighti,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set light source parameters.
glFrustum,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,12, multiplies the current matrix by a perspective matrix.
glLighti,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set light source parameters.
glGenLists,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, generates a contiguous set of empty display lists.
glLightiv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set light source parameters.
glGenLists,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, generates a contiguous set of empty display lists.
glLightiv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set light source parameters.
glGenTextures,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, generates texture names.
glLightModelf,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 set the lighting model parameters.
glGenTextures,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, generates texture names.
glLightModelf,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 set the lighting model parameters.
glGetBooleanv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 return the value or values of a selected parameter.
glLightModelfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 set the lighting model parameters.
glGetBooleanv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 return the value or values of a selected parameter.
glLightModelfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 set the lighting model parameters.
glGetClipPlane,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, returns in equation the four coefficients of the plane
glLightModeli,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 set the lighting model parameters.
equation for plane.
glLightModeli,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 set the lighting model parameters.
glGetClipPlane,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, returns in equation the four coefficients of the plane
glLightModeliv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 set the lighting model parameters.
equation for plane.
glLightModeliv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 set the lighting model parameters.
glGetDoublev,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 return the value or values of a selected parameter.
glLineStipple,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, specifies the line stipple pattern.
glGetDoublev,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 return the value or values of a selected parameter.
glLineStipple,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, specifies the line stipple pattern.
glGetError,OPENGL.DLL,NM,0, returns error information.
glLineWidth,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, specifies the width of rasterized lines.
glGetError,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,0, returns error information.
glLineWidth,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, specifies the width of rasterized lines.
glGetFloatv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 return the value or values of a selected parameter.
glListBase,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, makes an additional level of indirection available.
glGetFloatv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 return the value or values of a selected parameter.
glListBase,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, makes an additional level of indirection available.
glGetIntegerv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 return the value or values of a selected parameter.
glLoadIdentity,OPENGL.DLL,NM,0, replaces the current matrix with the identity matrix.
glGetIntegerv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 return the value or values of a selected parameter.
glLoadIdentity,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,0, replaces the current matrix with the identity matrix.
glGetLightfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 return light source parameter values.
glLoadMatrixd,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 replace the current matrix with an arbitrary matrix.
glGetLightfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 return light source parameter values.
glLoadMatrixd,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 replace the current matrix with an arbitrary matrix.
glGetLightiv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 return light source parameter values.
glLoadMatrixf,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 replace the current matrix with an arbitrary matrix.
glGetLightiv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 return light source parameter values.
glLoadMatrixf,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 replace the current matrix with an arbitrary matrix.
glGetMapdv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 return evaluator parameters.
glLoadName,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, loads a name onto the name stack.
glGetMapdv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 return evaluator parameters.
glLoadName,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, loads a name onto the name stack.
glGetMapfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 return evaluator parameters.
glLogicOp,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, specifies a logical pixel operation for color index rendering.
glGetMapfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 return evaluator parameters.
glLogicOp,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, specifies a logical pixel operation for color index rendering.
glGetMapiv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 return evaluator parameters.
glMap1d,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 define a one-dimensional evaluator.
glGetMapiv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 return evaluator parameters.
glMap1d,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 define a one-dimensional evaluator.
glGetMaterialfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 return material parameters.
glMap1f,OPENGL.DLL,NM,6 define a one-dimensional evaluator.
glGetMaterialfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 return material parameters.
glMap1f,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,6 define a one-dimensional evaluator.
glGetMaterialiv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 return material parameters.
glMap2d,OPENGL.DLL,NM,7 define a two-dimensional evaluator.
glGetMaterialiv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 return material parameters.
glMap2d,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,7 define a two-dimensional evaluator.
glGetPixelMapfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 return the specified pixel map.
glMap2f,OPENGL.DLL,NM,10 define a two-dimensional evaluator.
glGetPixelMapfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 return the specified pixel map.
glMap2f,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,10 define a two-dimensional evaluator.
glGetPixelMapuiv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 return the specified pixel map.
glMapGrid1d,OPENGL.DLL,NM,5 define a one- or two-dimensional mesh.
glGetPixelMapuiv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 return the specified pixel map.
glMapGrid1d,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,5 define a one- or two-dimensional mesh.
glGetPixelMapusv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 return the specified pixel map.
glMapGrid1f,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 define a one- or two-dimensional mesh.
glGetPixelMapusv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 return the specified pixel map.
glMapGrid1f,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 define a one- or two-dimensional mesh.
glGetPointerv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, returns the address of a vertex data array.
glMapGrid2d,OPENGL.DLL,NM,5 define a one- or two-dimensional mesh.
glGetPointerv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, returns the address of a vertex data array.
glMapGrid2d,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,5 define a one- or two-dimensional mesh.
glGetPolygonStipple,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, returns the polygon stipple pattern.
glMapGrid2f,OPENGL.DLL,NM,6 define a one- or two-dimensional mesh.
glGetPolygonStipple,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, returns the polygon stipple pattern.
glMapGrid2f,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,6 define a one- or two-dimensional mesh.
glGetString,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, returns a string describing the current OpenGL connection.
glGetString,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, returns a string describing the current OpenGL connection. glMaterialf,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 specify material parameters for the lighting model.
glMaterialf,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 specify material parameters for the lighting model.
glGetTexEnvfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 return texture environment parameters.
glMaterialfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 specify material parameters for the lighting model.
glGetTexEnvfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 return texture environment parameters.
glMaterialfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 specify material parameters for the lighting model.
glGetTexEnviv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 return texture environment parameters.
glMateriali,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 specify material parameters for the lighting model.
glGetTexEnviv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 return texture environment parameters.
glMateriali,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 specify material parameters for the lighting model.
glGetTexGendv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 return texture coordinate generation parameters.
glMaterialiv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 specify material parameters for the lighting model.
glGetTexGendv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 return texture coordinate generation parameters.
glMaterialiv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 specify material parameters for the lighting model.
glGetTexGenfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 return texture coordinate generation parameters.
glMatrixMode,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, sets the current matrix mode.
glGetTexGenfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 return texture coordinate generation parameters.
glMatrixMode,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, sets the current matrix mode.
glGetTexGeniv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 return texture coordinate generation parameters.
glMultMatrixd,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 multiply the current matrix by an arbitrary matrix.
glGetTexGeniv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 return texture coordinate generation parameters.
glMultMatrixd,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 multiply the current matrix by an arbitrary matrix.
glGetTexImage,OPENGL.DLL,NM,5, returns a texture image.
glMultMatrixf,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 multiply the current matrix by an arbitrary matrix.
glGetTexImage,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,5, returns a texture image.
glGetTexLevelParameterfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 return texture parameter values for a specific glMultMatrixf,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 multiply the current matrix by an arbitrary matrix.
glNewList,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 create or replace a display list.
level of detail.
glGetTexLevelParameterfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 return texture parameter values for a specific glNewList,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 create or replace a display list.
glNormal3b,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set the current normal vector.
level of detail.
glGetTexLevelParameteriv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 return texture parameter values for a specific glNormal3b,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set the current normal vector.
glNormal3bv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current normal vector.
level of detail.
glGetTexLevelParameteriv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 return texture parameter values for a specific glNormal3bv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current normal vector.
glNormal3d,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set the current normal vector.
level of detail.
glNormal3d,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set the current normal vector.
glGetTexParameterfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 return texture parameter values.
glNormal3dv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current normal vector.
glGetTexParameterfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 return texture parameter values.
glNormal3dv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current normal vector.
glGetTexParameteriv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 return texture parameter values.
glNormal3f,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set the current normal vector.
glGetTexParameteriv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 return texture parameter values.
glNormal3f,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set the current normal vector.
glHint,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, specifies implementation-specific hints.
glNormal3fv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current normal vector.
glHint,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, specifies implementation-specific hints.
glNormal3fv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current normal vector.
glIndexd,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 set the current color index.
glNormal3i,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set the current normal vector.
glIndexd,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 set the current color index.
glNormal3i,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set the current normal vector.
glIndexdv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color index.
glNormal3iv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current normal vector.
glIndexdv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color index.
glNormal3iv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current normal vector.
glIndexf,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color index.
glNormal3s,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set the current normal vector.
glIndexf,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color index.
glNormal3s,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set the current normal vector.
glIndexfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color index.
glNormal3sv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current normal vector.
glIndexfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current color index.
glNormal3sv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current normal vector.
glIndexi,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current color index.
134
glRasterPos3i,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
glNormalPointer,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3, defines an array of normals.
glRasterPos3iv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
glNormalPointer,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3, defines an array of normals.
glRasterPos3iv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
GlobalAddAtom,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,1 adds a character string to the globalatom table and
glRasterPos3s,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
returns a unique value (an atom) identifying thestring.
glRasterPos3s,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
GlobalAlloc,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, allocates the specified number of bytes from the heap.
glRasterPos3sv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
GlobalCompact,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, is obsolete.
glRasterPos3sv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
GlobalDeleteAtom,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, decrements the reference count of a global string
glRasterPos4d,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
atom.
glRasterPos4d,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
GlobalFindAtom,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,1 searches the global atom table for thespecified
glRasterPos4dv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
character string and retrieves the global atom associatedwith that string.
glRasterPos4dv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
GlobalFix,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, is obsolete.
glRasterPos4f,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
GlobalFlags,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, returns information about the specified global memory
glRasterPos4f,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
object.
GlobalFree,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, frees the specified global memory object and invalidates its glRasterPos4fv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
glRasterPos4fv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
handle.
GlobalGetAtomName,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves a copy of the character string associated glRasterPos4i,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
with the specified global atom.
GlobalHandle,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the handle associated with the specified pointer glRasterPos4iv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
to a global memory block.
GlobalLock,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, locks a global memory object and returns a pointer to the
first byte of the object?s memory block.
GlobalMemoryStatus,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 obtains information about thecomputer system?s glRasterPos4sv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
current usage of both physical and virtualmemory.
glReadBuffer,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, selects a color buffer source for pixels.
GlobalReAlloc,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, changes the size or attributes of a specified global
glReadBuffer,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, selects a color buffer source for pixels.
memory object.
glReadPixels,OPENGL.DLL,NM,7, reads a block of pixels from the frame buffer.
GlobalSize,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the current size, in bytes, of the specified global
glReadPixels,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,7, reads a block of pixels from the frame buffer.
memory object.
glRectd,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 draw a rectangle.
GlobalUnfix,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, is obsolete.
glRectd,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 draw a rectangle.
GlobalUnWire,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, is obsolete.
glRectdv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 draw a rectangle.
GlobalWire,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 is obsolete.
glRectdv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 draw a rectangle.
glOrtho,OPENGL.DLL,NM,12, multiplies the current matrix by an orthographic matrix.
glRectf,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 draw a rectangle.
glOrtho,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,12, multiplies the current matrix by an orthographic matrix.
glRectf,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 draw a rectangle.
glPassThrough,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, places a marker in the feedback buffer.
glRectfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 draw a rectangle.
glPassThrough,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, places a marker in the feedback buffer.
glRectfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 draw a rectangle.
glPixelMapfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set up pixel transfer maps.
glRecti,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 draw a rectangle.
glPixelMapfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set up pixel transfer maps.
glRecti,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 draw a rectangle.
glPixelMapuiv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set up pixel transfer maps.
glRectiv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 draw a rectangle.
glPixelMapuiv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set up pixel transfer maps.
glRectiv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 draw a rectangle.
glPixelMapusv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set up pixel transfer maps.
glRects,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 draw a rectangle.
glPixelMapusv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set up pixel transfer maps.
glRects,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 draw a rectangle.
glPixelStoref,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, can be used to set any pixel store parameter.
glRectsv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 draw a rectangle.
glPixelStoref,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, can be used to set any pixel store parameter.
glRectsv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 draw a rectangle.
glPixelStorei,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 set pixel storage modes.
glRenderMode,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, sets the rasterization mode.
glPixelStorei,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 set pixel storage modes.
glRenderMode,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, sets the rasterization mode.
glPixelTransferf,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, can be used to set any pixel transfer parameter.
glRotated,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 multiply the current matrix by a rotation matrix.
glPixelTransferf,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, can be used to set any pixel transfer parameter.
glRotated,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 multiply the current matrix by a rotation matrix.
glPixelTransferi,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 set pixel storage modes.
glRotatef,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 multiply the current matrix by a rotation matrix.
glPixelTransferi,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 set pixel storage modes.
glRotatef,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 multiply the current matrix by a rotation matrix.
glPixelZoom,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, specifies values for the x and y zoom factors.
glScaled,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 multiply the current matrix by a general scaling matrix.
glPixelZoom,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, specifies values for the x and y zoom factors.
glScaled,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 multiply the current matrix by a rotation matrix.
glPointSize,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, specifies the diameter of rasterized points.
glScalef,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 multiply the current matrix by a rotation matrix.
glPointSize,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, specifies the diameter of rasterized points.
glScalef,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 multiply the current matrix by a rotation matrix.
glPolygonMode,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, selects a polygon rasterization mode.
glScissor,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4, defines the scissor box.
glPolygonMode,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, selects a polygon rasterization mode.
glScissor,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4, defines the scissor box.
glPolygonStipple,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, sets the polygon stippling pattern.
glSelectBuffer,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, establishes a buffer for selection mode values.
glPolygonStipple,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, sets the polygon stippling pattern.
glSelectBuffer,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, establishes a buffer for selection mode values.
glPopAttrib,OPENGL.DLL,NM,0, restores the values of the state variables saved with the last
glShadeModel,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 selects flat or smooth shading.
glPushAttrib command.
glPopAttrib,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,0, restores the values of the state variables saved with the last glShadeModel,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 selects flat or smooth shading.
glStencilFunc,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3, sets the function and reference value for stencil testing.
glPushAttrib command.
glStencilFunc,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3, sets the function and reference value for stencil testing.
glPopClientAttrib,OPENGL.DLL,NM,0, restores the values of the client- state variables last
glStencilMask,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, controls the writing of individual bits in the stencil planes.
saved with glPushClientAttrib.
glStencilMask,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, controls the writing of individual bits in the stencil planes.
glPopClientAttrib,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,0, restores the values of the client- state variables last
glStencilOp,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3, sets the stencil test actions.
saved with glPushClientAttrib.
glStencilOp,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3, sets the stencil test actions.
glPopMatrix,OPENGL.DLL,NM,0 pop the current matrix stack.
glTexCoord1d,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 set the current texture coordinates.
glPopMatrix,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,0 pop the current matrix stack.
glTexCoord1d,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 set the current texture coordinates.
glPrioritizeTextures,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3, sets the residence priority of textures.
glTexCoord1dv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current texture coordinates.
glPrioritizeTextures,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3, sets the residence priority of textures.
glPushAttrib,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, takes one argument, a mask that indicates which groups of glTexCoord1dv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current texture coordinates.
glTexCoord1f,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current texture coordinates.
state variables to save on the attribute stack.
glPushAttrib,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, takes one argument, a mask that indicates which groups of glTexCoord1f,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current texture coordinates.
glTexCoord1fv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current texture coordinates.
state variables to save on the attribute stack.
glTexCoord1fv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current texture coordinates.
glPushClientAttrib,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 save groups of client-state variables on the clientglTexCoord1i,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current texture coordinates.
attribute stack.
glTexCoord1i,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current texture coordinates.
glPushClientAttrib,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 save groups of client-state variables on the clientglTexCoord1iv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current texture coordinates.
attribute stack.
glTexCoord1iv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current texture coordinates.
glPushMatrix,OPENGL.DLL,NM,0, pushes the current matrix stack down by one, duplicating
glTexCoord1s,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current texture coordinates.
the current matrix.
glPushMatrix,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,0, pushes the current matrix stack down by one, duplicating glTexCoord1s,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current texture coordinates.
glTexCoord1sv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current texture coordinates.
the current matrix.
glTexCoord1sv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current texture coordinates.
glPushName,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, causes name to be pushed onto the name stack, which is
initially empty.
glPushName,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, causes name to be pushed onto the name stack, which is glTexCoord2d,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 set the current texture coordinates.
initially empty.
glTexCoord2dv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 set the current texture coordinates.
glTexCoord2f,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 set the current texture coordinates.
glTexCoord2i,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 set the current texture coordinates.
glRasterPos2fv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
glTexCoord2iv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 set the current texture coordinates.
glRasterPos2i,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
glTexCoord2s,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 set the current texture coordinates.
glRasterPos2iv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
glRasterPos2sv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
glRasterPos3fv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
glRasterPos3i,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 specify the raster position for pixel operations.
135
glTexCoordPointer,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4, defines an array of texture coordinates.
glTexCoordPointer,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4, defines an array of texture coordinates.
glTexEnvf,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set texture environment parameters.
glTexEnvf,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set texture environment parameters.
glTexEnvfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set texture environment parameters.
glTexEnvfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set texture environment parameters.
glTexEnvi,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set texture environment parameters.
glTexEnvi,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set texture environment parameters.
glTexEnviv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set texture environment parameters.
glTexEnviv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set texture environment parameters.
glTexGend,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 control the generation of texture coordinates.
glTexGend,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 control the generation of texture coordinates.
glTexGendv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 control the generation of texture coordinates.
glTexGendv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 control the generation of texture coordinates.
glTexGenf,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 control the generation of texture coordinates.
glTexGenf,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 control the generation of texture coordinates.
glTexGenfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 control the generation of texture coordinates.
glTexGenfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 control the generation of texture coordinates.
glTexGeni,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 control the generation of texture coordinates.
glTexGeni,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 control the generation of texture coordinates.
glTexGeniv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 control the generation of texture coordinates.
glTexGeniv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 control the generation of texture coordinates.
glTexImage1D,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4 specifies a one-dimensional texture image.
glTexImage1D,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4 specifies a one-dimensional texture image.
glTexImage2D,OPENGL.DLL,NM,9, specifies a two-dimensional texture image.
glTexImage2D,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,9, specifies a two-dimensional texture image.
glTexParameterf,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set texture parameters.
glTexParameterf,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set texture parameters.
glTexParameterfv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set texture parameters.
glTexParameterfv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set texture parameters.
glTexParameteri,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set texture parameters.
glTexParameteri,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set texture parameters.
glTexParameteriv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 set texture parameters.
glTexParameteriv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 set texture parameters.
glTexSubImage1D,OPENGL.DLL,NM,7, specifies a portion of an existing one-dimensional
texture image.
glTexSubImage1D,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,7, specifies a portion of an existing one-dimensional
texture image..
glTexSubImage2D,OPENGL.DLL,NM,9, specifies a portion of an existing one-dimensional
texture image.
glTexSubImage2D,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,9, specifies a portion of an existing one-dimensional
texture image.
glTranslated,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 multiply the current matrix by a translation matrix.
glTranslated,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 multiply the current matrix by a translation matrix.
glTranslatef,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 multiply the current matrix by a translation matrix.
glTranslatef,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 multiply the current matrix by a translation matrix.
gluBeginCurve,GLU32.DLL,NM,1 delimit a NURBS curve definition.
gluBeginPolygon,GLU32.DLL,NM,1 delimit a polygon description.
gluBeginSurface,GLU32.DLL,NM,1 delimit a NURBS surface definition.
gluBeginTrim,GLU32.DLL,NM,1 delimit a NURBS trimming loop definition.
gluBuild1DMipmaps,GLU32.DLL,NM,6 creates 1-D mipmaps.
gluBuild2DMipmaps,GLU32.DLL,NM,7, creates 2-D mipmaps.
gluCylinder,GLU32.DLL,NM,9, draws a cylinder.
gluDeleteNurbsRenderer,GLU32.DLL,NM,1, destroys a NURBS object.
gluDeleteQuadric,GLU32.DLL,NM,1, destroys a quadric object.
gluDeleteTess,GLU32.DLL,NM,1, destroys a tessellation object.
gluDisk,GLU32.DLL,NM,7, draws a disk.
gluEndCurve,GLU32.DLL,NM,1 delimit a NURBS curve definition.
gluEndPolygon,GLU32.DLL,NM,1 delimit a polygon description.
gluEndSurface,GLU32.DLL,NM,1 delimit a NURBS surface definition.
gluEndTrim,GLU32.DLL,NM,1 delimit a NURBS trimming loop definition.
gluErrorString,GLU32.DLL,NM,1 produces an error string from an OpenGL or GLU error code.
gluGetNurbsProperty,GLU32.DLL,NM,3, gets a NURBS property.
gluLoadSamplingMatrices,GLU32.DLL,NM,4, loads NURBS sampling and culling matrices.
gluLookAt,GLU32.DLL,NM,18, defines a viewing transformation.
gluNewNurbsRenderer,GLU32.DLL,NM,0, creates a NURBS object.
gluNewQuadric,GLU32.DLL,NM,0, creates a quadric object.
gluNewTess,GLU32.DLL,NM,0, creates a tessellation object.
gluNextContour,GLU32.DLL,NM,2, marks the beginning of another contour.
gluNurbsCallback,GLU32.DLL,NM,3, defines a callback for a NURBS object.
gluNurbsCurve,GLU32.DLL,NM,7, defines the shape of a NURBS curve.
gluNurbsProperty,GLU32.DLL,NM,3, sets a NURBS property.
gluNurbsSurface,GLU32.DLL,NM,11, defines the shape of a NURBS surface.
gluOrtho2D,GLU32.DLL,NM,8, defines a 2-D orthographic projection matrix.
gluPartialDisk,GLU32.DLL,NM,11, draws an arc of a disk.
gluPerspective,GLU32.DLL,NM,8, sets up a perspective projection matrix.
gluPickMatrix,GLU32.DLL,NM,9, defines a picking region.
gluProject,GLU32.DLL,NM,12, maps object coordinates to window coordinates.
gluPwlCurve,GLU32.DLL,NM,5, describes a piecewise linear NURBS trimming curve.
gluQuadricCallback,GLU32.DLL,NM,3, defines a callback for a quadric object.
gluQuadricDrawStyle,GLU32.DLL,NM,2, specifies the draw style for quadrics rendered with
qobj.
gluQuadricNormals,GLU32.DLL,NM,2, specifies what kind of normals are to be used for
quadrics.
gluQuadricOrientation,GLU32.DLL,NM,2, specifies inside or outside orientation for quadrics.
gluQuadricTexture,GLU32.DLL,NM,2, specifies whether quadrics are to be textured.
gluScaleImage,GLU32.DLL,NM,9, scales an image to an arbitrary size.
gluSphere,GLU32.DLL,NM,5, draws a sphere.
gluTessCallback,GLU32.DLL,NM,3, defines a callback for a tessellation object.
gluTessVertex,GLU32.DLL,NM,3, describes a vertex on a polygon that the user is defining.
gluUnProject,GLU32.DLL,NM,12, maps window coordinates to object coordinates.
glVertex2d,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 specify a vertex.
glVertex2d,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 specify a vertex.
glVertex2dv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 specify a vertex.
glVertex2dv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 specify a vertex.
glVertex2f,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 specify a vertex.
glVertex2f,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 specify a vertex.
glVertex2fv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 specify a vertex.
glVertex2fv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 specify a vertex.
glVertex2i,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 specify a vertex.
glVertex2i,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 specify a vertex.
glVertex2iv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 specify a vertex.
glVertex2iv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 specify a vertex.
glVertex2s,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2 specify a vertex.
glVertex2s,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2 specify a vertex.
glVertex2sv,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 specify a vertex.
glVertex2sv,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 specify a vertex.
glVertexPointer,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4, defines an array of vertex data.
glVertexPointer,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4, defines an array of vertex data.
glViewport,OPENGL.DLL,NM,4, sets the viewport.
glViewport,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,4, sets the viewport.
GopherCreateLocator,WININET.DLL,AW,7,Creates a Gopher or Gopher+ locator string from
the selector string's component parts.
GopherFindFirstFile,WININET.DLL,AW,6,Uses a Gopher locator and search criteria to create a
session with the server and locate the requested documents, binary files, index servers, or
directory trees.
GopherGetAttribute,WININET.DLL,AW,8,Retrieves the specific attribute information from the
server.
GopherGetLocatorType,WININET.DLL,AW,2,Parses a Gopher locator and determines its
attributes.
GopherOpenFile,WININET.DLL,AW,5,Begins reading a Gopher data file from a Gopher server.
GrayString,USER32.DLL,AW,9, draws gray text at the specified location.
Heap32First,TOOLHELP.DLL,NM,3, retrieves information about the first block of a heap that
has been allocated by a process.
Heap32ListFirst,TOOLHELP.DLL,NM,2, retrieves information about the first heap that has been
allocated by a specified process.
Heap32ListNext,TOOLHELP.DLL,NM,2, retrieves information about the next heap that has
been allocated by a process.
Heap32Next,TOOLHELP.DLL,NM,1, retrieves information about the next block of a heap that
has been allocated by a process.
HeapAlloc,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, allocates a block of memory from a heap.
HeapCompact,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, attempts to compact a specified heap.
HeapCreate,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, creates a heap object that can be used by the calling
process.
HeapDestroy,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, destroys the specified heap object.
HeapFree,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, frees a memory block allocated from a heap by the
HeapAlloc or HeapReAlloc function.
HeapLock,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, attempts to acquire the critical section object, or lock, that is
associated with a specified heap.
HeapReAlloc,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4, reallocates a block of memory from a heap.
HeapSize,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, returns the size, in bytes, of a memory block allocated from a
heap by the HeapAlloc or HeapReAlloc function.
HeapUnlock,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, releases ownership of the critical section object, or lock,
that is associated with a specified heap.
HeapValidate,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, attempts to validate a specified heap.
HeapWalk,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, enumerates the memory blocks in a specified heap.
HexFromBin,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3, converts a binary number into a string representation of a
hexadecimal number.
HideCaret,USER32.DLL,NM,1, removes the caret from the screen.
HiliteMenuItem,USER32.DLL,NM,4, highlights or removes the highlighting from an item in a
menu bar.
HlinkClone,HLINK.DLL,NM,5, HlinkClone Function Not currently supported.
HlinkCreateBrowseContext,HLINK.DLL,NM,3, Creates an empty, default instance of the system
browse context object.
HlinkCreateExtensionServices,HLINK.DLL,NM,7, HlinkCreateExtensionServices Function Not
currently supported.
HlinkCreateFromData,HLINK.DLL,NM,6, Creates a standard hyperlink object from a
Component Object Model (COM) object that supports the IDataObject interface.
HlinkCreateFromMoniker,HLINK.DLL,NM,8, Creates a new system hyperlink object from a
moniker, a location string, and a friendly name string (used for displaying the hyperlink).
HlinkCreateFromString,HLINK.DLL,NM,8, Creates a new hyperlink object from strings
representing the hyperlink target, the location within the target, and a friendly name.
HlinkCreateShortcut,HLINK.DLL,NM,6,FromString HlinkCreateShortcutFromString Function
Not currently supported.
HlinkCreateShortcutFromMoniker,HLINK.DLL,NM,7, HlinkCreateShortcutFromMoniker Function
136
htons,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,1 converts a u_short from host toTCP/IP network byte order.
HlinkCreateShortcutFromString,HLINK.DLL,NM,7, HlinkCreateShortcutFromString Function
HttpAddRequestHeaders,WININET.DLL,AW,4,Adds one or more HTTP request headers to the
HTTP request handle.
HlinkGetSpecialReference,HLINK.DLL,NM,2, Retrieves a string for a given value from the
HttpEndRequest,WININET.DLL,AW,4,Ends an HTTP request that was initiated by
HLSR enumeration.
HttpSendRequestEx.
HlinkGetValueFromParams,HLINK.DLL,NM,3, HlinkGetValueFromParams Function Not
HttpOpenRequest,WININET.DLL,AW,8,Creates an HTTP request handle.
HlinkGoBack,URLMON.DLL,NM,1, Executes a hyperlink jump backward within the navigation HttpQueryInfo,WININET.DLL,AW,5,Retrieves header information associated with an HTTP
request.
stack.
HlinkGoForward,URLMON.DLL,NM,1, Executes a hyperlink jump forward within the navigation HttpSendRequest,WININET.DLL,AW,5,Sends the specified request to the HTTP server.
HttpSendRequestEx,WININET.DLL,AW,5,Sends the specified request to the HTTP server.
stack.
ICClose,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,1, closes a compressor or decompressor.
HlinkIsShortcut,HLINK.DLL,NM,1, HlinkIsShortcut Function Not currently supported.
ICCompressorChoose,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,6, displays a dialog box in which a user can select a
HlinkNavigate,HLINK.DLL,NM,6,String Executes a hyperlink jump, specified by a string, to a
compressor.
new document or object. For information about how this function relates to
ICCompressorFree,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,1, frees the resources in the COMPVARS structure
HlinkSimpleNavigateToString, see the Remarks section.
HlinkNavigateMoniker,URLMON.DLL,NM,2, Executes a hyperlink jump, specified by a moniker, used by other VCM functions.
ICGetDisplayFormat,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,6, determines the best format available for displaying
to a new document or object. For information about how this function relates to the
a compressed image.
HlinkSimpleNavigateToMoniker function, see the Remarks section.
HlinkNavigateString,URLMON.DLL,NM,2, Executes a hyperlink jump, specified by a string, to a ICGetInfo,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,3, obtains information about a compressor.
ICImageCompress,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,7, compresses an image to a given size.
new document or object. For information about how this function relates to
ICImageDecompress,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,5, decompresses an image without using initialization
HlinkSimpleNavigateToString, see the Remarks section.
functions.
HlinkNavigateToStringReference,HLINK.DLL,NM,9, Creates a hyperlink site from strings
representing the hyperlink target, the location within the target, and a friendly name, and then ICInfo,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves information about specific installed compressors or
enumerates the installed compressors.
navigates to that site.
HlinkOnNavigate,HLINK.DLL,NM,7, Notifies a hyperlink browse context and hyperlink frame, if ICInstall,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,5, installs a new compressor or decompressor.
ICLocate,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,5 finds a compressor or decompressor that can handle images
it exists, that a hyperlink target has been navigated to.
with the specified formats, or finds a driver that can decompress an image with a specified
HlinkOnRenameDocument,HLINK.DLL,NM,4, HlinkOnRenameDocument Function Not
format directly to hardware.
IcmpCloseHandle,ICMP.DLL,NM,1,closes a handle opened by a call to IcmpCreateFile.
HlinkParseDisplayName,HLINK.DLL,NM,5, HlinkParseDisplayName Function Not currently
IcmpCreateFile,ICMP.DLL,NM,0, opens a handle on which ICMP Echo Requests can be
supported.
issued.
HlinkPreprocessMoniker,HLINK.DLL,NM,3, HlinkPreprocessMoniker Function Not currently
IcmpParseReplies,ICMP.DLL,NM,2, parses the reply buffer provided and returns the number of
supported.
ICMP responses found.
HlinkQueryCreateFromData,HLINK.DLL,NM,1, Determines if a new hyperlink can be created
IcmpSendEcho,ICMP.DLL,NM,8,sends an ICMP Echo request and returns any replies.
from an IDataObject interface.
IcmpSendEcho2,ICMP.DLL,NM,11,sends an ICMP Echo request and returns either
HlinkResolveMonikerForData,HLINK.DLL,NM,7, HlinkResolveMonikerForData Function Not
immediately (if Event or ApcRoutine is non-NULL) or returns after the specified time-out.
HlinkResolveShortcut,HLINK.DLL,NM,6,ToString HlinkResolveShortcutToString Function Not ICOpen,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,3, opens a compressor or decompressor.
ICOpenFunction,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,4, opens a compressor or decompressor defined as a
HlinkResolveShortcutToMoniker,HLINK.DLL,NM,3, HlinkResolveShortcutToMoniker Function function.
ICRemove,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,3, removes an installed compressor.
HlinkResolveShortcutToString,HLINK.DLL,NM,3, HlinkResolveShortcutToString Function Not ICSendMessage,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,4, sends a message to a compressor.
ICSeqCompressFrame,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,5, compresses one frame in a sequence of frames.
ICSeqCompressFrameEnd,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,1 ends sequence compression thatwas initiated
HlinkResolveStringForData,HLINK.DLL,NM,7, HlinkResolveStringForData Function Not
by using the ICSeqCompressFrameStart andICSeqCompressFrame functions.
ICSeqCompressFrameStart,MSVFW32.DLL,NM,2 initializes resources forcompressing a
HlinkSetSpecialReference,HLINK.DLL,NM,2, Inserts a string into a specified member of the
sequence of frames using the ICSeqCompressFramefunction.
HLSR enumeration.
HlinkSimpleNavigateToMoniker,URLMON.DLL,NM,8, Executes a hyperlink jump, specified by a IIDFromString,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,4.2 IIDFromString This function converts a string generated
by the function back into the original interface identifier (IID). WINOLEAPI
moniker, to a new document or object. For information about how this function relates to the
ImageAddCertificate,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,3, is used to add a certificate to the specified file.
HlinkNavigateMoniker function, see the Remarks section.
ImageDirectoryEntryToData,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,4, obtains access to image-specific data.
HlinkSimpleNavigateToString,URLMON.DLL,NM,8, Executes a hyperlink jump to a new
document or object. For information about how this function relates to HlinkNavigateString, see ImageEnumerateCertificates,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,5, is used to return information about the
certificates currently contained in an image file.
the Remarks section.
ImageGetCertificateData,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,4, is used to retrieve a complete certificate from
HlinkTranslateURL,HLINK.DLL,NM,3, HlinkTranslateURL Function Not currently supported.
a file.
HlinkUpdateStackItem,HLINK.DLL,NM,6, HlinkUpdateStackItem Function Not currently
ImageGetCertificateHeader,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,3, is used to retrieve the header of the
supported.
specified certificate, up to, but not including, the section offset array.
HrAddColumns,MAPI32.DLL,NM,4 adds or moves columns to the beginning of an existing
ImageGetDigestStream,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,5, retrieves the requested data from the specified
table.
HrAddColumnsEx,MAPI32.DLL,NM,5, adds or moves columns to the beginning of an existing image file.
ImagehlpApiVersion,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the information about the version of the
table.
library installed on the system.
HrAllocAdviseSink,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3 creates an advise sink object, givena context specified
ImagehlpApiVersionEx,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,1, modifies the information about the version of the
by the calling implementation and a callbackfunction to be triggered by an event notification.
library used by the application.
HrBackupClose,EDBBCLI.DLL,NM,1, closes the file that is being backed up.
ImageList_Add,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,3, adds an image or images to an image list.
HrBackupEnd,EDBBCLI.DLL,NM,1, cleans up after a backup operation is finished.
ImageList_AddIcon,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,2, adds an icon to an image list.
HrBackupGetBackupLogs,EDBBCLI.DLL,AW,3, obtains the list of log files to back up.
HrBackupGetDatabaseNames,EDBBCLI.DLL,AW,3, obtains the list of attached databases on ImageList_AddMasked,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,3, copies the bitmap to an internal data structure.
ImageList_BeginDrag,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,4, begins dragging an image.
the remote computer.
HrBackupOpenFile,EDBBCLI.DLL,AW,4 opens a remote file for backup and performs whatever ImageList_Create,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,5, creates a new image list.
ImageList_Destroy,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,1, destroys an image list.
client and server side operations are necessary to prepare for the backup.
ImageList_DragEnter,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,3 locks updates to the specifiedwindow during a
HrBackupPrepare,EDBBCLI.DLL,AW,5, connects to a remote Microsoft Exchange Server
drag operation and displays the drag image at thespecified position within the window.
database and prepares it for backup.
ImageList_DragLeave,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,1, unlocks the specified window and hides the drag
HrBackupRead,EDBBCLI.DLL,NM,4, reads one block from a backup file.
image, allowing the window to be updated.
HrBackupTruncateLogs,EDBBCLI.DLL,NM,1, deletes the committed database log files.
HrComposeEID,MAPI32.DLL,NM,7, creates a compound entry identifier for an object, usually a ImageList_DragMove,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,2, moves the image that is being dragged during a
drag-and-drop operation.
message in a message store.
HrComposeMsgID,MAPI32.DLL,NM,6 creates an ASCII string representing acompound entry ImageList_DragShowNolock,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,1, shows or hides the image being dragged.
ImageList_Draw,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,6, draws an image list item in the specified device
identifier for an object, usually a message in amessage store.
context.
HrDecomposeEID,MAPI32.DLL,NM,7 separates the compound entry identifier of an object,
usually a message in a message store, into the entry identifier of that object within the store and ImageList_DrawEx,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,10, draws an image list item in the specified device
context.
the store's entry identifier.
HrDecomposeMsgID,MAPI32.DLL,NM,6 separates the ASCII representation of the compound ImageList_DrawIndirect,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,1,Draws an image list image based on an
IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS structure
entry identifier of an object, usually a message in a message store, into the entry identifier of
ImageList_Duplicate,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,1,Creates a duplicate of an existing image list.
that object within the store and the store's entry identifier.
ImageList_EndDrag,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,0, ends a drag operation.
HrDispatchNotifications,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, forces dispatching of all queued notifications.
ImageList_GetBkColor,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the current background color for an
HrEntryIDFromSz,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3, recreates an entry identifier from its ASCII encoding.
image list.
HrGetOneProp,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3 retrieves the value of a single propertyfrom a property
ImageList_GetDragImage,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the temporary image list that is
interface, that is, an interface derived fromIMAPIProp.
used for the drag image.
HrIStorageFromStream,MAPI32.DLL,NM,4, layers an IStorage interface onto an IStream
ImageList_GetIcon,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,3, creates an icon or cursor based on an image and
object.
mask in an image list.
HrQueryAllRows,MAPI32.DLL,NM,6 retrieves all rows of a table.
ImageList_GetIconSize,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the dimensions of images in an image
HrRestoreEnd,EDBBCLI.DLL,NM,1, cleans up after a restore operation has been performed.
HrRestoreGetDatabaseLocations,EDBBCLI.DLL,AW,3, obtains the database locations for the list.
ImageList_GetImageCount,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the number of images in an image
server and service.
list.
HrRestorePrepare,EDBBCLI.DLL,AW,3, connects to a remote Microsoft Exchange Server
ImageList_GetImageInfo,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves information about an image.
database and prepares it for restore.
ImageList_LoadImage,COMCTL32.DLL,AW,7 Creates an image list from the specified bitmap.
HrRestoreRegister,EDBBCLI.DLL,AW,8 registers a restore operation, interlocking all
ImageList_Merge,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,6, creates a new image by combining two existing
subsequent restore operations and preventing the restore target from starting until
images.
HrRestoreRegisterComplete is called.
ImageList_Read,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,1, reads an image list from a stream.
HrRestoreRegisterComplete,EDBBCLI.DLL,NM,2 completes a restore operation, allowing
ImageList_Remove,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,2, removes an image from an image list.
subsequent restore operations.
ImageList_Replace,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,4, replaces an image in an image list with a new
HrSetCurrentBackupLog,EDBBCLI.DLL,AW,3, sets the last log number that was backed up.
HrSetOneProp,MAPI32.DLL,NM,2, sets or changes the value of a single property on a property image.
ImageList_ReplaceIcon,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,3, replaces an image with an icon.
interface, that is, an interface derived from IMAPIProp .
ImageList_SetBkColor,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,2, sets the background color for an image list.
HrSzFromEntryID,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3, encodes an entry identifier into an ASCII string.
ImageList_SetDragCursorImage,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,4 creates a new drag imageby
HrThisThreadAdviseSink,MAPI32.DLL,NM,2, creates an advise sink that wraps an existing
combining the specified image (typically a mouse cursor image)with the current drag image.
advise sink for thread safety.
HrValidateIPMSubtree,MAPI32.DLL,NM,5, adds standard interpersonal message (IPM) folders ImageList_SetIconSize,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,3, sets the dimensions of images in an image list
and removes all images from the list.
to a message store.
ImageList_SetImageCount,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,2,Resizes an existing image list.
htonl,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1 converts a u_long from host toTCP/IP network byte order.
ImageList_SetOverlayImage,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,3, adds a specified image to the list of
htonl,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,1 converts a u_long from host toTCP/IP network byte order.
images to be used as overlay masks.
htons,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1 converts a u_short from host toTCP/IP network byte order.
137
ImageList_Write,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,2, writes an image list to a stream.
ImageLoad,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,2, maintains a list of loaded DLLs.
ImageNtHeader,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,1, locates the IMAGE_NT_HEADERS structure in a PE
image and returns a pointer to the data.
ImageRemoveCertificate,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,2, is used to remove the specified certificate
from the given file.
ImageRvaToSection,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,3, locates a relative virtual address (RVA) within the
image header of a file that is mapped as a file and returns a pointer to the section table entry for
that RVA.
ImageRvaToVa,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,4, locates a relative virtual address (RVA) within the
image header of a file that is mapped as a file and returns the virtual address of the
corresponding byte in the file.
ImageUnload,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,1, is used to deallocate resources from a previous call to the
ImageLoad function.
ImmAssociateContext,IMM32.DLL,NM,2, associates the specified input context with the
specified window.
ImmAssociateContextEx,IMM32.DLL,NM,3, changes the association between the input method
context and the specified window or its children.
ImmConfigureIME,IMM32.DLL,AW,4, displays the configuration dialog box for the IME of the
specified input locale identifier (HKL).
ImmCreateContext,IMM32.DLL,NM,0, creates a new input context, allocating memory for the
context and initializing it.
ImmCreateIMCC,IMM32.DLL,NM,1, (Windows CE .NET Application Development)This function
enables an input method editor (IME) to create a new input method context (IMC) component
that is a member of an IMC. (Windows CE .NET 4.2)
ImmDestroyContext,IMM32.DLL,NM,1, releases the input context and frees any memory
associated with it.
ImmDestroyIMCC,IMM32.DLL,NM,1, Handle to the IMC component.
ImmDisableIME,IMM32.DLL,NM,1, disables the input method editor (IME) for a thread or all
threads in a process.
ImmEnumInputContext,IMM32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the input context for the specified thread.
ImmEnumRegisterWord,IMM32.DLL,AW,6 enumerates the register strings having the specified
reading string, style, and register string.
ImmEscape,IMM32.DLL,AW,4, accesses capabilities of particular IMEs that are not available
through other IMM APIs. and is used mainly for country-specific operations.
ImmGenerateMessage,IMM32.DLL,NM,1,This function enables an input method editor (IME) to
generate messages that are sent to the window associated with the input method context
(IMC).
ImmGetCandidateList,IMM32.DLL,AW,4, retrieves a specified candidate list, copying the list to
the specified buffer.
ImmGetCandidateListCount,IMM32.DLL,AW,2 retrieves the size of the candidate lists.
ImmGetCandidateWindow,IMM32.DLL,NM,3, gets information about the candidate list window.
ImmGetCompositionFont,IMM32.DLL,AW,2 retrieves information about the logical font
currently used to display characters in the composition window.
ImmGetCompositionString,IMM32.DLL,AW,4, retrieves information about the composition
string.
ImmGetCompositionWindow,IMM32.DLL,NM,2 retrieves information about the composition
window.
ImmGetContext,IMM32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the input context associated with the specified
window.
ImmGetConversionList,IMM32.DLL,AW,6, retrieves the conversion result list of characters or
words without generating any IME-related messages.
ImmGetConversionStatus,IMM32.DLL,NM,3, gets the current conversion status.
ImmGetDefaultIMEWnd,IMM32.DLL,NM,1, gets the default window handle to the IME class.
ImmGetDescription,IMM32.DLL,AW,3, copies the description of the IME to the specified buffer.
ImmGetGuideLine,IMM32.DLL,AW,4 retrieves information about errors.
ImmGetHotKey,IMM32.DLL,NM,4, This function retrieves the value of the input method editor
(IME) hot key.
ImmGetIMCCLockCount,IMM32.DLL,NM,1, Handle to the IMC component.
ImmGetIMCCSize,IMM32.DLL,NM,1, Handle to the IMC component.
ImmGetIMCLockCount,IMM32.DLL,NM,1,This function enables an input method editor (IME) to
get the lock count of the input method context (IMC).
ImmGetIMEFileName,IMM32.DLL,AW,3, gets the filename of the IME associated with the
specified keyboard layout.
ImmGetImeMenuItems,IMM32.DLL,AW,6, retrieves the menu items that are registered in the
IME menu of a specified input context.
ImmGetOpenStatus,IMM32.DLL,NM,1, checks whether the IME is open or closed.
ImmGetProperty,IMM32.DLL,NM,2, gets the property and capabilities of the IME associated
with the specified keyboard layout.
ImmGetRegisterWordStyle,IMM32.DLL,AW,3, gets a list of the styles support by the IME
associated with the specified keyboard layout.
ImmGetStatusWindowPos,IMM32.DLL,NM,2, gets the position of the status window.
ImmGetVirtualKey,IMM32.DLL,NM,1 recovers the original virtual-keyvalue associated with a
key input message that has already beenprocessed by the IME.
ImmInstallIME,IMM32.DLL,AW,2, installs an IME into the system.
ImmIsIME,IMM32.DLL,NM,1, checks whether the specified handle identifies an IME.
ImmIsUIMessage,IMM32.DLL,AW,4, checks for messages intended for the IME window and
sends those messages to the specified window.
ImmLockIMC,IMM32.DLL,NM,1,C This function enables an input method editor (IME) to get a
pointer to an input method context (IMC) component that can be a member of the IMC.
ImmLockIMCC,IMM32.DLL,NM,1, This function enables an input method editor (IME) to get a
pointer to an input method context (IMC) component that can be a member of the IMC.
ImmNotifyIME,IMM32.DLL,NM,4, notifies the IME about changes to the status of the input
context.
ImmRegisterWord,IMM32.DLL,AW,4, registers a string into the dictionary of the IME associated
with the specified input locale.
ImmReleaseContext,IMM32.DLL,NM,2, releases the input context and unlocks the memory
associated in the context.
ImmReSizeIMCC,IMM32.DLL,NM,2,This function changes the size of an input method context
(IMC) component.
ImmSetCandidateWindow,IMM32.DLL,NM,2, sets information about the candidate list window.
ImmSetCompositionFont,IMM32.DLL,AW,2, sets the logical font to be used to display
characters in the composition window.
ImmSetCompositionString,IMM32.DLL,AW,6, sets the characters, attributes, and clauses of the
composition and reading strings.
ImmSetCompositionWindow,IMM32.DLL,NM,2, causes a IMN_SETSCOMPOSITIONWINDOW
message to be sent to the application.
ImmSetConversionStatus,IMM32.DLL,NM,3 sets the current conversion status.
ImmSetHotKey,IMM32.DLL,NM,4,This function is called by the IME control panel application to
set the value of the input method editor (IME) hot key.
ImmSetOpenStatus,IMM32.DLL,NM,2, opens or closes the IME.
ImmSetStatusWindowPos,IMM32.DLL,NM,2, sets the position of the status window.
ImmSimulateHotKey,IMM32.DLL,NM,2 simulates the specified IME hot key,causing the same
response as if the user had pressed the hot key inthe specified window.
ImmUnlockIMC,IMM32.DLL,NM,1, Handle to the IMC. (Windows CE .NET 4.2)
ImmUnlockIMCC,IMM32.DLL,NM,1,This function reduces the lock count for the input method
context (IMC) component.
ImmUnregisterWord,IMM32.DLL,AW,4 removes a register string from thedictionary of the IME
associated with the specified keyboardlayout.
ImpersonateDdeClientWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,2 enables a Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE)
server application to impersonate a DDE client application's security context.
ImpersonateLoggedOnUser,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1, lets the calling thread impersonate a user.
ImpersonateNamedPipeClient,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1, impersonates a named-pipe client
application.
ImpersonateSecurityContext,SECUR32.DLL,NM,1,Allows a server to impersonate a client by
using a token previously obtained by a call to AcceptSecurityContext (General) or
QuerySecurityContextToken.
ImpersonateSelf,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1, obtains an access token that impersonates the security
context of the calling process.
ImportNtmsDatabase,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,1, causes RSM to import the database files from the
database Export directory at the next restart of the RSM.
ImportSecurityContext,SECUR32.DLL,AW,4,Imports a security context. The security context
must have been exported to the process calling ImportSecurityContext by a previous call to
ExportSecurityContext.
InetIsOffline,URL.DLL,NM,1,Determines whether or not the system is connected to the Internet.
inet_addr,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1, converts a string containing an (Ipv4) Internet Protocol dotted
address into a proper address for the IN_ADDR structure.
inet_addr,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,1, converts a string containing an (Ipv4) Internet Protocol dotted
address into a proper address for the IN_ADDR structure.
inet_ntoa,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1 converts an (Ipv4) Internet network address into a string in
Internet standard dotted format.
inet_ntoa,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,1 converts an (Ipv4) Internet network address into a string in
Internet standard dotted format.
InflateRect,USER32.DLL,NM,3, increases or decreases the width and height of the specified
rectangle.
InitAtomTable,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, initializes the local atom table and sets it to the specified
size.
InitCommonControls,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,0 Registers and initializes the common control
window classes. This function is obsolete.
InitCommonControlsEx,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,1,Registers specific common control classes from
the common control dynamic-link library
InitializeAcl,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3, creates a new ACL structure.
InitializeCriticalSection,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, initializes a critical section object.
InitializeFlatSB,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,1,Initializes flat scroll bars for a particular window.
InitializeProcessForWsWatch,PSAPI.DLL,NM,1, initiates monitoring of the working set of the
specified process. You must call this function before calling the GetWsChanges function.
InitializeSecurityContext,SECUR32.DLL,AW,12,Initiates the client side, outbound security
context from a credential handle by using the Negotiate security package.
InitializeSecurityDescriptor,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,2, initializes a new security descriptor.
InitializeSid,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3 initializes a security identifier (SID).
InitiateSystemShutdown,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,5, displays a dialog box that notifies the user that
the system is shutting down.
InitSecurityInterface,SECUR32.DLL,AW,0, returns a pointer to an SSPI dispatch table. This
function enables clients to use SSPI without binding directly to an implementation of the
interface.
InjectNtmsCleaner,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,5, allows a cleaner cartridge to be inserted into the
specified library unit.
InjectNtmsMedia,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,4, allows media to be inserted into the port of the specified
library. If the library is busy, RSM queues InjectNtmsMedia and returns success.
InSendMessage,USER32.DLL,NM,0 specifies whether the current windowprocedure is
processing a message that was sent from another threadby a call to the SendMessage
function.
InsertMenu,USER32.DLL,AW,5, inserts a new menu item into a menu, moving other items
down the menu.
InsertMenuItem,USER32.DLL,AW,4, inserts a new menu item at the specified position in a
menu.
InstallColorProfile,MSCMS.DLL,AW,2, installs a given profile for use on a specified machine.
The profile is also copied to the COLOR directory.
InterlockedCompareExchange,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3 performs an atomic comparison of the
values specified in the Destination and Comperand parameters and exchange of the values,
based on the outcome of the comparison.
InterlockedDecrement,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 both decrements (decreases byone) the value of
the specified 32-bit variable and checks theresulting value.
InterlockedExchange,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, atomically exchanges a pair of 32- bit values.
InterlockedExchangeAdd,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, performs an atomic addition of the Increment
value to the value pointed to by Addend.
InterlockedIncrement,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 both increments (increases by one) the value of
the specified 32-bit variable and checks the resulting value.
InternetAttemptConnect,WININET.DLL,NM,1,Attempts to make a connection to the Internet.
InternetAutodial,WININET.DLL,NM,2,Causes the modem to automatically dial the default
Internet connection.
InternetAutodialHangup,WININET.DLL,NM,1,Disconnects an automatic dial-up connection.
InternetCanonicalizeUrl,WININET.DLL,AW,4,Canonicalizes a URL, which includes converting
unsafe characters and spaces into escape sequences.
InternetCheckConnection,WININET.DLL,AW,3,Allows an application to check if a connection to
the Internet can be established.
InternetCloseHandle,WININET.DLL,NM,1,Closes a single Internet handle.
InternetCombineUrl,WININET.DLL,AW,5,Combines a base and relative URL into a single URL.
The resultant URL is canonicalized (see InternetCanonicalizeUrl).
InternetConfirmZoneCrossing,WININET.DLL,AW,4,Checks for changes between secure and
nonsecure URLs. Always inform the user when a change occurs in security between two URLs.
Typically, an application should allow the user to acknowledge the change through interaction
with a dialog box.
InternetConnect,WININET.DLL,AW,8,Opens an File Transfer Protocol (FTP), Gopher, or HTTP
session for a given site.
InternetCrackUrl,WININET.DLL,AW,4,Cracks a URL into its component parts.
InternetCreateUrl,WININET.DLL,AW,4,Creates a URL from its component parts.
InternetDial,WININET.DLL,NM,5,Initiates a connection to the Internet using a modem.
InternetErrorDlg,WININET.DLL,NM,5,Displays a dialog box for the error that is passed to
InternetErrorDlg, if an appropriate dialog box exists.
InternetFindNextFile,WININET.DLL,AW,2,Continues a file search started as a result of a
previous call to FtpFindFirstFile or GopherFindFirstFile.
InternetGetConnectedState,WININET.DLL,NM,2,Retrieves the connected state of the local
system.
InternetGetConnectedStateEx,WININET.DLL,NM,4,Retrieves the connected state of the
specified Internet connection.
InternetGetCookie,WININET.DLL,AW,4,Retrieves the cookie for the specified URL.
InternetGetLastResponseInfo,WININET.DLL,AW,3,Retrieves the last error description or server
response on the thread calling this function.
InternetGoOnline,WININET.DLL,NM,3,Prompts the user for permission to initiate connection to
a URL.
InternetHangUp,WININET.DLL,NM,2,Instructs the modem to disconnect from the Internet.
InternetLockRequestFile,WININET.DLL,NM,2,Places a lock on the file that is being used.
InternetOpen,WININET.DLL,AW,5,Initializes an application's use of the WinINet functions.
InternetOpenUrl,WININET.DLL,AW,6,Opens a resource specified by a complete FTP, Gopher,
or HTTP URL.
InternetQueryDataAvailable,WININET.DLL,NM,4,Queries the server to determine the amount of
data available.
138
joyGetNumDevs,WINMM.DLL,NM,0, queries the joystick driver for the number of joysticks it
InternetQueryOption,WININET.DLL,AW,4,Queries an Internet option on the specified handle.
supports.
InternetReadFile,WININET.DLL,NM,4,Reads data from a handle opened by the
joyGetPos,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, queries a joystick for its position and button status
InternetOpenUrl, FtpOpenFile, GopherOpenFile, or HttpOpenRequest function.
joyGetPosEx,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, queries a joystick for its position and button status.
InternetReadFileEx,WININET.DLL,AW,4,Reads data from a handle opened by the
joyGetThreshold,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, queries a joystick for its current movement threshold.
InternetOpenUrl or HttpOpenRequest function.
joyReleaseCapture,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, releases the specified captured joystick.
InternetSetCookie,WININET.DLL,AW,3,Creates a cookie associated with the specified URL.
joySetCapture,WINMM.DLL,NM,4 captures a joystick by causing itsmessages to be sent to the
InternetSetDialState,WININET.DLL,NM,3,This function is obsolete. Do not use.
specified window.
InternetSetFilePointer,WININET.DLL,NM,5,Sets a file position for InternetReadFile. This is a
synchronous call; however, subsequent calls to InternetReadFile might block or return pending joySetThreshold,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, sets the movement threshold of a joystick.
keybd_event,USER32.DLL,NM,4, synthesizes a keystroke.
if the data is not available from the cache and the server does not support random access.
KillTimer,USER32.DLL,NM,2, destroys the specified timer.
InternetSetOption,WININET.DLL,AW,4,Sets an Internet option.
LaunchWizard,MAPI32.DLL,NM,5 Call LaunchWizard to add the MSEMS service.
InternetSetOptionEx,WININET.DLL,AW,5,Implemented only as a stub that calls the
InternetSetOption function; InternetSetOptionEx has no functionality of its own. Do not use this LBItemFromPt,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves the index of the item at the specified point in a
list box.
function at this time.
LCMapString,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,6, maps one character string to another, performing a
InternetSetStatusCallback,WININET.DLL,AW,2,Sets up a callback function that WinINet
specified locale-dependent transformation.
functions can call as progress is made during an operation.
InternetTimeFromSystemTime,WININET.DLL,AW,4,Formats a date and time according to the LeaveCriticalPolicySection,USERENV.DLL,NM,1, resumes the background application of
policy. This function closes the handle to the policy section.
HTTP version 1.0 specification.
LeaveCriticalSection,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, releases ownership of the specified critical section
InternetTimeToSystemTime,WININET.DLL,AW,3,Converts an HTTP time/date string to a
object.
SYSTEMTIME structure.
LHashValOfNameSys,OLEAUT32.DLL,AW,3,Computes a hash value for a name that can then
InternetUnlockRequestFile,WININET.DLL,NM,1,Unlocks a file that was locked using
be passed to ITypeComp::Bind, ITypeComp::BindType, ITypeLib::FindName, or
InternetLockRequestFile.
lineAccept,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3, accepts the specified offered call.
InternetWriteFile,WININET.DLL,NM,4,Writes data to an open Internet file.
lineAddProvider,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3, installs a new telephony service provider into the telephony
IntersectClipRect,GDI32.DLL,NM,5 creates a new clipping region fromthe intersection of the
system.
current clipping region and the specifiedrectangle.
lineAddToConference,TAPI32.DLL,NM,2, adds the call specified by hConsultCall to the
IntersectRect,USER32.DLL,NM,3 calculates the intersection of two source rectangles and
conference call specified by hConfCall.
places the coordinates of the intersection rectangle into the destination rectangle.
InvalidateRect,USER32.DLL,NM,3, adds a rectangle to the specified window?s update region. lineAgentSpecific,TAPI32.DLL,NM,5 allows the application to accessproprietary handlerspecific functions of the agent handlerassociated with the address.
InvalidateRgn,USER32.DLL,NM,3, invalidates the client area within the window.
InventoryNtmsLibrary,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,3, queues an inventory of the specified library. If the lineAnswer,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3, answers the specified offering call.
lineBlindTransfer,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3 performs a blind or single-steptransfer of the specified call
library is busy, RSM queues InventoryNtmsLibrary and returns success.
to the specified destinationaddress.
InvertRect,USER32.DLL,NM,2 inverts a rectangle in a window byperforming a logical NOT
lineClose,TAPI32.DLL,NM,1, closes the specified open line device.
operation on the color values for eachpixel in the rectangle?s interior.
lineCompleteCall,TAPI32.DLL,NM,4, specifies how a call that could not be connected normally
InvertRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, inverts the colors in the specified region.
should be completed instead.
ioctlsocket,WS2_32.DLL,NM,3, can be used on any socket in any state.
lineCompleteTransfer,TAPI32.DLL,NM,4, completes the transfer of the specified call to the
ioctlsocket,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,3, can be used on any socket in any state.
party connected in the consultation call.
IsAccelerator,OLE32.DLL,NM,4,Determines whether the keystroke maps to an accelerator in
lineConfigDialog,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3 causes the provider of the specified line device to display a
the given accelerator table.
dialog box (attached to hwndOwner of the application) to allow the user to configure parameters
IsAsyncMoniker,URLMON.DLL,NM,1, Tests to determine whether a moniker supports
related to the line device.
asynchronous binding.
IsBadCodePtr,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, determines whether the calling process has read access lineConfigDialogEdit,TAPI32.DLL,AW,6 causes the provider of the specified line device to
display a dialog box (attached to hwndOwner of the application) to allow the user to configure
to the memory at the specified address.
IsBadHugeReadPtr,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, verifies that the calling process has read access to parameters related to the line device.
lineConfigProvider,TAPI32.DLL,NM,2, causes a service provider to display its configuration
the specified range of memory.
IsBadHugeWritePtr,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, verifies that the calling process has write access to dialog box.
LineDDA,GDI32.DLL,NM,6 determines which pixels should be highlighted for a line defined by
the specified range of memory.
the specified starting and ending points.
IsBadReadPtr,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, verifies that the calling process has read access to the
lineDeallocateCall,TAPI32.DLL,NM,1, deallocates the specified call handle.
specified range of memory.
lineDevSpecific,TAPI32.DLL,NM,5, enables service providers to provide access to features not
IsBadStringPtr,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, verifies that the calling process has read access to a
offered by other TAPI functions.
range of memory pointed to by a string pointer.
lineDevSpecificFeature,TAPI32.DLL,NM,4, enables service providers to provide access to
IsBadWritePtr,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, verifies that the calling process has write access to the
features not offered by other TAPI functions.
specified range of memory.
lineDial,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3, dials the specified dialable number on the specified call.
IsCharAlpha,USER32.DLL,AW,1, determines whether a character is an alphabetic character.
lineDrop,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3, drops or disconnects the specified call.
IsCharAlphaNumeric,USER32.DLL,AW,1, determines whether a character is either an
lineForward,TAPI32.DLL,AW,7 forwards calls destined for the specified address on the
alphabetic or a numeric character.
specified line, according to the specified forwarding instructions.
IsCharLower,USER32.DLL,AW,1, determines whether a character is lowercase.
lineGatherDigits,TAPI32.DLL,AW,7 initiates the buffered gathering of digits on the specified call.
IsCharUpper,USER32.DLL,AW,1, determines whether a character is uppercase.
IsChild,USER32.DLL,NM,2, tests whether a window is a child window or descendant window of lineGenerateDigits,TAPI32.DLL,AW,4 initiates the generation of thespecified digits on the
specified call as inband tones using thespecified signaling mode.
a specified parent window.
lineGenerateTone,TAPI32.DLL,NM,5, generates the specified inband tone over the specified
IsClipboardFormatAvailable,USER32.DLL,NM,1, determines whether the clipboard contains
call.
data in the specified format.
lineGetAddressCaps,TAPI32.DLL,AW,6, queries the specified address on the specified line
IsColorProfileTagPresent,MSCMS.DLL,NM,3, reports whether a specified International Color
device to determine its telephony capabilities.
Consortium (ICC) tag is present in the specified color profile.
IsColorProfileValid,MSCMS.DLL,NM,2, allows an application to determine whether the specified lineGetAddressID,TAPI32.DLL,AW,5 returns the address identifierassociated with an address in
a different format on the specifiedline.
profile is a valid International Color Consortium (ICC) profile that can be used for color
lineGetAddressStatus,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3, allows an application to query the specified address
management.
IsDBCSLeadByte,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 determines whether a character is alead byte / that is, for its current status.
lineGetAgentActivityList,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3 obtains the identities of activities that the application
the first byte of a character in a double-byte character set (DBCS).
IsDBCSLeadByteEx,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 determines whether a character is alead byte / that can select using lineSetAgentActivity to indicate what function the agent is actually performing
at the moment.
is, the first byte of a character in a double-byte character set (DBCS).
lineGetAgentCaps,TAPI32.DLL,AW,5, obtains the agent-related capabilities supported on the
IsDebuggerPresent,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, indicates whether the calling process is running
specified line device.
under the context of a debugger.
lineGetAgentGroupList,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3 obtains the identities of agent groups (combination of
IsDialogMessage,USER32.DLL,AW,2 determines whether a message isintended for the
queue, supervisor, skill level, and so on) into which the agent currently logged in on the
specified dialog box and, if it is, processes themessage.
workstation is permitted to log into on the automatic call distributor.
IsDlgButtonChecked,USER32.DLL,NM,2 determines whether a button control has a check
lineGetAgentStatus,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3, obtains the agent-related status on the specified
mark next to it or whether a three-state button control is grayed, checked, or neither.
IsEqualGUID,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, GUID to compare to rguid2. rguid2 [in] GUID to compare to address.
lineGetAppPriority,TAPI32.DLL,AW,6 allows an application to determine whether or not it is in
rguid1.
the handoff priority list for a particular media mode or Assisted Telephony request mode and, if
IsIconic,USER32.DLL,NM,1, determines whether the specified window is minimized (iconic).
so, its position in the priority list.
IsMenu,USER32.DLL,NM,1, determines whether a handle is a menu handle.
IsProcessorFeaturePresent,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 determines whether thespecified processor lineGetCallInfo,TAPI32.DLL,AW,2, enables an application to obtain fixed information about the
specified call.
feature is supported by at least one processoron the current machine.
lineGetCallStatus,TAPI32.DLL,NM,2, returns the current status of the specified call.
IsRectEmpty,USER32.DLL,NM,1, determines whether the specified rectangle is empty.
IsTextUnicode,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3, determines whether a buffer probably contains a form of lineGetConfRelatedCalls,TAPI32.DLL,NM,2 returns a list of call handles that are part of the
same conference call as the specified call.
Unicode text.
lineGetCountry,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3 fetches the stored dialing rules and other information related
IsValidAcl,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1 validates an access-control list (ACL).
to a specified country, the first country in the country list, or all countries.
IsValidCodePage,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 determines whether a specified code page isvalid.
lineGetDevCaps,TAPI32.DLL,AW,5, queries a specified line device to determine its telephony
IsValidIid,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,4.2 IsValidIid This function is obsolete. Last updated on
capabilities.
Wednesday, April 13, 2005 B) 2005
IsValidInterface,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,4.2 IsValidInterface This function is obsolete. Last updated lineGetDevConfig,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3 returns an "opaque" data structure object, the contents of
which are specific to the line (service provider) and device class.
on Wednesday, April 13, 2005 B)
lineGetIcon,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3 allows an application to retrieve aservice line device-specific (or
IsValidLocale,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, applies a validity test to a locale identifier.
provider-specific) icon fordisplay to the user.
IsValidPtrIn,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,4.2 IsValidPtrIn This function is obsolete. Last updated on
lineGetID,TAPI32.DLL,AW,6 returns a device identifier for thespecified device class associated
Wednesday, April 13, 2005 B) 2005
with the selected line, address,or call.
IsValidPtrOut,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,4.2 IsValidPtrOut This function is obsolete.
lineGetLineDevStatus,TAPI32.DLL,AW,2, enables an application to query the specified open
IsValidSecurityDescriptor,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1, determines whether the components of a
line device for its current status.
security descriptor are valid.
IsValidSid,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1 validates a SID structure by verifying thatthe revision number lineGetMessage,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3 returns the next TAPI message that is queued for delivery
to an application that is using the Event Handle notification mechanism
is within a known range and that the number ofsubauthorities is less than the maximum.
lineGetNewCalls,TAPI32.DLL,NM,4 returns call handles to calls on aspecified line or address
IsValidURL,URLMON.DLL,NM,3, Determines if a specified string is a valid URL.
for which the application currently doesnot have handles.
IsWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,1, determines whether the specified window handle identifies an
lineGetNumRings,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3 determines the number of rings anincoming call on the
existing window.
IsWindowEnabled,USER32.DLL,NM,1, determines whether the specified window is enabled for given address should ring prior to answeringthe call.
lineGetProviderList,TAPI32.DLL,AW,2, returns a list of service providers currently installed in
mouse and keyboard input.
the telephony system.
IsWindowUnicode,USER32.DLL,NM,1, determines whether the specified window is a native
lineGetRequest,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the next by-proxy request for the specified request
Unicode window.
mode.
IsWindowVisible,USER32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the visibility state of the specified window.
IsZoomed,USER32.DLL,NM,1, determines whether a window is maximized.
joyGetDevCaps,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, queries a joystick to determine its capabilities.
139
LoadModule,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, loads and executes an application or creates a new
lineGetStatusMessages,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3 enables an application to query which notification
instance of an existing application.
messages the application is set up to receive for events related to status changes for the
LoadPerfCounterTextStrings,LOADPERF.DLL,AW,2, loads performance objects and counters
specified line or any of its addresses.
from the system that are identified by the specified initialization file.
lineGetTranslateCaps,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3, returns address translation capabilities.
LoadRegTypeLib,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,5,4.2 LoadRegTypeLib This function uses registry
lineHandoff,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3, gives ownership of the specified call to another application.
information to load a type library. HRESULT LoadRegTypeLib( REFGUID rguid, unsigned
lineHold,TAPI32.DLL,NM,1, places the specified call on hold.
short
lineInitialize,TAPI32.DLL,NM,5, is obsolete.
lineInitializeEx,TAPI32.DLL,AW,7, initializes the application's use of TAPI for subsequent use of LoadResource,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, loads the specified resource into global memory.
LoadString,USER32.DLL,AW,4 loads a string resource from the executablefile associated with
the line abstraction.
a specified module, copies the string into abuffer, and appends a terminating null character.
lineMonitorDigits,TAPI32.DLL,NM,2, enables and disables the unbuffered detection of digits
LoadTypeLib,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,ExLoads a type library and (optionally) registers it in the
received on the call.
lineMonitorTones,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3, enables and disables the detection of inband tones on the system registry.
LoadTypeLibEx,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Loads a type library and (optionally) registers it in the
call.
lineNegotiateAPIVersion,TAPI32.DLL,NM,6, allows an application to negotiate an API version system registry.
LoadUserProfile,USERENV.DLL,AW,2, loads the specified user's profile. The profile can be a
to use.
local user profile or a roaming user profile.
lineNegotiateExtVersion,TAPI32.DLL,NM,6 allows an application to negotiate an extension
LocalAlloc,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, allocates the specified number of bytes from the heap.
version to use with the specified line device.
lineOpen,TAPI32.DLL,AW,9 opens the line device specified by its deviceidentifier and returns a LocalCompact,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, is obsolete.
LocalFileTimeToFileTime,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 converts a local file time to a file time based
line handle for the corresponding openedline device.
on the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
linePark,TAPI32.DLL,AW,4, parks the specified call according to the specified park mode.
LocalFlags,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 returns information about the specified local memory object.
linePickup,TAPI32.DLL,AW,5 picks up a call alerting at the specified destination address and
LocalFree,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, frees the specified local memory object and invalidates its
returns a call handle for the picked-up call.
linePrepareAddToConference,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3, prepares an existing conference call for the handle.
LocalHandle,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 retrieves the handle associated with the specified pointer to
addition of another party.
a local memory object.
lineProxyMessage,TAPI32.DLL,NM,6, is used by a registered proxy request handler to
LocalReAlloc,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, changes the size or the attributes of a specified local
generate TAPI messages related to its role.
lineProxyResponse,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3 used by a registered proxy request handler to generate memory object.
LocalShrink,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, is obsolete.
TAPI messages related to its role.
lineRedirect,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3, redirects the specified offering call to the specified destination LocalSize,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, returns the current size, in bytes, of the specified local
memory object.
address.
lineRegisterRequestRecipient,TAPI32.DLL,NM,4 registers the invokingapplication as a recipient LocalUnlock,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, unlocks it and decrements the lock count by one.
LockFile,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5, locks a region in an open file.
of requests for the specified requestmode.
LockFileEx,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,6, locks a byte range within an open file for shared or exclusive
lineReleaseUserUserInfo,TAPI32.DLL,NM,1 informs the service provider that the application
access.
has processed the user-user information contained in the LINECALLINFO structure, and that
LockResource,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, locks the specified resource in memory.
subsequently received user-user information can now be written into that structure.
LockServiceDatabase,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1, locks the specified service control manager
lineRemoveFromConference,TAPI32.DLL,NM,1, removes the specified call from the
database.
conference call to which it currently belongs.
LockWindowUpdate,USER32.DLL,NM,1, disables or reenables drawing in the specified
lineRemoveProvider,TAPI32.DLL,NM,2, removes an existing telephony service provider from
window.
the telephony system.
LogonUser,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,6, attempts to log a user on to the local was called.
lineSecureCall,TAPI32.DLL,NM,1, secures the call from any interruptions or interference that
LookupAccountName,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,7, accepts the name of a system and an account as
can affect the call's media stream.
lineSendUserUserInfo,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3, sends user-user information to the remote party on input.
LookupAccountSid,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,7, accepts a security identifier (SID) as input.
the specified call.
lineSetAgentActivity,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3, sets the agent activity code associated with a particular LookupIconIdFromDirectory,USER32.DLL,NM,2, searches through icon or cursor data for the
icon or cursor that best fits the current display device.
address.
lineSetAgentGroup,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3, sets the agent groups into which the agent is logged into LookupIconIdFromDirectoryEx,USER32.DLL,NM,5 searches through icon or cursor data for the
icon or cursor that best fits the current display device.
on a particular address.
lineSetAgentState,TAPI32.DLL,NM,4, sets the agent state associated with a particular address. LookupPrivilegeDisplayName,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,5, retrieves a displayable name representing
a specified privilege.
lineSetAppPriority,TAPI32.DLL,AW,6 allows an application to set its priority in the handoff
priority list for a particular media mode or Assisted Telephony request mode, or to remove itself LookupPrivilegeName,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,4 retrieves the name correspondingto the privilege
represented on a specific system by a specifiedlocally unique identifier (LUID).
from the priority list.
lineSetAppSpecific,TAPI32.DLL,NM,2 enables an application to set theapplication-specific field LookupPrivilegeValue,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,3 retrieves the locally unique identifier (LUID) used
on a specified system to locally represent the specified privilege name.
of the specified call's call-informationrecord.
LookupSecurityDescriptorParts,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,7, retrieves security information from a selflineSetCallData,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3, sets the CallData member in LINECALLINFO.
lineSetCallParams,TAPI32.DLL,NM,5 allows an application to change bearer mode and/or the relative security descriptor.
LPropCompareProp,MAPI32.DLL,NM,2, compares two property values to determine if they are
rate parameters of an existing call.
lineSetCallPrivilege,TAPI32.DLL,NM,2, sets the application's privilege to the specified privilege. equal.
lineSetCallQualityOfService,TAPI32.DLL,NM,5 allows the application to attempt to change the LPtoDP,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, converts logical coordinates into device coordinates.
quality of service parameters (reserved capacity and performance guarantees) for an existing LsaCallAuthenticationPackage,SECUR32.DLL,NM,7,Used by a logon application to
communicate with an authentication package.
call.
lineSetCallTreatment,TAPI32.DLL,NM,2, sets the sounds a party on a call that is unanswered LsaConnectUntrusted,SECUR32.DLL,NM,1,Establishes an untrusted connection to the LSA
server.
or on hold hears.
LsaDeregisterLogonProcess,SECUR32.DLL,NM,1,Deletes the caller's logon application context
lineSetCurrentLocation,TAPI32.DLL,NM,2 sets the location used as the context for address
and closes the connection to the LSA server.
translation.
LsaFreeReturnBuffer,SECUR32.DLL,NM,1,Frees the memory used by a buffer previously
lineSetDevConfig,TAPI32.DLL,AW,4 allows the application to restore the configuration of a
media stream device on a line device to a setup previously obtained using lineGetDevConfig . allocated by the LSA.
LsaLogonUser,SECUR32.DLL,NM,14,Authenticates a security principal's logon data using
lineSetLineDevStatus,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3, sets the line device status.
stored credentials information.
lineSetMediaControl,TAPI32.DLL,NM,12 enables and disables controlactions on the media
LsaLookupAuthenticationPackage,SECUR32.DLL,NM,3,Obtains the unique identifier of an
stream associated with the specified line,address, or call.
authentication package.
lineSetMediaMode,TAPI32.DLL,NM,2, changes the call's media mode in its LINECALLINFO
LsaRegisterLogonProcess,SECUR32.DLL,NM,3,Establishes a connection to the LSA server
structure.
and verifies that the caller is a logon application.
lineSetNumRings,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3, sets the number of rings that must occur before an
LsaRegisterPolicyChangeNotification,SECUR32.DLL,NM,2, registers an event handle with the
incoming call is answered.
lineSetTerminal,TAPI32.DLL,NM,7 enables an application to specifywhich terminal information local security authority (LSA). This event handle is signaled whenever the indicated LSA policy
is modified.
related to the specified line, address,or call is to be routed.
LsaUnregisterPolicyChangeNotification,SECUR32.DLL,NM,2, disables a previously registered
lineSetTollList,TAPI32.DLL,AW,4, manipulates the toll list.
lineSetupConference,TAPI32.DLL,AW,6, sets up a conference call for the addition of the third notification event.
LSEnumProviders,LSAPI32.DLL,NM,2, returns a unique string for each installed license system
party.
service provider.
lineSetupTransfer,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3, initiates a transfer of the call specified by the hCall
LSEnumProviders,MSLSP32.DLL,NM,2, returns a unique string for each installed license
parameter.
lineShutdown,TAPI32.DLL,NM,1, shuts down the application's usage of the line abstraction of system service provider.
LSFreeHandle,LSAPI32.DLL,NM,1, frees the licensing handle context.
the API.
LSFreeHandle,MSLSP32.DLL,NM,1, frees the licensing handle context.
lineSwapHold,TAPI32.DLL,NM,2, swaps the specified active call with the specified call on
LSQuery,LSAPI32.DLL,NM,5 returns information about the service provider or the license
consultation hold.
system context associated with the specified handle obtained by a call to the LSRequest
LineTo,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, draws a line from the current position up to, but not including, the
function.
specified point.
lineTranslateAddress,TAPI32.DLL,AW,7, translates the specified address into another format. LSQuery,MSLSP32.DLL,NM,5 returns information about the service provider or the license
system context associated with the specified handle obtained by a call to the LSRequest
lineUncompleteCall,TAPI32.DLL,NM,2, cancels the specified call completion request on the
function.
specified line.
LSRelease,LSAPI32.DLL,NM,3 requests the license system release.
lineUnhold,TAPI32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the specified held call.
lineUnpark,TAPI32.DLL,AW,4, retrieves the call parked at the specified address and returns a LSRelease,MSLSP32.DLL,NM,3 requests that the license system release theNotice:be
supported in future releases of Microsoft Windows.
call handle for it.
LSRequest,LSAPI32.DLL,NM,9, asks that the license system grant the licensing resources so
listen,WS2_32.DLL,NM,2,WSAEINVAL
was not invoked prior to accept.
the calling application can execute.
listen,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,2,WSAEINVAL
was not invoked prior to accept.
LSRequest,MSLSP32.DLL,NM,9, asks that the license system grant the licensing resources so
LoadAccelerators,USER32.DLL,AW,2, loads the specified accelerator table.
the calling application can execute.
LoadBitmap,USER32.DLL,AW,2, loads the specified bitmap resource from a module?s
lstrcat,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, appends one string to another.
executable file.
lstrcmp,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, compares two character strings.
LoadCursor,USER32.DLL,AW,2, loads the specified cursor resource from the executable (.
lstrcmpi,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, compares two character strings.
LoadCursorFromFile,USER32.DLL,AW,1, creates a cursor based on data contained in a file.
lstrcpy,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, copies a string to a buffer.
LoadIcon,USER32.DLL,AW,2, can load only icons of these dimensions.
lstrcpyn,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, copies a specified number of characters from a source string
LoadImage,USER32.DLL,AW,6, loads an icon, cursor, or bitmap.
into a buffer.
LoadKeyboardLayout,USER32.DLL,AW,2, loads a new keyboard layout into the system.
lstrlen,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,1 returns the length in bytes (ANSI version) orcharacters (Unicode
LoadLibrary,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,1, maps the specified executable module into the address
version) of the specified string (not includingthe terminating null character).
space of the calling process.
LSUpdate,LSAPI32.DLL,NM,6, updates the synchronization between the licensed application
LoadLibraryEx,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, maps a specified executable module into the address
software and the license system.
LSUpdate,MSLSP32.DLL,NM,6, updates the synchronization between the licensed application
LoadMenu,USER32.DLL,AW,2, loads the specified menu resource from the executable (.
software and the license system.
LoadMenuIndirect,USER32.DLL,AW,1, loads the specified menu template in memory.
LZClose,LZ32.DLL,NM,1 closes a file that was opened by using the LZOpenFile function.
140
MessageBoxIndirect,USER32.DLL,AW,1, creates, displays, and operates a message box.
LZCopy,LZ32.DLL,NM,2, copies a source file to a destination file.
midiConnect,WINMM.DLL,NM,3 connects a MIDI input device to a MIDIthru or output device, or
LZDone,LZ32.DLL,NM,0 is obsolete.
LZInit,LZ32.DLL,NM,1 allocates memory for the internal datastructures required to decompress connects a MIDI thru device to a MIDIoutput device.
midiDisconnect,WINMM.DLL,NM,3 disconnects a MIDI input device from aMIDI thru or output
files, and then creates andinitializes them.
device, or disconnects a MIDI thru device froma MIDI output device.
LZOpenFile,LZ32.DLL,AW,3 creates, opens, reopens, or deletes the specified file.
LZRead,LZ32.DLL,NM,3, reads (at most) the specified number of bytes from a file and copies midiInAddBuffer,WINMM.DLL,NM,3 sends an input buffer to a specified opened MIDI input
device.
them into a buffer.
midiInClose,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, closes the specified MIDI input device.
LZSeek,LZ32.DLL,NM,3, moves a file pointer a number of bytes from a starting position.
midiInGetDevCaps,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, determines the capabilities of a specified MIDI input
LZStart,LZ32.DLL,NM,0 is obsolete.
device.
MakeAbsoluteSD,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,11 creates a security descriptor inabsolute format by
midiInGetErrorText,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, retrieves a textual description for an error identified by
using a security descriptor in self-relativeformat as a template.
MakeDragList,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,1, changes the specified single-selection list box to a drag the specified error code.
midiInGetID,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, gets the device identifier for the given MIDI input device.
list box.
midiInGetNumDevs,WINMM.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the number of MIDI input devices in the
MakeSelfRelativeSD,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3 creates a security descriptor inself-relative format
system.
by using a security descriptor in absoluteformat as a template.
midiInMessage,WINMM.DLL,NM,4, sends a message to the MIDI device driver.
MakeSignature,SECUR32.DLL,NM,4,Generates a cryptographic checksum of the message,
midiInOpen,WINMM.DLL,NM,5, opens a specified MIDI input device.
and also includes sequencing information to prevent message loss or insertion.
MakeSureDirectoryPathExists,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,1, creates all the directories in the specified midiInPrepareHeader,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, prepares a buffer for MIDI input.
midiInReset,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, stops input on a given MIDI input device.
DirPath, beginning with the root.
MapAndLoad,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,5, maps an image and preloads data from the mapped file. midiInStart,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, starts MIDI input on the specified MIDI input device.
MapDebugInformation,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,4, gains access to the debugging information for an midiInStop,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, stops MIDI input on the specified MIDI input device.
midiInUnprepareHeader,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, cleans up the preparation performed by the
image.
midiInPrepareHeader function.
MapDialogRect,USER32.DLL,NM,2, converts (maps) the specified dialog box units to screen
midiOutCacheDrumPatches,WINMM.DLL,NM,4 requests that an internal MIDIsynthesizer
units (pixels).
device preload and cache a specified set of key-basedpercussion patches.
MapFileAndCheckSum,IMAGEHLP.DLL,AW,3, computes the checksum of the specified file.
MapGenericMask,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,2 maps the generic access rights in an access mask to midiOutCachePatches,WINMM.DLL,NM,4, requests that an internal MIDI synthesizer device
preload and cache a specified set of patches.
specific and standard access rights.
midiOutClose,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, closes the specified MIDI output device.
MAPIAdminProfiles,MAPI32.DLL,NM,2, creates a profile administration object.
midiOutGetDevCaps,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, queries a specified MIDI output device to determine
MAPIAllocateBuffer,MAPI32.DLL,NM,2, allocates a memory buffer.
MAPIAllocateMore,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3 allocates a memory buffer that islinked to another buffer its capabilities.
midiOutGetErrorText,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, retrieves a textual description for an error identified by
previously allocated with theMAPIAllocateBuffer function.
the specified error code.
MAPIFreeBuffer,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1 frees a memory buffer allocated with a call to the
midiOutGetID,WINMM.DLL,NM,2 retrieves the device identifier for the given MIDI output
MAPIAllocateBuffer function or the MAPIAllocateMore function.
MAPIGetDefaultMalloc,MAPI32.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the address of the default MAPI memory device.
midiOutGetNumDevs,WINMM.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the number of MIDI output devices present
allocation function.
in the system.
MAPIInitialize,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, increments the MAPI subsystem reference count and
midiOutLongMsg,WINMM.DLL,NM,3 sends a system-exclusive MIDI message to the specified
initializes global data for the MAPI DLL.
MIDI output device.
MAPIInitIdle,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, initializes the MAPI idle engine for the calling application.
MAPILogonEx,MAPI32.DLL,NM,5 logs a client application on to a session with the messaging midiOutMessage,WINMM.DLL,NM,4, sends a message to the MIDI device drivers.
midiOutOpen,WINMM.DLL,NM,5, opens a MIDI output device for playback.
system.
midiOutPrepareHeader,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, prepares a MIDI system-exclusive or stream buffer
MAPIOpenFormMgr,MAPI32.DLL,NM,2, opens an IMAPIFormMgr interface on a form library
for output.
provider object in the context of an existing session.
midiOutReset,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, turns off all notes on all MIDI channels for the specified MIDI
MAPIOpenLocalFormContainer,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, returns an interface pointer to the local
output device.
form library.
MAPIUninitialize,MAPI32.DLL,NM,0, decrements the reference count, -instance global data for midiOutSetVolume,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, sets the volume of a MIDI output device.
midiOutShortMsg,WINMM.DLL,NM,2 sends a short MIDI message to
the MAPI DLL.
MapStorageSCode,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, maps an HRESULT return value from an OLE storage themidiOutGetVolumespecified MIDI output device.
midiOutUnprepareHeader,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, cleans up the preparation performed by the
object to a MAPI return value of the SCODE type.
midiOutPrepareHeader function.
MapViewOfFile,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5, maps a view of a file into the address space of the
midiStreamClose,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, closes an open MIDI stream.
calling process.
midiStreamOpen,WINMM.DLL,NM,6, opens a MIDI stream for output.
MapViewOfFileEx,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,6, maps a view of a file into the address space of the
midiStreamOut,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, plays or queues a stream (buffer) of MIDI data to a MIDI
calling process.
output device.
MapVirtualKey,USER32.DLL,AW,2 translates (maps) a virtual-key codeinto a scan code or
midiStreamPause,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, pauses playback of a specified MIDI stream.
character value, or translates a scan code intoa virtual-key code.
MapVirtualKeyEx,USER32.DLL,AW,3 translates (maps) a virtual-key codeinto a scan code or midiStreamPosition,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the current position in a MIDI stream.
midiStreamProperty,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, sets or retrieves properties of a MIDI data stream
character value, or translates a scan code intoa virtual-key code.
MapWindowPoints,USER32.DLL,NM,4 converts (maps) a set of points from a coordinate space associated with a MIDI output device.
midiStreamRestart,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, restarts a paused MIDI stream.
relative to one window to a coordinate space relative to another window.
midiStreamStop,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, turns off all notes on all MIDI channels for the specified
MaskBlt,GDI32.DLL,NM,12, combines the color data for the source and destination bitmaps
MIDI output device.
using the specified mask and raster operation.
mciDriverNotify,WINMM.DLL,NM,3,MCI drivers call mciDriverNotify to post an MM_MCINOTIFY MIMEAssociationDialog,URL.DLL,AW,6,Runs the unregistered Multipurpose Internet Mail
Extensions (MIME) content type dialog box.
message to an application.
mixerClose,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, closes the specified mixer device.
mciDriverYield,WINMM.DLL,NM,1,calls the application’s yield function. The yield function
mixerGetControlDetails,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, retrieves details about a single control associated
checks to see if the user has pressed the break key.
mciFreeCommandResource,WINMM.DLL,NM,1,function frees from memory a command table with an audio line.
mixerGetDevCaps,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, queries a specified mixer device to determine its
that was loaded with mciLoadCommandResource.
mciGetCreatorTask,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, retrieves a handle to the creator task for the specified capabilities.
mixerGetID,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the device identifier for a mixer device associated with
device.
mciGetDeviceID,WINMM.DLL,AW,1, retrieves the device identifier corresponding to the name a specified device handle.
mixerGetLineControls,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, retrieves one or more controls associated with an
of an open device.
audio line.
mciGetDriverData,WINMM.DLL,NM,1,returns instance-specific information that was set with
mixerGetLineInfo,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, retrieves information about a specific line of a mixer
mciSetDriverData.
mciGetErrorString,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, retrieves a string that describes the specified MCI error device.
mixerGetNumDevs,WINMM.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the number of mixer devices present in the
code.
mciGetYieldProc,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the address of the callback function associated system.
mixerMessage,WINMM.DLL,NM,4, sends a custom mixer driver message directly to a mixer
with the "wait" (MCI_WAIT) flag.
mciLoadCommandResource,WINMM.DLL,NM,3,loads the specified resource and registers it as driver.
mixerOpen,WINMM.DLL,NM,5 opens a specified mixer device and ensures that the device will
an MCI command table.
not be removed until the application closes the handle.
mciSendCommand,WINMM.DLL,AW,4, sends a command message to the specified MCI
mixerSetControlDetails,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, sets properties of a single control associated with
device.
an audio line.
mciSendString,WINMM.DLL,AW,4, sends a command string to an MCI device.
MkParseDisplayName,OLE32.DLL,NM,4,Ex Creates a moniker to the object that is specified by
mciSetDriverData,WINMM.DLL,NM,2,is used for storing instance-specific information for an
the given string.
MCI driver.
MkParseDisplayNameEx,URLMON.DLL,NM,4, Creates a moniker to the object that is specified
mciSetYieldProc,WINMM.DLL,NM,3 sets the address of a procedure to becalled periodically
when an MCI device is waiting for a command tofinish because the "wait" (MCI_WAIT) flag was by the given string.
mmioAdvance,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, advances the I/O buffer of a file set up for direct I/O buffer
specified.
access with the mmioGetInfo function.
MenuHelp,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,7 processes WM_MENUSELECT and
WM_COMMANDmessages and displays help text about the current menu in thespecified status mmioAscend,WINMM.DLL,NM,3 ascends out of a chunk in a RIFF filedescended into with the
mmioDescend function or created with themmioCreateChunk function.
window.
mmioClose,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, closes a file that was opened by using the mmioOpen function.
MenuItemFromPoint,USER32.DLL,NM,4, determines which menu item, if any, is at the
mmioCreateChunk,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, creates a chunk in a RIFF file that was opened by using
specified location.
the mmioOpen function.
MesBufferHandleReset,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,6, re-initializes the handle for buffer serialization.
MesDecodeBufferHandleCreate,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,3, creates a decoding handle and initializes mmioDescend,WINMM.DLL,NM,4, descends into a chunk of a RIFF file that was opened by
using the mmioOpen function.
it for a (fixed) buffer style of serialization.
MesDecodeIncrementalHandleCreate,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,3, creates a decoding handle for the mmioFlush,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, writes the I/O buffer of a file to disk if the buffer has been
written to.
incremental style of serialization.
MesEncodeDynBufferHandleCreate,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,3 creates an encoding handle and then mmioGetInfo,WINMM.DLL,NM,3 retrieves information about a file openedby using the
mmioOpen function.
initializes it for a dynamic buffer style of serialization.
MesEncodeFixedBufferHandleCreate,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,4 creates an encodinghandle and then mmioInstallIOProc,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, maintains a separate list of installed I/O procedures for
each Windows application.
initializes it for a fixed buffer style ofserialization.
mmioOpen,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, opens a file for unbuffered or buffered I/O.
MesEncodeIncrementalHandleCreate,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,4, creates an encoding and then
mmioRead,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, reads a specified number of bytes from a file opened by using
initializes it for the incremental style of serialization.
the mmioOpen function.
MesHandleFree,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, frees the memory allocated by the serialization handle.
mmioRename,WINMM.DLL,AW,4, renames the specified file.
MesIncrementalHandleReset,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,6, re-initializes the handle for incremental
mmioSeek,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, changes the current file position in a file opened by using the
serialization.
mmioOpen function.
MesInqProcEncodingId,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,3 provides the identity of an encoding.
mmioSendMessage,WINMM.DLL,NM,4, sends a message to the I/O procedure associated with
MessageBeep,USER32.DLL,NM,1, plays a waveform sound.
the specified file.
MessageBox,USER32.DLL,AW,4, creates, displays, and operates a message box.
MessageBoxEx,USER32.DLL,AW,5, creates, displays, and operates a message box.
141
MprAdminPortEnum,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,8, enumerates all active ports in a specific connection,
mmioSetBuffer,WINMM.DLL,NM,4 enables or disables buffered I/O, or changes the buffer or
or all ports available for use or currently in use by RAS.
buffer size for a file opened by using the mmioOpen function.
mmioSetInfo,WINMM.DLL,NM,3 updates the information retrieved by themmioGetInfo function MprAdminPortGetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,4, gets information for a specific port.
MprAdminPortReset,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, resets the communication device attached to the
about a file opened by using the mmioOpenfunction.
specified port.
mmioStringToFOURCC,WINMM.DLL,AW,2 converts a null-terminated string to a fourMprAdminRegisterConnectionNotification,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, registers an event object with the
character code.
mmioWrite,WINMM.DLL,NM,3 writes a specified number of bytes to a filemmioOpenopened by Demand Dial Manager (DDM) so that, if an interface connects or disconnects, the event is
signaled.
using the
function.
MprAdminSendUserMessage,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,3, sends a message to the user connected on
ModifyMenu,USER32.DLL,AW,5, changes an existing menu item.
ModifyWorldTransform,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, changes the world transformation for a device context the specified connection.
MprAdminServerConnect,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, establishes a connection to a router for the
using the specified mode.
Module32First,TOOLHELP.DLL,NM,2, retrieves information about the first module associated purpose of administering that router.
MprAdminServerDisconnect,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,1, disconnects the connection made by a
with a process.
Module32Next,TOOLHELP.DLL,NM,2, retrieves information about the next module associated previous call to MprAdminServerConnect.
MprAdminServerGetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,3, retrieves information about the specified RRAS
with a process or thread.
server.
MonikerCommonPrefixWith,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,This function creates a new moniker based on
the common prefix that this moniker (the one comprising the data of this moniker object) shares MprAdminTransportGetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,6, retrieves global information, default client
interface information, or both, for a specified transport.
with another moniker.
MonikerRelativePathTo,OLE32.DLL,NM,4,4.2 MonikerRelativePathTo This function provides MprAdminTransportSetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,6, sets global information, or default client
a moniker that, when composed onto the end of the first specified moniker (or one with a similar interface information, or both, for a specified transport.
MprAdminUserGetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,4, retrieves all RAS information for a particular user.
MountNtmsMedia,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,7, synchronously mounts one or more pieces of media.
MprAdminUserSetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,4, sets RAS information for the specified user.
mouse_event,USER32.DLL,NM,5, synthesizes mouse motion and button clicks.
MprConfigBufferFree,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,1,The Routing and Remote Access Service (RRAS)
MoveFile,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, renames an existing file or a directory (including all its
API makes it possible to create applications to administer the routing and remote access
children).
service capabilities of Microsoft Windows 2003 Server family and Windows Server 2000
MoveFileEx,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, renames an existing file or directory.
MoveToEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,4, updates the current position to the specified point and optionally operating systems.
MprConfigGetFriendlyName,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,4, returns the friendly name for an interface that
returns the previous position.
corresponds to the specified GUID name.
MoveToNtmsMediaPool,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,3, moves the specified medium from its current
MprConfigGetGuidName,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,4, returns the GUID name for an interface that
media pool to the specified media pool.
corresponds to the specified friendly name.
MoveWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,6, changes the position and dimensions of the specified
MprConfigInterfaceCreate,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,4, creates a router interface in the specified router
window.
configuration.
MprAdminBufferFree,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,1, frees memory buffers returned by:
MprConfigInterfaceDelete,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, removes a router interface from the router
MprAdminInterfaceGetInfo, MprAdminInterfaceEnum, MprAdminServerGetInfo,
configuration. All transport information associated with this interface is also removed.
MprAdminInterfaceTransportGetInfo, and MprAdminTransportGetInfo.
MprConfigInterfaceEnum,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,7, enumerates the interfaces that are configured for
MprAdminConnectionEnum,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,7, enumerates all active connections.
the router.
MprAdminConnectionGetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,4, provides information on a specific
MprConfigInterfaceGetHandle,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,3, retrieves a handle to the specified
connection.
interface's configuration in the specified router configuration.
MprAdminDeregisterConnectionNotification,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, deregisters an event object
MprConfigInterfaceGetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,5, retrieves the configuration for the specified
that was previously registered using MprAdminRegisterConnectionNotification. Once
interface from the router.
deregistered, this event is no longer signaled when an interface connects or disconnects.
MprAdminEstablishDomainRasServer,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,3, establishes the given machine as a MprConfigInterfaceSetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,4, sets the configuration for the specified interface.
Remote Access Server in the domain. This function must be executed only on a machine joined MprConfigInterfaceTransportAdd,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,7, adds the specified transport to the
specified interface configuration on the router.
to a domain.
MprAdminGetErrorString,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, returns the string associated with a router error MprConfigInterfaceTransportEnum,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,8, enumerates the transports configured
on the specified interface.
from Mprerror.h.
MprAdminGetPDCServer,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the name of the server with the master MprConfigInterfaceTransportGetHandle,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,4, retrieves a handle to the specified
transport configuration on the specified interface in the specified router configuration.
User Accounts Subsystem (UAS) from either a domain name or a server name. Either the
MprConfigInterfaceTransportGetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,5, retrieves the configuration information
domain name parameter or the server name parameter may be NULL, but not both.
for the specified client on the specified interface.
MprAdminInterfaceConnect,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,4, creates a connection to the specified WAN
MprConfigInterfaceTransportRemove,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,3, removes the specified transport from
interface.
the specified interface configuration on the router.
MprAdminInterfaceCreate,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,4, creates an interface on a specified server.
MprConfigInterfaceTransportSetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,5, updates the configuration information
MprAdminInterfaceDelete,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, deletes an interface on a specified server.
for the client on the specified interface and transport.
MprAdminInterfaceDisconnect,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, disconnects a connected WAN interface.
MprConfigServerBackup,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, creates a backup of the router-manager,
MprAdminInterfaceEnum,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,7, enumerates all the interfaces on a specified
interface, and phone-book configuration for the router.
server.
MprConfigServerConnect,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, connects to the router to be configured.
MprAdminInterfaceGetCredentials,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,5,Use the
MprAdminInterfaceGetCredentials function to retrieve the domain, user name, and password for MprConfigServerDisconnect,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,1, disconnects a connection made by a previous
call to MprConfigServerConnect.
dialing out on the specified demand-dial interface.
MprAdminInterfaceGetHandle,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,4, retrieves a handle to a specified interface. MprConfigServerGetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,3, retrieves server-level configuration information for
MprAdminInterfaceGetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,4, retrieves information for a specified interface on the specified router.
MprConfigServerRestore,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, restores the router-manager, interface, and
a specified server.
phone-book configuration from a backup created by a previous call to MprConfigServerBackup.
MprAdminInterfaceQueryUpdateResult,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,4, returns the result of the last
MprConfigTransportCreate,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,9, adds the specified transport to the list of
request to a specified router manager to update its routes for a specified interface. For more
transports present in the specified router configuration.
information, see MprAdminInterfaceUpdateRoutes.
MprAdminInterfaceSetCredentials,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,5,Use MprAdminInterfaceSetCredentials MprConfigTransportDelete,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, removes the specified transport from the list of
transports present in the specified router configuration.
function to set the domain, user name, and password that will be used for dialing out on the
MprConfigTransportEnum,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,7, enumerates the transports configured on the
specified demand-dial interface.
router.
MprAdminInterfaceSetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,4, sets information for a specified interface on a
MprConfigTransportGetHandle,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,3, retrieves a handle to the specified
specified server.
MprAdminInterfaceTransportAdd,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,5, adds a transport (for example, IP or IPX) transport's configuration in the specified router configuration.
MprConfigTransportGetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,7, retrieves the configuration for the specified
to a specified interface.
MprAdminInterfaceTransportGetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,5, retrieves information about a transport transport from the router.
MprConfigTransportSetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,7, changes the configuration for the specified
running on a specified interface.
MprAdminInterfaceTransportRemove,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,3, removes a transport (for example, IP transport in the specified router configuration.
MprInfoBlockAdd,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,6, creates a new header that is identical to an existing
or IPX) from a specified interface.
header with the addition of a new block.
MprAdminInterfaceTransportSetInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,5, sets information for a transport
MprInfoBlockFind,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,5, locates a specified block in an information header, and
running on a specified interface.
retrieves information about the block.
MprAdminInterfaceUpdatePhonebookInfo,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, forces the router to pick up
changes made on a specified demand-dial interface. Call this function after changes are made MprInfoBlockRemove,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,3, creates a new header that is identical to an existing
header with a specified block removed.
to a phone-book entry for a demand-dial interface.
MprAdminInterfaceUpdateRoutes,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,4, requests a specified router manager to MprInfoBlockSet,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,6,The MprInfoBlockSet creates a new header that is
identical to an existing header with a specified block modified.
update its routing information for a specified interface.
MprAdminIsDomainRasServer,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,3, returns information regarding whether the MprInfoCreate,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, creates a new information header.
MprInfoDelete,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,1, deletes an information header created using MprInfoCreate,
given machine is registered as the remote access server in the domain.
or retrieved by MprInfoBlockAdd, MprInfoBlockRemove, or MprInfoBlockSet.
MprAdminIsServiceRunning,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,1,, if the calling process has access, checks
MprInfoDuplicate,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, duplicates an existing information header.
whether RRAS is running on a specified machine.
MprAdminMIBBufferFree,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,1, frees buffers returned by the following functions: MprInfoRemoveAll,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, removes all information blocks from the specified
header.
MprAdminMIBEntryGet, MprAdminMIBEntryGetFirst, MprAdminMIBEntryGetNext
MsgWaitForMultipleObjects,USER32.DLL,NM,5 returns when either any one or all of the
MprAdminMIBEntryCreate,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,5, creates an entry for one of the variables
specified objects are in the signaled state or The time-out interval elapses.
exported by a routing protocol or router manager.
MsgWaitForMultipleObjectsEx,USER32.DLL,NM,5 returns when Either any one or all of the
MprAdminMIBEntryDelete,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,5, deletes an entry for one of the variables
specified objects are in the signaled state or An I/O completion routine or asynchronous
exported by a routing protocol or router manager.
MprAdminMIBEntryGet,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,7, retrieves the value of one of the variables exported procedure call (APC) is queued to the thread. orThe time-out interval elapses.
MulDiv,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3 multiplies two 32-bit values and then dividesthe 64-bit result by a
by a routing protocol or router manager.
third 32-rounded up or down to the nearest integer.
MprAdminMIBEntryGetFirst,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,7, retrieves the first variable of some set of
variables exported by a protocol or router manager. The module that services the call defines MultiByteToWideChar,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,6 maps a character string to a wide-character
(Unicode) string.
first.
MultinetGetConnectionPerformance,MPR.DLL,AW,2 returns informationabout the expected
MprAdminMIBEntryGetNext,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,7, retrieves the next variable of some set of
variables exported by a protocol or router manager. The module that services the call defines performance of a connection used to access anetwork resource.
NetAccessAdd,SVRAPI.DLL,NM,4, is obsolete.
next.
MprAdminMIBEntrySet,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,5, sets the value of one of the variables exported by a NetAccessCheck,SVRAPI.DLL,NM,5, is obsolete.
NetAccessDel,SVRAPI.DLL,NM,2, is obsolete.
routing protocol or router manager.
MprAdminMIBServerConnect,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, establishes a connection to the router being NetAccessEnum,SVRAPI.DLL,NM,8, is obsolete.
NetAccessGetInfo,SVRAPI.DLL,NM,6, is obsolete.
administered. This call should be made before any other calls to the server. The handle
NetAccessGetUserPerms,SVRAPI.DLL,NM,4, is obsolete.
returned by this function is used in subsequent MIB calls.
NetAccessSetInfo,SVRAPI.DLL,NM,6,s is obsolete.
MprAdminMIBServerDisconnect,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,1, disconnects the connection made by a
NetAlertRaise,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, notifies all registered clients that a particular event
previous call to MprAdminMIBServerConnect.
occurred.
MprAdminPortClearStats,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, resets the statistics for the specified port.
MprAdminPortDisconnect,MPRAPI.DLL,NM,2, disconnects a connection on a specific port.
142
NetAlertRaiseEx,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, simplifies the raising of an Administrators interrupting
message.
NetApiBufferAllocate,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,2, allocates memory from the heap.
NetApiBufferFree,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,1, frees the memory that NetApiBufferAllocate allocates.
NetApiBufferReallocate,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, changes the size of a buffer allocated with
NetApiBufferAllocate.
NetApiBufferSize,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,2, returns the size, in bytes, of the allocated buffer using
NetApiBufferAllocate.
NetAuditClear,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3 is obsolete.
NetAuditRead,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,11, is obsolete.
Netbios,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,1, interprets and executes the specified network control block
(NCB).
NetConfigGet,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4 is obsolete.
NetConfigGetAll,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, is obsolete.
NetConfigSet,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,7, is obsolete.
NetConnectionEnum,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,8 lists all connections made to ashared resource on
the server or all connections established from aparticular computer.
NetConnectionEnum,SVRAPI.DLL,NM,7 lists all connections made to ashared resource on the
server or all connections established from aparticular computer.
NetErrorLogClear,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, is obsolete.
NetErrorLogRead,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,11, is obsolete.
NetFileClose,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,2, is obsolete in the Win32-based application programming
interface (API).
NetFileEnum,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,9 supplies information about some or all open files on a
server, allowing the user to supply a resume handle and get required information through
repeated calls to the function.
NetFileEnum,SVRAPI.DLL,NM,7 returns information about some or all open files on a server,
depending on the parameters specified.
NetFileGetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves information about a particular opening of a
server resource.
NetGetAnyDCName,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, gets the name of any domain controller for a
domain that is directly trusted by the server name.
NetGetDCName,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, returns the name of the Primary Domain Controller
(PDC) for the specified domain.
NetGroupAdd,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, creates a global group in the security database.
NetGroupAddUser,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, gives an existing user account membership in an
existing global group.
NetGroupDel,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,2, deletes a global group account from the account database.
NetGroupDelUser,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, removes a user from a particular global group in the
security database.
NetGroupEnum,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,7, retrieves information about each global group account.
NetGroupGetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves information about a particular global group
account on a server.
NetGroupGetUsers,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,8, retrieves a list of the members of a particular global
group in the security database.
NetGroupSetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,5, sets the parameters of a global group account.
NetGroupSetUsers,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,5 sets the global group membership for the specified
global group.
NetLocalGroupAdd,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4 creates a local group in the security database.
NetLocalGroupAddMember,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, is obsolete.
NetLocalGroupDel,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,2, deletes a local group account and all its members
from the accounts database.
NetLocalGroupDelMember,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, is obsolete.
NetLocalGroupEnum,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,7, retrieves information about each local group
account.
NetLocalGroupGetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves information about a particular local
group account on a server.
NetLocalGroupGetMembers,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,8, retrieves a list of the members of a
particular local group in the security database.
NetLocalGroupSetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,5, sets the parameters of a local group.
NetLocalGroupSetMembers,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,5, sets the local group membership for the
specified local group.
NetMessageBufferSend,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,5, sends a buffer of information to a registered
message alias.
NetMessageNameAdd,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,2, registers a message alias in the message name
table.
NetMessageNameDel,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,2, deletes a message alias from the table of
message aliases on a computer.
NetMessageNameEnum,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,7 lists the message aliases that will receive
messages on a specified computer.
NetMessageNameGetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves information about a particular
message alias in the message name table.
NetRemoteTOD,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,2 returns the time of day information from a specified
server.
NetReplExportDirAdd,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4 registers an existing directory inthe export path to
be replicated.
NetReplExportDirDel,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,2, removes registration of a replicated directory.
NetReplExportDirEnum,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,7, lists the replicated directories in the export path.
NetReplExportDirGetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves the control information of a replicated
directory.
NetReplExportDirLock,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,2, locks a replicated directory so that replication
from it can be suspended.
NetReplExportDirSetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,5, modifies the control information of a replicated
directory.
NetReplExportDirUnlock,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, unlocks a directory so that replication from it
can resume.
NetReplGetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves configuration information for the Replicator
service.
NetReplImportDirAdd,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, registers an existing directory in the import path to
receive replication from a master.
NetReplImportDirDel,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,2, removes the registration of a directory so that it no
longer receives updates from the master.
NetReplImportDirEnum,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,7, lists the replicated directories in the import path.
NetReplImportDirGetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves the status information on a client
replicated directory.
NetReplImportDirLock,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,2, locks a replicated directory so that replication to it
can be suspended.
NetReplImportDirUnlock,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, unlocks a directory so that replication to it can
resume.
NetReplSetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, modifies the Replicator service configuration information.
NetScheduleJobAdd,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, submits a job to run at a specified future time and
date.
NetScheduleJobDel,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3 deletes a range of jobs queued to, Net Functionsrun
at a computer.
NetScheduleJobEnum,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,6, lists the jobs queued on a specified computer.
NetScheduleJobGetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3 retrieves information about a particular job
queued on a specified computer.
NetServerDiskEnum,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,7, retrieves a list of disk drives on a server.
NetServerEnum,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,9, lists all servers of the specified type that are visible in
the specified domain.
NetServerGetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, retrieves information about the specified server.
NetServerGetInfo,SVRAPI.DLL,NM,5, retrieves information about the specified server.
NetServerSetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, sets a server?s operating parameters; it can set them
individually or collectively.
NetServerTransportAdd,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, binds the server to the transport.
NetServerTransportDel,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3 unbinds (or disconnects) the transport protocol
from the server.
NetServerTransportEnum,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,7, supplies information about transports that are
managed by the server.
NetServiceControl,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,5, is obsolete.
NetServiceEnum,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,7 is obsolete.
NetServiceGetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, is obsolete.
NetServiceInstall,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,5, is obsolete.
NetSessionDel,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, ends a session between a server and a workstation.
NetSessionDel,SVRAPI.DLL,NM,3, ends a session between a server and a workstation.
NetSessionEnum,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,9, provides information about all current sessions.
NetSessionEnum,SVRAPI.DLL,NM,6, provides information about all current sessions.
NetSessionGetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,5, retrieves information about a session established
between a particular server and workstation.
NetSessionGetInfo,SVRAPI.DLL,NM,6, retrieves information about a session established
between a particular server and workstation.
NetShareAdd,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, shares a server resource.
NetShareAdd,SVRAPI.DLL,NM,4, shares a server resource.
NetShareCheck,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, checks whether or not a server is sharing a device.
NetShareDel,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3 deletes a share name from a server?s listof shared
resources, disconnecting all connections to the sharedresource.
NetShareDel,SVRAPI.DLL,NM,3 deletes a share name from a server?s listof shared resources,
disconnecting all connections to the sharedresource.
NetShareGetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves information about a particular shared
resource on a server.
NetShareGetInfo,SVRAPI.DLL,NM,6, retrieves information about a particular shared resource
on a server.
NetShareSetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,5 sets the parameters of a shared resource.
NetShareSetInfo,SVRAPI.DLL,NM,6 sets the parameters of a shared resource.
NetStatisticsGet,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,5 is obsolete.
NetUseDel,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, is obsolete.
NetUseEnum,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,7 is obsolete.
NetUseGetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, is obsolete.
NetUserAdd,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, adds a user account and assigns a password and privilege
level.
NetUserDel,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,2, deletes a user account from a server.
NetUserEnum,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,8, provides information about all user accounts on a server.
NetUserGetGroups,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,7, retrieves a list of global groups to which a specified
user belongs.
NetUserGetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves information about a particular user account on
a server.
NetUserGetLocalGroups,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,8, retrieves a list of local groups to which a
specified user belongs.
NetUserModalsGet,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3 retrieves global information for all users and global
groups in the security database.
NetUserModalsSet,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, sets global information for all users and global
groups in the security database.
NetUserSetGroups,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,5 sets global group memberships for a specified user
account.
NetUserSetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,5, sets the parameters of a user account.
NetWkstaGetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, returns information about the configuration elements
for a workstation.
NetWkstaSetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, configures a workstation.
NetWkstaTransportAdd,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, binds (or connects) the redirector to the
transport.
NetWkstaTransportDel,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3 unbinds the transport protocolfrom the redirector,
which is the software on the client computerwhich generates file requests to the server
computer.
NetWkstaTransportEnum,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,7 supplies information about transport protocols
that are managed by the redirector, which is the software on the client computer that generates
file requests to the server computer.
NetWkstaUserEnum,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,7, lists information about all users currently logged on
to the workstation.
NetWkstaUserGetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,3, returns information about the currently logged-on
user.
NetWkstaUserSetInfo,NETAPI32.DLL,NM,4, sets the user-specific information about the
configuration elements for a workstation.
NotifyBootConfigStatus,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1, reports the boot status to the service control
manager.
NotifyChangeEventLog,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,2 enables an application to receivenotification
when an event is written to the specified event logfile.
NTExport,DAPI.DLL,AW,1 exports user information from a Windows NTServer domain
controller in a form that can later be imported intothe Microsoft Exchange Server directory.
ntohl,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1, converts a u_long from TCP/IP network order to host byte order
(which is little-endian on Intel processors).
ntohl,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,1, converts a u_long from TCP/IP network order to host byte order
(which is little-endian on Intel processors).
ntohs,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1, converts a u_short from TCP/IP network byte order to host byte
order (which is little-endian on Intel processors).
ntohs,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,1, converts a u_short from TCP/IP network byte order to host byte
order (which is little-endian on Intel processors).
NWExport,DAPI.DLL,AW,1 exports user information from a NovellNetWare server in a form that
can later be imported into theMicrosoft Exchange Server directory.
OaBuildVersion,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,0, This function retrieves the build version of OLE
Automation. WINOLEAUTAPI_(ULONG) OaBuildVersion(void); Return Values The return
value is a number that indicates the build number.
ObjectCloseAuditAlarm,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,3, generates audit messages when a handle of an
object is deleted.
ObjectDeleteAuditAlarm,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,3, generates audit messages when an object is
deleted.
ObjectOpenAuditAlarm,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,12 generates audit messages when aclient
application attempts to gain access to an object or tocreate a new one.
ObjectPrivilegeAuditAlarm,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,6, requires the calling process to have
SE_AUDIT_NAME privilege.
OemKeyScan,USER32.DLL,NM,1, maps OEM ASCII codes 0 through 0x0FF into the OEM
scan codes and shift states.
OemToChar,USER32.DLL,AW,2, translates a string from the OEM-defined character set into
either an ANSI or a wide-character string.
OemToCharBuff,USER32.DLL,AW,3 translates a specified number ofcharacters in a string from
the OEM-defined character set intoeither an ANSI or a wide-character string.
OffsetClipRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, moves the clipping region of a device context by the specified
offsets.
143
OleGetIconOfFile,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Returns a handle to a metafile containing an icon and
OffsetRect,USER32.DLL,NM,3, moves the specified rectangle by the specified offsets.
string label for the specified file name.
OffsetRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, moves a region by the specified offsets.
OffsetViewportOrgEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,4, modifies the viewport origin for a device context using OleIconToCursor,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts an icon to a cursor. For Win32 applications,
this function calls the Win32 function CopyCursor(hIcon).
the specified horizontal and vertical offsets.
OleIconToCursor,OLEPRO32.DLL,NM,2,Converts an icon to a cursor. For Win32 applications,
OffsetWindowOrgEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,4, modifies the window origin for a device context using
this function calls the Win32 function CopyCursor(hIcon).
the specified horizontal and vertical offsets.
OleInitialize,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,Initializes the COM library on the current apartment, identifies
OleConvertIStorageToOLESTREAM,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, converts the specified storage object
the concurrency model as single-thread apartment (STA), and enables additional functionality
from OLE 2 structured storage to the OLE 1 storage object model but does not include the
described in the Remarks section below.
presentation data. This is one of several compatibility functions.
OleConvertIStorageToOLESTREAMEx,OLE32.DLL,NM,7, converts the specified storage object OleIsCurrentClipboard,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,Determines whether the data object pointer previously
placed on the clipboard by the OleSetClipboard function is still on the clipboard.
from OLE 2 structured storage to the OLE 1 storage object model, including the presentation
OleIsRunning,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,This function determines whether a compound document
data.
OleConvertOLESTREAMToIStorage,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,Converts the specified object from the object is currently in the running state.
OleLoad,OLE32.DLL,NM,4,PicturePathCreates a new picture object and initializes it from the
OLE 1 storage model to an OLE 2 structured storage object without specifying presentation
contents of a stream. This is equivalent to calling OleCreatePictureIndirect(NULL, ...) followed
data.
by IPersistStream::Load.
OleConvertOLESTREAMToIStorageEx,OLE32.DLL,NM,7, converts the specified object from
OleLoadFromStream,OLE32.DLL,NM,3, Loads an object from the stream.
the OLE 1 storage model to an OLE 2 structured storage object including presentation data.
OleLoadPicture,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,5,PathCreates a new picture object and initializes it from
This is one of several compatibility functions.
OleCreate,OLE32.DLL,NM,7,PropertyFrameIndirectCreates a property frame, that is, a property the contents of a stream. This is equivalent to calling OleCreatePictureIndirect(NULL, ...)
sheet dialog box, based on a structure (OCPFIPARAMS) that contains the parameters, rather followed by IPersistStream::Load.
OleLoadPicture,OLEPRO32.DLL,NM,5,PathCreates a new picture object and initializes it from
than specifying separate parameters as when calling OleCreatePropertyFrame.
OleCreateDefaultHandler,OLE32.DLL,NM,4,Creates a new instance of the default embedding the contents of a stream. This is equivalent to calling OleCreatePictureIndirect(NULL, ...)
followed by IPersistStream::Load.
handler. This instance is initialized so it creates a local server when the embedded object
OleLoadPicturePath,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,6,Creates a new picture object and initializes it from
enters the running state.
OleCreateEmbeddingHelper,OLE32.DLL,NM,6,Creates an OLE embedding helper object using the contents of a stream. This is equivalent to calling OleCreatePictureIndirect(NULL, ...)
application-supplied code aggregated with pieces of the OLE default object handler. This helper followed by IPersistStream::Load.
OleLockRunning,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,Locks an already running object into its running state or
object can be created and used in a specific context and role, as determined by the caller.
OleCreateEx,OLE32.DLL,NM,12,Extends OleCreate functionality by supporting more efficient unlocks it from its running state.
instantiation of objects in containers requiring caching of multiple presentation formats or data, OleMetafilePictFromIconAndLabel,OLE32.DLL,NM,4,Creates a METAFILEPICT structure that
contains a metafile in which the icon and label are drawn.
instead of the single format supported
OleNoteObjectVisible,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Increments or decrements an external reference that
OleCreateFontIndirect,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3, This function creates and initializes a standard
keeps an object in the running state.
font object using an initial description of the font's properties in a FONTDESC structure. The
OleQueryCreateFromData,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,Checks whether a data object has one of the
function returns an interface pointer to the new font object specified by caller in the riid
formats that would allow it to become an embedded object through a call to either the
parameter.
OleCreateFontIndirect,OLEPRO32.DLL,NM,3, This function creates and initializes a standard OleCreateFromData or
OleQueryLinkFromData,OLE32.DLL,NM,1, determines whether an OLE linked object (rather
font object using an initial description of the font's properties in a FONTDESC structure. The
than an OLE embedded object) can be created from a clipboard data object.
function returns an interface pointer to the new font object specified by caller in the riid
OleRegEnumFormatEtc,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,Supplies a pointer to an enumeration object that can
parameter.
OleCreateFromData,OLE32.DLL,NM,7,Extends OleCreateFromData functionality by supporting be used to enumerate data formats that an OLE object server has registered in the system
registry. An object application or object handler calls this function when it must enumerate those
more efficient instantiation of objects in containers requiring caching of multiple formats of
formats.
presentation or data, instead of the single
OleRegEnumVerbs,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Supplies an enumeration of the registered verbs for the
OleCreateFromDataEx,OLE32.DLL,NM,12,Extends OleCreateFromData functionality by
specified class. Developers of custom DLL object applications use this function to emulate the
supporting more efficient instantiation of objects in containers requiring caching of multiple
behavior of the default object handler.
formats of presentation or data, instead of the single
OleRegGetMiscStatus,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,Gets miscellaneous information about the
OleCreateFromFile,OLE32.DLL,NM,8,ExExtends OLeCreateFromFile functionality by
presentation and behaviors supported by the specified CLSID from the registry. Used by
developers of custom DLL object applications to emulate the behavior of the OLE default
presentation formats or data, instead of the single format
handler.
OleCreateFromFileEx,OLE32.DLL,NM,13,Extends OLeCreateFromFile functionality by
OleRegGetUserType,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,Gets the user type of the specified class from the
registry. Developers of custom DLL object applications use this function to emulate the behavior
presentation formats or data, instead of the single format
of the OLE default handler.
OleCreateLink,OLE32.DLL,NM,7,ToFileExExtends OleCreateLinkToFile functionality by
OleRun,OLE32.DLL,NM,1, This function puts an OLE compound document object into the
running state.
formats of presentations or data, instead of the single
OleCreateLinkEx,OLE32.DLL,NM,12,Extends OleCreateLink functionality by supporting more OleSave,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,ToStream Saves an object with the IPersistStream interface on it to
the specified stream.
efficient instantiation of objects in containers requiring caching of multiple formats of
OleSaveToStream,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, Saves an object with the IPersistStream interface on it to
presentations or data, instead of the single format
OleCreateLinkFromData,OLE32.DLL,NM,7,ExExtends OleCreateLinkFromData functionality by the specified stream.
OleSaveToStreamEx,HLINK.DLL,NM,3, OleSaveToStreamEx Function Not currently
supported.
OleCreateLinkFromDataEx,OLE32.DLL,NM,12,Extends OleCreateLinkFromData functionality OleSetAutoConvert,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Specifies a CLSID for automatic conversion to a different
by supporting more efficient instantiation of objects in containers requiring caching of multiple class when an object of that class is loaded.
OleSetClipboard,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,Places a pointer to a specific data object onto the clipboard.
This makes the data object accessible to the OleGetClipboard function.
OleCreateLinkToFile,OLE32.DLL,NM,7,ExExtends OleCreateLinkToFile functionality by
OleSetContainedObject,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, This function notifies an object embedded in an
OLE container to ensure correct reference.
OleSetMenuDescriptor,OLE32.DLL,NM,5, This function installs or removes OLE dispatching
OleCreateLinkToFileEx,OLE32.DLL,NM,12,Extends OleCreateLinkToFile functionality by
code from the containers frame window.
OleTranslateAccelerator,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,Called by the object application, allows an object's
OleCreateMenuDescriptor,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Creates and returns an OLE menu descriptor (that container to translate accelerators according to the container's accelerator table.
is, an OLE-provided data structure that describes the menus) for OLE to use when dispatching OleTranslateColor,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts an OLE_COLOR type to a COLORREF.
OleTranslateColor,OLEPRO32.DLL,NM,3,Converts an OLE_COLOR type to a COLORREF.
menu messages and commands.
OleUIAddVerbMenu,OLEDLG.DLL,AW,9,Adds the Verb menu for the specified object to the
OleCreatePictureIndirect,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Creates a new picture object initialized
according to a PICTDESC structure, which can be NULL to create an uninitialized object if the given menu.
OleUIBusy,OLEDLG.DLL,AW,1, (COM)Invokes the standard Busy dialog box, allowing the user
caller wishes to have the picture initialize itself through IPersistStream::Load.
to manage concurrency.
OleCreatePictureIndirect,OLEPRO32.DLL,NM,4,Creates a new picture object initialized
according to a PICTDESC structure, which can be NULL to create an uninitialized object if the OleUICanConvertOrActivateAs,OLEDLG.DLL,NM,3,Determines if there are any OLE object
classes in the registry that can be used to convert or activate the specified CLSID from.
caller wishes to have the picture initialize itself through IPersistStream::Load.
OleUIConvert,OLEDLG.DLL,AW,1, (COM)Invokes the standard Convert dialog box, allowing
OleCreatePropertyFrame,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,11,IndirectCreates a property frame, that is, a
property sheet dialog box, based on a structure (OCPFIPARAMS) that contains the parameters, the user to change the type of a single specified object, or the type of all OLE objects of the
specified object's class.
rather than specifying separate parameters as when calling OleCreatePropertyFrame.
OleUIObjectProperties,OLEDLG.DLL,AW,1,Invokes the Object Properties dialog box, which
OleCreatePropertyFrame,OLEPRO32.DLL,NM,11,IndirectCreates a property frame, that is, a
property sheet dialog box, based on a structure (OCPFIPARAMS) that contains the parameters, displays General, View, and Link information about an object.
OleUIUpdateLinks,OLEDLG.DLL,AW,4,Updates all links in the link container and displays a
dialog box that shows the progress of the updating process. The process is stopped if the user
OleCreatePropertyFrameIndirect,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,1,Creates a property frame, that is, a
property sheet dialog box, based on a structure (OCPFIPARAMS) that contains the parameters, presses the Stop button or when all links are processed.
OleUninitialize,OLE32.DLL,NM,0,Closes the COM library on the apartment, releases any class
factories, other COM objects, or servers held by the apartment, disables RPC on the apartment,
OleCreatePropertyFrameIndirect,OLEPRO32.DLL,NM,1,Creates a property frame, that is, a
property sheet dialog box, based on a structure (OCPFIPARAMS) that contains the parameters, and frees any resources the apartment maintains.
OpenBackupEventLog,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,2, opens a handle of a backup event log.
OpenClipboard,USER32.DLL,NM,1, opens the clipboard for examination and prevents other
OleCreateStaticFromData,OLE32.DLL,NM,7,Creates a static object (containing only a
applications from modifying the clipboard content.
representation, with no native data) from a data transfer object.
OleDestroyMenuDescriptor,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,Called by the container to free the shared menu OpenColorProfile,MSCMS.DLL,AW,4, creates a handle to a specified color profile. The handle
can then be used in other profile management functions.
descriptor allocated by the OleCreateMenuDescriptor function.
OpenDesktop,USER32.DLL,AW,4, returns a handle to an existing desktop.
OleDoAutoConvert,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Automatically converts an object to a new class if
OpenEvent,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, returns a handle of an existing named event object.
automatic conversion for that object class is set in the registry.
OpenEventLog,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,2, opens a handle to an event log.
OleDraw,OLE32.DLL,NM,4,The OleDraw helper function can be used to draw objects more
OpenFile,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, creates, opens, reopens, or deletes a file.
easily. You can use it instead of calling IViewObject::Draw directly.
OpenFileMapping,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, opens a named file-mapping object.
OleDuplicateData,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,Duplicates the data found in the specified handle and
OpenIcon,USER32.DLL,NM,1, restores a minimized (iconic) window to its previous size and
returns a handle to the duplicated data. The source data is in a clipboard format.
position; it then activates the window.
OleFlushClipboard,OLE32.DLL,NM,0,Carries out the clipboard shutdown sequence. It also
OpenIMsgOnIStg,MAPI32.DLL,NM,11 builds a new IMessage object on top ofan existing OLE
releases the IDataObject pointer that was placed on the clipboard by the OleSetClipboard
IStorage object, to be used within a messagesession.
function.
OpenIMsgSession,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3 creates and opens a message session that groups the
OleGetAutoConvert,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Determines whether the registry is set for objects of a
messages created within it.
specified CLSID to be automatically converted to another CLSID, and if so, retrieves the new
OpenInputDesktop,USER32.DLL,NM,3, returns a handle to the desktop that receives user
CLSID.
input.
OleGetClipboard,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,Retrieves a data object that you can use to access the
OpenMutex,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3 returns a handle of an existing named mutex object.
contents of the clipboard.
OleGetIconOfClass,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,Returns a handle to a metafile containing an icon and a OpenNtmsNotification,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,2, opens a channel to receive RSM object change
notifications for objects of the specified type.
string label for the specified CLSID.
144
OpenNtmsSession,NTMSAPI.DLL,AW,3, sets up a session with a RSM server.
OpenPrinter,WINMM.DLL,AW,3 retrieves a handle identifying the specified printer or print
server.
OpenProcess,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, returns a handle of an existing process object.
OpenProcessToken,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3, opens the access token associated with a process.
OpenSCManager,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,3 establishes a connection to the service control
manager on the specified computer and opens the specified service control manager database.
OpenSemaphore,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, returns a handle of an existing named semaphore
object.
OpenService,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,3, opens a handle to an existing service.
OpenStreamOnFile,MAPI32.DLL,NM,6, allocates and initializes an OLE IStream object to
access the contents of a file.
OpenThreadToken,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,4, opens the access token associated with a thread.
OpenTnefStream,MAPI32.DLL,NM,7 is called by a transport provider toinitiate a MAPI
Transport Neutral Encapsulation Format (TNEF)session.
OpenTnefStreamEx,MAPI32.DLL,NM,8 creates a TNEF object that can beused to encode or
decode a message object into a TNEF data streamfor use by transports or gateways and
message stores.
OpenWaitableTimer,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, returns a handle to an existing named ?waitable?
timer object.
OpenWindowStation,USER32.DLL,AW,3, returns a handle to an existing window station.
OutputDebugString,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,1, sends a string to the debugger for the current
application.
PackDDElParam,USER32.DLL,NM,3 packs a DDE lParam value into an internal structure used
for sharing DDE data between processes.
PageSetupDlg,COMDLG32.DLL,AW,1, creates a Page Setup dialog box that enables the user
to specify the attributes of a printed page.
PaintDesktop,USER32.DLL,NM,1, fills the clipping region in the specified device context with
the desktop pattern or wallpaper.
PaintRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, paints the specified region by using the brush currently selected
into the device context.
PatBlt,GDI32.DLL,NM,6, paints the given rectangle using the brush that is currently selected
into the specified device context.
PathToRegion,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, creates a region from the path that is selected into the
PdhAddCounter,PDH.DLL,AW,4, creates the specified counter and adds it to the specified
query.
PdhBrowseCounters,PDH.DLL,AW,1, displays the counter browsing dialog box so that the user
can select the counters to be returned to the caller.
PdhCalculateCounterFromRawValue,PDH.DLL,NM,5, computes the current value of a counter
as referenced by the hCounter parameter, using the raw counter data passed in the parameter
list.
PdhCloseQuery,PDH.DLL,NM,1, closes all counters contained in the specified query, closes all
handles related to the query, and frees all memory associated with the query.
PdhCollectQueryData,PDH.DLL,NM,1, collects the current raw data value for all counters in the
specified query and updates the status code of each counter.
PdhComputeCounterStatistics,PDH.DLL,NM,6, computes statistics for a counter from an array
of raw values.
PdhConnectMachine,PDH.DLL,AW,1, connects to the specified computer, and creates and
initializes a computer entry in the PDH DLL.
PdhEnumMachines,PDH.DLL,AW,3, returns a list of the names of the computers that have
been opened previously by the PDH DLL.
PdhEnumObjectItems,PDH.DLL,AW,9, returns the available counters and instances provided
by the specified object on the specified computer.
PdhEnumObjects,PDH.DLL,AW,6, returns a list of objects available on the specified computer.
PdhExpandCounterPath,PDH.DLL,AW,3, examines the specified computer (or local computer if
none is specified) for counters and instances of counters that match the wildcard strings in the
counter path.
PdhGetCounterInfo,PDH.DLL,AW,4, retrieves information about a counter, such as data size,
counter type, path, and user-supplied data values.
PdhGetDefaultPerfCounter,PDH.DLL,AW,5, retrieves the name of the default counter for the
specified object. This name can be used to set the initial selection of the counter browser
list/combo box.
PdhGetDefaultPerfObject,PDH.DLL,AW,4, retrieves the name of the default performance
object. This name can be used to select the default entry in the object browser list box.
PdhGetDllVersion,PDH.DLL,NM,1, returns the version of the currently installed Pdh.dll file.
PdhGetFormattedCounterValue,PDH.DLL,NM,4, returns the current value of a specified
counter in the format requested by the caller.
PdhGetRawCounterValue,PDH.DLL,NM,3, returns the current raw value of the counter.
PdhMakeCounterPath,PDH.DLL,AW,4, creates a full counter path using the members specified
in the structure passed in the parameter list.
PdhOpenQuery,PDH.DLL,NM,3, creates and initializes a unique query structure that is used to
manage the collection of performance data.
PdhParseCounterPath,PDH.DLL,AW,4, parses the elements of the counter path and stores the
results in the structure passed by the caller.
PdhParseInstanceName,PDH.DLL,AW,6, parses the elements of an instance string and returns
them in the buffers supplied by the caller.
PdhRemoveCounter,PDH.DLL,NM,1, removes a counter from a query.
PdhSetCounterScaleFactor,PDH.DLL,NM,2, sets the scale factor that is applied to the
calculated value of the specified counter when you request the formatted counter value. If the
PDH_FMT_NOSCALE flag is set, then this scale factor is ignored.
PdhValidatePath,PDH.DLL,AW,1, validates that the specified counter is present on the
computer specified in the counter path.
PdhVbAddCounter,PDH.DLL,NM,3, creates a counter entry in the specified query object, and
returns a handle to that counter upon successful completion.
PdhVbCreateCounterPathList,PDH.DLL,NM,2, displays the performance counter browsing
dialog box, which lets the user select several performance counters. Each selected counter
path must then be read using the PdhVbGetCounterPathFromList function.
PdhVbGetCounterPathElements,PDH.DLL,NM,7, parses a fully qualified performance counter
path string into its individual elements.
PdhVbGetCounterPathFromList,PDH.DLL,NM,3, copies the counter path referenced by the
Index parameter from a counter path list created by the user from the most recent call to the
PdhVbCreateCounterPathList function.
PdhVbGetDoubleCounterValue,PDH.DLL,NM,2, returns the current value of the specified
counter as a double-precision floating point value.
PdhVbGetOneCounterPath,PDH.DLL,NM,4, displays a dialog box that lets the user browse the
available performance counters and select one counter.
PdhVbIsGoodStatus,PDH.DLL,NM,1, tests a status value to determine if it is a success or
failure code. If the status value is a successful one, then the return value will be nonzero. If it is
a failure status code, the return value will be zero.
PdhVbOpenQuery,PDH.DLL,NM,1, creates and initializes a unique query structure that is used
to manage the collection of performance data.
PeekConsoleInput,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,4, reads data from the specified console input buffer
without removing it from the buffer.
PeekMessage,USER32.DLL,AW,5, checks a thread message queue for a message and places
the message (if any) in the specified structure.
PeekNamedPipe,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,6, copies data from a named or anonymous pipe into a
buffer without removing it from the pipe.
phoneClose,TAPI32.DLL,NM,1, closes the specified open phone device.
phoneConfigDialog,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3 causes the provider of the specified phone device to
display a modal dialog box (attached to the application's hwndOwner parameter) that allows the
user to configure parameters related to the phone device specified by dwDeviceID.
phoneDevSpecific,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3 is used as a general extension mechanism to enable a
Telephony API implementation to provide features not described in the other TAPI functions.
phoneGetButtonInfo,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3, returns information about the specified button.
phoneGetData,TAPI32.DLL,NM,4 uploads the information from the specified location in the
open phone device to the specified buffer.
phoneGetDevCaps,TAPI32.DLL,AW,5 queries a specified phone device to determine its
telephony capabilities.
phoneGetDisplay,TAPI32.DLL,NM,2 returns the current contents of thespecified phone display.
phoneGetGain,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3, returns the gain setting of the microphone of the specified
phone's hookswitch device.
phoneGetHookSwitch,TAPI32.DLL,NM,2, returns the current hookswitch mode of the specified
open phone device.
phoneGetIcon,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3 allows an application to retrieve a service phone devicespecific (or provider-specific) icon that can be displayed to the user.
phoneGetID,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3, can be used to retrieve a phone device identifier given a phone
handle.
phoneGetLamp,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3, returns the current lamp mode of the specified lamp.
phoneGetMessage,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3 returns the next TAPI message that is queued for
delivery to an application that is using the Event Handle notification mechanism
phoneGetRing,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3, enables an application to query the specified open phone
device as to its current ring mode.
phoneGetStatus,TAPI32.DLL,AW,2, enables an application to query the specified open phone
device for its overall status.
phoneGetStatusMessages,TAPI32.DLL,NM,4 returns which phone-state changes on the
specified phone device generate a callback to the application.
phoneGetVolume,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3, returns the volume setting of the specified phone's
hookswitch device.
phoneInitialize,TAPI32.DLL,NM,5 is obsolete.
phoneInitializeEx,TAPI32.DLL,AW,7, initializes the application's use of TAPI for subsequent use
of the phone abstraction.
phoneNegotiateAPIVersion,TAPI32.DLL,NM,6, is used to negotiate the API version number to
use with the specified phone device.
phoneNegotiateExtVersion,TAPI32.DLL,NM,6 allows an application to negotiate an extension
version to use with the specified phone device.
phoneOpen,TAPI32.DLL,NM,7, opens the specified phone device.
phoneSetButtonInfo,TAPI32.DLL,AW,3, sets information about the specified button on the
specified phone.
phoneSetData,TAPI32.DLL,NM,4 downloads the information in thespecified buffer to the
opened phone device at the selected dataidentifier.
phoneSetDisplay,TAPI32.DLL,NM,5, causes the specified string to be displayed on the
specified open phone device.
phoneSetGain,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3, sets the gain of the microphone of the specified hookswitch
device to the specified gain level.
phoneSetHookSwitch,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3 sets the hook state of thes pecified open phone's
hookswitch devices to the specified mode.
phoneSetLamp,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3, causes the specified lamp to be lit on the specified open
phone device in the specified lamp mode.
phoneSetRing,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3, rings the specified open phone device using the specified
ring mode and volume.
phoneSetStatusMessages,TAPI32.DLL,NM,4 enables an application to monitor the specified
phone device for selected status events.
phoneSetVolume,TAPI32.DLL,NM,3 sets the volume of the speakercomponent of the specified
hookswitch device to the specifiedlevel.
phoneShutdown,TAPI32.DLL,NM,1, shuts down the application's usage of TAPI's phone
abstraction.
Pie,GDI32.DLL,NM,9, draws a pie-shaped wedge bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and
two radials.
PlayEnhMetaFile,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, displays the picture stored in the specified enhancedformat metafile.
PlayEnhMetaFileRecord,GDI32.DLL,NM,4 plays an enhanced-metafile record by executing the
graphics device interface (GDI) functions identified by the record.
PlayMetaFile,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, displays the picture stored in the given Windows-format
metafile on the specified device.
PlayMetaFileRecord,GDI32.DLL,NM,4 plays a Windows-format metafilerecord by executing the
graphics device interface (GDI) functioncontained within that record.
PlaySound,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, plays a sound specified by the given filename, resource, or
system event.
PlgBlt,GDI32.DLL,NM,10 performs a bit-block transfer of the bits of color data from the
specified rectangle in the source device context to the specified parallelogram in the destination
device context.
PolyBezier,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, draws one or more B? er curves.
PolyBezierTo,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, draws one or more B? er curves.
PolyDraw,GDI32.DLL,NM,4 draws a set of line segments and Bezier curves.
Polygon,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, draws a polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by
straight lines.
Polyline,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, draws a series of line segments by connecting the points in the
specified array.
PolylineTo,GDI32.DLL,NM,3 draws one or more straight lines.
PolyPolygon,GDI32.DLL,NM,4, draws a series of closed polygons.
PolyPolyline,GDI32.DLL,NM,4, draws multiple series of connected line segments.
PolyTextOut,GDI32.DLL,AW,3, draws several strings using the font and text colors currently
selected in the specified device context.
PostMessage,USER32.DLL,AW,4 places (posts) a message in the message queue associated
with the thread that created the specified window and then returns without waiting for the thread
to process the message.
PostQueuedCompletionStatus,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4, lets you post an I/O completion packet to
an I/O completion port.
PostQuitMessage,USER32.DLL,NM,1, indicates to Windows that a thread has made a request
to terminate (quit).
PostThreadMessage,USER32.DLL,AW,4 places (posts) a message in the message queue of
the specified thread and then returns without waiting for the thread to process the message.
PpropFindProp,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3, searches for a specified property in a property set.
PrepareTape,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3 prepares the tape to be accessed or removed.
PrintDlg,COMDLG32.DLL,AW,1,PDERR_CREATEICFAILURE failed when it attempted to
create an information context.
PrinterMessageBox,WINMM.DLL,AW,6 displays a message box that lets an application that is
printing notify the user of a printing job error.
PrinterProperties,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, displays a printer-properties dialog box for the specified
printer.
PrivilegeCheck,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3, determines whether a specified set of privileges are
enabled in an access token.
PrivilegedServiceAuditAlarm,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,5 generates audit messages when an attempt
is made to perform privileged system service operations.
Process32First,TOOLHELP.DLL,NM,2,Retrieves information about the first process
encountered in a system snapshot.
145
Process32Next,TOOLHELP.DLL,NM,2,Retrieves information about the next process recorded RasGetErrorString,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,3, obtains an error message string for a specified RAS
error value.
in a system snapshot.
RasGetProjectionInfo,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,4 obtains information about aremote access
ProcessGroupPolicyCompleted,USERENV.DLL,NM,3, notifies the system that the specified
projection operation for a specified remote accesscomponent protocol.
extension has finished applying policy.
RasGetSubEntryHandle,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,3 retrieves a connection handle for a specified
ProgIDFromCLSID,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,This function retrieves the ProgID for a given CLSID.
subentry of a multilink connection.
PropCopyMore,MAPI32.DLL,NM,4 copies a single property value from a source location to a
RasGetSubEntryProperties,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,7, retrieves information about a subentry for a
destination location.
PropertySheet,COMCTL32.DLL,AW,1, creates a property sheet and adds the pages defined in specified phone-book entry.
RasHangUp,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,1, terminates a remote access connection.
the specified property sheet header structure.
PropStgNameToFmtId,IPROP.DLL,NM,2,Converts a property set storage or stream name to its RasMonitorDlg,RASDLG.DLL,AW,2, displays the Dial-Up Networking Monitor property sheet
that describes the status of RAS connections.
format identifier.
RasRenameEntry,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,3, changes the name of an entry in a phone book.
PropVariantClear,IPROP.DLL,NM,1,Frees all elements that can be freed in a given
RasSetAutodialAddress,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,5, can add an address to the AutoDial mapping
PROPVARIANT structure.
database.
PropVariantClear,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,Frees all elements that can be freed in a given
RasSetAutodialEnable,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,2, enables or disables the AutoDial feature for a
PROPVARIANT structure.
specified TAPI dialing location.
PropVariantCopy,IPROP.DLL,NM,2, copies the contents of one PROPVARIANT structure to
RasSetAutodialParam,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,3, sets the value of an AutoDial parameter.
another.
RasSetCredentials,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,4, sets the user credentials associated with a specified
PropVariantCopy,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, copies the contents of one PROPVARIANT structure to
RAS phone-book entry.
another.
RasSetEntryDialParams,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,3 deletes an entry from a phone book.
PtInRect,USER32.DLL,NM,3, determines whether the specified point lies within the specified
RasSetEntryProperties,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,6 changes the connectioninformation for an entry in
rectangle.
the phone book or creates a new phone-book entry.
PtInRegion,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, determines whether the specified point is inside the specified
RasSetSubEntryProperties,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,7, creates a new subentry or modifies an
region.
PtVisible,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, indicates whether the specified point is within the clipping region of existing subentry of a specified phone-book entry.
RasValidateEntryName,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,2, validates the format of a connection entry name.
a device context.
PulseEvent,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 provides a single operation that sets (to signaled) the state ReadClassStg,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, reads the CLSID previously written to a storage object with
of the specified event object and then resets it (to nonsignaled) after releasing the appropriate the WriteClassStg function.
ReadClassStm,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Reads the CLSID previously written to a stream object with
number of waiting threads.
PurgeComm,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, can discard all characters from the output or input buffer of the WriteClassStm function.
ReadConsole,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,5, reads character input from the console input buffer and
a specified communications resource.
removes it from the buffer.
QueryContextAttributes,SECUR32.DLL,AW,3,Enables a transport application to query a
ReadConsoleInput,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,4, reads data from a console input file buffer and
security package for certain attributes of a security context.
QueryCredentialsAttributes,SECUR32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the attributes of a credential, such removes it from the buffer.
ReadConsoleOutput,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,5 reads character and color attribute data from a
as the name associated with the credential. The information is valid for any security context
rectangular block of character cells in a console screen buffer, and the function writes the data
created with the specified credential.
QueryDosDevice,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, lets an application obtain information about MS-DOS to a rectangular block at a specified location in the destination buffer.
ReadConsoleOutputAttribute,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5 copies a specified number of foreground
device names.
QueryPathOfRegTypeLib,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,5,Retrieves the path of a registered type library. and background color attributes from consecutive cells of a console screen buffer, beginning at
a specified location.
QueryPerformanceCounter,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the current value of the highReadConsoleOutputCharacter,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,5 copies a number ofcharacters from
resolution performance counter, if one exists.
consecutive cells of a console screen buffer,beginning at a specified location.
QueryPerformanceFrequency,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the frequency of the highReadEventLog,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,7, reads a whole number of entries from the specified event
resolution performance counter, if one exists.
QuerySecurityContextToken,SECUR32.DLL,NM,2,Obtains the access token for a client security log.
ReadFile,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5, reads data from a file, starting at the position indicated by the
context and uses it directly.
file pointer.
QuerySecurityPackageInfo,SECUR32.DLL,AW,2, retrieves information about a specified
security package. This information includes the bounds on sizes of authentication information, ReadFileEx,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5,ERROR_HANDLE_EOF tried to read past the end of the
file.
credentials, and contexts.
ReadFmtUserTypeStg,OLE32.DLL,NM,3, returns the clipboard format and user type previously
QueryServiceConfig,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,4, retrieves the configuration parameters of the
saved with the WriteFmtUserTypeStg function.
specified service.
QueryServiceLockStatus,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,4 retrieves the lock status of the specified service ReadPrinter,WINMM.DLL,NM,4, retrieves data from the specified printer.
ReadProcessMemory,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5, reads memory in a specified process.
control manager database.
QueryServiceObjectSecurity,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,5, retrieves a copy of the security descriptor ReadUrlCacheEntryStream,WININET.DLL,NM,5,Reads the cached data from a stream that has
been opened using the RetrieveUrlCacheEntryStream function.
associated with a service object.
QueryServiceStatus,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the current status of the specified service. RealizePalette,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, maps palette entries from the current logical palette to the
QueryWorkingSet,PSAPI.DLL,NM,3, retrieves information about the pages currently added to system palette.
ReBaseImage,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,11, is used to change the load address for the specified
the working set of the specified process.
QueueUserAPC,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, adds a user-mode asynchronous procedure call (APC) image, which reduces the required load time for a DLL.
Rectangle,GDI32.DLL,NM,5 draws a rectangle.
object to the APC queue of the specified thread.
RectInRegion,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, determines whether any part of the specified rectangle is
RaiseException,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4, raises an exception in the calling thread.
RasAdminFreeBuffer,RASSAPI.DLL,NM,1, frees memory that was allocated by frees memory within the boundaries of a region.
RectVisible,GDI32.DLL,NM,2 determines whether any part of thespecified rectangle lies within
that was allocated by RAS on behalf of the caller.
the clipping region of a devicecontext.
RasAdminGetErrorString,RASSAPI.DLL,NM,3 corresponds to a RAS error code returned by
recv,WS2_32.DLL,NM,4,Receives data from a connected or bound socket.
one of the RAS serveradministration (RasAdmin) functions.
recv,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,4,Receives data from a connected or bound socket.
RasAdminGetUserAccountServer,RASSAPI.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the name of the server that
recvfrom,WS2_32.DLL,NM,6 receives a datagram and stores the source address.
has the user account database.
RasAdminPortClearStatistics,RASSAPI.DLL,NM,2 resets the countersrepresenting the various recvfrom,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,6 receives a datagram andstores the source address.
RedrawWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,4, updates the specified rectangle or region in a window?s
statistics reported by theRasAdminPortGetInfo function in the RAS_PORT_STATISTICS
client area.
structure.
RefreshPolicy,USERENV.DLL,NM,1, causes policy to be applied immediately on the client
RasAdminPortDisconnect,RASSAPI.DLL,NM,2, disconnects a port that is currently in use.
computer.
RasAdminPortEnum,RASSAPI.DLL,NM,3 enumerates all ports on the specifiedRAS server.
RegCloseKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1 releases the handle of the specified key.
RasAdminPortGetInfo,RASSAPI.DLL,NM,5, retrieves information about a specified port on a
RegConnectRegistry,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,3, establishes a connection to a predefined registry
specified server.
handle on another computer.
RasAdminServerGetInfo,RASSAPI.DLL,NM,2, gets the server configuration of a RAS server.
RegCreateKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,3, creates the specified key.
RasAdminUserGetInfo,RASSAPI.DLL,NM,3, gets the RAS permissions and callback phone
RegCreateKeyEx,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,9, creates the specified key.
number information for a specified user.
RegDeleteKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,2,Windows 95: deletes a subkey and all its descendants.
RasAdminUserSetInfo,RASSAPI.DLL,NM,3 sets the RAS permissions and call-back phone
RegDeleteValue,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,2 removes a named value from the specified registry key.
number for a specified user.
RasConnectionNotification,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,3 specifies an event objectthat the system sets RegEnumKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,4, enumerates subkeys of the specified open registry key.
RegEnumKeyEx,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,8, enumerates subkeys of the specified open registry key.
to the signaled state when a RAS connection iscreated or terminated.
RegEnumValue,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,8, enumerates the values for the specified data block for
RasCreatePhonebookEntry,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,2, creates a new phone-book entry.
the key each time it is called.
RasDeleteEntry,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,2, deletes an entry from a phone book.
RasDial,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,6, establishes a RAS connection between a RAS client and a RAS RegFlushKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1, writes all the attributes of the specified open key into the
registry.
server.
RasDialDlg,RASDLG.DLL,AW,4 tries to establish a RAS connection using a specified phone- RegGetKeySecurity,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves a copy of the security descriptor protecting
the specified open registry key.
book entry and the credentials of the logged-on user.
RegisterActiveObject,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Registers an object as the active object for its
RasEditPhonebookEntry,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,3, edits an existing phone-book entry.
class.
RasEntryDlg,RASDLG.DLL,AW,3, displays modal property sheets that allow a user to
RegisterBindStatusCallback,URLMON.DLL,NM,4, Registers a callback interface with an
manipulate phone-book entries.
existing bind context.
RasEnumAutodialAddresses,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,3 returns a list of all addresses in the
RegisterClass,USER32.DLL,AW,1, registers a window class for subsequent use in calls to the
AutoDial mapping database.
CreateWindow or CreateWindowEx function.
RasEnumConnections,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,3, lists all active RAS connections.
RegisterClassEx,USER32.DLL,AW,1 registers a window class for subsequent use in calls to
RasEnumDevices,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,3, returns the name and type of all available RASthe CreateWindow or CreateWindowEx function.
capable devices.
RasEnumEntries,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,5, lists all entry names in a remote access phone book. RegisterClipboardFormat,USER32.DLL,AW,1, registers a new clipboard format.
RegisterCMM,MSCMS.DLL,AW,3,RegisterCMM associates a specified identification value with
RasGetAutodialAddress,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,5 retrieves information about allthe AutoDial
the specified color management module dynamic link library (CMM DLL). When this ID appears
entries associated with a network address in theAutoDial mapping database.
RasGetAutodialEnable,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,2, indicates whether the AutoDial feature is enabled in a color profile, Windows can then locate the corresponding CMM so as to create a transform.
RegisterDragDrop,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Registers the specified window as one that can be the
for a specified TAPI dialing location.
target of an OLE drag-and-drop operation and specifies the IDropTarget instance to use for
RasGetAutodialParam,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the value of an AutoDial parameter.
RasGetConnectStatus,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,2, retrieves information on the current status of the drop operations.
RegisterEventSource,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,2, returns a registered handle to an event log.
specified remote access connection.
RegisterFormatEnumerator,URLMON.DLL,NM,3, Registers a FORMATETC enumerator object
RasGetCountryInfo,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,2, retrieves country-specific dialing information from
onto the given bind context.
the Windows Telephony list of countries.
RegisterGPNotification,USERENV.DLL,NM,2, enables an application to receive notification
RasGetCredentials,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the user credentials associated with a
when there is a change in policy. When a policy change occurs, the specified event object is set
specified RAS phone-book entry.
RasGetEntryDialParams,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the connection information saved by to the signaled state.
the last successful call to the RasDial or RasGetEntryDialParams function for a specified phone RegisterHotKey,USER32.DLL,NM,4, defines a system-wide hot key.
RegisterMediaTypeClass,URLMON.DLL,NM,5, Registers a mapping of media types to CLSIDs
book entry.
to override the default mapping specified in the registry.
RasGetEntryProperties,RASAPI32.DLL,AW,6 retrieves the properties of aphone-book entry.
146
RegisterMediaTypes,URLMON.DLL,NM,3, Registers media type strings.
RegisterServiceCtrlHandler,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,2 A Win32-based service calls the
RegisterServiceCtrlHandler functionto register a function to handle its service control requests.
RegisterWindowMessage,USER32.DLL,AW,1 defines a new window messagethat is
guaranteed to be unique throughout the system.
RegLoadKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,3 creates a subkey under HKEY_USER
orHKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE and stores registration information from aspecified file into that
subkey.
RegNotifyChangeKeyValue,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,5, notifies the caller about changes to the
attributes or contents of a specified registry key.
RegOpenKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,3, opens the specified key.
RegOpenKeyEx,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,5 opens the specified key.
RegQueryInfoKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,12, retrieves information about a specified registry key.
RegQueryMultipleValues,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,5, retrieves the type and data for a list of value
names associated with an open registry key.
RegQueryValue,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,4, retrieves the value associated with the unnamed value
for a specified key in the registry.
RegQueryValueEx,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,6, retrieves the type and data for a specified value
name associated with an open registry key.
RegReplaceKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,4 replaces the file backing a key and all its subkeys with
another file, so that when the system is next started, the key and subkeys will have the values
stored in the new file.
RegRestoreKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,3 reads the registry information in a specified file and
copies it over the specified key.
RegSaveKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,3, saves the specified key and all of its subkeys and values
to a new file.
RegSetKeySecurity,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3 sets the security of an open registry key.
RegSetValue,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,5, associates a value with a specified key.
RegSetValueEx,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,6, stores data in the value field of an open registry key.
RegUnLoadKey,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,2, unloads the specified key and subkeys from the
registry.
ReleaseCapture,USER32.DLL,NM,0 releases the mouse capture from awindow in the current
thread and restores normal mouse inputprocessing.
ReleaseDC,USER32.DLL,NM,2, releases a device context (DC), freeing it for use by other
applications.
ReleaseMutex,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, fails if the calling thread does not own the mutex object.
ReleaseNtmsCleanerSlot,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,2, removes an existing slot reservation for a
cleaning cartridge. The slot can then be used for data cartridges.
ReleaseSemaphore,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, increases the count of the specified semaphore
object by a specified amount.
ReleaseStgMedium,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,Frees the specified storage medium.
RemoveDirectory,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,1, deletes an existing empty directory.
RemoveFontResource,GDI32.DLL,AW,1, removes the fonts in the specified file from the
Windows font table.
RemoveMenu,USER32.DLL,NM,3, deletes a menu item from the specified menu.
RemoveProp,USER32.DLL,AW,2, removes an entry from the property list of the specified
window.
ReplaceText,COMDLG32.DLL,AW,1 creates a system-defined modeless dialog box that lets
the user specify a string to search for and a replacement string, as well as options to control the
find and replace operations.
ReplyMessage,USER32.DLL,NM,1 is used to reply to a message sentthrough the
SendMessage function without returning control to thefunction that called SendMessage.
ReportEvent,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,9, writes an entry at the end of the specified event log.
ReserveNtmsCleanerSlot,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,3, reserves a single slot in a library unit for a drive
cleaner cartridge.
ResetDC,GDI32.DLL,AW,2, cannot be used to change the driver name, device name, or the
output port.
ResetEvent,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, sets the state of the specified event object to nonsignaled.
ResetPrinter,WINMM.DLL,AW,2 lets an application specify the data typeand device mode
values that are used for printing documentssubmitted by the StartDocPrinter function.
ResizePalette,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, increases or decreases the size of a logical palette based on
the specified value.
RestoreDC,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, restores a device context (DC) to the specified state.
ResumeSuspendedDownload,WININET.DLL,NM,2, resumes a request that is suspended by a
user interface dialog box.
ResumeThread,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, decrements a thread?s suspend count.
ResUtilAddUnknownProperties,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,6,The ResUtilAddUnknownProperties utility
function retrieves a set of unknown properties from the cluster database and appends them to
the end of a property list.
ResUtilCreateDirectoryTree,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,1, creates every directory specified in a path,
skipping directories that already exist.
ResUtilDupParameterBlock,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,3,The ResUtilDupParameterBlock utility
function performs a member-wise copy of the data from one parameter block to another.
ResUtilDupString,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,1,The ResUtilDupString utility function duplicates a nullterminated Unicode string.
ResUtilEnumPrivateProperties,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,5,The ResUtilEnumPrivateProperties utility
function retrieves the names of a cluster object's private properties.
ResUtilEnumProperties,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,5,The ResUtilEnumProperties utility function
enumerates the property names of a cluster object.
ResUtilEnumResources,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4,The ResUtilEnumResources utility function
enumerates all of the resources in the local cluster and initiates a user-defined operation for
each resource.
ResUtilExpandEnvironmentStrings,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,1, expands strings containing
unexpanded references to environment variables.
ResUtilFindBinaryProperty,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,5,The ResUtilFindBinaryProperty utility function
locates a specified binary property in a property list and can also return the value of the
property.
ResUtilFindDependentDiskResourceDriveLetter,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4,The
ResUtilFindDependentDiskResourceDriveLetter utility function retrieves the drive letter
associated with a Physical Disk dependency of a resource.
ResUtilFindDwordProperty,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4,The ResUtilFindDwordProperty utility function
locates an unsigned long property value in a property list.
ResUtilFindExpandedSzProperty,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4,The ResUtilFindExpandedSzProperty
utility function locates an expanded string property value in a property list.
ResUtilFindExpandSzProperty,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4,The ResUtilFindExpandSzProperty utility
function locates an expandable string property in a property list.
ResUtilFindLongProperty,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4,The ResUtilFindLongProperty utility function
locates a signed long property value in a property list.
ResUtilFindMultiSzProperty,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,5,The ResUtilFindMultiSzProperty utility
function locates a multiple string property in a property list.
ResUtilFindSzProperty,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4,The ResUtilFindSzProperty utility function locates
a string property in a property list.
ResUtilFreeEnvironment,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,1, destroys the environment variable block
created with ResUtilGetEnvironmentWithNetName.
ResUtilFreeParameterBlock,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,3,The ResUtilFreeParameterBlock utility
function deallocates memory that has been allocated for a parameter block by
ResUtilDupParameterBlock.
ResUtilGetAllProperties,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,6,The ResUtilGetAllProperties utility function
returns a property list that includes all of the default and unknown properties for a cluster object.
ResUtilGetBinaryProperty,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,7,The ResUtilGetBinaryProperty utility function
retrieves a binary property from a property list and advances a pointer to the next property in
the list.
ResUtilGetBinaryValue,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4,The ResUtilGetBinaryValue utility function
returns a binary value from the cluster database.
ResUtilGetDwordProperty,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,7,The ResUtilGetDwordProperty utility function
retrieves a DWORD property from a property list and advances a pointer to the next property in
the list.
ResUtilGetDwordValue,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4,The ResUtilGetDwordValue utility function
returns a numeric value from the cluster database.
ResUtilGetEnvironmentWithNetName,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,1, adjusts environment data for a
resource so that the resource uses a cluster network name to identify its location. The resource
must be dependent on a Network Name resource.
ResUtilGetMultiSzProperty,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,7,The ResUtilGetMultiSzProperty utility function
retrieves a multiple string property from a property list and advances a pointer to the next
property in the list.
ResUtilGetPrivateProperties,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,5,The ResUtilGetPrivateProperties utility
function returns private properties for a cluster object.
ResUtilGetProperties,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,6,The ResUtilGetProperties utility function retrieves
properties specified by a property table from the cluster database and returns them in a
property list.
ResUtilGetPropertiesToParameterBlock,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,5,The
ResUtilGetPropertiesToParameterBlock utility function retrieves properties specified by a
property table from the cluster database and returns them in a parameter block.
ResUtilGetProperty,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4,The ResUtilGetPropertySize utility function returns
the total number of bytes required for a specified property.
ResUtilGetPropertySize,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4,The ResUtilGetPropertySize utility function
returns the total number of bytes required for a specified property.
ResUtilGetResourceDependency,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,2, enumerates the dependencies of a
specified resource and returns a handle to a dependency of a specified type.
ResUtilGetResourceDependencyByClass,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4, enumerates the dependencies
of a specified resource in a specified cluster and returns a handle to a dependency that
matches a specified resource class.
ResUtilGetResourceDependencyByName,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4, enumerates the
dependencies of a specified resource in a specified cluster and returns a handle to a
dependency of a specified type.
ResUtilGetResourceDependentIPAddressProps,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,7,The
ResUtilGetResourceDependentIPAddressProps utility function retrieves the private properties
of the first IP Address dependency found for a specified resource.
ResUtilGetResourceNameDependency,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,2, enumerates the dependencies
of a specified resource in the local cluster and returns a handle to a dependency of a specified
resource type.
ResUtilGetSzProperty,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,5,The ResUtilGetSzProperty utility function retrieves
a string property from a property list and advances a pointer to the next property in the list.
ResUtilGetSzValue,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,2,The ResUtilGetSzValue utility function returns a
string value from the cluster database.
ResUtilIsPathValid,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,1,The ResUtilIsPathValid utility function is used to
check whether a path is syntactically valid.
ResUtilIsResourceClassEqual,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,2, tests whether the resource class of a
specified resource is equal to a specified resource class.
ResUtilPropertyListFromParameterBlock,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,6,The
ResUtilPropertyListFromParameterBlock utility function constructs a property list from a
property table and a parameter block.
ResUtilResourcesEqual,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,2,The ResUtilResourcesEqual utility function tests
whether two resource handles represent the same resource.
ResUtilResourceTypesEqual,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,2,The ResUtilResourceTypesEqual utility
function tests whether a resource type matches the resource type name of a specified resource.
ResUtilSetBinaryValue,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,6,The ResUtilSetBinaryValue utility function sets a
binary value in the cluster database.
ResUtilSetDwordValue,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4,The ResUtilSetDwordValue utility function sets a
numeric value in the cluster database.
ResUtilSetExpandSzValue,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4,The ResUtilSetExpandSzValue utility function
sets an expandable string value in the cluster database.
ResUtilSetMultiSzValue,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,6,The ResUtilSetMultiSzValue utility function sets
a multiple string value in the cluster database.
ResUtilSetPrivatePropertyList,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,3,The ResUtilSetPrivatePropertyList utility
function sets the private properties of a cluster object.
ResUtilSetPropertyParameterBlock,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,7,The
ResUtilSetPropertyParameterBlock utility function is used to set properties in the cluster
database from a parameter block.
ResUtilSetPropertyParameterBlockEx,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,8,The
ResUtilSetPropertyParameterBlockEx utility function is used to set properties in the cluster
database from a parameter block.
ResUtilSetPropertyTable,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,7,The ResUtilSetPropertyTable utility function is
used to set properties in the cluster database based on a property list from a property table..
ResUtilSetPropertyTableEx,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,8,The ResUtilSetPropertyTableEx utility
function is used to set properties in the cluster database based on a property list from a
property table.
ResUtilSetResourceServiceEnvironment,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4, adjusts the environment data
for a service so that the service uses a cluster network name to identify its location. This
function must be called from a resource DLL.
ResUtilSetResourceServiceStartParameters,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,5, adjusts the start
parameters of a specified service so that it will operate correctly as a cluster resource. It must
be called from a resource DLL.
ResUtilSetSzValue,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4,The ResUtilSetSzValue utility function sets a string
value in the cluster database.
ResUtilSetUnknownProperties,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,4,The ResUtilSetUnknownProperties utility
function stores a cluster object's unknown properties in the cluster database.
ResUtilStartResourceService,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,2,The ResUtilStartResourceService utility
function starts a service.
ResUtilStopResourceService,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,1,The ResUtilStopResourceService utility
function stops a named service.
ResUtilStopService,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,1,The ResUtilStopService utility function stops a
service identified by a handle.
ResUtilVerifyPrivatePropertyList,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,2,The ResUtilVerifyPrivatePropertyList
utility function verifies that a property list is correctly formatted.
ResUtilVerifyPropertyTable,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,6,The ResUtilVerifyPropertyTable utility
function uses a property table to verify that a property list is correctly formatted.
ResUtilVerifyResourceService,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,1,The ResUtilVerifyResourceService utility
function verifies that a named service is starting or currently running.
ResUtilVerifyService,RESUTILS.DLL,NM,1,The ResUtilVerifyService utility function checks if a
service identified by a handle is starting or currently running.
RetrieveUrlCacheEntryFile,WININET.DLL,AW,4 Retrieves a cache entry from the cache in the
form of a file.
RetrieveUrlCacheEntryStream,WININET.DLL,AW,5 Provides the most efficient and
implementation-independent way of accessing the cache data.
ReuseDDElParam,USER32.DLL,NM,5 allows an application to reuse a packed DDE lParam
parameter, rather than allocating a new packed lParam.
147
RpcNsBindingSelect,RPCNS4.DLL,NM,2, returns a binding handle from a list of compatible
RevertSecurityContext,SECUR32.DLL,NM,1, allows a security package to discontinue the
binding handles.
impersonation of the caller and restore its own security context.
RpcNsBindingUnexport,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,4 removes the binding handles foran interface and
RevertToSelf,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,0, terminates the impersonation of a client application.
objects from an entry in the name-servicedatabase.
RevokeActiveObject,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Ends an object's status as active.
RpcNsEntryExpandName,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,3, expands a name-service entry name.
RevokeBindStatusCallback,URLMON.DLL,NM,2, Revokes a bind status callback interface
RpcNsEntryObjectInqBegin,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,3, creates an inquiry context for a name-service
previously registered on a bind context.
database entry?s objects.
RevokeDragDrop,OLE32.DLL,NM,1,Revokes the registration of the specified application
RpcNsEntryObjectInqDone,RPCNS4.DLL,NM,1, deletes the inquiry context for a name-service
window as a potential target for OLE drag-and-drop operations.
RevokeFormatEnumerator,URLMON.DLL,NM,2, Removes a format enumerator from the given database entry?s objects.
RpcNsEntryObjectInqNext,RPCNS4.DLL,NM,2, returns one object at a time from a namebind context.
service database entry.
RoundRect,GDI32.DLL,NM,7, draws a rectangle with rounded corners.
RpcNsGroupDelete,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,2 deletes a group attribute.
RpcBindingCopy,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2, copies binding information and creates a new binding
RpcNsGroupMbrAdd,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,4, adds an entry name to a group.
handle.
RpcNsGroupMbrInqBegin,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,4, creates an inquiry context for viewing group
RpcBindingFree,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, releases binding-handle resources.
members.
RpcBindingFromStringBinding,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,2, returns a binding handle from a string
RpcNsGroupMbrInqDone,RPCNS4.DLL,NM,1, deletes the inquiry context for a group.
representation of a binding handle.
RpcNsGroupMbrInqNext,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,2, returns one entry name from a group at a time.
RpcBindingInqAuthClient,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,6 A server application calls the
RpcNsGroupMbrRemove,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,4, removes an entry name from a group.
RpcBindingInqAuthClient routine to obtain the principal name or privilege attributes of the
RpcNsMgmtBindingUnexport,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,5, removes multiple binding handles and
authenticated client that made the remote procedure call
objects from an entry in the name-service database.
RpcBindingInqAuthInfo,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,6, returns authentication and authorization
RpcNsMgmtEntryCreate,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,2, creates a name-service database entry.
information from a binding handle.
RpcBindingInqAuthInfoEx,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,8 returns authentication,authorization, and security RpcNsMgmtEntryDelete,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,2, deletes a name-service database entry.
RpcNsMgmtEntryInqIfIds,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,3 returns the list of interfaces exported to a namequality-of-service information from abinding handle.
service database entry.
RpcBindingInqObject,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2, returns the object UUID from a binding handle.
RpcNsMgmtHandleSetExpAge,RPCNS4.DLL,NM,2, sets the expiration age of a name-service
RpcBindingInqOption,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,3 RPC client processes use RpcBindingInqOption to
handle for local copies of name-service data.
determine currentvalues of the binding options that are specific to the ncadg_mqmessageRpcNsMgmtInqExpAge,RPCNS4.DLL,NM,1 returns the global expiration age for local copies of
queuing transport.
RpcBindingReset,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, resets a binding handle so that the host is specified but name-service data.
RpcNsMgmtSetExpAge,RPCNS4.DLL,NM,1, modifies the application?s global expiration age
the server on that host is unspecified.
RpcBindingServerFromClient,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2, converts a client binding handle to a server for local copies of name-service data.
RpcNsProfileDelete,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,2, deletes a profile attribute.
binding handle.
RpcBindingSetAuthInfo,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,6, sets authentication and authorization information RpcNsProfileEltAdd,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,7, adds an element to a profile.
RpcNsProfileEltInqBegin,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,8 creates an inquiry context for viewing the
into a binding handle.
RpcBindingSetAuthInfoEx,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,7 sets authentication, authorization, and security elements in a profile.
RpcNsProfileEltInqDone,RPCNS4.DLL,NM,1, deletes the inquiry context for viewing the
quality-of-service information into a binding handle.
elements in a profile.
RpcBindingSetObject,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2, sets the object UUID value in a binding handle.
RpcNsProfileEltInqNext,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,5, returns one element at a time from a profile.
RpcBindingSetOption,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,3 enables client applications to specify messageRpcNsProfileEltRemove,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,5, removes an element from a profile.
queuing options on a binding handle.
RpcObjectInqType,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2, returns the type of an object.
RpcBindingToStringBinding,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,2, returns a string representation of a binding
RpcObjectSetInqFn,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, registers an object-inquiry function.
handle.
RpcBindingVectorFree,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, frees the binding handles contained in the vector RpcObjectSetType,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2, assigns the type of an object.
RpcProtseqVectorFree,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,1, frees the protocol sequences contained in the
and the vector itself.
vector and the vector itself.
RpcCancelThread,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, cancels a thread.
RpcEpRegister,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,4, adds to or replaces server address information in the local RpcRaiseException,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1 Use the RpcRaiseExceptionto raise an exception.
RpcRevertToSelf,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,0 After calling RpcImpersonateClient and completing any
endpoint-map database.
tasks thatrequire client impersonation, the server calls RpcRevertToSelf toend impersonation
RpcEpRegisterNoReplace,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,4, adds server-address information to the local
and to reestablish its own security identity.
RpcRevertToSelfEx,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1 After calling RpcImpersonateClient and completing
RpcEpResolveBinding,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2, resolves a partially bound server binding handle
any tasks thatrequire client impersonation, the server calls RpcRevertToSelfEx toend
into a fully bound server binding handle.
impersonation and to reestablish its own security identity.
RpcEpUnregister,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,3, removes server-address information from the local
RpcServerInqBindings,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, returns the binding handles over which remote
procedure calls can be received.
RpcIfIdVectorFree,RPCNS4.DLL,NM,1 frees the vector and the interface-identification
RpcServerInqDefaultPrincName,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,2, obtains the default principal name from
structures contained in the vector.
the server.
RpcIfIdVectorFree,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1 frees the vector and the interface-identification
RpcServerInqIf,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,3, returns the manager entry-point vector (EPV) registered
structures contained in the vector.
for an interface.
RpcIfInqId,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2, returns the interface-identification part of an interface
RpcServerListen,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,3, tells the RPC run-time library to listen for remote
specification.
procedure calls.
RpcImpersonateClient,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1 A server thread that is processing client remote
RpcServerRegisterAuthInfo,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,4, registers authentication information with the
procedure callscan call the RpcImpersonateClientto impersonate theactive client.
RPC run-time library.
RpcMgmtEnableIdleCleanup,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,0 closes idle resources, suchas network
RpcServerRegisterIf,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,3 registers an interface with the RPC run-time library.
connections, on the client.
RpcServerRegisterIfEx,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,6, registers an interface with the RPC run-time
RpcMgmtEpEltInqBegin,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,6 RpcMcreates an inquiry context for viewing the
library.
elements in an endpoint map.
RpcServerUnregisterIf,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,3, unregisters an interface from the RPC run-time
RpcMgmtEpEltInqDone,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, deletes the inquiry context for viewing the
library.
elements in an endpoint map.
RpcServerUseAllProtseqs,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2 tells the RPC run-time library to use all
RpcMgmtEpEltInqNext,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,5, returns one element from an endpoint map.
supported protocol sequences for receiving remote procedure calls.
RpcMgmtEpUnregister,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,4 removes server address informationfrom an
RpcServerUseAllProtseqsEx,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,3 tells the RPC run-timelibrary to use all
endpoint map.
supported protocol sequences for receivingremote procedure calls.
RpcMgmtInqComTimeout,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2, returns the binding- communications timeout
RpcServerUseAllProtseqsIf,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,3 tells the RPC run-time library to use all the
value in a binding handle.
RpcMgmtInqDefaultProtectLevel,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2, returns the default authentication level for specified protocol sequences and endpoints in the interface specification for receiving remote
procedure calls.
an authentication service.
RpcMgmtInqIfIds,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2 returns a vector containing the identifiers of the interfaces RpcServerUseAllProtseqsIfEx,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,4 tells the RPC run-time library to use all the
specified protocol sequences and endpoints in the interface specification for receiving remote
offered by the server.
procedure calls.
RpcMgmtInqServerPrincName,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,3, returns a server?s principal name.
RpcServerUseProtseq,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,3 tells the RPC run-time library to use the specified
RpcMgmtInqStats,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2 returns RPC run-time statistics.
protocol sequence for receiving remote procedure calls.
RpcMgmtIsServerListening,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, tells whether a server is listening for remote
RpcServerUseProtseqEp,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,4 tells the RPC run-time library to use the specified
procedure calls.
protocol sequence combined with the specified endpoint for receiving remote procedure calls. .
RpcMgmtSetAuthorizationFn,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1 establishes an authorizationfunction for
RpcServerUseProtseqEpEx,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,5 tells the RPC run-time libraryto use the
processing remote calls to a server?s managementroutines.
specified protocol sequence combined with the specifiedendpoint for receiving remote
RpcMgmtSetCancelTimeout,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, sets the lower bound on the time to wait
procedure calls.
before timing out after forwarding a cancel.
RpcMgmtSetComTimeout,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2, sets the binding-communications timeout value RpcServerUseProtseqEx,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,4 tells the RPC run-time libraryto use the specified
protocol sequence for receiving remoteprocedure calls.
in a binding handle.
RpcServerUseProtseqIf,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,4 tells the RPC run-time library to use the specified
RpcMgmtSetServerStackSize,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, specifies the stack size for each server
protocol sequence combined with the endpoints in the interface specification for receiving
thread.
remote procedure calls.
RpcMgmtStatsVectorFree,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, frees a statistics vector.
RpcServerUseProtseqIfEx,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,5 tells the RPC run-time library to use the
RpcMgmtStopServerListening,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, tells a server to stop listening for remote
specified protocol sequence combined with the endpoints in the interface specification for
procedure calls.
RpcNetworkInqProtseqs,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,1 returns all protocol sequencessupported by both receiving remote procedure calls.
RpcSmAllocate,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2 allocates memory within the RPC stub memory
the RPC run-time library and the operatingsystem.
RpcNetworkIsProtseqValid,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,1 tells whether the specified protocol sequence is management function and returns a pointer to the allocated memory or NULL.
RpcSmClientFree,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, frees memory returned from a client stub.
supported by both the RPC run-time library and the operating system.
RpcSmDestroyClientContext,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, reclaims the client memory resources for a
RpcNsBindingExport,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,5 establishes a name-service databaseentry with
context handle and makes the context handle NULL.
multiple binding handles and multiple objects for aserver.
RpcNsBindingImportBegin,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,5, creates an import context for an interface and RpcSmDisableAllocate,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,0, frees resources and memory within the stub
memory management environment.
an object.
RpcSmEnableAllocate,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,0, establishes the stub memory management
RpcNsBindingImportDone,RPCNS4.DLL,NM,1 signifies that a client hasfinished looking for a
environment.
compatible server and deletes the importcontext.
RpcNsBindingImportNext,RPCNS4.DLL,NM,2 looks up an interface, and optionally an object, RpcSmFree,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, releases memory allocated by RpcSmAllocate.
RpcSmGetThreadHandle,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, returns a thread handle, or NULL, for the stub
from a name-service database and returns a binding handle of a compatible server (if found).
RpcNsBindingInqEntryName,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,3, returns the entry name from which the
RpcSmSetClientAllocFree,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2, enables the memory allocation and release
binding handle came.
RpcNsBindingLookupBegin,RPCNS4.DLL,AW,6, creates a lookup context for an interface and mechanisms used by the client stubs.
RpcSmSetThreadHandle,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, sets a thread handle for the stub memory
an object.
management environment.
RpcNsBindingLookupDone,RPCNS4.DLL,NM,1 signifies that a client hasfinished looking for
RpcSmSwapClientAllocFree,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,4 exchanges the memoryallocation and release
compatible servers and deletes the lookupcontext.
RpcNsBindingLookupNext,RPCNS4.DLL,NM,2, returns a list of compatible binding handles for mechanisms used by the client stubs with onesupplied by the client.
a specified interface and optionally an object.
148
RpcSsAllocate,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1 allocates memory within the RPC stubmemory
management function, and returns a pointer to the allocatedmemory or NULL.
RpcSsDestroyClientContext,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, destroys a context handle no longer needed
by the client without contacting the server.
RpcSsDisableAllocate,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,0, frees resources and memory within the stub
RpcSsDontSerializeContext,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,0, disables runtime serialization of multiple calls
dispatched to server manager routines on the same context handle.
RpcSsEnableAllocate,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,0 establishes the stub memory management
environment..
RpcSsFree,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, releases memory allocated by RpcSsAllocate.
RpcSsGetThreadHandle,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,0, returns a thread handle for the stub memory
RpcSsSetClientAllocFree,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2, enables the memory allocation and release
mechanisms used by the client stubs.
RpcSsSetThreadHandle,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, sets a thread handle for the stub memory
RpcSsSwapClientAllocFree,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,4 exchanges the memoryallocation and release
mechanisms used by the client stubs with onesupplied by the client.
RpcStringBindingCompose,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,6 combines the components of a string binding
into a string binding.
RpcStringBindingParse,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,6, returns the object UUID part and the address
parts of a string binding as separate strings.
RpcStringFree,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,1 frees a character string allocated by the RPC run-time
library.
RpcTestCancel,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,0, checks for a cancel indication.
RTFSync,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3, ensures that the Rich Text Format (RTF) message text matches
the plain text version.
SafeArrayAccessData,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Increments the lock count of an array, and
retrieves a pointer to the array data.
SafeArrayAllocData,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,1,This function allocates memory for a safearray,
based on a descriptor created with SafeArrayAllocDescriptor.
SafeArrayAllocDescriptor,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Allocates memory for a safearray descriptor.
SafeArrayCopy,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Data4.2 SafeArrayCopyData This function copies the
source array to the target array after releasing any resources in the target array. This function is
SafeArrayCopyData,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,4.2 This function copies the source array to the
target array after releasing any resources in the target array.
SafeArrayCreate,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,VectorCreates a one-dimensional array whose lower
bound is always zero. A safearray created with SafeArrayCreateVector is a fixed size, so the
constant FADF_FIXEDSIZE is always set.
SafeArrayCreateVector,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Creates a one-dimensional array whose lower
bound is always zero. A safearray created with SafeArrayCreateVector is a fixed size, so the
constant FADF_FIXEDSIZE is always set.
SafeArrayDestroy,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,1,Descriptor This function destroys a decriptor of a safe
array.
SafeArrayDestroyData,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,1,This function destroys all the data in a safearray.
SafeArrayDestroyDescriptor,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,1, This function destroys a decriptor of a safe
array.
SafeArrayGetDim,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,1,Returns the number of dimensions in the array.
SafeArrayGetElement,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Retrieves a single element of the array.
SafeArrayGetElemsize,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the size (in bytes) of the elements of a
safearray.
SafeArrayGetLBound,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,4.2 returns the lower bound for any dimension of a
safearray.
SafeArrayGetUBound,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Returns the upper bound for any dimension of a
safearray.
SafeArrayLock,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,1,This function increments the lock count of an array, and
places a pointer to the array data in pvData of the array descriptor.
SafeArrayPtrOfIndex,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Returns a pointer to an array element.
SafeArrayPutElement,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Stores the data element at a given location in the
array.
SafeArrayRedim,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Changes the right-most (least significant) bound of a
safearray.
SafeArrayUnaccessData,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,1,Decrements the lock count of an array, and
invalidates the pointer retrieved by SafeArrayAccessData.
SafeArrayUnlock,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,1,Decrements the lock count of an array so it can be
freed or resized.
SaslAcceptSecurityContext,SECUR32.DLL,NM,9,Wraps a standard call to the Security Support
Provider InterfaceB AcceptSecurityContext (General) function and includes creation of SASL
server cookies.
SaslEnumerateProfiles,SECUR32.DLL,AW,2,Lists the packages that provide a SASL interface.
SaslGetProfilePackage,SECUR32.DLL,AW,2,Returns the package information for the specified
package.
SaslIdentifyPackage,SECUR32.DLL,AW,2,Returns the negotiate prefix that matches the
specified SASL negotiation buffer.
SaslInitializeSecurityContext,SECUR32.DLL,AW,12,Wraps a standard call to the Security
Support Provider InterfaceB InitializeSecurityContext (General) function and processes SASL
server cookies from the server.
SatisfyNtmsOperatorRequest,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,2, completes the specified RSM operator
request.
SaveDC,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 saves the current state of the specified device context (DC) by
copying data describing selected objects and graphic modes (such as the bitmap, brush,
palette, font, pen, region, drawing mode, and mapping mode) to a context stack.
ScaleViewportExtEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,6 modifies the viewport for a devicecontext (DC) by using
the ratios formed by the specifiedmultiplicands and divisors.
ScaleWindowExtEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,6 modifies the window for a devicecontext using the ratios
formed by the specified multiplicands anddivisors.
ScBinFromHexBounded,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3 converts the specified portion of a string
representation of a hexadecimal number into a binary number.
ScCopyNotifications,MAPI32.DLL,NM,4, copies a group of event notifications to a single block
of memory.
ScCopyProps,MAPI32.DLL,NM,4, copies the properties defined by an array of SPropValue
structures to a new destination.
ScCountNotifications,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3 determines the size, in bytes, ofan array of event
notifications, and validates the memoryassociated with the array.
ScCountProps,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3 determines the size, in bytes, of aproperty value array and
validates the memory associated with thearray.
ScCreateConversationIndex,MAPI32.DLL,NM,4, indicates where in a message thread a
message belongs.
ScDupPropset,MAPI32.DLL,NM,4 duplicates a property value array in a single block of MAPI
memory combining the operations of the ScCopyProps </native/mapi/src/func2mpf.htm> and
ScCountProps functions.
ScheduleJob,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, checks for a valid spool file.
SchemaPreload,DAPI.DLL,AW,2, is an example of a process terminated by DAPIUninitialize.
ScInitMapiUtil,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, replaces MAPIInitialize when only select utility functions are
being used.
ScLocalPathFromUNC,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3, locates a local path counterpart to the given
universal naming convention (UNC) path.
ScreenToClient,USER32.DLL,NM,2, converts the screen coordinates of a specified point on the
screen to client coordinates.
ScRelocNotifications,MAPI32.DLL,NM,5, adjusts a pointer within a specified event notification
array.
ScRelocProps,MAPI32.DLL,NM,5 adjusts the pointers in an SPropValue array after the array
and its data have been copied or moved to a new location.
ScrollConsoleScreenBuffer,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,5, moves a block of data in a screen buffer.
ScrollDC,USER32.DLL,NM,7, scrolls a rectangle of bits horizontally and vertically.
ScrollWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,5, scrolls the content of the specified window?s client area.
ScrollWindowEx,USER32.DLL,NM,8, scrolls the content of the specified window?s client area.
ScUNCFromLocalPath,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3, locates a universal naming convention (UNC) path
counterpart to the given local path.
SealMessage,SECUR32.DLL,NM,4, is already documented under another name. For more
information, see SpSealMessage.
SearchPath,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,6, searches for the specified file.
SearchTreeForFile,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,3, searches a directory tree for a specified file.
select,WS2_32.DLL,NM,5, is used to determine the status of one or more sockets.
select,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,5, is used to determine the status of one or more sockets.
SelectClipPath,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, selects the current path as a clipping region for a device
context, combining the new region with any existing clipping region by using the specified
mode. .
SelectClipRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, selects a region as the current clipping region for the specified
device context.
SelectCMM,MSCMS.DLL,NM,1,SelectCMM allows an application to select the preferred color
management module (CMM) to use.
SelectObject,GDI32.DLL,NM,2 selects an object into the specified device context.
SelectPalette,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, selects the specified logical palette into a device context.
send,WS2_32.DLL,NM,4, is used to write outgoing data on a connected socket.
send,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,4, is used to write outgoing data on a connected socket.
SendDlgItemMessage,USER32.DLL,AW,5, sends a message to the specified control in a dialog
box.
SendInput,USER32.DLL,NM,3, synthesizes keystrokes, mouse motions, and button clicks.
SendMessage,USER32.DLL,AW,4 sends the specified message to a window or windows.
SendMessageCallback,USER32.DLL,AW,6, sends the specified message to a window or
windows.
SendMessageTimeout,USER32.DLL,AW,7, sends the specified message to a window or
windows.
SendNotifyMessage,USER32.DLL,AW,4, sends the specified message to a window.
sendto,WS2_32.DLL,NM,6, is used to write outgoing data on a socket.
sendto,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,6, is used to write outgoing data on a socket.
SetAbortProc,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, sets the application-defined abort function that allows a print
job to be canceled during spooling.
SetAclInformation,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,4, sets information about an access- control list (ACL).
SetActiveWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,1, activates a window, but not if the application is in the
background.
SetArcDirection,GDI32.DLL,NM,2 sets the drawing direction to be used for arc and rectangle
functions.
SetAttribIMsgOnIStg,MAPI32.DLL,NM,4 sets or alters attributes ofproperties on an IMessage
object supplied by the OpenIMsgOnIStgfunction.
SetBitmapBits,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, sets the bits of color data for a bitmap to the specified values.
SetBitmapDimensionEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,4, assigns preferred dimensions to a bitmap.
SetBkColor,GDI32.DLL,NM,2 sets the current background color to thespecified color value, or
to the nearest physical color if thedevice cannot represent the specified color value.
SetBkMode,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, sets the background mix mode of the specified device context.
SetBoundsRect,GDI32.DLL,NM,3 controls the accumulation of bounding rectangle information
for the specified device context.
SetBrushOrgEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,4 sets the brush origin that GDI assigns to the next brush an
application selects into the specified device context.
SetCapture,USER32.DLL,NM,1, sets the mouse capture to the specified window belonging to
the current thread.
SetCaretBlinkTime,USER32.DLL,NM,1, sets the caret blink time to the specified number of
milliseconds.
SetCaretPos,USER32.DLL,NM,2 moves the caret to the specified coordinates.
SetClassLong,USER32.DLL,AW,3 replaces the specified 32-bit (long) value at the specified
offset into the extra class memory or the WNDCLASSEX structure for the class to which the
specified window belongs.
SetClassWord,USER32.DLL,NM,3 replaces the 16-bit (word) value at thespecified offset into
the extra class memory for the window classto which the specified window belongs.
SetClipboardData,USER32.DLL,NM,2, places data on the clipboard in a specified clipboard
format.
SetColorAdjustment,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, sets the color adjustment values for a device context
using the specified values.
SetColorProfileElement,MSCMS.DLL,NM,5, sets the element data for a tagged profile element.
SetColorProfileElementReference,MSCMS.DLL,NM,3,SetColorProfileElementReference
creates in a specified color profile a new tag which references the same data as an existing tag.
SetColorProfileElementSize,MSCMS.DLL,NM,3,SetColorProfileElementSize sets the size of a
tagged element.
SetColorProfileHeader,MSCMS.DLL,NM,2, sets the header data in a specified color profile.
SetCommBreak,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 suspends character transmission for aspecified
communications device and places the transmission line ina break state until the
ClearCommBreak function is called.
SetCommConfig,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, sets the current configuration of a communications
device.
SetCommMask,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, specifies a set of events to be monitored for a
SetCommState,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 configures a communications device according to the
specifications in a device-control block
SetCommTimeouts,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 sets the time-out parameters for all read and write
operations on a specified communications device.
SetComputerName,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,1, sets the computer name to be used the next time
the system is restarted.
SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, sets the specified screen buffer to be
the currently displayed console screen buffer.
SetConsoleCP,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, sets the input code page used by the console
SetConsoleCtrlHandler,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 adds or removes an application-defined
HandlerRoutine function from the list of handler functions for the calling process.
SetConsoleCursorInfo,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, sets the size and visibility of the cursor for the
specified console screen buffer.
SetConsoleCursorPosition,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, sets the cursor position in the specified
console screen buffer.
SetConsoleMode,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 sets the input mode of a console?sinput buffer or the
output mode of a console screen buffer.
SetConsoleOutputCP,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, sets the output code page used by the console
SetConsoleScreenBufferSize,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, changes the size of the specified console
screen buffer.
149
SetConsoleTextAttribute,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 sets the foreground (text) and background color SetPrinter,WINMM.DLL,AW,4, sets the state of the specified printer by pausing printing,
attributes of characters written to the screen buffer by the WriteFile or WriteConsole function, resuming printing, or clearing all print jobs.
SetPrinterData,WINMM.DLL,AW,5, sets the configuration data for a printer.
or echoed by the ReadFile or ReadConsole function.
SetConsoleTitle,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,1, sets the title bar string for the current console window. SetPriorityClass,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, sets the priority class for the specified process.
SetPrivateObjectSecurity,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,5, modifies a private object?s security descriptor.
SetConsoleWindowInfo,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3 sets the current size and position of a console
SetProcessAffinityMask,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 sets a processor affinity mask for the threads of
screen buffer?s window.
a specified process.
SetConvertStg,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, sets the convert bit in a storage object to indicate that the
object is to be converted to a new class when it is opened. The setting can be retrieved with a SetProcessPriorityBoost,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 disables the ability of Windows NT to
temporarily boost the priority of the threads of the specified process.
call to the GetConvertStg function.
SetProcessShutdownParameters,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, sets shutdown parameters for the
SetCurrentDirectory,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,1 changes the current directory for the current
currently calling process.
process.
SetProcessWindowStation,USER32.DLL,NM,1, assigns a window station to the calling process.
SetCursor,USER32.DLL,NM,1, establishes the cursor shape.
SetProcessWorkingSetSize,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, sets the minimum and maximum working
SetCursorPos,USER32.DLL,NM,2, moves the cursor to the specified screen coordinates.
set sizes for a specified process.
SetDebugErrorLevel,USER32.DLL,NM,1 sets the minimum error level atwhich Windows will
SetProp,USER32.DLL,AW,3 adds a new entry or changes an existing entry in the property list
generate debugging events and pass them to adebugger.
of the specified window.
SetDefaultCommConfig,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, sets the default configuration for a
SetRect,USER32.DLL,NM,5, sets the coordinates of the specified rectangle.
SetRectEmpty,USER32.DLL,NM,1 creates an empty rectangle in which all coordinates are set
SetDIBColorTable,GDI32.DLL,NM,4 sets RGB (red, green, blue) color values in a range of
entries in the color table of the device-independent bitmap (DIB) that is currently selected into a to zero.
SetRectRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,5, changes a region into a rectangular region with the specified
coordinates.
SetDIBits,GDI32.DLL,NM,7, sets the pixels in a bitmap using the color data found in the
SetROP2,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, sets the current foreground mix mode.
specified device-independent bitmap (DIB).
SetScrollInfo,USER32.DLL,NM,4 sets the parameters of a scroll bar,including the minimum and
SetDIBitsToDevice,GDI32.DLL,NM,12 sets the pixels in the specified rectangle on the device
maximum scrolling positions, the pagesize, and the position of the scroll box (thumb).
that is associated with the destination device context using color data from a deviceSetScrollPos,USER32.DLL,NM,4 sets the position of the scroll box(thumb) in the specified
independent bitmap (DIB).
scroll bar and, if requested, redraws thescroll bar to reflect the new position of the scroll box.
SetDlgItemInt,USER32.DLL,NM,4, sets the text of a control in a dialog box to the string
SetScrollRange,USER32.DLL,NM,5, sets the minimum and maximum position values for the
representation of a specified integer value.
specified scroll bar.
SetDlgItemText,USER32.DLL,AW,3, sets the title or text of a control in a dialog box.
SetSecurityDescriptorDacl,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,4, sets information in a discretionary accessSetDoubleClickTime,USER32.DLL,NM,1, sets the double-click time for the mouse.
SetEndOfFile,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 Sets End-of-file (EOF) position for the specified file to the control list (ACL).
SetSecurityDescriptorGroup,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3 sets the primary group information of an
current position of the file pointer.
absolute-format security descriptor, replacing any primary group information already present in
SetEnhMetaFileBits,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, creates a memory-based enhanced- format metafile
the security descriptor.
from the supplied data.
SetEntriesInAcl,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,4 creates a new access-control list(ACL) by merging new SetSecurityDescriptorOwner,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3, sets the owner information of an absoluteformat security descriptor.
access-control or audit-control informationinto an existing ACL.
SetEnvironmentVariable,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, sets the value of an environment variable for SetSecurityDescriptorSacl,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,4, sets information in a system access-control
list (ACL).
the current process.
SetSecurityInfo,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,7, sets specified security information in the security
SetErrorInfo,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2, (Visual C++ Concepts)Called by OnWizFinish and
descriptor of a specified object.
CanUseFileName to provide current error information.
SetErrorMode,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, controls how the operating system handles several types SetService,MSWSOCK.DLL,AW,6,Important is obsolete.
SetService,WSOCK32.DLL,AW,6,Important is obsolete.
of serious errors.
SetServiceBits,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,4 registers a service type with the service control manager
SetEvent,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 sets the state of the specified event object to signaled.
SetFileApisToOEM,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, causes a set of Win32 file functions to use the OEM and the Server service.
SetServiceObjectSecurity,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3, sets the security descriptor of a service object.
code page.
SetServiceStatus,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,2, updates the service control manager?s status
SetFileAttributes,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, sets a file?s attributes.
information for the calling service.
SetFilePointer,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4, moves the file pointer of an open file.
setsockopt,WS2_32.DLL,NM,5, sets a socket option.
SetFileSecurity,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,3 sets the security of a file or directory object.
setsockopt,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,5, sets a socket option.
SetFileTime,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4, sets the date and time that a file was created, last
SetStandardColorSpaceProfile,MSCMS.DLL,AW,3, registers a specified profile for a given
accessed, or last modified.
standard color space.
SetFocus,USER32.DLL,NM,1 sets the keyboard focus to the specified window.
SetForegroundWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,1, puts the thread that created the specified window SetStdHandle,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, is used to set the handle for the standard input, standard
output, or standard error device.
into the foreground and activates the window.
SetStretchBltMode,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, sets the bitmap stretching mode in the specified device
SetForm,WINMM.DLL,AW,5, sets the form information for the specified printer.
context.
SetGraphicsMode,GDI32.DLL,NM,2 sets the graphics mode for the specified device context.
SetHandleCount,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, sets the number of file handles available to a process. SetSysColors,USER32.DLL,NM,3, sets the colors for one or more display elements.
SetSystemCursor,USER32.DLL,NM,2 replaces the contents of the system cursor specified by
SetHandleInformation,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3 sets certain properties of an object handle.
SetImageConfigInformation,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,2, locates and changes the load configuration id with the contents of the cursor specified by hcur, and then destroys hcur.
SetSystemPaletteUse,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, allows an application to specify whether the system
data of an image.
palette contains 2 or 20 static colors.
SetJob,WINMM.DLL,AW,5, pauses, resumes, cancels, or restarts a print job on a specified
SetSystemPowerState,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, suspends the system by shutting power down.
printer.
SetSystemTime,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, sets the current system time and date.
SetKernelObjectSecurity,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,3 sets the security of a kernel object.
SetKeyboardState,USER32.DLL,NM,1, copies a 256-byte array of keyboard key states into the SetTapeParameters,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, either specifies the block size of a tape or
configures the tape device.
calling thread?s keyboard-input state table.
SetTapePosition,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,6 sets the tape position on the specified device.
SetLastError,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, sets the last-error code for the calling thread.
SetTextAlign,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, sets the text-alignment flags for the specified device context.
SetLastErrorEx,USER32.DLL,NM,2, sets the last-error code.
SetTextCharacterExtra,GDI32.DLL,NM,2 sets the intercharacter spacing.
SetLocaleInfo,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, sets an item of locale information.
SetTextColor,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, sets the text color for the specified device context to the
SetLocalTime,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, sets the current local time and date.
SetMailslotInfo,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, sets the time-out value used by the specified mailslot for specified color.
SetTextJustification,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, specifies the amount of space Windows should add to
a read operation.
the break characters in a string of text.
SetMapMode,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, sets the mapping mode of the specified device context.
SetThreadAffinityMask,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, sets a processor affinity mask for a specified
SetMapperFlags,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, alters the algorithm the font mapper uses when it maps
thread.
logical fonts to physical fonts.
SetThreadContext,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, sets the context in the specified thread.
SetMenu,USER32.DLL,NM,2, assigns a new menu to the specified window.
SetThreadDesktop,USER32.DLL,NM,1, assigns a desktop to the calling thread.
SetMenuContextHelpId,USER32.DLL,NM,2, associates a help context identifier with a menu.
SetThreadIdealProcessor,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, is used to specify a preferred processor for a
SetMenuDefaultItem,USER32.DLL,NM,3, sets the default menu item for the specified menu.
thread.
SetMenuItemBitmaps,USER32.DLL,NM,5 associates the specified bitmap with a menu item.
SetThreadLocale,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, sets the calling thread?s current locale.
SetMenuItemInfo,USER32.DLL,AW,4 changes information about a menu item.
SetThreadPriority,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, sets the priority value for the specified thread.
SetMessageExtraInfo,USER32.DLL,NM,1, sets the extra message information for the current
SetThreadPriorityBoost,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, disables the ability of Windows NT to
thread.
temporarily boost the priority of a thread.
SetMessageQueue,USER32.DLL,NM,1, is obsolete.
SetMetaFileBitsEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, creates a memory-based Windows- format metafile from SetThreadToken,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,2, assigns an impersonation token to a thread.
SetTimer,USER32.DLL,NM,4, creates a timer with the specified time-out value.
the supplied data.
SetTimeZoneInformation,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 sets the current time-zone parameters.
SetMetaRgn,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 intersects the current clipping region for the specified device
context with the current metaregion and saves the combined region as the new metaregion for SetTokenInformation,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,4, sets various types of information for a specified
access token.
the specified device context.
SetUnhandledExceptionFilter,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 lets an applicationsupersede the top-level
SetMiterLimit,GDI32.DLL,NM,3, sets the limit for the length of miter joins for the specified
exception handler that Win32 places at thetop of each thread and process.
device context.
SetNamedPipeHandleState,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4, sets the read mode and the blocking mode SetupColorMatching,ICMUI.DLL,AW,1,creates a Color Management dialog box that lets the
user choose whether to enable color management, and if so, provides control over the color
of the specified named pipe.
SetNamedSecurityInfo,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,7 sets specified security information in the security profiles used and over the rendering intent.
SetupComm,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, initializes the communications parameters for a specified
descriptor of a specified object.
SetNtmsMediaComplete,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,2, marks a piece of logical media as complete.
SetUrlCacheConfigInfo,WININET.DLL,AW,2,4.2 sets cache configuration information.
SetNtmsObjectAttribute,NTMSAPI.DLL,AW,6, creates an extended attribute (named private
BOOLAPI SetUrlCacheConfigInfoA( LPINTERNET_CACHE_CONFIG_INFOA
data) in the specified RSM object.
SetUrlCacheEntryGroup,WININET.DLL,AW,7,Adds entries to or removes entries from a cache
SetNtmsObjectInformation,NTMSAPI.DLL,AW,3, changes the information structure of the
group.
specified object.
SetUrlCacheEntryInfo,WININET.DLL,AW,3,Sets the specified members of the
SetNtmsObjectSecurity,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,5, writes the security descriptor for the specified
INTERNET_CACHE_ENTRY_INFO structure.
RSM object.
SetUrlCacheGroupAttribute,WININET.DLL,AW,6,Sets the attribute information of the specified
SetNtmsRequestOrder,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,3, sets the order that the specified request will be
cache group.
processed in the library queue.
SetUserObjectInformation,USER32.DLL,AW,4, sets information about a window station or
SetPaletteEntries,GDI32.DLL,NM,4, sets RGB (red, green, blue) color values and flags in a
desktop object.
range of entries in a logical palette.
SetUserObjectSecurity,USER32.DLL,NM,3, sets the security of a user object.
SetParent,USER32.DLL,NM,2 changes the parent window of the specified child window.
SetViewportExtEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,4 sets the horizontal and vertical extents of the viewport for a
SetPixel,GDI32.DLL,NM,4, sets the pixel at the specified coordinates to the specified color.
device context by using the specified values.
SetPixelFormat,GDI32.DLL,NM,3 sets the pixel format of the specified device context to the
SetViewportOrgEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,4, sets the viewport origin of a device context by using the
format specified by the iPixelFormat index.
SetPixelV,GDI32.DLL,NM,4, sets the pixel at the specified coordinates to the closest
SetVolumeLabel,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, sets the label of a file system volume.
approximation of the specified color.
SetWaitableTimer,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,6, activates the specified ?waitable? timer.
SetPolyFillMode,GDI32.DLL,NM,2, sets the polygon fill mode for functions that fill polygons.
150
SetWindowContextHelpId,USER32.DLL,NM,2, associates a help context identifier with the
specified window.
SetWindowExtEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,4 sets the horizontal and vertical extents of the window for a
device context by using the specified values.
SetWindowLong,USER32.DLL,AW,3 changes an attribute of the specifiedwindow.
SetWindowOrgEx,GDI32.DLL,NM,4, sets the window origin of the device context by using the
SetWindowPlacement,USER32.DLL,NM,2 sets the show state and therestored, minimized, and
maximized positions of the specifiedwindow.
SetWindowPos,USER32.DLL,NM,7 changes the size, position, and Z order of a child, pop-up,
or top-level window.
SetWindowRgn,USER32.DLL,NM,3, sets the window region of a window.
SetWindowsHook,USER32.DLL,AW,2 is obsolete.
SetWindowsHookEx,USER32.DLL,AW,4, installs an application-defined hook procedure into a
hook chain.
SetWindowText,USER32.DLL,AW,2, changes the text of the specified window?s title bar (if it
has one).
SetWindowWord,USER32.DLL,NM,3, is obsolete.
SetWinMetaFileBits,GDI32.DLL,NM,4 converts a metafile from the older Windows format to the
new enhanced format and stores the new metafile in memory.
SetWorldTransform,GDI32.DLL,NM,2 sets a two-dimensional linear transformation between
world space and page space for the specified device context.
SHAddToRecentDocs,SHELL32.DLL,NM,2 _hreadAdds a document to the shell?s list of
recently used documents orclears all documents from the list.
SHAppBarMessage,SHELL32.DLL,NM,2 Sends an appbar message to the system.
SHBrowseForFolder,SHELL32.DLL,AW,1 Displays a dialog box that enables the user to select
a shellfolder.
SHChangeNotify,SHELL32.DLL,NM,4 Notifies the system of an event that an application has
performed.
ShellAbout,SHELL32.DLL,AW,4, displays a Shell About dialog box.
ShellExecute,SHELL32.DLL,AW,6, opens or prints a specified file.
ShellExecuteEx,SHELL32.DLL,AW,1, performs an action on a file.
Shell_NotifyIcon,SHELL32.DLL,AW,2 Sends a message to the system to add, modify, or delete
an iconfrom the taskbar status area.
SHFileOperation,SHELL32.DLL,AW,1 Performs a copy, move, rename, or delete operation on
a file systemobject.
SHFree,SHELL32.DLL,NM,1 Frees the memory allocated by SHAlloc.
SHFreeNameMappings,SHELL32.DLL,NM,1 Frees a file name mapping object that was
retrieved by the SHFileOperation function.
SHGetDataFromIDList,SHELL32.DLL,AW,5 retrieves extended property datafrom a relative
IDList.
SHGetDesktopFolder,SHELL32.DLL,NM,1 Retrieves the IShellFolder interface for the desktop
folder, whichis the root of the shell?s name space.
SHGetFileInfo,SHELL32.DLL,AW,5 Retrieves information about an object in the file system,
such as afile, a folder, a directory, or a drive root.
SHGetInstanceExplorer,SHELL32.DLL,NM,1 Retreives the address of the Explorer?s
IUnknown interface.
SHGetMalloc,SHELL32.DLL,NM,1 Retrieves a pointer to the shell?s IMalloc interface.
SHGetPathFromIDList,SHELL32.DLL,AW,2 Converts an item identifier list to a file system path.
SHGetSpecialFolderLocation,SHELL32.DLL,NM,3 Retrieves the location of a special folder.
SHLoadInProc,SHELL32.DLL,NM,1 Creates an instance of the specified object class from
within thecontext of the shell?s process.
ShowCaret,USER32.DLL,NM,1, makes the caret visible on the screen at the caret?s current
position.
ShowCursor,USER32.DLL,NM,1, displays or hides the cursor.
ShowHideMenuCtl,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,3 sets or removes the specified menuitem?s checkmark attribute, and shows or hides the correspondingcontrol.
ShowOwnedPopups,USER32.DLL,NM,2, shows or hides all pop-up windows owned by the
specified window.
ShowScrollBar,USER32.DLL,NM,3 shows or hides the specified scroll bar.
ShowWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,2, sets the specified window?s show state.
ShowWindowAsync,USER32.DLL,NM,2, sets the show state of a window created by a different
thread.
shutdown,WS2_32.DLL,NM,2, is used on all types of sockets to disable reception,
transmission, or both.
shutdown,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,2, is used on all types of sockets to disable reception,
transmission, or both.
SignalObjectAndWait,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4, allows the caller to atomically signal an object and
wait on another object.
SizeofResource,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, returns the size, in bytes, of the specified resource.
Sleep,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, suspends the execution of the current thread for a specified
interval.
SleepEx,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 causes the current thread to enter a wait state An I/O
completion callback function is called, An asynchronous procedure call (APC) is queued to the
thread., The time-out interval elapses
sndPlaySound,WINMM.DLL,AW,2, plays a waveform sound specified either by a filename or by
an entry in the registry or the WIN.
SnmpMgrClose,MGMTAPI.DLL,NM,1, closes communications sockets and data structures
associated with the specified session.
SnmpMgrCtl,MGMTAPI.DLL,NM,7,sets an operating parameter associated with an SNMP
session.
SnmpMgrGetTrap,MGMTAPI.DLL,NM,6, returns outstanding trap data that the caller has not
received if trap reception is enabled.
SnmpMgrGetTrapEx,MGMTAPI.DLL,NM,8,returns outstanding trap data that the caller has not
received if trap reception is enabled.
SnmpMgrOidToStr,MGMTAPI.DLL,NM,2 converts an internal object identifier to a string object
identifier or object descriptor representation.
SnmpMgrOpen,MGMTAPI.DLL,NM,4, initializes communications sockets and data structures,
allowing communications with the specified agent.
SnmpMgrRequest,MGMTAPI.DLL,NM,5, requests the specified operation be performed with
the specified agent.
SnmpMgrStrToOid,MGMTAPI.DLL,NM,2, converts an internal object identifier to a string object
identifier or object descriptor representation.
SnmpMgrTrapListen,MGMTAPI.DLL,NM,1, registers the ability of a manager application to
receive SNMP traps.
SnmpUtilMemAlloc,SNMPAPI.DLL,NM,1, allocates dynamic memory from the process heap.
SnmpUtilMemFree,SNMPAPI.DLL,NM,1, frees the specified memory object.
SnmpUtilMemReAlloc,SNMPAPI.DLL,NM,2, changes the size of the specified memory object.
SnmpUtilOidAppend,SNMPAPI.DLL,NM,2, appends the source object identifier to the
destination object identifier.
SnmpUtilOidCmp,SNMPAPI.DLL,NM,2, compares two object identifiers.
SnmpUtilOidCpy,SNMPAPI.DLL,NM,2 copies the variable pointed to by theSrcObjId parameter
to the DestObjId parameter, allocating anynecessary memory for the destination?s copy.
SnmpUtilOidFree,SNMPAPI.DLL,NM,1, frees any allocated data associated with the object
identifier.
SnmpUtilOidNCmp,SNMPAPI.DLL,NM,3, compares two object identifier variables up to the
length specified by the Len parameter.
SnmpUtilPrintAsnAny,SNMPAPI.DLL,NM,1, prints the value of the Any parameter to the
standard output.
SnmpUtilVarBindCpy,SNMPAPI.DLL,NM,2 copies the RFC1157VarBindstructure, and allocates
any memory necessary for the destinationstructure.
SnmpUtilVarBindFree,SNMPAPI.DLL,NM,1 frees any allocated data associated with an
RFC1157VarBind structure.
SnmpUtilVarBindListCpy,SNMPAPI.DLL,NM,2 copies the RFC1157VarBindListstructure, and
allocates any necessary memory for the destination'scopy.
SnmpUtilVarBindListFree,SNMPAPI.DLL,NM,1, frees any allocated data associated with an
RFC1157VarBindList structure.
socket,WS2_32.DLL,NM,3 creates a socket that is bound to a specific service provider.
socket,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,3 creates a socket that is bound to a specific service provider.
SplitSymbols,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,4, strips symbols from the specified image.
SpoolerCopyFileEvent,MSCMS.DLL,NM,3,graphics, GraphicsDrivers, Reference,
SpoolerCopyFileEvent
SQLAllocConnect,ODBC32.DLL,NM,2 Obsolete
SQLAllocEnv,ODBC32.DLL,NM,1 Obsolete
SQLAllocHandle,ODBC32.DLL,NM,3 Obtains an environment, connection, statement, or
descriptor handle.
SQLAllocHandleStd,ODBC32.DLL,NM,3 Default SQLAllocHandle routine
SQLAllocStmt,ODBC32.DLL,NM,2 Obsolete
SQLBindCol,ODBC32.DLL,NM,6 Assigns storage for a result column and specifies the data
type.
SQLBindParam,ODBC32.DLL,NM,8 Obsolete
SQLBindParameter,ODBC32.DLL,NM,10 Assigns storage for a parameter in an SQL
statement.
SQLBrowseConnect,ODBC32.DLL,AW,6 Returns successive levels of connection attributes
and valid attribute values
SQLBulkOperations,ODBC32.DLL,NM,2 Performs bulk insertions and bulk bookmark
operations, including update, delete, and fetch by bookmark.
SQLCancel,ODBC32.DLL,NM,1 Cancels an SQL statement.
SQLCloseCursor,ODBC32.DLL,NM,1 Closes a cursor that has been opened on a statement
handle.
SQLColAttribute,ODBC32.DLL,AW,7, returns descriptor information for a column in a result set.
Descriptor information is returned as a character string, a 32-bit descriptor-dependent value, or
an integer value.
SQLColAttributes,ODBC32.DLL,AW,7 Obsolete
SQLColumnPrivileges,ODBC32.DLL,AW,9 Returns a list of columns and associated privileges
for one or more tables.
SQLColumns,ODBC32.DLL,AW,9 Returns the list of column names in specified tables.
SQLConnect,ODBC32.DLL,AW,7 Connects to a specific driver by data source name, user ID,
and password.
SQLCopyDesc,ODBC32.DLL,NM,2 copies descriptor information from one descriptor handle to
another.
SQLDataSources,ODBC32.DLL,AW,8 Returns the list of available data sources.
SQLDescribeCol,ODBC32.DLL,AW,9 Describes a column in the result set.
SQLDescribeParam,ODBC32.DLL,NM,6 Returns the description for a specific parameter in a
statement.
SQLDisconnect,ODBC32.DLL,NM,1 Closes the connection.
SQLDriverConnect,ODBC32.DLL,AW,8 Connects to a specific driver by connection string or
requests that the Driver Manager and driver display connection dialog boxes for the user.
SQLDrivers,ODBC32.DLL,AW,8 Returns the list of installed drivers and their attributes.
SQLEndTran,ODBC32.DLL,NM,3 Commits or rolls back a transaction.
SQLError,ODBC32.DLL,AW,8 Returns error or status information.
SQLExecDirect,ODBC32.DLL,AW,3 Executes a statement.
SQLExecute,ODBC32.DLL,NM,1 Executes a prepared statement.
SQLExtendedFetch,ODBC32.DLL,NM,5 fetches the specified rowset of data from the result set
and returns data for all bound columns.
SQLFetch,ODBC32.DLL,NM,1 Returns multiple result rows.
SQLFetchScroll,ODBC32.DLL,NM,3 fetches the specified rowset of data from the result set and
returns data for all bound columns.
SQLForeignKeys,ODBC32.DLL,AW,13 Returns a list of column names that make up foreign
keys, if they exist for a specified table.
SQLFreeConnect,ODBC32.DLL,NM,1 Obsolete
SQLFreeEnv,ODBC32.DLL,NM,1 Obsolete
SQLFreeHandle,ODBC32.DLL,NM,2 Releases an environment, connection, statement, or
descriptor handle.
SQLFreeStmt,ODBC32.DLL,NM,2 Ends statement processing, discards pending results, and,
optionally, frees all resources associated with the statement handle.
SQLGetConnectAttr,ODBC32.DLL,AW,5 Returns the value of a connection attribute.
SQLGetConnectOption,ODBC32.DLL,AW,3 Obsolete
SQLGetCursorName,ODBC32.DLL,AW,4 Returns the cursor name associated with a statement
handle.
SQLGetData,ODBC32.DLL,NM,6 Returns part or all of one column of one row of a result set
SQLGetDescField,ODBC32.DLL,AW,6 Returns the value of a single descriptor field.
SQLGetDescRec,ODBC32.DLL,AW,11 Returns the values of multiple descriptor fields.
SQLGetDiagField,ODBC32.DLL,AW,7 Returns additional diagnostic information
SQLGetDiagRec,ODBC32.DLL,AW,8 Returns additional diagnostic information
SQLGetEnvAttr,ODBC32.DLL,NM,5 Returns the value of an environment attribute.
SQLGetFunctions,ODBC32.DLL,NM,3 Returns supported driver functions
SQLGetInfo,ODBC32.DLL,AW,5 Returns information about a specific driver and data source.
SQLGetStmtAttr,ODBC32.DLL,AW,5 Returns the value of a statement attribute.
SQLGetStmtOption,ODBC32.DLL,NM,3 Obsolete
SQLGetTypeInfo,ODBC32.DLL,AW,2 Returns information about supported data types.
SQLMoreResults,ODBC32.DLL,NM,1 Determines whether there are more result sets available
and, if so, initializes processing for the next result set.
SQLNativeSql,ODBC32.DLL,AW,6 Returns the text of an SQL statement as translated by the
driver.
SQLNumParams,ODBC32.DLL,NM,2 Returns the number of parameters in a statement.
SQLNumResultCols,ODBC32.DLL,NM,2 Returns the number of columns in the result set.
SQLParamData,ODBC32.DLL,NM,2 Used in conjunction with SQLPutData to supply parameter
data at execution time.
SQLParamOptions,ODBC32.DLL,NM,3 Obsolete
SQLPrepare,ODBC32.DLL,AW,3 Prepares an SQL statement for later execution.
SQLPrimaryKeys,ODBC32.DLL,AW,7 Returns the list of column names that make up the
primary key for a table.
SQLProcedureColumns,ODBC32.DLL,AW,9 Returns the list of input and output parameters, as
well as the columns that make up the result set for the specified procedures.
SQLProcedures,ODBC32.DLL,AW,7 Returns the list of procedure names stored in a specific
data source.
SQLPutData,ODBC32.DLL,NM,3 Sends part or all of a data value for a parameter.
SQLRowCount,ODBC32.DLL,NM,2 Returns the number of rows affected by an insert, update,
or delete request.
SQLSetConnectAttr,ODBC32.DLL,AW,4 Sets a connection attribute.
SQLSetConnectOption,ODBC32.DLL,AW,3 Obsolete
SQLSetCursorName,ODBC32.DLL,AW,3 Specifies a cursor name.
SQLSetDescField,ODBC32.DLL,AW,5 sets the value of a single field of a descriptor record.
SQLSetEnvAttr,ODBC32.DLL,NM,4 Sets an environment attribute.
SQLSetParam,ODBC32.DLL,NM,8 Obsolete
SQLSetPos,ODBC32.DLL,NM,4 Positions a cursor within a fetched block of data, and allows an
application to refresh data in the rowset, or update or delete data in the result set.
151
SQLSetScrollOptions,ODBC32.DLL,NM,4 Sets options that control cursor behavior.
SQLSetStmtAttr,ODBC32.DLL,AW,4 Sets a statement attribute.
SQLSetStmtOption,ODBC32.DLL,NM,3 Obsolete
SQLSpecialColumns,ODBC32.DLL,AW,10 Returns information about the optimal set of
columns that uniquely identifies a row in a specified table, or the columns that are automatically
updated when any value in the row is updated by a transaction.
SQLStatistics,ODBC32.DLL,AW,9 Returns statistics about a single table and the list of indexes
associated with the table.
SQLTablePrivileges,ODBC32.DLL,AW,7 Returns a list of tables and the privileges associated
with each table.
SQLTables,ODBC32.DLL,AW,9 Returns the list of table names stored in a specific data source.
SQLTransact,ODBC32.DLL,NM,3 Obsolete
StackWalk,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,9,The StackWalk64 function provides a portable method for
obtaining a stack trace.
StartCAP,CAP.DLL,NM,0,Clear profiling data and start profiling.
StartDoc,GDI32.DLL,AW,2, starts a print job.
StartDocPrinter,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, informs the print spooler that a document is to be spooled
for printing.
StartPage,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, prepares the printer driver to accept data.
StartPagePrinter,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, informs the spooler that a page is about to be printed on
the specified printer.
StartService,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,3, starts a service.
StartServiceCtrlDispatcher,ADVAPI32.DLL,AW,1
StgCreateDocfile,OLE32.DLL,NM,4, creates a new compound file storage object using the
COM-provided compound file implementation for the IStorage interface.
StgCreateDocfileOnILockBytes,OLE32.DLL,NM,4,Creates and opens a new compound file
storage object on top of a byte-array object provided by the caller.
StgCreatePropSetStg,IPROP.DLL,NM,3,Creates a property set storage object from a specified
storage object.
StgCreatePropStg,IPROP.DLL,NM,6,Creates and opens a property set in a specified storage or
stream object.
StgGetIFillLockBytesOnFile,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Opens a wrapper object on a temporary file.
StgGetIFillLockBytesOnILockBytes,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Creates a new wrapper object on a byte
array object provided by the caller.
StgIsStorageFile,OLE32.DLL,NM,1, indicates whether a particular disk file contains a storage
object.
StgIsStorageILockBytes,OLE32.DLL,NM,1, indicates whether the specified byte array contains
a storage object.
StgOpenAsyncDocfileOnIFillLockBytes,OLE32.DLL,NM,4,Opens an existing root asynchronous
storage object on a byte-array wrapper object provided by the caller.
StgOpenLayoutDocfile,DFLAYOUT.DLL,NM,4,Opens a compound file on an ILockBytes
implementation that is capable of monitoring sector data.
StgOpenPropStg,IPROP.DLL,NM,5,Opens a specified property set in a specified storage or
stream object.
StgOpenStorage,OLE32.DLL,NM,6, opens an existing root storage object in the file system.
StgOpenStorageOnILockBytes,OLE32.DLL,NM,6, opens an existing storage object that does
not reside in a disk file, but instead has an underlying byte array provided by the caller.
StgSetTimes,OLE32.DLL,NM,4, sets the creation, access, and modification times of the
indicated file, if supported by the underlying file system.
StopCAP,CAP.DLL,NM,0,Stop profiling.
StretchBlt,GDI32.DLL,NM,11 copies a bitmap from a source rectangle into a destination
rectangle, stretching or compressing the bitmap to fit the dimensions of the destination
rectangle, if necessary.
StretchDIBits,GDI32.DLL,NM,13 copies the color data for a rectangle of pixels in a deviceindependent bitmap (DIB) to the specified destination rectangle.
StringFromCLSID,OLE32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a CLSID into a string of printable characters.
Different CLSIDs always convert to different strings.
StringFromGUID2,OLE32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a globally unique identifier (GUID) into a string of
printable characters.
StringFromIID,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, Interface identifier to be converted.
StrokeAndFillPath,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 closes any open figures in a path,strokes the outline of the
path by using the current pen, and fillsits interior by using the current brush.
StrokePath,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 renders the specified path by using the current pen.
SubmitNtmsOperatorRequest,NTMSAPI.DLL,AW,6, submits an RSM operator request.
SubtractRect,USER32.DLL,NM,3, obtains the coordinates of a rectangle determined by
subtracting one rectangle from another.
SuspendThread,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, suspends the specified thread.
SwapBuffers,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 exchanges the front and back buffers ifthe current pixel format
for the window referenced by the specifieddevice context includes a back buffer.
SwapNtmsMedia,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,3, swaps the sides associated with the two specified
LMIDs. The specified LMIDs must be in the same media pool.
SwitchDesktop,USER32.DLL,NM,1, makes a desktop visible and activates it.
SwitchToFiber,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, schedules a fiber.
SwitchToThread,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0 causes the calling thread to yieldexecution to another
thread that is ready to run on the currentprocessor.
SymCleanup,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,1, deallocates all resources associated with the process
handle.
SymEnumerateModules,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,3,The SymEnumerateModules64 function
enumerates all modules that have been loaded for the process by the SymLoadModule64 or
SymLoadModuleEx function.
SymEnumerateSymbols,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,4,The SymEnumerateSymbols64 function
enumerates all the symbols for a specified module.
SymFunctionTableAccess,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,2,The SymFunctionTableAccess64 function
retrieves the function table entry for the specified address.
SymGetModuleBase,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,2,The SymGetModuleBase64 function retrieves the
base address of the module that contains the specified address.
SymGetModuleInfo,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,3,The SymGetModuleInfo64 function retrieves the
module information of the specified module.
SymGetOptions,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the current options mask.
SymGetSearchPath,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the symbol search path for the specified
process.
SymGetSymFromAddr,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,4,The SymGetSymFromAddr64 function locates
the symbol for the specified address.
SymGetSymFromName,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,3,The SymGetSymFromName64 function locates
a symbol for the specified name.
SymGetSymNext,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,2,The SymGetSymNext64 function retrieves the symbol
information of the next symbol.
SymGetSymPrev,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,2,The SymGetSymPrev64 function retrieves the symbol
information of the previous symbol.
SymInitialize,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,3, initializes the symbol handler for a process.
SymLoadModule,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,6,The SymLoadModule64 function loads the symbol
table.
SymRegisterCallback,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,4,The SymRegisterCallback64 function lets an
application register a callback function for use by the symbol handler.
SymSetOptions,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,1, sets the options mask.
SymSetSearchPath,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,2, sets the search path for the specified process.
SysAllocString,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,1,LenAllocates a new string, copies cch characters from
the passed string into it, and then appends a null character.
SysAllocStringByteLen,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Takes an ANSI string as input, and returns a
BSTR that contains an ANSI string. Does not perform any ANSI-to-Unicode translation.
SysAllocStringLen,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Allocates a new string, copies cch characters from
the passed string into it, and then appends a null character.
SysFreeString,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,1,Deallocates a string allocated previously by
SysAllocString, SysAllocStringByteLen, SysReAllocString, SysAllocStringLen, or
SysReAllocString,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Len This function creates a new BSTR that contains a
specified number of characters from an old BSTR, and frees the old BSTR.
SysReAllocStringLen,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3, This function creates a new BSTR that contains a
specified number of characters from an old BSTR, and frees the old BSTR.
SysStringByteLen,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,1,Returns the length (in bytes) of a BSTR. Valid for 32bit systems only.
SysStringLen,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,1,Returns the length of a BSTR.
SystemParametersInfo,USER32.DLL,AW,4, queries or sets systemwide parameters.
SystemTimeToFileTime,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, converts a system time to a file time.
SystemTimeToTzSpecificLocalTime,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3 converts a Coordinated Universal
Time (UTC) to a specified time zone?s corresponding local time.
SystemTimeToVariantTime,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a system time to a variant
representation.
SzFindCh,MAPI32.DLL,NM,2, searches for an exact match only; it is sensitive to case and
diacritical differences.
SzFindLastCh,MAPI32.DLL,NM,2, searches for an exact match only; it is sensitive to case and
SzFindSz,MAPI32.DLL,NM,2, searches for an exact match only; it is sensitive to case and
TabbedTextOut,USER32.DLL,AW,8 writes a character string at a specifiedlocation, expanding
tabs to the values specified in an array oftab-stop positions.
tapiGetLocationInfo,TAPI32.DLL,AW,2 returns the country code and city(area) code that the
user has set in the current locationparameters in the Telephony Control Panel.
tapiRequestDrop,TAPI32.DLL,NM,2 is nonfunctional in Win32 -basedapplications and obsolete
for all classes of Windows-basedapplications.
tapiRequestMakeCall,TAPI32.DLL,AW,4, requests the establishment of a voice call.
tapiRequestMediaCall,TAPI32.DLL,AW,10 is nonfunctional in Win32-basedapplications and
obsolete for all classes of Windows-basedapplications.
TerminateProcess,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, terminates the specified process and all of its
threads.
TerminateThread,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, terminates a thread.
TextOut,GDI32.DLL,AW,5 writes a character string at the specified location, using the currently
selected font.
Thread32First,TOOLHELP.DLL,NM,2, retrieves information about the first thread of any
process encountered in a system snapshot.
Thread32Next,TOOLHELP.DLL,NM,2, retrieves information about the next thread of any
process encountered in the system memory snapshot.
TileWindows,USER32.DLL,NM,5, tiles the specified windows, or the child windows of the
specified parent window.
timeBeginPeriod,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, sets the minimum timer resolution for an application or
device driver.
timeEndPeriod,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, clears a previously set minimum timer resolution.
timeGetDevCaps,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, queries the timer device to determine its resolution.
timeGetSystemTime,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the system time, in milliseconds.
timeGetTime,WINMM.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the system time, in milliseconds.
timeKillEvent,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, cancels a specified timer event.
timeSetEvent,WINMM.DLL,NM,5, starts a specified timer event.
TlsAlloc,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,0, allocates a thread local storage (TLS) index.
TlsFree,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, releases a thread local storage (TLS) index, making it available
for reuse.
TlsGetValue,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, retrieves the value in the calling thread? s thread local
storage (TLS) slot for a specified TLS index.
TlsSetValue,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, stores a value in the calling thread?s thread local storage
(TLS) slot for a specified TLS index.
ToAscii,USER32.DLL,NM,5 translates the specified virtual-key code and keyboard state to the
corresponding Windows character or characters.
ToAsciiEx,USER32.DLL,NM,6 translates the specified virtual-key codeand keyboard state to
the corresponding Windows character orcharacters.
Toolhelp32ReadProcessMemory,TOOLHELP.DLL,NM,5, copies memory allocated to another
process into an application-supplied buffer.
ToUnicode,USER32.DLL,NM,6 translates the specified virtual-key codeand keyboard state to
the corresponding Unicode character orcharacters.
ToUnicodeEx,USER32.DLL,NM,7 translates the specified virtual-key codeand keyboard state to
the corresponding Unicode character orcharacters.
TrackMouseEvent,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,1 posts messages when the mouse pointer leaves a
window or hovers over a window for a specified amount of time.
TrackMouseEvent,USER32.DLL,NM,1 posts messages when the mouse pointer leaves a
window or hovers over a window for a specified amount of time.
TrackPopupMenu,USER32.DLL,NM,7, displays a shortcut menu at the specified location and
tracks the selection of items on the menu.
TrackPopupMenuEx,USER32.DLL,NM,6 displays a shortcut menu at the specified location and
tracks the selection of items on the menu.
TransactNamedPipe,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,7 combines into a single networkoperation the
functions that write a message to and read a messagefrom the specified named pipe.
TranslateAccelerator,USER32.DLL,AW,3 function processes accelerator keys for menu
commands.
TranslateBitmapBits,MSCMS.DLL,NM,11, translates the colors of a bitmap having a defined
format so as to produce another bitmap in a requested format.
TranslateColors,MSCMS.DLL,NM,6, translates an array of colors from the source color space
to the destination color space as defined by a color
TranslateMDISysAccel,USER32.DLL,NM,2 processes accelerator keystrokes for window menu
commands of the multiple document interface (MDI) child windows associated with the
specified MDI client window.
TranslateMessage,USER32.DLL,NM,1, translates virtual-key messages into character
messages.
TranslateName,SECUR32.DLL,AW,5, converts a directory service object name from one format
to another.
TranslateURL,URL.DLL,AW,3,Applies common translations to a given URL string, creating a
new URL string.
TransmitCommChar,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 transmits a specified character aheadof any
pending data in the output buffer of the specifiedcommunications device.
TryEnterCriticalSection,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1 attempts to enter a critical section without
blocking.
UFromSz,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, stops converting when it reaches the first character in the string
that is not a decimal digit.
UlAddRef,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, provides an alternative way to invoke the OLE method
IUnknown::AddRef.
UlFromSzHex,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, converts a null-terminated string of hexadecimal digits into
an unsigned long integer.
UlPropSize,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, obtains the size of a single property value.
UlRelease,MAPI32.DLL,NM,1, provides an alternative way to invoke the OLE method
IUnknown::Release.
UnDecorateSymbolName,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,4, undecorates decorated C++ symbol names.
152
VarBstrFromR8,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,5,Converts a variant of type double to BSTR.
UnhandledExceptionFilter,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, passes unhandled exceptions to the
VarBstrFromUI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Converts a variant of type unsigned char to BSTR.
debugger, if the process is being debugged.
UnhookWindowsHook,USER32.DLL,NM,2, is obsolete, but is provided for compatibility with 16- VarBstrFromUI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Converts a variant of type unsigned short to BSTR.
VarBstrFromUI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Converts a variant of type unsigned long to BSTR.
bit versions of Windows.
VarCyFromBool,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type bool to curency.
UnhookWindowsHookEx,USER32.DLL,NM,1, removes a hook procedure installed in a hook
VarCyFromDate,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type date to curency.
chain by the SetWindowsHookEx function.
VarCyFromDec,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type decimal to curency.
UninitializeFlatSB,COMCTL32.DLL,NM,1,Uninitializes flat scroll bars for a particular window.
UninstallColorProfile,MSCMS.DLL,AW,3,UninstallColorProfile removes a specified color profile VarCyFromDisp,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,This function converts variant data types to
CURRENCY from IDispatch.
from a specified computer. Associated files are optionally deleted from the system.
VarCyFromI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type char to currency.
UnionRect,USER32.DLL,NM,3, creates the union of two rectangles.
VarCyFromI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type short to curency.
UnloadKeyboardLayout,USER32.DLL,NM,1, removes a keyboard layout.
VarCyFromI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type long to curency.
UnloadPerfCounterTextStrings,LOADPERF.DLL,AW,2,unloads performance objects and
VarCyFromR4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type float to curency.
counters from the system that are identified by the specified application name.
VarCyFromR8,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type double to curency.
UnloadUserProfile,USERENV.DLL,NM,2, unloads a user's profile that was loaded by the
LoadUserProfile function. The caller must have administrative privileges on the computer. For VarCyFromStr,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,This function converts variant data types to from
OLECHAR.
more information, see the Remarks section of the LoadUserProfile function.
VarCyFromUI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned char to curency.
UnlockFile,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5, unlocks a file region locked by LockFile.
VarCyFromUI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned short to currency.
UnlockFileEx,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5, unlocks a previously locked byte range in an open file.
UnlockServiceDatabase,ADVAPI32.DLL,NM,1, unlocks a service control manager database by VarCyFromUI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned long to currency.
VarDateFromBool,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,converts variant data types to DATE from BOOL.
releasing the specified lock.
UnlockUrlCacheEntryFile,WININET.DLL,AW,2,Unlocks the cache entry that was locked while VarDateFromCy,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,converts variant data types to DATE from currency
VarDateFromDec,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2, converts variant data types to DATE from decimal
the file was retrieved for use from the cache.
VarDateFromDisp,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type IDispatch to date.
UnlockUrlCacheEntryStream,WININET.DLL,NM,2,Closes the stream that has been retrieved
VarDateFromI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type char to date.
using the RetrieveUrlCacheEntryStream function.
UnMapAndLoad,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,1, is used to deallocate all resources that are allocated by VarDateFromI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,converts variant data types to DATE from short
VarDateFromI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,This function converts variant data types to DATE from
a previous call to the MapAndLoad function.
long.
UnmapDebugInformation,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,1, deallocates the memory and resources
VarDateFromR4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type float to date.
allocated by a call to the MapDebugInformation function.
VarDateFromR8,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,This function converts variant data types to DATE from
UnmapViewOfFile,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, unmaps a mapped view of a file from the calling
double.
process?s address space.
UnpackDDElParam,USER32.DLL,NM,4, unpacks a DDE lParam value received from a posted VarDateFromStr,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Converts a variant of type OLECHAR* to date.
VarDateFromUdate,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a time and date converted from MS-DOS
DDE message.
format to variant format.
UnrealizeObject,GDI32.DLL,NM,1, resets a logical palette.
UnregisterClass,USER32.DLL,AW,2, removes a window class, freeing the memory required for VarDateFromUI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,converts variant data types to DATE from unsigned
char.
the class.
VarDateFromUI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,This function converts variant data types to DATE from
UnregisterCMM,MSCMS.DLL,AW,2, dissociates a specified ID value from a given color
unsigned short.
management module dynamic-link library (CMM DLL).
VarDateFromUI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,This function converts variant data types to DATE from
UnregisterGPNotification,USERENV.DLL,NM,1, unregisters the specified policy-notification
unsigned long.
handle from receiving policy change notifications.
VarDecFromBool,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type bool to decimal.
UnregisterHotKey,USER32.DLL,NM,2, frees a hot key previously registered by the calling
VarDecFromCy,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type currency to decimal.
thread.
UnsealMessage,SECUR32.DLL,NM,4, is already documented under another name. For more VarDecFromDate,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type date to decimal.
VarDecFromDisp,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,This function converts variant data types to DECIMAL
information, see SpUnsealMessage.
from IDispatch.
UpdateColors,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 updates the client area of the specifieddevice context by
VarDecFromI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type char to decimal.
remapping the current colors in the client areato the currently realized logical palette.
UpdateDCOMSettings,OLE32.DLL,NM,0, This function updates the DCOM configuration after VarDecFromI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type short to decimal.
VarDecFromI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type long to decimal.
modifying the registry settings. void UpdateDCOMSettings(void); Parameters None.
VarDecFromR4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type float to decimal.
Return Values None. Remarks None.
VarDecFromR8,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type double to decimal.
UpdateDebugInfoFile,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,4, uses the specified information to update the
VarDecFromStr,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Converts a variant of type OLECHAR* to decimal.
corresponding fields in the symbol file.
VarDecFromUI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned char to decimal.
UpdateDebugInfoFileEx,IMAGEHLP.DLL,NM,5, uses the specified information to update the
VarDecFromUI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned short to decimal.
corresponding fields in the symbol file.
UpdateNtmsOmidInfo,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,5, updates the RSM database with label information VarDecFromUI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned long to decimal.
VarI1FromBool,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type BOOL to char.
immediately after writing to the newly allocated medium.
UpdateResource,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,6, adds, deletes, or replaces a resource in an executable VarI1FromCy,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type currency to char.
VarI1FromDate,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type date to char.
file.
UpdateWindow,USER32.DLL,NM,1 updates the client area of the specified window by sending VarI1FromDec,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type decimal to char.
VarI1FromDisp,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,This function converts variant data types to char from
a WM_PAINT message to the window if the window?s update region is not empty.
URLAssociationDialog,URL.DLL,AW,6,Invokes the unregistered URL protocol dialog box. This IDispatch.
VarI1FromI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type short to char.
dialog box allows the user to select an application to associate with a previously unknown
VarI1FromI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type long to char.
protocol
URLDownload,URLMON.DLL,AW,5,ToFile Downloads bits from the Internet and saves them to VarI1FromR4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type float to char.
VarI1FromR8,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type double to char.
a file.
URLDownloadToCacheFile,URLMON.DLL,AW,6, Downloads data into the Internet cache and VarI1FromStr,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Converts a variant of type OLECHAR* to char.
VarI1FromUI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned char to char.
returns the file name of the cache location for retrieving the bits.
URLDownloadToFile,URLMON.DLL,AW,5, Downloads bits from the Internet and saves them to VarI1FromUI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned short to char.
VarI1FromUI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned long to char.
a file.
VarI2FromBool,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type bool to short.
UrlMkSetSessionOption,URLMON.DLL,NM,4, Sets options for the current Internet session.
URLOpenBlockingStream,URLMON.DLL,AW,5, Creates a blocking type stream object from a VarI2FromCy,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type currency to short.
VarI2FromDate,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type date to short.
URL and downloads the data from the Internet. When the data is downloaded, the client
VarI2FromDec,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type decimal to short.
application or control can read it using the IStream::Read method.
VarI2FromDisp,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,This function converts variant data types to short from
URLOpenPullStream,URLMON.DLL,AW,4, Creates a pull type stream object from a URL.
IDispatch.
URLOpenStream,URLMON.DLL,AW,4, Creates a push type stream object from a URL.
VarI2FromI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type char to short.
UuidCompare,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,3, compares two UUIDs.
VarI2FromI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type long to short.
UuidCreate,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, creates a new UUID.
VarI2FromR4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type float to short.
UuidCreateNil,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,1, creates a nil-valued UUID.
VarI2FromR8,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type double to short.
UuidEqual,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,3, determines if two UUIDs are equal.
VarI2FromStr,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Converts a variant of type string to short.
UuidFromString,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,2, converts a string to a UUID.
VarI2FromUI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned char to short.
UuidHash,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2 creates a hash value for a UUID.
VarI2FromUI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned short to short.
UuidIsNil,RPCRT4.DLL,NM,2 determines if a UUID is a nil-valued UUID.
VarI2FromUI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned long to short.
UuidToString,RPCRT4.DLL,AW,2, converts a UUID to a string.
VarI4FromBool,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type bool to long.
ValidateRect,USER32.DLL,NM,2 validates the client area within a rectangle by removing the
VarI4FromCy,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type currency to long.
rectangle from the update region of the specified window.
ValidateRgn,USER32.DLL,NM,2 validates the client area within a region by removing the region VarI4FromDate,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type date to long.
VarI4FromDec,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type decimal to long.
from the current update region of the specified window.
VarI4FromDisp,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,This function converts variant data types to long from
VarBoolFromCy,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type currency to bool.
IDispatch.
VarBoolFromDate,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type date to bool.
VarI4FromI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type char to long.
VarBoolFromDec,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type decimal to bool.
VarI4FromI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type short to long.
VarBoolFromDisp,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,This function converts variant data types to BOOL
VarI4FromR4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type float to long.
from IDispatch.
VarI4FromR8,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type double to long.
VarBoolFromI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type char to bool.
VarI4FromStr,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4, Converts a variant of type string to long.
VarBoolFromI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type short to bool.
VarI4FromUI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned char to long.
VarBoolFromI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type long to bool.
VarI4FromUI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned short to long.
VarBoolFromR4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type float to bool.
VarI4FromUI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned long to long.
VarBoolFromR8,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type double to bool.
VariantChangeType,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4, This function converts a variant from one type to
VarBoolFromStr,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Converts a variant of type string to bool.
another
VarBoolFromUI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned char to bool.
VariantChangeTypeEx,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,5,This function converts a variant from one type to
VarBoolFromUI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned short to bool.
another
VarBoolFromUI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned long to bool.
VariantClear,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,1,Clears a variant.
VarBstrFromBool,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Converts a variant of type bool to BSTR.
VariantCopy,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2, Frees the destination variant and makes a copy of the
VarBstrFromCy,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,5,Converts a variant of type currency to BSTR.
source variant.
VarBstrFromDate,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,5,Converts a variant of type date to BSTR.
VariantCopyInd,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Frees the destination variant and makes a copy of the
VarBstrFromDec,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4, Converts a variant of type decimal to BSTR.
source VARIANTARG, performing the necessary indirection if the source is specified to be
VarBstrFromDisp,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Converts a variant of type IDispatch to BSTR.
VT_BYREF.
VarBstrFromI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Converts a variant of type char to BSTR.
VarBstrFromI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,This function converts variant data types to BSTR from VariantInit,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,1,Initializes a variant.
VariantTimeToDosDateTime,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Converts the variant representation of a
short.
date and time to MS-DOS date and time values.
VarBstrFromI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Converts a variant of type long to BSTR.
VarBstrFromR4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Converts a variant of type float to BSTR.
153
VariantTimeToSystemTime,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts the variant representation of time VirtualProtect,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4 changes the access protection on aregion of committed
pages in the virtual address space of thecalling process.
to system time values.
VarNumFromParseNum,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Once the number is parsed, the caller can call VirtualProtectEx,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5 changes the access protection on a region of
committed pages in the virtual address space of a specified process.
VarNumFromParseNum to convert the parse results to a number.
VarParseNumFromStr,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,5,Parses a string, and creates a type-independent VirtualQuery,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, provides information about a range of pages in the virtual
address space of the calling process.
description of the number it represents.
VirtualQueryEx,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4, provides information about a range of pages within the
VarR4FromBool,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type bool to float.
virtual address space of a specified process.
VarR4FromCy,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type currency to float.
VirtualUnlock,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 unlocks a specified range of pages inthe virtual address
VarR4FromDate,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type date to float.
space of a process, enabling the system to swapthe pages out to the paging file if necessary.
VarR4FromDec,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type decimal to float.
VarR4FromDisp,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3, This function converts variant data types to float from VkKeyScan,USER32.DLL,AW,1 translates a character to the corresponding virtual-key code
and shift state for the current keyboard.
IDispatch.
VkKeyScanEx,USER32.DLL,AW,2, translates a character to the corresponding virtual-key code
VarR4FromI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type char to float.
and shift state.
VarR4FromI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type short to float.
WaitCommEvent,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, waits for an event to occur for a specified
VarR4FromI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type long to float.
VarR4FromR8,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type double to float.
WaitForDebugEvent,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, waits for a debugging event to occur in a process
VarR4FromStr,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,This function converts variant data types to float from
being debugged.
OLECHAR.
WaitForInputIdle,USER32.DLL,NM,2 waits until the given process is waiting for user input with
VarR4FromUI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned char to float.
no input pending, or until the time-out interval has elapsed.
VarR4FromUI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned short to float.
WaitForMultipleObjects,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4 function returns when any one or all of the
VarR4FromUI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned long to float.
specified objects are in the signaled state or the time-out interval elapses.
VarR8FromBool,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type bool to double.
WaitForMultipleObjectsEx,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5 function returns when any one or all of the
VarR8FromCy,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type currency to double.
specified objects are in the signaled state or the time-out interval elapses or an I/O completion
VarR8FromDate,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type date to double.
routine or asynchronous procedure call (APC) is queued to the thread.
VarR8FromDec,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type decimal to double.
WaitForNtmsNotification,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,3, waits for the next object change notification.
VarR8FromDisp,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type IDispatch to double.
WaitForNtmsOperatorRequest,NTMSAPI.DLL,NM,3, waits for the specified RSM operator
VarR8FromI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type char to double.
request.
VarR8FromI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type short to double.
WaitForSingleObject,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 returns when the specified object is in the signaled
VarR8FromI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type long to double.
state or the time-out interval elapses.
VarR8FromR4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type float to double.
WaitForSingleObjectEx,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, returns when The specified object is in the
VarR8FromStr,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Converts a variant of type OLECHAR* to double.
signaled state. or The time-out interval elapses.
VarR8FromUI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned char to double.
WaitMessage,USER32.DLL,NM,0, yields control to other threads when a thread has no other
VarR8FromUI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned short to double.
messages in its message queue.
VarR8FromUI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned long to double.
WaitNamedPipe,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2 waits until either a time-out interval elapses or an
VarUdateFromDate,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Converts a time and date converted from variant
instance of the specified named pipe is available to be connected to
format to MS-DOS format.
VarUI1FromBool,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type BOOL to an unsigned char waveInAddBuffer,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, sends an input buffer to the given waveform-audio input
device.
type.
VarUI1FromCy,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type currency to an unsigned char waveInClose,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, closes the given waveform-audio input device.
waveInGetDevCaps,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the capabilities of a given waveform-audio
type.
input device.
VarUI1FromDate,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type date to an unsigned char
waveInGetErrorText,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, retrieves a textual description of the error identified by
type.
VarUI1FromDec,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type decimal to an unsigned char the given error number.
waveInGetID,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, gets the device identifier for the given waveform-audio input
type.
device.
VarUI1FromDisp,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3, converts variant data types to BYTE from
waveInGetNumDevs,WINMM.DLL,NM,0 returns the number of waveform-audio input devices
VarUI1FromI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type char to unsigned char.
VarUI1FromI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type short to an unsigned char type. present in the system.
VarUI1FromI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type long to an unsigned char type. waveInGetPosition,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, retrieves the current input position of the given
VarUI1FromR4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type float to an unsigned char type. waveform-audio input device.
waveInMessage,WINMM.DLL,NM,4 sends messages to the waveform-audio, Waveform
VarUI1FromR8,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type double to an unsigned char
Functionsinput device drivers.
type.
waveInOpen,WINMM.DLL,NM,6 opens the given waveformfor recording.
VarUI1FromStr,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4, converts variant data types to BYTE from BSTR.
waveInPrepareHeader,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, prepares a buffer for waveform- audio input.
VarUI1FromUI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned short to unsigned
waveInReset,WINMM.DLL,NM,1 stops input on the given waveform-audio input device and
char.
resets the current position to zero.
VarUI1FromUI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned long to unsigned
waveInStart,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, starts input on the given waveform-audio input device.
char.
waveInStop,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, stops waveform-audio input.
VarUI2FromBool,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type bool to unsigned short.
waveInUnprepareHeader,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, cleans up the preparation performed by the
VarUI2FromCy,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type currency to unsigned short.
waveInPrepareHeader function.
VarUI2FromDate,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type date to unsigned short.
waveOutBreakLoop,WINMM.DLL,NM,1 breaks a loop on the given waveform-audio output
VarUI2FromDec,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type decimal to unsigned short.
VarUI2FromDisp,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type IDispatch* to unsigned short. device and allows playback to continue with the nextblock in the driver list.
waveOutClose,WINMM.DLL,NM,1 closes the given waveform-audio output device.
VarUI2FromI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type char to unsigned short.
waveOutGetDevCaps,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the capabilities of a given waveform-audio
VarUI2FromI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type short to unsigned short.
output device.
VarUI2FromI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type long to unsigned short.
waveOutGetErrorText,WINMM.DLL,AW,3, retrieves a textual description of the error identified
VarUI2FromR4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type float to unsigned short.
by the given error number.
VarUI2FromR8,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type double to unsigned short.
waveOutGetID,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the device identifier for the given waveform-audio
VarUI2FromStr,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,Converts a variant of type string to unsigned short.
output device.
VarUI2FromUI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned char to unsigned
waveOutGetNumDevs,WINMM.DLL,NM,0, retrieves the number of waveform- audio output
short.
devices present in the system.
VarUI2FromUI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned long to unsigned
waveOutGetPitch,WINMM.DLL,NM,2 retrieves the current pitch setting for the specified
short.
waveform-audio output device.
VarUI4FromBool,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type bool to unsigned long.
waveOutGetPlaybackRate,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the current playback rate for the
VarUI4FromCy,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type currency to unsigned long.
specified waveform-audio output device.
VarUI4FromDate,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type date to unsigned long.
waveOutGetPosition,WINMM.DLL,NM,3 retrieves the current playback,position of the given
VarUI4FromDec,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type decimal to unsigned long.
VarUI4FromDisp,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type IDispatch* to unsigned long. waveform-audio output device.
waveOutGetVolume,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the current volume level of the specified
VarUI4FromI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type char to unsigned long.
VarUI4FromI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type short to unsigned long.
waveOutMessage,WINMM.DLL,NM,4, sends messages to the waveform-audio output device
VarUI4FromI4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type long to unsigned long.
drivers.
VarUI4FromR4,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type float to unsigned long.
waveOutOpen,WINMM.DLL,NM,6, opens the given waveform-audio output device for playback.
VarUI4FromR8,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,3,Converts a variant of type double to unsigned long.
waveOutPause,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, pauses playback on the given waveform- audio output
VarUI4FromStr,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,4,This function converts variant data types to unsigned
device.
long from string.
waveOutPrepareHeader,WINMM.DLL,NM,3 prepares a waveform-audio data block for
VarUI4FromUI1,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned char to unsigned
playback.
long.
waveOutReset,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, stops playback on the given waveform- audio output device
VarUI4FromUI2,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Converts a variant of type unsigned short to unsigned
and resets the current position to zero.
long.
VectorFromBstr,OLEAUT32.DLL,NM,2,Returns a vector, assigning each character in the BSTR waveOutRestart,WINMM.DLL,NM,1, resumes playback on a paused waveform- audio output
device.
to an element of the vector.
VerFindFile,VERSION.DLL,AW,8, determines where to install a file based on whether it locates waveOutSetPitch,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, sets the pitch for the specified waveform-audio output
device.
another version of the file in the system.
waveOutSetPlaybackRate,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, sets the playback rate for the specified
VerifySignature,SECUR32.DLL,NM,4, Verifies the signature.
VerInstallFile,VERSION.DLL,AW,8 function attempts to install the specified file based on
waveOutSetVolume,WINMM.DLL,NM,2, sets the volume level of the specified waveform-audio
information returned from the VerFindFile function.
output device.
VerLanguageName,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3 retrieves a description string for the language
waveOutUnprepareHeader,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, cleans up the preparation performed by the
associated with a specified binary Microsoft language identifier.
waveOutPrepareHeader function.
VerQueryValue,VERSION.DLL,AW,4, returns selected version information from the specified
waveOutWrite,WINMM.DLL,NM,3, sends a data block to the given waveform- audio output
version-information resource.
VirtualAlloc,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4, reserves or commits a region of pages in the virtual address device.
wglCopyContext,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3, copies selected groups of rendering states from one
VirtualAllocEx,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5, reserves, commits, or both, a region of memory within the OpenGL rendering context to another.
wglCopyContext,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3, copies selected groups of rendering states from one
virtual address space of a specified process.
VirtualFree,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, releases or decommits (or both) a region of pages within the OpenGL rendering context to another.
wglCreateContext,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 creates a new OpenGL renderingcontext, which is
virtual address space of the calling process.
VirtualFreeEx,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4, releases, decommits, or both, a region of memory within suitable for drawing on the device referenced byhdc.
wglCreateContext,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 creates a new OpenGL renderingcontext, which is
the virtual address space of a specified process.
suitable for drawing on the device referenced byhdc.
VirtualLock,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2 locks the specified region of the process?s virtual address
wglCreateLayerContext,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, creates a new OpenGL rendering context for
space into memory, ensuring that subsequentaccess to the region will not incur a page fault.
drawing to a specified layer plane on a device context.
154
wglCreateLayerContext,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, creates a new OpenGL rendering context for
drawing to a specified layer plane on a device context.
wglDeleteContext,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1, deletes a specified OpenGL rendering context.
wglDeleteContext,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1, deletes a specified OpenGL rendering context.
wglDescribeLayerPlane,OPENGL.DLL,NM,5, obtains information about the layer planes of a
given pixel format.
wglDescribeLayerPlane,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,5, obtains information about the layer planes of a
given pixel format.
wglGetCurrentContext,OPENGL.DLL,NM,0, obtains a handle to the current OpenGL rendering
context of the calling thread.
wglGetCurrentContext,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,0, obtains a handle to the current OpenGL
rendering context of the calling thread.
wglGetCurrentDC,OPENGL.DLL,NM,0 obtains a handle to the device contextthat is associated
with the current OpenGL rendering context of thecalling thread.
wglGetCurrentDC,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,0 obtains a handle to the device contextthat is
associated with the current OpenGL rendering context of thecalling thread.
wglGetLayerPaletteEntries,OPENGL.DLL,NM,5 retrieves the paletteentries from a given colorindex layer plane for a specified devicecontext.
wglGetLayerPaletteEntries,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,5 retrieves the paletteentries from a given
color-index layer plane for a specified devicecontext.
wglGetProcAddress,OPENGL.DLL,NM,1 returns the address of an OpenGLextension function
for use with the current OpenGL renderingcontext.
wglGetProcAddress,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,1 returns the address of an OpenGLextension
function for use with the current OpenGL renderingcontext.
wglMakeCurrent,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, makes a specified OpenGL rendering context the calling
thread?s current rendering context.
wglMakeCurrent,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, makes a specified OpenGL rendering context the
calling thread?s current rendering context.
wglRealizeLayerPalette,OPENGL.DLL,NM,3 maps palette entries from agiven color-index layer
plane into the physical palette orinitializes the palette of an RGBA layer plane.
wglRealizeLayerPalette,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,3 maps palette entries from agiven color-index
layer plane into the physical palette orinitializes the palette of an RGBA layer plane.
wglSetLayerPaletteEntries,OPENGL.DLL,NM,5, sets the palette entries in a given color-index
layer plane for a specified device context.
wglSetLayerPaletteEntries,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,5, sets the palette entries in a given colorindex layer plane for a specified device context.
wglShareLists,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, enables multiple OpenGL rendering contexts to share a
single display-list space.
wglShareLists,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, enables multiple OpenGL rendering contexts to share a
single display-list space.
wglSwapLayerBuffers,OPENGL.DLL,NM,2, swaps the front and back buffers in the overlay,
underlay, and main planes of the window referenced by a specified device context.
wglSwapLayerBuffers,OPENGL32.DLL,NM,2, swaps the front and back buffers in the overlay,
underlay, and main planes of the window referenced by a specified device context.
wglUseFontBitmaps,OPENGL.DLL,AW,4 wglUseFontBitmapscreates a set of bitmap
displaylists for use in the current OpenGL rendering context.
wglUseFontBitmaps,OPENGL32.DLL,AW,4 wglUseFontBitmapscreates a set of bitmap
displaylists for use in the current OpenGL rendering context.
wglUseFontOutlines,OPENGL.DLL,AW,8 creates three-dimensional (3-D) characters based on
a TrueType font for use in OpenGL-rendered scenes.
wglUseFontOutlines,OPENGL32.DLL,AW,8 creates three-dimensional (3-D) characters based
on a TrueType font for use in OpenGL rendered scenes.
WideCharToMultiByte,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,8 maps a wide character string to anew character
string.
WidenPath,GDI32.DLL,NM,1 redefines the current path as the area that would be painted if the
path were stroked using the pen currently selected into the given device context.
WindowFromDC,USER32.DLL,NM,1, returns the handle of the window associated with the
given display device context (DC).
WindowFromPoint,USER32.DLL,NM,2, retrieves the handle of the window that contains the
specified point.
WinExec,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, runs the specified application.
WinHelp,USER32.DLL,AW,4, starts Windows Help (WINHELP.
WinLoadTrustProvider,WINTRUST.DLL,NM,1, loads a trust provider DLL into the address
WinSubmitCertificate,WINTRUST.DLL,NM,1 passes a WIN_CERTIFICATEstructure to all trust
providers registered with the WinTrustservice.
WinVerifyTrust,WINTRUST.DLL,NM,3, performs a specified verification action on a specified
subject.
WNetAddConnection,MPR.DLL,AW,3, enables the calling application to connect a local device
to a network resource.
WNetAddConnection2,MPR.DLL,AW,4, makes a connection to a network resource.
WNetAddConnection3,MPR.DLL,AW,5, makes a connection to a network resource.
WNetCancelConnection,MPR.DLL,AW,2, breaks an existing network connection.
WNetCancelConnection2,MPR.DLL,AW,3, breaks an existing network connection.
WNetCloseEnum,MPR.DLL,NM,1, ends a network resource enumeration started by the
WNetOpenEnum function.
WNetConnectionDialog,MPR.DLL,NM,2, starts a general browsing dialog box for connecting to
network resources.
WNetConnectionDialog1,MPR.DLL,AW,1, brings up a general browsing dialog for connecting to
network resources.
WNetDisconnectDialog,MPR.DLL,NM,2, starts a general browsing dialog box for disconnecting
from network resources.
WNetDisconnectDialog1,MPR.DLL,AW,1, attempts to disconnect from a network resource.
WNetEnumResource,MPR.DLL,AW,4, continues a network-resource enumeration started by
the WNetOpenEnum function.
WNetGetConnection,MPR.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the name of the network resource associated
with a local device.
WNetGetLastError,MPR.DLL,AW,5, retrieves the most recent extended error code set by a
Windows network function.
WNetGetNetworkInformation,MPR.DLL,AW,2 returns extended informationabout a specific
network whose name was returned by a previousnetwork enumeration.
WNetGetProviderName,MPR.DLL,AW,3, obtains the provider name for a specific type of
network.
WNetGetUniversalName,MPR.DLL,AW,4 takes a drive-based path for a network resource and
obtains a data structure that contains a more universal form of the name.
WNetGetUser,MPR.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the current default user name or the user name used
to establish a network connection.
WNetOpenEnum,MPR.DLL,AW,5, starts an enumeration of network resources or existing
connections.
WNetUseConnection,MPR.DLL,AW,8, makes a connection to a network resource.
WPUCompleteOverlappedRequest,WS2_32.DLL,NM,5, performs overlapped I/O completion
notification for overlapped I/O operations.
WrapCompressedRTFStream,MAPI32.DLL,NM,3 creates a text stream in uncompressed Rich
Text Format (RTF) from the compressed format used in the PR_RTF_COMPRESSED
property.
WrapStoreEntryID,MAPI32.DLL,NM,6 converts a message store?s internalentry identifier to an
entry identifier more usable by themessaging system.
WriteClassStg,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, stores the specified class identifier (CLSID) in a storage
object.
WriteClassStm,OLE32.DLL,NM,2, stores the specified CLSID in the stream.
WriteConsole,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,5, writes a character string to a console screen buffer
beginning at the current cursor location.
WriteConsoleInput,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,4, writes data directly to the console input buffer.
WriteConsoleOutput,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,5 writes character and colorattribute data to a
specified rectangular block of character cellsin a console screen buffer.
WriteConsoleOutputAttribute,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5 copies a number of foreground and
background color attributes to consecutive cells of a console screen buffer, beginning at a
specified location.
WriteConsoleOutputCharacter,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,5 copies a number of characters to
consecutive cells of a console screen buffer, beginning at a specified location.
WriteFile,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5, writes data to a file and is designed for both synchronous and
asynchronous operation.
WriteFileEx,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5, writes data to a file.
WriteFmtUserTypeStg,OLE32.DLL,NM,3, writes a clipboard format and user type to the storage
object.
WritePrinter,WINMM.DLL,NM,4, informs the print spooler that data should be written to the
specified printer.
WritePrivateProfileSection,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, replaces the keys and values under the
specified section in an initialization file.
WritePrivateProfileString,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,4, copies a string into the specified section of the
specified initialization file.
WritePrivateProfileStruct,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,5, copies data into the to the end of the data.
WriteProcessMemory,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,5, writes memory in a specified process.
WriteProfileSection,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,2, replaces the contents of the specified section in the
WIN.
WriteProfileString,KERNEL32.DLL,AW,3, copies a string into the specified section of the WIN.
WriteTapemark,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,4, writes a specified number of filemarks, setmarks, short
filemarks, or long filemarks to a tape device.
WSAAccept,WS2_32.DLL,NM,5 accepts a connection based on the return value of a condition
function, andoptionally creates or joins a socket group.
WSAAddressToString,WS2_32.DLL,AW,5 converts all components of a SOCKADDR structure
into a human-readable stringrepresentation of the address.
WSAAsyncGetHostByAddr,WS2_32.DLL,NM,7, asynchronously retrieves host information that
corresponds to an address.
WSAAsyncGetHostByAddr,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,7, is an asynchronous version of
gethostbyaddr.
WSAAsyncGetHostByName,WS2_32.DLL,NM,5 cancels an incomplete asynchronous
operation.
WSAAsyncGetHostByName,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,5 processing a callback function.
WSAAsyncGetProtoByName,WS2_32.DLL,NM,5, asynchronously retrieves protocol
information that corresponds to a protocol name.
WSAAsyncGetProtoByName,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,5, asynchronously retrieves protocol
information that corresponds to a protocol name.
WSAAsyncGetProtoByNumber,WS2_32.DLL,NM,5 asynchronously retrieves protocol
information corresponding to aprotocol number.
WSAAsyncGetProtoByNumber,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,5 asynchronously retrieves protocol
information corresponding to aprotocol number.
WSAAsyncGetServByName,WS2_32.DLL,NM,6 asynchronously retrieves service information
corresponding to a service name andport.
WSAAsyncGetServByName,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,6 asynchronously retrieves service
information corresponding to a service name andport.
WSAAsyncGetServByPort,WS2_32.DLL,NM,6 gets serviceinformation corresponding to a port
and protocol asynchronously.
WSAAsyncGetServByPort,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,6 gets service information corresponding to a
port and protocol asynchronously.
WSAAsyncSelect,WS2_32.DLL,NM,4, is used to request that WS2_32.
WSAAsyncSelect,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,4, is used to request that WS2_32.
WSACancelAsyncRequest,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1 cancels an incomplete asynchronous operation.
WSACancelAsyncRequest,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,1 cancels an incomplete asynchronous
operation.
WSACancelBlockingCall,WS2_32.DLL,NM,0 closes an existing socket.
WSACancelBlockingCall,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,0 closes an existing socket.
WSACleanup,WS2_32.DLL,NM,0 terminates use of theWS2_32.
WSACleanup,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,0 terminates use of theWS2_32.
WSACloseEvent,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1 closes an open eventobject handle.
WSAConnect,WS2_32.DLL,NM,7 establishes a connection to another socket application,
exchanges connect data, and specifies needed quality of service based on the supplied
FLOWSPEC structure.
WSACreateEvent,WS2_32.DLL,NM,0 creates a new event object.
WSADuplicateSocket,WS2_32.DLL,AW,3, is used to enable socket sharing between
processes.
WSAEnumNameSpaceProviders,WS2_32.DLL,AW,2, retrieves information about available
namespaces.
WSAEnumNetworkEvents,WS2_32.DLL,NM,3 discovers occurrences of network events for the
indicated socket.
WSAEnumProtocols,WS2_32.DLL,AW,3, provides equivalent functionality in Windows Sockets
2.
WSAEventSelect,WS2_32.DLL,NM,3 specifies an event object to be associated with the
supplied set of FD_XXX network events.
WSAGetLastError,WS2_32.DLL,NM,0, returns the error status for the last operation that failed.
WSAGetLastError,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,0, returns the error status for the last operation that
failed.
WSAGetOverlappedResult,WS2_32.DLL,NM,5 returns theresults of an overlapped operation on
the specified socket.
WSAGetQOSByName,WS2_32.DLL,NM,3 initializes a QUALITYOFSERVICE structure based
on a named template.
WSAGetServiceClassInfo,WS2_32.DLL,AW,4 retrieves all of the class information (schema)
pertaining to a specified serviceclass from a specified name space provider.
WSAGetServiceClassNameByClassId,WS2_32.DLL,AW,3, retrieves the name of the service
associated with the specified type. This name is the generic service name, like FTP or SNA,
and not the name of a specific instance of that service.
WSAHtonl,WS2_32.DLL,NM,3 converts a u_long from hostbyte order to network byte order.
WSAHtons,WS2_32.DLL,NM,3 converts a u_short from hostbyte order to network byte order.
WSAInstallServiceClass,WS2_32.DLL,AW,1 registers a service class schema within a name
space.
WSAIoctl,WS2_32.DLL,NM,9 controls the mode of a socket.
WSAIsBlocking,WS2_32.DLL,NM,0 This has been removed in compliance with the
WindowsSockets 2 specification, revision 2.
WSAIsBlocking,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,0 This has been removed in compliance with the
WSAJoinLeaf,WS2_32.DLL,NM,8 joins a leaf node into a multipoint session, exchanges
connect data, and specifies needed quality of service based on the supplied FLOWSPEC
structures.
WSALookupServiceBegin,WS2_32.DLL,AW,3 ininitiates a client query that is constrained by
the information containedwithin a WSAQUERYSET structure.
WSALookupServiceEnd,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1 called to free the handle after previous calls to
WSALookupServiceBegin and WSALookupServiceNext .
155
WSALookupServiceNext,WS2_32.DLL,AW,4 called after obtaining a handle from a previous
call to WSALookupServiceBegin in order to retrieve the requested service information.
WSANtohl,WS2_32.DLL,NM,3 converts a u_long from network byte order to host byte order.
WSANtohs,WS2_32.DLL,NM,3 WSANtohsconverts a u_short fromnetwork byte order to host
byte order.
WSAProviderConfigChange,WS2_32.DLL,NM,3, notifies the application when the provider
configuration is changed.
WSARecv,WS2_32.DLL,NM,7 WSARecvreceives data from a socket.
WSARecvDisconnect,WS2_32.DLL,NM,2 terminates receptionon a socket, and retrieves the
disconnect data if the socket isconnection oriented.
WSARecvEx,MSWSOCK.DLL,NM,4 The Windows Sockets WSARecvEx function is identical to
the recv function, except the flags parameter is an in-out parameter.
WSARecvEx,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,4 The Windows Sockets WSARecvEx function is identical to
the recv function, except the flags parameter is an in-out parameter.
WSARecvFrom,WS2_32.DLL,NM,9 receives a datagram andstores the source address.
WSARemoveServiceClass,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1 permanently unregisters service class schema.
WSAResetEvent,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1, is used to set the state of the event object to
nonsignaled.
WSASend,WS2_32.DLL,NM,7 sends data on a connectedsocket.
WSASendDisconnect,WS2_32.DLL,NM,2 initiates termination of the connection for the socket
and sends disconnectdata.
WSASendTo,WS2_32.DLL,NM,9 sends data to a specificdestination, using overlapped I/O
where applicable.
WSASetBlockingHook,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1 This has been removed in compliance with the
WSASetBlockingHook,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,1 This has been removed in compliance with the
WSASetEvent,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1, sets the state of the event object to be signaled.
WSASetLastError,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1 sets the error code that can be retrieved through the
WSAGetLastError function.
WSASetLastError,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,1 sets the error code that can be retrieved through the
WSAGetLastError function.
WSASetService,WS2_32.DLL,AW,3 registers or deregisters a service instance within one or
more name spaces.
WSASocket,WS2_32.DLL,AW,6 creates a socket that is bound to a specific transport service
provider, and optionally creates and/or joins a socket group.
WSAStartup,WS2_32.DLL,NM,2, initiates use of WS2_32.DLL by a process.
WSAStartup,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,2, initiates use of WS2_32.DLL by a process.
WSAStringToAddress,WS2_32.DLL,AW,5, converts a numeric string to a sockaddr structure,
suitable for passing to Windows Sockets routines that take such a structure.
WSAUnhookBlockingHook,WS2_32.DLL,NM,0 This has been removed in compliance with the
WSAUnhookBlockingHook,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,0 Thishas been removed in compliance with the
WSAWaitForMultipleEvents,WS2_32.DLL,NM,5 returns either when one or all of the specified
event objects are in the signaled state, or when the time-out interval expires.
WSCDeinstallProvider,WS2_32.DLL,NM,2, removes the specified transport provider from the
system configuration database.
WSCEnableNSProvider,WS2_32.DLL,NM,2, changes the state of a given name-space
provider. It is intended to give the end user the ability to change the state of the name-space
providers through Control Panel.
WSCEnumProtocols,WS2_32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves information about available transport
protocols.
WSCGetProviderPath,WS2_32.DLL,NM,4, retrieves the DLL path for the specified provider.
WSCInstallNameSpace,WS2_32.DLL,NM,5, installs a name-space provider. For providers that
are able to support multiple names spaces, this function must be called once for every
namespace supported, and a unique provider identifier must be supplied each time.
WSCInstallProvider,WS2_32.DLL,NM,5, installs the specified transport provider into the system
configuration database.
WSCUnInstallNameSpace,WS2_32.DLL,NM,1, uninstalls the indicated name-space provider.
WSCWriteProviderOrder,WS2_32.DLL,NM,2, is used to reorder the available transport
providers. The order of the protocols determines the priority of a protocol when being
enumerated or selected for use.
wvsprintf,USER32.DLL,AW,3, formats and stores a series of characters and values in a buffer.
_hread,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, reads data from the specified file.
_hwrite,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, writes data to the specified file.
_lclose,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,1, closes the specified file so that it is no longer available for
reading or writing.
_lcreat,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, creates or opens a specified file.
_llseek,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3 repositions the file pointer in a previously opened file.
_lopen,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,2, opens an existing file and sets the file pointer to the beginning of
the file.
_lread,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, reads data from the specified file.
_lwrite,KERNEL32.DLL,NM,3, writes data to the specified file.
__WSAFDIsSet,WS2_32.DLL,NM,2, specifies whether a socket is included in a set of socket
descriptors.
__WSAFDIsSet,WSOCK32.DLL,NM,2, specifies whether a socket is included in a set of socket
descriptors.
.
Sve ove funkcije se pozivaju StdCall pravilima, a funkcije koje se pozivaju po Ccall pravilima (uglavnom funkcije iz
Microsoft C runtime biblioteka) nisu navedene u ovoj tabeli. Dato je oko 4800 funkcija. Pored ovoga oko 1000 funkcija sa
spiska ima ASCII i Unicode verzije. Ali, ni to nije sve, postoji još oko 3000 nedokumentovanih funkcija i oko 2000 funkcija
čija imena i način poziva nisu kompatibilni sa FILDZAN-32 (ali se mogu pozvati Inline asemblerom), te ogroman broj
COM/OLE i .NET objekata i metoda, kao i struktura i Windows poruka.
16.4.
Portiranje Windows API funkcije
Prilikom upotrebe API funkcije u jeziku koji smo razvili, potrebno je učiniti nekoliko koraka.
•
Dobavljanje dokumentacije za API funkcije
Dokumentacija za sve API funkcije navedene u listi se može naći na Internetu (najčešće uz pomoć stranica
msdn.microsoft.com ili www.google.com) ili na dokumentacijskim CD-ovima Microsoft Developer Network Library, ali je
obično ograničena na programski jezik C. Neka je cilj, na primjer, portirati funkciju CopyFile. Dokumentacija za ovu funkciju
izgleda ovako:
CopyFile
The CopyFile function copies an existing file to a new file.
BOOL CopyFile(
LPCTSTR lpExistingFileName,
LPCTSTR lpNewFileName,
BOOL bFailIfExists
);
Parameters
lpExistingFileName
[in] Pointer to a null-terminated string that specifies the name of an existing file.
In the ANSI version of this function, the name is limited to MAX_PATH characters. To extend
this limit to 32,767 wide characters, call the Unicode version of the function and prepend "\\?\" to the
path. For more information, see Naming a File.
Windows Me/98/95: This string must not exceed MAX_PATH characters.
If
lpExistingFileName
does
not
exist,
CopyFile
fails,
and
GetLastError
returns
ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND.
lpNewFileName
[in] Pointer to a null-terminated string that specifies the name of the new file.
In the ANSI version of this function, the name is limited to MAX_PATH characters. To extend
this limit to 32,767 wide characters, call the Unicode version of the function and prepend "\\?\" to the
path. For more information, see Naming a File.
Windows Me/98/95: This string must not exceed MAX_PATH characters.
156
bFailIfExists
[in] If this parameter is TRUE and the new file specified by lpNewFileName already exists, the
function fails. If this parameter is FALSE and the new file already exists, the function overwrites the
existing file and succeeds.
Return Values
If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero.
If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call
GetLastError.
Remarks
Security attributes for the existing file are not copied to the new file. To copy security
attributes, use the SHFileOperation function.
File attributes for the existing file are copied to the new file. For example, if an existing file
has the FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY file attribute, a copy created through a call to CopyFile will also have
the FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY file attribute. For more information, see Retrieving and Changing File
Attributes.
This function fails with ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED if the destination file already exists and has the
FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN or FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY attribute set.
When CopyFile is used to copy an encrypted file, it attempts to encrypt the destination file with
the keys used in the encryption of the source file. If this cannot be done, this function attempts to
encrypt the destination file with default keys, as in Windows 2000. If neither of these methods can be
done, CopyFile fails with an ERROR_ENCRYPTION_FAILED error code.
Windows 2000:
When CopyFile is used to copy an encrypted file, the function attempts to
encrypt the destination file with the default keys. No attempt is made to encrypt the destination file
with the keys used in the encryption of the source file. If it cannot be encrypted, CopyFile completes the
copy operation without encrypting the destination file.
Example Code
For an example, see Retrieving and Changing File Attributes.
Requirements
Client Requires Windows "Longhorn", Windows XP, Windows 2000 Professional, Windows NT Workstation,
Windows Me, Windows 98, or Windows 95.
Server Requires Windows Server "Longhorn", Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server, or Windows NT
Server.
Header
Declared in Winbase.h; include Windows.h.
Library
Link to Kernel32.lib.
DLL
Requires Kernel32.dll.
Unicode
Implemented as CopyFileW (Unicode) and CopyFileA (ANSI). Note that Unicode support on Windows
Me/98/95 requires Microsoft Layer for Unicode.
See Also
•
Konverzija imena, tipova argumenata i konstanti
Kako u tabeli funkcija uz ovu funkciju stoji oznaka AW, ime funkcije će biti CopyFileA, jer u FILDZAN-32 se radi
sa ASCII stringovima.
Tipovi argumenata se najčešće portiraju u cijele brojeve i pointere. Windows koristi predefinisane tipove koji se
obično mogu naći na web stranici
http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/winprog/winprog/windows_data_types.asp
Na ovoj stranici je nađeno da su dva tipa koji se koriste u CopyFile funkciji LPCTSTR i BOOL, deklarisana kao
typedef __nullterminated CONST CHAR *LPCSTR;
#ifdef UNICODE
typedef LPCWSTR LPCTSTR;
#else
typedef LPCSTR LPCTSTR;
#endif
typedef int BOOL;
Iz ovog se vidi da se tip “BOOL” transformiše u tip “cijeli” a tip “LPCTSTR” u tip “karakter *”.
U dokumentaciji se spominju i neke konstante, kao što su FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN ,
FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY,ERROR_ENCRYPTION_FAILED,ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND,ERROR_ACCESS_D
ENIED, MAX_PATH. Ako će se ove konstante koristiti, treba portirati i njihove vrijednosti. Vrijednosti je najlakše naći ako
na Internet pretraživaču, npr. www.google.com unesemo #define sa imenom konstante, npr.
#define ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
Mrežni pretraživač će vratiti da ova konstanta ima vrijednost jednaku 2.
•
Pravljenje deklaracije
Sada se može napisati deklaracija funkcije i pripadnih konstanti. Tipovi u C se zamijene ekvivalentnim tipovima u
FILDZAN-32 i redoslijed argumenata se izvrne, zbog razlike u Pascal Call i StdCall.
157
#definiraj ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND 2
cijeli funkcija CopyFileA(
cijeli bFailIfExists
karakter * lpNewFileName,
karakter * lpExistingFileName,
);
•
Upotreba funkcije
U istom listingu u kome je deklaracija može se pozvati funkcija. Evo kao primjer cijelog programa:
#definiraj ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND 2
cijeli funkcija CopyFileA(
cijeli bFailIfExists
karakter * lpNewFileName,
karakter * lpExistingFileName,
);
{
CopyFileA(0,”KopijaPodaci.Txt”,”Podaci.txt”);
}
Primjer se prevede i asemblira kao i ostali primjeri.
Prilikom linkovanja mora se paziti da imamo ekvivalentnu MASM biblioteku sa ekstenzijom LIB datoteci sa
ekstenzijom DLL u kojoj je definisana funkcija. Funkcija CopyFile je definisana u kernel32.dll, pa se pripaja kernel32.lib.
link /defaultlib:kernel32.lib /subsystem:console primjer.obj
16.5.
Rezime poglavlja
Windows API ima veliki broj funkcija koje se mogu koristiti u raznim programskim jezicima. One su obično
definisane za programski jezik C. Kod novih programskih jezika obično je potrebno, ali i moguće, prilagoditi pozive iz ovih
biblioteka osobinama programskog jezika. To je posao lakši od pravljenja novih biblioteka. U slučaju FILDZAN-32, treba
prilagoditi ime funkcije, nazive tipova, konstante te redoslijed argumenata.
158
17. ASEMBLER
Kompajler koji je razvijen u okviru ovog kursa generiše asemblerski listing, a ne prirodni mašinski kod. Za
prevođenje iz asemblerskog jezika u mašinski jezik iskorišten je Microsoftov Macro asembler. Sada slijedi razvoj asemblera,
programa koji treba da prevede iz asemblerskog listinga u mašinski jezik. Prvo je potrebno navesti spisak svih instrukcija koje
ovaj procesor poznaje
17.1.
Instrukcijski set Pentiuma II
Tipična instrukcija mikroprocesora Pentium II izgleda kao na slici Sl. 17.1.1:
Instruction Format
+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Prefixes | Opcode
| ModR/M
|
SIB
|
Disp
| immediate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
Sl. 17.1.1.
Format instrukcija
Prefixes : Nula do četiri prefiksa velika po jedan bajt: (LOCK | REP | REPE | REPZ | REPNE | REPZ) (CS | SS | DS | ES | FS |
GS) (66) (67)
Opcode: 1 ili 2 bajtni operacioni kod
ModR/M: Biti 7..6 predstavljaju Mode, biti 2..0 sadrže kod registra ili memorijskog režima koji je indiciran modom, biti 5..3
su rezervno polje
SIB Biti 7..6 su faktor skaliranja, 5..3 je Index, 2..0 je Baza
Disp: Opcioni adresni pomak od 1, 2, ili 4 bajta
Immediate Opcionalna konstantna vrijednost od 1, 2 ili 4 bajta
Sve instrukcije ovog procesora opisane su u tabeli na strani 161. Slijedi objašnjenje tabele:
17.2.
Operacioni kodovi, opis
Heksadekadni broj, na primjer 9F, predstavlja sam taj broj.
Heksadekadni broj praćen oznakom +r, npr C8+r znači da se broj koji predstavlja registarski operand treba dodati tom broju.
Npr., EDX je predstavljen brojem 2, pa će to generisati heksadekadni bajt CA.
Brojevi koji predstavljaju registarski operand
0
AL
AX
EAX
ES
ST0
MM0
xmmr0
1
CL
CX
ECX
CS
ST1
MM1
xmmr1
2
DL
DX
EDX
SS
ST2
MM2
xmmr2
3
BL
BX
EBX
DS
ST3
MM3
xmmr3
4
AH
SP
ESP
FS
ST4
MM4
xmmr4
5
CH
BP
EBP
GS
ST5
MM5
xmmr5
6
DH
SI
ESI
ST6
MM6
xmmr6
7
BH
DI
EDI
ST7
MM7
xmmr7
CR0
CR2
CR3
CR4
DR0
DR1
DR2
DR3
DR6
DR7
TR3
TR4
TR5
TR6
TR7
Sl. 17.2.1.
Brojevi koji predstavljaju registarski operand
Jednocifreni broj iza kose crte (npr /3) znači da se taj broj smješta u rezervno polje ModRM bajta..
Simbol /r znači da broj koji predstavlja registarski operand se smješta u rezervno polje ModRM bajta.
Simboli ib, iw i id predstavljaju konstantnu vrijednost koja može biti bajt, riječ ili dupla riječ. Ovi podaci se smještaju
u little endian formatu.
Simboli rb, rw i rd znače da je jedan od operanada konstantna vrijednost i da se razlika između te vrijednosti i adrese
kraja instrukcije treba kodirati kao bajt, riječ ili dupla riječ respektivno. Simbol r? predstavlja da se treba koristiti rw ili rd
zavisno od toga da li se asembliranje vrši u 16-bitnom ili 32-bitnom režimu.
Simboli ow , od i o? znače da je jedan od operanada predstavljen apsolutnom adresom.
Simboli o16 i o32 znače da je veličina operanada 16 ili 32 bita. Intelovi procesori koriste prefiks 66 da promijene
podrazumijevanu veličinu operanada. Stoga o16 znači da će ta instrukcija imati prefiks 66 ako se asembliranje vrši u 32 bitnom
režimu a neće imati prefiks ako se asembliranje vrši u 16 bitnom režimu. Analogno, o32 znači da će ta instrukcija imati
prefiks 66 ako se asembliranje vrši u 16 bitnom režimu a neće imati prefiks ako se asembliranje vrši u 32 bitnom režimu.
159
Kodovi a16 i a32 slično kodovima o16 i o32 označavaju adresnu veličinu navedene forme instrukcije. Ako se ona ne
slaže sa podrazumijevanom veličinom, ubacuje se prefiks 67. Ovaj se prefiks ubacuje i kada nema kodova a16 i a32, a
navedeni adresni način ne postoji u 16 bitnom odnosno 32 bitnom režimu (npr., ako u 32 bitnom režimu se prevodi instrukcija
MOV EAX,[BX] treba generisati prefiks 67, jer je [BX] šesnaestobitni adresni način.)
17.3.
Operandi
U tabeli instrukcija operandi su označeni sljedećim kodovima:
reg8 8-bitni registar opšte namjene
rg16 16-bitni registar opšte namjene
rg32 32-bitni registar opšte namjene
fpur Jedan od 8 FPU registara
mmxr Jedan od 8 MMX (64 bitnih) registara
segr Jedan od segmentnih registara
immg Neki konstantni operand
ime8 8-bitni konstantni operand
im16 16- bitni konstantni operand
im32 32- bitni konstantni operand
memg Memorijska adresa
mem8 8-bitna memorijska adresa
mm16 16-bit memorijska adresa
Sl. 17.3.1.
17.4.
mm32 32-bitna memorijska adresa
rgm8 skraćenica za reg8/mem8
rm16 skraćenica za rg16/mm16
rm32 skraćenica za rg32/mm32
rm64 skraćenica za mmxr/mm64
abs8 apsolutna adresa 8 bitnih podataka
ab16 apsolutna adresa 16 bitnih podataka
ab32 apsolutna adresa 32 bitnih podataka
creg kontrolni registar
dreg Debug registar
treg Task registar
Tablica vrsta operanada
Kodiranje adrese: ModR/M i SIB bajtovi
Adresni operand je kodiran iz tri dijela (1) MOD/RM bajt, (2) opcionalni SIB bajt i (3) opcionalni bajt, riječ ili dupla
riječ pomaka.
ModR/M se sastoji od tri polja, mod polje u bitima 7..6, r/m polje u bitima 2..0 i rezervno polje u bitima 5..3Rezervno polje nije relevantno za adresu koja se kodira.
R/M znači registar ili memorija, što znači da se može kodirati direktna referenca na registar umjesto memorijskog
pristupa. To se radi postavljanjem mod polja na 3 i r/m polja na broj koji predstavlja registarski operand. U tom slučaju nema
ni SIB bajta ni pomaka.
U 16 bitnom režimu SIB bajt se nikada ne koristi. Mod predstavlja veličinu pomaka (0, 1, 2 bajta) ili 3 ako je u
pitanju registar. Polja 2..0 dopuštaju nekoliko kombinacija registara za adresiranje, pri čemu [bp] se mora kodirati kao [bp+0]
r/m |
mod=00
mod=01
mod=10
mod=11
----+---------------------------------------------------------------000 |
[bx+si]
[bx+si+disp8]
[bx+si+disp16]
al/ax/eax/mm0/xmmr0
001 |
[bx+di]
[bx+di+disp8]
[bx+di+disp16]
cl/cx/ecx/mm1/xmmr1
010 |
[bp+si]
[bp+si+disp8]
[bp+si+disp16]
dl/dx/edx/mm2/xmmr2
011 |
[bp+di]
[bp+di+disp8]
[bp+di+disp16]
bl/bx/ebx/mm3/xmmr3
100 |
[si]
[si+disp8]
[si+disp16]
ah/sp/esp/mm4/xmmr4
101 |
[di]
[di+disp8]
[di+disp16]
ch/bp/ebp/mm5/xmmr5
110 |
[disp16] [bp+disp8]
[bp+disp16]
dh/si/esi/mm6/xmmr6
111 |
[bx]
[bx+disp8]
[bx+disp16]
bh/di/edi/mm7/xmmr7
Sl. 17.4.1.
Kodiranje MOD/Rm bajta, 16 bitno
U 32 bitnom režimu mod polje predstavlja dužinu dijela pomaka, 0 znači da nema pomaka, 1 znači jedan bajt, 2
predstavlja 4 bajta. Ako se pomaku pridodaje samo jedan registar i on nije ESP, tada r/m polje sadrži vrijednost koja
predstavlja taj registar i nema polja SIB. Ako je r/m polje jednako 4 , postoji SIB polje. Također, [ebp] se mora kodirati kao
[ebp+0].
r/m |
mod=00
mod=01
mod=10
mod=11
----+----------------------------------------------------------000 |
[eax]
[eax+disp8]
[eax+disp32]
al/ax/eax/mm0/xmmr0
001 |
[ecx]
[ecx+disp8]
[ecx+disp32]
cl/cx/ecx/mm1/xmmr1
010 |
[edx]
[edx+disp8]
[edx+disp32]
dl/dx/edx/mm2/xmmr2
011 |
[ebx]
[ebx+disp8]
[ebx+disp32]
bl/bx/ebx/mm3/xmmr3
100 |
SIB
SIB+disp8
SIB+disp32
ah/sp/esp/mm4/xmmr4
101 |
[disp32] [ebp+disp8]
[ebp+disp32]
ch/bp/ebp/mm5/xmmr5
110 |
[esi]
[esi+disp8]
[esi+disp32]
dh/si/esi/mm6/xmmr6
111 |
[edi]
[edi+disp8]
[edi+disp32]
bh/di/edi/mm7/xmmr7
Sl. 17.4.2.
Kodiranje ModRm , 32 bitno
160
SIB bajt ima tri polja: Faktor skaliranja u bitima 7..6 koji predstavljaju 1, 2, 4 ili 8, indeksni registar u bitima 5..3 i
bazni registar u bitima 2..0. Ideja je da se generiše [BASE + SCALE*INDEX], koji se onda dodaju eventualnom pomaku
navedenom u ModR/M bajtu. Na primjer, kod D3 (11010011) ima skalu 11 (znači 8), indeksni registar 010 (znači EDX) i
bazni registar 011 (znači EBX) pa se kodira kao [ebx+edx*8].
Ipak, ESP se ne može koristiti kao indeksni registar, pa ako indeksno polje sadrži 4, to znači da nema indeksnog
registra. Takođe, ako bazno polje sadrži 5, a mod biti su 00, adresa nije [ebp+scale*index] nego [scale*index+disp32] (nema
baznog registra).
Primjeri:
ecx
[ecx]
[ecx+12345678H]
[ecx+esi*2]
[ecx+esi*2+12345678H]
[esi*2]
[esi*2+12345678H]
[12345678H]
[ebp]
[ebp+12345678H]
[ebp+eax*4]
[ebp+eax*4+12345678H]
[esp]
[esp+12345678H]
17.5.
11xxx001
00xxx001
10xxx001 78
00xxx100 71
10xxx100 71
00xxx100 75
10xxx100 75
00xxx101 78
01xxx101 00
10xxx101 78
01xxx100 85
10xxx100 85
00xxx100 24
10xxx100 24
56 34 12
78 56 34 12
78 56 34 12
56 34 12
56 34 12
00
78 56 34 12
78 56 34 12
Primjeri kodiranja kompletnih instrukcija
MOV ECX,[EDX+150h]
Prvi operand je 32bitni registar opšte namjene, a drugi 32 bitna memorijska lokacija. U tablici se nalazi
MOV rg32,rm32
o32 8B /r
Ako je režim rada 32-bitni (tj. generiše se kod za 32 bitne operativne sisteme), o32 nema značenja. Operacioni kod
instrukcije je 8B. [EDX+150h] spada u kategoriju [EDX+Disp32] koja u polju r/m ima vrijednost 010 binarno, a u polju mod
vrijednost 10 binarno. Ovaj adresni režim ne zahtijeva SIB bajt, ali ima pomak. Rezervno polje ModRM bajta je broj registra
ECX koji iznosi 1, odnosno binarno 001. Stoga je ModRM bajt 10 001 010, što u heksadekadnom sistemu iznosi 8A. Pomak
napisan 32 bitno iznosi 00000150, što napisano little endian formatom predstavlja 50 01 00 00. Dakle, ova instrukcija se kodira
kao
8B 8A 50 01 00 00
U 16 bitnom režimu rada vidimo da je adresa 32 bitna, pa je neophodan prefiks 67. Takođe, o32 znači da treba dodati
i prefiks 66, pa se ova instrukcija piše kao
66 67 8B 8A 50 01 00 00
XOR BX,1500h
Prvi operand je 16 bitni registar, drugi operand 16 bitna konstanta. U tabeli je takav slučaj naveden kao
XOR rm16,im16
o16 81 /6 iw
U šesnaestobitnom režimu nije potreban prefiks, a u 32 bitnom simbol o16 predstavlja da je tu potreban prefiks 66.
Pošto se nigdje ne spominje adresa, nema prefiksa 67. Operacioni kod je 81. Pošto je operand tipa registar (neposredna
vrijednost nije u tabeli ModRm), mod=11, r/m=011. Oznaka /6 znači da se u rezervno polje upisuje vrijednost 6, tj. 110. Stoga
je bajt ModRm jednak 11 110 011, ili heksadekadno F3. Pomak 1500h u little endian se piše kao 00 15. Prema tome, u 16
bitnom režimu ova instrukcija se kodira kao 81 F3 15 00 ,a u 32 bitnom kao 66 81 F3 15 00.
161
AAA
AAD
AAM
AAS
ADC AL,ime8
ADC AX,im16
ADC EAX,im32
ADC reg8,rgm8
ADC rgm8,ime8
ADC rgm8,reg8
ADC rg16,rm16
ADC rg32,rm32
ADC rm16,ime8
ADC rm16,im16
ADC rm16,rg16
ADC rm32,ime8
ADC rm32,im32
ADC rm32,rg32
ADD AL,ime8
ADD AX,im16
ADD EAX,im32
ADD reg8,rgm8
ADD rgm8,ime8
ADD rgm8,reg8
ADD rg16,rm16
ADD rg32,rm32
ADD rm16,ime8
ADD rm16,im16
ADD rm16,rg16
ADD rm32,ime8
ADD rm32,im32
ADD rm32,rg32
AND AL,ime8
AND AX,im16
AND EAX,im32
AND reg8,rgm8
AND rgm8,ime8
AND rgm8,reg8
AND rg16,rm16
AND rg32,rm32
AND rm16,ime8
AND rm16,im16
AND rm16,rg16
AND rm32,ime8
AND rm32,im32
AND rm32,rg32
ARPL rm16,rg16
BOUND rg16,mm16:16
BOUND rg32,mm32:32
BSF rg16,rm16
BSF rg32,rm32
BSR rg16,rm16
BSR rg32,rm32
BSWAP rg32
BTC rm16,ime8
BTC rm16,rg16
BTC rm32,ime8
BTC rm32,rg32
BTR rm16,ime8
BTR rm16,rg16
BTR rm32,ime8
BTR rm32,rg32
BTS rm16,immg
BTS rm16,rg16
BTS rm32,immg
BTS rm32,rg32
BT rm16,ime8
BT rm16,rg16
BT rm32,ime8
BT rm32,rg32
CALL_FAR mm16
CALL_FAR mm32
CALL immg
CALL immg:im16
CALL immg:im32
CALL rm16
CALL rm32
CBW
CDQ
CLC
CLD
CLI
CLTS
CMC
CMOVO rg16,rm16
CMOVO rg32,rm32
CMOVNO rg16,rm16
CMOVNO rg32,rm32
CMOVC rg16,rm16
CMOVC rg32,rm32
CMOVB rg16,rm16
CMOVB rg32,rm32
CMOVNC rg16,rm16
CMOVNC rg32,rm32
CMOVAE rg16,rm16
CMOVAE rg32,rm32
CMOVE rg16,rm16
CMOVE rg32,rm32
CMOVZ rg16,rm16
CMOVZ rg32,rm32
CMOVNE rg16,rm16
CMOVNE rg32,rm32
CMOVNZ rg16,rm16
CMOVNZ rg32,rm32
CMOVBE rg16,rm16
CMOVBE rg32,rm32
CMOVA rg16,rm16
CMOVA rg32,rm32
CMOVS rg16,rm16
CMOVS rg32,rm32
37
D5
D4
3F
14
o16
o32
12
80
10
o16
o32
o16
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
04
o16
o32
02
80
00
o16
o32
o16
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
24
o16
o32
22
80
20
o16
o32
o16
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
63
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o32
o16
o16
o32
o32
o16
o16
o32
o32
o16
o16
o32
o32
o16
o16
o32
o32
o16
o32
E8
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
F8
FC
FA
0F
F5
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
0A
0A
ib
15
15
/r
/2
/r
13
13
83
81
11
83
81
11
ib
05
05
/r
/0
/r
03
03
83
81
01
83
81
01
ib
25
25
/r
/4
/r
23
23
83
81
21
83
81
21
/r
62
62
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
FF
FF
r?
9A
9A
FF
FF
98
99
iw
id
ib
/r
/r
/2
/2
/r
/2
/2
/r
ib
iw
ib
id
iw
id
ib
/r
/r
/0
/0
/r
/0
/0
/r
ib
iw
ib
id
iw
id
ib
/r
/r
/4
/4
/r
/4
/4
/r
ib
iw
ib
id
/r
/r
BC /r
BC /r
BD /r
BD /r
C8+rg
BA /7
BB /r
BA /7
BB /r
BA /6
B3 /r
BA /6
B3 /r
BA /5
AB /r
BA /5
AB /r
BA /4
A3 /r
BA /4
A3 /r
/3
/3
iw iw
id iw
/2
/2
06
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
40
40
41
41
42
42
42
42
43
43
43
43
44
44
44
44
45
45
45
45
46
46
47
47
48
48
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
ib
ib
ib
ib
ib
ib
ib
ib
CMOVNS rg16,rm16
CMOVNS rg32,rm32
CMOVP rg16,rm16
CMOVP rg32,rm32
CMOVPE rg16,rm16
CMOVPE rg32,rm32
CMOVNP rg16,rm16
CMOVNP rg32,rm32
CMOVPO rg16,rm16
CMOVPO rg32,rm32
CMOVL rg16,rm16
CMOVL rg32,rm32
CMOVGE rg16,rm16
CMOVGE rg32,rm32
CMOVNL rg16,rm16
CMOVNL rg32,rm32
CMOVLE rg16,rm16
CMOVLE rg32,rm32
CMOVG rg16,rm16
CMOVG rg32,rm32
CMPSB
CMPSD
CMPSW
CMPXCHG8B mm64
CMPXCHG rgm8,reg8
CMPXCHG rm16,rg16
CMPXCHG rm32,rg32
CMP AL,ime8
CMP AX,im16
CMP EAX,im32
CMP reg8,rgm8
CMP rgm8,ime8
CMP rgm8,reg8
CMP rg16,rm16
CMP rg32,rm32
CMP rm16,ime8
CMP rm16,im16
CMP rm16,rg16
CMP rm32,ime8
CMP rm32,im32
CMP rm32,rg32
CPUID
CWDE
CWD
DAA
DAS
DEC rgm8
DEC rg16
DEC rg32
DEC rm16
DEC rm32
DIV rgm8
DIV rm16
DIV rm32
EMMS
ENTER immg,immg
FABS
FADDP fpur
FADDP fpur,ST0
FADD
FADD fpur
FADD fpur,ST0
FADD mm32
FADD mm64
FADD ST0,fpur
FBLD mm80
FBSTP mm80
FCHS
FCLEX
FCMOVBE fpur
FCMOVBE ST0,fpur
FCMOVB fpur
FCMOVB ST0,fpur
FCMOVE fpur
FCMOVE ST0,fpur
FCMOVNBE fpur
FCMOVNBE ST0,fpur
FCMOVNB fpur
FCMOVNB ST0,fpur
FCMOVNE fpur
FCMOVNE ST0,fpur
FCMOVNU fpur
FCMOVNU ST0,fpur
FCMOVU fpur
FCMOVU ST0,fpur
FCOMIP fpur
FCOMIP ST0,fpur
FCOMI fpur
FCOMI ST0,fpur
FCOMPP
FCOMP fpur
FCOMP mm32
FCOMP mm64
FCOMP ST0,fpur
FCOM fpur
FCOM mm32
FCOM mm64
FCOM ST0,fpur
FCOS
FDECSTP
FDISI
FDIVP fpur
FDIVP fpur,ST0
FDIVRP fpur
FDIVRP fpur,ST0
FDIVR
FDIVR fpur
FDIVR fpur,ST0
FDIVR mm32
FDIVR mm64
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
A6
o32
o16
0F
0F
o16
o32
3C
o16
o32
3A
80
38
o16
o32
o16
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
0F
o32
o16
27
2F
FE
o16
o32
o16
o32
F6
o16
o32
0F
C8
D9
DE
DE
DE
D8
DC
D8
DC
D8
DF
DF
D9
9B
DA
DA
DA
DA
DA
DA
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DB
DA
DA
DF
DF
DB
DB
DE
D8
D8
DC
D8
D8
D8
DC
D8
D9
D9
9B
DE
DE
DE
DE
DE
D8
DC
D8
DC
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
A7
A7
C7
B0
0F
0F
ib
3D
3D
/r
/0
/r
3B
3B
83
81
39
83
81
39
A2
98
99
49
49
4A
4A
4A
4A
4B
4B
4B
4B
4C
4C
4D
4D
4D
4D
4E
4E
4F
4F
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/1
/r
B1 /r
B1 /r
iw
id
ib
/r
/r
/0
/0
/r
/0
/0
/r
/1
48+rg
48+rg
FF /1
FF /1
/6
F7 /6
F7 /6
77
iw ib
E1
C0+rg
C0+rg
C1
C0+rg
C0+rg
/0
/0
C0+rg
/4
/6
E0
DB E2
D0+rg
D0+rg
C0+rg
C0+rg
C8+rg
C8+rg
D0+rg
D0+rg
C0+rg
C0+rg
C8+rg
C8+rg
D8+rg
D8+rg
D8+rg
D8+rg
F0+rg
F0+rg
F0+rg
F0+rg
D9
D8+rg
/3
/3
D8+rg
D0+rg
/2
/2
D0+rg
FF
F6
DB E1
F8+rg
F8+rg
F0+rg
F0+rg
F1
F8+rg
F0+rg
/0
/0
ib
iw
ib
id
FDIVR ST0,fpur
FDIV fpur
FDIV fpur,ST0
FDIV mm32
FDIV mm64
FDIV ST0,fpur
FENI
FFREEP fpur
FFREE fpur
FIADD mm16
FIADD mm32
FICOMP mm16
FICOMP mm32
FICOM mm16
FICOM mm32
FIDIVR mm16
FIDIVR mm32
FIDIV mm16
FIDIV mm32
FILD mm16
FILD mm32
FILD mm64
FIMUL mm16
FIMUL mm32
FINCSTP
FINIT
FISTP mm16
FISTP mm32
FISTP mm64
FIST mm16
FIST mm32
FISUBR mm16
FISUBR mm32
FISUB mm16
FISUB mm32
FLDCW mm16
FLDENV memg
FLDLG2
FLDLN2
FLDL2E
FLDL2T
FLDPI
FLDZ
FLD1
FLD fpur
FLD mm32
FLD mm64
FLD mm80
FMULP fpur
FMULP fpur,ST0
FMUL
FMUL fpur
FMUL fpur,ST0
FMUL mm32
FMUL mm64
FMUL ST0,fpur
FNCLEX
FNDISI
FNENI
FNINIT
FNOP
FNSAVE memg
FNSTCW mm16
FNSTENV memg
FNSTSW AX
FNSTSW mm16
FPATAN
FPREM1
FPREM
FPTAN
FRNDINT
FRSTOR memg
FSAVE memg
FSCALE
FSETPM
FSINCOS
FSIN
FSQRT
FSTCW mm16
FSTENV memg
FSTP fpur
FSTP mm32
FSTP mm64
FSTP mm80
FSTSW AX
FSTSW mm16
FST fpur
FST mm32
FST mm64
FSUBP fpur
FSUBP fpur,ST0
FSUBRP fpur
FSUBRP fpur,ST0
FSUBR
FSUBR fpur
FSUBR fpur,ST0
FSUBR mm32
FSUBR mm64
FSUBR ST0,fpur
FSUB fpur
FSUB fpur,ST0
FSUB mm32
FSUB mm64
FSUB ST0,fpur
FTST
FUCOMIP fpur
FUCOMIP ST0,fpur
FUCOMI fpur
FUCOMI ST0,fpur
FUCOMPP
D8
D8
DC
D8
DC
D8
9B
DF
DD
DE
DA
DE
DA
DE
DA
DE
DA
DE
DA
DF
DB
DF
DE
DA
D9
9B
DF
DB
DF
DF
DB
DE
DA
DE
DA
D9
D9
D9
D9
D9
D9
D9
D9
D9
D9
D9
DD
DB
DE
DE
DE
D8
DC
D8
DC
D8
DB
DB
DB
DB
D9
DD
D9
D9
DF
DD
D9
D9
D9
D9
D9
DD
9B
D9
DB
D9
D9
D9
9B
9B
DD
D9
DD
DB
9B
9B
DD
D9
DD
DE
DE
DE
DE
DE
D8
DC
D8
DC
D8
D8
DC
D8
DC
D8
D9
DF
DF
DB
DB
DA
F8+rg
F0+rg
F8+rg
/6
/6
F0+rg
DB E0
C0+rg
C0+rg
/0
/0
/3
/3
/2
/2
/0
/0
/6
/6
/0
/0
/5
/1
/1
F7
DB E3
/3
/3
/0
/2
/2
/5
/5
/4
/4
/5
/4
EC
ED
EA
E9
EB
EE
E8
C0+rg
/0
/0
/5
C8+rg
C8+rg
C9
C8+rg
C8+rg
/1
/1
C8+rg
E2
E1
E0
E3
D0
/6
/0
/6
E0
/0
F3
F5
F8
F2
FC
/4
DD /6
FD
E4
FB
FE
FA
D9 /0
D9 /6
D8+rg
/3
/3
/0
DF E0
DD /0
D0+rg
/2
/2
E8+rg
E8+rg
E0+rg
E0+rg
E1
E8+rg
E0+rg
/5
/5
E8+rg
E0+rg
E8+rg
/4
/4
E0+rg
E4
E8+rg
E8+rg
E8+rg
E8+rg
E9
FUCOMP fpur
FUCOMP ST0,fpur
FUCOM fpur
FUCOM ST0,fpur
FWAIT
FXAM
FXCH fpur
FXCH fpur,ST0
FXCH ST0,fpur
FXCH
FXTRACT
FYL2XP1
FYL2X
F2XM1
HLT
IBTS rm16,rg16
IBTS rm32,rg32
ICEBP
IDIV rgm8
IDIV rm16
IDIV rm32
IMUL rgm8
IMUL rg16,ime8
IMUL rg16,im16
IMUL rg16,rm16
IMUL rg16,rm16,ime8
IMUL rg16,rm16,im16
IMUL rg32,ime8
IMUL rg32,im32
IMUL rg32,rm32
IMUL rg32,rm32,ime8
IMUL rg32,rm32,im32
IMUL rm16
IMUL rm32
INC rgm8
INC rg16
INC rg32
INC rm16
INC rm32
INSB
INSD
INSW
INTO
INT1
INT3
INT ime8
INVD
INVLPG memg
IN AL,DX
IN AL,ime8
IN AX,DX
IN AX,ime8
IN EAX,DX
IN EAX,ime8
IRETD
IRETW
IRET
JO immg
JO_NEAR immg
JNO immg
JNO_NEAR immg
JC immg
JC_NEAR immg
JB immg
JB_NEAR immg
JNAE immg
JNAE_NEAR immg
JNC immg
JNC_NEAR immg
JNB immg
JNB_NEAR immg
JAE immg
JAE_NEAR immg
JE immg
JE_NEAR immg
JZ immg
JZ_NEAR immg
JNE immg
JNE_NEAR immg
JNZ immg
JNZ_NEAR immg
JBE immg
JBE_NEAR immg
JNA immg
JNA_NEAR immg
JA immg
JA_NEAR immg
JNBE immg
JNBE_NEAR immg
JS immg
JS_NEAR immg
JNS immg
JNS_NEAR immg
JP immg
JP_NEAR immg
JPE immg
JPE_NEAR immg
JNP immg
JNP_NEAR immg
JPO immg
JPO_NEAR immg
JL immg
JL_NEAR immg
JNGE immg
JNGE_NEAR immg
JGE immg
JGE_NEAR immg
JNL immg
JNL_NEAR immg
JLE immg
DD
DD
DD
DD
9B
D9
D9
D9
D9
D9
D9
D9
D9
D9
F4
o16
o32
F1
F6
o16
o32
F6
o16
o16
o16
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
o32
o32
o16
o32
FE
o16
o32
o16
o32
6C
o32
o16
CE
F1
CC
CD
0F
0F
EC
E4
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
o16
CF
70
0F
71
0F
72
0F
72
0F
72
0F
73
0F
73
0F
73
0F
74
0F
74
0F
75
0F
75
0F
76
0F
76
0F
77
0F
77
0F
78
0F
79
0F
7A
0F
7A
0F
7B
0F
7B
0F
7C
0F
7C
0F
7D
0F
7D
0F
7E
E8+rg
E8+rg
E0+rg
E0+rg
E5
C8+rg
C8+rg
C8+rg
C9
F4
F9
F1
F0
0F A7 /r
0F A7 /r
/7
F7 /7
F7 /7
/5
6B /r
69 /r
0F AF
6B /r
69 /r
6B /r
69 /r
0F AF
6B /r
69 /r
F7 /5
F7 /5
/0
40+rg
40+rg
FF /0
FF /0
6D
6D
ib
08
01 /0
ib
ED
E5 ib
ED
E5 ib
CF
CF
rb
80
rb
81
rb
82
rb
82
rb
82
rb
83
rb
83
rb
83
rb
84
rb
84
rb
85
rb
85
rb
86
rb
86
rb
87
rb
87
rb
88
rb
89
rb
8A
rb
8A
rb
8B
rb
8B
rb
8C
rb
8C
rb
8D
rb
8D
rb
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
r?
ib
iw
/r
ib
iw
ib
id
/r
ib
id
162
JLE_NEAR immg
JNG immg
JNG_NEAR immg
JG immg
JG_NEAR immg
JNLE immg
JNLE_NEAR immg
JCXZ immg
JECXZ immg
JMP_FAR memg
JMP_FAR memg
JMP immg
JMP immg:im16
JMP immg:im32
JMP rm16
JMP rm32
JMP_SHORT immg
LAHF
LAR rg16,rm16
LAR rg32,rm32
LDS rg16,memg
LDS rg32,memg
LEAVE
LEA rg16,memg
LEA rg32,memg
LES rg16,memg
LES rg32,memg
LFS rg16,memg
LFS rg32,memg
LGDT memg
LGS rg16,memg
LGS rg32,memg
LIDT memg
LLDT rm16
LMSW rm16
LOADALL286
LOADALL
LODSB
LODSD
LODSW
LOOPE immg
LOOPE immg,CX
LOOPE immg,ECX
LOOPNE immg
LOOPNE immg,CX
LOOPNE immg,ECX
LOOPNZ immg
LOOPNZ immg,CX
LOOPNZ immg,ECX
LOOPZ immg
LOOPZ immg,CX
LOOPZ immg,ECX
LOOP immg
LOOP immg,CX
LOOP immg,ECX
LSL rg16,rm16
LSL rg32,rm32
LSS rg16,memg
LSS rg32,memg
LTR rm16
MOVD mmxr,rm32
MOVD rm32,mmxr
MOVQ mmxr,rm64
MOVQ rm64,mmxr
MOVSB
MOVSD
MOVSW
MOVSX rg16,rgm8
MOVSX rg32,rgm8
MOVSX rg32,rm16
MOVZX rg16,rgm8
MOVZX rg32,rgm8
MOVZX rg32,rm16
MOV abs8,AL
MOV ab16,AX
MOV ab32,EAX
MOV AL,abs8
MOV AX,ab16
MOV creg,rg32
MOV dreg,rg32
MOV EAX,ab32
MOV reg8,ime8
MOV reg8,rgm8
MOV rgm8,ime8
MOV rgm8,reg8
MOV rg16,im16
MOV rg16,rm16
MOV rg32,creg
MOV rg32,dreg
MOV rg32,im32
MOV rg32,rm32
MOV rg32,treg
MOV rm16,im16
MOV rm16,rg16
MOV rm16,segr
MOV rm32,im32
MOV rm32,rg32
MOV rm32,segr
MOV segr,rm16
MOV segr,rm32
MOV treg,rg32
MUL rgm8
MUL rm16
MUL rm32
NEG rgm8
NEG rm16
NEG rm32
NOP
NOT rgm8
NOT rm16
0F 8E r?
7E rb
0F 8E r?
7F rb
0F 8F r?
7F rb
0F 8F r?
o16 E3 rb
o32 E3 rb
o16 FF /5
o32 FF /5
E9 r?
o16 EA iw
o32 EA id
o16 FF /4
o32 FF /4
EB rb
9F
o16 0F 02
o32 0F 02
o16 C5 /r
o32 C5 /r
C9
o16 8D /r
o32 8D /r
o16 C4 /r
o32 C4 /r
o16 0F B4
o32 0F B4
0F 01 /2
o16 0F B5
o32 0F B5
0F 01 /3
0F 00 /2
0F 01 /6
0F 05
0F 07
AC
o32 AD
o16 AD
E1 rb
a16 E1 rb
a32 E1 rb
E0 rb
a16 E0 rb
a32 E0 rb
E0 rb
a16 E0 rb
a32 E0 rb
E1 rb
a16 E1 rb
a32 E1 rb
E2 rb
a16 E2 rb
a32 E2 rb
o16 0F 03
o32 0F 03
o16 0F B2
o32 0F B2
0F 00 /3
0F 6E /r
0F 7E /r
0F 6F /r
0F 7F /r
A4
o32 A5
o16 A5
o16 0F BE
o32 0F BE
o32 0F BF
o16 0F B6
o32 0F B6
o32 0F B7
A2 o?
o16 A3 o?
o32 A3 o?
A0 o?
o16 A1 o?
0F 22 /r
0F 23 /r
o32 A1 o?
B0+rg ib
8A /r
C6 /0 ib
88 /r
o16 B8+rg
o16 8B /r
0F 20 /r
0F 21 /r
o32 B8+rg
o32 8B /r
0F 24 /r
o16 C7 /0
o16 89 /r
o16 8C /r
o32 C7 /0
o32 89 /r
o32 8C /r
o16 8E /r
o32 8E /r
0F 26 /r
F6 /4
o16 F7 /4
o32 F7 /4
F6 /3
o16 F7 /3
o32 F7 /3
90
F6 /2
o16 F7 /2
iw
iw
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
iw
id
iw
id
NOT rm32
OR AL,ime8
OR AX,im16
OR EAX,im32
OR reg8,rgm8
OR rgm8,ime8
OR rgm8,reg8
OR rg16,rm16
OR rg32,rm32
OR rm16,ime8
OR rm16,im16
OR rm16,rg16
OR rm32,ime8
OR rm32,im32
OR rm32,rg32
OUTSB
OUTSD
OUTSW
OUT DX,AL
OUT DX,AX
OUT DX,EAX
OUT ime8,AL
OUT ime8,AX
OUT ime8,EAX
PACKSSDW mmxr,rm64
PACKSSWB mmxr,rm64
PACKUSWB mmxr,rm64
PADDB mmxr,rm64
PADDD mmxr,rm64
PADDQ mmxr,rm64
PADDSB mmxr,rm64
PADDSW mmxr,rm64
PADDUSB mmxr,rm64
PADDUSW mmxr,rm64
PADDW mmxr,rm64
PANDN mmxr,rm64
PAND mmxr,rm64
PCMPEQB mmxr,rm64
PCMPEQD mmxr,rm64
PCMPEQW mmxr,rm64
PCMPGTB mmxr,rm64
PCMPGTD mmxr,rm64
PCMPGTW mmxr,rm64
PMADDWD mmxr,rm64
PMULHW mmxr,rm64
PMULLW mmxr,rm64
POPAD
POPAW
POPA
POPFD
POPFW
POPF
POP DS
POP ES
POP FS
POP GS
POP rg16
POP rg32
POP rm16
POP rm32
POP SS
POR mmxr,rm64
PSLLD mmxr,ime8
PSLLD mmxr,rm64
PSLLQ mmxr,ime8
PSLLQ mmxr,rm64
PSLLW mmxr,ime8
PSLLW mmxr,rm64
PSRAD mmxr,ime8
PSRAD mmxr,rm64
PSRAW mmxr,ime8
PSRAW mmxr,rm64
PSRLD mmxr,ime8
PSRLD mmxr,rm64
PSRLQ mmxr,ime8
PSRLQ mmxr,rm64
PSRLW mmxr,ime8
PSRLW mmxr,rm64
PSUBB mmxr,rm64
PSUBD mmxr,rm64
PSUBSB mmxr,rm64
PSUBSW mmxr,rm64
PSUBUSB mmxr,rm64
PSUBUSW mmxr,rm64
PSUBW mmxr,rm64
PUNPCKHBW mmxr,rm64
PUNPCKHDQ mmxr,rm64
PUNPCKHWD mmxr,rm64
PUNPCKLBW mmxr,rm64
PUNPCKLDQ mmxr,rm64
PUNPCKLWD mmxr,rm64
PUSHAD
PUSHAW
PUSHA
PUSHFD
PUSHFW
PUSHF
PUSH CS
PUSH DS
PUSH ES
PUSH FS
PUSH GS
PUSH ime8
PUSH im16
PUSH im32
PUSH rg16
PUSH rg32
PUSH rm16
PUSH rm32
PUSH SS
o32
0C
o16
o32
0A
80
08
o16
o32
o16
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
6E
o32
o16
EE
o16
o32
E6
o16
o32
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
o32
o16
61
o32
o16
9D
1F
07
0F
0F
o16
o32
o16
o32
17
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
o32
o16
60
o32
o16
9C
0E
1E
06
0F
0F
6A
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
16
F7
ib
0D
0D
/r
/1
/r
0B
0B
83
81
09
83
81
09
/2
iw
id
ib
/r
/r
/1
/1
/r
/1
/1
/r
ib
iw
ib
id
6F
6F
EF
EF
ib
E7
E7
6B
63
67
FC
FE
D4
EC
ED
DC
DD
FD
DF
DB
74
76
75
64
66
65
F5
E5
D5
61
61
ib
ib
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
9D
9D
A1
A9
58+rg
58+rg
8F /0
8F /0
EB
72
F2
73
F3
71
F1
72
E2
71
E1
72
D2
73
D3
71
D1
F8
FA
E8
E9
D8
D9
F9
68
6A
69
60
62
61
60
60
/r
/6
/r
/6
/r
/6
/r
/4
/r
/4
/r
/2
/r
/2
/r
/2
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
9C
9C
A0
A8
ib
68 iw
68 id
50+rg
50+rg
FF /6
FF /6
ib
ib
ib
ib
ib
ib
ib
ib
PXOR mmxr,rm64
RCL rgm8,CL
RCL rgm8,ime8
RCL rgm8,1
RCL rm16,CL
RCL rm16,ime8
RCL rm16,1
RCL rm32,CL
RCL rm32,ime8
RCL rm32,1
RCR rgm8,CL
RCR rgm8,ime8
RCR rgm8,1
RCR rm16,CL
RCR rm16,ime8
RCR rm16,1
RCR rm32,CL
RCR rm32,ime8
RCR rm32,1
RDMSR
RDPMC
RDTSC
RETF im16
RETF
RETN im16
RETN
RET im16
RET
ROL rgm8,CL
ROL rgm8,ime8
ROL rgm8,1
ROL rm16,CL
ROL rm16,ime8
ROL rm16,1
ROL rm32,CL
ROL rm32,ime8
ROL rm32,1
ROR rgm8,CL
ROR rgm8,ime8
ROR rgm8,1
ROR rm16,CL
ROR rm16,ime8
ROR rm16,1
ROR rm32,CL
ROR rm32,ime8
ROR rm32,1
RSM
SAHF
SALC
SAL rgm8,CL
SAL rgm8,ime8
SAL rgm8,1
SAL rm16,CL
SAL rm16,ime8
SAL rm16,1
SAL rm32,CL
SAL rm32,ime8
SAL rm32,1
SAR rgm8,CL
SAR rgm8,ime8
SAR rgm8,1
SAR rm16,CL
SAR rm16,ime8
SAR rm16,1
SAR rm32,CL
SAR rm32,ime8
SAR rm32,1
SBB AL,ime8
SBB AX,im16
SBB EAX,im32
SBB reg8,rgm8
SBB rgm8,ime8
SBB rgm8,reg8
SBB rg16,rm16
SBB rg32,rm32
SBB rm16,ime8
SBB rm16,im16
SBB rm16,rg16
SBB rm32,ime8
SBB rm32,im32
SBB rm32,rg32
SCASB
SCASD
SCASW
SETO rgm8
SETNO rgm8
SETC rgm8
SETB rgm8
SETNAE rgm8
SETNC rgm8
SETNB rgm8
SETAE rgm8
SETE rgm8
SETZ rgm8
SETNE rgm8
SETNZ rgm8
SETBE rgm8
SETNA rgm8
SETA rgm8
SETNBE rgm8
SETS rgm8
SETNS rgm8
SETP rgm8
SETPE rgm8
SETNP rgm8
SETPO rgm8
SETL rgm8
SETNGE rgm8
SETGE rgm8
SETNL rgm8
0F
D2
C0
D0
o16
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
D2
C0
D0
o16
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
0F
0F
0F
CA
CB
C2
C3
C2
C3
D2
C0
D0
o16
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
D2
C0
D0
o16
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
0F
9E
D6
D2
C0
D0
o16
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
D2
C0
D0
o16
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
1C
o16
o32
1A
80
18
o16
o32
o16
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
AE
o32
o16
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
EF
/2
/2
/2
D3
C1
D1
D3
C1
D1
/3
/3
/3
D3
C1
D1
D3
C1
D1
32
33
31
iw
/r
ib
/2
/2 ib
/2
/2
/2 ib
/2
ib
/3
/3 ib
/3
/3
/3 ib
/3
iw
iw
/0
/0
/0
D3
C1
D1
D3
C1
D1
/1
/1
/1
D3
C1
D1
D3
C1
D1
AA
/4
/4
/4
D3
C1
D1
D3
C1
D1
/0
/0
/0
D3
C1
D1
D3
C1
D1
ib
1D
1D
/r
/3
/r
1B
1B
83
81
19
83
81
19
AF
AF
90
91
92
92
92
93
93
93
94
94
95
95
96
96
97
97
98
99
9A
9A
9B
9B
9C
9C
9D
9D
ib
/0
/0 ib
/0
/0
/0 ib
/0
ib
/1
/1 ib
/1
/1
/1 ib
/1
ib
/4
/4 ib
/4
/4
/4 ib
/4
ib
/0
/0 ib
/0
/0
/0 ib
/0
iw
id
ib
/r
/r
/3
/3
/r
/3
/3
/r
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
ib
iw
ib
id
SETLE rgm8
SETNG rgm8
SETG rgm8
SETNLE rgm8
SGDT memg
SHLD rm16,rg16,CL
SHLD rm16,rg16,ime8
SHLD rm32,rg32,CL
SHLD rm32,rg32,ime8
SHL rgm8,CL
SHL rgm8,ime8
SHL rgm8,1
SHL rm16,CL
SHL rm16,ime8
SHL rm16,1
SHL rm32,CL
SHL rm32,ime8
SHL rm32,1
SHRD rm16,rg16,CL
SHRD rm16,rg16,ime8
SHRD rm32,rg32,CL
SHRD rm32,rg32,ime8
SHR rgm8,CL
SHR rgm8,ime8
SHR rgm8,1
SHR rm16,CL
SHR rm16,ime8
SHR rm16,1
SHR rm32,CL
SHR rm32,ime8
SHR rm32,1
SIDT memg
SLDT rm16
SMI
SMSW rm16
STC
STD
STI
STOSB
STOSD
STOSW
STR rm16
SUB AL,ime8
SUB AX,im16
SUB EAX,im32
SUB reg8,rgm8
SUB rgm8,ime8
SUB rgm8,reg8
SUB rg16,rm16
SUB rg32,rm32
SUB rm16,ime8
SUB rm16,im16
SUB rm16,rg16
SUB rm32,ime8
SUB rm32,im32
SUB rm32,rg32
SYSENTER
SYSEXIT
TEST AL,ime8
TEST AX,im16
TEST EAX,im32
TEST rgm8,ime8
TEST rgm8,reg8
TEST rm16,im16
TEST rm16,rg16
TEST rm32,im32
TEST rm32,rg32
UD1
UD2
UMOV reg8,rgm8
UMOV rgm8,reg8
UMOV rg16,rm16
UMOV rg32,rm32
UMOV rm16,rg16
UMOV rm32,rg32
VERR rm16
VERW rm16
WAIT
WBINVD
WRMSR
XADD rgm8,reg8
XADD rm16,rg16
XADD rm32,rg32
XBTS rg16,rm16
XBTS rg32,rm32
XCHG AX,rg16
XCHG EAX,rg32
XCHG reg8,rgm8
XCHG rgm8,reg8
XCHG rg16,AX
XCHG rg16,rgm8
XCHG rg32,EAX
XCHG rg32,rm32
XCHG rm16,rg16
XCHG rm32,rg32
XLATB
XOR AL,ime8
XOR EAX,im32
XOR AX,im16
XOR reg8,rgm8
XOR rgm8,ime8
XOR rgm8,reg8
XOR rg16,rm16
XOR rg32,rm32
XOR rm16,ime8
XOR rm16,im16
XOR rm16,rg16
XOR rm32,ime8
XOR rm32,im32
XOR rm32,rg32
0F
0F
0F
0F
0F
o16
o16
o32
o32
D2
C0
D0
o16
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
o16
o16
o32
o32
D2
C0
D0
o16
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
0F
0F
F1
0F
F9
FD
FB
AA
o32
o16
0F
2C
o16
o32
2A
80
28
o16
o32
o16
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
0F
0F
A8
o16
o32
F6
84
o16
o16
o32
o32
0F
0F
0F
0F
o16
o32
o16
o32
0F
0F
9B
0F
0F
0F
o16
o32
o16
o32
o16
o32
86
86
o16
o16
o32
o32
o16
o32
D7
34
o32
o16
32
80
30
o16
o32
o16
o16
o16
o32
o32
o32
9E
9E
9F
9F
01
0F
0F
0F
0F
/4
/4
/4
D3
C1
D1
D3
C1
D1
0F
0F
0F
0F
/5
/5
/5
D3
C1
D1
D3
C1
D1
01
00
/2
/2
/2
/2
/0
A5
A4
A5
A4
/r
/r ib
/r
/r ib
ib
/4
/4
/4
/4
/4
/4
AD
AC
AD
AC
ib
ib
/r
/r ib
/r
/r ib
ib
/5
/5 ib
/5
/5
/5 ib
/5
/1
/0
01 /4
AB
AB
00
ib
2D
2D
/r
/5
/r
2B
2B
83
81
29
83
81
29
34
36
ib
A9
A9
/7
/r
F7
85
F7
85
B9
0B
12
10
0F
0F
0F
0F
00
00
/1
iw
id
ib
/r
/r
/5
/5
/r
/5
/5
/r
ib
id
iw
id
ib
/7 iw
/r
/7 id
/r
/r
/r
13
13
11
11
/4
/5
09
30
C0 /r
0F C1
0F C1
0F A6
0F A6
90+rg
90+rg
/r
/r
90+rg
87 /r
90+rg
87 /r
87 /r
87 /r
ib
35
35
/r
/6
/r
33
33
83
81
31
83
81
31
ib
iw
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
/r
id
iw
ib
/r
/r
/6
/6
/r
/6
/6
/r
ib
iw
ib
id
163
17.6.
Parsiranje instrukcije
Tipična instrukcija u asemblerskom jeziku je oblika
LABELA: OPCODE ARG1,ARG2,ARG3 ; KOMENTAR
pri čemu se često argumenti mogu izostaviti.
Početni dio najvažnije funkcije u asembleru GenerateHexInstruction, koja prevodi liniju u mašinski kod u
heksadecimalnom formatu izdvaja ove elemente u posebne varijable.
Pored toga, unutar instrukcije se mogu nalaziti prefiksi za segmente i modifikatori kao što su NEAR i FAR. Ove
prefikse i modifikatore treba izdvojiti iz instrukcije.
Izdvajanje dijelova asemblerske instrukcije u posebne varijable se može raditi sintaksnom analizom ili, što je ovdje
primijenjeno jer je struktura asemblerskih instrukcija jednostavna korištenjem funkcije pos za traženje stringa na željenoj
poziciji. To radi funkcija Izdvoji, čiji je prvi argument varijabla u koju će se smjestiti željeni dio stringa nakon parsiranja, a
drugi je znak do kojeg se vrši izdvajanje. Treba još obraditi nekoliko specijalnih slučajeva, jer se labela kod instrukcija db, dw
i dq ne završava dvotačkom, pa pogrešno biva prepoznata kao operacioni kod. Ti specijalni slučajevi se rješavaju naknadnim
promjenama i zamjenama varijabli.
Pronađene labele se smještaju u posebnu tabelu koja se zove labele. Tu se smješta ime labele i njena vrijednost, te
vrsta. Nakon svake generisane instrukcije uvećava se trenutna pozicija i ova pozicija predstavlja vrijednost aktuelne labele.
Ukupno postoje tri takve pozicije za code, data i stack segment.
17.7.
Prepoznavanje adresnih režima
Izdvajanjem argumenata potrebno je prepoznati njegov adresni režim. Pentium II, kako se vidjelo u opisu tabele ima
dosta različitih adresnih režima. Da stvar bude složenija, oni se razlikuju zavisno od toga da li asembler generiše prevedeni kod
u 16 bitnom ili 32-bitnom režimu.
Prepoznavanje, unutar funkcije ParseOp, se može obaviti pravljenjem sintaksnog dijagrama i zatim odgovarajućih
procedura, ali je u cilju smanjenja veličine samog asemblera primijenjen malo drugačiji pristup. Provjerava se da li pojedini
pripada jednom od navedenih uzoraka na slici.
[A*B+C+D] -> tip:=13
[A+B*C+D] -> tip:=14
[A+B+C*D] -> tip:=15
[A*B+C-D] -> tip:=16
[A+B*C-D] -> tip:=17
[A-B+C*D] -> tip:=18
[A*B-C+D] -> tip:=19
[A*B+C] -> tip:=11
[A+B+C] -> tip:=10
[A*B-C] -> tip:=20
[A+B-C] -> tip:=21
[A-B+C] -> tip:=22
[A+B*C] -> tip:=12
[A*B] -> tip:=9
[A+B] -> tip:=8
[A-B] -> tip:=23
A[B*C+D] -> tip:=5
A[B*C-D] -> tip:=24
A[B+C*D] -> tip:=6
A[B*C] -> tip:=4
A[B+C] -> tip:=3
A[B-C] -> tip:=25
A[B] -> tip:=2
[A] -> tip:=7
A -> tip:=1 ;
Sl. 17.7.1.
Uzorci argumenata
Tako na primjer, argument koji glasi [EAX*4+EBX-15] je tipa 16. Ovo prepoznavanje je takođe urađeno pomoću pos
naredbe, a moglo se i sintaksnom analizom. Funkcija uzorak provjerava da li se string slaže sa navedenim uzorkom i puni
varijable A, B, C i D odgovarajućim stringovima. Tako na primjer Uzorak('[A*B+C-D]','[EAX*4+EBX-15]') će vratiti true i
napuniti varijablu A vrijednošću EAX, varijablu B vrijednošću 4, varijablu C vrijednošću EBX i varijablu D vrijednošću 15.
Broj mogućih slučajeva je još uvijek preveliki pa je sada potrebno praviti ekvivalentne. Tako na primjer tipovi 5 i 18
se mogu svesti na tip 13 zamjenom odgovarajućih varijabli. Svi se tipovi argumenata na kraju svedu na jedan od mogućih
tipova: 1, 7, 8, 10, 11 i 13. No i ovo je još uvijek mnogo. Naime, argument [EAX*4+EBX+15] (tip 13) se može pisati na četiri
načina:
[EAX*4+EBX+15] ili [4*EAX+EBX+15] ili [EAX*4+15+EBX] ili [4*EAX+15+EBX]
Stoga, treba sortirati registre i konstante tako da se vrijednosti koje nisu registri stave na kraj argumenta. Prilikom
ovog sortiranja se pored ovoga adresiranja koja uključuju zbir registara BX/BP sa SI/DI takođe sortiraju da registri BX,
odnosno BP dođu na početak argumenta.
Postoje još dva specijalna slučaja: kada navedena labela zapravo predstavlja čitanje s memorijske lokacije (sintaksa
MOV AX,VRIJEDNOST zapravo se treba shvatiti kao MOV AX,[VRIJEDNOST]), te kada se slučaj [A+B] svodi na slučaj
[A] ukoliko su A i B konstante.
17.8.
Proračun modrm , SIB i deplasmana
Prepoznati tip argumenta sada treba prevesti u njegovo značenje. Za svaki od navedenih tipova postoje procedure koje
se zovu Obrada1, Obrada7, Obrada8, Obrada10, Obrada11 i Obrada13. U okviru ovih procedura se gleda da li je pojedini
od dijelova argumenta registar ili konstanta. Registar se prepoznaje funkcijom Regcode. Kada su prepoznati svi elementi , tada
se u slog tipa Toperand upiše izračunata vrijednost bajta ModRM i bajta SIB.
164
Ukoliko je argument labela mora se pretražiti i u tabeli labela i naći njena vrijednost, čime se dalje ponaša kao da je u
pitanju konstanta. Vrijednosti dijelova argumenata koji predstavljaju konstante, deplasmane ili memorijske adrese smještaju se
u polja disp8, disp16 ili disp32 zavisno od njihove veličine.
17.9.
Punjenje i pretraživanje tabele instrukcija
Tabela instrukcija se prije početka asembliranja kompletna učita u memoriju i sortira.
Unutar funkcije GenerateHexInstruction se zatim poziva funkcija MakeOps unutar koje se poziva funkcija
ParseOp. Zavisno od vrste argumenta zaključi se da li je riječ o osmobitnom registru (reg8), šesnaestbitnom registru (reg16),
itd. kako je navedeno u tabeli u poglavlju 17.3. Argument može da se posmatra u više različitih konteksta. Tako na primjer kod
instrukcije
MOV EAX,[EBX]
za prvi argument važe konteksti: EAX rg32 rm32
a za drugi argument važe konteksti: memg mem8 mm16 mm32 mm64 mm80 rgm8 rm16 rm32 rm64
Sada je moguće pripremiti sve kombinacije argumenata, kao što su
MOV EAX,memg
MOV EAX,mem8
....
MOV EAX,rm34
MOV rg32,memg
MOV rg32,mem8
...
MOV rm32,rm64
Nakon pripreme svih kombinacija operacionog koda i argumenata, slijedi binarno pretraživanje kroz tabelu. U tabeli
se pronalazi kao regularna kombinacija
MOV rg32,rm32
o32 8B /r
17.10. Generisanje heksadekadnog koda
Nakon pronalaska vrijednosti u tabeli generiše se heksadekadni kod prema uputama iz tabele. U primjeru o32 8B /r se
najprije generišu bajtovi 67 i 66 zavisno od oblika operanada. Nakon toga se generiše prosto bajt 8B. Oznaka /r znači da se
mora prethodno zaključiti od kojeg argumenta se uzima ModRm, a od kojeg kod registra( u primjeru MOV EAX,[EBX]
argument EAX predstavlja registar, a argument [EBX] definiše ModRM). Tako se kreira konačni ModRm, čime je instrukcija
prevedena u heksadekadni oblik
17.11. Numeričke konstante
Prilikom generisanja heksadekadnog koda instrukcije, dio argumenata su numeričke konstante ili labele. Ako se
utvrdi da je riječ o labeli, vrši se pretraga kroz tabelu labela i uzima njena vrijednost, čime se problem svodi na evaluaciju
numeričkih konstanti.
Dvije su vrste numeričkih konstanti, cjelobrojne i realne. Tehnika prevođenja cjelobrojnih konstanti je već izučena u
poglavljima kompajlera, što se izvodi uzastopnim množenjem sa 10. Jedina specifičnost je što asemblerski programi koriste i
heksadekadni i binarni brojni sistem. Stoga se u funkciji EvaluirajBroj provjerava da li se na kraju ASCII reprezentacije broja
nalazi oznaka ‘b’ odnosno ‘h’, čime se konstanta kojom se uzastopno množi mijenja u 2, odnosno 16.
U šestoj verziji kompajlera FILDZAN-32 pretvaranje realnog broja u binarni format prepušteno je asembleru. To
znači da se sada mora pozabaviti konverzijom realnog broja iz ASCII reprezentacije u četvorobajtni, osmobajtni ili
desetobajtni IEEE format. To je realizovano funkcijom StrToFloat2. Format realnog broja je prilično mašinski ovisan. Za
razliku od dekadnih brojeva, pored uzastopnog množenja sa 10 za svaku cifru, broj se mora normalizovati ponovnim
množenjem ili dijeljenjem mantise sa 10 i uvećavanjem, odnosno umanjivanjem eksponenta. Pored svega toga, potrebno je
prevesti ga u binarni format, i zatim spakovati iznose, kako Intel zahtijeva. Realizovati ovo potpuno u višem programskom
jeziku rezultuje velikim numeričkim greškama. U cilju skraćenja asemblera (a po cijenu smanjenja njegove portabilnosti, ali da
li je ona bitna za asembler?) množenje sa 10 i konverzija u binarni format (u suštini prosta FSTP instrukcija) realizovana je
ugniježđenim asemblerom.
17.12. Pseudoinstrukcije, prefiksi i modifikatori
Određene instrukcije se ne nalaze u tabeli. To su instrukcije DD, DW, DB, DQ, DT, END, PUBLIC, .486 itd. To su
standardne asemblerske pseudoinstrukcije. Ovaj asembler je po izboru standardnih instrukcija bogat, jer pokriva cijeli skup
Pentiuma II, dok mnogi PC asembleri završavaju sa procesorom 486. Međutim, nije implementirano mnogo pseudoinstrukcija
(nedostaju makroinstrukcije, pa čak i obična ORG instrukcija). Ove se istrukcije prepoznaju funkcijom IsPseudo, a generisanje
koda za njih procedurom DoPseudo.
165
Prilikom prepoznavanja instrukcije se provjeri da li ona sadrži prefikse kao što su ES:, CS:, SS:, ... REP itd. Ako
sadrže, treba generisati odgovarajući kod i za njih. Modifikatori kao što su NEAR i FAR se zamjenjuju njihovim dodavanjem
na kraj operacionog koda instrukcije uz pomoć znaka podvlačilice.
17.13. Prvi prolaz
Sada kada je realizovano prevođenje pojedinačne instrukcije, što je i najteži dio posla, može se prevesti cijeli
program. Između asemblerskih instrukcija nema velike međuzavisnosti, kakva postoji između instrukcija u programskim
jezicima visokog nivoa, tako da kada je realizovano prevođenje jedne instrukcije, prevođenje cijelog programa je lagan
zadatak. Ipak, labele predstavljaju problem jer se instrukcije često referenciraju na labele koje još nisu definisane. Stoga je
potrebno dva puta proći kroz izvornu datoteku. U prvom prolazu se dođe do heksadecimalne vrijednosti instrukcije i puni se
tabela labela prilikom svake generisane labele, ali se heksadecimalna vrijednost intrukcije nigdje ne upisuje.
17.14. Drugi prolaz i generisanje koda
U drugom prolazu se generiše 5 datoteka:
Datoteka sa ekstenzijom .COD koja sadrži generisani kod iz CODE segmenta
Datoteka sa ekstenzijom .DAT koja sadrži generisane podatke iz DATA segmenta
Datoteka sa ekstenzijom .STA koja sadrži generisani kod iz STACK segmenta
Datoteka sa ekstenzijom .LAB koja sadrži spisak labela
Datoteka sa ekstenzijom .PAT koja sadrži popravke, tj. adrese na kojima se referencira pojedina labela
Cijeli asembler se starta naredbom
ASEM ime.asm /d
za 16-bitno, DOS asembliranje
ASEM ime.asm /w
za 32-bitno, Windows asembliranje
17.15. Izvršna verzija
Sa ovim asemblerom je dobijen mašinski kod ali treba još učiniti stvari da bi on bio izvršni na DOS ili Windows
operativnom sistemu. Mašinski kod je u linearnom formatu. U nekim drugim slučajevima, ovaj format je najbolji. To su
recimo loaderi operativnih sistema. To je prirodni format i pokazuje mašinski jezik onakav kakav on zaista jeste, ali ima svoje
nedostatke. U slučaju DOS-a, on je ograničen na veličinu segmenta od 64 K U slučaju Windowsa, tog ograničenja nema, ali
nije moguće povezati program sa dinamičkim bibliotekama.
DOS programi generisani ovim asemblerom se mogu učitati i startati ukoliko nemaju podataka u DATA segmentu
prostim preimenovanjem datoteke sa ekstenzijom .COD u datoteku sa ekstenzijom .COM. U slučaju da ima podataka u DATA
segmentu i ako asemblerski program počinje sa
MOV AX,CS
ADD AX,<duzina CODE segmenta DIV 16 +1>
MOV DS,AX
Tada se mogu spojiti datoteke sa ekstenzijom COD i DAT u jedinstveni COM program, pri čemu se DAT datoteka
smješta na prvu poziciju djeljivu sa 16 od početka COM datoteke iza iskopirane COD datoteke. Pored ovog zahvata potrebno
je provjeriti PAT datoteku ukoliko se referiše program na podatke i promijeniti adrese u programu.
Međutim, ovo nije primjenjivo za Windows programe, što je primarni zadatak ovog asemblera. Potrebno je sada
konvertovati program u takav format da ga može razumjeti standardni linker.
Stoga je sljedeći logičan korak je generisanje COFF objektnog formata (ekstenzija OBJ). Ovaj format sadrži mašinski
kod, ali i sve potrebne informacije da bi linker mogao da poveže modul sa drugim modulima praveći izvršni EXE program. U
tu svrhu su pripremljene tabele labela i tabele popravki . Sve informacije postoje, samo ih je potrebno upakovati prema
standardima.
U prilogu je dat listing cijelog asemblera.
166
17.16. Listing Asemblera
Program asem;
Type
TLabTip = (lEqu, lprog, ldata, lextrn);
TDsize = (d8, d16, d32, d64, d80);
TLabela = Record
labime: string[40];
labtip: TLabTip;
labval: longint;
labdsize: TDsize;
End;
texists=(exmodrm,exsib,exdisp8, exdisp16,
exdisp32, exreg, exkind, exsegment);
TOperand = Record
existv: Set Of texists;
datasizes: Set Of TDsize;
adrsizes: Set Of TDsize;
modrm: byte;
sib: byte;
disp8: byte;
disp16: word;
disp32: longint;
segnum: word;
reg: byte;
kind: integer;
End;
toptable = Record
instr: string[35];
gencod: string[20];
End;
n := -n;
greska := True;
n := n - 1;
End;
negative := True;
End;
End
last := length(br);
Else
If baza <> 10 Then last := last - 1;
negative := False;
While i <= last Do Begin
st := IntToStr(n, 16);
z := br[i];
While length(st)<digits Do st:= '0' + st;
c := 16;
If negative Then
If (z >= '0') and (z <= '9') Then
Begin
c := Ord(z) - Ord('0');
For i := 1 To length(st) Do Begin
If (z >= 'a') and (z <= 'f') Then
Case st[i] Of
c := Ord(z) - Ord('a') + 10;
'0': st[i] := 'F';
If (z >= 'A') and (z <= 'F') Then
'1': st[i] := 'E';
c := Ord(z) - Ord('A') + 10;
'2': st[i] := 'D';
If c >= baza Then greska := True;
'3': st[i] := 'C';
rez := rez * baza + c;
'4': st[i] := 'B';
i := i + 1;
'5': st[i] := 'A';
End;
'6': st[i] := '9';
If greska Then rez := 0;
'7': st[i] := '8';
Evaluirajbroj := p * rez;
'8': st[i] := '7';
End;
'9': st[i] := '6';
'A': st[i] := '5';
Procedure UpisiIzlaz(outst: string);
'B': st[i] := '4';
Var
'C': st[i] := '3';
i: integer;
'D': st[i] := '2';
b: byte;
'E': st[i] := '1';
g: boolean;
'F': st[i] := '0';
Begin
End;
For i:=0 To(length(outst)div2)-1 Do Begin
End;
b := evaluirajbroj('0' + copy(outst,
Var
End;
i * 2 + 1, 2) + 'H', g);
labele: Array[1..10000] Of TLabela;
inttohex := st;
If prolaz = 2 Then
optable: Array[1..2000] Of TOptable;
End;
Case actseg Of
FPValue: Array[1..10] Of char;
1: Write(izlazcode, b);
brlabela, actseg: integer;
Function nadjilabelu(ime: string): integer;
2: Write(izlazdata, b);
skok, dummyb: boolean;
Var
3: Write(izlazstack, b);
maxopcode, prolaz, dummy: integer;
i: integer;
End;
pozicija: Array[1..3] Of longint;
Begin
End;
patstr: string;
nadjilabelu := -1;
End;
ulaz, izlazlab, izlazpat: Text;
For i := 1 To brlabela Do
izlazcode, izlazdata, izlazstack: File Of
If ime = labele[i].labime Then Begin
Function regcode(reg: string; Var kind:
byte;
nadjilabelu := i;
integer): integer;
End
Const
Function trim(st: string): string;
End;
Registers: Array[0..8, 0..7] Of string =
Begin
(('AL','CL','DL','BL','AH','CH','DH','BH'),
While (st <> '') and (st[1] = ' ') Do
Procedure upisilabelu(ime: string; adresa:
('AX','CX','DX','BX','SP','BP','SI','DI'),
st := copy(st, 2, length(st));
integer;
('EAX','ECX','EDX','EBX','ESP','EBP','ESI',
While (st <> '') and (st[length(st)] = '
lt: TLabtip; ds: TDSize);
'EDI'),
') Do
Var
('CR0','***','CR2','CR3','CR4','***','***',
st := copy(st, 1, length(st) - 1);
p: integer;
'***'),
TRIM := ST;
Begin
('DR0','DR1','DR2','DR3','***','***','DR6',
End;
p := NadjiLabelu(ime);
'DR7'),
If p = -1 Then
('TR0','TR1','TR2','TR3','TR4','TR5','TR6',
Function uppercase(st: string): string;
Begin
'TR7'),
Var
brlabela := brlabela + 1;
('ES','CS','SS','DS','FS','GS',’***','***')
i: integer;
p := brlabela;
,('ST0','ST1','ST2','ST3','ST4','ST5','ST6'
Begin
End;
,'ST7'),
For i := 1 To length(st) Do
With labele[p] Do Begin
('MMX0','MMX1','MMX2','MMX3','MMX4','MMX5',
If(st[i]>= 'a') and (st[i] <= 'z') Then
labime := ime;
'MMX6', 'MMX7'));
st[i] := chr(Ord(st[i]) - 32);
labtip := lt;
Var
uppercase := st;
labval := adresa;
i, j: integer;
End;
labdsize := ds;
Begin
End;
reg := uppercase(reg);
Function IntToStr(n: longint; base:
End;
If copy(reg, 1, 3) = 'ST(' Then
cardinal): string;
reg := 'ST' + copy(reg, 4, 1);
Var
Function EvaluirajBroj(br: string;
If copy(reg, 1, 4) = 'MMX(' Then
st, c, pr: string;
Var Greska: boolean): longint;
reg := 'MMX' + copy(reg, 4, 1);
ev: cardinal;
Var
For i := 0 To 8 Do
Begin
i, p, c, baza, last, rez: longint;
For j := 0 To 7 Do
If (base = 10) and (n < 0) Then Begin
z: char;
If registers[i, j] = reg Then Begin
pr := '-';
Begin
regcode := j;
n := -n;
Greska := False;
kind := i;
End
rez := 0;
exit;
Else
i := 1;
End;
pr := '';
If br = '' Then Begin
regcode := -1;
ev := n;
EvaluirajBroj := 0;
kind := -1;
c := '0123456789ABCDEF';
greska := True;
End;
If ev = 0 Then st := '0'
exit;
Else
End;
Procedure deplasmani(Var op: TOperand;
st := '';
If not (br[1] in ['0'..'9', '-']) Then
broj: longint;
While ev > 0 Do Begin
greska := True;
predzn: boolean);
st := c[(ev mod base) + 1] + st;
If (br[1] = '-')and(length(br) > 1) Then Begin
ev := ev div base;
Begin
op.existv := op.existv + [exdisp32];
End;
p := -1;
op.disp32 := broj;
IntToStr := pr + st;
i := i + 1
If (predzn and (op.disp32 < 32768) and
End;
End
(op.disp32>-32769))or(not (predzn) and
Else
(op.disp32<65536)and(op.disp32 >= 0)) Then
Function inttohex(n, digits: longint):
p := 1;
Begin
string;
Case br[length(br)] Of
Var
'o', 'O': baza := 8;
op.disp16 := op.disp32;
st: string;
'b', 'B': baza := 2;
End;
negative: boolean;
'h', 'H': baza := 16;
If (predzn and (op.disp32 < 128) and
i: integer;
'0'..'9': baza := 10
(op.disp32>-129)) or(not (predzn) and
Begin
Else Begin
(op.disp32 < 256) and (op.disp32 >= 0))
If n < 0 Then Begin
baza := 0;
Then Begin
167
op.disp8 := op.disp32;
End;
End;
+ 1, length(st));
If n2<>-1 Then Begin
If kind <> 1 Then Greska := True
Else
{[bx+si],[bx+di],[bp+si],[bp+di]}
Procedure Obrada1; { Slucaj A }
If (n = 3) and (n2 = 6) Then
Procedure ResolveDisp(Var disp, unknown:
Begin
setmod(0 * 64 + 0)
string);
n := regcode(A, kind);
Else If (n = 3) and (n2 = 7) Then
Var
If n<>-1 Then Begin
setmod(0 * 64 + 1)
kind: integer;
op.existv := op.existv + [exreg];
greska: boolean;
op.reg := n;
setmod(0 * 64 + 2)
n: longint;
op.kind := kind;
Begin
If kind in[0,1,2]Then SetMod(3*64+n);
setmod(0 * 64 + 3)
unknown := '';
Case kind Of
Else
If regcode(disp, kind)<>-1 Then exit;
0: op.datasizes := [d8];
Greska := True;
dummy := EvaluirajBroj(disp, greska);
1, 6: op.datasizes := [d16];
End
If not (greska) Then exit;
2, 3, 4, 5: op.datasizes := [d32];
Else Begin
n := nadjilabelu(disp);
7, 8: op.datasizes := [d64];
m := 1;
If n<>-1 Then Begin
End;
n2 := EvaluirajBroj(B, greska);
patstr := disp;
End
Deplasmani(op, n2, True);
disp := IntToStr(labele[n].labval, 10);
Else Begin
If exdisp8 in op.existv Then
exit
If pos(':', A) = 0 Then Begin
Begin
End
n := EvaluirajBroj(A, greska);
m := 1;
Else Begin
Deplasmani(op, n, n < 0);
op.existv := [exdisp8]
unknown := '';
End
End
disp := '0';
Else Begin
Else
End;
op.segnum:=EvaluirajBroj(copy(A,1,
End;
pos(':', A) - 1), greska);
Begin
op.existv:=op.existv + [exSegment];
m := 2;
Procedure zamijeni(Var x, y: string);
n:=EvaluirajBroj(copy(A,pos(':',A)+
Var
1,length(A)), greska);
End
z: string;
Deplasmani(op, n, n < 0);
Else
Begin
End;
Greska := True;
z := x; x := y; y := z;
End;
Case n Of
End;
End;
3: setmod(m*64+7); {[bx+disp]}
5: setmod(m*64+6); {[bp+disp]}
Function progutaj(st: string; Var puni:
Procedure OBrada7; { Slucaj [A] }
6: setmod(m*64+4); {[si+disp]}
string): boolean;
Begin
7: setmod(m*64+5); {[di+disp]}
Var
Else
n: integer;
If n<>-1 Then Begin
Greska := True;
Begin
Case kind Of
End;
n := pos(st, uppercase(puni));
1: Begin
End;
If n > 0 Then Begin
Case n Of
End;
puni := trim(copy(puni,1,n-1)+copy(
3: setmod(0 * 64 + 7); {BX }
2: Begin
puni, n + length(st), length(puni)));
6: setmod(0 * 64 + 4); {SI}
{ U 32 bita dopusteno samo
progutaj := True;
7: setmod(0 * 64 + 5); {DI}
REG+const. Za REG+REG koristi REG*1 + REG}
End
5: Begin { BP}
op.adrsizes := [d32];
Else
tip := 8;B := '0';
n2 := regcode(B, kind);
progutaj := False;
ponovifazu := True;
If n2<>-1 Then Begin
End;
End
Greska := True;
Else
exit
FUNCTION parseOp(arg: string; Var op:
Greska := True;
End;
TOperand;
End;
n2 := EvaluirajBroj(B, greska);
b32: boolean): boolean;
Var
End;
m := 1;
tip: integer;
2: Begin
If exdisp8 in op.existv Then Begin
n: longint;
Case n Of
m := 1;
Greska, ponovifazu: boolean;
{EAX..EDI} 0..3,6,7:setmod(0*64+n);
A, B, C, D: string;
4:Begin { ESP}
End
A1, B1, C1, D1, unknown, dsp: string;
setmod(0 * 64 + 4); {SIB}
Else If exdisp32 in op.existv Then
kind, po: integer;
setsib(64 * 0 + 8 * 4 + 4);
Begin
End;
m := 2;
Procedure setmod(x: byte);
5: Begin { EBP}
Begin
tip := 8;
End
op.modrm := x;
B := '0';
Else
op.existv := op.existv + [exmodrm];
ponovifazu := True;
Greska := True;
End;
End
If n <> 4 Then setmod(m * 64 + n)
Else
Else
Procedure setsib(x: byte);
Greska := True;
Begin {ESP}
Begin
End;
setmod(m * 64 + 4);
op.sib := x;
setsib(64 * 0 + 8 * 4 + 4);
op.existv := op.existv + [exsib];
End
End
End;
Else
End
Greska := True; {ni 16 ni 32bit}
Else
Function Uzorak(pattern,st:string):boolean;
End;
Greska := True; { Ni 16 ni 32}
Var
End
End;
m: string;
Else Begin
End;
i: integer;
n := EvaluirajBroj(A, greska);
Begin
Deplasmani(op, n, False);
Procedure OBrada9; { Slucaj [A*B]}
Uzorak := True;
If b32 Then Begin
Var
If pattern = 'A' Then Begin
op.existv := [exdisp32];
sc: integer;
a := st;
setmod(0 * 64 + 5);
Begin
exit
End
End;
Else Begin
If (kind<>2)or(n=1)or(n=4)or(n=-1) or
For i := 1 To length(pattern) Do
op.existv := [exdisp16];
(length(b) <> 1) or (not (b[1] in
Begin
setmod(0 * 64 + 6);
['1','2','4', '8'])) Then Begin
If pattern[i]in['A','B','C','D'] Then
End
Greska := True;
Begin
End
exit;
m:=copy(st,1,
End;
End;
pos(pattern[i+1],st)-1);
If m = '' Then
Procedure OBrada8; { Slucaj [A+B]}
sc := pos(b[1], '1248') - 1;
uzorak := False;
Var
setmod(0 * 64 + 4);
Case pattern[i] Of
n2, m: longint;
setsib(64*sc+8*n+5); { EBP specijalan}
'A': a := m;
Begin
End;
'B': b := m;
n := regcode(A, kind); {Samo registar}
'C': c := m;
If n = -1 Then Begin
Procedure OBrada10; { Slucaj [A+B+C]}
'D': d := m;
Greska := True;
Var
End;
exit
n2, n3, m: longint;
st := copy(st, pos(pattern[i + 1],
End;
Begin
st), length(st));
Case kind Of
End
1: Begin
If(kind <> 1) or not (n in [3, 5]) Then
Else
Begin
st := copy(st, pos(pattern[i], st)
Greska := True;
End;
End;
168
exit;
End;
End;
n3 := regcode(D, kind);
If (n3<>-1) Then Begin
If (kind<>1) or not (n2 in [6, 7]) Then
Greska := True;
Begin
exit;
Greska := True; exit;
End;
End;
n3 := EvaluirajBroj(D, greska);
n3 := regcode(C, kind);
If (n3<>-1) Then
m := 1;
Begin
Greska := True;
m := 1;
exit;
End;
End
n3 := EvaluirajBroj(C, greska);
Begin
m := 2;
m := 1;
End
Begin
Else
m := 1;
Greska := True;
setmod(m * 64 + 4);
End
setsib(64 * sc + 8 * n + n2);
End;
Begin
Begin {Parseop}
m := 2;
tip := -1;
Greska := False;
End
op.datasizes := [];
Else
If progutaj('BYTE', arg) Then
Greska := True;
op.datasizes := [d8]
If (n=3)and(n2=6)Then setmod(m*64+0)
Else If progutaj('DWORD', arg) Then
Else If (n=3)and(n2=7) Then
setmod(m * 64 + 1)
Else If progutaj('QWORD', arg) Then
setmod(m * 64 + 2)
Else If progutaj('TWORD', arg) Then
setmod(m * 64 + 3)
Else If progutaj('WORD', arg) Then
Else
op.datasizes := [d16];
Greska := True;
dummyb := progutaj('PTR', arg);
End;
{ Prva faza: Obrada raznih slucajeva
operanda}
Procedure OBrada11; { Slucaj [A*B+C]}
arg := trim(arg);
Var
If length(arg) >= 3 Then
sc, n2, m: longint;
If(arg[1]='''')and(arg[3]='''') Then
Begin
arg := IntToStr(Ord(arg[2]), 10);
If uzorak('[A*B+C+D]',arg)Then tip := 13
If (kind<>2)or(n=1)or(n=4)or(n = -1) or Else If uzorak('[A+B*C+D]',arg)Then tip:=14
Else If uzorak('[A+B+C*D]',arg)Then tip:=15
['1', '2', '4', '8'])) Then Begin
Else If uzorak('[A*B+C-D]',arg)Then tip:=16
Greska := True;
Else If uzorak('[A+B*C-D]',arg)Then tip:=17
exit;
Else If uzorak('[A-B+C*D]',arg)Then tip:=18
End;
Else If uzorak('[A*B-C+D]',arg)Then tip:=19
sc := pos(b[1], '1248') - 1;
Else If uzorak('[A*B+C]',arg)Then tip:=11
Else If uzorak('[A+B+C]',arg)Then tip:=10
Else If uzorak('[A*B-C]',arg)Then tip:=20
m := 1;
Else If uzorak('[A+B-C]',arg)Then tip:=21
If n2 = -1 Then Begin
Else If uzorak('[A-B+C]',arg)Then tip:=22
n2 := EvaluirajBroj(C, greska);
Else If uzorak('[A+B*C]',arg)Then tip:=12
Else If uzorak('[A*B]',arg)Then tip:=9
Else If uzorak('[A+B]',arg)Then tip:=8
m := 1;
Else If uzorak('[A-B]',arg)Then tip:=23
Else If uzorak('A[B*C+D]',arg)Then tip:=5
End
Else If uzorak('A[B*C-D]',arg) Then tip:=24
Else If uzorak('A[B+C*D]',arg) Then tip:=6
Begin
Else If uzorak('A[B*C]',arg) Then tip:=4
m := 2;
Else If uzorak('A[B+C]',arg) Then tip:=3
Else If uzorak('A[B-C]',arg) Then tip:=25
End
Else If uzorak('A[B]',arg) Then tip:=2
Else
Else If uzorak('[A]',arg) Then tip:=7
Greska := True;
Else If uzorak('A',arg) Then tip:=1;
setmod(m * 64 + 4);
If tip = -1 Then greska := True;
setsib(64 * sc + 8 * n + 5);
If not (greska) Then Begin
End
{ Druga faza:Smanjivanje broja slucaja}
Else Begin
Case tip Of
If kind <> 2 Then greska := True;
16: Begin
If n2 = 5 Then Begin
D := '-' + D; tip := 13
ponovifazu := True;
End;
tip := 13;
17: Begin
D := '0';
D := '-' + D; tip := 14
exit
End;
End;
18: Begin
setmod(0 * 64 + 4);
B := '-' + B; tip := 15
setsib(64 * sc + 8 * n + n2);
End;
End;
19: Begin
End;
C := '-' + C; tip := 13
End;
Procedure OBrada13; { Slucaj [A*B+C+D]}
20: Begin
Var
C := '-' + C; tip := 11
sc, n2, n3, m: longint;
End;
Begin
21:
Begin
If (n=-1)or(kind<>2)or(n=1)or(n=4) or
C := '-' + C;
tip := 10
['1','2','4', '8'])) Then Begin
End;
Greska := True;
22: Begin
exit;
B := '-' + B; tip := 10
End;
End;
sc := pos(b[1], '1248') - 1;
23: Begin
B := '-' + B; tip := 8
End;
If (n2 = -1) or (kind <> 2) Then Begin
24: Begin
Greska := True;
D := '-' + D; tip := 5
exit;
End;
25: Begin
C := '-' + C; tip := 3
End;
End;
A1 := A; B1 := B; C1 := C; D1 := D;
Case tip Of
2: tip := 8;
3: tip := 10;
4: Begin
a := b1; b := c1;
c := a1; tip := 11;
End;
5: Begin
d := a1; c := d1; b := c1;
a := b1; tip := 13;
End;
6: Begin
d := a1; c := b1;
a := c1; b := d1; tip := 13;
End;
12: Begin
c := a1; a := b1;
b := c1; tip := 11;
End;
14: Begin
a := b1; b := c1;
c := a1; d := d1; tip := 13;
End;
15: Begin
a := c1; b := d1;
c := a1; d := b1; tip := 13;
End;
End;
{ Treca faza, deplasman na kraj}
Case tip Of
8: Begin
If regcode(A, kind) = -1 Then
zamijeni(A, B);
If regcode(B, kind) in [3, 5] Then
If kind = 1 {16 bit} Then
zamijeni(A, B);
End;
10: Begin
zamijeni(A, C);
If regcode(B, kind) = -1 Then
zamijeni(B, C);
If regcode(B, kind) in [3, 5] Then
If kind = 1 {16 bit} Then
zamijeni(A, B);
End;
9, 11: Begin
zamijeni(A, B);
End;
13: Begin
zamijeni(A, B);
If regcode(C, kind) = -1 Then
zamijeni(C, D);
End;
End;
{ Cetvrta faza, proracun deplasmana, slucaj
A moze postati [A] ako je rijec o labeli,
slucaj [A+B] moze postati [A] ako ni jedan
nije registar }
If tip = 8 Then Begin
If (RegCode(A, kind) = -1) and
(RegCode(B,kind)=-1) Then Begin
If (A[1] in ['0'..'9']) and not
(B[1] in ['0'..'9']) Then Begin
patstr := B;
End
Else Begin
dsp := A + '+' + B;
ResolveDisp(A, unknown);
ResolveDisp(B, unknown);
patstr := dsp;
A := IntToStr(EvaluirajBroj(A,
greska) +
EvaluirajBroj(B, greska), 10);
End;
B := '';
tip := 7;
End;
End;
If tip = 1 Then Begin
If not (progutaj('OFFSET', A)) Then
If RegCode(A,kind)=-1 Then Begin
dummy := EvaluirajBroj(A,greska);
If Greska Then Begin {Trazi labl}
po := nadjilabelu(A);
If(po=-1)and(skok = False) Then
tip := 7 { Pretpostavka}
Else
If labele[po].labtip=ldata Then
Begin
tip := 7;
op.datasizes:=
[labele[po].labdsize];
End;
End
169
End
End;
unknown := '';
Case tip Of
1: If pos(':', A) = 0 Then
ResolveDisp(A, unknown);
7: ResolveDisp(A, unknown);
8: ResolveDisp(B, unknown);
10, 11: ResolveDisp(C, unknown);
13: ResolveDisp(D, unknown);
End;
greska := False;
{ Peta faza kalkulacija mod/rm, SIB i
deplasmana }
op.existv := [];
op.adrsizes := [];
repeat
ponovifazu := False;
Case tip Of
1: Obrada1;
7: Obrada7;
8: Obrada8;
9: Obrada9;
10: Obrada10;
11: Obrada11;
13: Obrada13;
End;
UNTIL not (ponovifazu);
End;
If greska Then parseop := False
Else
parseop := True;
End;
If p > 0 Then Begin
Begin
x := trim(copy(st, 1, p - 1));
endian32:=copy(a,7,2)+ copy(a, 5, 2) +
st:=trim(copy(st,p+1,length(st)-p));
copy(a, 3, 2) + copy(a, 1, 2);
End
End;
Else Begin
Function end1632(a:string;n:TDsize):
If sep = ':' Then x := ''
string;
Else Begin
Begin
x := trim(st);
Case n Of
st := '';
d16: end1632 := Endian16(a);
End
d32: end1632 := Endian32(a);
End
Else
End;
end1632 := a;
Procedure ClearOp(Var op: TOperand);
End;
Begin
End;
With op Do
Procedure writemodrm(slobodni: integer);
Begin
Var
existv := [];
op: toperand;
datasizes := [];
mrm: byte;
adrsizes := [];
Begin
modrm := 0;
If modski = 1 Then op := op1
sib := 0;
Else If modski = 2 Then op := op2
disp8 := 0;
Else
disp16 := 0;
greska := True;
disp32 := 0;
If slobodni = 8 Then
segnum := 0;
Begin
reg := 0;
If registarski = 1 Then
kind := 0;
slobodni := op1.reg
End;
Else If registarski = 2 Then
End;
slobodni := op2.reg
Function MakeOps(arg: string; VAR op:
Else
TOperand; Var rez: string): boolean;
greska := True;
Begin
End;
If not(parseop(arg,op,b32))Then Begin
mrm:=(op.modrm)and($C7)or(slobodni*8);
Makeops := False;
outstr := outstr + inttohex(mrm, 2);
Procedure ReadOpcodeTable;
exit;
If patstr<>''Then patstr:=patstr+' ' +
Var
End;
IntToStr(pozicija[actseg]
i, j: integer;
If length(arg) <= 4 Then
+length(outstr) div 2,10) + ' A';
f: Text;
rez := copy(arg + '
', 1, 4)
If exSIb in op.existv Then
st: string;
Else
outstr:=outstr + inttohex(op.sib, 2);
t: toptable;
rez := '';
Begin
If exsegment in op.existv Then Begin
outstr:=outstr+inttohex(op.disp8, 2)
maxopcode := 0;
Assign(f, 'opcod.txt');
rez:= rez + 's:16';
outstr := outstr +
reset(f);
If(exdisp32 in op.existv)and b32 Then
endian16(inttohex(op.disp16, 4))
While not EOF(f) Do
rez := rez + 's:32';
Begin
End
outstr := outstr +
readln(f, st);
Else If exreg in op.existv Then Begin
endian32(inttohex(op.disp32, 8));
maxopcode := maxopcode + 1;
Case op.kind Of
End;
optable[maxopcode].instr :=
0: rez := rez + 'reg8rgm8';
trim(copy(st, 1, 20));
1: rez := rez + 'rg16rm16';
Procedure writedisp(ex: texists);
optable[maxopcode].gencod := copy(st,
2: rez := rez + 'rg32rm32';
Var
21, 20);
3: rez := rez + 'creg';
op: TOperand;
End;
4: rez := rez + 'dreg';
Begin
For i := 1 To maxopcode - 1 Do
5: rez := rez + 'treg';
If (arg1<>'')and(ex in op1.existv) Then
For j := i + 1 To maxopcode Do
6: rez := rez + 'segr';
op := op1
If optable[i].instr >
7: rez := rez + 'fpur';
Else If(arg2<>'')and(ex in op2.existv)
optable[j].instr Then Begin
8: rez := rez + 'mmxr';
Then op := op2
t := optable[i];
End;
Else If(arg3<>'')and(ex in op3.existv)
optable[i] := optable[j];
End
Then op := op3
optable[j] := t;
Else
Else
End;
Begin { Memorija ili neposredno}
greska := True;
End;
If exmodrm in op.existv Then Begin
If patstr <> '' Then Begin
rez := rez + 'memg';
patstr := patstr + ' ' +
Function Binsearch(instr: string): integer;
If op.datasizes = [] Then
IntToStr(pozicija[actseg] +
Var
rez := rez +
length(outstr) div 2, 10) + ' D';
high, j, low: integer;
'mem8mm16mm32mm64mm80rgm8rm16rm32rm64'
op.disp32 := 0; {za coff}
Begin
Else Begin
End;
low := 0;
If d8 in op.datasizes Then
If ex = exdisp8 Then
high := maxopcode;
rez := rez + 'mem8rgm8';
outstr:=outstr+
While high - low > 1 Do Begin
(inttohex(op.disp8,2));
j := (high + low) div 2;
rez := rez + 'mm16rm16';
If instr<=optable[j].instr Then high:=j
outstr := outstr + endian16(inttohex
Else
(op.disp16, 4));
low := j
End;
outstr := outstr + endian32(inttohex(
If optable[high].instr=instr Then
op.disp32, 8));
Binsearch:=high
End;
Else
End;
Binsearch := -1;
If b32 and (op.modrm = 5) Then
Procedure writeseg;
End;
rez := rez + 'ab32';
Begin
{*******************}
If not(b32) and (op.modrm = 6) Then
outstr := outstr + endian16(inttohex(
Function GenerateHexInstruction(inst:
rez := rez + 'ab16abs8';
op1.segnum, 4));
string;
End
End;
b32: boolean): string;
Else
Procedure writerel(offs:longint;
Label
Begin
ex: texists);
postoji;
rez := rez + 'immg';
Var
Var
op: TOperand;
labela, opcode, arg1, arg2, arg3, comb1,
rez := rez + 'ime8';
Function test(a,min,max:integer):
comb2,comb3, cf: string;
integer;
op1, op2, op3: TOperand;
rez := rez + 'im16';
Begin
p, i, j, k, n: integer;
If (a < min) or (a > max) Then
b1, greska, no67: boolean;
rez := rez + 'im32';
greska := True;
g1, outstr, st, modif: string;
End
test := a;
modski, registarski: integer;
End;
End;
MakeOps := True;
Begin
Procedure izdvoji(Var x:string;sep:char);
End;
If (arg1 <> '') Then op := op1
Begin
Else If (arg2 <> '') Then op := op2
If st = '' Then Begin
Function endian16(a: string): string;
Else If (arg3 <> '') Then op := op3
x := '';
Begin
Else
exit
endian16:=copy(a,3,2)+ copy(a, 1, 2);
greska := True;
End;
End;
If ((op.disp32 = 0) and (prolaz = 1))
p := pos(sep, st);
Function endian32(a: string): string;
or (op.disp32 = -1) Then
170
op.disp32 := offs;
If patstr<>'' Then
patstr := patstr + ' ' +
IntToStr(pozicija[actseg] +
length(outstr) div 2, 10) + ' R';
outstr := outstr +
{malo drugacije jer je rijec o razlici}
(inttohex(test(op.disp32 - offs,
- 128, 127), 2));
outstr := outstr +
endian16(inttohex(test(op.disp32 offs, - 32768, 32767), 4));
outstr := outstr +
endian32(inttohex(op.disp32-offs,8));
End;
FLDCW
CWNear
Else
FLDZ
puta := 1;
End;
pozicija[actseg]:=pozicija[actseg] +
While tekstime[Brojac] in ['0'..'9'] Do
(length(outstr) div 2);
Begin
UpisiIzlaz(outstr);
Temp:=Ord(tekstime[Brojac])-Ord('0');
outstr := '';
asm
For i := 1 To puta Do Begin
FIMUL
DCon10
If (vr[1] = chr(39)) and
FIADD
Temp
(vr[length(vr)] = chr(39)) and
End;
(opcode[2] = 'B') Then Begin
Brojac := Brojac + 1;
For j := 2 To length(vr) - 1 Do
End;
Begin
If brojac > length(tekstime) Then
outstr := outstr +inttohex(
Goto writenum;
Ord(vr[j]), 2);
If tekstime[Brojac] = '.' Then
End;
Brojac := Brojac + 1
End
Else If tekstime[Brojac]in['e','E']Then
Else Begin
Goto GetExponent;
If pos('.', vr) > 0 Then Begin
StrToFloat2(vr, opcode[2]);
Function dod(n: integer): integer;
Goto writenum;
For j := 1 To sz div 2 Do
Begin
While tekstime[Brojac]in['0'..'9'] Do
outstr := outstr + IntTohex(
dod := (length(outstr) div 2) + n;
Begin
Ord(FPValue[j]), 2);
End;
End
Procedure prefix(pr, cod: string);
asm
Else
Begin
FIMUL
DCon10
outstr := outstr + end1632(
If progutaj(pr,st)Then
FIADD
Temp
Inttohex(EvaluirajBroj(vr,
outstr := outstr + cod;
End;
greska), sz), dsz);
End;
End;
Procedure modifikator(pr: string);
DecCifara := DecCifara + 1;
If i <> puta Then Begin
Begin
End;
pozicija[actseg]:=pozicija[actseg]
If progutaj(pr,st)Then modif:='_' + pr;
Exponent := -DecCifara;
+(length(outstr) div 2);
End;
If brojac>length(tekstime)Then
UpisiIzlaz(outstr);
Function ispseudo(x: string): boolean;
Goto DivExp;
outstr := '';
Begin
If not(tekstime[Brojac]in['e','E'])Then
End
x := copy(x, 1, 3);
Goto DivExp;
End
If (x='DB ')or(x='DW ')or(x = 'DD ')Or
End;
(x='DQ ')or(x='DT ') Then Begin
If tekstime[Brojac] = '+' Then
Begin
ispseudo := True
opcode := copy(opcode, 1, 3);
End
Else If tekstime[Brojac]='-'Then Begin
Case opcode[2] Of
Else
'B': Begin
ispseudo := False;
ExpNegative := True;
sz := 2; dsz := d8
End;
End;
End;
'W': Begin
Function posnostr(bb: char; s1: string):
Goto writenum;
sz := 4; dsz := d16
integer;
GetExponent:
End;
Var
Exponent := 0;
'D': Begin
odsijeci, ustringu: boolean;
While tekstime[Brojac] in ['0'..'9'] Do
sz := 8; dsz := d32
i: integer;
Begin
End;
Begin
'Q': Begin
i := 1;
Exponent := Exponent * 10 + temp;
sz := 16; dsz := d64
odsijeci := False;
End;
ustringu := False;
End;
'T': Begin
While not (odsijeci) Do Begin
If ExpNegative Then
sz := 20; dsz := d80
If i>length(s1) Then odsijeci := True
Exponent := -Exponent;
End;
Else Begin
Exponent := Exponent - DecCifara;
Else Begin
If s1[i] = chr(39) Then
DivExp:
sz := 2; dsz := d8
ustringu := not (ustringu);
If Exponent > 0 Then
End;
If not(ustringu)and(s1[i]=bb) Then
For i := 1 To Exponent Do Begin
End;
odsijeci := True
asm
If labela <> '' Then
Else
FIMUL
DCon10
UpisiLabelu(labela,
i := i + 1;
End;
pozicija[actseg], ldata, dsz);
End;
End
bajtovi := trim(copy(inst,
End;
Else
pos(opcode, inst) + 3,length(inst)));
If i <= length(s1) Then posnostr := i
For i := 1 To -Exponent Do Begin;
While (posnostr(',', bajtovi) > 0) Do
Else
asm
Begin
posnostr := 0;
FIDIV DCon10
p := posnostr(',', bajtovi);
End;
End
element:=trim(copy(bajtovi,1,p-1));
End;
bajtovi := trim(copy(bajtovi, p + 1,
Procedure StrToFloat2(tekstime: string;
If Negative Then
length(bajtovi)));
ValueType: char);
asm
putdb(element);
Label
FCHS
End;
WriteNum, GetExponent, DivExp;
End;
If bajtovi <> '' Then
Const
writenum:
putdb(bajtovi);
CWNear: word = $133F;
Case ValueType Of
If greska Then outstr := '';
DCon10: integer = 10;
'T': asm
End;
Var
FSTP
TBYTE PTR FPValue
Begin {Generate Hex instruction}
Temp: integer;
End;
p := posnostr(';', inst);
CtrlWord: word;
'Q': asm
If p > 0 Then
Brojac,DecCifara, Exponent, i: integer;
FSTP
QWORD PTR FPValue
inst := copy(inst, 1, p - 1);
Negative, ExpNegative: boolean;
End;
st := inst;
Begin
'D': asm
outstr := '';
Brojac := 1;
FSTP
DWORD PTR FPValue
prefix('ES:', '26');
If length(tekstime) = 0 Then exit;
End;
prefix('CS:', '2E');
While tekstime[Brojac] = ' ' Do Begin
End;
prefix('SS:', '36');
End;
prefix('DS:', '3E');
If brojac>length(tekstime) Then exit;
prefix('FS:', '64');
End;
Procedure dopseudo;
prefix('GS:', '65');
ExpNegative := False;
Var
prefix('REP ', 'F3');
Negative := False;
sz, p, d: integer;
prefix('REPE ', 'F3');
DecCifara := 0;
dsz: TDSize;
prefix('REPNE ', 'F2');
If tekstime[Brojac] = '+' Then
bajtovi, element: string;
prefix('REPZ ', 'F3');
Procedure putdb(Var vr: string);
prefix('REPNZ ', 'F2');
Else If tekstime[Brojac]='-'Then Begin
Var
prefix('LOCK ', 'F0');
i, j, puta: integer;
modif := '';
Negative := True;
Begin
modifikator('NEAR');
End;
d := pos('DUP(', vr);
modifikator('FAR');
If brojac > length(tekstime) Then exit;
If d > 0 Then Begin
izdvoji(labela, ':');
If not (tekstime[Brojac] in
puta:=EvaluirajBroj(trim(copy(vr,
izdvoji(opcode, ' ');
['0'..'9', '.']) Then exit;
1,d-1)), greska);
izdvoji(arg1, ',');
asm
vr:=trim(copy(vr,d+4,pos(')', vr) –
izdvoji(arg2, ',');
FSTCW
CtrlWord
d - 4));
izdvoji(arg3, ';');
FCLEX
End
If pos(' ', labela) > 0 Then Begin
171
{ JMP , CALL A:B}
Begin
arg1 := copy(labela,pos(' ',labela)+1,
If (arg1<>'')and(arg2<>'')Then Begin
length(labela)) + ':' + opcode;
If (exmodrm in op1.existv) Then
opcode := copy(labela, 1, pos(' ',
modski := 1;
labela) - 1);
End;
modski := 2;
opcode := opcode + modif;
If (exreg in op1.existv) Then
If ispseudo(arg1) Then Begin
registarski := 1;
labela := opcode;
opcode := arg1;
registarski := 2;
End;
If (exmodrm in op1.existv) and
If ispseudo(opcode) Then Begin
(exreg in op2.existv) Then Begin
DoPseudo;
modski := 1;
GenerateHexInstruction := outstr;
registarski := 2;
Exit;
End;
End;
If (exmodrm in op2.existv) and
b1 := True;
(exreg in op1.existv) Then Begin
skok := False;
modski := 2;
If length(opcode) > 1 Then
registarski := 1;
If(opcode[1]='J')or(opcode='CALL') Then
End;
skok := True;
End;
If (labela <> '') and (prolaz = 1) Then
If (arg1 <> '')and(arg2='') Then Begin
Begin
UpisiLabelu(labela, pozicija[actseg],
modski := 1;
lprog, d32);
End;
registarski := 1;
If opcode = '' Then Begin
End;
GenerateHexInstruction := 'XX';
If g1[i * 3] = ' ' Then Begin
exit;
cf := copy(g1, i * 3 - 2, 2);
End;
If cf = '/r' Then Begin
ClearOp(op1); ClearOp(op2); ClearOp(op3);
writemodrm(8);
If arg1 <> '' Then
End
b1 := Makeops(arg1, op1, comb1);
Else If(cf>='/0')and(cf<= '/9') Then
If arg2 <> '' Then
Begin
b1 := b1 and Makeops(arg2, op2, comb2);
writemodrm(Ord(cf[2]) - Ord('0'));
If arg3 <> '' Then
End
b1 := b1 and Makeops(arg3, op3, comb3);
Else If cf = 'ib' Then Begin
If not (b1) Then
writedisp(exdisp8);
greska := True;
End
If (arg1='')and(arg2='')and(arg3='') Then
Else If cf = 'sw' Then Begin
Begin
writedisp(exdisp16);
n := binsearch(opcode);
writeseg;
If n<>-1 Then Goto postoji;
End
End;
Else If cf = 'sd' Then Begin
If (arg1<>'')and(arg2='')and(arg3='')Then
For i := 1 To length(comb1) div 4 Do
writeseg;
Begin
End
st := opcode;
Else If (cf = 'iw') or ((cf = 'o?')
st:=st+' '+
and not (b32)) Then Begin
TRIM(copy(comb1,(I-1)*4+ 1, 4));
n := binsearch(st);
End
Else If (cf = 'id') or ((cf = 'o?')
End;
and (b32)) Then Begin
If (arg2 <> '') and (arg3 = '') Then
End
For j := 1 To length(comb2) div 4 Do
Else If cf = 'rb' Then Begin
Begin
writerel(pozicija[actseg] + dod(1),
st := UPPERCASE(opcode);
exdisp8);
st := st + ' ' + TRIM(copy(
End
comb1, (I - 1) * 4 + 1, 4));
Else If (cf = 'rw') or ((cf = 'r?')
st := st + ',' + TRIM(copy(
and not (b32)) Then Begin
comb2, (j - 1) * 4 + 1, 4));
n := binsearch(st);
exdisp16);
End
End;
Else If (cf = 'rd') or ((cf = 'r?')
If arg3 <> '' Then
and b32) Then Begin
For j := 1 To length(comb2) div 4 Do
exdisp32);
For k:=1 To length(comb3) div 4 Do
End
Begin
Else If(cf<>'rg')and(cf<>'cc') Then
st := UPPERCASE(opcode);
outstr := outstr + cf
st := st + ' ' + TRIM(copy(
End;
comb1, (I - 1) * 4 + 1, 4));
If g1[i * 3] = '+' Then Begin
If copy(g1,i*3+1,2)='rg' Then
Begin
comb2, (j - 1) * 4 + 1, 4));
If exreg in op1.existv Then
n := op1.reg
comb3, (K - 1) * 4 + 1, 4));
Else If exreg in op2.existv Then
n := binsearch(st);
n := op2.reg
Else
End;
greska := True;
greska := True;
outstr := outstr +
GenerateHexInstruction := '';
Inttohex(evaluirajbroj('0' +
exit;
copy(g1, i * 3 - 2, 2) + 'h',
postoji:
greska) + n, 2);
g1 := Optable[n].gencod;
End;
no67 := True;
End;
If (copy(g1, 1, 3) = 'o16') and b32 Then
End;
outstr := outstr + '66';
If no67 Then Begin
If(copy(g1,1,3)='o32') and not (b32) Then
If b32 and (d16 in op1.adrsizes +
op2.adrsizes) Then
If ((copy(g1, 1, 3) = 'a16') and b32) or
outstr := '67' + outstr;
((copy(g1,1,3)='a32')and not(b32)) Then
If not (b32) and (d32 in op1.adrsizes +
Begin
op2.adrsizes) Then
outstr := '67' + outstr;
no67 := False;
End;
End;
If not (greska) Then
If G1[1] <> ' ' Then
GenerateHexInstruction := outstr
g1 := copy(g1, 4, length(g1));
Else
g1 := trim(g1) + ' ';
GenerateHexInstruction := '';
modski := 0;
End;
registarski := 0;
For i := 1 To length(g1) div 3 Do
Procedure Glavni;
Var
inst, outst, par: string;
opt: boolean;
i: integer;
Procedure ac(n: integer);
Begin
actseg := n;
inst := '';
End;
Begin
opt := True; {32 bit }
If ParamStr(2) = '/d' Then opt := False;
If ParamStr(2) = '/w' Then opt := True;
par := uppercase(ParamStr(1));
If pos('.ASM', par) > 0 Then
par:=copy(par,1,pos('.ASM', par) - 1);
Assign(ulaz, ParamStr(1));
Assign(izlazcode, par + '.cod');
Assign(izlazdata, par + '.dat');
Assign(izlazstack, par + '.sta');
Assign(izlazlab, par + '.lab');
Assign(izlazpat, par + '.pat');
prolaz := 1;
While prolaz <= 2 Do Begin
reset(ulaz);
If opt Then
pozicija[1] := 0
Else
pozicija[1] := 256;
pozicija[2] := 0;
pozicija[3] := 0;
actseg := 1;
If prolaz = 2 Then Begin
rewrite(izlazcode);
rewrite(izlazdata);
rewrite(izlazstack);
rewrite(izlazlab);
rewrite(izlazpat);
End;
While not EOF(ulaz) Do Begin
readln(ulaz, inst);
inst := trim(inst);
If inst = '.CODE' Then ac(1);
If inst = '.DATA' Then ac(2);
If inst = '.STACK' Then ac(3);
If (inst = '.486') or
(inst = 'OPTION CASEMAP:NONE') or
(inst = '.MODEL FLAT,STDCALL') or
(inst = '.386') Then
inst := '';
If (uppercase(copy(inst,1,5))=
'EXTRN') Then Begin
inst := inst + ':';
upisilabelu(trim(copy(inst,
6, pos(':', inst) - 6)),
- 1, lextrn, d32);
inst := '';
End;
If (uppercase(copy(inst, 1, 6) ) =
'PUBLIC') Or uppercase(copy(inst,
1, 3)) = 'END') Then Begin
If prolaz = 2 Then
writeln(izlazlab, inst);
inst := '';
End;
If inst <> '' Then Begin
patstr := '';
outst := GenerateHexInstruction(
inst, opt);
If outst = '' Then Begin
Writeln('Greska u liniji ', inst)
End
Else If outst <> 'XX' Then Begin
pozicija[actseg] :=
pozicija[actseg]
+ (length(outst) div 2);
If(prolaz=2)and(patstr<>'') Then
writeln(izlazpat, patstr);
UpisiIzlaz(outst);
End;
End
End;
prolaz := prolaz + 1;
End;
For i := 1 To brlabela Do
With labele[i] Do
writeln(izlazlab, labime, ' ',
Ord(labtip),' ', labval, ' ',
Ord(labdsize));
Close(ulaz);
Close(izlazcode);
Close(izlazdata);
Close(izlazstack);
Close(izlazlab);
Close(izlazpat);
End;
Begin
readopcodetable;
Glavni;
End.
172
18. PRAVLJENJE STANDARDNOG OBJ FORMATA
Mašinski kod generisan asemblerom iz prethodnog poglavlja je upotrebljiv za situacije kada se piše novi operativni
sistem ili kada se koristi vrlo jednostavan operativni sistem kao što su CP/M ili MS DOS.
Moćniji operativni sistemi imaju znatno složeniju strukturu izvršnog programa. Složeni projekti zahtijevaju da se
programi sastoje iz više izvornih datoteka koje se separatno kompajliraju i zatim spajaju u jedinstveni izvršni format.
18.1.
Objektni formati
Objektni modul je izlaz iz asemblera ili kompajlera. Njegove primarne komponente su mašinski kod i podaci koje
procesor može da razumije.
Za operativni sistem Windows koriste se dva standarda (sa svojim varijacijama) od kojih oba imaju istu ekstenziju
OBJ. Jedan od ovih standarda je COFF (korišten u Microsoftovim kompajlerima) a drugi je OMF (korišten na šesnaestobitnim
operativnim sistemima, ali i sa Borlandovim kompajlerima na tridesetdvobitnim verzijama Windowsa). COFF format se javlja
u dvije podvarijante, Microsoftov i GNU.
18.2.
Objektni format Microsoft COFF
COFF objektni format razvijen je u okviru besplatnog GNU C kompajlera, a koristi ga i Microsoft u svojim
kompajlerima za C, uz malu razliku u metodi relokacije koda. Osobina formata je da se njegov sadržaj dijeli na sekcije koje
služe za grupisanje koda i podataka. Pored sekcija, u objektnoj datoteci postoje razne tabele (simbola, relokacije i linijskih
brojeva). Struktura ovog formata data na slici Sl. 18.2.1:
Struktura
Zaglavlje datoteke
Opciono zaglavlje
Zaglavlje sekcije
Podaci sekcije
Sekcijske direktive
Linijski brojevi
Tabela simbola
Tabela stringova
18.3.
Lokacija?
Početak datoteke
Odmah iza zaglavlja datoteke
Namjena
Opis datoteke, podaci o drugim sekcijama
Za EXE datoteke, pozicija inicijalnog
programskog brojača
Iza opcionog zaglavlja èija je
Lokacija i veličina sekcija koda, podataka i
veličina navedena u zaglavlju
specijalne namjene
Navedeni u zaglavlju sekcije
Sadrži kod i podatke programa
Navedeno u zaglavlju sekcije
Sadrži informacije o popravkama potrebne
prilikom relociranja sekcije
Navedeno u zaglavlju sekcije
Čuva sve linijske brojeve, potrebno debageru
Navedeno u zaglavlju datoteke
Za svaki simbol (varijable, potprogrami) čuva se
po jedno mjesto
Iza tabele simbola
Imena simbola koja su duža od 8 bajtova. Prva
èetiri bajta su dužina tabele.
Sl. 18.2.1.
Struktura COFF OBJ datoteke
Zaglavlje COFF OBJ datoteke
TFileHeader= Record
Machine:word; {
014C (i386) }
NumberOfSections: word; { 0003 }
TimeDateStamp: LongInt; { 41543009 -> Fri Sep 24 16:32:41 2004 }
PointerToSymbolTable: LongInt;
NumberOfSymbols:LongInt;
SizeOfOptionalHeader:word;
Characteristics:word;
end;
Ova struktura je uvijek na početku datoteke. Njeni elementi su
Machine – Magični broj. Ova konstanta mora biti jednaka 0x14C i ona služi za raspoznavanje ovog formata.
NumberOfSections – Koliko ima sekcija i samim tim sekcijskih zaglavlja. Konvertor u OBJ koji se razvija u ovom
poglavlju ima tri sekcije, .text, .data i .drectve
TimeDateStamp -Vrijeme i datum datoteke
PointerToSymbolTable – Pozicija u datoteci poèetka tabele simbola
NumberOfSymbols - Broj simbola u tabeli simbola.
SizeOfOptionalHeader – Veličina opcionog zaglavlja. OBJ koji se generiše u ovom programu nema opciono
zaglavlje, pa će ovaj parametar biti jednak nuli
173
Characteristics - flag bits
Ovi flegovi definišu dodatno značenje zaglavlja:
Bit
Oznaka
Značenje
$0001
F_RELFLG
Ako je postavljen tada nema relokacijskih informacija. Najèešæe se relokacijske
informacije ukljuèuju u OBJ, a ne u EXE.
$0002
F_EXEC
Ako je postavljen, znaèi da nema nerazriješenih simbola i da se može smatrati
izvršnim programom
$0004
F_LNNO
Ako je postavljen datoteka nema linijskih brojeva
$0008
F_LSYMS
Ako je postavljen, datoteka nema lokalnih simbola
$0100
F_AR32WR
Ako je postavljen, znaèi da je format Little Endian
18.4.
Opciono zaglavlje
Opciono zaglavlje se nalazi odmah iza glavnog zaglavlja. Ono se javlja samo u EXE programima. Njegova svrha je
da definiše ulaznu taèku u program. Kako ovaj konvertor generiše samo OBJ, opcionog zaglavlja nema.
TOptionalFileHeader= Record
MagicWord:word; {
Type of file }
Vstamp: word; { Version }
TSize: LongInt; { Text size in bytes }
DSize: LongInt; { Initialized data size in bytes }
BSize: LongInt; { Uninitialized data size in bytes }
Entry: LongInt; { Entry point }
Text_Start: LongInt; { Base of text used for this file }
Data_Start: LongInt; { Base of text used for this file }
end;
Ako ima opcionog zaglavlja, samo dva polja su bitna
MagicWord – Magični broj, uvijek ZMAGIC (0x010b).
Entry – Ulazna tačka: Inicijalna pozicija programskog brojaèa (EIP)
18.5.
Zaglavlje coff sekcije
TSection=Record
Name:array[0..7] of char; { section name in ASCII .text .data ili .drectve }
PhysicalAddress:Longint; { size mapped into memory }
VirtualAddress:Longint; { memory address relative to image base }
SizeOfRawData:Longint; { physical size, multiple of file alignment }
PointerToRawData:Longint; { file offset }
PointerToRelocations:LongInt; { offset of relocation entries }
PointerToLinenumbers:LongInt; { offset of line number entries }
NumberOfRelocations:word; { number of relocation entries }
NumberOfLinenumbers:word; { number of line number entries }
Characteristics:Cardinal; { $20 = text, $40 = data, $80 = bss, $200 = no-load,
$800 = don't link, $10000000 = shared,
$20000000 = execute, $40000000 = read, $80000000 = write }
end;
Ova struktura se nalazi neposredno iza opcionalnog zaglavlja u COFF datoteci (ili iza zaglavlja datoteke ako
opcionalnog zaglavlja nema). Znaèenja polja su:
Name – Ime sekcije, ne smije biti duže od osam znakova i završava se nulom. Ako je taèno osam znakova tada nema
krajnje nule. Ako je kraæe od osam znakova, ostali se popunjavaju nulama.
PhysicalAddress – Fizička adresa sekcije. To je adresa gdje će se sekcija učitati u memoriju. Za linkovane izvršne
programe, to je apsolutna adresa u programskom podruèju. Za nepovezane objekte, ova adresa je relativna u odnosu na adresni
prostor objekta, to jest prva sekcija je uvijen na adresi nula.
VirtualAddress - Virtualna adresa sekcije, nula ili jednaka PhysicalAddress
SizeOfRawData – Veličina sekcije. Broj bajtova podataka smještenih u datoteku za ovu sekciju. Ovdje nisu uraèunate
relokacione tabele i linijski brojevi, nego samo čisti kod odnosno podaci.
PointerToRawData – Pokazivaè na podatke sekcije. Sadrži poziciju poèetka sekcije u datoteci.
PointerToRelocations - Pozicija relokacijske tabele u datoteci
174
PointerToLineNumbers -Pozicija linijskih brojeva
NumberOfRelocations - Broj elemenata relokacijske tabele. Pažnja: ovaj broj je ogranièen na 65535
NumberOfLineNumbers - Broj elemenata tabele linijskih brojeva. Pažnja: ovaj broj je ogranièen na 65535
Characteristics - flag bits. Ovi flegovi daju dodatne informacije za svaku sekciju.
$0020
STYP_TEXT
Ako je postavljen, sekcija sadrži samo izvršni kod
$0040
STYP_DATA
Ako je postavljen, sekcija sadrži samo inicijalizirane podatke
$0080
STYP_BSS
Ako je postavljen, sekcija sadrži samo neincijalizirane podatke i nema dijela sa podacima u
COFF datoteci
Microsoftovi kompajleri smještaju mašinski kod u sekciju .text, a podatke u sekciju .data. Ova imena nemaju posebno
značenje osim kao napomena za namjeru upotrebe date sekcije. Drugi kompajleri imaju drugačija imena za svoje sekcije.
Sekcije imaju sličnosti sa segmentima koji su korišteni pod MS DOSom ili Windowsom 3.1. Imena najčešće korištenih sekcija
data su na slici:
.text
.data
.rdata
.rsrc
.reloc
.edata
.idata
.idata$XXX
.CRT
.CRT$XXX
.bss
.drectve
.debug$XX
X
Machine code instructions.
Initialized data.
Read only data. OLE GUIDs are stored here, among other things.
Resources. Produced by the resource compiler, and placed into RES files. Linker copies
it to the executable.
Base relocations. Produced by the linker. Not found in OBJs.
The exported function table. Created by the linker and placed in an EXP file. Linker
copies it to the executable.
Imported function table in an executable file.
Portions of an imported function table. The librarian creates these sections in an
import library. The linker combines them into the final .idata section in the executable.
Tables of initialization and shutdown pointers in the executable that are used by the
Microsoft C++ runtime library.
Initialization and shutdown pointers in OBJs, prior to the linker combining them in the
executable.
Uninitialized data.
OBJ file section containing linker directives. Not copied to executable.
COFF symbol table information in an OBJ file.
Sl. 18.5.1.
18.6.
Standardne sekcije u OBJ i EXE datotekama
Relokacijska sekcija
TRelocationTable=record
r_vaddr:Longint;
{ address of relocation
}
r_symndx:Longint; { symbol we're adjusting for }
r_type:Longint;
{ type of relocation
}
end;
Veličina ove strukture nije djeljiva sa četiri, pa treba biti oprezan prilikom njenog upisa u datoteku. Normalno se
pojavljuju dva tipa relokacija:
RELOC_ADDR32
6
Relociraj 32-bitnu apsolutnu referencu
RELOC_REL32
20
Relociraj a 32-bitnu relativnu referencu
Za svaku relokaciju mora se odrediti nova adresa relociranog simbola koji se prilagođava. Ako je simbol drugi objekt
(eksterni), tabela će sadržati referencu na taj eksterni simbol i relokacija æe se odnositi na njega. Ako je simbol u istom
objektu, tabela simbola će sadržati elemente koji se odnose na same sekcije (uvijek prisutni i uvijek privatni). Kada se relocira
sama sekcija, ovi simboli će prikazati njihovu novu lokaciju.
175
1.
RELOC_ADDR32
Da se izvrši ova relokacija, moraju se izvesti sljedeæi koraci:
•
Uzeti adresu simbola na koji se referiše
•
Dodati vrijednost koja se trenutno nalazi na toj lokaciji
•
Upisati vrijednost nazad
2.
RELOC_REL32
Ova relokacija se dešava samo u izvršivim programima i odnosi se samo na eksterne simbole. Za realizaciju ove
relokacije, moraju se obaviti sljedeći koraci:
18.7.
•
Uzeti adresu simbola na koji se referiše
•
Dodati vrijednost koja se trenutno nalazi na toj lokaciji
•
Oduzeti adresu poèetka sekcije
•
Pridodati originalnu adresu poèetka ove sekcije (normalno je ona 0, pošto su .text sekcija obièno na poèetku, a
samo kod njih postoji ovaj vid relokacije)
•
Upisati vrijednost nazad
COFF: Linijski brojevi
TlineNumbers=Record
e:record
case Boolean of
true: (l_symndx: Longint); { function name symbol index }
false: (l_paddr:Longint); { address of line number
}
end;
l_lnno:word;
{ line number
}
end;
Izvršne sekcije mogu da imaju linijske brojeve, koji su korisni za debagere. Linijski brojevi, međutim, neće biti
obrađeni u konvertoru jer informacija o brojevima linija programa u FILDZAN-32 nije bila ugraðena u asemblersku datoteku.
18.8.
COFF: Tabela simbola
TSymbolTable=record
e:record
case Boolean of
true: (e_name:Array[0..7] of char);
false: (e1:record
e_zeroes:Longint; e_offset:Longint;
end);
end;
e_value:Longint;
e_scnum:Word;
e_type:Word;
e_sclass:Byte;
e_numaux:Byte;
end;
Tabela simbola je najkompleksniji dio objektne COFF datoteke, jer ima mnogo tipova simbola. Tabela simbola ima
ulaze za sve simbole i metasimbole, ukljuèujuæi javne, statičke eksterne, sekcijske i debagerske simbole.
e.e_name – Ugniježdeno ime simbola
Ako je ime simbola manje ili jednako od 8 znakova, ono se smješta u ovo polje. Ime dugaèko taèno osam znakova se
ne završava nulom. Treba primijetiti da se ovo polje memorijski preklapa sa poljem e_zeroes i e_offset
e.e.e_zeroes - flag to tell if name is inlined
Ako je e_zeroes jednak nuli, ime je duže od osam znakova i nalazi se u tabeli stringova.
e.e.e_offset - offset of name in string table
Ako je e_zeroes jednak nuli, ovo polje sadrži položaj imena simbola u tabeli stringova.
e_value – Vrijednost simbola. Na primjer, ako simbol predstavlja funkciju, ovdje je data adresa funkcije. Značenje
ove vrijednosti zavisi od tipa simbola (ispod)
176
e_scnum – Broj sekcije
Broj sekcije kojoj pripada ovaj simbol. Prva sekcija u tabeli sekcija je sekcija br. 1. Pored ovoga, e_scnum može imati
i sljedeće vrijednosti:
N_UNDEF
N_ABS
N_DEBUG
0
-1
-2
An undefined (extern) symbol
An absolute symbol (e_value is a constant, not an address)
A debugging symbol
e_type – Tip simbola. Ovaj tip simbola je sastavljen od baznog i izvedenog tipa. Na primjer, "pointer to int" je
"pointer to T" i "int".
Type
T_NULL
T_VOID
T_CHAR
T_SHORT
T_INT
T_LONG
T_FLOAT
T_DOUBLE
T_STRUCT
T_UNION
T_ENUM
T_MOE
T_UCHAR
T_USHORT
T_UINT
T_ULONG
T_LNGDBL
DT_NON
DT_PTR
DT_FCN
DT_ARY
Bits
---------------------------------------------------1
--00
--01
--10
--11
Meaning
0000 No symbol
0001 void function argument (not used)
0010 character
0011 short integer
0100 integer
0101 long integer
0110 floating point
0111 double precision float
1000 structure
1001 union
1010 enumeration
1011 member of enumeration
1100 unsigned character
1101 unsigned short
1110 unsigned integer
1111 unsigned long
0000 long double (special case bit pattern)
---- No derived type
---- pointer to T
---- function returning T
---- array of T
e_sclass – Klasa smještaja
Ovo polje označava gdje se simbol nalazi i šta predstavlja
Class
C_NULL
C_AUTO
C_EXT
C_STAT
C_REG
C_EXTDEF
C_LABEL
C_ULABEL
C_MOS
C_ARG
C_STRTAG
C_MOU
C_UNTAG
C_TPDEF
C_USTATIC
C_ENTAG
C_MOE
C_REGPARM
C_FIELD
C_AUTOARG
C_LASTENT
C_BLOCK
C_FCN
C_EOS
C_FILE
C_LINE
C_ALIAS
C_HIDDEN
C_EFCN
Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
255
Meaning
No entry
Automatic variable
External (public) symbol - this covers globals and externs
static (private) symbol
register variable
External definition
label
undefined label
member of structure
function argument
structure tag
member of union
union tag
type definition
undefined static
enumaration tag
member of enumeration
register parameter
bit field
auto argument
dummy entry (end of block)
".bb" or ".eb" - beginning or end of block
".bf" or ".ef" - beginning or end of function
end of structure
file name
line number, reformatted as symbol
duplicate tag
ext symbol in dmert public lib
physical end of function
e_numaux – Broj pomoćnih elemenata.
Uz svaki simbol se mogu pridodati dodatni podaci koji se takođe nalaze u tabeli simbola. Za većinu simbola ovaj
element je 0. Ipak, kod nekih simbola (npr. ime datoteke) dodatni podaci mogu slijediti i oni se tada preklapaju sa uobičajenim
poljima tabele simbola.
18.9.
COFF: Tabela stringova
Tabela stringova sadrži imena stringova koja su prevelika da stanu u tabelu simbola. Tabela je organizovana tako da
na samom početku se nalaze četiri bajta koja predstavljaju njenu dužinu. Nakon toga redom slijede sami stringovi završeni
znakom 0.
177
18.10. Program konvertor
Nakon što je objašnjena struktura COFF formata slijedi razvoj konvertora. Asembler je generisao program, podatke,
labele, popravke i stek (koji se ne koristi u generatoru OBJ) u posebnim datotekama. Datoteke sa programom i podacima se
mogu direktno iskopirati u objektnu datoteku, dok je za uključivanje labela u popravki potrebna konverzija formata.
Prema redoslijedu koji zahtijeva COFF obje format, kao i potrebnim dobivanjem jednih podataka iz drugih, program
treba da uradi sljedeće:
•
Učita veličinu datoteka sa kodom i podacima (procedura ReadSizes)
•
Napuni tabelu simbola, (Procedura LoadLabels) iz datoteke sa ekstenzijom .LAB. Pored ovoga se generišu
simboli .file, .text, .data i .drectve, koji imaju pomoćne simbole. U pomoćnom simbolu iza simbola .file se
smještaju ime datoteke s izvornim kodom, a u ostala tri početak istoimenog segmenta. Prilikom punjenja ove
tabele se puni i tabela stringova za sva imena koja su duža od 8 znakova.
•
Učita tabelu relokacije. (Procedure LoadRelocs) Iz datoteke sa ekstenzijom .PAT se učitaju oni elementi koji
zadovoljavaju koji zadovoljavaju jedan od sljedećih uslova:
a)
Da su u pitanju apsolutne relokacije podataka ili koda (tipovi ‘D’ i ‘A’ unutar .PAT datoteke), što se dalje
realizuje relokacijskim tipom RELOC_ADDR32
b) Da su u pitanju relativne relokacije koda, a da je riječ o eksternim simbolima (tip ‘R’ unutar .PAT datoteke), što
se dalje realizuje relokacijskim tipom RELOC_REL32
•
Otvori datoteku sa OBJ ekstenzijom (Procedura OpenOutObj)
•
U Obj datoteku upiše zaglavlje u koje je u međuvremenu upisan broj elemenata u svim tabelama (Procedura
WriteObjHeader)
•
Generišu se i upišu u OBJ zaglavlja sekcija (WriteSectionHeaders)
•
Generiše se .text sekcija (CopyCodeSection) iz .COD datoteke, prebacivši cijeli sadržaj .COD datoteke
•
Upiše se u OBJ relokacijska tabela (WriteRelocations)
•
Generiše se .data sekcija (CopyDataSection) iz .DAT datoteke, prebacivši cijeli sadržaj .DAT datoteke
•
Generiše se .drectve sekcije (WriteStartupSection) upisivanjem imena labele koja je bila navedena iza podatka
END u tabeli labela.
•
Upišu se u izlaznu datoteku svi simboli iz tabele simbola (WriteSymbols)
•
Upiše se tabela stringova, pazeći da prva četiri bajta budu njena dužina (WriteStringTable)
•
Zatvori se objektna datoteka
•
Eventualno obrišu datoteke sa ekstenzijama .COD, .DAT, .LAB, .STA i .PAT jer više nisu potrebne.
18.11. Upotreba programa konvertora
Prevedeni program sa naredbom asem (npr. Asem primjer7.asm ) se prevede dalje programom konvertorom COFF,
čiji je izvorni kod dat u prilogu. Na primjer:
Coff primjer7
Nakon ovoga se dobija OBJ datoteka, koja se može propustiti kroz mnoge linker programe (isprobano sa linkerima
LINK, GOLINK i ALINK), povezati sa bibliotekama i dobiti EXE program.
Za vježbu je moguće integrisati ovaj konvertor sa asemblerom, tako da se pomoćne datoteke ne generišu ili bar ne
vide direktno.
Ovim korakom je projekt razvoja programskog jezika postao slobodan od tuđeg asemblera. Sljedeći zadatak je vlastiti
linker.
Korišten je jedan od standardnih objektnih formata, COFF. Ovaj format se sastoji od zaglavlja, sekcija i dodatnih
tabela. Zahvaljujući pogodnoj strukturi izlaznih datoteka asemblera, izgradnja konvertora formata u standardni objektni format
je prilično pravolinijski zadatak.
178
end
else
begin
if sep=':' then x:=''
else
begin
program Coff;
x:=trim(st);
uses sysutils;
st:='';
const
end
relocationentrysize=10;
end
symbolentrysize=18;
end;
Type
Procedure NewSymbol(LabIme:string);
{ Na pocetku fajla ide FileHeader }
var
TFileHeader= Record
i:integer;
Machine:word; {
014C (i386) }
begin
NumberOfSections: word; { 0003 }
TotSym:=TotSym+1;
TimeDateStamp: LongInt; { 41543009 -> Fri Sep 24 16:32:41 2004 }
with SymbolTable[TotSym] do
PointerToSymbolTable: LongInt;
begin
NumberOfSymbols:LongInt;
if length(labime)>8 then begin
SizeOfOptionalHeader:word;
e.e1.E_zeroes:=0;
Characteristics:word;
e.e1.e_offset:=StringTabLen+4;
end;
for i:=1 to length(labime) do begin
StringTabLen:=StringTabLen+1;
{ Odmah nakon slijede opisi sekcija n puta}
StringTable[StringTabLen]:=LabIme[i];
TSection=Record
end;
Name:array[0..7] of char; { section name in ASCII }
end
PhysicalAddress:Longint; { size mapped into memory }
else begin
VirtualAddress:Longint; { memory address relative to image base }
for i:=1 to length(labime) do begin
SizeOfRawData:Longint; { physical size, multiple of file alignment
e.e_name[i-1]:=LabIme[i];
}
end;
PointerToRawData:Longint; { file offset }
end;
PointerToRelocations:LongInt; { offset of relocation entries }
end
PointerToLinenumbers:LongInt; { offset of line number entries }
end;
NumberOfRelocations:word; { number of relocation entries }
Procedure
NewPublic(PubIme:string);
NumberOfLinenumbers:word; { number of line number entries }
begin
Characteristics:Cardinal;
TotPublic:=TotPublic+1;
end;
PublicTable[TotPublic]:=Pubime+#0;
{ zatim same sekcije nakon svake sekcije njena relokaciona tabela pa
end;
tabela simbola }
TRelocationTable=record
function IsPublicSymbol(Simbol:String):Boolean;
r_vaddr:Longint;
{ address of relocation
}
var
r_symndx:Longint; { symbol we're adjusting for }
i:integer;
r_type:Longint;
{ type of relocation
}
begin
end;
IsPublicSymbol:=false;
for i:=1 to TotPublic do begin
TSymbolTable=record
if PublicTable[TotPublic]=Simbol then begin
e:record
IsPublicSymbol:=true;
case Boolean of
exit;
true: (e_name:Array[0..7] of char);
end
false: (e1:record
end;
e_zeroes:Longint; e_offset:Longint;
end;
end);
procedure LoadLabels;
end;
var
e_value:Longint;
st,labime,labtip,labval,labdsize,entry,publicsym:String;
e_scnum:Word;
i:integer;
e_type:Word;
begin
e_sclass:Byte;
entry:='';
e_numaux:Byte;
AssignFile(infile,genname+'.lab');
end;
Reset(infile);
TotSym:=0;
StringTabLen:=0;
{ U .drectve sekciji se nalazi -entry:ULAZ }
NewSymbol('.file');
with SymbolTable[TotSym] do begin
var
e_scnum:=65535;
FileHeader:TFileHeader;
e_type:=0;
genname:String;
e_value:=0;
infile:text;
e_sclass:=$67;
SymbolTable:Array[1..10000] of TSymbolTable;
e_numaux:=1;
StringTable:Array[1..10000] of char;
end;
PublicTable:Array[1..1000] of String;
NewSymbol('h.asm');
Sections:Array[1..3] of TSection;
RelocationTable:Array[1..10000] of TRelocationTable;
e_scnum:=0;
TotSym,StringTabLen,TotRelocs,TotPublic,
e_type:=0;
datahelpsympos,codehelpsympos,
e_value:=0;
drectvehelpsympos:Longint;
e_sclass:=0;
CodeSize,DataSize:Longint;
e_numaux:=0;
drectve:string;
end;
outobj:file;
NewSymbol('@comp.id');
function trim(st:string):String;
begin
e_scnum:=65535;
while (st<>'') and (st[1]=' ') do st:=copy(st,2,length(st));
e_type:=0;
while (st<>'') and (st[length(st)]=' ') do st:=copy(st,1,length(st)e_value:=$001220FC;
1);
e_sclass:=3;
TRIM:=ST;
e_numaux:=0;
end;
end;
NewSymbol('.text');
procedure izdvoji(var st,x:string; sep:char);
e_scnum:=1;
var
e_type:=0;
p:Integer;
e_value:=0;
begin
e_sclass:=3;
if st='' then
e_numaux:=1;
begin
end;
x:='';
NewSymbol('.texhlp');
exit
codehelpsympos:=totsym;
end;
NewSymbol('.data');
p:=pos(sep,st);
if p>0 then
e_scnum:=2;
begin
e_type:=0;
x:=trim(copy(st,1,p-1));
e_value:=0;
st:=TRIM(copy(st,p+1,length(st)-p));
LISTING GENERATORA STANDARDNOG OBJ
FORMATA
179
e_sclass:=3;
e_numaux:=1;
end;
NewSymbol('.dathlp');
datahelpsympos:=totsym;
drectve:='';
while not eof(infile) do begin
readln(infile,st);
if (pos('END ',st)>0) then begin
entry:=copy(st,5,length(st));
drectve:='-entry:'+entry+' '#0;
end
else
if (pos('PUBLIC ',st)=0) then begin
st:=st+';';
izdvoji(st,labime,' ');
labime:=labime+#0;
izdvoji(st,labtip,' ');
izdvoji(st,labval,' ');
izdvoji(st,labdsize,';');
if (Labtip='3') or
(labime=entry+#0) or (ispublicsymbol(labime)) then
labime:='_'+labime;
NewSymbol(labime);
begin
val(labval,e_value,i);
e_numaux:=0;
if Labtip='0' {lEqu} then begin
e_scnum:=65534;
e_sclass:=1;
end;
if Labtip='1' {lProg} then begin
e_scnum:=1;
e_sclass:=3;
end;
if Labtip='2' {lData} then begin
e_scnum:=2;
e_sclass:=3;
end;
if Labtip='3' {lExtrn} then begin
e_scnum:=0;
e_value:=0;
e_sclass:=2;
end;
if labime='_'+entry+#0 then begin
e_sclass:=2;
end;
if LabDsize='0' {8 bit} then e_type:=$2;
end;
end
else
begin
publicsym:=copy(st,7,length(st));
NewPublic(publicsym);
end;
end;
NewSymbol('.drectve');
begin
e_scnum:=3;
e_type:=0;
e_value:=0;
e_sclass:=3;
e_numaux:=1;
end;
NewSymbol('.datahlp');
drectvehelpsympos:=totsym;
close(infile);
end;
procedure LoadRelocs;
var
st,labime,labimeunder,position,relkind:String;
i,rez:integer;
p1:pchar;
posvalint:Longint;
label dalje;
begin
AssignFile(infile,genname+'.pat');
Reset(infile);
TotRelocs:=0;
while not eof(infile) do
begin
readln(infile,st);
st:=st+';';
izdvoji(st,labime,' ');
labime:=labime+#0;
labimeunder:='_'+labime;
izdvoji(st,position,' ');
izdvoji(st,relkind,';');
labime:=copy(labime,1,length(labime));
for i:=1 to TotSym do
begin
if SymbolTable[i].e.e1.E_zeroes=0 then
p1:=Addr(StringTable[SymbolTable[i].e.e1.e_offset-3])
else p1:=Addr(SymbolTable[i].e.e_name[0]);
if (strcomp(addr(labime[1]),p1)=0) or
(strcomp(addr(labimeunder[1]),p1)= 0) then
begin
rez:=i-1;
goto dalje;
end;
end;
rez:=0;
dalje:
if rez<>0 then
begin
val(position,posvalint,i);
if (RelKind='R') and (SymbolTable[rez+1].e_scnum=0) then
begin
TotRelocs:=TotRelocs+1;
RelocationTable[TotRelocs].r_vaddr:=posvalint;
RelocationTable[TotRelocs].r_symndx:=rez;
RelocationTable[TotRelocs].r_type:=20;
end;
if (RelKind='A') then
begin
end;
if (RelKind='D') then
begin
end
end;
end;
close(infile);
end;
procedure ReadSizes;
var
f: file of Byte;
begin
Assign(f,genname+'.cod');
Reset(f);
CodeSize:=FileSize(f);
Close(f);
Assign(f,genname+'.dat');
Reset(f);
DataSize:=FileSize(f);
Close(f);
end;
procedure FillSectionHeaders;
Var
SetName:String;
i:Integer;
begin
with SymbolTable[codehelpsympos] do begin
e.e1.e_zeroes:=CodeSize;
e.e1.e_offset:=TotRelocs;
end;
with SymbolTable[datahelpsympos] do begin
e.e1.e_zeroes:=DataSize;
e.e1.e_offset:=0;
end;
with SymbolTable[drectvehelpsympos] do begin
e.e1.e_zeroes:=Length(drectve)-1;
e.e1.e_offset:=0;
end;
With Sections[1] do begin
SetName:='.text'#0;
for i:=1 to length(setname) do Name[i-1]:=setname[i];
PhysicalAddress:=0;
VirtualAddress:=0;
SizeOfRawData:=CodeSize;
PointerToRawData:=sizeof(TfileHeader)+3*sizeof(TSection);
PointerToRelocations:=PointerToRawData+CodeSize;
PointerToLinenumbers:=0;
NumberOfRelocations:=TotRelocs;
NumberOfLinenumbers:=0;
Characteristics:=$60500020;
end;
SetName:='.data'#0;
PhysicalAddress:=CodeSize;
VirtualAddress:=0;
SizeOfRawData:=DataSize;
PointerToRawData:=Sections[1].PointerToRelocations+ TotRelocs*
relocationentrysize ;
PointerToRelocations:=0;
NumberOfRelocations:=0;
Characteristics:=$C0500040;
end;
SetName:='.drectve'#0;
PhysicalAddress:=CodeSize+DataSize;
VirtualAddress:=0;
SizeOfRawData:=length(drectve)-1;
PointerToRawData:=Sections[2].PointerToRawData+DataSize;
PointerToRelocations:=0;
NumberOfRelocations:=0;
Characteristics:=$00000A00;
end;
end;
procedure FillObjHeader;
begin
with FileHeader do begin
180
Machine:=$014C;
NumberOfSections:=3;
TimeDateStamp:=0;
PointerToSymbolTable:=sections[3].
PointerToRawData+length(drectve);
NumberOfSymbols:=totsym;
SizeOfOptionalHeader:=0;
Characteristics:=0;
end;
end;
procedure OpenOutObj;
begin
Assign(outobj,genname+'.obj');
Rewrite(outobj,1);
end;
procedure writeobjheader;
begin
BlockWrite(outobj,FileHeader,sizeof(TFileHeader));
end;
procedure writesectionheaders;
begin
BlockWrite(outobj,sections[1],sizeof(TSection));
end;
procedure copycodesection;
var
f: file of Byte;
b: Byte;
begin
Assign(f,genname+'.cod');
Reset(f);
while not(eof(f)) do begin
Read(f,b);
BlockWrite(outobj,b,1)
end;
Close(f);
end;
procedure writerelocations;
var
i:integer;
begin
for i:=1 to TotRelocs do
begin
BlockWrite(outobj,RelocationTable[i],relocationentrysize);
end;
end;
procedure copydatasection;
var
f: file of Byte;
b: Byte;
begin
Assign(f,genname+'.dat');
Reset(f);
while not(eof(f)) do
begin
Read(f,b);
BlockWrite(outobj,b,1)
end;
Close(f);
end;
procedure writestartupsection;
begin
BlockWrite(outobj,drectve[1],length(drectve));
end;
procedure writesymbols;
var
i:integer;
begin
for i:=1 to TotSym do
begin
BlockWrite(outobj,SymbolTable[i],symbolentrysize);
end;
end;
procedure writestringtable;
var
s:Longint;
begin
s:=stringtablen+4;
BlockWrite(outobj,s,4);
BlockWrite(outobj,stringtable,StringTabLen);
end;
procedure DeleteTempFiles;
procedure erase1(fn:string);
var
f:file;
begin
assignfile(f,fn);
erase(f);
end;
begin
erase1(genname+'.cod');
erase1(genname+'.dat');
erase1(genname+'.sta');
erase1(genname+'.lab');
erase1(genname+'.pat');
end;
begin
genname:=paramstr(1);
ReadSizes;
loadlabels;
loadrelocs;
fillsectionheaders;
fillobjheader;
openoutobj;
writeobjheader;
writesectionheaders;
copycodesection;
writerelocations;
copydatasection;
writestartupsection;
writesymbols;
writestringtable;
close(outobj);
if not(paramstr(2)='/k') then deletetempfiles;
end.
181
19. LINKER
Posljednji korak za dobivanje izvršnog programa je pokretanje linkera. U ovom poglavlju se neće razvijati vlastiti
linker, ali će se ući u to šta linker generalno radi.
19.1.
Princip rada linkera
Linkerov zadatak je da spoji OBJ datoteke u jedinstvenu izvršnu datoteku. Ipak, kada bi stvari bile tako jednostavne
linker bi bio obični program koji spaja gomile podataka. Komplikovani dio linkera je posao fiksiranja, o čemu će biti riječi
kasnije. Kao i asembler i linker obavlja zadatak u dva prolaza. U prvom prolazu linker sastavi skup pravila za povezivanje, a u
drugom primjenjujući ta pravila upisuje izvršnu datoteku.
Linker treba da stavi sav kod i podatke iz svake OBJ datoteke u izvršnu datoteku. Ako se linkeru proslijede tri OBJ
datoteke tada se kod i podaci iz sve tri OBJ datoteke smješta u EXE. Ali to se ne radi prostim lijepljenjem OBJ datoteka jedne
na kraj druge. Umjesto toga linker spaja sve sekcije sa istim imenom u jedinstvenu. Na primjer, tri OBJ datoteke od kojih
svaka ima jednu .text sekciju će se povezati u jedinstveni EXE sa jednom .text sekcijom, koja se sastoji od tri individualne .text
sekcije kakve su bile u OBJ datoteci.
Jedinstvena sekcija se formira spajanjem istoimenih sekcija u redoslijedu kako je proslijeđeno kroz parametre linkeru.
Ako su linkeru proslijeđeni parametri
A.OBJ B.OBJ C.OBJ
Linker će spojiti ove OBJ datoteke kao što je prikazano na slici Sl. 19.1.1. U promjeru sa slile se uočava da sve
sekcije sa istim imenom se spajaju u jedinstvene sekcije _text i _data, dok se
sekcije sa jedinstvenim imenom smještaju po redu.
Sekcije koje u svom imenu imaju znak $ predstavljaju izuzetak. Kod
ovih sekcija se ignoriše dio imena iza znaka $ kao i sam ovaj znak. Na primjer,
mogu postojati sekcija sa imenima info$a, info$b i info$other. Sve one će se
spojiti u jedinstvenu sekciju sa imenom info.
Pored pravila sa znakom $, standardni prioritet redoslijeda sekcija se
podešava označavajući ih specijalnim atributima. Sekcije sa atributom koda se
smještaju prve u izvršni program, zatim slijede sekcije sa neinicijaliziranim
podacima (ako ih ima, a koji se smještaju u .bss sekciju), sekcije sa
inicijaliziranim podacima (uključujući .data sekcija), zatim sekcije generisane
linkerom kao što je .reloc. Obično se na kraj EXE programa smješta .debug
sekcija, jer se ona ne mora uvijek učitavati.
Sekcije sa atributima LINK_REMOVE i LINK_INFO, a koje se zovu
.drectve se ne ugrađuju u EXE program. One se koriste da se proslijede
parametri linkeru
Sl. 19.1.1.
19.2.
Primjer spajanja sekcija u OBJ
Fiksiranja i relokacije
Zašto kompajler prosto ne generiše izvršnu datoteku direktno iz izvorne, eliminišući potrebu za linkerom? Iako ima i
takvih kompajlera, glavni razlog je što se većina programa ne sastoji od jedne datoteke sa izvornim kodom. Kompajleri su
specijalizovani za preuzimanje jedne datoteke sa izvornim kodom proizvodeći sirovi ekvivalent u mašinskom kodu. Pošto
izvorna datoteka može imati reference na kod ili podatke izvan izvorne datoteke, kompajler ne može generisati egzaktno pravi
kod koji poziva tu funkciju ili pristupa toj varijabli. Umjesto toga, kompajler uključuje dodatne informacije u izlaznu datoteku
koja opisuje spoljni kod ili podatke. Te informacije se zovu popravke, jer je kod kojim se pristupa eksternim funkcijama i
varijablama nekorektan i mora se popraviti kasnije.
Neka na primjer treba pozvati podprogram naredbom
CALL PODPROGRAM
Asembler će na ovom mjestu, ako se podprogram ne nalazi u istoj datoteci sa izvornim kodom, generisati mašinski
kod:
E8 00 00 00 00
Očigledno, E8 je kod instrukcije CALL, a ove četiri nule su adresa potprograma. Očigledno je da podprogram neće
biti udaljen 0 bajtova od naredbe CALL. Ovaj dio koda je neispravan i mora se popraviti.
182
U datom primjeru, linker sada zamjenjuje ova četiri bajta iza CALL naredbe korektnom adresom potprograma. On će
znati da ih treba zamijeniti preko informacije iz sloga popravki. Korektnu adresu saznaje sam linker spajajući sekcije.
Postoje tri vrste slogova popravki.
Popravka REL32 znači da nova adresa treba da se upiše relativno od adrese na kojoj se vrši popravka. U primjeru sa
CALL naredbom treba zamijeniti ove četiri nule popravkom REL32. Ukoliko su se ove nule nalazile na adresi 1000, a nakon
spajanja modula PODPROGRAM upadne na adresu 2530, umjesto nula upisuje se 1530. Podprogram se dakle poziva sa
relativnom adresom i na taj način je omogućena relokatibilnost. Ovaj tip popravke se ne upisuje u izvršnu datoteku.
Popravka DIR32 je predviđena za popravku apsolutnih adresa. Pogledati sljedeći primjer.
MOV EAX,VRIJEDNOST
VRIJEDNOST DD 43332
Neka se labela VRIJEDNOST nalazi na adresi 00002E03
Asembler će prevesti prvu instrukciju u apsolutnu adresiranje, npr. B8 03 2E 00 00. Učita li se program na adresu
00600000, i instrukcija MOV EAX se mora mijenjati, na primjer u B8 03 2E 40 00 jer je labela VRIJEDNOST sada na adresi
00602E03.
Nova vrijednost koju linker upiše nakon DIR32 popravke jednaka je zbiru podrazumijevane startne adrese programa i
prethodne vrijednosti koja se nalazila na adresi koja se popravlja. Podrazumijevana startna adresa je 00400000h, pa linker treba
u našem slučaju da primjeni sabiranje konstanti 00400000h i 00002E03h i upiše adresu 00402E03h. Windowsov loader će,
ukoliko postoji .reloc sekcija, obaviti ovaj zadatak još jednom, ali samo ako se program učitava na nepodrazumijevanu adresu.
Tada se za svaki DIR32 slog sabira vrijednost na adresi koju popravljamo sa razlikom između podrazumijevane i stvarne
adrese gdje je program učitan.
Treći tip popravke DIR32NB (Direct 32, No Base), se koristi za debagerske informacije. Ova popravka se razlikuje
od DIR32 što ne sadrži podrazumijevanu adresu učitavanja izvršnog programa.
19.3.
Biblioteke
Često je potrebno spojiti više OBJ datoteka u jedinstvenu datoteku koja se zatim prosljeđuje linkeru. Tipični primjer
je izvršna biblioteka jezika C++, koja se zove LIBC.LIB. U njoj se nalazi mnogo OBJ datoteka koje obavljaju funkcije kao što
su printf, sin, atoi ili fopen.
Biblioteke se sastoje od zaglavlja biblioteke i zatim kopija OBJ datoteka koje su ugrađene u biblioteku.
Za razliku od OBJ datoteka direktno proslijeđenih linkeru kroz parametre, linker ne mora uključiti u EXE program
sve OBJ datoteke ugrađene u biblioteku. OBJ datoteke unutar biblioteke će biti ugrađene samo ako se koristi bar jedna
varijabla ili podprogram iz njih. Ako program iz objektne datoteke koja se uključuje EXE poziva neki podprogram, npr. printf,
i linker pronađe objektnu datoteku unutar biblioteke u kojoj se nalazi podprogram printf, ta datoteka se ugrađuje u EXE. Ali ne
samo ona. Neka printf dalje poziva putchar koji je u svojoj OBJ datoteci, a putchar opet poziva checkvideomode koji je u
trećoj OBJ datoteci. Tada će sve tri OBJ datoteke biti uključene u EXE.
Specijalna grupa biblioteka su importne biblioteke. Strukturalno, one se ne razlikuju od regularnih biblioteka, niti ih
linker razlikuje kada razrješava simbole. Ključna razlika je u tome što importne biblioteke nisu nastale iz izvornog koda i OBJ
datoteka proizvedenih od njega. Importne biblioteke pravi linker prilikom povezivanja drugog EXE, odnosno DLL programa.
Ove biblioteke se baziraju na importnim tabelama.
19.4.
Pravljenje importne tabele
Jedna od najznačajnijih osobina 32 bitnog Windows-a je mogućnost importa funkcija iz drugih EXE i DLL programa.
Sve ove informacije o uključenim DLL nalaze se u importnoj tabeli. Importna tabela se obično smješta u sekciju .idata.
Izgleda neobično da linker u stvari ne brine da li se pozvani podprogram nalazi unutar EXEa ili u spoljašnjem DLLu.
Prostim praćenjem pravila spajanja sekcija i razrješavanja simbola linker pravi importnu tabelu, neinformisan o specijalnom
značenju ove tabele.
1121 public symbols
EA14 _ActivateKeyboardLayout@8
...
Archive member name at EA14: USER32.dll/
...
183
SECTION HEADER #2
.text name
RAW DATA #2
00000000 FF 25 00 00 00 00
.%....
...
SECTION HEADER #4
.idata$5 name
RAW DATA #4
00000000 00 00 00 00
....
...
SECTION HEADER #5
.idata$4 name
RAW DATA #5
00000000 00 00 00 00
....
...
SECTION HEADER #6
.idata$6 name
RAW DATA #6
00000000 00 00 41 63 74 69 76 61 | 74 65 4B 65 79 62 6F 61 ..Activa|teKeyboa
00000010 72 64 4C 61 79 6F 75 74 | 00 00
rdLayout|..
...
COFF SYMBOL TABLE
...
003 00000000 SECT2 notype () External | _ActivateKeyboardLayout@8
Pogleda li se dio importne biblioteke USER32.LIB na gornjoj slici može se zaključiti kako linker obrađuje importne
datoteke. Neka je pozvana API funkcija ActivateKeyboardLayout. Slog popravke za _ActivateKeyboardLayout@8 se nalazi
OBJ datoteci korisničkog programa. U zaglavlju biblioteke USER32.LIB linker zaključuje da se ova funkcija nalazi u OBJ
datoteci na poziciji 0xEA14. Time se linkeru da do znanja da se ova OBJ biblioteka uključi u EXE. A u njoj ima više sekcija,
kao što su .text, .idata$5, .idata$4, and .idata$6. U .text sekciji je JMP instrukcija (FF 25 00 00 00 00). Iz COFF tabele simbola
se vidi da se _ActivateKeyboardLayout@8 nalaz na početku druge sekcije, a to znači da će poziv CALL
_ActivateKeyboardLayout@8 rezultovati JMP instrukcijom
Treba primijetiti da sekcije .idata$4, .idata$5 i .idata$6 sadrže podatke za importnu tabelu. Koristeći pravilo da se
sekcije čije ime sadrži znak $ grupišu u jedinstvene sekcije sa imenom koje se nalazi prije znaka $, importna tabela se generiše
redovnim poslom linkera.
19.5.
Kreiranje eksportne tabele
Pored kreiranja importnih tabela za izvršne programe, linker je odgovoran i za obrnuti zadatak, eksportne tabele.
Ovdje je zadatak linkera istovremeno lakši i teži. U prvom prolazu, linker sakuplja informacije o svim eksportovanim
simbolima i kreira tabelu eksportovanih funkcija. To se sekciju .edata posebne OBJ datoteke koja je preimenovana u
ekstenziju EXP iako je po strukturi standardna OBJ datoteka.
U drugom prolazu se EXP ugradi u EXE kao i svaka standardna OBJ datoteka, mada mnogi linkeri spajaju sekcije
.rdata i .edata.
19.6.
Drugi zadaci linkera
Pored navedenog, linkeri ubacuju informacije potrebne za debager, kreiranje MAP datoteka koje daju informaciju o
tome šta je uključeno u izvršni program te dodavanje programčića koji se starta ako je EXE pokrenut iz MS DOSa. Ali, ovo
nisu obavezni zadaci jednog linkera, nego više korisne pomoćne funkcije. O projektu razvoja linkera vidjeti
http://www.iecc.com/linker/
19.7.
Rezime poglavlja
Linker je alatka koja povezuje više prevedenih jedinica u funkcionalni izvršni program. Njegov ključni zadatak je
spajanje sekcija, a drugi je razrješavanje referenci (popravke) između kombinovanih sekcija. Više OBJ datoteka se povezuju u
biblioteke. Biblioteke koje ne sadrže kod, nego samo informacije o adresama unutar EXE ili DLL se zovu importne biblioteke.
Da bi se napravile importne datoteke koriste se importne i eksportne tabele.
184
20. INTERPRETER
Drugi popularni koncept za realizaciju viših programskih jezika, pored kompajlera su interpreteri. U ovom poglavlju
će biti opisan jedan od načina pravljenja interpretera
20.1.
Interpreteri i jezici za njihov razvoj
Iako se mnogi interpreteri pišu u asembleru radi što veće brzine rada, interpretere je, za razliku od kompajlera,
moguće pisati potpuno u višem programskom jeziku i bez ikakvog znanja o arhitekturi mašine na kojoj se interpreter izvršava.
Pored ovoga, za pisanjem vlastitog interpretera potreba je češća nego za pisanjem vlastitog kompajlera, jer je u mnogim
aplikacijama potrebno dodati neki skriptni jezik.
20.2.
Interpretirani jezik
U ovom primjeru implementirati će se interpreter vrlo primitivne verzije BASICa. Ova verzija ima 26 cjelobrojnih
varijabli pod imenom a,b,c ... , z. Naredbe su
PRINT <izraz> prikaz aritmetičkog izraza
LET <varijabla> = <izraz> dodjela vrijednosti varijabli
INPUT <varijabla> unošenje vrijednosti varijable
LIST prikaz cijelog programa
IF <izraz1> THEN <izraz2> skok na liniju <izraz2> ako je <izraz1> različit od 0
GOTO <izraz> bezuslovni skok
END kraj programa ili izlazak iz interpretera
Kao u klasičnom, danas pomalo zaboravljenom, BASICu, naredbe se mogu izvršiti direktno kucanjem ili se ispred
naredbe može staviti linijski broj kada se ona smješta u program.
20.3.
Linijski editor
Prvo je potrebno realizovati smještanje linija programa. Da bi interpreter bio što jednostavniji, program se čuva u nizu
od 1000 stringova. Naravno da je ovo najneracionalniji način, i da bi trebalo ići na dinamičke strukture podataka, ali bi i listing
interpretera tada bio veći.
Linije (kojima se radi lakše interpretacije dodaje simbol ';') se unose Pascal-skom naredbom readln (ili se uzimaju iz
niza linija) i, kada se linija unese, provjerava se da li ona počinje cifrom. Ako linija počinje cifrom , prepozna se linijski broj i
tekst linije bez linijskog broja se smjesti u navedeni element niza stringova koji odgovara liniji sa tim linijskim brojem. Ako
linija ne počinje cifrom, prelazi se u analizu naredbe i njeno izvršavanje. Nakon toga je interpreter spreman za izvršenje ili
unos nove naredbe.
20.4.
Interpreterska petlja
Interpreter, dakle, ima dva režima rada, komandni i programski. U komandnom režimu rada naredba se očitava preko
readln , a u programskom režimu iz niza stringova o kome su naredbe. Nakon dohvaćene naredbe slijedi njeno prepoznavanje
i izvršenje, a zatim se u programskom režimu rada traži sljedeća instrukcija. Ako je prethodna instrukcija bila instrukcija
GOTO ili IF, naredna instrukcija je navedena kao argument ove instrukcije. U ostalim slučajevima, to je prva naredna neprazna
instrukcija, što se traži uvećanjem broja trenutne instrukcije (varijabla izvrlinija) za jedan, sve dok se ne dođe do naredbe koja
nije prazna ili dok se ne dostigne linija 1000. Glavna interpreterska petlja izgleda ovako:
procedure Glavni;
var
brlinije:integer;
begin
quit:=false;
repeat
if inprogram then
linija:=naredbe[izvrlinija]
else
readln(linija);
linija:=uppercase(linija);
gr:=false;
linija:=linija+';';
pozicija:=0;
novi;
if znak in ['0'..'9'] then begin
if slijedi('INPUT')then DoInput else
brlinije:=uzmikonstantu;
if slijedi('END') then DoEnd else
if (brlinije>0) and
Greska('Nepoznata naredba');
(brlinije<1000) then begin
end;
linija:=trim(copy(
if inprogram then begin
linija,pozicija,
if not skok then
length(linija)));
repeat
if linija=';' then linija:='';
izvrlinija:=izvrlinija+1;
naredbe[brlinije]:=linija;
until (izvrlinija>=1000) or
end
(naredbe[izvrlinija]<>'');
end
if izvrlinija=1000 then
else begin
inprogram:=false;
if slijedi('PRINT')then DoPrint else
skok:=false;
if slijedi('LIST') then Dolist else
end;
if slijedi('GOTO') then DoGoto else
until quit;
if slijedi('LET') then DoLet else
end;
if slijedi('IF') then DoIf else
185
20.5.
Realizacija aritmetičkih izraza
Dosta znanja iz pisanja kompajlera se može primijeniti na pisanje interpretera. Glavna razlika je što umjesto
generisanog koda koji izlazi kao listing treba simulirati izvršenje odgovarajućih naredbi. Tako na primjer, u trećoj verziji
kompajlera dio koda koji je realizovao jezički pojam Clan izgledao je ovako
procedure Clan;
var
z: char;
begin
Faktor;
while (znak in ['*', '/', '%']) do
begin
z := znak;
Emit(' PUSH EAX');
Novi;
Faktor;
case z of
'*': begin
Emit(' POP EBX');
Emit(' IMUL EBX');
end;
'/', '%': begin
Emit(' POP EAX');
Emit(' CDQ');
Emit(' IDIV EBX');
if z = '%' then
end;
end;
end;
end;
Emitovanje mašinskih naredbi treba zamijeniti procedurama koje rade ekvivalentnu stvar, pa će u interpreteru
procedura Clan izgledati ovako:
procedure Clan;
var
z: char;
begin
Faktor; if gr then exit;
while (znak in ['*', '/', '%']) do
begin
z := znak;
push(eax); if gr then exit;
Novi; if gr then exit;
case z of
'*': begin
ebx:=pop;
eax:=eax*ebx;
end;
'/', '%': begin
ebx:=eax;
eax:=pop;
if ebx<>0 then begin
if z = '%' then
eax:=eax mod ebx
else
eax:=eax div ebx
end
else
Greska('Dijeljenje s
nulom');
end;
end;
end;
end;
Kao što se vidi, iako se uočava razlika što postoje varijable eax i ebx , i procedure push i pop koje rade sa
simuliranim stekom, struktura procedure je ista. Umjesto generisanih asemblerskih naredbi koje rade ekvivalentan efekat,
izvršavaju se adekvatne operacija nad varijablama eax i ebx.
Pošto u interpreteru greška ne smije izazvati prekid rada samog interpretera nego samo interpretiranog programa,
nakon svakog potprograma se provjerava da li je izazvana greška naredbom
if gr then exit;
dok sama procedura Greska nema naredbe halt koja izaziva prekid rada. Ova procedura treba da pored ispisa teksta
poruke i da postavi varijablu gr na tačnu vrijednost.
Za simuliranje steka, baš kao kod mašinskog steka, i ovdje se koristi sp kao oznaka trenutne pozicije na steku.
Funkcija pop i procedura push izgledaju ovako:
function pop:integer;
begin
pop:=0;
if gr then exit;
if (sp<=0) or (sp>100) then begin
Greska('Izraz');
pop:=0;
end
else begin
pop:=stek[sp];
sp:=sp-1;
end;
end;
procedure push(n:integer);
begin
if gr then exit;
if (sp<0) or (sp>=100) then begin
Greska('Izraz');
end
else begin
sp:=sp+1;
stek[sp]:=n;
end;
end;
I kod ostalih procedura za izračunavanje izraza vidi se sličnost sa istoimenim procedurama iz treće verzije
kompajlera. U cilju skraćenja koda, izbačen je pojam IzrazDodjeljivanja, a operatori >,< i = prebačeni na isti prioritet kao i
sabiranje i oduzimanje.
Varijable su predstavljene nizom od 26 cijelih brojeva. Pristup pojedinoj varijabli se svodi na proračun pozicije u nizu
na osnovu imena varijable, a zatim se očitava odgovarajući element niza.
20.6.
Realizacija naredbi primitivnog BASICa
Zahvaljujući činjenici da prevedeni program napisan u Pascalu već ima sve potrebne rutine, realizacija samih naredbi
je trivijalna. Tako se naredba print realizuje kao
186
procedure DoPrint;
begin
Izraz; if gr then exit;
writeln(eax);
end;
Procedurom Novi se pređe na sljedeći znak ulazne linije. Procedurom Izraz se izračuna aritmetički izraz i njegov
rezultat dobije u varijabli eax.
Analogno se dobijaju realizacije ostalih naredbi, što se može vidjeti u kompletnom programu
20.7.
Instrukcije za dohvatanje simbola
Funkcije novi, slijedi i idido su preuzete iz koda korištenog u trećoj verziji kompajlera, a zatim pojednostavljene jer je
interpreter linijski orijentisan. Tako u proceduri Novi nema potrebe prelaziti u sljedeću liniju, nego se sve provjere vrše unutar
jedne linije, kao u sljedećoj implementaciji ove procedure.
procedure Novi;
begin
if gr then exit;
repeat
Greska('Preko kraja linije')
else znak:=linija[pozicija];
until (pozicija>Length(linija)) or (znak<>' ');
end;
Dodane su i procedure Uppercase i Trim za pretvaranje malih slova u velika odnosno izbacivanje blankova iz
stringova.
20.8.
Listing interpretera primitivnog BASICa
Slijedi kompletan listing ovog interpretera:
program Interpreter;
var
linija: string;
pozicija,izvrlinija:integer;
naredbe: Array [1..1000] of string;
varijable:Array [0..25] of integer;
znak:char;
stek:array[0..100] of integer;
sp,eax,ebx:integer;
inprogram,quit,skok,gr:Boolean;
function trim(st:string):String;
begin
while (st<>'') and (st[1]=' ') do
st:=copy(st,2,length(st));
while (st<>'') and
(st[length(st)]=' ') do
st:=copy(st,1,length(st)-1);
TRIM:=ST;
end;
function uppercase(st:string):String;
var i:integer;
begin
for i:=1 to length(st) do
if (st[i]>='a') and
(st[i]<='z') then
st[i]:=chr(ord(st[i])-32);
uppercase:=st;
end;
begin
if inprogram then
Writeln(poruka,' u liniji ',
izvrlinija)
else
WriteLn(poruka);
inprogram:=false;
gr:=true;
sp:=0;
end;
function pop:integer;
begin
pop:=0;
if gr then exit;
if (sp<=0) or (sp>100) then begin
Greska('Izraz');
pop:=0;
end
else begin
pop:=stek[sp];
sp:=sp-1;
end;
end;
procedure push(n:integer);
begin
if gr then exit;
if (sp<0) or (sp>=100) then begin
Greska('Izraz');
end
else begin
sp:=sp+1;
stek[sp]:=n;
end;
end;
procedure Novi;
begin
if gr then exit;
repeat
Greska('Preko kraja linije')
else znak:=linija[pozicija];
until (pozicija>Length(linija)) or
(znak<>' ');
end;
begin
if gr then exit;
if (znak <> z) then
Greska('Ocekivano' + z);
Novi;
if gr then exit;
end;
function Slijedi(ocekivano: string):
Boolean;
begin
SLijedi:=false;
if gr then exit;
if (copy(linija,pozicija,
Length(ocekivano))
= ocekivano) then begin
Slijedi := true;
end
else
Slijedi := false;
end;
var
rezultat: integer;
begin
UzmiKonstantu:=0;
if gr then exit;
rezultat := 0;
do begin
end;
end;
procedure Varijabla;
var
rezultat: integer;
begin
if gr then exit;
rezultat := (ord(znak) ord('A'));
eax:=varijable[rezultat];
ebx:=rezultat;
end;
procedure Izraz;forward;
procedure Faktor;
var
rezultat: integer;
begin
case znak of
'-': begin
eax:=-eax;
end;
'~': begin
eax:=not(eax);
end;
'!': begin
if eax=0 then eax:=1;
end;
'0'..'9': begin
eax:=rezultat;
end;
'(': begin
187
IdiDo(')'); if gr then exit;
end;
'A'..'Z': begin
Varijabla; if gr then exit;
end
else
Greska('Izraz');
end;
end;
procedure Clan;
var
z: char;
begin
while (znak in ['*', '/', '%']) do
begin
z := znak;
push(eax); if gr then exit;
case z of
'*': begin
ebx:=pop;
eax:=eax*ebx;
end;
'/', '%': begin
ebx:=eax;
eax:=pop;
if ebx<>0 then begin
if z = '%' then
eax:=eax mod ebx
else
eax:=eax div ebx
end
else
Greska('Dijeljenje s
nulom');
end;
end;
end;
end;
procedure Izraz;
var
z: char;
begin
Clan;
while (znak in
['+', '-', '&', '|',
'^','>','<','=']) do begin
push(eax);
z := znak;
Clan; if gr then exit;
case z of
'+': begin
ebx:=pop;
eax:=eax+ebx;
end;
'=': begin
ebx:=pop;
if eax=ebx then eax:=1
else eax:=0;
end;
'>': begin
ebx:=pop;
if ebx>eax then eax:=1
else eax:=0;
end;
'<': begin
ebx:=pop;
if ebx<eax then eax:=1
else eax:=0;
end;
'-': begin
20.9.
ebx:=eax;
eax:=pop;
eax:=eax-ebx;
end;
'&': begin
ebx:=pop;
eax:=eax and ebx;
end;
'|': begin
ebx:=pop;
eax:=eax or ebx;
end;
'^': begin
ebx:=pop;
eax:=eax xor ebx;
end;
end;
end;
end;
procedure DoPrint;
begin
writeln(eax);
end;
procedure DoGoto;
begin
novi; if gr then exit;
izvrlinija:=eax;
inprogram:=true;
skok:=true;
end;
procedure DoLet;
var dodvar:char;
begin
dodvar:=znak;
if dodvar in ['A'..'Z'] then begin
IdiDo('='); if gr then exit;
izraz;
varijable[ord(dodvar)ord('A')]:=eax;
end
else
Greska('Varijabla');
end;
procedure DoInput;
var unizraz:string;
dodvar:Char;
begin
dodvar:=znak;
if dodvar in ['A'..'Z'] then begin
write('?');
readln(unizraz); if gr then exit;
linija:=unizraz+';';
pozicija:=0;
varijable[ord(dodvar)ord('A')]:=eax;
end
else
Greska('Varijabla');
end;
procedure DoIf;
begin
if eax<>0 then begin
if not(slijedi('then')) then
Greska ('Then');
if gr then exit;
IzvrLinija:=eax;
skok:=true;
end;
end;
procedure doEnd;
begin
if inprogram then
inprogram:=false
else
quit:=true
end;
procedure DoList;
var i:integer;
begin
for i:=1 to 1000 do
if naredbe[i]<>'' then writeln(i,'
',copy(naredbe[i],1,
length(naredbe[i])-1));
end;
procedure Glavni;
var
brlinije:integer;
begin
quit:=false;
repeat
if inprogram then
linija:=naredbe[izvrlinija]
else
readln(linija);
linija:=uppercase(linija);
gr:=false;
linija:=linija+';';
pozicija:=0;
novi;
if znak in ['0'..'9'] then begin
brlinije:=uzmikonstantu;
if (brlinije>0) and
(brlinije<1000) then begin
linija:=trim(copy(
linija,pozicija,
length(linija)));
if linija=';' then linija:='';
naredbe[brlinije]:=linija;
end
end
else begin
if slijedi('PRINT')then DoPrint else
if slijedi('LIST') then Dolist else
if slijedi('GOTO') then DoGoto else
if slijedi('LET') then DoLet else
if slijedi('IF') then DoIf else
if slijedi('INPUT')then DoInput else
if slijedi('END') then DoEnd else
Greska('Nepoznata naredba');
end;
if inprogram then begin
if not skok then
repeat
izvrlinija:=izvrlinija+1;
until (izvrlinija>=1000) or
(naredbe[izvrlinija]<>'');
if izvrlinija=1000 then
inprogram:=false;
skok:=false;
end;
until quit;
end;
begin
Glavni
end.
Rezime poglavlja
Pisanje interpretera može biti jednostavniji zadatak od pisanja kompajlera, jer se interpreter može napisati bez znanja
mašinskog jezika. Umjesto generisanja koda, naredbe se izvršavaju simulirajući odgovarajući asemblerski kod. U ovom
poglavlju realizovana je primitivna verzija BASICa, ali dobiveni program može biti polazna osnova za dalje proširenje jezika
188
21. SADRŽAJ
1.
VRSTE SISTEMSKOG SOFTVERA...............................................................................................................................3
1.1.
1.2.
1.3.
1.4.
1.5.
1.6.
2.
PROCESOR I OPERATIVNI SISTEM ZA KOJE SE GENERIŠE KÔD ...................................................................5
2.1.
2.2.
2.3.
2.4.
2.5.
3.
PROŠIRENJE ARITMETIČKIH IZRAZA ................................................................................................................................20
USLOVI ...........................................................................................................................................................................22
PETLJE ............................................................................................................................................................................23
GENERALIZOVANI JEZIČKI POJAM BLOK ..........................................................................................................................24
TESTNI PRIMJER ..............................................................................................................................................................25
REZIME POGLAVLJA ........................................................................................................................................................25
KLJUČNE RIJEČI, STRINGOVI, DINAMIČKI NIZOVI I FUNKCIJE..................................................................27
7.1.
7.2.
7.3.
7.4.
7.5.
7.6.
7.7.
8.
FORMAT INSTRUKCIJA ....................................................................................................................................................15
BLOKOVI.........................................................................................................................................................................15
MODIFIKACIJE PROCEDURA KOMPAJLERA ZBOG PREVOĐENJA IZ DATOTEKE ..................................................................15
MODIFIKACIJE KOMPAJLERA ZBOG GENERISANJA DATOTEKA SA ASEMBLERSKIM KODOM..............................................16
PROŠIRENJA ARITMETIČKIH IZRAZA ................................................................................................................................16
TESTNI PRIMJER ..............................................................................................................................................................17
VARIJABLE, RELACIONI OPERATORI, USLOVI, PETLJE .................................................................................20
6.1.
6.2.
6.3.
6.4.
6.5.
6.6.
7.
STRUKTURA TIPIČNIH ARITMETIČKIH IZRAZA .................................................................................................................10
SINTAKSNA ANALIZA ARITMETIČKIH IZRAZA ..................................................................................................................11
GENERISANJE KODA ZA RAČUNANJE ARITMETIČKE IZRAZE.............................................................................................11
PRVA VERZIJA KOMPAJLERA ...........................................................................................................................................12
TESTNI PRIMJER ..............................................................................................................................................................13
PREVOĐENJE IZ DATOTEKA, BLOKOVI, VIŠECIFRENI BROJEVI..............................................................15
5.1.
5.2.
5.3.
5.4.
5.5.
5.6.
5.7.
6.
ITERATIVNI PRISTUP ..........................................................................................................................................................7
PRIMJENA GENERATORA KODA .........................................................................................................................................7
ANALIZA GOTOVOG KOMPAJLERA ....................................................................................................................................7
CRENSHAW-OVA NETEHNIČKA METODA ...........................................................................................................................8
WATERFALL I SPIRALNI PRISTUP RAZVOJU INFORMACIONIH SISTEMA ...............................................................................8
PROGRAMSKI JEZIK U KOME SE RAZVIJA KOMPAJLER ........................................................................................................9
HARDVERSKO I SOFTVERSKO OKRUŽENJE ZA KOJE SE RAZVIJA KOMPAJLER .....................................................................9
REZIME POGLAVLJA ..........................................................................................................................................................9
PROSTI ARITMETIČKI IZRAZI .................................................................................................................................10
4.1.
4.2.
4.3.
4.4.
4.5.
4.6.
5.
REGISTRI...........................................................................................................................................................................5
ADRESNI REŽIMI ...............................................................................................................................................................5
INSTRUKCIJE .....................................................................................................................................................................5
OPERATIVNI SISTEM ..........................................................................................................................................................6
UOBIČAJENI PRISTUPI U RAZVOJU KOMPAJLERA ............................................................................................7
3.1.
3.2.
3.3.
3.4.
3.5.
3.6.
3.7.
3.8.
4.
SISTEMSKI SOFTVER..........................................................................................................................................................3
SISTEMSKI SOFTVER ZA KONTROLU IZVRŠENJA PROGRAMA ..............................................................................................3
SOFTVER ZA KORISNIČKO OKRUŽENJE ..............................................................................................................................3
RAZVOJNI ALATI ...............................................................................................................................................................3
POMOĆNE ALATKE ............................................................................................................................................................4
KLJUČNE RIJEČI ..............................................................................................................................................................27
KOMENTARI I NEIGNORISANJE SIMBOLA .........................................................................................................................27
MODIFIKACIJA USLOVA I PETLJI ......................................................................................................................................28
MODIFIKACIJE ARITMETIČKIH IZRAZA I UVOĐENJE STRINGOVA ......................................................................................28
FUNKCIJE I PROCEDURE ..................................................................................................................................................29
TESTNI PRIMJER ..............................................................................................................................................................31
DEKLARACIJE VARIJABLI, STANDARDNE FUNKCIJE......................................................................................36
8.1. TABELA IDENTIFIKATORA ...............................................................................................................................................36
8.2.
8.3.
8.4.
8.5.
8.6.
8.7.
8.8.
9.
189
TIPOVI ............................................................................................................................................................................37
DEKLARISANJE VARIJABLI I NOVA STRUKTURA PROGRAMA ............................................................................................37
IZRAZI I SEMANTIKA .......................................................................................................................................................38
TABLICE GENERISANOG KODA ZA RAZLIČITE OPERANDE ................................................................................................39
FUNKCIJE I PROVJERA PARAMETARA...............................................................................................................................43
TESTNI PRIMJER ..............................................................................................................................................................45
REALNI BROJEVI ..........................................................................................................................................................51
9.1.
9.2.
9.3.
9.4.
9.5.
9.6.
9.7.
9.8.
10.
KOPROCESOR ..................................................................................................................................................................51
REALNE KONSTANTE ......................................................................................................................................................51
KOMUNIKACIJA IZMEĐU FP STEKA I MEMORIJE ..............................................................................................................51
ARITMETIČKE OPERACIJE ................................................................................................................................................52
REALNE VARIJABLE ........................................................................................................................................................53
FUNKCIJE REALNOG ARGUMENTA I UNARNI OPERATORI .................................................................................................54
TESTNI PRIMJER ..............................................................................................................................................................54
SLOŽENI TIPOVI PODATAKA....................................................................................................................................61
10.1.
10.2.
10.3.
10.4.
10.5.
11.
PREDPROCESIRANJE I OPTIMIZACIJA KODA ....................................................................................................74
11.1.
11.2.
11.3.
11.4.
11.5.
11.6.
11.7.
11.8.
12.
PRIMJER: BAZE PODATAKA I KORISNIČKI INTERFEJS ..................................................................................................81
PRIMJER: MULTIMEDIJA.............................................................................................................................................83
PRIMJER: WEB SERVER ..............................................................................................................................................83
PRIMJER: NUMERIČKA ANALIZA ................................................................................................................................85
REZIME POGLAVLJA ...................................................................................................................................................85
TEORIJA JEZIKA I PARSIRANJA..............................................................................................................................98
13.1.
13.2.
13.3.
13.4.
13.5.
13.6.
13.7.
13.8.
13.9.
13.10.
14.
STRUKTURA KOMPAJLERA .........................................................................................................................................74
PREDPROCESORSKA DIREKTIVA #DEFINIRAJ ..............................................................................................................74
DIREKTIVE USLOVNOG KOMPAJLIRANJA ....................................................................................................................74
DIREKTIVA #DODAJ ZA UKLJUČIVANJE DATOTEKE .....................................................................................................75
REALIZACIJA PREDPROCESORA ..................................................................................................................................75
OPTIMIZACIJA KODA ..................................................................................................................................................75
TESTNI PRIMJER OPTIMIZACIJE ...................................................................................................................................79
TESTNI PRIMJERI .........................................................................................................................................................81
12.1.
12.2.
12.3.
12.4.
12.5.
13.
VIŠEDIMENZIONALNI NIZOVI ......................................................................................................................................61
INDIREKTNI POZIV FUNKCIJE ......................................................................................................................................62
SLOGOVI ....................................................................................................................................................................63
TESTNI PRIMJER .........................................................................................................................................................66
FORMALNE GRAMATIKE .............................................................................................................................................98
KONTEKSTNO OSJETLJIVA GRAMATIKA ......................................................................................................................98
NESAŽIMAJUĆA GRAMATIKA......................................................................................................................................98
KONTEKSTNO SLOBODNA GRAMATIKA ......................................................................................................................98
REGULARNA GRAMATIKA ..........................................................................................................................................98
PARSIRANJE ...............................................................................................................................................................99
LL PARSIRANJE .........................................................................................................................................................99
LR PARISRANJE .......................................................................................................................................................100
GENERATORI PARSERA .............................................................................................................................................102
REZIME POGLAVLJA .................................................................................................................................................103
OSNOVNI WIN32 API PROGRAM ............................................................................................................................104
14.1.
14.2.
14.3.
14.4.
14.5.
14.6.
14.7.
14.8.
14.9.
14.10.
HELLO WORLD ........................................................................................................................................................104
PROSTI PROZOR .......................................................................................................................................................104
KORAK 1: REGISTRACIJA PROZORSKE KLASE ...........................................................................................................105
KORAK 2: KREIRANJE PROZORA ..............................................................................................................................105
KORAK 3: PETLJA PORUKA ......................................................................................................................................106
KORAK 4: PROZORSKA PROCEDURA.........................................................................................................................106
OBRADA PORUKA .....................................................................................................................................................107
ŠTA JE TO PORUKA? .................................................................................................................................................108
KOMUNIKACIJA SA DIALOŠKIM PROZORIMA .............................................................................................................109
ŠTA JE RED ČEKANJA PORUKA? ................................................................................................................................109
14.11.
14.12.
15.
KORISNIČKI INTERFEJS I GRAFIČKE PRIMITIVE...........................................................................................110
15.1.
15.2.
15.3.
15.4.
15.5.
15.6.
15.7.
15.8.
15.9.
15.10.
15.11.
15.12.
15.13.
15.14.
15.15.
16.
INSTRUKCIJSKI SET PENTIUMA II..............................................................................................................................158
OPERACIONI KODOVI, OPIS .......................................................................................................................................158
OPERANDI ................................................................................................................................................................159
KODIRANJE ADRESE: MODR/M AND SIB BYTES .....................................................................................................159
PRIMJERI KODIRANJA KOMPLETNIH INSTRUKCIJA ....................................................................................................160
PARSIRANJE INSTRUKCIJE ........................................................................................................................................163
PREPOZNAVANJE ADRESNIH REŽIMA ........................................................................................................................163
PRORAČUN MODRM , SIB I DEPLASMANA ................................................................................................................163
PUNJENJE I PRETRAŽIVANJE TABELE INSTRUKCIJA ...................................................................................................164
GENERISANJE HEKSADEKADNOG KODA....................................................................................................................164
NUMERIČKE KONSTANTE .........................................................................................................................................164
PSEUDOINSTRUKCIJE, PREFIKSI I MODIFIKATORI ......................................................................................................164
PRVI PROLAZ ............................................................................................................................................................165
DRUGI PROLAZ I GENERISANJE KODA .......................................................................................................................165
IZVRŠNA VERZIJA .....................................................................................................................................................165
LISTING ASEMBLERA ...............................................................................................................................................166
PRAVLJENJE STANDARDNOG OBJ FORMATA ..................................................................................................172
18.1.
18.2.
18.3.
18.4.
18.5.
18.6.
18.7.
18.8.
18.9.
18.10.
18.11.
18.12.
19.
NAJVAŽNIJI PODSISTEMI WINDOWS API-JA .............................................................................................................119
DLL DATOTEKE U KOJIMA SE NALAZE FUNKCIJE .....................................................................................................120
SPISAK API FUNKCIJA ..............................................................................................................................................120
PORTIRANJE WINDOWS API FUNKCIJE .....................................................................................................................155
ASEMBLER....................................................................................................................................................................158
17.1.
17.2.
17.3.
17.4.
17.5.
17.6.
17.7.
17.8.
17.9.
17.10.
17.11.
17.12.
17.13.
17.14.
17.15.
17.16.
18.
SERVISNE APLIKACIJE ..............................................................................................................................................110
KONZOLNE APLIKACIJE ............................................................................................................................................110
GRAFIČKE KONTROLE ..............................................................................................................................................110
FUNKCIJE GRAFIČKIH KONTROLA KROZ PRIMJER......................................................................................................111
MENIJI .....................................................................................................................................................................114
DUGME - BUTTON ....................................................................................................................................................114
EDITNA I MEMO POLJA .............................................................................................................................................115
GRUPE KONTROLA I RADIO TASTERI .........................................................................................................................115
KONTROLNE KUĆICE (CHECKBOX) ...........................................................................................................................116
LISTE PODATAKA (LISTBOX) ....................................................................................................................................116
KOMBINOVANE LISTE (COMBO BOX) ........................................................................................................................116
STATIČKI TEKST .......................................................................................................................................................116
KLIZNA TRAKA (SCROLLBAR) ..................................................................................................................................117
ISCRTANE SLIKE I WM_PAINT PORUKA .................................................................................................................117
SPISAK WIN32API FUNKCIJA ..................................................................................................................................119
16.1.
16.2.
16.3.
16.4.
16.5.
17.
190
ŠTA JE PETLJA PORUKA ............................................................................................................................................109
OBJEKTNI FORMATI ..................................................................................................................................................172
OBJEKTNI FORMAT MICROSOFT COFF ....................................................................................................................172
ZAGLAVLJE COFF OBJ DATOTEKE .........................................................................................................................172
OPCIONO ZAGLAVLJE ...............................................................................................................................................173
ZAGLAVLJE COFF SEKCIJE ........................................................................................................................................173
RELOKACIJSKA SEKCIJA ...........................................................................................................................................174
COFF: LINIJSKI BROJEVI..........................................................................................................................................175
COFF: TABELA SIMBOLA.........................................................................................................................................175
COFF: TABELA STRINGOVA ....................................................................................................................................176
PROGRAM KONVERTOR ............................................................................................................................................177
UPOTREBA PROGRAMA KONVERTORA ......................................................................................................................177
LINKER ..........................................................................................................................................................................181
19.1.
19.2.
19.3.
19.4.
19.5.
PRINCIP RADA LINKERA ...........................................................................................................................................181
FIKSIRANJA I RELOKACIJE ........................................................................................................................................181
BIBLIOTEKE .............................................................................................................................................................182
PRAVLJENJE IMPORTNE TABELE ...............................................................................................................................182
KREIRANJE EKSPORTNE TABELE ...............................................................................................................................183
19.6.
19.7.
20.
INTERPRETER .............................................................................................................................................................184
20.1.
20.2.
20.3.
20.4.
20.5.
20.6.
20.7.
20.8.
20.9.
21.
191
DRUGI ZADACI LINKERA ..........................................................................................................................................183
INTERPRETERI I JEZICI ZA NJIHOV RAZVOJ ................................................................................................................184
INTERPRETIRANI JEZIK .............................................................................................................................................184
LINIJSKI EDITOR .......................................................................................................................................................184
INTERPRETERSKA PETLJA .........................................................................................................................................184
REALIZACIJA ARITMETIČKIH IZRAZA ........................................................................................................................185
REALIZACIJA NAREDBI PRIMITIVNOG BASICA ........................................................................................................185
INSTRUKCIJE ZA DOHVATANJE SIMBOLA ..................................................................................................................186
LISTING INTERPRETERA PRIMITIVNOG BASICA .......................................................................................................186
SADRŽAJ........................................................................................................................................................................188

Preuzmi kao *

Transcription

Similar documents

Il linguaggio PC Assembly

L`arte di disegnare con LaTeX